Senate Bill No. 1171

Introduced by Committee on Judiciary (Senators Jackson (Chair), Anderson, Hertzberg, Leno, Monning, Moorlach, and Wieckowski)

February 18, 2016

An act to amend Sections 655, 1264, 2554, 2556.1, 2715, 2759, 3020, 4430, 6026.7, 6360, 6410.5, 7541.1, 7685, 7818, 19351, and 19861 of the Business and Professions Code, to amend Sections 48a, 52.5, 1770, 1798.29, and 1798.82 of the Civil Code, to amend Sections 437c, 472a, 527.6, 765.030, 832, 835, 1084, 1097, 2025.010, 2031.010, 2033.010, 2035.010, 2036.010, and 2093 of, to amend and renumber Sections 850, 851, 852, 853, 854, 855, and 856 of, and to amend the heading of Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 850) of Title 10 of Part 2 of, the Code of Civil Procedure, to amend Sections 2105, 2207, 17708.02, 25100, and 25247 of the Corporations Code, to amend Sections 221.6, 1313, 8340.4, 17250.25, 17250.35, 33353.7, 41360, 41422, 42925, 44977.5, 44984, 45192, 46392, 48204.2, 51421.5, 51745.6, 66302, 69800.2, 70037, 84750.5, 84916, 87787, 88192, 89090, 89708, 89712, 92630, and 94925 of, and to amend and repeal Section 66749.5 of, the Education Code, to amend Sections 17, 1000, 1301, 2142, 2150, 2155, 2196, 2250, 2263, 2265, 2270, 2600, 3025, 3114, 6850, 6850.5, 6851, 6853, 6854, 6854.5, 6855, 6857, 6859, 6861.5, 6862, 6863, 7901, 7902, 7903, 7904, 7911, 7912, 7913, 7918, 7921, 7922, 7927, 12309.5, 13307, 14026, 14405, 18108, and 18108.1 of, and to amend the heading of Article 2 (commencing with Section 6851) of Chapter 5 of Part 1 of Division 6 of, the Elections Code, to amend Sections 980, 1010, 1106, and 1157 of the Evidence Code, to amend Sections 7612, 7613.5, 8811, and 8908 of, and to repeal Sections 20024 and 20039 of, the Family Code, to amend Sections 2022, 6440, 7704, and 12029 of the Fish and Game Code, to amend Sections 14651.5, 27581.1, 27583.2, 27583.4, 52332, 55631, 56109, 67132, and 76953.5 of the Food and Agricultural Code, to amend Sections 1225, 5970, 6254.5, 7161, 8594.15, 8670.13, 8670.13.3, 8670.28, 14670.36, 17581.9, 19130, 19241, 22865, 34886, 53515, 56332, 82015, 83123.6, 87207, and 89506 of, to amend and renumber Section 8670.95 of, and to amend and renumber the heading of Chapter 15 (commencing with Section 5970) of Division 6 of Title of, the Government Code, to amend Sections 1204.2, 1262.5, 1266, 1279.7, 1342.71, 1358.18, 1367.005, 1367.27, 1569.2, 1596.8662, 1760.2, 12640, 18080, 25150.7, 25180, 25250.15, 25270.6, 32132.8, 34191.3, 44017, 44559.4, 101853.1, 112895, 113789, 117945, 118330, 120375, and 129160 of, and to amend and renumber Section 110424 of, the Health and Safety Code, to amend Sections 38.6, 10082.5, 10112.27, 10123.193, 10133.15, 10169, 10192.18, 10489.2, 10489.3, 10489.96, 10489.99, 10603, and 12389 of the Insurance Code, to amend Sections 139.2, 1720, 2750.8, 3503, and 4663 of the Labor Code, to amend Section 451 of the Military and Veterans Code, to amend Sections 136.2, 186.2, 186.11, 186.12, 241, 502.8, 670, 679.10, 832.3, 1214.5, 1524.2, 1526, 1546, 1546.1, 1546.2, 3000.08, 3016, 3056, 4030, 4031, 5065.5, 15003 and 33880 of the Penal Code, to amend Sections 1490, 1510.1, 1828, 1851, 4788, 5203, and 16062 of the Probate Code, to amend Section 20111.6 of the Public Contract Code, to amend Sections 541.5, 5002.2, 5071.7, 8750, 25401, 26003, 30411, 42023.1, and 71103.5 of the Public Resources Code, to amend Sections 274, 635, 873, 913.8, 1701, 2833, 2870, 7661, 8282, 21252, and 130350.7 of, and to amend and renumber Section 387.8 of, the Public Utilities Code, to amend Sections 408, 423.3, 12206, 17052.6, 17255, 18805, 18807, 18808, 19136, 19161, 19255, 19533, 19772, 20640.3, 21021, 23156, 23610.5, and 24356 of, to amend and renumber Section 24355.5 of, to add the heading of Part 13.5 (commencing with Section 31020) to Division 2 of, and to repeal Sections 18035.6, 18036.6, and 41030 of, the Revenue and Taxation Code, to amend Sections 13003 and 14200 of the Unemployment Insurance Code, to amend Sections 2404.5, 11102.6, 16377, 21294, 22507.1, and 40215 of the Vehicle Code, to amend Sections 377, 10608.34, and 50906 of the Water Code, and to amend Sections 290.2, 366.21, 786, 4474.1, 11203, 11469, 11477, 14094.3, 14126.022, 14126.027, 14132.06, 14132.275, 14138.21, 15657.03, 16501.1, 17603, and 24005 of the Welfare and Institutions Code, to amend Sections 325 and 330 of Chapter 303 of the Statutes of 2015, and to amend Section 8 of Chapter 590 of the Statutes of 2015, relating to the maintenance of the codes.

LEGISLATIVE COUNSEL’S DIGEST

SB 1171, as introduced, Committee on Judiciary. Maintenance of the codes.

Existing law directs the Legislative Counsel to advise the Legislature from time to time as to legislation necessary to maintain the codes.

This bill would make nonsubstantive changes in various provisions of law to effectuate the recommendations made by the Legislative Counsel to the Legislature.

Vote: majority. Appropriation: no. Fiscal committee: no. State-mandated local program: no.

The people of the State of California do enact as follows:

SECTION 1.  

Section 655 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

655.  

(a) For begin delete the end delete purposes of this section, the following terms
have the following meanings:

(1) “Health plan” means a health care service plan licensed
pursuant to the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975
(Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of
the Health and Safety Code).

(2) “Optical company” means a person or entity that is engaged
in the manufacture, sale, or distribution to physicians and surgeons,
optometrists, health plans, or dispensing opticians of lenses, frames,
optical supplies, or optometric appliances or devices or kindred
products.

(3) “Optometrist” means a person licensed pursuant to Chapter
7 (commencing with Section 3000) or an optometric corporation,
as described in Section 3160.

(4) “Registered dispensing optician” means a person licensed
pursuant to Chapter 5.5 (commencing with Section 2550).

(5) “Therapeutic ophthalmic product” means lenses or other
products that provide direct treatment of eye disease or visual
rehabilitation for diseased eyes.

(b)  begin delete No end delete begin insert An end insert optometrist begin delete may end delete begin insert shall not end insert have any membership,
proprietary interest, coownership, or any profit-sharing
arrangement, either by stock ownership, interlocking directors,
trusteeship, mortgage, or trust deed, with any registered dispensing
optician or any optical company, except as otherwise permitted
under this section.

(c) (1) A registered dispensing optician or an optical company
may operate, own, or have an ownership interest in a health plan
so long as the health plan does not directly employ optometrists
to provide optometric services directly to enrollees of the health
plan, and may directly or indirectly provide products and services
to the health begin delete plan or end delete begin insert plan, end insert its contracted providers or begin delete enrollees or
to end delete begin insert enrollees, or end insert other optometrists. For purposes of this section,
an optometrist may be employed by a health plan as a clinical
director for the health plan pursuant to Section 1367.01 of the
Health and Safety Code or to perform services related to utilization
begin delete management or end delete begin insert management, end insert quality begin delete assurance end delete begin insert assurance, end insert or other
similar related services that do not require the optometrist to
directly provide health care services to enrollees. In addition, an
optometrist serving as a clinical director begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not employ
optometrists to provide health care services to enrollees of the
health plan for which the optometrist is serving as clinical director.
For begin delete the end delete purposes of this section, the health plan’s utilization
management and quality assurance programs that are consistent
with the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975
(Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of
the Health and Safety Code) do not constitute providing health
care services to enrollees.

(2) The registered dispensing optician or optical company shall
not interfere with the professional judgment of the optometrist.

(3) The Department of Managed Health Care shall forward to
the State Board of Optometry any complaints received from
consumers that allege begin delete that end delete an optometrist violated the Optometry
Practice Act (Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 3000)). The
Department of Managed Health Care and the State Board of
Optometry shall enter into an begin delete Inter-Agency Agreement end delete begin insert interagency
agreement end insert regarding the sharing of information related to the
services provided by an optometrist that may be begin delete in violation of end delete
begin insert violating end insert the Optometry Practice Act that the Department of
Managed Health Care encounters in the course of begin delete the
administration of end delete begin insert administering end insert the Knox-Keene Health Care
Service Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2 (commencing with begin delete section end delete
begin insert Section end insert 1340) of Division 2 of the Health and Safety begin delete Code. end delete begin insert Code). end insert

(d) An optometrist, a registered dispensing optician, an optical
company, or a health plan may execute a lease or other written
agreement giving rise to a direct or indirect landlord-tenant
relationship with an optometrist, if all of the following conditions
are contained in begin delete a end delete begin insert the end insert written agreement establishing the
landlord-tenant relationship:

(1) (A) The practice shall be owned by the optometrist and in
every phase be under the optometrist’s exclusive control, including
the selection and supervision of optometric staff, the scheduling
of patients, the amount of time the optometrist spends with patients,
fees charged for optometric products and services, the examination
procedures and treatment provided to begin delete patients end delete begin insert patients, end insert and the
optometrist’s contracting with managed care organizations.

(B) Subparagraph begin delete A shall end delete begin insert (A) does end insert not preclude a lease from
including commercially reasonable terms that: (i) require the
provision of optometric services at the leased space during certain
days and hours, (ii) restrict the leased space from being used for
the sale or offer for sale of spectacles, frames, lenses, contact
lenses, or other ophthalmic products, except that the optometrist
shall be permitted to sell therapeutic ophthalmic products if the
registered dispensing optician, health plan, or optical company
located on or adjacent to the optometrist’s leased space does not
offer any substantially similar therapeutic ophthalmic products for
sale, (iii) require the optometrist to contract with a health plan
network, health plan, or health insurer, or (iv) permit the landlord
to directly or indirectly provide furnishings and equipment in the
leased space.

(2) The optometrist’s records shall be the sole property of the
optometrist. Only the optometrist and those persons with written
authorization from the optometrist begin delete shall end delete have access to the patient
records and the examination room, except as otherwise provided
by law.

(3) The optometrist’s leased space shall be definite and distinct
from space occupied by other occupants of the premises, have a
sign designating that the leased space is occupied by an
independent optometrist or optometrists and be accessible to the
optometrist after hours or in the case of an emergency, subject to
the facility’s general accessibility. This paragraph begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not
require a separate entrance to the optometrist’s leased space.

(4) All signs and displays shall be separate and distinct from
that of the other occupants and shall have the optometrist's name
and the word “optometrist” prominently displayed in connection
therewith. This paragraph begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not prohibit the optometrist
from advertising the optometrist’s practice location with reference
to other occupants or prohibit the optometrist or registered
dispensing optician from advertising begin delete their end delete begin insert his or her end insert participation
in any health plan’s network or the health plan’s products in which
the optometrist or registered dispensing optician participates.

(5) There shall be no signs displayed on any part of the premises
or in any advertising indicating that the optometrist is employed
or controlled by the registered dispensing optician, health begin delete plan end delete
begin insert plan, end insert or optical company.

(6) Except for a statement that an independent doctor of
optometry is located in the leased space, in-store pricing begin delete signs end delete
begin insert signs, end insert and as otherwise permitted by this subdivision, the registered
dispensing optician or optical company shall not link its advertising
with the optometrist's name, practice, or fees.

(7) Notwithstanding paragraphs (4) and (6), this subdivision
begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not preclude a health plan from advertising its health
plan products and associated premium costs and any copayments,
coinsurance, deductibles, or other forms of cost-sharing, or the
names and locations of the health plan’s providers, including any
optometrists or registered dispensing opticians begin delete that provide end delete
begin insert providing end insert professional services, in compliance with the
Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2
(commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health and
Safety Code).

(8) A health plan that advertises its products and services in
accordance with paragraph (7) shall not advertise the optometrist’s
fees for products and services that are not included in the health
plan’s contract with the optometrist.

(9) The optometrist shall not be precluded from collecting fees
for services that are not included in a health plan’s products and
services, subject to any patient disclosure requirements contained
in the health plan’s provider agreement with the optometrist or
that are not otherwise prohibited by the Knox-Keene Health Care
Service Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section
1340) of Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code).

(10) The term of the lease shall be no less than one year and
shall not require the optometrist to contract exclusively with a
health plan. The optometrist may terminate the lease according to
the terms of the lease. The landlord may terminate the lease for
the following reasons:

(A) The optometrist’s failure to maintain a license to practice
begin delete optometry end delete begin insert optometry, end insert or the imposition of restrictions, begin delete suspension end delete
begin insert suspension, end insert or revocation of the optometrist’s begin delete license end delete begin insert license, end insert or
if the optometrist or the optometrist’s employee is or becomes
ineligible to participate in state or federal government-funded
programs.

(B) Termination of any underlying lease begin delete where end delete begin insert in which end insert the
optometrist has subleased begin delete space, end delete begin insert space end insert or the optometrist’s failure
to comply with the underlying lease provisions that begin delete are made
applicable end delete begin insert apply end insert to the optometrist.

(C) If the health plan is the landlord, the termination of the
provider agreement between the health plan and the optometrist,
in accordance with the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act
of 1975 (Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of Division
2 of the Health and Safety Code).

(D) Other reasons pursuant to the terms of the lease or permitted
under the Civil Code.

(11) The landlord shall act in good faith in terminating the lease
begin delete and in no case shall end delete begin insert , and end insert the landlord begin insert shall not end insert terminate the lease
for reasons that constitute interference with the practice of
optometry.

(12) Lease or rent terms and payments shall not be based on begin insert the end insert
number of eye exams performed, prescriptions written, patient
begin delete referrals end delete begin insert referrals, end insert or the sale or promotion of the products of a
registered dispensing optician or an optical company.

(13) The landlord shall not terminate the lease solely because
of a report, complaint, or allegation filed by the optometrist against
the landlord, a registered dispensing begin delete optician end delete begin insert optician, end insert or a health
begin delete plan, end delete begin insert plan end insert to the State Board of Optometry or the Department of
Managed Health begin delete Care end delete begin insert Care, end insert or any law enforcement or begin insert other end insert
regulatory agency.

(14) The landlord shall provide the optometrist with written
notice of the scheduled expiration date of a lease at least 60 days
begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the scheduled expiration date. This notice obligation
begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not affect the ability of either party to terminate the lease
pursuant to this section. The landlord begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not interfere with
an outgoing optometrist’s efforts to inform the optometrist’s
patients, in accordance with customary practice and professional
obligations, of the relocation of the optometrist's practice.

(15)  begin insert (A) end insert begin insert   end insert The State Board of Optometry may inspect, upon
request, an individual lease agreement pursuant to its
investigational authority, and if begin delete such end delete a request begin insert to inspect end insert is made,
the landlord or tenant, as applicable, begin delete shall promptly comply end delete
begin insert promptly complies end insert with the request. Failure or refusal to comply
with the request for begin delete lease agreements end delete begin insert a lease or agreement end insert within
30 days of receiving the request constitutes unprofessional conduct
and is grounds for disciplinary action by the appropriate regulatory
agency. Only personal information as defined in Section 1798.3
of the Civil Code may be redacted prior to submission of the lease
or agreement. This section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not affect the Department of
Managed Health Care’s authority to inspect all books and records
of a health plan pursuant to Section 1381 of the Health and Safety
Code.

begin delete

Any

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Any end insert financial information contained in the lease begin insert or
agreement end insert submitted to a regulatory begin delete entity, end delete begin insert agency, end insert pursuant to
this paragraph, begin delete shall be end delete begin insert is end insert considered confidential trade secret
information that is exempt from disclosure under the California
Public Records Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 6250)
of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code).

(16) This subdivision begin delete shall not be applicable end delete begin insert does not apply end insert to
the relationship between any optometrist employee and the
employer medical group, or the relationship between a medical
group exclusively contracted with a health plan regulated by the
Department of Managed Health Care and that health plan.

(e)  begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert registered dispensing optician begin delete may end delete begin insert shall not end insert have any
membership, proprietary interest, coownership, or profit sharing
arrangement either by stock ownership, interlocking directors,
trusteeship, mortgage, or trust deed, with an optometrist, except
as permitted under this section.

(f)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does not end insert prohibit a person
licensed under Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 2000) or its
professional corporation from contracting with or employing
optometrists, ophthalmologists, or optometric assistants and
entering into a contract or landlord tenant relationship with a health
plan, an optical company, or a registered dispensing optician, in
accordance with Sections 650 and begin delete 654 of this code. end delete begin insert 654. end insert

(g)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert violation of this section constitutes a misdemeanor
as to begin delete such end delete begin insert a end insert person licensed under Chapter 7 (commencing with
Section 3000) begin delete of this division end delete and as to any and all persons,
whether or not begin delete so end delete licensed under this division, who participate
with begin delete such end delete begin insert the end insert licensed person in begin delete a violation of end delete begin insert violating end insert any
provision of this section.

SEC. 2.  

Section 1264 of the Business and Professions Code is
amended to read:

1264.  

begin insert (a) end insert begin insert   end insert The department shall issue a clinical chemist,
clinical microbiologist, clinical toxicologist, clinical genetic
molecular biologist, or clinical cytogeneticist license to each person
who has applied for the license on forms provided by the
department, who is a lawful holder of a master of science or
doctoral degree in the specialty for which the applicant is seeking
a begin delete license end delete begin insert license, end insert and who has met such additional reasonable
qualifications of training, education, and experience as the
department may establish by regulations. The department shall
issue an oral and maxillofacial pathologist license to every
applicant for licensure who has applied for the license on forms
provided by the department, who is a registered Diplomate of the
American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology, and who
meets any additional and reasonable qualifications of training,
education, and experience as the department may establish by
regulation.

begin delete

(a)

end delete

begin insert (b) end insert  The graduate education shall have included 30 semester
hours of coursework in the applicant’s specialty. Applicants
possessing only a master of science degree shall have the equivalent
of one year of full-time, directed study or training in procedures
and principles involved in the development, begin delete modification end delete
begin insert modification, end insert or evaluation of laboratory methods, including
training in complex methods applicable to diagnostic laboratory
work. Each applicant begin delete must end delete begin insert shall end insert have had one year of training in
his or her specialty in a clinical laboratory acceptable to the
department and three years of experience in his or her specialty in
a clinical laboratory, two years of which must have been at a
supervisory level. The education shall have been obtained in one
or more established and reputable institutions maintaining standards
equivalent, as determined by the department, to those institutions
accredited by an agency acceptable to the department. The
department shall determine by examination that the applicant is
properly qualified. Examinations, training, or experience
requirements for specialty licenses shall cover only the specialty
concerned.

begin delete

(b)

end delete

begin insert (c) end insert  The department may issue licenses without examination to
applicants who have passed examinations of other states or national
accrediting boards whose requirements are equal to or greater than
those required by this chapter and regulations established by the
department. The evaluation of other state requirements or
requirements of national accrediting boards shall be carried out
by the department with the assistance of representatives from the
licensed groups. This section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to persons who
have passed an examination by another state or national accrediting
board begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the establishment of requirements that are
equal to or exceed those of this chapter or regulations of the
department.

begin delete

(c)

end delete

begin insert (d) end insert  The department may issue licenses without examination to
applicants who had met standards of education and training, defined
by regulations, begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the date of the adoption of
implementing regulations.

begin delete

(d)

end delete

begin insert (e) end insert  The department shall adopt regulations to conform to this
section.

SEC. 3.  

Section 2554 of the Business and Professions Code is
amended to read:

2554.  

Each registrant shall conspicuously and prominently
display at each registered location the following consumer
information:

“Eye doctors are required to provide patients with a copy of their
ophthalmic lens prescriptions as follows:

Spectacle prescriptions: Release upon completion of exam.

Contact lens prescriptions: Release upon completion of exam
or upon completion of the fitting process.

Patients may take their prescription to any eye doctor or
registered dispensing optician to be filled.

Optometrists and registered dispensing opticians are regulated
by the State Board of Optometry. The State Board of Optometry
receives and investigates all consumer complaints involving the
practice of optometry and registered dispensing opticians.
Complaints involving a California-licensed optometrist or a
registered dispensing optician should be directed to:

California State Board of Optometry

Department of Consumer Affairs

2450 Del Paso Road, Suite 105

Sacramento, CA 95834

Phone: [phone] or [phone]

Email: [e-mail]

begin delete Website: end delete begin insert Internet Web site: end insert www.optometry.ca.gov”

SEC. 4.  

Section 2556.1 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

2556.1.  

All licensed optometrists in a setting with a registered
dispensing optician shall report the business relationship to the
State Board of Optometry, as determined by the board. The State
Board of Optometry shall have the authority to inspect any
premises at which the business of a registered dispensing optician
is co-located with the practice of an optometrist, for begin delete the end delete purposes
of determining compliance with Section 655. The inspection may
include the review of any written lease begin insert or end insert agreement between the
registered dispensing optician and the optometrist or between the
optometrist and the health plan. Failure to comply with the
inspection or any request for information by the board may subject
the party to disciplinary action. The board shall provide a copy of
its inspection results, if applicable, to the Department of Managed
Health Care.

SEC. 5.  

Section 2715 of the Business and Professions Code is
amended to read:

2715.  

begin insert (a) end insert begin insert   end insert The board shall prosecute all persons guilty of
violating begin delete the provisions of end delete this chapter.

begin delete

Except

end delete

begin insert (b) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Except end insert as provided by Section 159.5, the board, in
accordance with the begin delete provisions of the end delete Civil Service Law, may
employ begin delete such end delete begin insert the end insert personnel begin delete as end delete it deems necessary to carry into
effect begin delete the provisions of end delete this chapter.

begin delete

The

end delete

begin insert (c) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert board shall have and use a seal bearing the name “Board
of Registered Nursing.” The board may adopt, amend, or repeal,
in accordance with the begin delete provisions of Chapter 4.5 (commencing
with Section 11371), Part 1, Division 3, Title 2 of the Government
Code, such end delete begin insert Administrative Procedure Act (Chapter 3.5
(commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title
2 of the Government Code), the end insert rules and regulations begin delete as end delete begin insert that end insert may
be reasonably necessary to enable it to carry into effect begin delete the
provisions of end delete this chapter.

SEC. 6.  

Section 2759 of the Business and Professions Code is
amended to read:

2759.  

The board shall discipline the holder of any license,
whose default has been entered or who has been heard by the board
and found guilty, by any of the following methods:

(a) Suspending judgment.

(b) Placing him begin insert or her end insert upon probation.

(c) Suspending his begin insert or her end insert right to practice nursing for a period
not exceeding one year.

(d) Revoking his begin insert or her end insert license.

(e) Taking begin delete such end delete other action in relation to disciplining him begin insert or
her end insert as the board in its discretion may deem proper.

SEC. 7.  

Section 3020 of the Business and Professions Code is
amended to read:

3020.  

(a) There shall be established under the State Board of
Optometry a dispensing optician committee to advise and make
recommendations to the board regarding the regulation of begin delete a end delete
dispensing opticians pursuant to Chapter 5.5 (commencing with
Section 2550). The committee shall consist of five members, two
of whom shall be registered dispensing opticians, two of whom
shall be public members, and one of whom shall be a member of
the board. Initial appointments to the committee shall be made by
the board. The board shall stagger the terms of the initial members
appointed. The filling of vacancies on the committee shall be made
by the board upon recommendations by the committee.

(b) The committee shall be responsible for:

(1) Recommending registration standards and criteria for the
registration of dispensing opticians.

(2) Reviewing begin delete of end delete the disciplinary guidelines relating to registered
dispensing opticians.

(3) Recommending to the board changes or additions to
regulations adopted pursuant to Chapter 5.5 (commencing with
Section 2550).

(4) Carrying out and implementing all responsibilities and duties
imposed upon it pursuant to this chapter or as delegated to it by
the board.

(c) The committee shall meet at least twice a year and as needed
in order to conduct its business.

(d) Recommendations by the committee regarding scope of
practice or regulatory changes or additions shall be approved,
modified, or rejected by the board within 90 days of submission
of the recommendation to the board. If the board rejects or
significantly modifies the intent or scope of the recommendation,
the committee may request that the board provide its reasons in
writing for rejecting or significantly modifying the
recommendation, which shall be provided by the board within 30
days of the request.

(e) After the initial appointments by the board pursuant to
subdivision (a), the Governor shall appoint the registered
dispensing optician members and the public members. The
committee shall submit a recommendation to the board regarding
which board member should be appointed to serve on the
committee, and the board shall appoint the member to serve.
Committee members shall serve a term of four years except for
the initial staggered terms. A member may be reappointed, but no
person shall serve as a member of the committee for more than
two consecutive terms.

SEC. 8.  

Section 4430 of the Business and Professions Code is
amended to read:

4430.  

For purposes of this chapter, the following definitions
shall apply:

(a) “Carrier” means a health care service plan, as defined in
Section 1345 of the Health and Safety Code, or a health insurer
that issues policies of health insurance, as defined in Section 106
of the Insurance Code.

(b) “Clerical or recordkeeping error” includes a typographical
error, scrivener’s error, or computer error in a required document
or record.

(c) “Extrapolation” means the practice of inferring a frequency
or dollar amount of overpayments, underpayments, nonvalid
claims, or other errors on any portion of claims submitted, based
on the frequency or dollar amount of overpayments,
underpayments, nonvalid claims, or other errors actually measured
in a sample of claims.

(d) “Health benefit plan” means any plan or program that
provides, arranges, pays for, or reimburses the cost of health
benefits. “Health benefit plan” includes, but is not limited to, a
health care service plan contract issued by a health care service
plan, as defined in Section 1345 of the Health and Safety Code,
and a policy of health insurance, as defined in Section 106 of the
Insurance Code, issued by a health insurer.

(e) “Maximum allowable cost” means the maximum amount
that a pharmacy benefit manager will reimburse a pharmacy for
the cost of a drug.

(f) “Maximum allowable cost list” means a list of drugs for
which a maximum allowable cost has been established by a
pharmacy benefit manager.

(g) “Obsolete” means a drug that may be listed in national drug
pricing compendia but is no longer available to be dispensed based
on the expiration date of the last lot manufactured.

(h) “Pharmacy” has the same meaning as provided in Section
4037.

(i) “Pharmacy audit” means an audit, either onsite or remotely,
of any records of a pharmacy conducted by or on behalf of a carrier
or a pharmacy benefits manager, or a representative thereof, for
prescription drugs that were dispensed by that pharmacy to
beneficiaries of a health benefit plan pursuant to a contract with
the health benefit plan or the issuer or administrator thereof.
“Pharmacy audit” does not include a concurrent review or desk
audit that occurs within three business days of transmission of a
claim, or a concurrent review or desk audit begin delete where no end delete begin insert if a end insert
chargeback or recoupment is begin insert not end insert demanded.

(j) “Pharmacy benefit manager” means a person, business, or
other entity that, pursuant to a contract or under an employment
relationship with a carrier, health benefit plan sponsor, or other
third-party payer, either directly or through an intermediary,
manages the prescription drug coverage provided by the carrier,
plan sponsor, or other third-party payer, including, but not limited
to, the processing and payment of claims for prescription drugs,
the performance of drug utilization review, the processing of drug
prior authorization requests, the adjudication of appeals or
grievances related to prescription drug coverage, contracting with
network pharmacies, and controlling the cost of covered
prescription drugs.

SEC. 9.  

Section 6026.7 of the Business and Professions Code,
as added by Section 5 of Chapter 537 of the Statutes of 2015, is
amended to read:

6026.7.  

(a) The State Bar is subject to the Bagley-Keene Open
Meeting Act (Article 9 (commencing with Section 11120) of
Chapter 1 of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government
Code) and all meetings of the State Bar are subject to the
Bagley-Keene Open Meeting Act.

(b) Notwithstanding any other law, the Bagley-Keene Open
Meeting Act shall not apply to the begin insert Commission on end insert Judicial
Nominees Evaluation begin delete Commission end delete or the Committee of Bar
Examiners.

(c) This section shall become operative on April 1, 2016.

SEC. 10.  

Section 6360 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

6360.  

begin insert (a) end insert begin insert   end insert A law library established under this chapter shall
be free to the judiciary, to state and county officials, to members
of the State begin delete Bar, end delete begin insert Bar of California, end insert and to all residents of the
county, for the examination of books and other publications at the
library or its branches.

begin delete

The

end delete

begin insert (b) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert board of law library trustees may permit the removal
of begin delete such end delete begin insert the end insert books and other publications from the library and its
branches as it considers proper, subject to begin delete such end delete begin insert those end insert rules, and,
in its discretion, the giving of begin delete such end delete security, as it may provide to
ensure the safekeeping and prompt return thereof, but begin delete no end delete security
shall begin insert not end insert be required of members of the judiciary or county
officials. The board may provide for the levying of fines and
charges for violation of the rules, and may make charges for special
services, such as the making of photocopies of pages of library
books, electronic delivery, messenger and other delivery services,
educational programs, special events, and provision of supplies or
food services.

begin delete

The

end delete

begin insert (c) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert board of law library trustees may require persons other
than members of the judiciary, county officials, and members of
the bar resident in the county, to pay begin delete such end delete dues as the board may
fix for the privilege of removing books and other publications from
the library. With the approval of the board of supervisors, the board
of law library trustees may charge individual members of the bar
resident in the county fees for the removal of books and other
publications from the library. These fees shall not exceed the cost
of providing the service.

SEC. 11.  

Section 6410.5 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

6410.5.  

(a) It is unlawful for any legal document assistant or
unlawful detainer assistant, in the first contact with a prospective
client of legal document or unlawful detainer assistant services,
to enter into a contract or agreement for services or accept any
compensation unless the legal document assistant or the unlawful
detainer assistant states orally, clearly, begin delete affirmatively end delete begin insert affirmatively, end insert
and expressly all of the following, before making any other
statement, except statements required by law in telephonic or home
solicitations, and a greeting, or asking the prospective client any
questions:

(1) The identity of the person making the solicitation.

(2) The trade name of the person represented by the person
making the solicitation, if any.

(3) The kind of services being offered for sale.

(4) The statement: “I am not an attorney” and, if the person
offering legal document assistant or unlawful detainer assistant
services is a partnership or a corporation, or uses a fictitious
business name, “[name] is not a law firm. I/we cannot represent
you in court, advise you about your legal rights or the law, or select
legal forms for you.”

(5) The county in which the legal document assistant or unlawful
detainer assistant is registered and his or her registration number.

(6) The expiration date of the legal document assistant’s or
unlawful detainer assistant’s current registration period.

(b) After the legal document assistant or unlawful detainer
assistant makes the oral statements required pursuant to subdivision
(a), and before the legal document assistant or unlawful detainer
assistant enters into a contract or agreement for services or begin delete accept end delete
begin insert accepts end insert any compensation, the legal document assistant or unlawful
detainer assistant shall provide the prospective client with a “Notice
to Consumer” set forth below. After allowing the prospective client
time to read the notice, the legal document assistant or unlawful
detainer assistant shall ask the prospective client to sign and date
the notice. If the first contact is not in person, the legal document
assistant or unlawful detainer assistant shall provide the notice to
the prospective client at the first in-person meeting or mail the
notice to the prospective client before entering into a contract or
agreement for services or accepting any compensation. The notice
shall be set forth in black, bold, 12-point type on a separate, white,
81⁄2 by 11 inch sheet of paper begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert contains no other print
or graphics, and shall be in the begin delete following form. end delete begin insert form set forth
below. end insert The notice shall contain only the appropriate name or other
designation from those indicated in brackets below. At the time a
prospective client signs the notice and before that prospective
client is offered any contract or agreement for signature, the legal
document assistant or unlawful detainer assistant shall give the
prospective client a clearly legible copy of the signed notice. A
legal document assistant or unlawful detainer assistant shall not
ask or require a prospective client or a client to sign any other form
of acknowledgment regarding this notice.

 

NOTICE TO CONSUMER

DO NOT SIGN ANYTHING BEFORE YOU READ THIS PAGE

In the first conversation when you contacted [the unlawful detainer assistant or the legal document assistant], did [he or she] explain . . . . . . . . .

[Name of unlawful detainer assistant or legal document assistant] is not an attorney.

[Name of corporation or partnership, if any, that is offering legal document assistant services or unlawful detainer assistant services] is not a law firm.

[He/she/name of the business] cannot represent you in court.

[He/she/name of the business] cannot advise you about your legal rights or the law.

[He/she/name of the business] cannot select legal forms for you.

[He/she/name of the business] is registered in [county name] and the registration number is [registration number].

[He/she/name of the business]’s registration is valid until [date of expiration of registration], after which it must be renewed.

To confirm that [he/she/name of business] is registered, you may contact the [county name] clerk’s office at [office address], [or] [office phone number], [or] [if available, office Internet Web site].

Choose one:

Yes, [he/she] explained.

No, [he/she] did not explain.

Date:

Signature:

 

(c) The legal document assistant or unlawful detainer assistant
shall be responsible for translating, if necessary, the “Notice to
Consumer” required pursuant to subdivision (b) into the language
principally used in any oral sales presentation or negotiation.

SEC. 12.  

Section 7541.1 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

7541.1.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other law, experience for
purposes of taking the examination for licensure as a private
investigator shall be limited to those activities actually performed
in connection with investigations, as begin delete defined end delete begin insert described end insert in Section
7521, and only if those activities are performed by persons who
are employed or managed in the following capacities:

(1) Sworn law enforcement officers possessing powers of arrest
and employed by agencies in the federal, state, or local government.

(2) Military police of the begin delete armed forces end delete begin insert Armed Forces end insert of the
United States or the National Guard.

(3) An insurance adjuster or begin delete their end delete begin insert its end insert employees subject to
Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 14000) of Division 5 of the
Insurance Code.

(4) Persons employed by a private investigator who are duly
licensed in accordance with this chapter, or managed by a qualified
manager in accordance with Section 7536.

(5) Persons employed by repossessors duly licensed in
accordance with Chapter 11 (commencing with Section 7500),
only to the extent that those persons are routinely and regularly
engaged in the location of debtors or the location of personal
property begin delete utilizing end delete begin insert using end insert methods commonly known as “skip
tracing.” For purposes of this section, only that experience acquired
in begin delete that end delete skip tracing shall be credited toward qualification to take
the examination.

(6) Persons duly trained and certified as an arson investigator
and employed by a public agency engaged in fire suppression.

(7) Persons trained as investigators and employed by a public
defender to conduct investigations.

(b) For purposes of Section 7541, persons possessing an
associate of arts degree in police science, criminal law or justice
from an accredited college shall be credited with 1,000 hours of
experience in investigative activities.

(c) The following activities shall not be deemed to constitute
acts of investigation for purposes of experience toward licensure:

(1) The serving of legal process or other documents.

(2) Activities relating to the search for heirs or similar searches
which involve only a search of public records or other reference
sources in the public domain.

(3) The transportation or custodial attendance of persons in the
physical custody of a law enforcement agency.

(4) The provision of bailiff or other security services to a court
of law.

(5) The collection or attempted collection of debts by telephone
or written solicitation after the debtor has been located.

(6) The repossession or attempted repossession of personal
property after that property has been located and identified.

(d)  begin delete Where end delete begin insert If end insert the activities of employment of an applicant include
those which qualify as bona fide experience as stated in this section
as well as those which do not qualify, the director may, by
delegation to the bureau, determine and apportion that percentage
of experience for which begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert applicant is entitled to credit.

SEC. 13.  

Section 7685 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

7685.  

(a) (1) Every funeral director shall provide to any
person, upon beginning discussion of prices or of the funeral goods
and services offered, a written or printed list containing, but not
necessarily limited to, the price for professional services offered,
begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert may include the funeral director’s services, the
preparation of the body, the use of facilities, and the use of
automotive equipment. All services included in this price or prices
shall be enumerated. The funeral director shall also provide a
statement on that list that gives the price range for all caskets
offered for sale.

(2) The list shall also include a statement indicating that the
survivor of the deceased who is handling the funeral arrangements,
or the responsible party, is entitled to receive, begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the
drafting of any contract, a copy of any preneed agreement that has
been signed and paid for, in full or in part, by or on behalf of the
deceased, and that is in the possession of the funeral establishment.

(3) The funeral director shall also provide a written statement
or list that, at a minimum, specifically identifies a particular casket
or caskets by price and by thickness of metal, or type of wood, or
other construction, interior and color, in addition to other casket
identification requirements under Part 453 of Title 16 of the Code
of Federal Regulations and any subsequent version of this
regulation, when a request for specific information on a casket or
caskets is made in person by begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert individual. Prices of caskets
and other identifying features such as thickness of metal, or type
of wood, or other construction, interior and color, in addition to
other casket identification requirements required to be given over
the telephone by Part 453 of Title 16 of the Code of Federal
Regulations and any subsequent version of this regulation, shall
be provided over the telephone, if requested.

(b) (1) Each licensed funeral establishment that maintains an
Internet Web site shall post on its Internet Web site the list of
funeral goods and services that are required to be included in the
establishment’s general price list, pursuant to federal rule, and a
statement that the general price list is available upon request.

(2) Information posted pursuant to paragraph (1) shall be
provided by a link from the begin delete homepage of the end delete Internet Web site
begin insert homepage end insert with a word or combination of words, including, but
not limited to, “goods,” “merchandise,” “products,” or “services.”

(3) An establishment that posts on its Internet Web site begin delete home
page end delete begin insert homepage end insert the words “price information” or a similar phrase
that includes the word “price,” with a link that leads to the
establishment’s general price list, need not comply with paragraphs
(1) or (2).

(4)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert subdivision shall begin insert not end insert be construed to
affect an establishment’s obligations under federal or state law
effective begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert January 1, 2013.

(5) This subdivision shall become operative on January 1, 2013.

SEC. 14.  

Section 7818 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

7818.  

The board, pursuant to the provisions contained in
Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division
3 of Title 2 of the Government Code, may adopt, begin delete amend end delete begin insert amend, end insert
or repeal rules and regulations to carry out begin delete the provisions of end delete this
chapter.

SEC. 15.  

Section 19351 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

19351.  

(a) The Medical Marijuana Regulation and Safety Act
Fund is hereby established within the State Treasury. Moneys in
the fund shall be available upon appropriation by the Legislature.
Notwithstanding Section 16305.7 of the Government Code, the
fund shall include any interest and dividends earned on the moneys
in the fund.

(b) (1) Funds for the establishment and support of the regulatory
activities pursuant to this chapter shall be advanced as a General
Fund or special fund loan, and shall be repaid by the initial
proceeds from fees collected pursuant to this chapter or any rule
or regulation adopted pursuant to this chapter, by January 1, 2022.
Should the initial proceeds from fees not be sufficient to repay the
loan, moneys from the Medical begin delete Cannabis end delete begin insert Marijuana end insert Fines and
Penalties Account shall be made available to the bureau, by
appropriation of the Legislature, to repay the loan.

(2) Funds advanced pursuant to this subdivision shall be
appropriated to the bureau, which shall distribute the moneys to
the appropriate licensing authorities, as necessary to implement
begin delete the provisions of end delete this chapter.

(3) The Director of Finance may provide an initial operating
loan from the General Fund to the Medical Marijuana Regulation
and Safety Act Fund that does not exceed ten million dollars
($10,000,000).

(c) Except as otherwise provided, all moneys collected pursuant
to this chapter as a result of fines or penalties imposed under this
chapter shall be deposited directly into the Medical Marijuana
Fines and Penalties Account, which is hereby established within
the fund, and shall be available, upon appropriation by the
Legislature to the bureau, for the begin delete purposes end delete begin insert purpose end insert of funding the
enforcement grant program pursuant to subdivision (d).

(d) (1) The bureau shall establish a grant program to allocate
moneys from the Medical begin delete Cannabis end delete begin insert Marijuana end insert Fines and Penalties
Account to state and local entities for the following purposes:

(A) To assist with medical cannabis regulation and the
enforcement of this chapter and other state and local laws
applicable to cannabis activities.

(B) For allocation to state and local agencies and law
enforcement to remedy the environmental impacts of cannabis
cultivation.

(2) The costs of the grant program under this subdivision shall,
upon appropriation by the Legislature, be paid for with moneys in
the Medical begin delete Cannabis end delete begin insert Marijuana end insert Fines and Penalties Account.

(3) The grant program established by this subdivision shall only
be implemented after the loan specified in this section is repaid.

SEC. 16.  

Section 19861 of the Business and Professions Code
is amended to read:

19861.  

begin insert (a) end insert begin insert   end insert Notwithstanding subdivision begin delete (i) end delete begin insert (j) end insert of Section
19801, the commission shall not deny a license to a gambling
establishment solely because it is not open to the public, begin delete provided
that end delete begin insert if end insert all of the following are true: begin delete (a) the end delete

begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert gambling establishment is situated in a local jurisdiction
that has an ordinance allowing only private clubs, begin delete and end delete the gambling
establishment was in operation as a private club under that
ordinance on December 31, 1997, and begin insert it end insert met all applicable state
and local gaming registration begin delete requirements; end delete begin delete (b) the end delete begin insert requirements. end insert

begin insert (2) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert gambling establishment consists of no more than five
gaming begin delete tables; (c) video end delete begin insert tables. end insert

begin insert (3) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Video end insert recordings of the entrance to the gambling room or
rooms and all tables situated therein are made during all hours of
operation by means of closed-circuit television cameras, and these
recordings are retained for a period of 30 days and are made
available for review by the department upon begin delete request; and (d) the end delete
begin insert request. end insert

begin insert (4) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert gambling establishment is open to members of the
private club and their spouses in accordance with membership
criteria in effect as of December 31, 1997.

begin delete

A

end delete

begin insert (b) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert A end insert gambling establishment meeting begin delete these criteria, end delete begin insert the criteria
set forth in subdivision (a), end insert in addition to the other requirements
of this chapter, may be licensed to operate as a private club
gambling establishment until November 30, 2003, or until the
ownership or operation of the gambling establishment changes
from the ownership or operation as of January 1, 1998, whichever
occurs first. Operation of the gambling establishments after this
date shall only be permitted if the local jurisdiction approves an
ordinance, pursuant to Sections 19961 and 19962, authorizing the
operation of gambling establishments that are open to the public.
The commission shall adopt regulations implementing this section.
begin delete Prior to end delete begin insert Before end insert the commission’s issuance of a license to a private
club, the department shall ensure that the ownership of the
gambling establishment has remained constant since January 1,
1998, and the operation of the gambling establishment has not
been leased to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert third party.

SEC. 17.  

Section 48a of the Civil Code is amended to read:

48a.  

begin delete 1. end delete begin delete   end delete begin insert (a) end insert begin insert   end insert In any action for damages for the publication of
a libel in a daily or weekly news publication, or of a slander by
radio broadcast, plaintiff shall begin insert only end insert recover begin delete no more than end delete special
damages unless a correction begin delete be end delete begin insert is end insert demanded and begin delete be end delete begin insert is end insert not published
or broadcast, as begin delete hereinafter provided. end delete begin insert provided in this section. end insert
Plaintiff shall serve upon the begin delete publisher, end delete begin insert publisher end insert at the place of
begin delete publication end delete begin insert publication, end insert or broadcaster at the place of broadcast,
a written notice specifying the statements claimed to be libelous
and demanding that begin delete the same end delete begin insert those statements end insert be corrected. begin delete Said end delete
begin insert The end insert notice and demand must be served within 20 days after
knowledge of the publication or broadcast of the statements
claimed to be libelous.

begin delete

2.

end delete

begin insert (b) end insert  If a correction begin delete be end delete begin insert is end insert demanded within begin delete said period end delete begin insert 20 days end insert
and begin delete be end delete begin insert is end insert not published or broadcast in substantially as conspicuous
a manner in begin delete said end delete begin insert the same end insert daily or weekly news publication, or on
begin delete said end delete begin insert the same end insert broadcasting station as were the statements claimed
to be libelous, in a regular issue thereof published or broadcast
within three weeks after begin delete such end delete service, plaintiff, if he begin insert or she end insert pleads
and proves begin delete such end delete notice, demand and failure to correct, and if his
begin insert or her end insert cause of action begin delete be end delete begin insert is end insert maintained, may recover general,
begin delete special end delete begin insert special, end insert and exemplary begin delete damages; provided that no
exemplary damages may end delete begin insert damages. Exemplary damages shall not end insert
be recovered unless the plaintiff begin delete shall prove end delete begin insert proves end insert that defendant
made the publication or broadcast with actual malice and then only
in the discretion of the court or jury, and actual malice shall not
be inferred or presumed from the publication or broadcast.

begin delete

3.

end delete

begin insert (c) end insert  A correction published or broadcast in substantially as
conspicuous a manner in begin delete said end delete begin insert the end insert daily or weekly news publication,
or on begin delete said end delete begin insert the end insert broadcasting station as the statements claimed in
the complaint to be libelous, begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert receipt of a demand
begin delete therefor, end delete begin insert for correction, end insert shall be of the same force and effect as
though begin delete such end delete begin insert the end insert correction had been published or broadcast within
three weeks after a demand begin delete therefor. end delete begin insert for correction. end insert

begin delete

4.

end delete

begin insert (d) end insert  As used begin delete herein, the terms “general damages,” “special
damages,” “exemplary damages” and “actual malice,” are defined
as follows: end delete begin insert in this section, the following definitions shall apply: end insert

begin delete

(a)

end delete

begin insert (1) end insert  “General damages” begin delete are end delete begin insert means end insert damages for loss of reputation,
shame, begin delete mortification end delete begin insert mortification, end insert and hurt feelings.

begin delete

(b)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  “Special damages” begin delete are end delete begin insert means end insert all damages begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert
plaintiff alleges and proves that he begin insert or she end insert has suffered in respect
to his begin insert or her end insert property, business, trade, begin delete profession end delete begin insert profession, end insert or
occupation, including begin delete such end delete begin insert the end insert amounts of money begin delete as end delete the plaintiff
alleges and proves he begin insert or she end insert has expended as a result of the alleged
libel, and no other.

begin delete

(c)

end delete

begin insert ( end insert begin insert 3) end insert  “Exemplary damages” begin delete are end delete begin insert means end insert damages begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert may
in the discretion of the court or jury be recovered in addition to
general and special damages for the sake of example and by way
of punishing a defendant who has made the publication or broadcast
with actual malice.

begin delete

(d)

end delete

begin insert (4) end insert  “Actual malice” begin delete is end delete begin insert means end insert that state of mind arising from
hatred or ill will toward the plaintiff; provided, however, that begin delete such end delete
a state of mind occasioned by a good faith belief on the part of the
defendant in the truth of the libelous publication or broadcast at
the time it is published or broadcast shall not constitute actual
malice.

begin delete

5. For purposes of this section, a “daily

end delete

begin insert (5) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert “Daily end insert or weekly news publication” means a publication,
either in print or electronic form, that contains news on matters of
public concern and that publishes at least once a week.

SEC. 18.  

Section 52.5 of the Civil Code is amended to read:

52.5.  

(a) A victim of human trafficking, as defined in Section
236.1 of the Penal Code, may bring a civil action for actual
damages, compensatory damages, punitive damages, injunctive
relief, any combination of those, or any other appropriate relief.
A prevailing plaintiff may also be awarded attorney’s fees and
costs.

(b) In addition to the remedies specified in this section, in an
action under subdivision (a), the plaintiff may be awarded up to
three times his or her actual damages or ten thousand dollars
($10,000), whichever is greater. In addition, punitive damages
may begin delete also end delete be awarded upon proof of the defendant’s malice,
oppression, fraud, or duress in committing the act of human
trafficking.

(c) An action brought pursuant to this section shall be
commenced within seven years of the date on which the trafficking
victim was freed from the trafficking situation or, if the victim was
a minor when the act of human trafficking against the victim
occurred, within 10 years after the date the plaintiff attains the age
of majority.

(d) If a person entitled to sue is under a disability at the time
the cause of action accrues so that it is impossible or impracticable
for him or her to bring an action, the time of the disability is not
part of the time limited for the commencement of the action.
Disability will toll the running of the statute of limitations for this
action.

(1) Disability includes being a minor, lacking legal capacity to
make decisions, imprisonment, or other incapacity or
incompetence.

(2) The statute of limitations shall not run against a plaintiff
who is a minor or who lacks the legal competence to make
decisions simply because a guardian ad litem has been appointed.
A guardian ad litem’s failure to bring a plaintiff’s action within
the applicable limitation period will not prejudice the plaintiff’s
right to begin delete do so end delete begin insert bring an action end insert after his or her disability ceases.

(3) A defendant is estopped from asserting a defense of the
statute of limitations when the expiration of the statute is due to
conduct by the defendant inducing the plaintiff to delay the filing
of the action, or due to threats made by the defendant causing
begin delete duress upon the plaintiff. end delete begin insert the plaintiff duress. end insert

(4) The suspension of the statute of limitations due to disability,
lack of knowledge, or estoppel applies to all other related claims
arising out of the trafficking situation.

(5) The running of the statute of limitations is postponed during
the pendency of criminal proceedings against the victim.

(e) The running of the statute of limitations may be suspended
if a person entitled to sue could not have reasonably discovered
the cause of action due to circumstances resulting from the
trafficking situation, such as psychological trauma, cultural and
linguistic isolation, and the inability to access services.

(f) A prevailing plaintiff may also be awarded reasonable
attorney’s fees and litigation costs including, but not limited to,
expert witness fees and expenses as part of the costs.

(g) Restitution paid by the defendant to the victim shall be
credited against a judgment, award, or settlement obtained pursuant
to an action under this section. A judgment, award, or settlement
obtained pursuant to an action under this section begin delete shall be end delete begin insert is end insert subject
to Section 13963 of the Government Code.

(h) A civil action filed under this section shall be stayed during
the pendency of any criminal action arising out of the same
occurrence in which the claimant is the victim. As used in this
section, a “criminal action” includes investigation and prosecution,
and is pending until a final adjudication in the trial court or
dismissal.

SEC. 19.  

Section 1770 of the Civil Code is amended to read:

1770.  

(a) The following unfair methods of competition and
unfair or deceptive acts or practices undertaken by any person in
a transaction intended to result or begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert results in the sale or
lease of goods or services to any consumer are unlawful:

(1) Passing off goods or services as those of another.

(2) Misrepresenting the source, sponsorship, approval, or
certification of goods or services.

(3) Misrepresenting the affiliation, connection, or association
with, or certification by, another.

(4) Using deceptive representations or designations of
geographic origin in connection with goods or services.

(5) Representing that goods or services have sponsorship,
approval, characteristics, ingredients, uses, benefits, or quantities
begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert they do not have or that a person has a sponsorship,
approval, status, affiliation, or connection begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert he or she
does not have.

(6) Representing that goods are original or new if they have
deteriorated unreasonably or are altered, reconditioned, reclaimed,
used, or secondhand.

(7) Representing that goods or services are of a particular
standard, quality, or grade, or that goods are of a particular style
or model, if they are of another.

(8) Disparaging the goods, services, or business of another by
false or misleading representation of fact.

(9) Advertising goods or services with intent not to sell them
as advertised.

(10) Advertising goods or services with intent not to supply
reasonably expectable demand, unless the advertisement discloses
a limitation of quantity.

(11) Advertising furniture without clearly indicating that it is
unassembled if that is the case.

(12) Advertising the price of unassembled furniture without
clearly indicating the assembled price of that furniture if the same
furniture is available assembled from the seller.

(13) Making false or misleading statements of fact concerning
reasons for, existence of, or amounts begin delete of end delete begin insert of, end insert price reductions.

(14) Representing that a transaction confers or involves rights,
remedies, or obligations begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert it does not have or involve, or
begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert are prohibited by law.

(15) Representing that a part, replacement, or repair service is
needed when it is not.

(16) Representing that the subject of a transaction has been
supplied in accordance with a previous representation when it has
not.

(17) Representing that the consumer will receive a rebate,
discount, or other economic benefit, if the earning of the benefit
is contingent on an event to occur subsequent to the consummation
of the transaction.

(18) Misrepresenting the authority of a salesperson,
representative, or agent to negotiate the final terms of a transaction
with a consumer.

(19) Inserting an unconscionable provision in the contract.

(20) Advertising that a product is being offered at a specific
price plus a specific percentage of that price unless (A) the total
price is set forth in the advertisement, which may include, but is
not limited to, shelf tags, displays, and media advertising, in a size
larger than any other price in that advertisement, and (B) the
specific price plus a specific percentage of that price represents a
markup from the seller’s costs or from the wholesale price of the
product. This subdivision shall not apply to in-store advertising
by businesses begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert are open only to members or cooperative
organizations organized pursuant to Division 3 (commencing with
Section 12000) of Title 1 of the Corporations Code where more
than 50 percent of purchases are made at the specific price set forth
in the advertisement.

(21) Selling or leasing goods in violation of Chapter 4
(commencing with Section 1797.8) of Title 1.7.

(22) (A) Disseminating an unsolicited prerecorded message by
telephone without an unrecorded, natural voice first informing the
person answering the telephone of the name of the caller or the
organization being represented, and either the address or the
telephone number of the caller, and without obtaining the consent
of that person to listen to the prerecorded message.

(B) This subdivision does not apply to a message disseminated
to a business associate, customer, or other person having an
established relationship with the person or organization making
the call, to a call for the purpose of collecting an existing
obligation, or to any call generated at the request of the recipient.

(23) (A) The home solicitation, as defined in subdivision (h)
of Section 1761, of a consumer who is a senior citizen where a
loan is made encumbering the primary residence of that consumer
for begin delete the end delete purposes of paying for home improvements and where the
transaction is part of a pattern or practice in violation of either
subsection (h) or (i) of Section 1639 of Title 15 of the United States
Code or paragraphs (1), (2), and (4) of subdivision (a) of Section
226.34 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(B) A third party shall not be liable under this subdivision unless
begin delete (1) end delete begin insert (i) end insert there was an agency relationship between the party who
engaged in home solicitation and the third begin delete party end delete begin insert party, end insert or begin delete (2) end delete begin insert (ii) end insert
the third party had actual knowledge of, or participated in, the
unfair or deceptive transaction. A third party who is a holder in
due course under a home solicitation transaction shall not be liable
under this subdivision.

(24) (A) Charging or receiving an unreasonable fee to prepare,
aid, or advise any prospective applicant, applicant, or recipient in
the procurement, maintenance, or securing of public social services.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph, the following definitions
shall apply:

(i) “Public social services” means those activities and functions
of state and local government administered or supervised by the
State Department of Health Care Services, the State Department
of Public Health, or the State Department of Social Services, and
involved in providing aid or services, or both, including health
care services, and medical assistance, to those persons who,
because of their economic circumstances or social condition, are
in need of that aid or those services and may benefit from them.

(ii) “Public social services” also includes activities and functions
administered or supervised by the United States Department of
Veterans Affairs or the California Department of Veterans Affairs
involved in providing aid or services, or both, to veterans, including
pension benefits.

(iii) “Unreasonable fee” means a fee that is exorbitant and
disproportionate to the services performed. Factors to be
considered, begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert appropriate, in determining the reasonableness
of a fee, are based on the circumstances existing at the time of the
service and shall include, but not be limited to, all of the following:

(I) The time and effort required.

(II) The novelty and difficulty of the services.

(III) The skill required to perform the services.

(IV) The nature and length of the professional relationship.

(V) The experience, reputation, and ability of the person
providing the services.

(C) This paragraph shall not apply to attorneys licensed to
practice law in California, who are subject to the California Rules
of Professional Conduct and to the mandatory fee arbitration
provisions of Article 13 (commencing with Section 6200) of
Chapter 4 of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code,
when the fees charged or received are for providing representation
in administrative agency appeal proceedings or court proceedings
for purposes of procuring, maintaining, or securing public social
services on behalf of a person or group of persons.

(25) (A) Advertising or promoting any event, presentation,
seminar, workshop, or other public gathering regarding veterans’
benefits or entitlements that does not include the following
statement in the same type size and font as the term “veteran” or
any variation of that term:

(i) “I am not authorized to file an initial application for Veterans’
Aid and Attendance benefits on your behalf, or to represent you
before the Board of Veterans’ Appeals within the United States
Department of Veterans Affairs in any proceeding on any matter,
including an application for such benefits. It would be illegal for
me to accept a fee for preparing that application on your behalf.”
The requirements of this clause do not apply to a person licensed
to act as an agent or attorney in proceedings before the Agency of
Original Jurisdiction and the Board of Veterans’ Appeals within
the United States Department of Veterans Affairs when that person
is offering those services at the advertised event.

(ii) The statement in clause (i) shall also be disseminated, both
orally and in writing, at the beginning of any event, presentation,
seminar, workshop, or public gathering regarding veterans’ benefits
or entitlements.

(B) Advertising or promoting any event, presentation, seminar,
workshop, or other public gathering regarding veterans’ benefits
or entitlements begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert is not sponsored by, or affiliated with,
the United States Department of Veterans Affairs, the California
Department of Veterans Affairs, or any other congressionally
chartered or recognized organization of honorably discharged
members of the Armed Forces of the United States, or any of their
auxiliaries that does not include the following statement, in the
same type size and font as the term “veteran” or the variation of
that term:

“This event is not sponsored by, or affiliated with, the United
States Department of Veterans Affairs, the California Department
of Veterans Affairs, or any other congressionally chartered or
recognized organization of honorably discharged members of the
Armed Forces of the United States, or any of their auxiliaries.
None of the insurance products promoted at this sales event are
endorsed by those organizations, all of which offer free advice to
veterans about how to qualify and apply for benefits.”

(i) The statement in this subparagraph shall be disseminated,
both orally and in writing, at the beginning of any event,
presentation, seminar, workshop, or public gathering regarding
veterans’ benefits or entitlements.

(ii) The requirements of this subparagraph shall not apply in a
case where the United States Department of Veterans Affairs, the
California Department of Veterans Affairs, or other congressionally
chartered or recognized organization of honorably discharged
members of the Armed Forces of the United States, or any of their
auxiliaries have granted written permission to the advertiser or
promoter for the use of its name, symbol, or insignia to advertise
or promote the event, presentation, seminar, workshop, or other
public gathering.

(26) Advertising, offering for sale, or selling a financial product
that is illegal under state or federal law, including any cash payment
for the assignment to a third party of the consumer’s right to receive
future pension or veteran’s benefits.

(27) Representing that a product is made in California by using
a Made in California label created pursuant to Section 12098.10
of the Government Code, unless the product complies with Section
12098.10 of the Government Code.

(b) (1) It is an unfair or deceptive act or practice for a mortgage
broker or lender, directly or indirectly, to use a home improvement
contractor to negotiate the terms of any loan that is secured,
whether in whole or in part, by the residence of the borrower and
begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert is used to finance a home improvement contract or any
portion of a home improvement contract. For purposes of this
subdivision, “mortgage broker or lender” includes a finance lender
licensed pursuant to the California Finance Lenders Law (Division
9 (commencing with Section 22000) of the Financial Code), a
residential mortgage lender licensed pursuant to the California
Residential Mortgage Lending Act (Division 20 (commencing
with Section 50000) of the Financial Code), or a real estate broker
licensed under the Real Estate Law (Division 4 (commencing with
Section 10000) of the Business and Professions Code).

(2) This section shall not be construed to either authorize or
prohibit a home improvement contractor from referring a consumer
to a mortgage broker or lender by this subdivision. However, a
home improvement contractor may refer a consumer to a mortgage
lender or broker if that referral does not violate Section 7157 of
the Business and Professions Code or any other law. A mortgage
lender or broker may purchase an executed home improvement
contract if that purchase does not violate Section 7157 of the
Business and Professions Code or any other law. Nothing in this
paragraph shall have any effect on the application of Chapter 1
(commencing with Section 1801) of Title 2 to a home improvement
transaction or the financing of a home improvement transaction.

SEC. 20.  

Section 1798.29 of the Civil Code is amended to
read:

1798.29.  

(a)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert An end insert agency that owns or licenses
computerized data that includes personal information shall disclose
any breach of the security of the system following discovery or
notification of the breach in the security of the data to any resident
of California whose unencrypted personal information was, or is
reasonably believed to have been, acquired by an unauthorized
person. The disclosure shall be made in the most expedient time
possible and without unreasonable delay, consistent with the
legitimate needs of law enforcement, as provided in subdivision
(c), or any measures necessary to determine the scope of the breach
and restore the reasonable integrity of the data system.

(b)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert An end insert agency that maintains computerized data that
includes personal information that the agency does not own shall
notify the owner or licensee of the information of any breach of
the security of the data immediately following discovery, if the
personal information was, or is reasonably believed to have been,
acquired by an unauthorized person.

(c) The notification required by this section may be delayed if
a law enforcement agency determines that the notification will
impede a criminal investigation. The notification required by this
section shall be made after the law enforcement agency determines
that it will not compromise the investigation.

(d)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert An end insert agency that is required to issue a security breach
notification pursuant to this section shall meet all of the following
requirements:

(1) The security breach notification shall be written in plain
language, shall be titled “Notice of Data Breach,” and shall present
the information described in paragraph (2) under the following
headings: “What Happened,” “What Information Was Involved,”
“What We Are Doing,” “What You Can Do,” and “For More
Information.” Additional information may be provided as a
supplement to the notice.

(A) The format of the notice shall be designed to call attention
to the nature and significance of the information it contains.

(B) The title and headings in the notice shall be clearly and
conspicuously displayed.

(C) The text of the notice and any other notice provided pursuant
to this section shall be no smaller than 10-point type.

(D) For a written notice described in paragraph (1) of
subdivision (i), use of the model security breach notification form
prescribed begin delete below end delete begin insert below, end insert or use of the headings described in this
paragraph with the information described in paragraph (2), written
in plain language, shall be deemed to be in compliance with this
subdivision.

 

[NAME OF INSTITUTION / LOGO]      Date: [insert date]
NOTICE OF DATA BREACH
What begin delete Happened? end delete begin insert Happened end insert
What Information Was begin delete Involved? end delete begin insert Involved end insert
What We Are begin delete Doing. end delete begin insert Doing end insert
What You Can begin delete Do. end delete begin insert Do end insert
Other Important begin delete Information. end delete begin insert Information end insert [insert other important information]
For More begin delete Information. end delete begin insert Information end insert		Call [telephone number] or go to [Internet Web site]

 

(E) For an electronic notice described in paragraph (2) of
subdivision (i), use of the headings described in this paragraph
with the information described in paragraph (2), written in plain
language, shall be deemed to be in compliance with this
subdivision.

(2) The security breach notification described in paragraph (1)
shall include, at a minimum, the following information:

(A) The name and contact information of the reporting agency
subject to this section.

(B) A list of the types of personal information that were or are
reasonably believed to have been the subject of a breach.

(C) If the information is possible to determine at the time the
notice is provided, begin delete then end delete any of the following: begin delete (i) the end delete

begin insert (i) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert date of the begin delete breach, (ii) the end delete begin insert breach. end insert

begin insert (ii) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert estimated date of the begin delete breach, or (iii) the end delete begin insert breach. end insert

begin insert (iii) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert date range within which the breach occurred. begin delete The
notification shall also include the date of the notice. end delete

begin insert

(D) The date of notice.

end insert begin delete

(D)

end delete

begin insert (E) end insert  Whether the notification was delayed as a result of a law
enforcement investigation, if that information is possible to
determine at the time the notice is provided.

begin delete

(E)

end delete

begin insert (F) end insert  A general description of the breach incident, if that
information is possible to determine at the time the notice is
provided.

begin delete

(F)

end delete

begin insert (G) end insert  The toll-free telephone numbers and addresses of the major
credit reporting agencies, if the breach exposed a social security
number or a driver’s license or California identification card
number.

(3) At the discretion of the agency, the security breach
notification may also include any of the following:

(A) Information about what the agency has done to protect
individuals whose information has been breached.

(B) Advice on steps that the person whose information has been
breached may take to protect himself or herself.

(e)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert An end insert agency that is required to issue a security breach
notification pursuant to this section to more than 500 California
residents as a result of a single breach of the security system shall
electronically submit a single sample copy of begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert security
breach notification, excluding any personally identifiable
information, to the Attorney General. A single sample copy of begin delete a end delete
begin insert the end insert security breach notification shall not be deemed to be within
subdivision (f) of Section 6254 of the Government Code.

(f) For purposes of this section, “breach of the security of the
system” means unauthorized acquisition of computerized data that
compromises the security, confidentiality, or integrity of personal
information maintained by the agency. Good faith acquisition of
personal information by an employee or agent of the agency for
the purposes of the agency is not a breach of the security of the
system, begin delete provided that end delete begin insert if end insert the personal information is not used or
subject to further unauthorized disclosure.

(g) For purposes of this section, “personal information” means
either of the following:

(1) An individual’s first name or first initial and last name in
combination with any one or more of the following data elements,
begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert either the name or the data elements are not encrypted:

(A) Social security number.

(B) Driver’s license number or California identification card
number.

(C) Account number, credit or debit card number, in
combination with any required security code, access code, or
password that would permit access to an individual’s financial
account.

(D) Medical information.

(E) Health insurance information.

(F) Information or data collected through the use or operation
of an automated license plate recognition system, as defined in
Section 1798.90.5.

(2) A user name or email address, in combination with a
password or security question and answer that would permit access
to an online account.

(h) (1) For purposes of this section, “personal information”
does not include publicly available information that is lawfully
made available to the general public from federal, state, or local
government records.

(2) For purposes of this section, “medical information” means
any information regarding an individual’s medical history, mental
or physical condition, or medical treatment or diagnosis by a health
care professional.

(3) For purposes of this section, “health insurance information”
means an individual’s health insurance policy number or subscriber
identification number, begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert unique identifier used by a health
insurer to identify the individual, or any information in an
individual’s application and claims history, including any appeals
records.

(4) For purposes of this section, “encrypted” means rendered
unusable, unreadable, or indecipherable to an unauthorized person
through a security technology or methodology generally accepted
in the field of information security.

(i) For purposes of this section, “notice” may be provided by
one of the following methods:

(1) Written notice.

(2) Electronic notice, if the notice provided is consistent with
the provisions regarding electronic records and signatures set forth
in Section 7001 of Title 15 of the United States Code.

(3) Substitute notice, if the agency demonstrates that the cost
of providing notice would exceed two hundred fifty thousand
dollars ($250,000), begin delete or end delete that the affected class of subject persons to
be notified exceeds 500,000, or the agency does not have sufficient
contact information. Substitute notice shall consist of all of the
following:

(A) Email notice when the agency has an email address for the
subject persons.

(B) Conspicuous posting, for a minimum of 30 days, of the
notice on the agency’s Internet Web begin delete site page, end delete begin insert site, end insert if the agency
maintains one. For purposes of this subparagraph, conspicuous
posting on the agency’s Internet Web site means providing a link
to the notice on the home page or first significant page after
entering the Internet Web site that is in larger type than the
surrounding text, begin delete or end delete in contrasting type, font, or color to the
surrounding text of the same size, or set off from the surrounding
text of the same size by symbols or other marks that call attention
to the link.

(C) Notification to major statewide media and the Office of
Information Security within the Department of Technology.

(4) In the case of a breach of the security of the system involving
personal information defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (g)
for an online account, and no other personal information defined
in paragraph (1) of subdivision (g), the agency may comply with
this section by providing the security breach notification in
electronic or other form that directs the person whose personal
information has been breached to promptly change his or her
password and security question or answer, as applicable, or to take
other steps appropriate to protect the online account with the
agency and all other online accounts for which the person uses the
same user name or email address and password or security question
or answer.

(5) In the case of a breach of the security of the system involving
personal information defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (g)
for login credentials of an email account furnished by the agency,
the agency shall not comply with this section by providing the
security breach notification to that email address, but may, instead,
comply with this section by providing notice by another method
described in this subdivision or by clear and conspicuous notice
delivered to the resident online when the resident is connected to
the online account from an Internet Protocol address or online
location from which the agency knows the resident customarily
accesses the account.

(j) Notwithstanding subdivision (i), an agency that maintains
its own notification procedures as part of an information security
policy for the treatment of personal information and is otherwise
consistent with the timing requirements of this part shall be deemed
to be in compliance with the notification requirements of this
section if it notifies subject persons in accordance with its policies
in the event of a breach of security of the system.

(k) Notwithstanding the exception specified in paragraph (4) of
subdivision (b) of Section 1798.3, for purposes of this section,
“agency” includes a local agency, as defined in subdivision (a) of
Section 6252 of the Government Code.

SEC. 21.  

Section 1798.82 of the Civil Code is amended to
read:

1798.82.  

(a) A person or business that conducts business in
California, and that owns or licenses computerized data that
includes personal information, shall disclose a breach of the
security of the system following discovery or notification of the
breach in the security of the data to a resident of California whose
unencrypted personal information was, or is reasonably believed
to have been, acquired by an unauthorized person. The disclosure
shall be made in the most expedient time possible and without
unreasonable delay, consistent with the legitimate needs of law
enforcement, as provided in subdivision (c), or any measures
necessary to determine the scope of the breach and restore the
reasonable integrity of the data system.

(b) A person or business that maintains computerized data that
includes personal information that the person or business does not
own shall notify the owner or licensee of the information of the
breach of the security of the data immediately following discovery,
if the personal information was, or is reasonably believed to have
been, acquired by an unauthorized person.

(c) The notification required by this section may be delayed if
a law enforcement agency determines that the notification will
impede a criminal investigation. The notification required by this
section shall be made promptly after the law enforcement agency
determines that it will not compromise the investigation.

(d) A person or business that is required to issue a security
breach notification pursuant to this section shall meet all of the
following requirements:

(1) The security breach notification shall be written in plain
language, shall be titled “Notice of Data Breach,” and shall present
the information described in paragraph (2) under the following
headings: “What Happened,” “What Information Was Involved,”
“What We Are Doing,” “What You Can Do,” and “For More
Information.” Additional information may be provided as a
supplement to the notice.

(A) The format of the notice shall be designed to call attention
to the nature and significance of the information it contains.

(B) The title and headings in the notice shall be clearly and
conspicuously displayed.

(C) The text of the notice and any other notice provided pursuant
to this section shall be no smaller than 10-point type.

(D) For a written notice described in paragraph (1) of
subdivision (j), use of the model security breach notification form
prescribed below or use of the headings described in this paragraph
with the information described in paragraph (2), written in plain
language, shall be deemed to be in compliance with this
subdivision.

 

[NAME OF INSTITUTION / LOGO]      Date: [insert date]
NOTICE OF DATA BREACH
What begin delete Happened? end delete begin insert Happened end insert
What Information Was begin delete Involved? end delete begin insert Involved end insert
What We Are begin delete Doing. end delete begin insert Doing end insert
What You Can begin delete Do. end delete begin insert Do end insert
Other Important begin delete Information. end delete begin insert Information end insert [insert other important information]
For More begin delete Information. end delete begin insert Information end insert		Call [telephone number] or go to [Internet Web site]

 

(E) For an electronic notice described in paragraph (2) of
subdivision (j), use of the headings described in this paragraph
with the information described in paragraph (2), written in plain
language, shall be deemed to be in compliance with this
subdivision.

(2) The security breach notification described in paragraph (1)
shall include, at a minimum, the following information:

(A) The name and contact information of the reporting person
or business subject to this section.

(B) A list of the types of personal information that were or are
reasonably believed to have been the subject of a breach.

(C) If the information is possible to determine at the time the
notice is provided, begin delete then end delete any of the following: begin delete (i) the end delete

begin insert (i) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert date of the begin delete breach, (ii) the end delete begin insert breach. end insert

begin insert (ii) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert estimated date of the begin delete breach, or (iii) the end delete begin insert breach. end insert

begin insert (iii) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert date range within which the breach occurred. begin delete The
notification shall also include the date of the notice. end delete

begin insert

(D) The date of notice.

end insert begin delete

(D)

end delete

begin insert (E) end insert  Whether notification was delayed as a result of a law
enforcement investigation, if that information is possible to
determine at the time the notice is provided.

begin delete

(E)

end delete

begin insert (F) end insert  A general description of the breach incident, if that
information is possible to determine at the time the notice is
provided.

begin delete

(F)

end delete

begin insert (G) end insert  The toll-free telephone numbers and addresses of the major
credit reporting agencies if the breach exposed a social security
number or a driver’s license or California identification card
number.

begin delete

(G)

end delete

begin insert (H) end insert  If the person or business providing the notification was the
source of the breach, an offer to provide appropriate identity theft
prevention and mitigation services, if any, shall be provided at no
cost to the affected person for not less than 12 months along with
all information necessary to take advantage of the offer to any
person whose information was or may have been breached if the
breach exposed or may have exposed personal information defined
in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (h).

(3) At the discretion of the person or business, the security
breach notification may also include any of the following:

(A) Information about what the person or business has done to
protect individuals whose information has been breached.

(B) Advice on steps that the person whose information has been
breached may take to protect himself or herself.

(e) A covered entity under the federal Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1320d
et seq.) will be deemed to have complied with the notice
requirements in subdivision (d) if it has complied completely with
Section 13402(f) of the federal Health Information Technology
for Economic and Clinical Health Act (Public Law 111-5).
begin delete However, nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert subdivision shall begin insert not end insert be construed
to exempt a covered entity from any other provision of this section.

(f) A person or business that is required to issue a security breach
notification pursuant to this section to more than 500 California
residents as a result of a single breach of the security system shall
electronically submit a single sample copy of begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert security
breach notification, excluding any personally identifiable
information, to the Attorney General. A single sample copy of begin delete a end delete
begin insert the end insert security breach notification shall not be deemed to be within
subdivision (f) of Section 6254 of the Government Code.

(g) For purposes of this section, “breach of the security of the
system” means unauthorized acquisition of computerized data that
compromises the security, confidentiality, or integrity of personal
information maintained by the person or business. Good faith
acquisition of personal information by an employee or agent of
the person or business for the purposes of the person or business
is not a breach of the security of the system, begin delete provided that end delete begin insert if end insert the
personal information is not used or subject to further unauthorized
disclosure.

(h) For purposes of this section, “personal information” means
either of the following:

(1) An individual’s first name or first initial and last name in
combination with any one or more of the following data elements,
begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert either the name or the data elements are not encrypted:

(A) Social security number.

(B) Driver’s license number or California identification card
number.

(C) Account number, credit or debit card number, in
combination with any required security code, access code, or
password that would permit access to an individual’s financial
account.

(D) Medical information.

(E) Health insurance information.

(F) Information or data collected through the use or operation
of an automated license plate recognition system, as defined in
Section 1798.90.5.

(2) A user name or email address, in combination with a
password or security question and answer that would permit access
to an online account.

(i) (1) For purposes of this section, “personal information” does
not include publicly available information that is lawfully made
available to the general public from federal, state, or local
government records.

(2) For purposes of this section, “medical information” means
any information regarding an individual’s medical history, mental
or physical condition, or medical treatment or diagnosis by a health
care professional.

(3) For purposes of this section, “health insurance information”
means an individual’s health insurance policy number or subscriber
identification number, begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert unique identifier used by a health
insurer to identify the individual, or begin delete any end delete information in an
individual’s application and claims history, including any appeals
records.

(4) For purposes of this section, “encrypted” means rendered
unusable, unreadable, or indecipherable to an unauthorized person
through a security technology or methodology generally accepted
in the field of information security.

(j) For purposes of this section, “notice” may be provided by
one of the following methods:

(1) Written notice.

(2) Electronic notice, if the notice provided is consistent with
the provisions regarding electronic records and signatures set forth
in Section 7001 of Title 15 of the United States Code.

(3) Substitute notice, if the person or business demonstrates that
the cost of providing notice would exceed two hundred fifty
thousand dollars ($250,000), begin delete or end delete that the affected class of subject
persons to be notified exceeds 500,000, or the person or business
does not have sufficient contact information. Substitute notice
shall consist of all of the following:

(A) Email notice when the person or business has an email
address for the subject persons.

(B) Conspicuous posting, for a minimum of 30 days, of the
notice on the Internet Web site begin delete page end delete of the person or business, if
the person or business maintains one. For purposes of this
subparagraph, conspicuous posting on the person’s or business’s
Internet Web site means providing a link to the notice on the home
page or first significant page after entering the Internet Web site
that is in larger type than the surrounding text, begin delete or end delete in contrasting
type, font, or color to the surrounding text of the same size, or set
off from the surrounding text of the same size by symbols or other
marks that call attention to the link.

(C) Notification to major statewide media.

(4) In the case of a breach of the security of the system involving
personal information defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (h)
for an online account, and no other personal information defined
in paragraph (1) of subdivision (h), the person or business may
comply with this section by providing the security breach
notification in electronic or other form that directs the person whose
personal information has been breached promptly to change his
or her password and security question or answer, as applicable, or
to take other steps appropriate to protect the online account with
the person or business and all other online accounts for which the
person whose personal information has been breached uses the
same user name or email address and password or security question
or answer.

(5) In the case of a breach of the security of the system involving
personal information defined in paragraph (2) of subdivision (h)
for login credentials of an email account furnished by the person
or business, the person or business shall not comply with this
section by providing the security breach notification to that email
address, but may, instead, comply with this section by providing
notice by another method described in this subdivision or by clear
and conspicuous notice delivered to the resident online begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert
the resident is connected to the online account from an Internet
Protocol address or online location from which the person or
business knows the resident customarily accesses the account.

(k) Notwithstanding subdivision (j), a person or business that
maintains its own notification procedures as part of an information
security policy for the treatment of personal information and is
otherwise consistent with the timing requirements of this part, shall
be deemed to be in compliance with the notification requirements
of this section if the person or business notifies subject persons in
accordance with its policies in the event of a breach of security of
the system.

SEC. 22.  

Section 437c of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

437c.  

(a) (1) A party may move for summary judgment in
begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert action or proceeding if it is contended that the action has
no merit or that there is no defense to the action or proceeding.
The motion may be made at any time after 60 days have elapsed
since the general appearance in the action or proceeding of each
party against whom the motion is directed or at any earlier time
after the general appearance that the court, with or without notice
and upon good cause shown, may direct.

(2) Notice of the motion and supporting papers shall be served
on all other parties to the action at least 75 days before the time
appointed for hearing. begin delete However, if end delete begin insert If end insert the notice is served by mail,
the required 75-day period of notice shall be increased by 5 days
if the place of address is within the State of California, 10 days if
the place of address is outside the State of California but within
the United States, and 20 days if the place of address is outside
the begin delete United States, and if end delete begin insert United States. If end insert the notice is served by
facsimile transmission, express mail, or another method of delivery
providing for overnight delivery, the required 75-day period of
notice shall be increased by two court days.

(3) The motion shall be heard no later than 30 days before the
date of trial, unless the court for good cause orders otherwise. The
filing of the motion shall not extend the time within which a party
must otherwise file a responsive pleading.

(b) (1) The motion shall be supported by affidavits, declarations,
admissions, answers to interrogatories, depositions, and matters
of which judicial notice shall or may be taken. The supporting
papers shall include a separate statement setting forth plainly and
concisely all material facts that the moving party contends are
undisputed. Each of the material facts stated shall be followed by
a reference to the supporting evidence. The failure to comply with
this requirement of a separate statement may in the court’s
discretion constitute a sufficient ground for begin delete denial of end delete begin insert denying end insert the
motion.

(2) An opposition to the motion shall be served and filed not
less than 14 days preceding the noticed or continued date of
hearing, unless the court for good cause orders otherwise. The
opposition, where appropriate, shall consist of affidavits,
declarations, admissions, answers to interrogatories, depositions,
and matters of which judicial notice shall or may be taken.

(3) The opposition papers shall include a separate statement
that responds to each of the material facts contended by the moving
party to be undisputed, indicating begin delete whether end delete begin insert if end insert the opposing party
agrees or disagrees that those facts are undisputed. The statement
also shall set forth plainly and concisely any other material facts
begin delete that end delete the opposing party contends are disputed. Each material fact
contended by the opposing party to be disputed shall be followed
by a reference to the supporting evidence. Failure to comply with
this requirement of a separate statement may constitute a sufficient
ground, in the court’s discretion, for granting the motion.

(4) A reply to the opposition shall be served and filed by the
moving party not less than five days preceding the noticed or
continued date of hearing, unless the court for good cause orders
otherwise.

(5) Evidentiary objections not made at the hearing shall be
deemed waived.

(6) Except for subdivision (c) of Section 1005 relating to the
method of service of opposition and reply papers, Sections 1005
and 1013, extending the time within which a right may be exercised
or an act may be done, do not apply to this section.

(7)  begin delete A end delete begin insert An end insert incorporation by reference of a matter in the court’s
file shall set forth with specificity the exact matter to which
reference is being made and shall not incorporate the entire file.

(c) The motion for summary judgment shall be granted if all
the papers submitted show that there is no triable issue as to any
material fact and that the moving party is entitled to a judgment
as a matter of law. In determining begin delete whether end delete begin insert if end insert the papers show that
there is no triable issue as to any material begin delete fact end delete begin insert fact, end insert the court shall
consider all of the evidence set forth in the papers, except begin delete that end delete begin insert the
evidence end insert to which objections have been made and sustained by
the court, and all inferences reasonably deducible from the
evidence, except summary judgment begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not be granted by
the court based on inferences reasonably deducible from the
evidence if contradicted by other inferences or evidence that raise
a triable issue as to any material fact.

(d) Supporting and opposing affidavits or declarations shall be
made by a person on personal knowledge, shall set forth admissible
evidence, and shall show affirmatively that the affiant is competent
to testify to the matters stated in the affidavits or declarations. An
objection based on the failure to comply with the requirements of
this subdivision, if not made at the hearing, shall be deemed
waived.

(e) If a party is otherwise entitled to begin delete a end delete summary judgment
pursuant to this section, summary judgment begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not be
denied on grounds of credibility or for want of cross-examination
of witnesses furnishing affidavits or declarations in support of the
summary judgment, except that summary judgment may be denied
in the discretion of the court if the only proof of a material fact
offered in support of the summary judgment is an affidavit or
declaration made by an individual who was the sole witness to that
fact; or if a material fact is an individual’s state of mind, or lack
thereof, and that fact is sought to be established solely by the
individual’s affirmation thereof.

(f) (1) A party may move for summary adjudication as to one
or more causes of action within an action, one or more affirmative
defenses, one or more claims for damages, or one or more issues
of duty, if begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert party contends that the cause of action has no
begin delete merit or end delete begin insert merit, end insert that there is no affirmative defense begin delete thereto, or end delete begin insert to
the cause of action, end insert that there is no merit to an affirmative defense
as to any cause of action, begin delete or both, or end delete that there is no merit to a
claim for damages, as specified in Section 3294 of the Civil Code,
or that one or more defendants either owed or did not owe a duty
to the plaintiff or plaintiffs. A motion for summary adjudication
shall be granted only if it completely disposes of a cause of action,
an affirmative defense, a claim for damages, or an issue of duty.

(2) A motion for summary adjudication may be made by itself
or as an alternative to a motion for summary judgment and shall
proceed in all procedural respects as a motion for summary
judgment. begin delete However, a party may end delete begin insert A party shall end insert not move for
summary judgment based on issues asserted in a prior motion for
summary adjudication and denied by the court unless that party
establishes, to the satisfaction of the court, newly discovered facts
or circumstances or a change of law supporting the issues reasserted
in the summary judgment motion.

(g) Upon the denial of a motion for summary judgment on the
ground that there is a triable issue as to one or more material facts,
the court shall, by written or oral order, specify one or more
material facts raised by the motion begin delete as to which end delete begin insert that end insert the court has
determined there exists a triable controversy. This determination
shall specifically refer to the evidence proffered in support of and
in opposition to the motion that indicates that a triable controversy
exists. Upon the grant of a motion for summary judgment on the
ground that there is no triable issue of material fact, the court shall,
by written or oral order, specify the reasons for its determination.
The order shall specifically refer to the evidence proffered in
support of and, if applicable, in opposition to the motion begin delete which end delete
begin insert that end insert indicates begin delete that end delete no triable issue exists. The court shall also state
its reasons for any other determination. The court shall record its
determination by court reporter or written order.

(h) If it appears from the affidavits submitted in opposition to
a motion for summary judgment or summary begin delete adjudication end delete
begin insert adjudication, end insert or begin delete both end delete begin insert both, end insert that facts essential to justify opposition
may exist but cannot, for reasons stated, begin delete then end delete be presented, the
court shall deny the motion, order a continuance to permit affidavits
to be obtained or discovery to be had, or make any other order as
may be just. The application to continue the motion to obtain
necessary discovery may also be made by ex parte motion at any
time on or before the date the opposition response to the motion
is due.

(i) If, after granting a continuance to allow specified additional
discovery, the court determines that the party seeking summary
judgment has unreasonably failed to allow the discovery to be
conducted, the court shall grant a continuance to permit the
discovery to go forward or deny the motion for summary judgment
or summary adjudication. This section does not affect or limit the
ability of a party to compel discovery under the Civil Discovery
Act (Title 4 (commencing with Section 2016.010) of Part 4).

(j) If the court determines at any time that an affidavit was
presented in bad faith or solely for the purpose of delay, the court
shall order the party who presented the affidavit to pay the other
party the amount of the reasonable expenses begin delete that end delete the filing of the
affidavit caused the other party to incur. Sanctions shall not be
imposed pursuant to this subdivision except on notice contained
in a party’s papers or on the court’s own noticed motion, and after
an opportunity to be heard.

(k) Unless a separate judgment may properly be awarded in the
action, a final judgment shall not be entered on a motion for
summary judgment before the termination of the action, but the
final judgment shall, in addition to any matters determined in the
action, award judgment as established by the summary proceeding
begin delete herein end delete provided begin delete for. end delete begin insert for in this section. end insert

(l) In an action arising out of an injury to the person or to
property, if a motion for summary judgment is granted on the basis
that the defendant was without fault, no other defendant during
trial, over plaintiff’s objection, may attempt to attribute fault begin delete to end delete
begin insert to, end insert or comment begin delete on end delete begin insert on, end insert the absence or involvement of the defendant
who was granted the motion.

(m) (1) A summary judgment entered under this section is an
appealable judgment as in other cases. Upon entry of an order
pursuant to this section, except the entry of summary judgment, a
party may, within 20 days after service upon him or her of a written
notice of entry of the order, petition an appropriate reviewing court
for a peremptory writ. If the notice is served by mail, the initial
period within which to file the petition shall be increased by five
days if the place of address is within the State of California, 10
days if the place of address is outside the State of California but
within the United States, and 20 days if the place of address is
outside the United States. If the notice is served by facsimile
transmission, express begin delete mail end delete begin insert mail, end insert or another method of delivery
providing for overnight delivery, the initial period within which
to file the petition shall be increased by two court days. The
superior court may, for good cause, and begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the
expiration of the initial period, extend the time for one additional
period not to exceed 10 days.

(2) Before a reviewing court affirms an order granting summary
judgment or summary adjudication on a ground not relied upon
by the trial court, the reviewing court shall afford the parties an
opportunity to present their views on the issue by submitting
supplemental briefs. The supplemental begin delete briefing end delete begin insert briefs end insert may include
an argument that additional evidence relating to that ground exists,
but begin delete that end delete the party has not had an adequate opportunity to present
the evidence or to conduct discovery on the issue. The court may
reverse or remand based upon the supplemental begin delete briefing end delete begin insert briefs end insert to
allow the parties to present additional evidence or to conduct
discovery on the issue. If the court fails to allow supplemental
begin delete briefing, end delete begin insert briefs, end insert a rehearing shall be ordered upon timely petition
of a party.

(n) (1) If a motion for summary adjudication is granted, at the
trial of the action, the cause or causes of action within the action,
affirmative defense or defenses, claim for damages, or issue or
issues of duty as to the motion begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert has been granted shall
be deemed to be established and the action shall proceed as to the
cause or causes of action, affirmative defense or defenses, claim
for damages, or issue or issues of duty remaining.

(2) In the trial of the action, the fact that a motion for summary
adjudication is granted as to one or more causes of action,
affirmative defenses, claims for damages, or issues of duty within
the action shall not begin delete operate to end delete bar any cause of action, affirmative
defense, claim for damages, or issue of duty as to which summary
adjudication was either not sought or denied.

(3) In the trial of an action, neither a party, a witness, nor the
court shall comment to a jury upon the grant or denial of a motion
for summary adjudication.

(o) A cause of action has no merit if either of the following
exists:

(1) One or more of the elements of the cause of action cannot
be separately established, even if that element is separately pleaded.

(2) A defendant establishes an affirmative defense to that cause
of action.

(p) For purposes of motions for summary judgment and
summary adjudication:

(1) A plaintiff or cross-complainant has met his or her burden
of showing that there is no defense to a cause of action if that party
has proved each element of the cause of action entitling the party
to judgment on begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert cause of action. Once the plaintiff or
cross-complainant has met that burden, the burden shifts to the
defendant or cross-defendant to show that a triable issue of one or
more material facts exists as to begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert cause of action or a defense
thereto. The defendant or cross-defendant shall not rely upon the
begin delete mere end delete allegations or denials of its pleadings to show that a triable
issue of material fact exists but, instead, shall set forth the specific
facts showing that a triable issue of material fact exists as to begin delete that end delete
begin insert the end insert cause of action or a defense thereto.

(2) A defendant or cross-defendant has met his or her burden
of showing that a cause of action has no merit if begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert party has
shown that one or more elements of the cause of action, even if
not separately pleaded, cannot be established, or that there is a
complete defense to begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert cause of action. Once the defendant
or cross-defendant has met that burden, the burden shifts to the
plaintiff or cross-complainant to show that a triable issue of one
or more material facts exists as to begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert cause of action or a
defense thereto. The plaintiff or cross-complainant shall not rely
upon the begin delete mere end delete allegations or denials of its pleadings to show that
a triable issue of material fact exists but, instead, shall set forth
the specific facts showing that a triable issue of material fact exists
as to begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert cause of action or a defense thereto.

(q) In granting or denying a motion for summary judgment or
summary adjudication, the court need rule only on those objections
to evidence that it deems material to its disposition of the motion.
Objections to evidence that are not ruled on for purposes of the
motion shall be preserved for appellate review.

(r) This section does not extend the period for trial provided by
Section 1170.5.

(s) Subdivisions (a) and (b) do not apply to actions brought
pursuant to Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 1159) of Title 3
of Part 3.

(t) Notwithstanding subdivision (f), a party may move for
summary adjudication of a legal issue or a claim for damages other
than punitive damages that does not completely dispose of a cause
of action, affirmative defense, or issue of duty pursuant to this
subdivision.

(1) (A) Before filing a motion pursuant to this subdivision, the
parties whose claims or defenses are put at issue by the motion
shall submit to the court both of the following:

(i) A joint stipulation stating the issue or issues to be adjudicated.

(ii) A declaration from each stipulating party that the motion
will further the interest of judicial economy by decreasing trial
time or significantly increasing the likelihood of settlement.

(B) The joint stipulation shall be served on any party to the civil
action who is not also a party to the motion.

(2) Within 15 days of receipt of the stipulation and declarations,
unless the court has good cause for extending the time, the court
shall notify the stipulating parties begin delete as to whether end delete begin insert if end insert the motion may
be filed. In making this determination, the court may consider
objections by a nonstipulating party made within 10 days of the
submission of the begin delete stipulation. end delete begin insert stipulation and declarations. end insert

(3) If the court elects not to allow the filing of the motion, the
stipulating parties may request, and upon request the court shall
conduct, an informal conference with the stipulating parties to
permit further evaluation of the proposed begin delete stipulation; however,
the end delete begin insert stipulation. The end insert stipulating parties shall not file additional
papers in support of the motion.

(4) (A) A motion for summary adjudication made pursuant to
this subdivision shall contain a statement in the notice of motion
that reads substantially similar to the following: “This motion is
made pursuant to subdivision (t) of Section 437c of the Code of
Civil Procedure. The parties to this motion stipulate that the court
shall hear this motion and that the resolution of this motion will
further the interest of judicial economy by decreasing trial time or
significantly increasing the likelihood of settlement.”

(B) The notice of motion shall be signed by counsel for all
parties, and by those parties in propria persona, to the motion.

(5) A motion filed pursuant to this subdivision may be made by
itself or as an alternative to a motion for summary judgment and
shall proceed in all procedural respects as a motion for summary
judgment.

(u) For purposes of this section, a change in law does not include
a later enacted statute without retroactive application.

SEC. 23.  

Section 472a of the Code of Civil Procedure, as added
by Section 5 of Chapter 418 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended
to read:

472a.  

(a) A demurrer is not waived by an answer filed at the
same time.

(b) Except as otherwise provided by rule adopted by the Judicial
Council, if a demurrer to a complaint or to a cross-complaint is
overruled and begin delete there is no end delete begin insert an end insert answer begin insert is not end insert filed, the court shall
allow an answer to be filed upon such terms as may be just. If a
demurrer to the answer is overruled, the action shall proceed as if
no demurrer had been interposed, and the facts alleged in the
answer shall be considered as denied to the extent mentioned in
Section 431.20.

(c)  begin delete Subject to the limitations imposed by subdivision (e) of
Section 430.41, if end delete begin insert If end insert a demurrer is sustained, the court may grant
leave to amend the pleading upon any terms as may be just and
shall fix the time within which the amendment or amended pleading
shall be filed. If a demurrer is stricken pursuant to Section 436 and
begin delete there is end delete no answer begin insert is end insert filed, the court shall allow an answer to be
filed on terms that are just.

(d) If a motion to strike is granted pursuant to Section 436, the
court may order that an amendment or amended pleading be filed
upon terms it deems proper. If a motion to strike a complaint or
cross-complaint, or portion thereof, is denied, the court shall allow
the party filing the motion to strike to file an answer.

(e) If a motion to dismiss an action pursuant to Article 2
(commencing with Section 583.210) of Chapter 1.5 of Title 8 is
denied, the court shall allow a pleading to be filed.

(f) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2021.

SEC. 24.  

Section 527.6 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

527.6.  

(a) (1) A person who has suffered harassment as
defined in subdivision (b) may seek a temporary restraining order
and an order after hearing prohibiting harassment as provided in
this section.

(2) A minor, under 12 years of age, accompanied by a duly
appointed and acting guardian ad litem, shall be permitted to appear
in court without counsel for the limited purpose of requesting or
opposing a request for a temporary restraining order or order after
begin delete hearing end delete begin insert hearing, end insert or both, under this section as provided in Section
374.

(b) For purposes of this section:

(1) “Course of conduct” is a pattern of conduct composed of a
series of acts over a period of time, however short, evidencing a
continuity of purpose, including following or stalking an individual,
making harassing telephone calls to an individual, or sending
harassing correspondence to an individual by any means, including,
but not limited to, the use of public or private mails, interoffice
mail, facsimile, or begin delete computer end delete email. Constitutionally protected
activity is not included within the meaning of “course of conduct.”

(2) “Credible threat of violence” is a knowing and willful
statement or course of conduct that would place a reasonable person
in fear for his or her begin delete safety, end delete begin insert safety end insert or the safety of his or her
immediate family, and that serves no legitimate purpose.

(3) “Harassment” is unlawful violence, a credible threat of
violence, or a knowing and willful course of conduct directed at
a specific person that seriously alarms, annoys, or harasses the
person, and that serves no legitimate purpose. The course of
conduct must be begin delete such as end delete begin insert that which end insert would cause a reasonable
person to suffer substantial emotional distress, and must actually
cause substantial emotional distress to the petitioner.

(4) “Petitioner” means the person to be protected by the
temporary restraining order and order after hearing and, if the court
grants the petition, the protected person.

(5) “Respondent” means the person against whom the temporary
restraining order and order after hearing are sought and, if the
petition is granted, the restrained person.

(6) “Temporary restraining order” and “order after hearing”
mean orders that include any of the following restraining orders,
whether issued ex parte or after notice and hearing:

(A) An order enjoining a party from harassing, intimidating,
molesting, attacking, striking, stalking, threatening, sexually
assaulting, battering, abusing, telephoning, including, but not
limited to, making annoying telephone calls, as described in Section
653m of the Penal Code, destroying personal property, contacting,
either directly or indirectly, by mail or otherwise, or coming within
a specified distance of, or disturbing the peace of, the petitioner.
On a showing of good cause, in an order issued pursuant to this
subparagraph in connection with an animal owned, possessed,
leased, kept, or held by the petitioner, or residing in the residence
or household of the petitioner, the court may do either or both of
the following:

(i) Grant the petitioner exclusive care, possession, or control of
the animal.

(ii) Order the respondent to stay away from the animal and
refrain from taking, transferring, encumbering, concealing,
molesting, attacking, striking, threatening, harming, or otherwise
disposing of the animal.

(B) An order enjoining a party from specified behavior that the
court determines is necessary to effectuate orders described in
subparagraph (A).

(7) “Unlawful violence” is any assault or battery, or stalking as
prohibited in Section 646.9 of the Penal Code, but begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not
include lawful acts of self-defense or defense of others.

(c) In the discretion of the court, on a showing of good cause,
a temporary restraining order or order after hearing issued under
this section may include other named family or household
members.

(d) Upon filing a petition for orders under this section, the
petitioner may obtain a temporary restraining order in accordance
with Section 527, except to the extent this section provides begin delete a rule
that is inconsistent. end delete begin insert an inconsistent rule. end insert The temporary restraining
order may include any of the restraining orders described in
paragraph (6) of subdivision (b). A temporary restraining order
may be issued with or without notice, based on a declaration that,
to the satisfaction of the court, shows reasonable proof of
harassment of the petitioner by the respondent, and that great or
irreparable harm would result to the petitioner.

(e) A request for the issuance of a temporary restraining order
without notice under this section shall be granted or denied on the
same day that the petition is submitted to the begin delete court, unless end delete begin insert court.
If end insert the petition is filed too late in the day to permit effective review,
begin delete in which case end delete the order shall be granted or denied on the next day
of judicial business in sufficient time for the order to be filed that
day with the clerk of the court.

(f) A temporary restraining order issued under this section shall
remain in effect, at the court’s discretion, for a period not to exceed
21 days, or, if the court extends the time for hearing under
subdivision (g), not to exceed 25 days, unless otherwise modified
or terminated by the court.

(g) Within 21 days, or, if good cause appears to the court, 25
days from the date that a petition for a temporary order is granted
or denied, a hearing shall be held on the petition. If begin delete no request for
temporary orders is end delete begin insert a request for a temporary order is not end insert made,
the hearing shall be held within 21 days, or, if good cause appears
to the court, 25 days, from the date that the petition is filed.

(h) The respondent may file a response that explains, excuses,
justifies, or denies the alleged begin delete harassment end delete begin insert harassment, end insert or may file
a cross-petition under this section.

(i) At the hearing, the judge shall receive any testimony that is
relevant, and may make an independent inquiry. If the judge finds
by clear and convincing evidence that unlawful harassment exists,
an order shall issue prohibiting the harassment.

(j) (1) In the discretion of the court, an order issued after notice
and hearing under this section may have a duration of begin delete not end delete begin insert no end insert more
than five years, subject to termination or modification by further
order of the court either on written stipulation filed with the court
or on the motion of a party. The order may be renewed, upon the
request of a party, for a duration of begin delete not end delete begin insert no end insert more than five additional
years, without a showing of any further harassment since the
issuance of the original order, subject to termination or
modification by further order of the court either on written
stipulation filed with the court or on the motion of a party. A
request for renewal may be brought begin delete at end delete any time within the three
months before the begin delete expiration of the order. end delete begin insert order expires. end insert

(2) The failure to state the expiration date on the face of the
form creates an order with a duration of three years from the date
of issuance.

(3) If an action is filed for the purpose of terminating or
modifying a protective order begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the expiration date
specified in the order by a party other than the protected party, the
party who is protected by the order shall be given notice, pursuant
to subdivision (b) of Section 1005, of the proceeding by personal
service or, if the protected party has satisfied the requirements of
Chapter 3.1 (commencing with Section 6205) of Division 7 of
Title 1 of the Government Code, by service on the Secretary of
State. If the party who is protected by the order cannot be notified
begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the hearing for modification or termination of the
protective order, the court shall deny the motion to modify or
terminate the order without prejudice or continue the hearing until
the party who is protected can be properly noticed and may, upon
a showing of good cause, specify another method for service of
process that is reasonably designed to afford actual notice to the
protected party. The protected party may waive his or her right to
notice if he or she is physically present in court and does not
challenge the sufficiency of the notice.

(k) This section does not preclude either party from
representation by private counsel or from appearing on the party’s
own behalf.

(l) In a proceeding under this section, if there are allegations of
unlawful violence or credible threats of violence, a support person
may accompany a party in court and, if the party is not represented
by an attorney, may sit with the party at the table that is generally
reserved for the party and the party’s attorney. The support person
is present to provide moral and emotional support for a person
who alleges he or she is a victim of violence. The support person
is not present as a legal adviser and may not provide legal advice.
The support person may assist the person who alleges he or she is
a victim of violence in feeling more confident that he or she will
not be injured or threatened by the other party during the
proceedings if the person who alleges he or she is a victim of
violence and the other party are required to be present in close
proximity. This subdivision does not preclude the court from
exercising its discretion to remove the support person from the
courtroom if the court believes the support person is prompting,
swaying, or influencing the party assisted by the support person.

(m) Upon the filing of a petition under this section, the
respondent shall be personally served with a copy of the petition,
temporary restraining order, if any, and notice of hearing of the
petition. Service shall be made at least five days before the hearing.
The court may for good cause, on motion of the petitioner or on
its own motion, shorten the time for service on the respondent.

(n) A notice of hearing under this section shall notify the
respondent that if he or she does not attend the hearing, the court
may make orders against him or her that could last up to five years.

(o) The respondent shall be entitled, as a matter of course, to
one continuance, for a reasonable period, to respond to the petition.

(p) (1) Either party may request a continuance of the hearing,
which the court shall grant on a showing of good cause. The request
may be made in writing before or at the begin delete hearing end delete begin insert hearing, end insert or orally
at the hearing. The court may also grant a continuance on its own
motion.

(2) If the court grants a continuance, any temporary restraining
order that has been granted shall remain in effect until the end of
the continued hearing, unless otherwise ordered by the court. In
granting a continuance, the court may modify or terminate a
temporary restraining order.

(q) (1) If a begin delete respondent, end delete begin insert respondent end insert named in a restraining order
issued after a begin delete hearing, end delete begin insert hearing end insert has not been served personally with
the order but has received actual notice of the existence and
substance of the order through personal appearance in court to
hear the terms of the order from the court, begin delete no end delete additional proof of
service is begin insert not end insert required for enforcement of the order.

(2) If the respondent named in a temporary restraining order is
personally served with the order and notice of hearing with respect
to a restraining order or protective order based on the temporary
restraining order, but the respondent does not appear at the hearing,
either personally or by an attorney, and the terms and conditions
of the restraining order or protective order issued at the hearing
are identical to the temporary restraining order, except for the
duration of the order, begin delete then end delete the restraining order or protective order
issued at the hearing may be served on the respondent by first-class
mail sent to the respondent at the most current address for the
respondent available to the court.

(3) The Judicial Council form for temporary orders issued
pursuant to this subdivision shall contain a statement in
substantially the following form:

“If you have been personally served with this temporary
restraining order and notice of hearing, but you do not appear at
the hearing either in person or by a lawyer, and a restraining order
that is the same as this temporary restraining order except for the
expiration date is issued at the hearing, a copy of the restraining
order will be served on you by mail at the following address: ____.

If that address is not correct or you wish to verify that the
temporary restraining order was converted to a restraining order
at the hearing without substantive change and to find out the
duration of that order, contact the clerk of the court.”

(r) (1) Information on a temporary restraining order or order
after hearing relating to civil harassment issued by a court pursuant
to this section shall be transmitted to the Department of Justice in
accordance with either paragraph (2) or (3).

(2) The court shall order the petitioner or the attorney for the
petitioner to deliver a copy of an order issued under this section,
or reissuance, extension, modification, or termination of the order,
and any subsequent proof of service, by the close of the business
day on which the order, reissuance, extension, modification, or
termination was made, to a law enforcement agency having
jurisdiction over the residence of the petitioner and to any
additional law enforcement agencies within the court’s discretion
as are requested by the petitioner.

(3) Alternatively, the court or its designee shall transmit, within
one business day, to law enforcement personnel all information
required under subdivision (b) of Section 6380 of the Family Code
regarding any order issued under this section, or a reissuance,
extension, modification, or termination of the order, and any
subsequent proof of service, by either one of the following
methods:

(A) Transmitting a physical copy of the order or proof of service
to a local law enforcement agency authorized by the Department
of Justice to enter orders into the California Law Enforcement
Telecommunications System (CLETS).

(B) With the approval of the Department of Justice, entering
the order or proof of service into CLETS directly.

(4) Each appropriate law enforcement agency shall make
available information as to the existence and current status of begin delete these end delete
orders begin insert issued under this section end insert to law enforcement officers
responding to the scene of reported harassment.

(5) An order issued under this section shall, on request of the
petitioner, be served on the respondent, whether or not the
respondent has been taken into custody, by any law enforcement
officer who is present at the scene of reported harassment involving
the parties to the proceeding. The petitioner shall provide the
officer with an endorsed copy of the order and a proof of service
that the officer shall complete and send to the issuing court.

(6) Upon receiving information at the scene of an incident of
harassment that a protective order has been issued under this
section, or that a person who has been taken into custody is the
subject of an order, if the protected person cannot produce a
certified copy of the order, a law enforcement officer shall
immediately attempt to verify the existence of the order.

(7) If the law enforcement officer determines that a protective
order has been issued but not served, the officer shall immediately
notify the respondent of the terms of the order and shall at that
time also enforce the order. Verbal notice of the terms of the order
shall constitute service of the order and is sufficient notice for begin delete the end delete
purposes of this section and for begin delete the end delete purposes of Section 29825 of
the Penal Code.

(s) The prevailing party in begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert action brought under this
section may be awarded court costs and attorney’s fees, if any.

(t)  begin delete Any willful end delete begin insert Willful end insert disobedience of begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert temporary
restraining order or order after hearing granted under this section
is punishable pursuant to Section 273.6 of the Penal Code.

(u) (1) A person subject to a protective order issued under this
section shall not own, possess, purchase, receive, or attempt to
purchase or receive a firearm or ammunition while the protective
order is in effect.

(2) The court shall order a person subject to a protective order
issued under this section to relinquish any firearms he or she owns
or possesses pursuant to Section 527.9.

(3)  begin delete Every end delete begin insert A end insert person who owns, possesses, purchases, or receives,
or attempts to purchase or receive, a firearm or ammunition while
the protective order is in effect is punishable pursuant to Section
29825 of the Penal Code.

(v) This section does not apply to any action or proceeding
covered by Title 1.6C (commencing with Section 1788) of Part 4
of Division 3 of the Civil Code or by Division 10 (commencing
with Section 6200) of the Family Code. This section does not
preclude a petitioner from using other existing civil remedies.

(w) (1) The Judicial Council shall develop forms, instructions,
and rules relating to matters governed by this section. The petition
and response forms shall be simple and concise, and their use by
parties in actions brought pursuant to this section begin delete shall be end delete begin insert is end insert
mandatory.

(2) A temporary restraining order or order after hearing relating
to civil harassment issued by a court pursuant to this section shall
be issued on forms adopted by the Judicial Council begin delete of California end delete
and that have been approved by the Department of Justice pursuant
to subdivision (i) of Section 6380 of the Family Code. However,
the fact that an order issued by a court pursuant to this section was
not issued on forms adopted by the Judicial Council and approved
by the Department of Justice shall not, in and of itself, make the
order unenforceable.

(x) There is no filing fee for a petition that alleges that a person
has inflicted or threatened violence against the petitioner, begin delete or end delete stalked
the petitioner, or acted or spoken in any other manner that has
placed the petitioner in reasonable fear of violence, and that seeks
a protective or restraining order restraining begin delete stalking or future
violence end delete begin insert stalking, future violence, end insert or threats of violence, in begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert
action brought pursuant to this section. A fee shall not be paid for
a subpoena filed in connection with a petition alleging these acts.
A fee shall not be paid for filing a response to a petition alleging
these acts.

(y) (1) Subject to paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) of Section
6103.2 of the Government Code, there shall not be a fee for the
service of process by a sheriff or marshal of a protective or
restraining order to be issued, if either of the following conditions
begin delete applies: end delete begin insert apply: end insert

(A) The protective or restraining order issued pursuant to this
section is based upon stalking, as prohibited by Section 646.9 of
the Penal Code.

(B) The protective or restraining order issued pursuant to this
section is based upon unlawful violence or a credible threat of
violence.

(2) The Judicial Council shall prepare and develop forms for
persons who wish to avail themselves of the services described in
this subdivision.

SEC. 25.  

Section 765.030 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

765.030.  

If the court determines that the lien or other
encumbrance is in violation of Section 765.010, the court shall
issue an order striking and releasing the lien or other encumbrance
and may award costs and reasonable attorney’s fees to the petitioner
to be paid by the lien or other encumbrance claimant. If the court
determines that the lien or other encumbrance is valid, the court
shall issue an order so stating and may award costs and reasonable
attorney’s fees to the encumbrance claimant to be paid by the
petitioner. The court may direct that begin delete such end delete an order begin delete shall end delete begin insert issued
pursuant to this section end insert be recorded.

SEC. 26.  

Section 832 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

832.  

For purposes of this chapter, the following definitions
apply:

(a) “Basin” has the same meaning as defined in Section 10721
of the Water Code.

(b) “Complaint” means a complaint filed in superior court to
determine rights to extract groundwater and includes any
cross-complaint that initiates a comprehensive adjudication in
response to a plaintiff’s complaint or other cross-complaint.

(c) “Comprehensive adjudication” means an action filed in
superior court to comprehensively determine rights to extract
groundwater in a basin.

(d) “Condition of long-term overdraft” means the condition of
a groundwater basin where the average annual amount of water
extracted for a long-term period, generally 10 years or more,
exceeds the long-term average annual supply of water to the basin,
plus any temporary surplus. Overdraft during a period of drought
is not sufficient to establish a condition of long-term overdraft if
extractions and recharge are managed as necessary to ensure that
reductions in groundwater levels or storage during a period of
drought are offset by increases in groundwater levels or storage
during other periods.

(e) “Department” means the Department of Water Resources.

(f) “Expert witness” means a witness qualified pursuant to
Section 720 of the Evidence Code.

(g) “Groundwater” means water beneath the surface of the earth
within the zone below the water table in which the soil is
completely saturated with water, but does not include water that
flows in known and definite channels.

(h) “Groundwater extraction facility” means a device or method
for extracting groundwater begin delete from within end delete begin insert in end insert a basin.

(i) “Groundwater recharge” means the augmentation of
groundwater, by natural or artificial means.

(j) “Person” includes, but is not limited to, counties, local
agencies, state agencies, federal agencies, tribes, business entities,
and individuals.

(k) “Plaintiff” means the person filing the complaint initiating
a comprehensive adjudication and includes a cross-complainant
who initiates a comprehensive adjudication by cross-complaint.

(l) “Public water system” has the same meaning as defined in
Section 116275 of the Health and Safety Code.

(m) “State small water system” has the same meaning as defined
in Section 116275 of the Health and Safety Code.

(n) “Sustainable Groundwater Management Act” means begin delete the
provisions of end delete Part 2.74 (commencing with Section 10720) of
Division 6 of the Water Code.

SEC. 27.  

Section 835 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

835.  

(a) The plaintiff shall provide notice of the comprehensive
adjudication to all of the following:

(1) A groundwater sustainability agency that overlies the basin
or a portion of the basin.

(2) A city, county, or city and county that overlies the basin or
a portion of the basin.

(3) A district with authority to manage or replenish groundwater
resources of the basin in whole or in part.

(4) The operator of a public water system or state small water
system that uses groundwater from the basin to supply water
service.

(5) A California Native American tribe that is on the contact
list maintained by the Native American Heritage Commission.

(6) The Attorney General, the State Water Resources Control
Board, the department, and the Department of Fish and Wildlife.

(7) A federal department or agency that manages a federal
reservation that overlies the basin or a portion of the basin.

(8) A person identified under Section 836.5 who is not a party
to the comprehensive adjudication.

(9) A person who is on a list, maintained by a groundwater
management agency, of interested parties that have requested
notice under the Sustainable Groundwater Management Act.

(b) The plaintiff may provide notice under this section by first
class mail or electronic mail.

(c) (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the plaintiff shall
provide notice under this section as follows:

(A) To any person entitled to notice under paragraphs (1) to (7),
inclusive, of subdivision (a) within 15 days of the filing of the
complaint.

(B) To any person entitled to notice under paragraphs (8) and
(9) of subdivision (a) within 30 days of receipt of the name and
address of the person entitled to notice.

(2) The plaintiff may take additional time as is reasonably
necessary before providing notice under this section if the plaintiff
determines that additional time is necessary to identify a person
entitled to notice under this section, confirm the accuracy of the
begin delete names or addresses end delete begin insert name or address end insert of a person, or to determine
if the conditions requiring notice have been satisfied.

(d) The plaintiff is not required to provide notice under this
section to a person who has already been served or intervened in
the action.

SEC. 28.  

Section 850 of the Code of Civil Procedure, as added
by Section 1 of Chapter 672 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended
to read:

850.  

(a) The court may enter a judgment begin insert in a comprehensive
adjudication end insert if the court finds that the judgment meets all of the
following criteria:

(1) It is consistent with Section 2 of Article X of the California
Constitution.

(2) It is consistent with the water right priorities of all
non-stipulating parties and any persons who have claims that are
exempted pursuant to Section 833 in the basin.

(3) It treats all objecting parties and any persons who have
claims that are exempted pursuant to Section 833 equitably as
compared to the stipulating parties.

(b) If a party or group of parties submits a proposed stipulated
judgment that is supported by more than 50 percent of all parties
who are groundwater extractors in the basin or use the basin for
groundwater storage and is supported by groundwater extractors
responsible for at least 75 percent of the groundwater extracted in
the basin during the five calendar years before the filing of the
complaint, the court may adopt the proposed stipulated judgment,
as applied to the stipulating parties, if the proposed stipulated
judgment meets the criteria described in subdivision (a). A party
objecting to a proposed stipulated judgment shall demonstrate, by
a preponderance of evidence, that the proposed stipulated judgment
does not satisfy one or more criteria described in subdivision (a)
or that it substantially violates the water rights of the objecting
party. If the objecting party is unable to make this showing, the
court may impose the proposed stipulated judgment on the
objecting party. An objecting party may be subject to a preliminary
injunction issued pursuant to Section 847 while his or her
objections are being resolved.

SEC. 29.  

Section 850 of the Code of Civil Procedure, as added
by Chapter 52 of the Statutes of 1953, is amended and renumbered
to read:

begin delete 850. end delete
begin insert 853. end insert   

Upon the failure of begin delete any co-owner end delete begin insert a coowner end insert of a mine or
mining claim to contribute his proportionate share of the taxes
begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert have been levied and assessed upon the mine or begin insert mining end insert
claim for the period of five years, begin delete any co-owner end delete begin insert a coowner end insert who
has paid begin delete such end delete begin insert that end insert share begin delete may end delete begin insert may, end insert at the expiration of the five
begin delete years end delete begin insert years, end insert serve upon the delinquent begin delete co-owner end delete begin insert coowner end insert notice
thereof.

SEC. 30.  

The heading of Chapter 8 (commencing with Section
850) of Title 10 of Part 2 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

 

Chapter  8. Actions Against begin delete Co-owners end delete begin insert Coowners end insert of
Mines

 

SEC. 31.  

Section 851 of the Code of Civil Procedure, as added
by Section 1 of Chapter 672 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended
to read:

851.  

The judgment in a comprehensive adjudication conducted
pursuant to this chapter shall be binding on the parties to the begin delete action end delete
begin insert comprehensive adjudication end insert and all their successors in interest,
including, but not limited to, heirs, executors, administrators,
assigns, lessees, licensees, the agents and employees of the parties
to the begin delete action end delete begin insert comprehensive adjudication end insert and all their successors
in interest, and all landowners or other persons claiming rights to
extract groundwater from the basin whose claims have not been
exempted and are covered by the notice provided in the
comprehensive adjudication.

SEC. 32.  

Section 851 of the Code of Civil Procedure, as
amended by Chapter 1611 of the Statutes of 1969, is amended and
renumbered to read:

begin delete 851. end delete
begin insert 854. end insert   

The notice shall be served in the manner provided by law
for the service of a summons in a civil action, but where service
is by publication, the publication shall be in a newspaper of general
circulation published in the county in which the mine or begin insert mining end insert
claim is situated or if there is no such newspaper, in such a
newspaper in an adjoining county, and the publication shall be at
least once a week for 90 days.

SEC. 33.  

Section 852 of the Code of Civil Procedure, as added
by Section 1 of Chapter 672 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended
to read:

852.  

The court shall have continuing jurisdiction to modify or
amend a final judgment in a comprehensive adjudication in
response to new information, changed circumstances, the interests
of justice, or to ensure that the criteria of subdivision (a) of Section
850 are met. begin delete When end delete begin insert If end insert feasible, the judge who heard the original
begin delete action end delete begin insert comprehensive adjudication end insert shall preside over actions or
motions to modify or amend the begin insert final end insert judgment.

SEC. 34.  

Section 852 of the Code of Civil Procedure, as added
by Chapter 52 of the Statutes of 1953, is amended and renumbered
to read:

begin delete 852. end delete
begin insert 855. end insert   

If begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the expiration of 90 days from the service
the delinquent fails or refuses to contribute his proportionate share
of the taxes, the begin delete co-owner end delete begin insert coowner end insert contributing such share may
file in the superior court of the county in which the mine or begin insert mining end insert
claim is situated a verified petition setting forth the facts and
particularly describing the mine or begin insert mining end insert claim.

SEC. 35.  

Section 853 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended and renumbered to read:

begin delete 853. end delete
begin insert 856. end insert   

If the mine or begin insert mining end insert claim is situated in more than one
county, the petition may be filed in the superior court of either
county.

SEC. 36.  

Section 854 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended and renumbered to read:

begin delete 854. end delete
begin insert 857. end insert   

The clerk shall set the petition for hearing by the court
and give notice begin delete thereof end delete begin insert of the hearing end insert by causing a notice of the
time and place of the hearing to be posted at the county courthouse
at least 10 days before the hearing. The court may order such
further notice as it deems proper.

SEC. 37.  

Section 855 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended and renumbered to read:

begin delete 855. end delete
begin insert 858. end insert   

The court shall hear evidence for or against the petition
and may order judgment begin delete thereon end delete begin insert on the petition end insert vesting the interest
of the delinquent in the mine or begin insert mining end insert claim in the petitioner.

SEC. 38.  

Section 856 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended and renumbered to read:

begin delete 856. end delete
begin insert 859. end insert   

A certified copy of the decree may be recorded in the
office of the recorder of each county in which any part of the mine
or begin insert mining end insert claim is situated.

SEC. 39.  

Section 1084 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

begin insert

begin insert 1084. end insert   

end insert

begin delete Section Ten Hundred and Eighty-four. end delete The writ of
mandamus may be denominated a writ of mandate.

SEC. 40.  

Section 1097 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

begin insert

begin insert 1097. end insert   

end insert

begin delete Section Ten Hundred and Ninety-seven. When end delete begin insert If end insert a
peremptory mandate has been issued and directed to begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert inferior
tribunal, corporation, begin delete Board, end delete begin insert board, end insert or person, begin delete if end delete begin insert and end insert it begin delete appear end delete
begin insert appears end insert to the begin delete Court end delete begin insert court end insert that begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert member of begin delete such end delete begin insert the end insert tribunal,
corporation, or begin delete Board, end delete begin insert board, end insert or begin delete such end delete begin insert the end insert person upon whom the
writ has been personally served, has, without just excuse, refused
or neglected to obey the begin delete same, end delete begin insert writ, end insert the begin delete Court end delete begin insert court end insert may, upon
motion, impose a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars. In case
of persistence in a refusal of obedience, the begin delete Court end delete begin insert court end insert may order
the party to be imprisoned until the writ is obeyed, and may make
any orders necessary and proper for the complete enforcement of
the writ.

SEC. 41.  

Section 2025.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

2025.010.  

Any party may obtain discovery within the scope
delimited by Chapter 2 (commencing with Section begin delete 2017.010) and
Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 2017.710), end delete begin insert 2017.010), end insert and
subject to the restrictions set forth in Chapter 5 (commencing with
Section 2019.010), by taking in California the oral deposition of
any person, including any party to the action. The person deposed
may be a natural person, an organization such as a public or private
corporation, a partnership, an association, or a governmental
agency.

SEC. 42.  

Section 2031.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

2031.010.  

(a) Any party may obtain discovery within the scope
delimited by begin delete Chapters end delete begin insert Chapter end insert 2 (commencing with Section
begin delete 2017.010) and 3 (commencing with Section 2017.710), end delete begin insert 2017.010), end insert
and subject to the restrictions set forth in Chapter 5 (commencing
with Section 2019.010), by inspecting, copying, testing, or
sampling documents, tangible things, land or other property, and
electronically stored information in the possession, custody, or
control of any other party to the action.

(b) A party may demand that any other party produce and permit
the party making the demand, or someone acting on begin delete that end delete begin insert the
demanding end insert party’s behalf, to inspect and to copy a document that
is in the possession, custody, or control of the party on whom the
demand is made.

(c) A party may demand that any other party produce and permit
the party making the demand, or someone acting on begin delete that end delete begin insert the
demanding end insert party’s behalf, to inspect and to photograph, test, or
sample any tangible things that are in the possession, custody, or
control of the party on whom the demand is made.

(d) A party may demand that any other party allow the party
making the demand, or someone acting on begin delete that end delete begin insert the demanding end insert
party’s behalf, to enter on any land or other property that is in the
possession, custody, or control of the party on whom the demand
is made, and to inspect and to measure, survey, photograph, test,
or sample the land or other property, or any designated object or
operation on it.

(e) A party may demand that any other party produce and permit
the party making the demand, or someone acting on begin delete that end delete begin insert the
demanding end insert party’s behalf, to inspect, copy, test, or sample
electronically stored information in the possession, custody, or
control of the party on whom demand is made.

SEC. 43.  

Section 2033.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

2033.010.  

Any party may obtain discovery within the scope
delimited by begin delete Chapters end delete begin insert Chapter end insert 2 (commencing with Section
begin delete 2017.010) and 3 (commencing with Section 2017.710), end delete begin insert 2017.010), end insert
and subject to the restrictions set forth in Chapter 5 (commencing
with Section 2019.010), by a written request that any other party
to the action admit the genuineness of specified documents, or the
truth of specified matters of fact, opinion relating to fact, or
application of law to fact. A request for admission may relate to
a matter that is in controversy between the parties.

SEC. 44.  

Section 2035.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

2035.010.  

(a) One who expects to be a party or expects a
successor in interest to be a party to begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert action that may be
cognizable in begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert court of the begin delete State of California, end delete begin insert state, end insert whether
as a plaintiff, or as a defendant, or in any other capacity, may obtain
discovery within the scope delimited by begin delete Chapters end delete begin insert Chapter end insert 2
(commencing with Section begin delete 2017.010) and 3 (commencing with
Section 2017.710), end delete begin insert 2017.010), end insert and subject to the restrictions set
forth in Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 2019.010), for the
purpose of perpetuating that person’s own testimony or that of
another natural person or organization, or of preserving evidence
for use in the event an action is subsequently filed.

(b) One shall not employ the procedures of this chapter for begin delete the
purpose either of end delete begin insert purposes of either end insert ascertaining the possible
existence of a cause of action or a defense to it, or of identifying
those who might be made parties to an action not yet filed.

SEC. 45.  

Section 2036.010 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

2036.010.  

If an appeal has been taken from a judgment entered
by begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert court of the begin delete State of California, end delete begin insert state, end insert or if the time for
taking an appeal has not expired, a party may obtain discovery
within the scope delimited by begin delete Chapters end delete begin insert Chapter end insert 2 (commencing
with Section begin delete 2017.010) and 3 (commencing with Section
2017.710), end delete begin insert 2017.010), end insert and subject to the restrictions set forth in
Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 2019.010), for begin delete the purpose end delete
begin insert purposes end insert of perpetuating testimony or preserving information for
use in the event of further proceedings in that court.

SEC. 46.  

Section 2093 of the Code of Civil Procedure is
amended to read:

2093.  

(a) A court, judge or clerk of begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert court, justice, notary
public, and officer or person authorized to take testimony in begin delete any end delete
begin insert an end insert action or proceeding, or to decide upon evidence, has the power
to administer oaths and affirmations.

(b) (1) A shorthand reporter certified pursuant to Article 3
(commencing with Section 8020) of Chapter 13 of Division 3 of
the Business and Professions Code has the power to administer
oaths and affirmations and may perform the duties of the deposition
officer pursuant to Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 2025.010)
of Title 4. The certified shorthand reporter begin delete shall be end delete begin insert is end insert entitled to
receive fees for services rendered during a deposition, including
fees for deposition services, as specified in subdivision (c) of
Section 8211 of the Government Code.

(2) This subdivision shall also apply to depositions taken by
telephone or other remote electronic means as specified in Chapter
2 (commencing with Section 2017.010) and Chapter 9
(commencing with Section 2025.010) of Title 4.

(c) (1) A former judge or justice of a court of record in begin delete this end delete begin insert the end insert
state who retired or resigned from office shall have the power to
administer oaths and affirmations, if both of the following
conditions are met:

(A) The former judge or justice requests and receives a
certification from the Commission on Judicial Performance
pursuant to paragraph (2).

(B) A formal disciplinary proceeding was not pending at the
time of the retirement or resignation.

(2) (A) A former judge or justice of a court of record in begin delete this end delete
begin insert the end insert state who retired or resigned from office may apply to the
begin delete commission end delete begin insert Commission on Judicial Performance end insert to receive a
certification to administer oaths and affirmations. The commission
shall supply the required forms to an applicant upon request.

(B) (i) A certification application shall be accompanied by a
medical certification. If an applicant’s medical certification
indicates begin delete that end delete the applicant does not have a medical condition that
would impair his or her ability to administer oaths and affirmations,
the commission shall issue a certification to the applicant to
administer oaths and affirmations. Except as provided in clause
(ii), a certification issued pursuant to this paragraph begin delete shall be end delete begin insert is end insert
valid for a period of five years from the date of issuance.

(ii) If an applicant’s medical certification indicates begin delete that end delete the
applicant has a medical condition that may impair his or her ability
to administer oaths and affirmations, but does not do so at the time
the medical certification is submitted with the application, the
commission shall issue a certification to administer oaths and
affirmations, but the certification begin delete shall only be end delete begin insert is only end insert valid for a
period of two years from the date of issuance.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a former judge or justice of
a court of record who received a certification from the begin delete commission end delete
begin insert Commission on Judicial Performance end insert before January 1, 2016, to
administer oaths and affirmations may continue to exercise this
power until January 1, 2017, at which time he or she shall reapply
for certification pursuant to paragraph (2).

(4) The begin delete commission end delete begin insert Commission on Judicial Performance end insert may
charge a regulatory fee not to exceed fifteen dollars ($15) for each
certification application submitted pursuant to this subdivision to
cover its costs, including costs to review the medical certification.

(d) A begin delete rule, end delete begin insert rule end insert or regulation regarding the confidentiality of
proceedings of the begin delete commission shall not be construed to end delete
begin insert Commission on Judicial Performance does not end insert prohibit the
commission from issuing a certificate as provided for in this
section.

SEC. 47.  

Section 2105 of the Corporations Code is amended
to read:

2105.  

(a) A foreign corporation shall not transact intrastate
business without having first obtained from the Secretary of State
a certificate of qualification. To obtain that certificate it shall file,
on a form prescribed by the Secretary of State, a statement and
designation signed by a corporate officer or, in the case of a foreign
association that has no officers, signed by a trustee stating:

(1) Its name and the state or place of its incorporation or
organization.

(2) The street address of its principal executive office.

(3) The street address of its principal office within this state, if
any.

(4) The mailing address of its principal executive office, if
different from the addresses specified pursuant to paragraphs (2)
and (3).

(5) The name of an agent upon whom process directed to the
corporation may be served within this state. The designation shall
comply with begin delete the provisions of end delete subdivision (b) of Section 1502.

(6) (A) Its irrevocable consent to service of process directed to
it upon the agent designated and to service of process on the
Secretary of State if the agent begin delete so end delete designated or the agent’s successor
is no longer authorized to act or cannot be found at the address
given.

(B) Consent under this paragraph extends to service of process
directed to the foreign corporation’s agent in begin delete California end delete begin insert this state end insert
for a search warrant issued pursuant to Section 1524.2 of the Penal
Code, or for any other validly issued and properly served search
warrant, for records or documents that are in the possession of the
foreign corporation and are located inside or outside of this state.
This subparagraph shall apply to a foreign corporation that is a
party or a nonparty to the matter for which the search warrant is
sought. For purposes of this subparagraph, “properly served” means
delivered by hand, or in a manner reasonably allowing for proof
of delivery if delivered by United States mail, overnight delivery
service, or facsimile to a person or entity listed in Section 2110,
or any other means specified by the foreign corporation, including,
but not limited to, email or submission via an Internet begin delete web end delete begin insert Web end insert
portal that the foreign corporation has designated for the purpose
of service of process.

(7) If it is a corporation begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert will be subject to the
Insurance Code as an insurer, it shall begin delete so end delete state that fact.

(b) Annexed to begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert statement and designation shall be a
certificate by an authorized public official of the state or place of
incorporation of the corporation to the effect that the corporation
is an existing corporation in good standing in that state or place
or, in the case of an association, an officers’ certificate stating that
it is a validly organized and existing business association under
the laws of a specified foreign jurisdiction.

(c) Before it may be designated by begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert foreign corporation
as its agent for service of process, begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert corporate agent must
comply with Section 1505.

SEC. 48.  

Section 2207 of the Corporations Code is amended
to read:

2207.  

(a) A corporation is liable for a civil penalty in an
amount not exceeding one million dollars ($1,000,000) if the
corporation does both of the following:

(1) Has actual knowledge that an officer, director, manager, or
agent of the corporation does any of the following:

(A) Makes, publishes, or posts, or has made, published, or
posted, either generally or privately to the shareholders or other
persons, either of the following:

(i) An oral, written, or electronically transmitted report, exhibit,
notice, or statement of its affairs or pecuniary condition that
begin delete contains end delete begin insert includes end insert a material statement or omission that is false and
intended to give the shares of stock in the corporation a materially
greater or a materially less apparent market value than they really
possess.

(ii) An oral, written, or electronically transmitted report,
prospectus, account, or statement of operations, values, business,
profits, or expenditures, that includes a material false statement or
omission intended to give the shares of stock in the corporation a
materially greater or a materially less apparent market value than
they really possess.

(B)  begin delete Refuses end delete begin insert Refuses, end insert or has refused to begin delete make end delete begin insert make, end insert any book
entry or post any notice required by law in the manner required
by law.

(C) Misstates or begin delete conceals end delete begin insert conceals, end insert or has misstated or begin delete concealed end delete
begin insert concealed, end insert from a regulatory body a material fact in order to
deceive a regulatory body to avoid a statutory or regulatory duty,
or to avoid a statutory or regulatory limit or prohibition.

(2) Within 30 days after actual knowledge is acquired of the
actions described in paragraph (1), the corporation knowingly fails
to do both of the following:

(A) Notify the Attorney General or appropriate government
agency in writing, unless the corporation has actual knowledge
that the Attorney General or appropriate government agency has
been notified.

(B) Notify its shareholders in writing, unless the corporation
has actual knowledge that the shareholders have been notified.

(b) The requirement for notification under this section begin delete is not
applicable end delete begin insert does not apply end insert if the action taken or about to be taken
by the corporation, or by an officer, director, manager, or agent of
the corporation under paragraph (1) of subdivision (a), is abated
within the time prescribed for reporting, unless the appropriate
government agency requires disclosure by regulation.

(c) If the action reported to the Attorney General pursuant to
this section implicates the government authority of an agency other
than the Attorney General, the Attorney General shall promptly
forward the written notice to that agency.

(d) If the Attorney General was not notified pursuant to
subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a), but the
corporation reasonably and in good faith believed that it had
complied with the notification requirements of this section by
notifying a government agency listed in paragraph (5) of
subdivision (e), no penalties shall apply.

(e) For purposes of this section:

(1) “Manager” means a person having both of the following:

(A) Management authority over a business entity.

(B) Significant responsibility for an aspect of a business that
includes actual authority for the financial operations or financial
transactions of the business.

(2) “Agent” means a person or entity authorized by the
corporation to make representations to the public about the
corporation’s financial condition and who is acting within the
scope of the agency when the representations are made.

(3) “Shareholder” means a person or entity that is a shareholder
of the corporation at the time the disclosure is required pursuant
to subparagraph (B) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a).

(4) “Notify its shareholders” means to give sufficient description
of an action taken or about to be taken that would constitute acts
or omissions as described in paragraph (1) of subdivision (a). A
notice or report filed by a corporation with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission that relates to the facts and
circumstances giving rise to an obligation under paragraph (1) of
subdivision (a) shall satisfy all notice requirements arising under
paragraph (2) of subdivision (a), but begin delete shall not be end delete begin insert is not end insert the
exclusive means of satisfying the notice requirements, begin delete provided
that end delete begin insert if end insert the Attorney General or appropriate agency is informed in
writing that the filing has been made together with a copy of the
filing or an electronic link where it is available online without
charge.

(5) “Appropriate government agency” means an agency on the
following list that has regulatory authority with respect to the
financial operations of a corporation:

(A) Department of Business Oversight.

(B) Department of Insurance.

(C) Department of Managed Health Care.

(D) United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

(6) “Actual knowledge of the corporation” means the knowledge
an officer or director of a corporation actually possesses or does
not consciously avoid possessing, based on an evaluation of
information provided pursuant to the corporation’s disclosure
controls and procedures.

(7) “Refuse to make a book entry” means the intentional decision
not to record an accounting transaction when all of the following
conditions are satisfied:

(A) The independent auditors required recordation of an
accounting transaction during the course of an audit.

(B) The begin insert corporation’s end insert audit committee begin delete of the corporation end delete has
not approved the independent auditor’s recommendation.

(C) The decision is made for the primary purpose of rendering
the financial statements materially false or misleading.

(8) “Refuse to post any notice required by law” means an
intentional decision not to post a notice required by law when all
of the following conditions exist:

(A) The decision not to post the notice has not been approved
by the corporation’s audit committee.

(B) The decision is intended to give the shares of stock in the
corporation a materially greater or a materially less apparent market
value than they really possess.

(9) “Misstate or conceal material facts from a regulatory body”
means an intentional decision not to disclose material facts when
all of the following conditions exist:

(A) The decision not to disclose material facts has not been
approved by the corporation’s audit committee.

(B) The decision is intended to give the shares of stock in the
corporation a materially greater or a materially less apparent market
value than they really possess.

(10) “Material false statement or omission” means an untrue
statement of material fact or an omission to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements made under the
circumstances under which they were made not misleading.

(11) “Officer” means any person as set forth in Rule 16a-1
promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any
successor regulation thereto, except an officer of a subsidiary
corporation who is not also an officer of the parent corporation.

(f) This section only applies to corporations that are issuers, as
defined in Section 2 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (15 U.S.C.
Sec. 7201 begin delete and following). end delete begin insert et seq.). end insert

(g) An action to enforce this section may only be brought by
the Attorney General or a district attorney or city attorney in the
name of the people of the begin delete State of California. end delete begin insert state. end insert

SEC. 49.  

Section 17708.02 of the Corporations Code is
amended to read:

17708.02.  

(a) A foreign limited liability company may apply
for a certificate of registration to transact business in this state by
delivering an application to the Secretary of State for filing on a
form prescribed by the Secretary of State. The application shall
state all of the following:

(1) The name of the foreign limited liability company, and, if
the name does not comply with Section 17701.08, an alternate
name adopted pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 17708.05.

(2) The state or other jurisdiction under whose law the foreign
limited liability company is organized and the date of its
organization in that state or other jurisdiction, and a statement that
the foreign limited liability company is authorized to exercise its
powers and privileges in that state or other jurisdiction.

(3) The street address of the foreign limited liability company’s
principal office and of its principal business office in this state, if
any.

(4) (A) The name and street address of the foreign limited
liability company’s initial agent for service of process in this state
who consents to service of process and meets the qualifications
specified in subdivision (c) of Section 17701.13. If a corporate
agent is designated, only the name of the agent shall be set forth.

(B) Consent under this paragraph extends to service of process
directed to the foreign limited liability company’s agent in
begin delete California end delete begin insert this state end insert for a search warrant issued pursuant to Section
1524.2 of the Penal Code, or for any other validly issued and
properly served search warrant, for records or documents that are
in the possession of the foreign limited liability company and are
located inside or outside of this state. This subparagraph shall
apply to a foreign limited liability company that is a party or a
nonparty to the matter for which the search warrant is sought. For
purposes of this subparagraph, begin delete properly served end delete begin insert “properly served end insert begin insert ” end insert
means delivered by hand, or in a manner reasonably allowing for
proof of delivery if delivered by United States mail, overnight
delivery service, facsimile, or any other means specified by the
foreign limited liability company, including email or submission
via an Internet begin delete web end delete begin insert Web end insert portal the foreign limited liability company
has designated for the purpose of service of process.

(5) A statement that the Secretary of State is appointed the agent
of the foreign limited liability company for service of process if
the agent has resigned and has not been replaced or if the agent
cannot be found or served with the exercise of reasonable diligence.

(6) The mailing address of the foreign limited liability company
if different than the street address of the principal office, or
principal business office in this state.

(b) A foreign limited liability company shall deliver with a
completed application under subdivision (a) a certificate of
existence, status, or good standing or a record of similar import
signed by the Secretary of State or other official having custody
of the foreign limited liability company’s publicly filed records in
the state or other jurisdiction under whose law the foreign limited
liability company is formed.

(c) The Secretary of State shall include with instructional
materials, provided in conjunction with registration under
subdivision (a), a notice that filing the registration will obligate
the foreign limited liability company to pay an annual tax to the
Franchise Tax Board pursuant to Section 17941 of the Revenue
and Taxation Code. That notice shall be updated annually to specify
the dollar amount of the tax.

SEC. 50.  

Section 25100 of the Corporations Code is amended
to read:

25100.  

The following securities are exempted from Sections
25110, 25120, and 25130:

(a) Any begin delete security (including end delete begin insert security, including end insert a revenue
begin delete obligation) end delete begin insert obligation, end insert issued or guaranteed by the United States,
any state, any city, county, city and county, public district, public
authority, public corporation, public entity, or political subdivision
of a state or any agency or corporate or other instrumentality of
any one or more of the begin delete foregoing; end delete begin insert foregoing, end insert or any certificate of
deposit for any of the foregoing.

(b) Any security issued or guaranteed by Canada, any Canadian
province, any political subdivision or municipality of that province,
or by any other foreign government begin delete with which end delete begin insert that end insert the United
States currently maintains diplomatic relations, if the security is
recognized as a valid obligation by the issuer or begin delete guarantor; end delete
begin insert guarantor, end insert or any certificate of deposit for any of the foregoing.

(c) Any security issued or guaranteed by and representing an
interest begin delete in end delete begin insert in, end insert or a direct obligation begin delete of end delete begin insert of, end insert a national bank or a bank
or trust company incorporated under the laws of this state, and any
security issued by a bank to one or more other banks and
representing an interest in an asset of the issuing bank.

(d) Any security issued or guaranteed by a federal savings
begin delete association or end delete begin insert association, end insert federal savings begin delete bank or end delete begin insert bank, end insert federal
land begin delete bank or end delete begin insert bank, end insert joint land begin delete bank or end delete begin insert bank, end insert national farm loan
begin delete association end delete begin insert association, end insert or by any savings association, as defined
in subdivision (a) of Section 5102 of the Financial Code, begin delete which end delete
begin insert that end insert is subject to the supervision and regulation of the
Commissioner of Business begin delete Oversight of this state. end delete begin insert Oversight. end insert

(e) Any begin delete security (other end delete begin insert security, other end insert than an interest in all or
portions of a parcel or parcels of real property begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert are
subdivided land or a subdivision or in a real estate begin delete development), end delete
begin insert development, end insert the issuance of which is subject to authorization by
the Insurance Commissioner, the Public Utilities Commission, or
the Real Estate begin delete Commissioner of this state. end delete begin insert Commissioner. end insert

(f) Any security consisting of any interest in all or portions of
a parcel or parcels of real property that are subdivided lands or a
subdivision or in a real estate begin delete development; provided that the end delete
begin insert development. The end insert exemption in this subdivision begin delete shall not be
applicable to: (1) any end delete begin insert does not apply to either of the following: end insert

begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Any end insert investment contract sold or offered for sale with, or as
part of, that begin delete interest, or (2) any end delete begin insert interest. end insert

begin insert (2) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Any end insert person engaged in the business of selling, distributing,
or supplying water for irrigation purposes or domestic use that is
not a public utility except that the exemption begin delete is applicable end delete begin insert applies end insert
to any security of a mutual water begin delete company (other end delete begin insert company, other end insert
than an investment contract as described in paragraph begin delete (1)) end delete begin insert (1), end insert
offered or sold in connection with subdivided lands pursuant to
Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 14310) of Part 7 of Division
3 of Title 1.

(g) Any mutual capital certificates or savings accounts, as
defined in the Savings Association Law, issued by a savings
association, as defined by subdivision (a) of Section 5102 of the
Financial Code, and holding a license or certificate of authority
then in force from the Commissioner of Business begin delete Oversight of this
state. end delete begin insert Oversight. end insert

(h) Any security issued or guaranteed by any federal credit
union, or by any credit union organized and supervised, or
regulated, under the Credit Union Law.

(i) Any security issued or guaranteed by any railroad, other
common carrier, public utility, or public utility holding company
begin delete which is (1) subject end delete begin insert that is any of the following: end insert

begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Subject end insert to the jurisdiction of the Interstate Commerce
Commission or its begin delete successor or (2) a end delete begin insert successor. end insert

begin insert (2) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert A end insert holding company registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission under the Public Utility Holding Company
Act of 1935 or a subsidiary of begin delete that end delete begin insert the holding end insert company within
the meaning of that begin delete act or (3) regulated end delete begin insert act. end insert

begin insert (3) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Regulated end insert in respect of the issuance or guarantee of the
security by a governmental authority of the United States, of any
state, of Canada or of any Canadian begin delete province; end delete begin insert province, end insert and the
security is subject to registration with or authorization of issuance
by that authority.

(j) Any begin delete security (except end delete begin insert security, except end insert evidences of
indebtedness, whether interest bearing or begin delete not) end delete begin insert not, end insert of an issuer (1)
organized exclusively for educational, benevolent, fraternal,
religious, charitable, social, or reformatory purposes and not for
pecuniary profit, if no part of the net earnings of the issuer inures
to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual, or (2)
organized as a chamber of commerce or trade or professional
association. The fact that amounts received from begin delete memberships end delete
begin insert memberships, end insert or begin delete dues end delete begin insert dues, end insert or both will or may be used to construct
or otherwise acquire facilities for use by members of the nonprofit
organization does not disqualify the organization for this
exemption. This exemption does not apply to the securities of begin delete any end delete
begin insert a end insert nonprofit organization if any promoter thereof expects or intends
to make a profit directly or indirectly from any business or activity
associated with the organization or operation of begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert nonprofit
organization or from remuneration received from begin delete that end delete begin insert the end insert nonprofit
organization.

(k) Any agreement, commonly known as a “life income
contract,” of an issuer (1) organized exclusively for educational,
benevolent, fraternal, religious, charitable, social, or reformatory
purposes and not for pecuniary profit and (2) begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert the
commissioner designates by rule or order, with a donor in
consideration of a donation of property to that issuer and providing
for the payment to the donor or persons designated by him or her
of income or specified periodic payments from the donated
property or other property for the life of the donor or those other
persons.

(l) Any note, draft, bill of exchange, or banker’s acceptance
begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert is freely transferable and of prime quality, arises out
of a current transaction or the proceeds of which have been or are
to be used for current transactions, and begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert evidences an
obligation to pay cash within nine months of the date of issuance,
exclusive of days of grace, or any renewal of that paper which is
likewise limited, or any guarantee of that paper or of that renewal,
begin delete provided that end delete begin insert if end insert the paper is not offered to the public in amounts
of less than twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) in the aggregate
to any one purchaser. In addition, the commissioner may, by rule
or order, exempt any issuer of any notes, drafts, bills of exchange
or banker’s acceptances from qualification of those securities begin delete when end delete
begin insert if end insert the commissioner finds that the qualification is not necessary or
appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors.

(m) Any security issued by begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert corporation organized and
existing under the provisions of Chapter 1 (commencing with
Section 54001) of Division 20 of the Food and Agricultural Code.

(n) Any beneficial interest in an employees’ pension,
profit-sharing, stock bonus, or similar benefit plan begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert
meets the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the
federal Internal Revenue Code or any statute amendatory thereof
or supplementary thereto. A determination letter from the Internal
Revenue Service stating that an employees’ pension, profit-sharing,
stock bonus, or similar benefit plan meets those requirements begin delete shall
be end delete begin insert is end insert conclusive evidence that the plan is an employees’ pension,
profit-sharing, stock bonus, or similar benefit plan within the
meaning of the first sentence of this subdivision until the date the
determination letter is revoked in writing by the Internal Revenue
Service, regardless of whether or not the revocation is retroactive.

(o)  begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert Any security listed or approved for listing upon notice
of issuance on a national securities exchange, if the exchange has
been certified by rule or order of the commissioner and any warrant
or right to purchase or subscribe to the security. The exemption
afforded by this subdivision does not apply to securities listed or
approved for listing upon notice of issuance on a national securities
exchange, in a rollup transaction unless the rollup transaction is
an eligible rollup transaction as defined in Section 25014.7.

begin delete

That

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert certification of begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert exchange shall be made by the
commissioner upon the written request of the exchange if the
commissioner finds that the exchange, in acting on applications
for listing of common stock, substantially applies the minimum
standards set forth in either subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph
begin delete (1), end delete begin insert (3), end insert and, in considering suspension or removal from listing,
substantially applies each of the criteria set forth in paragraph begin delete (2). end delete
begin insert (4). end insert

begin delete

(1)

end delete

begin insert (3) end insert  Listing standards:

(A) (i) Shareholders’ equity of at least four million dollars
($4,000,000).

(ii) Pretax income of at least seven hundred fifty thousand
dollars ($750,000) in the issuer’s last fiscal year or in two of its
last three fiscal years.

(iii)  begin insert (I) end insert begin insert   end insert Minimum public distribution of 500,000 begin delete shares
(exclusive end delete begin insert shares, exclusive end insert of the holdings of officers, directors,
controlling shareholders, and other concentrated or family
begin delete holdings), end delete begin insert holdings, end insert together with a minimum of 800 public holders
or minimum public distribution of 1,000,000 shares together with
a minimum of 400 public holders. The exchange may also consider
the listing of a company’s securities if the company has a minimum
of 500,000 shares publicly held, a minimum of 400 shareholders
and daily trading volume in the issue has been approximately 2,000
shares or more for the six months preceding the date of application.
In evaluating the suitability of an issue for listing under this trading
provision, the exchange shall review the nature and frequency of
that activity and any other factors as it begin delete may determine end delete begin insert determines end insert
to be relevant in ascertaining whether the issue is suitable for
trading. A security that trades infrequently shall not be considered
for listing under this paragraph even though average daily volume
amounts to 2,000 shares per day or more.

begin delete

Companies

end delete

begin insert (II) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Companies end insert whose securities are concentrated in a limited
geographical area, or whose securities are largely held in block by
institutional investors, normally may not be considered eligible
for listing unless the public distribution appreciably exceeds
500,000 shares.

(iv) Minimum price of three dollars ($3) per share for a
reasonable period of time begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the filing of a listing
begin delete application; provided, however, end delete begin insert application. However, end insert in certain
instances an exchange may favorably consider listing an issue
selling for less than three dollars ($3) per share after considering
all pertinent factors, including market conditions in general,
whether historically the issue has sold above three dollars ($3) per
share, the applicant’s capitalization, and the number of outstanding
and publicly held shares of the issue.

(v) An aggregate market value for publicly held shares of at
least three million dollars ($3,000,000).

(B) (i) Shareholders’ equity of at least four million dollars
($4,000,000).

(ii) Minimum public distribution set forth in clause (iii) of
subparagraph (A) of paragraph begin delete (1). end delete begin insert (3). end insert

(iii) Operating history of at least three years.

(iv) An aggregate market value for publicly held shares of at
least fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000).

begin delete

(2)

end delete

begin insert (4) end insert  Criteria for consideration of suspension or removal from
listing:

(A) If a company that begin delete (A) end delete has shareholders’ equity of less than
one million dollars ($1,000,000) has sustained net losses in each
of its two most recent fiscal begin delete years, or (B) end delete begin insert years or end insert has net tangible
assets of less than three million dollars ($3,000,000) and has
sustained net losses in three of its four most recent fiscal years.

(B) If the number of shares publicly begin delete held (excluding end delete begin insert held,
excluding end insert the holdings of officers, directors, controlling
shareholders, and other concentrated or family begin delete holdings) end delete begin insert holdings, end insert
is less than 150,000.

(C) If the total number of shareholders is less than 400 or if the
number of shareholders of lots of 100 shares or more is less than
300.

(D) If the aggregate market value of shares publicly held is less
than seven hundred fifty thousand dollars ($750,000).

(E) If shares of common stock sell at a price of less than three
dollars ($3) per share for a substantial period of time and the issuer
shall fail to effectuate a reverse stock split of the shares within a
reasonable period of time after being requested by the exchange
to take that action.

begin delete

A

end delete

begin insert (5) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert (A) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert A end insert national securities exchange, certified by rule or order
of the commissioner under this subdivision, shall file annual reports
when requested to do so by the commissioner. The annual reports
shall contain, by begin delete issuer: the end delete begin insert issuer, all of the following: end insert

begin insert (i) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert variances granted to an exchange’s listing standards,
including variances from corporate governance and voting rights’
standards, for any security of that begin delete issuer; the end delete begin insert issuer. end insert

begin insert (ii) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert reasons for the begin delete variances; a end delete begin insert variances. end insert

begin insert (iii) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert A end insert discussion of the review procedure instituted by the
exchange to determine the effect of the variances on investors and
whether the variances should be begin delete continued; and any end delete begin insert continued. end insert

begin insert (iv) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Any end insert other information that the commissioner deems
relevant. begin delete The end delete

begin insert (B) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert purpose of these reports is to assist the commissioner
in determining begin delete whether end delete begin insert if end insert the quantitative and qualitative
requirements of this subdivision are substantially being met by the
exchange in general or with regard to any particular security.

begin delete

The

end delete

begin insert (6) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert commissioner after appropriate notice and opportunity
for hearing in accordance with begin delete the provisions of end delete the Administrative
Procedure begin delete Act, Chapter end delete begin insert Act (Chapter end insert 5 (commencing with Section
11500) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government begin delete Code, end delete
begin insert Code) end insert may, in his or her discretion, by rule or order, decertify any
exchange previously certified that ceases substantially to apply
the minimum standards or criteria as set forth in paragraphs begin delete (1)
and (2). end delete begin insert (3) and (4). end insert

begin delete

A

end delete

begin insert (7) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert A end insert rule or order of certification shall conclusively establish
that any security listed or approved for listing upon notice of
issuance on any exchange named in a rule or order of certification,
and any warrant or right to purchase or subscribe to that security,
is exempt under this subdivision until the adoption by the
commissioner of any rule or order decertifying the exchange.

(p) A promissory note secured by a lien on real property, begin delete which end delete
begin insert that end insert is neither one of a series of notes of equal priority secured by
interests in the same real property nor a note in which beneficial
interests are sold to more than one person or entity.

(q) Any unincorporated interindemnity or reciprocal or
interinsurance contract, that qualifies under the provisions of
Section 1280.7 of the Insurance Code, between members of a
cooperative corporation, organized and operating under Part 2
(commencing with Section 12200) of Division 3 of Title 1, and
whose members consist only of physicians and surgeons licensed
in begin delete California, end delete begin insert the state, end insert which contracts indemnify solely in respect
to medical malpractice claims against the members, and which do
not collect in advance of loss any moneys other than contributions
by each member to a collective reserve trust fund or for necessary
expenses of administration.

(1) Whenever it appears to the commissioner that begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person
has begin delete engaged end delete begin insert engaged, end insert or is about to begin delete engage end delete begin insert engage, end insert in begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert act
or practice constituting a violation of begin delete any provision of end delete Section
1280.7 of the Insurance Code, the commissioner may, in the
commissioner’s discretion, bring an action in the name of the
people of the begin delete State of California end delete begin insert state end insert in the superior court to enjoin
the acts or practices or to enforce compliance with Section 1280.7
of the Insurance Code. Upon a proper showing a permanent or
preliminary injunction, a restraining order, or a writ of mandate
shall be granted and a receiver or conservator may be appointed
for the defendant or the defendant’s assets.

(2) The commissioner may, in the commissioner’s discretion,
begin delete (A) end delete make public or private investigations within or outside of begin delete this end delete
begin insert the end insert state as the commissioner deems necessary to determine
begin delete whether any end delete begin insert if a end insert person has violated or is about to violate begin delete any
provision of end delete Section 1280.7 of the Insurance Code or to aid in the
enforcement of Section 1280.7, and begin delete (B) end delete publish information
concerning the violation of Section 1280.7.

(3) For begin delete the purpose of any end delete begin insert purposes of an end insert investigation or
proceeding under this section, the commissioner or any officer
designated by the commissioner may administer oaths and
affirmations, subpoena witnesses, compel their attendance, take
evidence, and require the production of any books, papers,
correspondence, memoranda, agreements, or other documents or
records begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert the commissioner deems relevant or material
to the inquiry.

(4) In case of contumacy by, or refusal to obey a subpoena
issued to, any person, the superior court, upon application by the
commissioner, may issue to the person an order requiring the
person to appear before the commissioner, or the officer designated
by the commissioner, to produce documentary evidence, if so
ordered, or to give evidence touching the matter under investigation
or in question. Failure to obey the order of the court may be
punished by the court as a contempt.

(5) No person is excused from attending or testifying or from
producing any document or record before the commissioner or in
obedience to the subpoena of the commissioner or any officer
designated by the commissioner, or in any proceeding instituted
by the commissioner, on the ground that the testimony or begin delete evidence
(documentary end delete begin insert evidence, documentary end insert or begin delete otherwise), end delete begin insert otherwise, end insert
required of the person may tend to incriminate the person or subject
the person to a penalty or forfeiture, but no individual may be
prosecuted or subjected to any penalty or forfeiture begin delete for end delete begin insert for, end insert or on
account begin delete of end delete begin insert of, end insert any transaction, matter, or thing concerning which
the person is compelled, after validly claiming the privilege against
self-incrimination, to testify or produce begin delete evidence (documentary end delete
begin insert evidence, documentary end insert or begin delete otherwise), end delete begin insert otherwise, end insert except that the
individual testifying is not exempt from prosecution and
punishment for perjury or contempt committed in testifying.

(6)  begin insert (A) end insert begin insert   end insert The cost of any review, examination, audit, or
investigation made by the commissioner under Section 1280.7 of
the Insurance Code shall be paid to the commissioner by the person
subject to the review, examination, audit, or investigation, and the
commissioner may maintain an action for the recovery of these
costs in any court of competent jurisdiction. In determining the
cost, the commissioner may use the actual amount of the salary or
other compensation paid to the persons making the review,
examination, audit, or investigation plus the actual amount of
expenses including overhead reasonably incurred in the
performance of the work.

begin delete

The

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert recoverable cost of each review, examination, audit, or
investigation made by the commissioner under Section 1280.7 of
the Insurance Code shall not exceed twenty-five thousand dollars
($25,000), except that costs exceeding twenty-five thousand dollars
($25,000) shall be recoverable if the costs are necessary to prevent
a violation of begin delete any provision of end delete Section 1280.7 of the Insurance
Code.

(r) Any shares or memberships issued by any corporation
organized and existing pursuant to the provisions of Part 2
(commencing with Section 12200) of Division 3 of Title 1,
begin delete provided end delete begin insert if end insert the aggregate investment of any shareholder or member
in shares or memberships sold pursuant to this subdivision does
not exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000). This exemption does
not apply to the shares or memberships of that corporation if any
promoter thereof expects or intends to make a profit directly or
indirectly from any business or activity associated with the
corporation or the operation of the corporation or from
remuneration, other than reasonable salary, received from the
corporation. This exemption does not apply to nonvoting shares
or memberships of that corporation issued to any person who does
not possess, and who will not acquire in connection with the
issuance of nonvoting shares or memberships, voting begin delete power
(Section 12253) end delete begin insert power, as defined in Section 12253, end insert in the
corporation. This exemption begin delete also end delete does not apply to shares or
memberships issued by a nonprofit cooperative corporation
organized to facilitate the creation of an unincorporated
interindemnity arrangement that provides indemnification for
medical malpractice to its physician and surgeon members as set
forth in subdivision (q).

(s) Any security consisting of or representing an interest in a
pool of mortgage loans that meets begin delete each end delete begin insert all end insert of the following
requirements:

(1) The pool consists of whole mortgage loans or participation
interests in those loans, which loans were originated or acquired
in the ordinary course of business by a national bank or federal
savings association or federal savings bank having its principal
office in this state, by a bank incorporated under the laws of this
begin delete state end delete begin insert state, end insert or by a savings association as defined in subdivision
(a) of Section 5102 of the Financial Code and begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert is subject
to the supervision and regulation of the begin delete Commissioner of Financial
Institutions, end delete begin insert commissioner, end insert and each of which at the time of transfer
to the pool is an authorized investment for the originating or
acquiring institution.

(2) The pool of mortgage loans is held in trust by a trustee begin delete which end delete
begin insert that end insert is a financial institution specified in paragraph (1) as trustee
or otherwise.

(3) The loans are serviced by a financial institution specified in
paragraph (1).

(4) The security is not offered in amounts of less than
twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) in the aggregate to any one
purchaser.

(5) The security is offered pursuant to a registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, or pursuant to an exemption under
Regulation A under that act, or in the opinion of counsel for the
issuer, is offered pursuant to an exemption under Section 4(2) of
that act.

(t) (1) Any security issued or guaranteed by and representing
an interest begin delete in end delete begin insert in, end insert or a direct obligation begin delete of end delete begin insert of, end insert an industrial loan
company incorporated under the laws of the state and authorized
by the begin delete Commissioner of Financial Institutions end delete begin insert commissioner end insert to
engage in industrial loan business.

(2) Any investment certificate in or issued by begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert industrial
loan company that is organized under the laws of a state of the
United States other than this state, that is insured by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation, and that maintains a branch office
in this state.

SEC. 51.  

Section 25247 of the Corporations Code is amended
to read:

25247.  

(a) Upon written or oral request, the commissioner
shall make available to any person the information specified in
Section 6254.12 of the Government Code and made available
through the Public Disclosure Program of the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority with respect to any broker-dealer or agent
licensed or regulated under this part. The commissioner shall also
make available the current license status and the year of issuance
of the license of a broker-dealer. Any information disclosed
pursuant to this subdivision shall constitute a public record.
Notwithstanding any other begin delete provisions of end delete law, the commissioner
may disclose either orally or in writing that information pursuant
to this subdivision. There shall be no liability on the part begin delete of end delete begin insert of, end insert and
no cause of action of any nature shall arise begin delete against the State of
California, end delete begin insert against, the state, end insert the Department of Business
Oversight, the Commissioner of Business Oversight, or any officer,
agent, or employee of the state or begin delete of end delete the Department of Business
Oversight for the release of any false or unauthorized information,
unless the release of that information was done with knowledge
and malice.

(b) Any broker-dealer or agent licensed or regulated under this
part begin delete shall end delete begin insert shall, end insert upon begin delete request end delete begin insert request, end insert deliver a written notice to
any client when a new account is opened stating that information
about the license status or disciplinary record of a broker-dealer
or an agent may be obtained from the begin delete Department end delete begin insert Division end insert of
Corporations, or from any other source that provides substantially
similar information.

(c) The notice provided under subdivision (b) shall contain the
office location or telephone number where the information may
be obtained.

(d) A broker-dealer or agent begin delete shall be end delete begin insert is end insert exempt from providing
the notice required under subdivision (b) if a person who does not
have a financial relationship with the broker-dealer or agent,
requests only general operational information such as the nature
of the broker-dealer’s or agent’s business, office location, hours
of operation, basic services, and fees, but does not solicit advice
regarding investments or other services offered.

(e) Upon written or oral request, the commissioner shall make
available to any person the disciplinary records maintained on the
Investment Adviser Registration Depository and made available
through the Investment Advisor Public Disclosure begin insert Internet end insert Web
site begin delete with respect end delete begin insert as end insert to any investment adviser, investment adviser
representative, or associated person of an investment adviser
licensed or regulated under this part. The commissioner shall also
make available the current license status and the year of issuance
of the license of an investment adviser. Any information disclosed
pursuant to this subdivision shall constitute a public record.
Notwithstanding any other begin delete provision of end delete law, the commissioner
may disclose that information either orally or in writing pursuant
to this subdivision. There shall be no liability on the part begin delete of end delete begin insert of, end insert and
no cause of action of any nature shall arise begin delete against the State of
California, end delete begin insert against, the state, end insert the Department of Business
Oversight, the Commissioner of Business Oversight, or any officer,
agent, or employee of the state or begin delete of end delete the Department of Business
Oversight for the release of any false or unauthorized information,
unless the release of that information was done with knowledge
and malice.

(f) Section 461 of the Business and Professions Code shall not begin delete be applicable end delete begin insert apply end insert to the begin delete Department end delete begin insert Division end insert of Corporations
when using a national, uniform application adopted or approved
for use by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the North
American Securities Administrators Association, or the Financial
Industry Regulatory Authority that is required for participation in
the Central Registration Depository or the Investment Adviser
Registration Depository.

(g) This section shall not require the disclosure of criminal
history record information maintained by the Federal Bureau of
Investigation pursuant to Section 534 of Title 28 of the United
States Code, and the rules thereunder, or information not otherwise
subject to disclosure under the Information Practices Act of 1977.

SEC. 52.  

Section 221.6 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

221.6.  

begin delete Title IX: by end delete begin insert On or before end insert July 1, 2006, the department
shall post on its begin insert Internet end insert Web site, in both English and Spanish
and at a reading level that may be comprehended by pupils in high
school, the information set forth in the federal regulations
implementing Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 (20
U.S.C. Sec. 1681 et seq.).

SEC. 53.  

Section 1313 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

1313.  

Each county employee whose status is changed by this
article, and who is in employment and a member of a county
retirement system other than one provided by contract with the
Public Employees’ Retirement System on the date of the change,
shall become eligible for membership in the Public Employees’
Retirement System in accordance with the Public Employees’
Retirement Law with respect to his or her employment thereafter,
and shall be subject to the reciprocal benefits provided by begin delete said
systems; provided, that end delete begin insert those systems. However, end insert the employee may
elect to continue in membership of the county retirement system
with respect to his or her employment thereafter, in which event
the same appropriations and transfers of funds shall be made to
the retirement fund of the county system for the employee as those
required of the county under the county retirement law, and these
amounts shall be legal charges against the county school service
fund. The election authorized by this section shall be made no later
than the date preceding the date upon which his begin insert or her end insert status is
changed in accordance with procedures to be established by the
begin insert county end insert board of supervisors, which shall allow at least 30 days to
make the election. The election once made shall not be rescinded.
An employee who does not elect to continue membership in the
county system shall be deemed to have discontinued county
employment for purposes of the county system at the close of the
day preceding the date upon which his begin insert or her end insert status changes.

SEC. 54.  

Section 8340.4 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

8340.4.  

The county shall, by the end of the first fiscal year of
operation under the approved child care subsidy plan, demonstrate,
in the report required pursuant to Section 8340.5, an increase in
the aggregate days a child is enrolled in child care in the county
as compared to the enrollment in the final quarter of the begin delete 2014-2015 end delete
begin insert 2014- end insert begin insert 15 end insert fiscal year.

SEC. 55.  

Section 17250.25 of the Education Code, as added
by Section 2 of Chapter 752 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended
to read:

17250.25.  

The procurement process for design-build projects
shall progress as follows:

(a) (1) The school district shall prepare a set of documents
setting forth the scope and estimated price of the project. The
documents may include, but are not limited to, the size, type, and
desired design character of the project, performance specifications
covering the quality of materials, equipment, workmanship,
preliminary plans or building layouts, or any other information
deemed necessary to describe adequately the school district’s
needs. The performance specifications and any plans shall be
prepared by a design professional who is duly licensed and
registered in begin delete California. end delete begin insert the state. end insert

(2) The documents shall not include a design-build-operate
contract for a project. The documents, however, may include
operations during a training or transition period, but shall not
include long-term operations for a project.

(b) The school district shall prepare and issue a request for
qualifications in order to prequalify, or develop a short-list of, the
design-build entities whose proposals shall be evaluated for final
selection. The request for qualifications shall include, but is not
limited to, all of the following elements:

(1) Identification of the basic scope and needs of the project or
contract, the expected cost range, the methodology that will be
used by the school district to evaluate proposals, the procedure for
final selection of the design-build entity, and any other information
deemed necessary by the school district to inform interested parties
of the contracting opportunity.

(2) Significant factors that the school district reasonably expects
to consider in evaluating qualifications, including technical design
and construction expertise, acceptable safety record, and all other
nonprice-related factors.

(3) A standard template request for statements of qualifications
prepared by the school district. In preparing the standard template,
the school district may consult with the construction industry, the
building trades and surety industry, and other school districts
interested in using the authorization provided by this chapter. The
template shall require the following information:

(A) If the design-build entity is a privately held corporation,
limited liability company, partnership, or joint venture, a listing
of all of the shareholders, partners, or members known at the time
of statement of qualification submission who will perform work
on the project.

(B) Evidence that the members of the design-build team have
completed, or demonstrated the experience, competency, capability,
and capacity to complete, projects of similar size, scope, or
complexity, and that the proposed key personnel have sufficient
experience and training to competently manage and complete the
design and construction of the begin delete project, and a end delete begin insert project. end insert

begin insert (C) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert A end insert financial statement that ensures that the design-build
entity has the capacity to complete the project.

begin delete

(C)

end delete

begin insert (D) end insert  The licenses, registration, and credentials required to design
and construct the project, including, but not limited to, information
on the revocation or suspension of any license, credential, or
registration.

begin delete

(D)

end delete

begin insert (E) end insert  Evidence that establishes that the design-build entity has
the capacity to obtain all required payment and performance
bonding, liability insurance, and errors and omissions insurance.

begin delete

(E)

end delete

begin insert (F) end insert  Information concerning workers’ compensation experience
history and a worker safety program.

begin delete

(F)

end delete

begin insert (G) end insert  If the proposed design-build entity is a corporation, limited
liability company, partnership, joint venture, or other legal entity,
a copy of the organizational documents or agreement committing
to form the organization.

begin delete

(G)

end delete

begin insert (H) end insert  An acceptable safety record. A proposer’s safety record
shall be deemed acceptable if its experience modification rate for
the most recent three-year period is an average of 1.00 or less, and
its average total recordable injury or illness rate and average lost
work rate for the most recent three-year period does not exceed
the applicable statistical standards for its business category, or if
the proposer is a party to an alternative dispute resolution system,
as provided for in Section 3201.5 of the Labor Code.

begin delete

(4) (A)  The

end delete

begin insert (c) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert information required under begin delete this subdivision end delete begin insert a
standard template pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) end insert
shall be certified under penalty of perjury by the design-build entity
and its general partners or joint venture members.

begin delete

(B)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  Information required under begin delete this subdivision end delete begin insert a standard
template pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) end insert that is not
otherwise a public record under the California Public Records Act
(Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 6250) of Division 7 of
Title 1 of the Government Code) shall not be open to public
inspection.

begin delete

(c)

end delete

begin insert (d) end insert  A design-build entity shall not be prequalified or shortlisted
unless the entity provides an enforceable commitment to the school
district that the entity and its subcontractors at every tier will use
a skilled and trained workforce to perform all work on the project
or contract that falls within an apprenticeable occupation in the
building and construction trades.

(1) For purposes of this subdivision:

(A) “Apprenticeable occupation” means an occupation for which
the Chief of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards had approved
an apprenticeship program pursuant to Section 3075 of the Labor
Code before January 1, 2014.

(B) “Skilled and trained workforce” means a workforce that
meets all of the following conditions:

(i) All the workers are either skilled journeypersons or
apprentices registered in an apprenticeship program approved by
the Chief of the Division of Apprenticeship Standards.

(ii) (I) As of July 1, 2016, at least 20 percent of the skilled
journeypersons employed to perform work on the contract or
project by the entity and each of its subcontractors at every tier
are graduates of an apprenticeship program for the applicable
occupation that was either approved by the Chief of the Division
of Apprenticeship Standards pursuant to Section 3075 of the Labor
Code or located outside begin delete California end delete begin insert the state end insert and approved for
federal purposes pursuant to the apprenticeship regulations adopted
by the federal Secretary of Labor.

(II) As of July 1, 2017, at least 30 percent of the skilled
journeypersons employed to perform work on the contract or
project by the entity and each of its subcontractors at every tier
are graduates of an apprenticeship program for the applicable
occupation that was either approved by the Chief of the Division
of Apprenticeship Standards pursuant to Section 3075 of the Labor
Code or located outside begin delete California end delete begin insert the state end insert and approved for
federal purposes pursuant to the apprenticeship regulations adopted
by the federal Secretary of Labor.

(III) As of July 1, 2018, at least 40 percent of the skilled
journeypersons employed to perform work on the contract or
project by the entity and each of its subcontractors at every tier
are graduates of an apprenticeship program for the applicable
occupation that was either approved by the Chief of the Division
of Apprenticeship Standards pursuant to Section 3075 of the Labor
Code or located outside begin delete California end delete begin insert the state end insert and approved for
federal purposes pursuant to the apprenticeship regulations adopted
by the federal Secretary of Labor.

(IV) As of July 1, 2019, at least 50 percent of the skilled
journeypersons employed to perform work on the contract or
project by the entity and each of its subcontractors at every tier
are graduates of an apprenticeship program for the applicable
occupation that was either approved by the Chief of the Division
of Apprenticeship Standards pursuant to Section 3075 of the Labor
Code or located outside begin delete California end delete begin insert the state end insert and approved for
federal purposes pursuant to the apprenticeship regulations adopted
by the federal Secretary of Labor.

(V) As of July 1, 2020, at least 60 percent of the skilled
journeypersons employed to perform work on the contract or
project by the entity and each of its subcontractors at every tier
are graduates of an apprenticeship program for the applicable
occupation that was either approved by the Chief of the Division
of Apprenticeship Standards pursuant to Section 3075 of the Labor
Code or located outside begin delete California end delete begin insert the state end insert and approved for
federal purposes pursuant to the apprenticeship regulations adopted
by the federal Secretary of Labor.

(iii) For an apprenticeable occupation in which no apprenticeship
program had been approved by the Chief of the Division of
Apprenticeship Standards before January 1, 1995, up to one-half
of the graduation percentage requirements of clause (ii) may be
satisfied by skilled journeypersons who commenced working in
the apprenticeable occupation begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the chief’s approval
of an apprenticeship program for that occupation in the county in
which the project is located.

(C) “Skilled journeyperson” means a worker who either:

(i) Graduated from an apprenticeship program for the applicable
occupation that was begin insert either end insert approved by the Chief of the Division
of Apprenticeship Standards or located outside begin delete California end delete begin insert the state end insert
and approved for federal purposes pursuant to the apprenticeship
regulations adopted by the federal Secretary of Labor.

(ii) Has at least as many hours of on-the-job experience in the
applicable occupation as would be required to graduate from an
apprenticeship program for the applicable occupation that is
approved by the chief.

(2) An entity’s commitment that a skilled and trained workforce
will be used to perform the project or contract may be established
by any of the following:

(A) The entity’s agreement with the school district that the entity
and its subcontractors at every tier will comply with the
requirements of this subdivision and that the entity will provide
the school district with evidence, on a monthly basis while the
project or contract is being performed, that the entity and its
subcontractors are complying with the requirements of this
subdivision.

(B) If the school district has entered into a project labor
agreement that will bind all contractors and subcontractors
performing work on the project or contract and that includes the
requirements of this subdivision, the entity’s agreement that it will
become a party to that project labor agreement.

(C) Evidence that the entity has entered into a project labor
agreement that includes the requirements of this subdivision and
that will bind the entity and all its subcontractors at every tier
performing the project or contract.

begin delete

(d)

end delete

begin insert (e) end insert   begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert Based on the documents prepared as described in
subdivision (a), the school district shall prepare a request for
proposals that invites prequalified or short-listed entities to submit
competitive sealed proposals in the manner prescribed by the
school district. The request for proposals shall include, but need
not be limited to, the following elements:

begin delete

(1)

end delete

begin insert (A) end insert  Identification of the basic scope and needs of the project or
contract, the estimated cost of the project, the methodology that
will be used by the school district to evaluate proposals, whether
the contract will be awarded on the basis of low bid or best value,
and any other information deemed necessary by the school district
to inform interested parties of the contracting opportunity.

begin delete

(2)

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert  Significant factors that the school district reasonably expects
to consider in evaluating proposals, including, but not limited to,
cost or price and all nonprice-related factors.

begin delete

(3)

end delete

begin insert (C) end insert  The relative importance or the weight assigned to each of
the factors identified in the request for proposals.

begin delete

(4)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  Where a best value selection method is used, the school
district may reserve the right to request proposal revisions and
hold discussions and negotiations with responsive proposers, in
which case the school district shall so specify in the request for
proposals and shall publish separately or incorporate into the
request for proposals applicable procedures to be observed by the
school district to ensure that any discussions or negotiations are
conducted in good faith.

begin delete

(e)

end delete

begin insert (f) end insert  For those projects begin delete utilizing end delete begin insert using end insert low bid as the final selection
method, the competitive bidding process shall result in lump-sum
bids by the prequalified or short-listed design-build entities, and
awards shall be made to the design-build entity that is the lowest
responsible bidder.

begin delete

(f)

end delete

begin insert (g) end insert  For those projects begin delete utilizing end delete begin insert using end insert best value as a selection
method, the design-build competition shall progress as follows:

(1) Competitive proposals shall be evaluated by using only the
criteria and selection procedures specifically identified in the
request for proposals. The following minimum factors, however,
shall be weighted as deemed appropriate by the school district:

(A) Price, unless a stipulated sum is specified.

(B) Technical design and construction expertise.

(C) Life-cycle costs over 15 or more years.

(2) Pursuant to begin delete subdivision (d), end delete begin insert paragraph (2) of subdivision
(e), end insert the school district may hold discussions or negotiations with
responsive proposers using the process articulated in the school
district’s request for proposals.

(3) When the evaluation is complete, the responsive proposers
shall be ranked based on a determination of value provided,
begin delete provided that end delete begin insert and end insert no more than three proposers are required to be
ranked.

(4) The award of the contract shall be made to the responsible
design-build entity whose proposal is determined by the school
district to have offered the best value to the public.

(5) Notwithstanding any other begin delete provision of end delete law, upon issuance
of a contract award, the school district shall publicly announce its
award, identifying the design-build entity to which the award is
made, along with a statement regarding the basis of the award.

(6) The statement regarding the school district’s contract award,
described in paragraph (5), and the contract file shall provide
sufficient information to satisfy an external audit.

SEC. 56.  

Section 17250.35 of the Education Code, as added
by Section 2 of Chapter 752 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended
to read:

17250.35.  

begin insert (a) end insert begin insert   end insert The school district, in each design-build request
for proposals, may identify specific types of subcontractors that
must be included in the design-build entity statement of
qualifications and proposal. All construction subcontractors that
are identified in the proposal shall be afforded all the protections
of Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 4100) of Part 1 of Division
2 of the Public Contract Code.

begin delete

(a)

end delete

begin insert (b) end insert  Following award of the design-build contract, the
design-build entity shall proceed as follows in awarding
construction subcontracts with a value exceeding one-half of 1
percent of the contract price allocable to construction work:

(1) Provide public notice of availability of work to be
subcontracted in accordance with the publication requirements
applicable to the competitive bidding process of the school district,
including a fixed date and time on which qualifications statements,
bids, or proposals will be due.

(2) Establish reasonable qualification criteria and standards.

(3) Award the subcontract either on a best value basis or to the
lowest responsible bidder. The process may include prequalification
or short-listing. The foregoing process does not apply to
construction subcontractors listed in the original proposal.
Subcontractors awarded construction subcontracts under this
subdivision shall be afforded all the protections of Chapter 4
(commencing with Section 4100) of Part 1 of Division 2 of the
Public Contract Code.

SEC. 57.  

Section 33353.7 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

33353.7.  

(a) No later than July 1, 2017, the California
Interscholastic Federation, in consultation with the department,
shall develop guidelines, procedures, and safety standards for the
purpose of classifying competition cheer as an interscholastic sport
that is consistent with the United States Department of Education’s
Office for Civil Rights’ definition of a sport.

(b) For purposes of this section, “competition cheer” means a
sport in which teams participate in direct, head-to-head competition
with one another using an objective scoring system.

(c) The California Interscholastic Federation shall seek a United
States Department of Education Office begin delete of end delete begin insert for end insert Civil Rights Title
IX compliance designation for competition cheer. Competition
cheer shall not be counted begin delete towards end delete begin insert toward end insert a school’s Title IX
compliance unless the United States Department of Education’s
Office for Civil Rights deems competition cheer compliant with
its definition of a sport.

SEC. 58.  

Section 41360 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

41360.  

(a) Loans may be made from moneys in the Public
School District Organization Revolving Fund to newly organized
elementary, high school, or unified school districts upon application
of the governing board of any such school district, certified by the
county superintendent of schools and approved by the
Superintendent for use by the school district during the period
from the date the action to form the school district was completed
and the date the school district becomes effective for all purposes.
Money loaned to a school district pursuant to this section shall be
used only to meet one or more of the following:

(1) The expenses of office rental, office supplies, postage,
telephone, and telegraphing.

(2) The expenses of necessary elections required by law or
authorized by Section 35532.

(3) The expenses of employing, the salary of, and necessary
travel expenses of officers and necessary clerical help for the
governing board of the school district.

(b) During each of the two successive fiscal years commencing
with the first fiscal year of the existence of the school district for
all purposes, the begin delete State end delete Controller shall deduct from apportionments
made to that school district an amount equal to one-half of the
amount loaned to that school district under this section and pay
the same amount into the Public School District Organization
Revolving Fund in the State Treasury.

SEC. 59.  

Section 41422 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

41422.  

(a) A school district, county office of education, or
charter school that is prevented from maintaining its schools during
a fiscal year for at least 175 days or is required to operate sessions
of shorter length than otherwise prescribed by law because of fire,
flood, earthquake, or epidemic, or because of any order of any
military officer of the United States or of the state to meet an
emergency created by war, or of any civil officer of the United
States, of the state, or of any county, city and county, or city
authorized to issue that order to meet an emergency created by
war, or because of other extraordinary conditions, or because of
inability to secure or hold a teacher, or because of the illness of
the teacher, which fact shall be shown to the satisfaction of the
Superintendent by the affidavits of the members of the governing
board of the school district, the governing board of the county
office of education, or the governing board begin insert or body end insert of the charter
school and of the county superintendent of schools, shall receive
the same apportionment from the State School Fund as it would
have received had it not been so prevented from maintaining school
for at least 175 full-length days.

(b) This section shall also apply to school begin delete districts end delete begin insert districts, end insert
county offices of education, or charter schools that, in the absence
of one or more of the conditions prescribed by this section, would
have qualified for funds pursuant to Sections 46200 to 46208,
inclusive, or Section 47612.5, as applicable.

SEC. 60.  

Section 42925 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

42925.  

(a) As a condition of receiving funds, each county
office of education and consortium of county offices of education
with a foster youth services coordinating program operated
pursuant to this chapter shall, to the extent possible, develop and
enter into a memorandum of understanding, contract, or formal
agreement with the county child welfare agency pursuant to which
foster youth services coordinating program funds shall be used, to
the maximum extent possible, to leverage funds received pursuant
to Title begin delete IV-E end delete begin insert IV-E end insert of the federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
Sec. 670 et seq.) and any other funds that may be used to
specifically address the educational needs of pupils in foster care,
or they shall explain in writing, annually, why a memorandum of
understanding is not practical or feasible.

(b) To the extent possible, each foster youth services
coordinating program is encouraged to consider leveraging other
local funding opportunities to support the educational success of
pupils in foster care.

SEC. 61.  

Section 44977.5 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

44977.5.  

(a) During each school year, when a person employed
in a position requiring certification qualifications has exhausted
all available sick leave, including all accumulated sick leave, and
continues to be absent from his or her duties on account of
maternity or paternity leave pursuant to Section 12945.2 of the
Government Code for a period of up to 12 school weeks, whether
or not the absence arises out of or in the course of the employment
of the employee, the amount deducted from the salary due him or
her for any of the additional 12 weeks in which the absence occurs
shall not exceed the sum that is actually paid a substitute employee
employed to fill his or her position during his or her absence or,
if begin delete no end delete begin insert a end insert substitute employee was begin insert not end insert employed, the amount that
would have been paid to the substitute had he or she been
employed. The school district shall make every reasonable effort
to secure the services of a substitute employee.

(b) For purposes of subdivision (a):

(1) The 12-week period shall be reduced by any period of sick
leave, including accumulated sick leave, taken during a period of
maternity or paternity leave pursuant Section 12945.2 of the
Government Code.

(2) An employee shall not be provided more than one 12-week
period per maternity or paternity leave. However, if a school year
terminates before the 12-week period is exhausted, the employee
may take the balance of the 12-week period in the subsequent
school year.

(3) An employee on maternity or paternity leave pursuant to
Section 12945.2 of the Government Code shall not be denied access
to differential begin delete pay end delete begin insert pay, as specified in subdivision (a), end insert while on
that leave.

(c) This section begin delete shall be applicable end delete begin insert applies end insert whether or not the
absence from duty is by reason of a leave of absence granted by
the governing board of the employing school district.

(d) To the extent that this section conflicts with a provision of
a collective bargaining agreement entered into by a public school
employer and an exclusive bargaining representative before January
1, 2016, pursuant to Chapter 10.7 (commencing with Section 3540)
of Division 4 of Title 1 of the Government Code, this section shall
not apply until expiration or renewal of that collective bargaining
agreement.

(e) For purposes of this section, “maternity or paternity leave”
means leave for reason of the birth of a child of the employee, or
the placement of a child with an employee in connection with the
adoption or foster care of the child by the employee.

SEC. 62.  

Section 44984 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

44984.  

(a) The governing board of a school district shall
provide by rules and regulations for industrial accident and illness
leaves of absence for all certificated employees. The governing
board of a begin insert school end insert district that is created or whose boundaries or
status is changed by an action to organize or reorganize begin insert school end insert
districts completed after the effective date of this section shall
provide by rules and regulations for these leaves of absence on or
before the date on which the organization or reorganization of the
begin insert school end insert district becomes effective for all purposes.

(b) The rules or regulations shall include the following
provisions:

(1) Allowable leave shall be for not less than 60 days during
which the schools of the begin insert school end insert district are required to be in session
or when the employee would otherwise have been performing
work for the begin insert school end insert district in any one fiscal year for the same
accident.

(2) Allowable leave shall not be accumulated from year to year.

(3) Industrial accident or illness leave shall commence on the
first day of absence.

(4) (A)   begin delete When end delete begin insert If end insert a certificated employee is absent from his or
her duties on account of an industrial accident or illness, he or she
shall be paid the portion of the salary due him or her for any month
in which the absence occurs as, when added to his or her temporary
disability indemnity under Division 4 or Division 4.5 of the Labor
Code, will result in a payment to him or her of not more than his
or her full salary.

(B) The phrase “full salary” as begin delete utilized end delete begin insert used end insert in this subdivision
shall be computed so that it shall not be less than the employee’s
“average weekly earnings” as that phrase is begin delete utilized end delete begin insert used end insert in Section
4453 of the Labor Code. For purposes of this section, however,
the maximum and minimum average weekly earnings set forth in
Section 4453 of the Labor Code shall otherwise not be deemed
applicable.

(5) Industrial accident or illness leave shall be reduced by one
day for each day of authorized absence regardless of a temporary
disability indemnity award.

(6) When an industrial accident or illness leave overlaps into
the next fiscal year, the employee shall be entitled to only the
amount of unused leave due him or her for the same illness or
injury.

(c) Upon termination of the industrial accident or illness leave,
the employee shall be entitled to the benefits provided in Sections
44977, begin delete 44978 end delete begin insert 44978, end insert and 44983, and for begin delete the end delete purposes of each of
these sections, the employee’s absence shall be deemed to have
commenced on the date of termination of the industrial accident
or illness leave, provided that if the employee continues to receive
temporary disability indemnity, the employee may elect to take as
much of his or her accumulated sick leave begin delete which, end delete begin insert as, end insert when added
to his or her temporary disability indemnity, will result in a
payment to him or her of not more than his or her full salary.

(d) The governing board of a begin insert school end insert district may, by rule or
regulation, provide for an additional leave of absence for industrial
accident or illness as it deems appropriate.

(e) During a paid leave of absence, the employee may endorse
to the begin insert school end insert district the temporary disability indemnity checks
received on account of the employee’s industrial accident or illness.
The begin insert school end insert district, in turn, shall issue the employee appropriate
salary warrants for payment of the employee’s salary and shall
deduct normal retirement, other authorized contributions, and the
temporary disability indemnity, if any, actually paid to and retained
by the employee for periods covered by the salary warrants.

(f) In the absence of rules and regulations adopted by the
governing board of a begin insert school end insert district pursuant to this section, an
employee shall be entitled to industrial accident or illness leave
as provided in this section but without limitation as to the number
of days of begin delete this end delete begin insert that end insert leave.

SEC. 63.  

Section 45192 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

45192.  

(a) The governing board of a school district shall
provide by rules and regulations for industrial accident or illness
leaves of absence for employees who are a part of the classified
service. The governing board of a begin insert school end insert district that is created or
whose boundaries or status is changed by an action to organize or
reorganize begin insert school end insert districts completed after the effective date of
this section shall provide by rules and regulations for these leaves
of absence on or before the date on which the organization or
reorganization of the begin insert school end insert district becomes effective for all
purposes.

(b) The rules and regulations shall include the following
provisions:

(1) Allowable leave shall not be for less than 60 working days
in any one fiscal year for the same accident.

(2) Allowable leave shall not be accumulative from year to year.

(3) Industrial accident or illness leave will commence on the
first day of absence.

(4) Payment for wages lost on any day shall not, when added
to an award granted the employee under the workers’ compensation
laws of this state, exceed the normal wage for the day.

(5) Industrial accident leave will be reduced by one day for each
day of authorized absence regardless of a compensation award
made under workers’ compensation.

(6) When an industrial accident or illness occurs at a time when
the full 60 days will overlap into the next fiscal year, the employee
shall be entitled to only that amount remaining at the end of the
fiscal year in which the injury or illness occurred, for the same
illness or injury.

(c) The industrial accident or illness leave of absence is to be
used in lieu of entitlement acquired under Section 45191. When
entitlement to industrial accident or illness leave has been
exhausted, entitlement or other sick leave will then be begin delete used; end delete begin insert used, end insert
but if an employee is receiving workers’ begin delete compensation end delete
begin insert compensation, end insert the employee shall be entitled to use only so much
of his or her accumulated or available sick leave, accumulated
compensating time, begin delete vacation end delete begin insert vacation, end insert or other available leave
begin delete that, end delete begin insert as, end insert when added to the workers’ compensation award, begin insert will end insert
provide for a full day’s wage or salary.

(d) The governing board of a begin insert school end insert district may, by rule or
regulation, provide for as much additional leave of absence, paid
or unpaid, as it deems appropriate and during this leave the
employee may return to his or her position without suffering any
loss of status or benefits. The employee shall be notified, in writing,
that available paid leave has been exhausted, and shall be offered
an opportunity to request additional leave.

(e) A period of leave of absence, paid or unpaid, shall not be
considered to be a break in service of the employee.

(f) During a paid leave of absence, whether industrial accident
leave as provided in this section, sick leave, vacation, compensated
time off, or other available leave provided by law or the action of
begin delete a end delete begin insert the end insert governing board of a begin insert school end insert district, the employee shall
endorse to the begin insert school end insert district wage loss benefit checks received
under the workers’ compensation laws of this state. The begin insert school end insert
district, in turn, shall issue the employee appropriate warrants for
payment of wages or salary and shall deduct normal retirement
and other authorized contributions. Reduction of entitlement to
leave shall be made only in accordance with this section.

(g) When all available leaves of absence, paid or unpaid, have
been exhausted and if the employee is not medically able to assume
the duties of his or her position, the employee shall, if not placed
in another position, be placed on a reemployment list for a period
of 39 months. When available, during the 39-month period, the
employee shall be employed in a vacant position in the class of
the employee’s previous assignment over all other available
candidates except for a reemployment list established because of
lack of work or lack of funds, in which case the employee shall
be listed in accordance with appropriate seniority regulations.

(h) The governing board of a begin insert school end insert district may require that
an employee serve or have served continuously a specified period
of time with the begin insert school end insert district before the benefits provided by this
section are made available to the employee begin delete provided that end delete begin insert but end insert this
period shall not exceed three years and begin delete that end delete all service of the
employee begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the effective date of this section shall be
credited in determining compliance with the requirement.

(i) In the absence of rules and regulations adopted by the
governing board of a begin insert school end insert district, pursuant to this section, an
employee shall be entitled to industrial and accident or illness leave
as provided in this section but without limitation as to the number
of days of this leave and without any requirement of a specified
period of service.

(j) An employee who has been placed on a reemployment list,
as provided in this section, who has been medically released for
return to duty and who fails to accept an appropriate assignment
shall be dismissed.

(k) This section begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert to begin insert school end insert districts that have
adopted the merit system in the same manner and effect as if it
were a part of Article 6 (commencing with Section 45240).

SEC. 64.  

Section 46392 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

46392.  

(a) If the average daily attendance of a school district,
county office of education, or charter school during a fiscal year
has been materially decreased during a fiscal year because of any
of the following, the fact shall be established to the satisfaction of
the Superintendent by affidavits of the members of the governing
board begin insert or body end insert of the school district, county office of education, or
charter school and the county superintendent of schools:

(1) Fire.

(2) Flood.

(3) Impassable roads.

(4) Epidemic.

(5) Earthquake.

(6) The imminence of a major safety hazard as determined by
the local law enforcement agency.

(7) A strike involving transportation services to pupils provided
by a nonschool entity.

(8) An order provided for in Section 41422.

(b) In the event a state of emergency is declared by the Governor
in a county, a decrease in average daily attendance in the county
below the approximate total average daily attendance that would
have been credited to a school district, county office of education,
or charter school had the state of emergency not occurred shall be
deemed material. The Superintendent shall determine the length
of the period during which average daily attendance has been
reduced by the state of emergency. begin delete This period that is end delete begin insert The period end insert
determined by the Superintendent shall not extend into the next
fiscal year following the declaration of the state of emergency by
the Governor, except upon a showing by a school district, county
office of education, or charter school, to the satisfaction of the
Superintendent, that extending the period into the next fiscal year
is essential to alleviate continued reductions in average daily
attendance attributable to the state of emergency.

(c) The average daily attendance of the begin insert school end insert district, county
office of education, or charter school for the fiscal year shall be
estimated by the Superintendent in a manner that credits to the
school district, county office of education, or charter school for
determining the apportionments to be made to the school district,
county office of education, or charter school from the State School
Fund approximately the total average daily attendance that would
have been credited to the school district, county office of education,
or charter school had the emergency not occurred or had the order
not been issued.

(d) This section applies to any average daily attendance that
occurs during any part of a school year.

SEC. 65.  

Section 48204.2 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

48204.2.  

(a) If a school district elects to undertake an
investigation pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 48204.1, the
governing board of the school district shall adopt a policy regarding
the investigation of a pupil to determine whether the pupil meets
the residency requirements for school attendance in the school
district before investigating any pupils.

(b) The policy shall do all of the following:

(1) Identify the circumstances upon which the school district
may initiate an investigation, which shall, at a minimum, require
the school district employee to be able to identify specific,
articulable facts supporting the belief that the parent or legal
guardian of the pupil has provided false or unreliable evidence of
residency.

(2) (A) Describe the investigatory methods that may be used
by the school district in the conduct of the investigation, including
whether the school district will be employing the services of a
private investigator.

(B) Before hiring a private investigator, the policy shall require
the school district to make reasonable efforts to determine whether
the pupil resides in the school district.

(3) Prohibit the surreptitious photographing or video-recording
of pupils who are being investigated. For purposes of this
paragraph, “surreptitious photographing or video-recording” means
the covert collection of photographic or videographic images of
begin delete person end delete begin insert persons end insert or places subject to an investigation. For purposes
of this paragraph, the collection of images is not covert if the
technology is used in open and public view.

(4) Require that employees and contractors of the school district
engaged in the investigation begin delete must end delete identify themselves truthfully
as such to individuals contacted or interviewed during the course
of the investigation.

(5)  begin delete Provide a process whereby the determination of a school
district as to whether a pupil meets the residency requirements for
school attendance in the school district may be appealed, and shall
specify the basis for that determination. end delete begin insert Require a school district
to specify the basis for a determination of nonresidency of a pupil,
and provide a process to appeal that determination. end insert If an appeal
is made, the burden shall be on the appealing party to show why
the decision of the school district should be overruled.

(c) The policy required pursuant to this section shall be adopted
at a public meeting of the governing board of the school district.

SEC. 66.  

Section 51421.5 of the Education Code, as added by
Section 3 of Chapter 384 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended to
read:

51421.5.  

(a) If, for purposes of this article, a contractor or
testing center charges an examinee its own separate fee, the
contractor or testing center shall not charge that fee to an examinee
who meets all of the following criteria:

(1) The examinee qualifies as a homeless child or youth, as
defined in paragraph (2) of Section 725 of the federal
McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec.
11434a(2)).

(2) The examinee has not attained 25 years of age as of the date
of the scheduled examination.

(3) The examinee can verify his or her status as a homeless child
or youth. A homeless services provider that has knowledge of the
examinee’s housing status may verify the examinee’s status for
purposes of this paragraph.

(b) For purposes of this section, a “homeless services provider”
includes either of the following:

(1) A homeless services provider listed in paragraph (3) of
subdivision (d) of Section 103577 of the Health and Safety Code.

(2) Any other person or entity that is qualified to verify an
individual’s housing status, as determined by the department.

(c) Additional state funds shall not be appropriated for purposes
of implementing this section.

(d) Notwithstanding subdivision (c), the Superintendent may
use surplus funds in the Special Deposit Fund Account, established
pursuant to Section 51427, to reimburse contractors for the loss
of fees, if any, pursuant to this section. A contract executed by the
department for the provision of examinations pursuant to Section
51421 or this section shall require that any contracting party accept
all examinees, including those entitled to a fee waiver pursuant to
this section. For purposes of this subdivision, “surplus funds” are
funds remaining after the costs permitted by subdivision (a) of
Section 51421 are paid.

(e) On or before December 1, 2018, the Superintendent shall
submit a report to the appropriate policy and fiscal committees of
the Legislature that includes, but is not limited to, all of the
following:

begin delete

(A)

end delete

begin insert (1) end insert  The number of homeless youth that took a high school
equivalency test in each of the 2016, 2017, and 2018 calendar
years.

begin delete

(B)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  The impact of the opportunity to take a high school
equivalency test at no cost on the number and percentage of
homeless youth taking a high school equivalency test.

begin delete

(C)

end delete

begin insert (3) end insert  The estimated number of homeless youth who may take a
high school equivalency test in future years.

begin delete

(D)

end delete

begin insert (4) end insert  Recommendations for a permanent funding source to cover
the cost of the waived fees.

begin delete

(E)

end delete

begin insert (5) end insert  The annual and projected administrative cost to the
department.

begin delete

(F)

end delete

begin insert (6) end insert  The annual and projected reimbursement to the contractor
pursuant to this section.

(f) The Superintendent shall adopt emergency regulations, as
necessary, to implement this section. The adoption of these
regulations shall be deemed to be an emergency and necessary for
the immediate preservation of the public peace, health, and safety,
or general welfare.

(g) The department shall include a provision in all
memorandums of understanding with contractors for purposes of
providing a high school equivalency test, that if the surplus funds
in the Special Deposit Fund Account are depleted, the ongoing
costs of a fee waiver for an examinee deemed eligible for a waiver
pursuant to this section shall be absorbed by the contractor.

(h) This section shall become inoperative on July 1, 2019, and,
as of January 1, 2020, is repealed, unless a later enacted statute,
that becomes operative on or before January 1, 2020, deletes or
extends the dates on which it becomes inoperative and is repealed.

SEC. 67.  

Section 51745.6 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

51745.6.  

(a) (1) The ratio of average daily attendance for
independent study pupils 18 years of age or less to school district
full-time equivalent certificated employees responsible for
independent study, calculated as specified by the department, shall
not exceed the equivalent ratio of average daily attendance to
full-time equivalent certificated employees providing instruction
in other educational programs operated by the school district,
unless a new higher or lower average daily attendance ratio for all
other educational programs offered is negotiated in a collective
bargaining agreement or a memorandum of understanding is
entered into that indicates an existing collective bargaining
agreement contains an alternative average daily attendance ratio.

(2) The ratio of average daily attendance for independent study
pupils 18 years of age or less to county office of education full-time
equivalent certificated employees responsible for independent
study, to be calculated in a manner prescribed by the department,
shall not exceed the equivalent prior year ratio of average daily
attendance to full-time equivalent certificated employees for all
other educational programs operated by the high school or unified
school district with the largest average daily attendance of pupils
in that county or the collectively bargained alternative ratio used
by that high school or unified school district in the prior year,
unless a new higher or lower average daily attendance ratio for all
other educational programs offered is negotiated in a collective
bargaining agreement or a memorandum of understanding is
entered into that indicates an existing collective bargaining
agreement contains an alternative average daily attendance ratio.
The computation of the ratios shall be performed annually by the
reporting agency at the time of, and in connection with, the second
principal apportionment report to the Superintendent.

(b) Only those units of average daily attendance for independent
study that reflect a pupil-teacher ratio that does not exceed the
ratios described in subdivision (a) shall be eligible for
apportionment pursuant to Section 2575, for county offices of
education, and Section 42238.05, for school districts. begin delete Nothing in
this section shall end delete begin insert This section does not end insert prevent a school district or
county office of education from serving additional units of average
daily attendance greater than the ratios described in subdivision
(a), except that those additional units shall not be funded pursuant
to Section 2575 or 42238.05, as applicable. If a school district,
charter school, or county office of education has a memorandum
of understanding to provide instruction in coordination with the
school district, charter school, or county office of education at
which a pupil is enrolled, the ratios that shall apply for purposes
of this paragraph are the ratios for the local educational agency
providing the independent study program to the pupil pursuant to
Section 51749.5.

(c) The calculations performed for purposes of this section shall
not include either of the following:

(1) The average daily attendance generated by special education
pupils enrolled in special day classes on a full-time basis, or the
teachers of those classes.

(2) The average daily attendance or teachers in necessary small
schools that are eligible to receive funding pursuant to Article 4
(commencing with Section 42280) of Chapter 7 of Part 24 of
Division 3.

(d) The applicable
average-daily-attendance-to-certificated-employee ratios described
in subdivision (a) may, in a charter school, be calculated by using
a fixed average-daily-attendance-to-certificated-employee ratio of
25 to 1, or by using a ratio of less than 25 pupils per certificated
employee. A new higher or lower ratio for all other educational
programs offered by a charter school may be negotiated in a
collective bargaining agreement, or a memorandum of
understanding indicating that an existing collective bargaining
agreement contains an alternative average daily attendance ratio
may be entered into by a charter school. All charter school pupils,
regardless of age, shall be included in the applicable
begin delete average-daily-attendance-to-certificate-employee end delete begin insert average-daily-attendance-to-certificated-employee end insert ratio calculations.

SEC. 68.  

Section 66302 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

66302.  

The Trustees of the California State University, the
Regents of the University of California, and the governing board
of each community college district are requested to adopt and
publish policies on harassment, intimidation, and bullying to be
included within the rules and regulations governing student
behavior within their respective segments of public postsecondary
education. It is the intent of the Legislature that rules and
regulations governing student conduct be published, at a minimum,
on the Internet Web site of each public postsecondary educational
campus and as part of any printed material covering those rules
and regulations within the respective public postsecondary
education begin delete systems. end delete begin insert system. end insert

SEC. 69.  

Section 66749.5 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

66749.5.  

(a) The Office of the Chancellor of the California
Community Colleges shall report to the Legislature on or before
December 1, 2016, the status of each community college’s
compliance with the provisions of this article related to creating
associate degrees for transfer.

(b) The California State University shall submit two reports to
the Legislature on campus acceptance of transfer model curricula
by concentration, on or before December 1, 2016, and on or before
December 1, 2017, respectively.

(c) (1) The California State University shall annually,
commencing December 1, 2016, publicly post available data on
all of the following:

(A) The number of students admitted with an associate degree
for transfer.

(B) The proportion of students with an associate degree for
transfer who graduate from the California State University within
two or three years.

(C) The number of students with an associate degree for transfer
who applied to a campus of the California State University and
were redirected to another campus than that indicated in the
application.

(D) The number of students described in subparagraph (C) who
ultimately enrolled at a California State University campus.

(2) This subdivision shall become inoperative on November 30,
2021.

(d) (1) The requirements for submitting reports on or before
December 1, 2016, imposed under subdivisions (a) and (b) are
inoperative on December 1, 2020, and the requirement for
submitting a report on or before December 1, 2017, imposed under
subdivision (b) is inoperative on December 1, 2021, pursuant to
Section 10231.5 of the Government Code.

(2) Reports to be submitted pursuant to subdivisions (a) and (b)
shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the
Government Code.

begin insert

(e) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2022,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2022, deletes or extends that date.

end insert

SEC. 70.  

Section 69800.2 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

69800.2.  

(a) Before certifying a borrower’s eligibility for a
private student loan, a public, private, or independent
postsecondary educational institution shall provide to the student
information concerning all unused state and federal financial
assistance, including unused federal student loan moneys available
to that student.

(b) An institution that does not participate in federal student
loan programs shall inform students that the institution does not
participate in federal loan programs and that students may be
eligible for federal loans at a participating institution. The
institution shall provide the student with information regarding
the Cal Grants Web link on the California Student Aid
Commission’s begin insert Internet end insert Web site and the Federal Student Aid Web
link on the United States Department of Education’s begin insert Internet end insert Web
site.

SEC. 71.  

Section 70037 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

70037.  

(a) The Trustees of the California State University and
the Regents of the University of California shall adopt regulations
providing for the withholding of institutional services from begin delete students
or former students who have end delete begin insert a student or former student who has end insert
been notified in writing at the student’s or former student’s last
known address that he or she is in default on a loan or loans under
the DREAM Program.

(b) The regulations adopted pursuant to subdivision (a) shall
provide that the services withheld may be provided during a period
when the facts are in dispute or when the student or former student
demonstrates to either the Trustees of the California State
University or the Regents of the University of California, as
applicable, that reasonable progress has been made to repay the
loan or that there exists a reasonable justification for the delay as
determined by the institution. The regulations shall specify the
services to be withheld from the student, which may include, but
are not limited to, the following:

(1) The provision of grades.

(2) The provision of transcripts.

(3) The provision of diplomas.

(c) “Default,” for purposes of this section, means the failure of
a borrower to make an installment payment when due, or to meet
other terms of the promissory note begin delete under circumstances where end delete begin insert if end insert
the institution holding the loan finds it reasonable to conclude that
the borrower no longer intends to honor the obligation to repay,
provided that this failure persists for 180 days for a loan repayable
in monthly installments, or 240 days for a loan repayable in less
frequent installments.

(d) This section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not impose any requirement upon
the University of California unless the Regents of the University
of California, by resolution, makes this section applicable.

SEC. 72.  

Section 84750.5 of the Education Code is amended
to read:

84750.5.  

(a) The board of governors, in accordance with the
statewide requirements contained in paragraphs (1) to (9), inclusive,
of subdivision (d), and in consultation with institutional
representatives of the California Community Colleges and
statewide faculty and staff organizations, so as to ensure their
participation in the development and review of policy proposals,
shall develop criteria and standards for the begin delete purposes end delete begin insert purpose end insert of
making the annual budget request for the California Community
Colleges to the Governor and the Legislature, and for the purpose
of allocating the state general apportionment revenues.

(b) In developing the criteria and standards, the board of
governors shall begin delete utilize end delete begin insert use end insert and strongly consider the
recommendations and work product of the “System Office
Recommendations Based on the Report of the Work Group on
Community College Finance” that was adopted by the board at its
meeting of March 7, 2005. The board of governors shall complete
the development of these criteria and standards, accompanied by
the necessary procedures, processes, and formulas for begin delete utilizing end delete
begin insert using end insert its criteria and standards, by March 1, 2007, and shall submit
on or before that date a report on these items to the Legislature
and the Governor.

(c) (1) It is the intent of the Legislature in enacting this section
to improve the equity and predictability of general apportionment
and growth funding for community college districts in order that
the districts may more readily plan and implement instruction and
related programs, more readily serve students according to the
policies of the state’s master plan for higher education, and enhance
the quality of instruction and related services for students.

(2) It is the intent of the Legislature to determine the amounts
to be appropriated for begin delete the end delete purposes of this section through the
annual Budget Act. Nothing in this section shall be construed as
limiting the authority either of the Governor to propose, or the
Legislature to approve, appropriations for California Community
Colleges programs or purposes.

(d) The board of governors shall develop the criteria and
standards within the following statewide minimum requirements:

(1) The calculations of each community college district’s
revenue level for each fiscal year shall be based on the level of
general apportionment begin delete revenues (state end delete begin insert revenues, state end insert and begin delete local) end delete
begin insert local, end insert the begin insert community college end insert district received for the prior year
plus any amount attributed to a deficit from the adopted standards
to be developed pursuant to this section, with revenue adjustments
being made for increases or decreases in full-time equivalent
students (FTES), for equalization of funding per credit FTES, for
necessary alignment of funding per FTES between credit and
noncredit programs, for inflation, and for other purposes authorized
by law.

(2) Commencing with the 2006-07 fiscal year, the funding
mechanism developed pursuant to this section shall recognize the
need for community college districts to receive an annual allocation
based on the number of colleges and comprehensive centers in the
begin insert community college end insert district. In addition to this basic allocation, the
marginal amount of credit revenue allocated per FTES shall be
funded at a rate not less than four thousand three hundred
sixty-seven dollars ($4,367), as adjusted for the change in the
cost-of-living in subsequent annual budget acts.

(A) To the extent that the Budget Act of 2006 contains an
appropriation of one hundred fifty-nine million four hundred
thirty-eight thousand dollars ($159,438,000) for community college
equalization, the Legislature finds and declares that community
college equalization for credit FTES has been effectively
accomplished as of March 31, 2007.

(B) The chancellor shall develop criteria for the allocation of
one-time grants for those begin insert community college end insert districts that would
have qualified for more equalization under prior law than pursuant
to this section and the Budget Act of 2006, and for those begin insert community
college end insert districts that would have qualified for more funding under
a proposed rural college access grant than pursuant to this section
and the Budget Act of 2006, as determined by the chancellor.
Appropriations for the one-time grants shall be provided pursuant
to paragraph (24) of subdivision (a) of Section 43 of Chapter 79
of the Statutes of 2006.

(3) Noncredit instruction shall be funded at a uniform rate of
two thousand six hundred twenty-six dollars ($2,626) per FTES,
as adjusted for the change in the cost of living provided in
subsequent annual budget acts.

(4) Funding for instruction in career development and college
preparation, as authorized pursuant to Section 84760.5, shall be
provided as follows:

(A) (i) Beginning in the 2006-07 fiscal year, career
development and college preparation FTES may be funded at a
rate of three thousand ninety-two dollars ($3,092) per FTES for
courses in programs that conform to the requirements of Section
84760.5. This rate shall be adjusted for the change in the cost of
living or as otherwise provided in subsequent annual budget acts.

(ii) Beginning in the 2015-16 fiscal year, career development
and college preparation FTES shall be funded at the same level as
the credit rate specified in paragraph (2). This rate shall be adjusted
for the change in the cost of living or as otherwise provided in
subsequent annual budget acts.

(iii) The Legislative Analyst shall report to the Legislature on
or before March 1, 2017, regarding the change in funding specified
in clause (ii), including whether community colleges offered
additional classes or programs related to career development or
college preparation, and whether there was any change in FTES.

(iv) (I) The requirement for submitting a report imposed under
clause (iii) is inoperative on March 30, 2019, pursuant to Section
10231.5 of the Government Code.

(II) A report submitted pursuant to clause (iii) shall be submitted
in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government Code.

(B) Changes in career development and college preparation
FTES shall result in adjustments to revenues as follows:

(i) Increases in career development and college preparation
FTES shall result in an increase in revenues in the year of the
increase and at the average rate per career development and college
preparation FTES, including any cost-of-living adjustment
authorized by statute or by the annual Budget Act.

(ii) Decreases in career development and college preparation
FTES shall result in a revenue reduction in the year following the
decrease at the average rate per career development and college
preparation FTES.

(5) Except as otherwise provided by statute, current categorical
programs providing direct services to students, including extended
opportunity programs and services, and disabled students programs
and services, shall continue to be funded separately through the
annual Budget Act, and shall not be assumed under the budget
formula otherwise specified by this section.

(6) For credit and noncredit instruction, changes in FTES shall
result in adjustments in begin insert community college end insert district revenues as
follows:

(A) Increases in FTES shall result in an increase in revenues in
the year of the increase and at the amount per FTES provided for
in paragraph (2) or (3), as appropriate, including any cost-of-living
adjustment authorized by statute or by the annual Budget Act.

(B) Decreases in FTES shall result in revenue reductions
beginning in the year following the initial year of decrease in FTES,
and at the district’s marginal funding per FTES.

(C)  begin delete Districts end delete begin insert Community college districts end insert shall be entitled to the
restoration of any reductions in apportionment revenue due to
decreases in FTES during the three years following the initial year
of decrease in FTES if there is a subsequent increase in FTES.

(7) Revenue adjustments shall be made to reflect cost changes,
using the same inflation adjustment as required for school districts
pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (d) of Section 42238.02.
These revenue adjustments shall be made to the college and center
basic allocations, credit and noncredit FTES funding rates, and
career development and college preparation FTES funding rates.

(8) The statewide requested increase in budgeted workload
FTES shall be based, at a minimum, on the sum of the following
computations:

(A) Determination of an equally weighted average of the rate
of change in the begin delete California end delete begin insert state’s end insert population of persons between
the ages of 19 and 24 and the rate of change in the begin delete California end delete begin insert state’s end insert
population of persons between the ages of 25 and 65, both as
determined by the Department of Finance’s Demographic Research
Unit as determined for the preceding fiscal year.

(B) To the extent the begin delete California end delete begin insert state’s end insert unemployment rate
exceeds 5 percent for the most recently completed fiscal year, that
positive difference shall be added to the rate computed in
subparagraph (A). In no event shall that positive difference exceed
2 percent.

(C) The chancellor may also add to the amounts calculated
pursuant to subparagraphs (A) and (B) the number of FTES in the
areas of transfer, vocational education, and basic skills that were
unfunded in the current fiscal year. For this purpose, the following
computation shall be determined for each begin insert community college end insert
district, and a statewide total shall be calculated:

(i) Establish the base level of FTES earned in the prior fiscal
year for transfer courses consisting of courses meeting the
California State University breadth or Intersegmental General
Education Transfer Curriculum requirements or major course
prerequisites accepted by the University of California or the
California State University.

(ii) Establish the base level of FTES earned in the prior fiscal
year for vocational education courses consisting of courses defined
by the chancellor’s office Student Accountability Model codes A
and B that are consistent with the courses used for measuring
success in this program area under the accountability system
established pursuant to Section 84754.5.

(iii) Establish the base level of FTES in the prior fiscal year for
basic skills courses, both credit and noncredit.

(iv) Add the sum of FTES for clauses (i) to (iii), inclusive.

(v) Multiply the result of the calculation made under clause (iv)
by one plus the begin insert community college end insert district’s funded growth rate
in the current fiscal year. This figure shall represent the
maintenance of effort level for the budget year.

(vi) FTES in transfer, vocational education, and basic skills that
are in excess of the total calculated pursuant to clause (v), shall be
considered in excess of the maintenance of effort level, and shall
be eligible for overcap growth funding if the begin insert community college end insert
district exceeds its overall funded FTES.

(vii) In no event shall the amount calculated pursuant to clause
(vi) exceed the total unfunded FTES for that fiscal year. To the
extent the computation specified in subdivision (c) requires the
reporting of additional data by community college districts, that
reporting shall be a condition of the receipt of apportionment for
growth pursuant to this section and those funds shall be available
to offset any and all costs of providing the data.

(9) Except as specifically provided in statute, regulations of the
board of governors for determining and allocating the state general
apportionment to the community college districts shall not require
begin insert community college end insert district governing boards to expend the allocated
revenues in specified categories of operation or according to the
workload measures developed by the board of governors.

(e) (1) The Chancellor of the Community Colleges shall
develop, and the board of governors shall adopt, a revised
apportionment growth formula for use commencing with the
2015-16 fiscal year. The chancellor shall allocate apportionments
pursuant to the revised formula only after the revised formula, and
any formulas for adjustment pursuant to paragraph (2), have been
adopted by the board of governors. The revised apportionment
growth formula shall support the primary missions of the segment,
and shall be based on each community’s need for access to the
community colleges, as determined by local demographics. In
developing the revised formula, the chancellor shall consider
multiple factors in determining need; however, the primary factors
shall be:

(A) (i) The number of persons under 25 years of age without
a college degree, within a community college district’s boundaries,
and the number of persons 25 to 64 years of age, inclusive, without
a college degree, within a community college district’s boundaries.

(ii) Notwithstanding clause (i), the chancellor may use
alternative age ranges depending on the availability of data.

(B) The number of persons who are unemployed, have limited
English skills, who are in poverty, or who exhibit other signs of
being disadvantaged, as determined by the chancellor, within a
community college district’s boundaries.

(2) Beginning with the 2016-17 fiscal year, the chancellor shall
adjust upward the need determination based on each community
college’s effectiveness in serving residents of neighborhoods,
within or outside of the community college district’s boundaries,
that exhibit the highest levels of need in the state.

(3) The chancellor shall calculate each community college
district’s proportionate share of the statewide need for access to
the community colleges based on the application of this formula
described in paragraph (1), as adjusted pursuant to paragraph (2).

(4) The chancellor shall calculate the difference between each
community college district’s proportionate share of the statewide
need for access to the community colleges, as calculated pursuant
to paragraph (3), and its current proportionate share of statewide
enrollment in the community colleges.

(5) (A) Until a community college district reaches its highest
level of apportionment revenues previously received, its
apportionment revenues shall be eligible to increase by the lesser
of 1 percent of its current apportionment base, or one-half of the
statewide growth allocation on an proportionate basis, regardless
of need.

(B) After a community college district reaches its highest level
of apportionment revenues previously received, it begin delete shall be end delete begin insert is end insert
eligible to increase its apportionment revenues by the lesser of
one-half of 1 percent of its current apportionment base, or
one-quarter of the statewide growth allocation on an proportionate
basis, regardless of its need.

(6) The remainder of the apportionment growth funding shall
be allocated to allow each community college district to grow its
apportionment revenues based on its relative share of the difference
between the amounts calculated in paragraph (4), up to a maximum
of its apportionment base for the preceding fiscal year appropriate
to ensure that community college district is advancing the primary
missions of the segment. The maximum established by the
chancellor shall not be less than 5 percent nor greater than 10
percent of a community college district’s apportionment base for
the preceding fiscal year.

(7) Unless otherwise agreed upon by the board of governors,
apportionment reductions shall be allocated proportionally based
on the most recent levels of apportionment revenues.

(8) (A) It is the intent of the Legislature, consistent with
direction provided in the 2014-15 Budget Act, that apportionment
growth funding be expended for purposes of increasing the number
of FTES in courses or programs that support the primary missions
of the segment.

(B) (i) Notwithstanding Section 10231.5 of the Government
Code, on or before October 15, 2015, and each year thereafter, the
chancellor shall report to the Legislature on the course sections
and FTES added at each community college that received
apportionment growth funding in the prior fiscal year, including
the number of course sections and if any course sections and FTES
were added that are within the primary missions of the segment
and those that are not within the primary missions of the segment.

(ii) A report submitted to the Legislature pursuant to clause (i)
shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the
Government Code.

(C) For purposes of this section, “primary missions of the
segment” means credit courses and those noncredit courses
specified in paragraphs (2) to (6), inclusive, of subdivision (a) of
Section 84757.

(f) (1) It is the intent of the Legislature to allow for changes to
the criteria and standards developed pursuant to subdivisions (a)
to (d), inclusive, in order to recognize increased operating costs
and to improve instruction.

(2) (A) If the annual budget act identifies funds appropriated
specifically for the purposes of this subdivision, the chancellor
shall adjust the budget request formula to allocate those funds
without altering begin delete of end delete any begin insert of the end insert adjustments described in subdivision
(d). At least 30 days before allocating any state general
apportionment revenues using a budget request formula revised
pursuant to this subdivision, the chancellor shall submit to the
Department of Finance and the Legislature a description of the
specific adjustments made to the budget request formula.

(B) A report to the Legislature pursuant to subparagraph (A)
shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the
Government Code.

SEC. 73.  

Section 84916 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

84916.  

In order to maximize the benefits derived from public
funds provided for the purpose of addressing the educational needs
of adults and to ensure the efficient and coordinated use of
resources, it is the intent and expectation of the Legislature that
any community college district, school district, or county office
of education, or any joint powers authority consisting of community
college districts, school districts, county offices of education, or
a combination of these, located within the boundaries of the adult
education region shall be a member of a consortium pursuant to
this article if it receives funds from any of the following programs
or allocations:

(a) The Adults in Correctional Facilities program.

(b) The federal Adult Education and Family Literacy Act (Title
II of the federal Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act).

(c) The federal Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education
Act (Public Law 109-270).

(d) Local begin delete Control Funding Formula end delete begin insert control funding formula end insert
apportionments received for students who are 19 years of age or
older.

(e) Community college apportionments received for providing
instruction in courses in the areas listed in subdivision (a) of
Section 84913.

(f) State funds for remedial education and job training services
for participants in the CalWORKs program.

SEC. 74.  

Section 87787 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

87787.  

(a) The governing board of a community college district
shall provide by rules and regulations for industrial accident and
illness leaves of absence for all academic employees. The
governing board of a begin insert community college end insert district that is created or
whose boundaries or status is changed by an action to organize or
reorganize begin insert community college end insert districts completed after January 1,
1976, shall provide by rules and regulations for those leaves of
absence on or before the date on which the organization or
reorganization of the begin insert community college end insert district becomes effective.

(b) The rules or regulations shall include all of the following
provisions:

(1) Allowable leave shall be for not less than 60 days during
which the begin delete schools end delete begin insert community colleges end insert of the district are required
to be in session or when the employee would otherwise have been
performing work for the begin insert community college end insert district in any one
fiscal year for the same accident.

(2) Allowable leave shall not be accumulated from year to year.

(3) Industrial accident or illness leave shall commence on the
first day of absence.

(4) (A) When an academic employee is absent from his or her
duties on account of an industrial accident or illness, the employee
shall be paid the portion of the salary due him or her for any month
in which the absence occurs as, when added to his or her temporary
disability indemnity under Division 4 (commencing with Section
3200) or Division 4.5 (commencing with Section 6100) of the
Labor Code, will result in a payment to the employee of not more
than his or her full salary.

(B) The phrase “full salary,” as begin delete utilized end delete begin insert used end insert in this subdivision,
shall be computed so that it shall not be less than the employee’s
“average weekly earnings” as that phrase is begin delete utilized end delete begin insert used end insert in Section
4453 of the Labor Code. For purposes of this section, however,
the maximum and minimum average weekly earnings set forth in
Section 4453 of the Labor Code shall otherwise not be deemed
applicable.

(5) Industrial accident or illness leave shall be reduced by one
day for each day of authorized absence regardless of a temporary
disability indemnity award.

(6) When an industrial accident or illness leave overlaps into
the next fiscal year, the employee shall be entitled to only the
amount of unused leave due him or her for the same illness or
injury.

(c) Upon termination of the industrial accident or illness leave,
the employee shall be entitled to the benefits provided in Sections
87780, begin delete 87781 end delete begin insert 87781, end insert and 87786, and, for begin delete the end delete purposes of each of
these sections, his or her absence shall be deemed to have
commenced on the date of termination of the industrial accident
or illness leave. However, if the employee continues to receive
temporary disability indemnity, he or she may elect to take as much
of his or her accumulated sick leave begin delete which, end delete begin insert as, end insert when added to his
or her temporary disability indemnity, will result in a payment to
the employee of not more than his or her full salary.

(d) The governing board of a begin insert community college end insert district, by rule
or regulation, may provide for additional leave of absence for
industrial accident or illness as it deems appropriate.

(e) During a paid leave of absence, the employee may endorse
to the begin insert community college end insert district the temporary disability indemnity
checks received on account of his or her industrial accident or
illness. The begin insert community college end insert district, in turn, shall issue the
employee appropriate salary warrants for payment of the
employee’s salary and shall deduct normal retirement, other
authorized contributions, and the temporary disability indemnity,
if any, actually paid to and retained by the employee for periods
covered by the salary warrants.

(f) In the absence of rules and regulations adopted by the
governing board of a begin insert community college end insert district pursuant to this
section, an employee shall be entitled to industrial accident or
illness leave as provided in this section but without limitation as
to the number of days of leave.

SEC. 75.  

Section 88192 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

88192.  

(a) The governing board of a community college district
shall provide, by rules and regulations, for industrial accident or
illness leaves of absence for employees who are a part of the
classified service. The governing board of a begin insert community college end insert
district that is created or whose boundaries or status is changed by
an action to organize or reorganize begin insert community college end insert districts
completed after January 1, 1975, shall provide, by rules and
regulations, for these leaves of absence on or before the date on
which the organization or reorganization of the begin insert community college end insert
district becomes effective for all purposes.

(b) The rules and regulations shall include all of the following
provisions:

(1) Allowable leave shall not be for less than 60 working days
in any one fiscal year for the same accident.

(2) Allowable leave shall not be accumulative from year to year.

(3) Industrial accident or illness leave of absence begin delete will end delete begin insert shall end insert
commence on the first day of absence.

(4) Payment for wages lost on any day shall not, when added
to an award granted the employee under the workers’ compensation
laws of this state, exceed the normal wage for the day.

(5) Industrial accident leave begin delete will end delete begin insert shall end insert be reduced by one day
for each day of authorized absence regardless of a compensation
award made under workers’ compensation.

(6) When an industrial accident or illness occurs at a time when
the full 60 days will overlap into the next fiscal year, the employee
shall be entitled to only that amount remaining at the end of the
fiscal year in which the injury or illness occurred, for the same
illness or injury.

(c) The industrial accident or illness leave of absence is to be
used in lieu of entitlement acquired under Section 88191. When
entitlement to industrial accident or illness leave has been
exhausted, entitlement to other sick leave will then be begin delete used; end delete begin insert used, end insert
but if an employee is receiving workers’ compensation, the
employee shall be entitled to use only so much of begin delete the end delete his or her
accumulated or available sick leave, accumulated compensating
time, vacation or other available leave begin delete which, end delete begin insert as, end insert when added to
the workers’ compensation award, provide for a full day’s wage
or salary.

(d) The governing board of a begin insert community college end insert district, by rule
or regulation, may provide for additional leave of absence, paid
or unpaid, as it deems appropriate and during that leave the
employee may return to begin delete the end delete his or her position without suffering
any loss of status or benefits.

(e) A period of leave of absence, paid or unpaid, shall not be
considered to be a break in service of the employee.

(f) During a paid leave of absence, whether industrial accident
leave as provided in this section, sick leave, vacation, compensated
time off or other available leave provided by law or the action of
a governing board of a begin insert community college end insert district, the employee
shall endorse to the begin insert community college end insert district wage loss benefit
checks received under the workers’ compensation laws of this
state. The begin insert community college end insert district, in turn, shall issue the
employee appropriate warrants for payment of wages or salary
and shall deduct normal retirement and other authorized
contributions. Reduction of entitlement to leave shall be made only
in accordance with this section.

(g) When all available leaves of absence, paid or unpaid, have
been exhausted and if the employee is not medically able to assume
the duties of his or her position, the employee, if not placed in
another position, shall be placed on a reemployment list for a period
of 39 months. When available, during the 39-month period, the
employee shall be employed in a vacant position in the class of
his or her previous assignment over all other available candidates
except for a reemployment list established because of lack of work
or lack of funds, in which case the employee shall be listed in
accordance with appropriate seniority regulations.

(h) The governing board of a begin insert community college end insert district may
require that an employee serve, or have served continuously, a
specified period of time with the begin insert community college end insert district before
the benefits provided by this section are made available to the
employee. However, that period shall not exceed three years. All
service of an employee begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the effective date of this
section shall be credited in determining compliance with the
requirement.

(i) In the absence of rules and regulations adopted by the
governing board of a begin insert community college end insert district pursuant to this
section, an employee shall be entitled to industrial and accident or
illness leave as provided in this section but without limitation as
to the number of days of that leave and without any requirement
of a specified period of service.

(j) An employee who has been placed on a reemployment list,
as provided in this section, who has been medically released for
return to duty and who fails to accept an appropriate assignment
shall be dismissed.

begin delete

This

end delete

begin insert (k) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert to begin insert community college end insert districts
that have adopted the merit system in the same manner and effect
as if it were a part of Article 3 (commencing with Section 88060).

SEC. 76.  

Section 89090 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

89090.  

(a) The trustees, alumni associations, and auxiliary
organizations may distribute the names, addresses, and begin delete electronic
mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses of alumni of the California State University
to a business as described in subdivision (b), in order to accomplish
any or all of the following:

(1) To provide those persons with informational materials
relating to the university and its programs and activities.

(2) To provide those persons, the trustees, the alumni
associations, and the auxiliary organizations with commercial
opportunities that provide a benefit to those persons, or to the
trustees, alumni associations, or auxiliary organizations.

(3) To promote and support the educational mission of the
university, the trustees, the alumni associations, or the auxiliary
organizations.

(b) The disclosures authorized in subdivision (a) shall be
permitted only if all of the following requirements are met:

(1) (A) The trustees, the alumni associations, or the auxiliary
organizations have a written agreement with a business, as defined
in subdivision (a) of Section 1798.80 of the Civil Code, that
maintains control over this data that requires the business to
maintain the confidentiality of the names, addresses, and begin delete electronic
mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses of the alumni, that requires that the California
State University retain the right to approve or reject any purpose
for which the private information is to be used by the business,
and to review and approve the text of mailings sent to alumni
pursuant to this section, and that prohibits the business from using
the information for begin delete any end delete purposes other than those described in
subdivision (a). The text of a mailing intended to be sent to alumni
pursuant to this section shall not be approved by the trustees, the
affected alumni association, or the affected auxiliary organization
unless and until the mailing conspicuously identifies the university,
the alumni association, or the auxiliary organization as associated
with the business described in the mailing.

(B) If an affinity partner, as defined in Section 4054.6 of the
Financial Code, sends any message to begin delete any electronic end delete begin insert an email end insert mail
address obtained pursuant to this section, that message shall include
at least both of the following:

(i) The identity of the sender of the message.

(ii) A cost-free means for the recipient to notify the sender not
to electronically transmit any further message to the recipient.

(2) The trustees, an alumni association, or an auxiliary
organization shall not disclose to, or share alumni nonpublic
personal information with, a business, as defined in paragraph (1),
unless the institution, association, or organization has clearly and
conspicuously notified the alumnus, pursuant to subdivision (c),
that the nonpublic personal information may be disclosed to the
business and that the alumnus has not directed that the nonpublic
personal information not be disclosed.

(3) The disclosure of alumni names, addresses, and begin delete electronic
mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses does not include the names, addresses, and
begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses of alumni who, pursuant to
subdivision (c) or in another manner, have directed the trustees,
an alumni association, or an auxiliary organization not to disclose
their names, addresses, or begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses.

(4)  begin delete No information end delete begin insert Information end insert regarding either of the following
is begin insert not end insert disclosed:

(A) The current students of the California State University.

(B) An alumnus who, as a student at a campus of the California
State University, indicated that, pursuant to the federal Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act (Public Law 93-380), he or
she did not wish his or her name, address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert
address to be disclosed.

(c) (1) The trustees, the affected alumni association, or the
affected auxiliary organization shall satisfy the notice requirements
of subdivision (b) if it uses the form set forth in paragraph (2). The
form set forth in this subdivision or a form that complies with
subparagraphs (A) to (J), inclusive, shall be provided by the
trustees, the alumni association, or the auxiliary organization to
the alumnus as required in this subdivision, and shall describe the
nature of the information the alumnus would receive should the
alumnus choose not to opt out, so that the alumnus may make a
decision and provide direction to the trustees, the alumni
association, or the auxiliary organization regarding the sharing of
his or her name, address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address:

(A) The form uses the title “IMPORTANT PRIVACY
CHOICE” and the header, if applicable, as follows: “Restrict
Information Sharing With Affinity Partners.”

(B) The titles and headers in the form are clearly and
conspicuously displayed, and no text in the form is smaller than
10-point type.

(C) The form may be provided as a separate document,
incorporated into another communication piece intended for the
target audience, or begin insert provided end insert through a link to the form located on
the Internet Web site of the trustees, the affected alumni
association, or the affected auxiliary organization. If the form is
provided through a link to an Internet Web page, it shall be
accompanied by the title “IMPORTANT PRIVACY CHOICE”
and a clear and concise description of the choice that can be made
by accessing the form. This requirement may be met by using text
materially similar to the first paragraph of the form set forth in
paragraph (2).

(D) The choice or choices provided in the form are stated
separately, and may be selected by checking a box.

(E) The form is designed to call attention to the nature and
significance of the information in the document.

(F) The form presents information in clear and concise
sentences, paragraphs, and sections.

(G) The form uses short explanatory sentences begin delete (an end delete begin insert of an end insert average
of 15 to 20 begin delete words) end delete begin insert words, end insert or bullet lists whenever possible.

(H) The form avoids multiple negatives, legal terminology, and
highly technical terminology whenever possible.

(I) The form avoids explanations that are imprecise and readily
subject to different interpretations.

(J) The form is not more than one page.

(2) The form reads as follows:

IMPORTANT PRIVACY CHOICE

You have the right to control whether we share your name,
address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address with our affinity partners
(companies that we partner with to offer products or services to
our alumni). Please read the following information carefully before
you make your choice below:

Your Rights

You have the following rights to restrict the sharing of your
name, address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address with our affinity
partners. This form does not prohibit us from sharing your
information when we are required to do so by law. This includes
sending you information about the alumni association, the
university, or other products or services.

Your Choice

Restrict Information Sharing With Affinity Partners:

Unless you say “NO,” we may share your name, address, and
begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address with our affinity partners. Our affinity
partners may send you offers to purchase various products or
services that we may have agreed they can offer in partnership
with us.

( ) NO, please do not share my name, address, and begin delete electronic
mail end delete begin insert email end insert address with your affinity partners.

Time Sensitive Reply

You may decide at any time that you do not want us to share
your information with our affinity partners. Your choice marked
here will remain unless you state otherwise. However, if we do
not hear from you, we may share your name, address, and
begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address with our affinity partners.

If you decide that you do not want to receive information from
our partners, you may do one of the following:

(1) Call this toll-free telephone number: (xxx-xxx-xxxx).

(2) Reply electronically by contacting us through the following
Internet option: xxxxxxxxxxxx.com.

(3) Fill out, sign, and send back this form to us at the following
address (you may want to make a copy for your records).

Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Name:

Address:

Signature:

(3) (A) The trustees, the affected alumni association, or the
affected auxiliary organization shall not be in violation of this
subdivision solely because they include in the form one or more
brief examples or explanations of the purpose or purposes for
which, or the context within which, names, addresses, and
begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses will be shared, as long as those
examples meet the clarity and readability standards set forth in
paragraph (1).

begin delete

(B) The form shall be provided to alumni in each of the
following communications:

end delete begin delete

(i)

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert   begin insert (i) end insert begin insert   end insert The solicitation to students, upon their graduation, from
the trustees or the alumni association, encouraging students to join
the alumni association or to avail themselves of the services or
benefits of the association, shall include the form.

(ii) The alumni association magazine or newsletter, or both,
shall include the form on an annual or more frequent basis.

(iii) The Internet Web site for the alumni association shall
include a link to the form, which shall be located on either the
homepage of the association’s Internet Web site or in the
association’s privacy policy.

(iv) A one-time mailing to all alumni on the university mailing
list as of January 1, begin delete 2006. end delete begin insert 2006, shall include the form. end insert

(v) An annual electronic communication to those alumni for
whom begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses are begin delete available. end delete begin insert available
shall include the form. end insert

(4) The trustees, the affected alumni associations, or the affected
auxiliary organizations shall provide at least two alternative
cost-free means for alumni to communicate their privacy choices,
such as calling a toll-free telephone number or using electronic
means. The trustees, the alumni association, or the auxiliary
organization shall clearly and conspicuously disclose in the form
required by this subdivision the information necessary to direct
the alumnus on how to communicate his or her choice, including
the toll-free telephone or facsimile number or Internet Web site
address that may be used, if those means of communication are
offered.

(5) (A) An alumnus may direct at any time that his or her name,
address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address not be disclosed. The
trustees, the affected alumni association, or the affected auxiliary
organization shall comply with the direction of an alumnus
concerning the sharing of his or her name, address, and begin delete electronic
mail end delete begin insert email end insert address within 45 days of receipt by the trustees, the
alumni association, or the auxiliary organization. When an alumnus
directs that his or her name, address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert
address not be disclosed, that direction is in effect until otherwise
stated by the alumnus.

(B)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert subdivision begin delete shall end delete begin insert does not end insert prohibit the
disclosure of the name, address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address
of an alumnus as allowed by other applicable begin delete provisions of state
law. end delete begin insert state laws. end insert

(6) The trustees, or the affected alumni association or the
affected auxiliary organization, may provide a joint notice from
the trustees or from one or more alumni associations, as identified
in the notice, so long as the notice is accurate with respect to the
trustees and the alumni association or associations or auxiliary
organization or organizations participating in the joint notice.

(d) As used in this section, “auxiliary organization” has the
same meaning as set forth in Section 89901.

(e) This section shall not be construed to authorize the release
of any social security numbers.

SEC. 77.  

Section 89708 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

89708.  

(a) Tuition fees adequate, in the long run, to meet the
cost of maintaining special sessions in the California State
University shall be required of, and collected from, students
enrolled in each special session pursuant to rules and regulations
prescribed by the trustees.

(b) “Special sessions,” as used in this division, means
self-supporting instructional programs conducted by the California
State University. The special sessions shall include, but not
necessarily be limited to, career enrichment and retraining
programs. It is the intent of the Legislature that those programs,
currently offered on a self-supporting basis by the California State
University during summer sessions, may be provided throughout
the year, and shall be known as special sessions. The
self-supporting special sessions shall not supplant, as defined in
begin delete subparagraph end delete begin insert subdivision end insert (c), regular course offerings available
on a non-self-supporting basis during the regular academic year.

(c)  begin delete “Supplanting,” end delete begin insert “Supplant,” end insert as used in this section, means
reducing the number of state-supported course offerings while
increasing the number of self-supporting versions of that course.

(d) To the extent possible, each campus shall ensure that any
course required as a condition of undergraduate degree completion
for a state-supported matriculated student shall be offered as a
state-supported course. A campus shall not require a
state-supported matriculated student to enroll in a special session
course in order to fulfill a graduation requirement for a
state-supported degree program.

SEC. 78.  

Section 89712 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

89712.  

(a) (1)  begin delete A end delete begin insert Neither a end insert campus of the California State
University, begin delete or end delete begin insert nor end insert the Chancellor of the California State begin delete University,
or both, end delete begin insert University end insert shall begin delete not end delete approve a new student success fee or
an increase to an existing student success fee, as defined in
subdivision (g), before all of the following requirements are
satisfied:

(A) The campus undertakes a rigorous consultation process that
informs and educates students on the uses, impact, and cost of any
proposed student success fee or student success fee increase.

(B) The campus informs its students of all of the following
circumstances, which shall apply to these fees:

(i) That, except as provided in clauses (ii) and (iii), a student
success fee may be rescinded by a majority vote of the students,
as specified in subdivision (c).

(ii) That a student success fee begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not be rescinded earlier
than six years following the vote to implement the fee.

(iii) If any portion of the student success fee is committed to
support a long-term obligation, that portion of the fee begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert
not be rescinded until the obligation has been satisfied.

(C) The campus shall hold a binding student election on the
implementation of any proposed student success fees, or any
increase to an existing student success fee, and a majority of the
student body voting on the fee must vote affirmatively.

(2) Implementation of a fee supported by a majority of the
campus student body voting on the fee is contingent upon the final
approval of the Chancellor of the California State University.

(3) A student success fee proposal begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not be brought
before the student body more frequently than once per academic
year.

(b) A student success fee in place on January 1, 2016, may be
rescinded by a binding student vote under the procedures
authorized in subdivision (c) only after at least six years have
elapsed following the implementation of the fee.

(c) (1) Student success fees may be rescinded with a binding
student vote begin delete wherein end delete begin insert if end insert a simple majority of those students voting
vote to rescind the fee. The student vote shall comply with all of
the following:

(A) A campus decision to vote is formally approved by the
recognized student government.

(B) Rescission vote proposals shall not be brought before the
student body more frequently than once per academic year.

(C) In the process of reconsidering a student success fee, and
before the student vote occurs, the students shall be informed, if
a portion of the fee is supporting a long-term obligation, the dollar
amount of that portion, and the date on which the long-term
obligation would be satisfied.

(2)  begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert new contractual or other obligation that would be
supported by the rescinded student success fee begin delete may end delete begin insert shall not end insert be
entered into following a vote to rescind the fee.

(d) The Chancellor of the California State University shall
ensure that all of the following occur on each campus:

(1) There is majority student representation in campus student
success fee allocation oversight groups.

(2) There is an annual report from each campus to the chancellor
on student success fees.

(3) There is uniform, transparent, online accountability in the
decisionmaking process for, and a detailed accounting of, the
allocation of student success fees.

(e) The Chancellor of the California State University shall
establish appropriate reporting procedures to ensure that a campus
is in compliance with the requirements of this section.

(f) The chancellor shall report, by December 1 of each year, to
the Department of Finance, and the Legislature pursuant to Section
9795 of the Government Code, a summary of the fees adopted or
rescinded in the prior academic year, and the uses of proposed and
currently implemented fees.

(g) For purposes of this section, a “student success fee” is a type
of category II campus-based mandatory fee that is required to be
paid by a student before that student may enroll or attend a campus
of the California State University, as determined by that campus
or the Chancellor of the California State University.

SEC. 79.  

Section 92630 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

92630.  

(a) The regents and alumni associations may distribute
the names, addresses, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses of alumni
of the University of California to a business as described in
subdivision (b) in order to accomplish any or all of the following:

(1) To provide those persons with informational materials
relating to the university or college and its programs and activities.

(2) To provide those persons, the regents, and the alumni
associations with commercial opportunities that provide a benefit
to those persons, or to the regents or the alumni associations.

(3) To promote and support the educational mission of the
university, the regents, or the alumni associations.

(b) The disclosures authorized in subdivision (a) shall be
permitted only if all of the following requirements are met:

(1) (A) The regents or the alumni associations have a written
agreement with a business, as defined in subdivision (a) of Section
1798.80 of the Civil begin delete Code end delete begin insert Code, end insert that maintains control over this
data that requires the business to maintain the confidentiality of
the names, addresses, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses of the
alumni, that requires that the University of California retain the
right to approve or reject any purpose for which the private
information is to be used by the business and to review and approve
the text of mailings sent to alumni pursuant to this section, and
that prohibits the business from using the information for begin delete any end delete
purposes other than those described in subdivision (a). The text of
a mailing intended to be sent to alumni pursuant to this section
shall not be approved by the regents or the affected alumni
association unless and until the mailing conspicuously identifies
the university or the alumni association as associated with the
business described in the mailing.

(B) If an affinity partner, as defined in Section 4054.6 of the
Financial Code, sends any message to begin delete any electronic mail end delete begin insert an email end insert
address obtained pursuant to this section, that message shall include
at least both of the following:

(i) The identity of the sender of the message.

(ii) A cost-free means for the recipient to notify the sender not
to electronically transmit any further message to the recipient.

(2) The regents or an alumni association shall not disclose to,
or share a consumer’s nonpublic personal information with, a
business, as defined in paragraph (1), unless the institution,
association, or organization has clearly and conspicuously notified
the consumer pursuant to subdivision (c), that the nonpublic
personal information may be disclosed to the business and that the
alumnus has not directed that the nonpublic personal information
not be disclosed.

(3)  The disclosure of alumni names, addresses, and begin delete electronic
mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses does not include the names, addresses, and
begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses of alumni who, pursuant to
subdivision (c) or in another manner, have directed the regents or
an alumni association not to disclose their names, addresses, or
begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses.

(4)  begin delete No information end delete begin insert Information end insert regarding either of the following
is begin insert not end insert disclosed:

(A) The current students of the University of California.

(B) An alumnus who, as a student of a campus of the University
of California, indicated that, pursuant to the federal Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act (Public Law 93-380), he or
she did not wish his or her name, address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert
address to be disclosed.

(c) (1) The regents or the affected alumni association shall
satisfy the notice requirements of subdivision (b) if it uses the form
set forth in paragraph (2). The form set forth in this subdivision
or a form that complies with subparagraphs (A) to (J), inclusive,
shall be provided by the regents or the alumni association to the
alumnus as required in this subdivision, and shall describe the
nature of the information the alumnus would receive should the
alumnus choose not to opt out, so that the alumnus may make a
decision and provide direction to the regents and the alumni
association regarding the sharing of his or her name, address, and
begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address:

(A) The form uses the title “IMPORTANT PRIVACY
CHOICE” and the header, if applicable, as follows: “Restrict
Information Sharing With Affinity Partners.”

(B) The titles and headers in the form are clearly and
conspicuously displayed, and no text in the form is smaller than
10-point type.

(C) The form may be provided as a separate document,
incorporated into another communication piece intended for the
target audience, or begin insert provided end insert through a link to the form located on
the Internet Web site of the regents, the affected alumni association,
or the affected auxiliary organization. If the form is provided
through a link to an Internet Web page, it shall be accompanied
by the title “IMPORTANT PRIVACY CHOICE” and a clear and
concise description of the choice that can be made by accessing
the form. This requirement may be met by using text materially
similar to the first paragraph of the form set forth in paragraph (2).

(D) The choice or choices provided in the form are stated
separately, and may be selected by checking a box.

(E) The form is designed to call attention to the nature and
significance of the information in the document.

(F) The form presents information in clear and concise
sentences, paragraphs, and sections.

(G) The form uses short explanatory sentences begin delete (an end delete begin insert of an end insert average
of 15 to 20 begin delete words) end delete begin insert words, end insert or bullet lists whenever possible.

(H) The form avoids multiple negatives, legal terminology, and
highly technical terminology whenever possible.

(I) The form avoids explanations that are imprecise and readily
subject to different interpretations.

(J) The form is not more than one page.

(2) The form reads as follows:

IMPORTANT PRIVACY CHOICE

You have the right to control whether we share your name,
address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address with our affinity partners
(companies that we partner with to offer products or services to
our alumni). Please read the following information carefully before
you make your choice below:

Your Rights

You have the following rights to restrict the sharing of your
name, address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address with our affinity
partners. This form does not prohibit us from sharing your
information when we are required to do so by law. This includes
sending you information about the alumni association, the
university, or other products or services.

Your Choice

Restrict Information Sharing With Affinity Partners:

Unless you say “NO,” we may share your name, address, and
begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address with our affinity partners. Our affinity
partners may send you offers to purchase various products or
services that we may have agreed they can offer in partnership
with us.

( ) NO, please do not share my name, address, and begin delete electronic
mail end delete begin insert email end insert address with your affinity partners.

Time Sensitive Reply

You may decide at any time that you do not want us to share
your information with our partners. Your choice marked here will
remain unless you state otherwise. However, if we do not hear
from you, we may share your name, address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete
begin insert email end insert address with our affinity partners.

If you decide that you do not want to receive information from
our partners, you may do one of the following:

(1) Call this toll-free telephone number: (xxx-xxx-xxxx).

(2) Reply electronically by contacting us through the following
Internet option: xxxxxxxxxxxx.com.

(3) Fill out, sign, and send back this form to us at the following
address (you may want to make a copy for your records).

Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

Name:

Address:

Signature:

(3) (A) The regents or the affected alumni association shall not
be in violation of this subdivision solely because they include in
the form one or more brief examples or explanations of the purpose
or purposes for which, or the context within which, names,
addresses, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert addresses will be shared, as
long as those examples meet the clarity and readability standards
set forth in paragraph (1).

begin delete

(B) The form shall be provided to alumni in each of the
following communications:

end delete begin delete

(i)

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert   begin insert (i) end insert begin insert   end insert The solicitation to students, upon their graduation, from
the regents or the alumni association, encouraging students to join
the alumni association or to avail themselves of the services or
benefits of the association, shall include the form.

(ii) The alumni association magazine or newsletter, or both,
shall include the form on an annual or more frequent basis.

(iii) The Internet Web site for the alumni association shall
include a link to the form, which shall be located on either the
homepage of the association’s Internet Web site or in the
association’s privacy policy.

(iv) A one-time mailing to all alumni on the university or college
mailing list as of January 1, begin delete 2006. end delete begin insert 2006, shall include the form. end insert

(v) An annual electronic communication to those alumni for
whom electronic mail addresses are begin delete available. end delete begin insert available, shall
include the form. end insert

(4) The regents or the affected alumni associations shall provide
at least two alternative cost-free means for alumni to communicate
their privacy choice, such as calling a toll-free telephone number,
or using electronic means. The regents or the alumni association
shall clearly and conspicuously disclose in the form required by
this subdivision the information necessary to direct the alumnus
on how to communicate his or her choices, including the toll-free
telephone or facsimile number or Internet Web site address that
may be used, if those means of communication are offered.

(5) (A) An alumnus may direct at any time that his or her name,
address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address not be disclosed. The
regents or the affected alumni association shall comply with the
direction of an alumnus concerning the sharing of his or her name,
address, and begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address within 45 days of receipt
by the regents or the alumni association. When an alumnus directs
that his or her name, address, or begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address not
be disclosed, that direction is in effect until otherwise stated by
the alumnus.

(B)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert subdivision begin delete shall end delete begin insert does not end insert prohibit the
disclosure of the name, address, or begin delete electronic mail end delete begin insert email end insert address
of an alumnus as allowed by other applicable begin delete provisions of state
law. end delete begin insert state laws. end insert

(6) The regents or the affected alumni association may provide
a joint notice from the regents or from one or more alumni
associations, as identified in the notice, so long as the notice is
accurate with respect to the regents and the alumni association or
associations participating in the joint notice.

(d) This section shall not be construed to authorize the release
of any social security numbers.

SEC. 80.  

Section 94925 of the Education Code is amended to
read:

94925.  

(a) The amount in the Student Tuition Recovery Fund
shall not exceed twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) at any
time.

(b) If the bureau has temporarily stopped collecting the Student
Tuition Recovery Fund assessments because the fund has
approached the begin delete twenty-five million dollar end delete begin insert twenty-five-million dollar
($25,000,000) end insert limit in subdivision (a), the bureau shall resume
collecting Student Tuition Recovery Fund assessments when the
fund falls below twenty million dollars ($20,000,000).

(c) An otherwise eligible student who enrolled during a period
when institutions were not required to collect Student Tuition
Recovery Fund assessments is eligible for Student Tuition
Recovery Fund payments despite not having paid any Student
Tuition Recovery Fund assessment.

SEC. 81.  

Section 17 of the Elections Code is amended to read:

17.  

The Secretary of State shall establish and maintain
administrative complaint procedures, pursuant to the requirements
of the begin insert federal end insert Help America Vote Act of 2002 (52 U.S.C. Sec.
21112), in order to remedy grievances in the administration of
elections. The Secretary of State shall not require that the
administrative remedies provided in the complaint procedures
established pursuant to this section be exhausted in order to pursue
any other remedies provided by state or federal law.

SEC. 82.  

Section 1000 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

1000.  

The established election dates begin delete in each year end delete are as follows:

(a) The second Tuesday of April in each even-numbered year.

(b) The first Tuesday after the first Monday in March of each
odd-numbered year.

(c) The first Tuesday after the first Monday in June in each year.

(d) The first Tuesday after the first Monday in November of
each year.

SEC. 83.  

Section 1301 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

1301.  

(a) Except as required by Section 57379 of the
Government Code, and except as provided in subdivision (b), a
general municipal election shall be held on an established election
date pursuant to Section 1000.

(b) (1) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), a city council may
enact an ordinance, pursuant to Division 10 (commencing with
Section 10000), requiring its general municipal election to be held
on the begin delete same day as end delete begin insert day of end insert the statewide direct primary election,
the day of the statewide general election, begin delete on end delete the day of school
district elections as set forth in Section 1302, the first Tuesday
after the first Monday of March in each odd-numbered year, or
the second Tuesday of April in each year. begin delete Any end delete begin insert An end insert ordinance
adopted pursuant to this subdivision shall become operative upon
approval by the begin insert county end insert board of supervisors.

(2) In the event of consolidation, the general municipal election
shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable procedural
requirements of this code pertaining to that primary, general, or
school district election, and shall thereafter occur in consolidation
with that election.

(c) If a city adopts an ordinance described in subdivision (b),
the municipal election following the adoption of the ordinance and
each municipal election thereafter shall be conducted on the date
specified by the city council, in accordance with subdivision (b),
unless the ordinance in question is later repealed by the city
council.

(d) If the date of a general municipal election is changed
pursuant to subdivision (b), at least one election shall be held before
the ordinance, as approved by the begin insert county end insert board of supervisors,
may be subsequently repealed or amended.

SEC. 84.  

Section 2142 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

2142.  

(a) If the county elections official refuses to register a
qualified elector in the county, the elector may proceed by action
in the superior court to compel his or her registration. In an action
under this section, as many persons may join as plaintiffs as have
causes of action.

(b) If the county elections official has not registered a qualified
elector who claims to have registered to vote through the
Department of Motor Vehicles or any other public agency
designated as a voter registration agency pursuant to the begin insert federal end insert
National Voter Registration Act of 1993 (52 U.S.C. Sec. begin delete 20501), end delete
begin insert 20501 et seq.), end insert the elector may proceed by action in the superior
court to compel his or her registration. In an action under this
section, as many persons may join as plaintiffs as have causes of
action.

(c) No fee shall be charged by the clerk of the court for services
rendered in an action under this section.

SEC. 85.  

Section 2150 of the Elections Code, as amended by
Section 4.5 of Chapter 736 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended to
read:

2150.  

(a) The affidavit of registration shall show:

(1) The facts necessary to establish the affiant as an elector.

(2) The affiant’s name at length, including his or her given
name, and a middle name or initial, or if the initial of the given
name is customarily used, then the initial and middle name. The
affiant’s given name may be preceded, at the affiant’s option, by
the designation of “Miss,” “Ms.,” “Mrs.,” or “Mr.” A person shall
not be denied the right to register because of his or her failure to
mark a prefix to the given name and shall be so advised on the
voter registration card. This subdivision shall not be construed as
requiring the printing of prefixes on an affidavit of registration.

(3) The affiant’s place of residence, residence telephone number,
if furnished, and email address, if furnished. A person shall not be
denied the right to register because of his or her failure to furnish
a telephone number or email address, and shall be so advised on
the voter registration card.

(4) The affiant’s mailing address, if different from the place of
residence.

(5) The affiant’s date of birth to establish that he or she will be
at least 18 years of age on or before the date of the next election.

(6) The state or country of the affiant’s birth.

(7) (A) In the case of an affiant who has been issued a current
and valid driver’s license, the affiant’s driver’s license number.

(B) In the case of any other affiant, other than an affiant to whom
subparagraph (C) applies, the last four digits of the affiant’s social
security number.

(C) If a voter registration affiant has not been issued a current
and valid driver’s license or a social security number, the state
shall assign the applicant a number that will serve to identify the
affiant for voter registration purposes. If the state has a
computerized list in effect under this paragraph and the list assigns
unique identifying numbers to registrants, the number assigned
under this subparagraph shall be the unique identifying number
assigned under the list.

(8) The affiant’s political party preference.

(9) That the affiant is currently not imprisoned or on parole for
the conviction of a felony.

(10) A prior registration portion indicating if the affiant has
been registered at another address, under another name, or as
preferring another party. If the affiant has been so registered, he
or she shall give an additional statement giving that address, name,
or party.

(b) The affiant shall certify the content of the affidavit of
registration as to its truthfulness and correctness, under penalty of
perjury, with the signature of his or her name and the date of
signing. If the affiant is unable to write, he or she shall sign with
a mark or cross. An affiant who is an individual with a disability
may complete the affidavit with reasonable accommodations as
needed.

(c) The affidavit of registration shall also contain a space that
would enable the affiant to state his or her ethnicity or race, or
both. An affiant begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not be denied the ability to register
because he or she declines to state his or her ethnicity or race.

(d) If a person assists the affiant in completing the affidavit of
registration, that person shall sign and date the affidavit below the
signature of the affiant.

(e) The affidavit of registration shall also contain a space to
permit the affiant to apply for permanent vote by mail status.

(f) The Secretary of State may continue to supply existing
affidavits of registration to county elections officials before printing
new or revised forms that reflect the changes made to this section
by Chapter 508 of the Statutes of 2007.

SEC. 86.  

Section 2155 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

2155.  

Upon receipt of a properly executed affidavit of
registration or address correction notice or letter pursuant to Section
2119, Article 2 (commencing with Section 2220), or the begin insert federal end insert
National Voter Registration Act of 1993 (52 U.S.C. Sec. begin delete 20501), end delete
begin insert 20501 et seq.), end insert the county elections official shall send the voter a
voter notification by nonforwardable, first-class mail, address
correction requested. The voter notification shall state the party
preference for which the voter has registered in the following
format:

Party: (Name of political party)

The voter notification shall be substantially in the following
form:

VOTER NOTIFICATION

You are registered to vote. The party preference you chose, if
any, is on this card. This card is being sent as a notification of:

1. Your recently completed affidavit of registration.

OR,

2. A change to your registration because of an official notice
that you have moved. If your residence address has not changed
or if your move is temporary, please call or write to our office
immediately.

OR,

3. Your recent registration with a change in party preference.
If this change is not correct, please call or write to our office
immediately.

 

 

You may vote in any election held 15 or more days after the date
on this card.

Your name will appear on the index kept at the polls.

Please contact our office if the information shown on the reverse
side of this card is incorrect.

 

(Signature of Voter)

 

SEC. 87.  

Section 2196 of the Elections Code, as amended by
Section 54 of Chapter 728 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended to
read:

2196.  

(a) (1) Notwithstanding any other begin delete provision of end delete law, a
person who is qualified to register to vote and who has a valid
California driver’s license or state identification card may submit
an affidavit of voter registration electronically on the Internet Web
site of the Secretary of State.

(2) An affidavit submitted pursuant to this section is effective
upon receipt of the affidavit by the Secretary of State if the affidavit
is received on or before the last day to register for an election to
be held in the precinct of the person submitting the affidavit.

(3) The affiant shall affirmatively attest to the truth of the
information provided in the affidavit.

(4) For voter registration purposes, the applicant shall
affirmatively assent to the use of his or her signature from his or
her driver’s license or state identification card.

(5) For each electronic affidavit, the Secretary of State shall
obtain an electronic copy of the applicant’s signature from his or
her driver’s license or state identification card directly from the
Department of Motor Vehicles.

(6) The Secretary of State shall require a person who submits
an affidavit pursuant to this section to submit all of the following:

(A) The number from his or her California driver’s license or
state identification card.

(B) His or her date of birth.

(C) The last four digits of his or her social security number.

(D) Any other information the Secretary of State deems
necessary to establish the identity of the affiant.

(7) Upon submission of an affidavit pursuant to this section, the
electronic voter registration system shall provide for immediate
verification of both of the following:

(A) That the applicant has a California driver’s license or state
identification card and that the number for that driver’s license or
identification card provided by the applicant matches the number
for that person’s driver’s license or identification card that is on
file with the Department of Motor Vehicles.

(B) That the date of birth provided by the applicant matches the
date of birth for that person that is on file with the Department of
Motor Vehicles.

(8) The Secretary of State shall employ security measures to
ensure the accuracy and integrity of begin delete voter registration end delete affidavits
begin insert of voter registration end insert submitted electronically pursuant to this
section.

(b) The Department of Motor Vehicles shall begin delete utilize end delete begin insert use end insert the
electronic voter registration system required by this section to
comply with its duties and responsibilities as a voter registration
agency pursuant to the federal National Voter Registration Act of
1993 (52 U.S.C. Sec. 20501 et seq.).

(c) The Department of Motor Vehicles and the Secretary of
State shall maintain a process and the infrastructure to allow the
electronic copy of the applicant’s signature and other information
required under this section that is in the possession of the
department to be transferred to the Secretary of State and to the
county election management systems to allow a person who is
qualified to register to vote in California to register to vote under
this section.

(d) If an applicant cannot electronically submit the information
required pursuant to paragraph (6) of subdivision (a), he or she
shall nevertheless be able to complete the affidavit of voter
registration electronically on the Secretary of State’s Internet Web
site, print a hard copy of the completed affidavit, and mail or
deliver the hard copy of the completed affidavit to the Secretary
of State or the appropriate county elections official.

SEC. 88.  

Section 2250 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

2250.  

On and after July 1, 2007, in any document mailed by a
state agency that offers a person the opportunity to register to vote
pursuant to the begin insert federal end insert National Voter Registration Act of 1993
(52 U.S.C. Sec. begin delete 20501) end delete begin insert 20501 et seq.) end insert that state agency shall
include a notice informing prospective voters that if they have not
received voter registration information within 30 days of requesting
it, they should contact their local elections office or the office of
the Secretary of State.

SEC. 89.  

Section 2263 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

2263.  

(a) The Department of Motor Vehicles, in consultation
with the Secretary of State, shall establish a schedule and method
for the department to electronically provide to the Secretary of
State the records specified in this section.

(b) (1) The department shall provide to the Secretary of State,
in a manner and method to be determined by the department in
consultation with the Secretary of State, the following information
associated with each person who submits an application for a
driver’s license or identification card pursuant to Section 12800,
12815, or 13000 of the Vehicle Code, or who notifies the
department of a change of address pursuant to Section 14600 of
the Vehicle Code:

(A) Name.

(B) Date of birth.

(C) Either or both of the following, as contained in the
department’s records:

(i) Residence address.

(ii) Mailing address.

(D) Digitized signature, as described in Section 12950.5 of the
Vehicle Code.

(E) Telephone number, if available.

(F) Email address, if available.

(G) Language preference.

(H) Political party preference.

(I) Whether the person chooses to become a permanent vote by
mail voter.

(J) Whether the person affirmatively declined to become
registered to vote during a transaction with the department.

(K) A notation that the applicant has attested that he or she
meets all voter eligibility requirements, including United States
citizenship, specified in Section 2101.

(L) Other information specified in regulations implementing
this chapter.

(2) (A) The department may provide the records described in
paragraph (1) to the Secretary of State before the Secretary of State
certifies that all of the conditions set forth in subdivision (e) of
this section have been satisfied. Records provided pursuant to this
paragraph shall only be used for begin delete the end delete purposes of outreach and
education to eligible voters conducted by the Secretary of State.

(B) The Secretary shall provide materials created for purposes
of outreach and education as described in this paragraph in
languages other than English, as required by the federal Voting
Rights Act of 1965 (52 U.S.C. Sec. 10503).

(c) The Secretary of State shall not sell, begin delete transfer end delete begin insert transfer, end insert or
allow any third party access to the information acquired from the
Department of Motor Vehicles pursuant to this chapter without
approval of the department, except as permitted by this chapter
and Section 2194.

(d) The department shall not electronically provide records of
a person who applies for or is issued a driver’s license pursuant to
Section 12801.9 of the Vehicle Code because he or she is unable
to submit satisfactory proof that his or her presence in the United
States is authorized under federal law.

(e) The Department of Motor Vehicles shall commence
implementation of this section no later than one year after the
Secretary of State certifies all of the following:

(1) The State has a statewide voter registration database that
complies with the requirements of the federal Help America Vote
Act of 2002 (52 U.S.C. begin delete Section end delete begin insert Sec. end insert 20901 et seq.).

(2) The Legislature has appropriated the funds necessary for
the Secretary of State and the Department of Motor Vehicles to
implement and maintain the California New Motor Voter Program.

(3) The regulations required by Section 2270 have been adopted.

(f) The Department of Motor Vehicles shall not electronically
provide records pursuant to this section that contain a home address
designated as confidential pursuant to Section 1808.2, 1808.4, or
1808.6 of the Vehicle Code.

SEC. 90.  

Section 2265 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

2265.  

(a)  The records of a person designated in paragraph (1)
of subdivision (b) of Section 2263 shall constitute a completed
affidavit of registration and the Secretary of State shall register
the person to vote, unless any of the following conditions begin delete is end delete begin insert are end insert
satisfied:

(1) The person’s records, as described in Section 2263, reflect
that he or she affirmatively declined to become registered to vote
during a transaction with the Department of Motor Vehicles.

(2) The person’s records, as described in Section 2263, do not
reflect that he or she has attested to meeting all voter eligibility
requirements specified in Section 2101.

(3) The Secretary of State determines that the person is ineligible
to vote.

(b) (1) If a person who is registered to vote pursuant to this
chapter does not provide a party preference, his or her party
preference shall be designated as “Unknown” and he or she shall
be treated as a “No Party Preference” voter.

(2) A person whose party preference is designated as
“Unknown” pursuant to this subdivision shall not be counted for
purposes of determining the total number of voters registered on
the specified day preceding an election, as required by subdivision
(b) of Section 5100 and subdivision (c) of Section 5151.

SEC. 91.  

Section 2270 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

2270.  

The Secretary of State shall adopt regulations to
implement this chapter, including regulations addressing both of
the following:

(a) A process for canceling the registration of a person who is
ineligible to vote, but became registered under the California New
Motor Voter Program in the absence of any violation by that person
of Section 18100.

(b) An education and outreach campaign informing voters about
the California New Motor Voter Program that the Secretary of
State will conduct to implement this chapter. The Secretary begin insert of
State end insert may use any public and private funds available for this and
shall provide materials created for this outreach and education
campaign in languages other than English, as required by the
federal Voting Rights Act of 1965 (52 U.S.C. Sec. 10503).

SEC. 92.  

Section 2600 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

2600.  

The Secretary of State shall establish a Language
Accessibility Advisory Committee which shall meet no less than
four times each calendar year. The committee shall consist of no
less than begin delete fifteen end delete begin insert 15 end insert members and be comprised of the Secretary
of State and his or her designee or designees and additional
members appointed by the Secretary of State. The appointees shall
have demonstrated language accessibility experience, have
knowledge of presenting election materials to voters using plain
language methods or another method that is easy for voters to
access and understand, or be a county elections official or his or
her designee. At least three county elections officials shall be
appointed to the committee. The Secretary of State shall consult
with and consider the recommendations of the committee. The
committee shall serve in an advisory capacity to the Secretary of
State.

SEC. 93.  

Section 3025 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

3025.  

(a) For purposes of this section, the following terms
have the following meanings:

(1) “Vote by mail ballot drop box” means a secure receptacle
established by a county or city and county elections official
whereby a voted vote by mail ballot may be returned to the
elections official from whom it was obtained.

(2) “Vote by mail ballot drop-off location” means a location
consisting of a secured vote by mail ballot drop box at which a
voted vote by mail ballot may be returned to the elections official
from whom it was obtained.

(b) On or before January 1, 2017, the Secretary of State shall
promulgate regulations establishing guidelines based on best
practices for security measures and procedures, including, but not
limited to, chain of custody, pick-up times, proper labeling, and
security of begin delete the end delete vote by mail ballot drop boxes, that a county
elections official may use if the county elections official establishes
one or more vote by mail ballot drop-off locations.

SEC. 94.  

Section 3114 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

3114.  

(a) For an election for which this state has not received
a waiver pursuant to the begin insert federal end insert Military and Overseas Voter
Empowerment Act (52 U.S.C. Sec. 20301 et seq.), not sooner than
60 days but not later than 45 days before the election, the elections
official shall transmit a ballot and balloting materials to each
military or overseas voter begin delete who end delete begin insert who, end insert by that begin delete date end delete begin insert date, end insert submits a
valid ballot application pursuant to Section 3102.

(b) If a valid ballot application from a military or overseas voter
arrives after the 45th day before the election, the elections official
charged with distributing a ballot and balloting materials to that
voter shall transmit them to the voter as soon as practicable after
the application arrives.

SEC. 95.  

Section 6850 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

6850.  

This chapter applies to the presidential begin insert preference end insert
primary ballot of the Green Party only. As used in this chapter,
“Green Party” means the Green Party of California.

SEC. 96.  

Section 6850.5 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

6850.5.  

The Green Party presidential begin insert preference end insert primary ballot
shall express the presidential preference of California voters who
vote in the Green Party begin delete primary. end delete begin insert presidential preference primary
election. end insert National convention delegates shall be selected as
provided for in the bylaws and the rules and procedures of the
Green Party and pursuant to the rules of the national political party
with which the Green Party is affiliated.

SEC. 97.  

The heading of Article 2 (commencing with Section
6851) of Chapter 5 of Part 1 of Division 6 of the Elections Code
is amended to read:

 

Article 2.  Qualification of Candidates for Presidential Preference
begin delete Portion of end delete Primary Ballot

 

SEC. 98.  

Section 6851 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

6851.  

The Secretary of State shall place the name of a candidate
upon the Green Party presidential preference begin insert primary end insert ballot when
the Secretary of State has determined that the candidate is generally
advocated for or recognized throughout the United States or
California as actively seeking the presidential nomination of the
Green Party or the national political party with which the Green
Party is affiliated.

SEC. 99.  

Section 6853 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

6853.  

If a selected candidate or an unselected candidate files
with the Secretary of State, no later than the 68th day before the
presidential begin delete primary, end delete begin insert primary election, end insert an affidavit stating without
qualification that she or he is not a candidate for the office of
President of the United States at the forthcoming presidential
primary election, the name of that candidate shall be omitted from
the list of names certified by the Secretary of State to the elections
official for the ballot and the name of that candidate shall not
appear on the presidential preference begin delete portion of the end delete primary ballot.

SEC. 100.  

Section 6854 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

6854.  

This article applies to the nomination of a Green Party
candidate for the presidential begin insert preference end insert primary ballot.

SEC. 101.  

Section 6854.5 of the Elections Code is amended
to read:

6854.5.  

Nomination papers properly prepared, circulated,
signed, and verified shall be left, for examination, with the elections
official of the county in which they are circulated at least 74 days
before the presidential begin delete primary. end delete begin insert preference primary election. end insert

SEC. 102.  

Section 6855 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

6855.  

Each signer of a nomination paper for the presidential
begin insert preference end insert primary ballot may sign only one paper. The signer
shall add her or his printed name and place of residence indicating
city and giving the street and number, if any.

SEC. 103.  

Section 6857 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

6857.  

The nomination paper for a candidate for the presidential
preference begin delete portion of the end delete begin insert primary end insert ballot shall be in substantially
the following form:

 

SECTION OF NOMINATION PAPER SIGNED BY VOTER ON BEHALF OF PRESIDENTIAL PREFERENCE PRIMARY CANDIDATE
Section ____________ Page ____________
County of __________. Nomination paper of a presidential preference candidate for the Green Party presidential begin insert preference end insert primary ballot.
State of California County of	⎱ ⎰	ss.
SIGNER’S STATEMENT
I, the undersigned, am a voter of the County of ____________, State of California, and am registered as preferring the Green Party. I hereby nominate ____________ for the presidential preference portion of the Green Party’s presidential primary ballot, to be voted for at the presidential begin insert preference end insert primary to be held on the____________ day of ____________, 20____. I have not signed the nomination paper of any other candidate for the same office.
Number_________Signature_________Printed name_________Residence
1.
2.
3.
etc.
CIRCULATOR’S DECLARATION
I, ________, affirm all of the following:  1. That I am 18 years of age or older.  2. That my residence address, including street number, is     .    [If no street or number exists, a designation of my residence adequate to readily ascertain its location is ______.]    3. That I secured signatures in the County of ________ to the nomination paper of a candidate in the presidential preference primary of the Green Party, that all the signatures on this section of the nomination paper numbered from 1 to ______, inclusive, were made in my presence, that the signatures were obtained between ____________, 20__, and ____________, 20__, and that to the best of my knowledge and belief each signature is the genuine signature of the person whose name it purports to be.   I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.   Executed at ________, California, this ____ day of ____, 20__. [Signed] ______________________________ Circulator [Printed Name] _____________________________

 

SEC. 104.  

Section 6859 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

6859.  

Within five days after any nomination papers are left
with the elections official for examination, the elections official
shall do both of the following:

(a) Examine and affix to begin delete them end delete begin insert the nomination papers end insert a
certificate reciting that she or he has examined them and stating
the number of names that have not been marked “not sufficient.”

(b) Transmit the begin insert nomination end insert papers with the certificate of
examination to the Secretary of State, who shall file the papers.

SEC. 105.  

Section 6861.5 of the Elections Code is amended
to read:

6861.5.  

For the presidential begin insert preference end insert primary election, the
format of the Green Party ballot shall be governed by Chapter 2
(commencing with Section 13100) of Division 13, with the
following exceptions:

(a) The heading “Presidential Candidate Preference” shall be
included.

(b) Selected and unselected presidential candidates shall be
listed below the heading specified in subdivision (a).

(c) The instructions to voters shall begin with the words “Vote
for a candidate.” The instructions to voters shall also include the
statement that “Delegates to the national convention will be
selected after the begin insert presidential preference end insert primary election.”

SEC. 106.  

Section 6862 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

6862.  

A person who believes her or his name may be used as
a write-in candidate for President of the United States shall, no
later than 21 days before the begin insert presidential preference end insert primary
election, file an endorsement of her or his write-in candidacy with
the Secretary of State, or no votes shall be counted for that write-in
candidate.

SEC. 107.  

Section 6863 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

6863.  

The number of delegates to be selected following the
presidential preference primary begin insert election end insert shall be the number
established by the national political party with which the Green
Party is affiliated.

SEC. 108.  

Section 7901 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7901.  

At each presidential begin insert preference end insert primary election,
members of central committees, which shall be termed “county
councils,” shall be elected in each county.

SEC. 109.  

Section 7902 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7902.  

For purposes of this chapter, the registration figures used
shall be those taken from the statement of voters and their political
preferences transmitted by the elections officials to the Secretary
of State on or before March 1 of the odd-numbered year preceding
the next presidential begin insert preference end insert primary election.

SEC. 110.  

Section 7903 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7903.  

The number of members of the county council to be
elected in a county shall be a minimum of three and a maximum
of 50, and the process in which each county’s number shall be
calculated shall be defined in the Green Party’s bylaws and, to be
effective, shall be communicated to the Secretary of State by the
Green Party Liaison to the Secretary of State no later than 175
days before the next presidential begin insert preference end insert primary election.

SEC. 111.  

Section 7904 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7904.  

At its first meeting following the presidential begin insert preference end insert
primary election and at subsequent meetings, a county council
may appoint additional members to the county council to fill any
vacancy.

SEC. 112.  

Section 7911 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7911.  

Members of county councils shall be elected from one
or more begin delete multi-member end delete begin insert multimember end insert districts. Multimember
districts shall conform to the county boundaries or recognized
jurisdictional boundaries of Congressional, State Assembly, State
Senate, or Supervisorial districts within that county, in accordance
with state Green Party bylaws and county Green Party bylaws.

SEC. 113.  

Section 7912 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7912.  

The Secretary of State, no later than the 175th day before
the presidential begin insert preference end insert primary election, shall compute the
number of members of a county council to be elected in each
county and shall mail a certificate to that effect to the elections
official of each county and to the Green Party Liaison to the
Secretary of State.

SEC. 114.  

Section 7913 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7913.  

The elections official, no later than the 172nd day before
the presidential begin insert preference end insert primary election, shall compute the
number of members of a county council to be elected in each
district if the election of the members is to be by district pursuant
to this chapter.

SEC. 115.  

Section 7918 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7918.  

Notwithstanding any other provision of this code, each
sponsor is entitled to sponsor as many candidates as there are seats
in the begin insert county council election end insert district. Candidate names listed on
a single sponsor’s certificate, and the signatures on the certificate
shall count toward the sponsor requirement of each and every
candidate whose name is listed on the certificate. The number of
candidates having their names on a sponsor’s certificate shall not
exceed the number of members of a county council to be elected
in the district.

SEC. 116.  

Section 7921 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7921.  

The office of member of county council shall be placed
on the presidential begin insert preference end insert primary ballot under the heading
“Party County Council” in the place and manner designated for
the office of county central committee pursuant to Chapter 2
(commencing with Section 13100) of Division 13. The subheading
printed under party central committees on the presidential
begin insert preference end insert primary ballot shall be in substantially the following
form: Member of Green Party County Council, ___the __________
District or Member of the Green Party County Council, _______
County.

SEC. 117.  

Section 7922 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7922.  

Except as otherwise provided in this section, the votes
cast for each candidate for member of county council shall be
included in the canvass and statement of results in a manner similar
to the vote for each candidate for county central committees
pursuant to Division 15 (commencing with Section 15000), and
specifically:

(a) The final total of votes cast for each candidate for member
of county council, including the name, address, and ballot
designation of each begin delete such end delete candidate, and a specification as to which
candidates were declared elected shall be certified to the Secretary
of State without delay upon completion of the official canvass.
The county clerk shall simultaneously send one copy of this final
certification to the Green Party Liaison to the Secretary of State.

(b) As soon as practicable after the presidential begin insert preference end insert
primary election, the Secretary of State shall prepare a certified
list, by county, of all elected Green Party members of county
councils, including their addresses and primary election ballot
designations. The Secretary of State shall send copies of the list
to the registrar of voters in each county no later than 45 days
following the presidential begin insert preference end insert primary election. This list
shall be maintained for public inspection by the registrars of voters
in each county until a subsequent list is received.

(c) The Secretary of State, no later than 45 days following the
presidential begin insert preference end insert primary election, shall send a notice by
mail to each of the elected members of county councils that informs
the person that she or he has been elected as a member of the
county council. The Secretary of State shall send a copy of the
certified list of all elected members of all county councils to the
Green Party Liaison to the Secretary of State.

SEC. 118.  

Section 7927 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

7927.  

(a) The state coordinating committee shall have the
authority to certify, as provided by Green Party bylaws, county
council members in the following counties:

(1) Counties where no county council candidates qualified for
the ballot in the preceding presidential begin insert preference end insert primary election.

(2) Counties where all members of the county council have
become disqualified from holding office.

(b) County council members certified pursuant to this section
shall meet the qualifications otherwise required for county council
members. County council members certified pursuant to this
section shall be reported by the state coordinating committee to
the applicable county elections officials. County council members
certified under this section shall have all the powers and privileges
otherwise afforded to county councils.

SEC. 119.  

Section 12309.5 of the Elections Code is amended
to read:

12309.5.  

(a) No later than June 30, 2005, the Secretary of State
shall adopt uniform standards for the training of precinct board
members, based upon the recommendations of the task force
appointed pursuant to subdivision (b). The uniform standards shall,
at a minimum, address the following:

(1) The rights of voters, including, but not limited to, language
access rights for linguistic minorities, the disabled, and protected
classes as referenced and defined in the federal Voting Rights Act
begin insert of 1965 end insert (52 U.S.C. Sec. 10301 et seq.).

(2) Election challenge procedures such as challenging precinct
administrator misconduct, fraud, bribery, or discriminatory voting
procedures as referenced and defined in the federal Voting Rights
Act begin insert of 1965 end insert (52 U.S.C. Sec. 10301 et seq.).

(3) Operation of a jurisdiction’s voting system, including, but
not limited to, modernized voting systems, touch-screen voting,
and proper tabulation procedures.

(4) Poll hours and procedures concerning the opening and
closing of polling locations on election day. Procedures shall be
developed that, notwithstanding long lines or delays at a polling
location, ensure begin delete that end delete all eligible voters who arrive at the polling
location before closing time are allowed to cast a ballot.

(5) Relevant election laws and any other subjects that will assist
an inspector in carrying out his or her duties.

(6) Cultural competency, including, but not limited to, having
adequate knowledge of diverse cultures, including languages, that
may be encountered by a poll worker during the course of an
election, and the appropriate skills to work with the electorate.

(7) Knowledge regarding issues confronting voters who have
disabilities, including, but not limited to, access barriers and the
need for reasonable accommodations.

(8) Procedures involved with provisional, fail-safe provisional,
vote by mail, and provisional vote by mail voting.

(b) The Secretary of State shall appoint a task force of at least
12 members who have experience in the administration of elections
and other relevant backgrounds to study and recommend uniform
guidelines for the training of precinct board members. The task
force shall consist of the chief elections officer of the two largest
counties, the two smallest counties, and two county elections
officers selected by the Secretary of State, or their designees. The
Secretary of State shall appoint at least six other members who
have elections expertise, or their designees, including members of
community-based organizations that may include citizens familiar
with different ethnic, cultural, and disabled populations to ensure
that the task force is representative of the state’s diverse electorate.
The task force shall make its recommendations available for public
review and comment before the submission of the
recommendations to the Secretary of State and the Legislature.

(c) The task force shall file its recommendations with the
Secretary of State and the Legislature no later than January 1,
2005.

SEC. 120.  

Section 13307 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

13307.  

(a) (1) Each candidate for nonpartisan elective office
in any local agency, including any city, county, city and county,
or district, may prepare a candidate’s statement on an appropriate
form provided by the elections official. The statement may include
the name, age, and occupation of the candidate and a brief
description, of no more than 200 words, of the candidate’s
education and qualifications expressed by the candidate himself
or herself. However, the governing body of the local agency may
authorize an increase in the limitations on words for the statement
from 200 to 400 words. The statement shall not include the party
affiliation of the candidate, nor membership or activity in partisan
political organizations.

(2) The statement authorized by this subdivision shall be filed
in the office of the elections official when the candidate’s
nomination papers are returned for filing, if it is for a primary
election, or for an election for offices for which there is no primary.
The statement shall be filed in the office of the elections official
no later than the 88th day before the election, if it is for an election
for which nomination papers are not required to be filed. If a runoff
election or general election occurs within 88 days of the primary
or first election, the statement shall be filed with the elections
official by the third day following the governing body’s declaration
of the results from the primary or first election.

(3) Except as provided in Section 13309, the statement may be
withdrawn, but not changed, during the period for filing nomination
papers and until 5 p.m. of the next working day after the close of
the nomination period.

(b) (1) The elections official shall send to each voter, together
with the sample ballot, a voter’s pamphlet begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert contains the
written statements of each candidate that is prepared pursuant to
this section. The statement of each candidate shall be printed in
type of uniform size and darkness, and with uniform spacing.

(2) The elections official shall provide a Spanish translation to
those candidates who wish to have one, and shall select a person
to provide that translation who is one of the following:

(A) A certified and registered interpreter on the Judicial Council
Master List.

(B) An interpreter categorized as “certified” or “professionally
qualified” by the Administrative Office of the United States Courts.

(C) From an institution accredited by a regional or national
accrediting agency recognized by the United States Secretary of
Education.

(D) A current voting member in good standing of the American
Translators Association.

(E) A current member in good standing of the American
Association of Language Specialists.

(c) The local agency may estimate the total cost of printing,
handling, translating, and mailing the candidate’s statements filed
pursuant to this section, including costs incurred as a result of
complying with the federal Voting Rights Act of 1965, as amended.
The local agency may require each candidate filing a statement to
pay in advance to the local agency his or her estimated pro rata
share as a condition of having his or her statement included in the
voter’s pamphlet. begin delete In the event the end delete begin insert If an end insert estimated payment is
required, the receipt for the payment shall include a written notice
that the estimate is just an approximation of the actual cost that
varies from one election to another election and may be
significantly more or less than the estimate, depending on the actual
number of candidates filing statements. Accordingly, the local
agency is not bound by the estimate and may, on a pro rata basis,
bill the candidate for additional actual expense or refund any excess
paid depending on the final actual cost. In the event of
underpayment, the local agency may require the candidate to pay
the balance of the cost incurred. In the event of overpayment, the
local agency begin delete which, end delete begin insert that, end insert or the elections official who, collected
the estimated cost shall prorate the excess amount among the
candidates and refund the excess amount paid within 30 days of
the election.

(d)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be deemed to make
any statement, or the authors thereof, free or exempt from any civil
or criminal action or penalty because of any false, slanderous, or
libelous statements offered for printing or contained in the voter’s
pamphlet.

(e) Before the nominating period opens, the local agency for
that election shall determine whether a charge shall be levied
against that candidate for the candidate’s statement sent to each
voter. This decision shall not be revoked or modified after the
seventh day begin delete prior to end delete begin insert before end insert the opening of the nominating period.
A written statement of the regulations with respect to charges for
handling, packaging, and mailing shall be provided to each
candidate or his or her representative at the time he or she picks
up the nomination papers.

(f) For purposes of this section and Section 13310, the board of
supervisors shall be deemed the governing body of judicial
elections.

SEC. 121.  

Section 14026 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

14026.  

As used in this chapter:

(a) “At-large method of election” means any of the following
methods of electing members to the governing body of a political
subdivision:

(1) One in which the voters of the entire jurisdiction elect the
members to the governing body.

(2) One in which the candidates are required to reside within
given areas of the jurisdiction and the voters of the entire
jurisdiction elect the members to the governing body.

(3) One begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert combines at-large elections with
district-based elections.

(b) “District-based elections” means a method of electing
members to the governing body of a political subdivision in which
the candidate must reside within an election district that is a
divisible part of the political subdivision and is elected only by
voters residing within that election district.

(c) “Political subdivision” means a geographic area of
representation created for the provision of government services,
including, but not limited to, a general law city, general law county,
charter city, charter county, charter city and county, begin delete a end delete school
district, community college district, or other district organized
pursuant to state law.

(d) “Protected class” means a class of voters who are members
of a race, color, or language minority group, as this class is
referenced and defined in the federal Voting Rights Act begin insert of 1965 end insert
(52 U.S.C. Sec. 10301 et seq.).

(e) “Racially polarized voting” means voting in which there is
a difference, as defined in case law regarding enforcement of the
federal Voting Rights Act begin insert of 1965 end insert (52 U.S.C. Sec. 10301 et seq.),
in the choice of candidates or other electoral choices that are
preferred by voters in a protected class, and in the choice of
candidates and electoral choices that are preferred by voters in the
rest of the electorate. The methodologies for estimating group
voting behavior as approved in applicable federal cases to enforce
the federal Voting Rights Act begin insert of 1965 end insert (52 U.S.C. Sec. 10301 et
seq.) to establish racially polarized voting may be used for purposes
of this section to prove that elections are characterized by racially
polarized voting.

SEC. 122.  

Section 14405 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

14405.  

(a) The members of the precinct board shall account
for the ballots delivered to them by returning a sufficient number
of unused ballots to make up, when added to the number of official
ballots cast and the number of spoiled and canceled ballots
returned, the number of ballots given to them. The accounting of
ballots may either:

(1) Take place at the polling place.

(2) Be performed by the begin insert county end insert elections official at the central
counting place.

(b) The precinct board shall complete the roster as required in
Section 14107, and shall also complete and sign the certificate of
performance prescribed in Section 15280, if that section applies.

SEC. 123.  

Section 18108 of the Elections Code is amended to
read:

18108.  

(a) Except as provided in subdivision (c), begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person
who receives money or other valuable consideration to assist
another to register to vote by receiving the completed affidavit of
registration from the elector, and fails to comply with Section
2159, is guilty of a misdemeanor, and shall be punished by a fine
not exceeding one thousand dollars ($1,000), or by imprisonment
in the county jail not exceeding six months or begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert the failure
to comply is found to be willful, not exceeding one year, or both.

(b)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert person who receives money or other valuable
consideration to assist another to register to vote by receiving the
completed affidavit of registration from the elector, upon a third
or subsequent conviction, on charges brought and separately tried,
for failure to comply with Section 2159 shall be punished by a fine
not exceeding ten thousand dollars ($10,000), or by imprisonment
in the county jail not to exceed one year, or both.

(c) This section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert public agency or
its employees that is designated as a voter registration agency
pursuant to the begin insert federal end insert National Voter Registration Act of 1993
(52 U.S.C. Sec. 20501 et seq.), begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert an elector asks for
assistance to register to vote during the course and scope of the
agency’s normal business.

SEC. 124.  

Section 18108.1 of the Elections Code is amended
to read:

18108.1.  

(a) Except as provided in subdivision (c), begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert
person who receives money or other valuable consideration to
assist another to register to vote by receiving the completed
affidavit of registration from the elector, and knowingly
misrepresents himself or herself as having helped register another
to vote on a registration form, pursuant to Section 2159, is guilty
of a misdemeanor, and shall be punished by a fine not exceeding
one thousand dollars ($1,000), by imprisonment in the county jail
not exceeding six months, or by both the fine and imprisonment.

(b)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert person who receives money or other valuable
consideration to assist another to register to vote by receiving the
completed affidavit of registration from the elector, upon a third
or subsequent conviction, on charges brought and separately tried,
for misrepresenting himself or herself as having helped register
another to vote on a registration form, pursuant to Section 2159,
shall be punished by a fine not exceeding ten thousand dollars
($10,000), by imprisonment in the county jail not to exceed one
year, or by both the fine and imprisonment.

(c) This section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert public agency or
its employees that is designated as a voter registration agency
pursuant to the begin insert federal end insert National Voter Registration Act of 1993
(52 U.S.C. Sec. 20501 et seq.), begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert an elector asks for
assistance to register to vote during the course and scope of the
agency’s normal business.

SEC. 125.  

Section 980 of the Evidence Code is amended to
read:

980.  

Subject to Section 912 and except as otherwise provided
in this article, a begin delete spouse (or his end delete begin insert spouse, or the spouse’s end insert guardian or
conservator begin delete when he end delete begin insert if the spouse end insert has a guardian or begin delete conservator), end delete
begin insert conservator, end insert whether or not a party, has a privilege during the
marital relationship and afterwards to refuse to disclose, and to
prevent another from disclosing, a communication if begin delete he end delete begin insert the spouse end insert
claims the privilege and the begin delete comunication end delete begin insert communication end insert was
made in confidence between begin delete him end delete begin insert the spouse end insert and the other spouse
while they were begin delete husband and wife. end delete begin insert married. end insert

SEC. 126.  

Section 1010 of the Evidence Code is amended to
read:

1010.  

As used in this article, “psychotherapist” means a person
who is, or is reasonably believed by the patient to be:

(a) A person authorized to practice medicine in any state or
nation who devotes, or is reasonably believed by the patient to
devote, a substantial portion of his or her time to the practice of
psychiatry.

(b) A person licensed as a psychologist under Chapter 6.6
(commencing with Section 2900) of Division 2 of the Business
and Professions Code.

(c) A person licensed as a clinical social worker under Article
4 (commencing with Section 4996) of Chapter 14 of Division 2
of the Business and Professions Code, when he or she is engaged
in applied psychotherapy of a nonmedical nature.

(d) A person who is serving as a school psychologist and holds
a credential authorizing that service issued by the state.

(e) A person licensed as a marriage and family therapist under
Chapter 13 (commencing with Section 4980) of Division 2 of the
Business and Professions Code.

(f) A person registered as a psychological assistant who is under
the supervision of a licensed psychologist or board certified
psychiatrist as required by Section 2913 of the Business and
Professions Code, or a person registered as a marriage and family
therapist intern who is under the supervision of a licensed marriage
and family therapist, a licensed clinical social worker, a licensed
psychologist, or a licensed physician and surgeon certified in
psychiatry, as specified in Section 4980.44 of the Business and
Professions Code.

(g) A person registered as an associate clinical social worker
who is under supervision as specified in Section 4996.23 of the
Business and Professions Code.

(h) A person begin delete who end delete registered with the Board of Psychology as
a registered psychologist begin delete and end delete who is under the supervision of a
licensed psychologist or board certified psychiatrist.

(i) A psychological intern as defined in Section 2911 of the
Business and Professions Code who is under the supervision of a
licensed psychologist or board certified psychiatrist.

(j) A trainee, as defined in subdivision (c) of Section 4980.03
of the Business and Professions Code, who is fulfilling his or her
supervised practicum required by subparagraph (B) of paragraph
(1) of subdivision (d) of Section 4980.36 of, or subdivision (c) of
Section 4980.37 of, the Business and Professions Code and is
supervised by a licensed psychologist, a board certified psychiatrist,
a licensed clinical social worker, a licensed marriage and family
therapist, or a licensed professional clinical counselor.

(k) A person licensed as a registered nurse pursuant to Chapter
6 (commencing with Section 2700) of Division 2 of the Business
and Professions Code, who possesses a master’s degree in
psychiatric-mental health nursing and is listed as a
psychiatric-mental health nurse by the Board of Registered
Nursing.

(l) An advanced practice registered nurse who is certified as a
clinical nurse specialist pursuant to Article 9 (commencing with
Section 2838) of Chapter 6 of Division 2 of the Business and
Professions Code and who participates in expert clinical practice
in the specialty of psychiatric-mental health nursing.

(m) A person rendering mental health treatment or counseling
services as authorized pursuant to Section 6924 of the Family
Code.

(n) A person licensed as a professional clinical counselor under
Chapter 16 (commencing with Section 4999.10) of Division 2 of
the Business and Professions Code.

(o) A person registered as a clinical counselor intern who is
under the supervision of a licensed professional clinical counselor,
a licensed marriage and family therapist, a licensed clinical social
worker, a licensed psychologist, or a licensed physician and
surgeon certified in psychiatry, as specified in Sections 4999.42
to 4999.46, inclusive, of the Business and Professions Code.

(p) A clinical counselor trainee, as defined in subdivision (g)
of Section 4999.12 of the Business and Professions Code, who is
fulfilling his or her supervised practicum required by paragraph
(3) of subdivision (c) of Section 4999.32 of, or paragraph (3) of
subdivision (c) of Section 4999.33 of, the Business and Professions
Code, and is supervised by a licensed psychologist, a
board-certified psychiatrist, a licensed clinical social worker, a
licensed marriage and family therapist, or a licensed professional
clinical counselor.

SEC. 127.  

Section 1106 of the Evidence Code is amended to
read:

1106.  

(a) In any civil action alleging conduct which constitutes
sexual harassment, sexual assault, or sexual battery, opinion
evidence, reputation evidence, and evidence of specific instances
of begin insert the end insert plaintiff’s sexual conduct, or any of that evidence, is not
admissible by the defendant in order to prove consent by the
plaintiff or the absence of injury to the plaintiff, unless the injury
alleged by the plaintiff is in the nature of loss of consortium.

(b) Subdivision (a) begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not begin delete be applicable end delete begin insert apply end insert to evidence
of the plaintiff’s sexual conduct with the alleged perpetrator.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), in any civil action brought
pursuant to Section 1708.5 of the Civil Code involving a minor
and adult as described in Section 1708.5.5 of the Civil Code,
evidence of the plaintiff minor’s sexual conduct with the defendant
adult shall not be admissible to prove consent by the plaintiff or
the absence of injury to the plaintiff. Such evidence of the
plaintiff’s sexual conduct may only be introduced to attack the
credibility of the plaintiff in accordance with Section 783 or to
prove something other than consent by the plaintiff if, upon a
hearing of the court out of the presence of the jury, the defendant
proves that the probative value of that evidence outweighs the
prejudice to the plaintiff consistent with Section 352.

(d)  If the plaintiff introduces evidence, including testimony of
a witness, or the plaintiff as a witness gives testimony, and the
evidence or testimony relates to the plaintiff’s sexual conduct, the
defendant may cross-examine the witness who gives the testimony
and offer relevant evidence limited specifically to the rebuttal of
the evidence introduced by the plaintiff or given by the plaintiff.

(e)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be construed to make
inadmissible any evidence offered to attack the credibility of the
plaintiff as provided in Section 783.

SEC. 128.  

Section 1157 of the Evidence Code is amended to
read:

1157.  

(a) Neither the proceedings nor the records of organized
committees of medical, medical-dental, podiatric, registered
dietitian, psychological, marriage and family therapist, licensed
clinical social worker, professional clinical counselor, pharmacist,
or veterinary staffs in hospitals, or of a peer review body, as defined
in Section 805 of the Business and Professions Code, having the
responsibility of evaluation and improvement of the quality of care
rendered in the hospital, or for that peer review body, or medical
or dental review or dental hygienist review or chiropractic review
or podiatric review or registered dietitian review or pharmacist
review or veterinary review or acupuncturist review committees
of local medical, dental, dental hygienist, podiatric, dietetic,
begin delete pharmacy, end delete begin insert pharmacist, end insert veterinary, acupuncture, or chiropractic
societies, marriage and family therapist, licensed clinical social
worker, professional clinical counselor, or psychological review
committees of state or local marriage and family therapist, state
or local licensed clinical social worker, state or local licensed
professional clinical counselor, or state or local psychological
associations or societies having the responsibility of evaluation
and improvement of the quality of care, shall be subject to
discovery.

(b) Except as hereinafter provided, a person in attendance at a
meeting of any of the committees described in subdivision (a) shall
not be required to testify as to what transpired at that meeting.

(c) The prohibition relating to discovery or testimony does not
apply to the statements made by a person in attendance at a meeting
of any of the committees described in subdivision (a) if that person
is a party to an action or proceeding the subject matter of which
was reviewed at that meeting, begin delete or end delete to a person requesting hospital
staff privileges, or in an action against an insurance carrier alleging
bad faith by the carrier in refusing to accept a settlement offer
within the policy limits.

(d) The prohibitions in this section do not apply to medical,
dental, dental hygienist, podiatric, dietetic, psychological, marriage
and family therapist, licensed clinical social worker, professional
clinical counselor, pharmacist, veterinary, acupuncture, or
chiropractic society committees that exceed 10 percent of the
membership of the society, nor to any of those committees if begin delete any end delete
begin insert a end insert person serves upon the committee when his or her own conduct
or practice is being reviewed.

(e) The amendments made to this section by Chapter 1081 of
the Statutes of 1983, or at the 1985 portion of the 1985-86 Regular
Session of the Legislature, at the 1990 portion of the 1989-90
Regular Session of the Legislature, at the 2000 portion of the
1999-2000 Regular Session of the Legislature, begin delete or end delete at the 2011
portion of the 2011-12 Regular Session of the Legislature, or at
the 2015 portion of the 2015-16 Regular Session of the Legislature,
do not exclude the discovery or use of relevant evidence in a
criminal action.

SEC. 129.  

Section 7612 of the Family Code is amended to
read:

7612.  

(a) Except as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with
Section 7540) and Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 7570) of
Part begin delete 2 or in Section 20102, end delete begin insert 2, end insert a presumption under Section 7611
is a rebuttable presumption affecting the burden of proof and may
be rebutted in an appropriate action only by clear and convincing
evidence.

(b) If two or more presumptions arise under Section 7610 or
7611 that conflict with each other, or if a presumption under
Section 7611 conflicts with a claim pursuant to Section 7610, the
presumption which on the facts is founded on the weightier
considerations of policy and logic controls.

(c) In an appropriate action, a court may find that more than
two persons with a claim to parentage under this division are
parents if the court finds that recognizing only two parents would
be detrimental to the child. In determining detriment to the child,
the court shall consider all relevant factors, including, but not
limited to, the harm of removing the child from a stable placement
with a parent who has fulfilled the child’s physical needs and the
child’s psychological needs for care and affection, and who has
assumed that role for a substantial period of time. A finding of
detriment to the child does not require a finding of unfitness of
any of the parents or persons with a claim to parentage.

(d) Unless a court orders otherwise after making the
determination specified in subdivision (c), a presumption under
Section 7611 is rebutted by a judgment establishing parentage of
the child by another person.

(e) Within two years of the execution of a voluntary declaration
of paternity, a person who is presumed to be a parent under Section
7611 may file a petition pursuant to Section 7630 to set aside a
voluntary declaration of paternity. The court’s ruling on the petition
to set aside the voluntary declaration of paternity shall be made
taking into account the validity of the voluntary declaration of
paternity, begin delete and end delete the best interests of the child based upon the court’s
consideration of the factors set forth in subdivision (b) of Section
7575, begin delete as well as end delete begin insert and end insert the best interests of the child based upon the
nature, duration, and quality of the petitioning party’s relationship
with the child and the benefit or detriment to the child of continuing
that relationship. In the event of begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert conflict between the
presumption under Section 7611 and the voluntary declaration of
paternity, the weightier considerations of policy and logic shall
control.

(f) A voluntary declaration of paternity is invalid if, at the time
the declaration was signed, any of the following conditions exist:

(1) The child already had a presumed parent under Section 7540.

(2) The child already had a presumed parent under subdivision
(a), (b), or (c) of Section 7611.

(3) The man signing the declaration is a sperm donor, consistent
with subdivision (b) of Section 7613.

(g) A person’s offer or refusal to sign a voluntary declaration
of paternity may be considered as a factor, but shall not be
determinative, as to the issue of legal parentage in any proceedings
regarding the establishment or termination of parental rights.

SEC. 130.  

Section 7613.5 of the Family Code is amended to
read:

7613.5.  

(a) An intended parent may, but is not required to, use
the forms set forth in this section to demonstrate his or her intent
to be a legal parent of a child conceived through assisted
reproduction. These forms shall satisfy the writing requirement
specified in Section 7613, and are designed to provide clarity
regarding the intentions, at the time of conception, of intended
parents using assisted reproduction. These forms do not affect any
presumptions of parentage based on Section 7611, and do not
preclude a court from considering any other claims to parentage
under California statute or case law.

(b) These forms apply only in very limited circumstances. Please
read the forms carefully to see if you qualify for use of the forms.

(c) These forms do not apply to assisted reproduction agreements
for gestational carriers or surrogacy agreements.

(d) Nothing in this section shall be interpreted to require the use
of one of these forms to satisfy the writing requirement of Section
7613.

(e) The following are the optional California Statutory Forms
for Assisted Reproduction:

 

California Statutory Forms for Assisted Reproduction, Form 1:

Two Married or Unmarried People Using Assisted Reproduction to Conceive a Child

Use this form if: You and another intended parent, who may be your spouse or registered domestic partner, are conceiving a child through assisted reproduction using sperm and/or egg donation; and one of you will be giving birth.

WARNING: Signing this form does not terminate the parentage claim of a sperm donor. A sperm donor’s claim to parentage is terminated if the sperm is provided to a licensed physician and surgeon or to a licensed sperm bank prior to insemination, or if you conceive without having sexual intercourse and you have a written agreement signed by you and the donor that you will conceive using assisted reproduction and do not intend for the donor to be a parent, as required by Section 7613(b) of the Family Code.

The laws about parentage of a child are complicated. You are strongly encouraged to consult with an attorney about your rights. Even if you do not fill out this form, a spouse or domestic partner of the parent giving birth is presumed to be a legal parent of any child born during the marriage or domestic partnership.

______ ______

This form demonstrates your intent to be parents of the child you plan to conceive through assisted reproduction using sperm and/or egg donation.

I, ____________________ (print name of person not giving birth), intend to be a parent of a child that ____________________ (print name of person giving birth) will or has conceived through assisted reproduction using sperm and/or egg donation. I consent to the use of assisted reproduction by the person who will give birth. I INTEND to be a parent of the child conceived.

SIGNATURES

Intended parent who will give birth: ___________________ (print name)

________________________ (signature)  ____________(date)

Intended parent who will not give birth: ____________ (print name)

_________________________ (signature)  ___________(date)

 

 

______ ______

NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California

County of    )

On     before me, (insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared    ,

who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity, and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature     (Seal)

 

 

______ ______

California Statutory Forms for Assisted Reproduction, Form 2:

Unmarried, Intended Parents Using Intended Parent’s Sperm to Conceive a Child

Use this form if: (1) Neither you or the other person are married or in a registered domestic partnership (including a registered domestic partnership or civil union from another state); (2) one of you will give birth to a child conceived through assisted reproduction using the intended parent’s sperm; and (3) you both intend to be parents of that child.

Do not use this form if you are conceiving using a surrogate.

WARNING: If you do not sign this form, or a similar agreement, you may be treated as a sperm donor if you conceive without having sexual intercourse according to Section 7613(b) of the Family Code.

The laws about parentage of a child are complicated. You are strongly encouraged to consult with an attorney about your rights.

______ ______

This form demonstrates your intent to be parents of the child you plan to conceive through assisted reproduction using sperm donation.

I, ____________________ (print name of parent giving birth), plan to use assisted reproduction with another intended parent who is providing sperm to conceive the child. I am not married and am not in a registered domestic partnership (including a registered domestic partnership or civil union from another jurisdiction), and I INTEND for the person providing sperm to be a parent of the child to be conceived.

I, ____________________ (print name of parent providing sperm), plan to use assisted reproduction to conceive a child using my sperm with the parent giving birth. I am not married and am not in a registered domestic partnership (including a registered domestic partnership or civil union from another jurisdiction), and I INTEND to be a parent of the child to be conceived.

SIGNATURES

Intended parent giving birth: ___________________ (print name)

________________________ (signature)  ____________(date)

Intended parent providing sperm: ____________ (print name)

_________________________ (signature)  ___________(date)

 

 

______ ______

NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California

County of    )

On     before me, (insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared    ,

who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity, and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature     (Seal)

 

 

______ ______

California Statutory Forms for Assisted Reproduction, Form 3:

Intended Parents Conceiving a Child Using Eggs from One Parent and the Other Parent Will Give Birth

Use this form if: You are conceiving a child using the eggs from one of you and the other person will give birth to the child; (2) and you both intend to be parents to that child.

Do not use this form if you are conceiving using a surrogate.

WARNING: Signing this form does not terminate the parentage claim of a sperm donor. A sperm donor’s claim to parentage is terminated if the sperm is provided to a licensed physician and surgeon or to a licensed sperm bank prior to insemination, or if you conceive without having sexual intercourse and you have a written agreement signed by you and the donor that you will conceive using assisted reproduction and do not intend for the donor to be a parent, as required by Section 7613(b) of the Family Code.

The laws about parentage of a child are complicated. You are strongly encouraged to consult with an attorney about your rights.

______ ______

This form demonstrates your intent to be parents of the child you plan to conceive through assisted reproduction using eggs from one parent and the other parent will give birth to the child.

I, ____________________ (print name of parent giving birth), plan to use assisted reproduction to conceive and give birth to a child with another person who will provide eggs to conceive the child. I INTEND for the person providing eggs to be a parent of the child to be conceived.

I, ____________________ (print name of parent providing eggs), plan to use assisted reproduction to conceive a child with another person who will give birth to the child conceived using my eggs. I INTEND to be a parent of the child to be conceived.

SIGNATURES

Intended parent giving birth: ___________________ (print name)

________________________ (signature)  ____________(date)

Intended parent providing eggs: ____________ (print name)

_________________________ (signature)  ___________(date)

 

 

______ ______

NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California

County of    )

On     before me, (insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared    ,

who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity, and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature     (Seal)

 

 

______ ______

California Statutory Forms for Assisted Reproduction, Form 4:

Intended Parent(s) Using a Known Sperm and/or Egg Donor(s) to Conceive a Child

Use this form if: You are using a known sperm and/or egg donor(s), or embryo donation, to conceive a child and you do not intend for the donor(s) to be a parent.

Do not use this form if you are conceiving using a surrogate.

If you do not sign this form or a similar agreement, your sperm donor may be treated as a parent unless the sperm is provided to a licensed physician and surgeon or to a licensed sperm bank prior to insemination, or a court finds by clear and convincing evidence that you planned to conceive through assisted reproduction and did not intend for the donor to be a parent, as required by Section 7613(b) of the Family Code. If you do not sign this form or a similar agreement, your egg donor may be treated as a parent unless a court finds that there is satisfactory evidence that you planned to conceive through assisted reproduction and did not intend for the donor to be a parent, as required by Section 7613(c) of the Family Code.

The laws about parentage of a child are complicated. You are strongly encouraged to consult with an attorney about your rights.

______ ______

This form demonstrates your intent that your sperm and/or egg or embryo donor(s) will not be a parent or parents of the child you plan to conceive through assisted reproduction.

I, ____________________ (print name of parent giving birth), plan to use assisted reproduction to conceive using a sperm and/or egg donor(s) or embryo donation, and I DO NOT INTEND for the sperm and/or egg or embryo donor(s) to be a parent of the child to be conceived.

(If applicable) I, ____________________ (print name of sperm donor), plan to donate my sperm to____________________ (print name of parent giving birth and second parent if applicable). I am not married begin insert to end insert and am not in a registered domestic partnership (including a registered domestic partnership or a civil union from another jurisdiction) with ____________________ (print name of parent giving birth), and I DO NOT INTEND to be a parent of the child to be conceived.

(If applicable) I, ____________________ (print name of egg donor), plan to donate my ova to____________________ (print name of parent giving birth and second parent if applicable). I am not married begin insert to end insert and am not in a registered domestic partnership (including a registered domestic partnership or a civil union from another jurisdiction) with ____________________ (print name of parent giving birth), or any intimate and nonmarital relationship with ____________________ (print name of parent giving birth) and I DO NOT INTEND to be a parent of the child to be conceived.

(If applicable) I, ____________________ (print name of intended parent not giving birth), INTEND to be a parent of the child that____________________ (print name of parent giving birth) will conceive through assisted reproduction using sperm and/or egg donation and I DO NOT INTEND for the sperm and/or egg or embryo donor(s) to be a parent. I consent to the use of assisted reproduction by the person who will give birth.

SIGNATURES

Intended parent giving birth: ___________________ (print name)

________________________ (signature)  ____________(date)

(If applicable) Sperm Donor: ___________________ (print name)

________________________ (signature)  ____________(date)

(If applicable) Egg Donor: ___________________ (print name)

________________________ (signature)  ____________(date)

(If applicable) Intended parent not giving birth: ____________ (print name)

_________________________ (signature)  ___________(date)

 

 

______ ______

NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENT

State of California

County of    )

On     before me, (insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared    ,

who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity, and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature     (Seal)

 

SEC. 131.  

Section 8811 of the Family Code is amended to
read:

8811.  

(a) The department or delegated county adoption agency
shall require each person who files an adoption petition to be
fingerprinted and shall secure from an appropriate law enforcement
agency any criminal record of that person to determine begin delete whether end delete begin insert if end insert
the person has ever been convicted of a crime other than a minor
traffic violation. The department or delegated county adoption
agency may also secure the person’s full criminal record, if any,
with the exception of any convictions for which relief has been
granted pursuant to Section 1203.49 of the Penal Code. Any
federal-level criminal offender record requests to the Department
of Justice shall be submitted with fingerprint images and related
information required by the Department of Justice for the purposes
of obtaining information as to the existence and content of a record
of an out-of-state or federal conviction or arrest of a person or
information regarding any out-of-state or federal crimes or arrests
for which the Department of Justice establishes that the person is
free on bail, or on his or her own recognizance pending trial or
appeal. The Department of Justice shall forward to the Federal
Bureau of Investigation any requests for federal summary criminal
history information received pursuant to this section. The
Department of Justice shall review the information returned from
the Federal Bureau of Investigation and shall compile and
disseminate a response to the department or delegated county
adoption agency.

(b) Notwithstanding subdivision (c), the criminal record, if any,
shall be taken into consideration when evaluating the prospective
adoptive parent, and an assessment of the effects of any criminal
history on the ability of the prospective adoptive parent to provide
adequate and proper care and guidance to the child shall be
included in the report to the court.

(c) (1) The department or a delegated county adoption agency
shall not give final approval for an adoptive placement in any home
in which the prospective adoptive parent or any adult living in the
prospective adoptive home has either of the following:

(A) A felony conviction for child abuse or neglect, spousal
abuse, crimes against a child, including child pornography, or for
a crime involving violence, including rape, sexual assault, or
homicide, but not including other physical assault and battery. For
purposes of this subdivision, crimes involving violence means
those violent crimes contained in clause (i) of subparagraph (A),
and subparagraph (B), of paragraph (1) of subdivision (g) of
Section 1522 of the Health and Safety Code.

(B) A felony conviction that occurred within the last five years
for physical assault, battery, or a drug- or alcohol-related offense.

(2) This subdivision shall become operative on October 1, 2008,
and shall remain operative only to the extent that compliance with
its provisions is required by federal law as a condition of receiving
funding under Title IV-E of the federal Social Security Act (42
U.S.C. begin insert Sec. end insert 670 et seq.).

(d) Any fee charged by a law enforcement agency for
fingerprinting or for checking or obtaining the criminal record of
the petitioner shall be paid by the petitioner. The department or
delegated county adoption agency may defer, waive, or reduce the
fee begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert its payment would cause economic hardship to the
prospective adoptive parents detrimental to the welfare of the
adopted child, begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert the child has been in the foster care of the
prospective adoptive parents for at least one year, or if necessary
for the placement of a special-needs child.

SEC. 132.  

Section 8908 of the Family Code is amended to
read:

8908.  

(a) A licensed adoption agency shall require each person
filing an application for adoption to be fingerprinted and shall
secure from an appropriate law enforcement agency any criminal
record of that person to determine begin delete whether end delete begin insert if end insert the person has ever
been convicted of a crime other than a minor traffic violation. The
licensed adoption agency may also secure the person’s full criminal
record, if any, with the exception of any convictions for which
relief has been granted pursuant to Section 1203.49 of the Penal
Code. Any federal-level criminal offender record requests to the
Department of Justice shall be submitted with fingerprint images
and related information required by the Department of Justice for
the purposes of obtaining information as to the existence and
content of a record of an out-of-state or federal conviction or arrest
of a person or information regarding any out-of-state or federal
crimes or arrests for which the Department of Justice establishes
that the person is free on bail, or on his or her own recognizance
pending trial or appeal. The Department of Justice shall forward
to the Federal Bureau of Investigation any requests for federal
summary criminal history information received pursuant to this
section. The Department of Justice shall review the information
returned from the Federal Bureau of Investigation and shall compile
and disseminate a fitness determination to the licensed adoption
agency.

(b) Notwithstanding subdivision (c), the criminal record, if any,
shall be taken into consideration when evaluating the prospective
adoptive parent, and an assessment of the effects of any criminal
history on the ability of the prospective adoptive parent to provide
adequate and proper care and guidance to the child shall be
included in the report to the court.

(c) (1) A licensed adoption agency shall not give final approval
for an adoptive placement in any home in which the prospective
adoptive parent, or any adult living in the prospective adoptive
home, has a felony conviction for either of the following:

(A) Any felony conviction for child abuse or neglect, spousal
abuse, crimes against a child, including child pornography, or for
a crime involving violence, including rape, sexual assault, or
homicide, but not including other physical assault and battery. For
purposes of this subdivision, crimes involving violence means
those violent crimes contained in clause (i) of subparagraph (A),
and subparagraph (B), of paragraph (1) of subdivision (g) of
Section 1522 of the Health and Safety Code.

(B) A felony conviction that occurred within the last five years
for physical assault, battery, or a drug- or alcohol-related offense.

(2) This subdivision shall become operative on October 1, 2008,
and shall remain operative only to the extent that compliance with
its provisions is required by federal law as a condition of receiving
funding under Title IV-E of the federal Social Security Act (42
U.S.C. begin insert Sec. end insert 670 et seq.).

(d) Any fee charged by a law enforcement agency for
fingerprinting or for checking or obtaining the criminal record of
the applicant shall be paid by the applicant. The licensed adoption
agency may defer, waive, or reduce the fee begin delete when end delete begin insert if end insert its payment
would cause economic hardship to the prospective adoptive parents
detrimental to the welfare of the adopted child.

SEC. 133.  

Section 20024 of the Family Code is repealed.

begin delete

20024.  

(a) The costs of the Family Law Evaluator, any staff
necessary to assist the Family Law Evaluator, and the cost of the
booklet describing the program, if any, shall be borne by an
increase and an equalization of filing fees in San Mateo County
to one hundred fifty dollars ($150) for all petitions for marital
dissolution, annulment, and legal separation, and all first papers
on behalf of respondents in proceedings for marital dissolution,
annulment, and legal separation. Alternatively, the costs associated
with this pilot program may be paid from other funding sources.

(b) A donation of computers, printers, software, and other
equipment shall be solicited from existing hardware and software
providers.

end delete

SEC. 134.  

Section 20039 of the Family Code is repealed.

begin delete

20039.  

(a) The costs of the pilot project shall be borne by an
equalization of filing fees in Santa Clara County for all petitions
for marital dissolution, annulment, and legal separation, and all
first papers on behalf of respondents in proceedings for marital
dissolution, annulment, and legal separation and by equalization
of filing fees for motions and responsive pleadings.

(b) A donation of computers, printers, software, and other
equipment shall be solicited from existing hardware and software
providers.

(c) The court shall administer funds for the various components
of the pilot program.

end delete

SEC. 135.  

Section 2022 of the Fish and Game Code is amended
to read:

2022.  

(a) For the purposes of this section, the following terms
have the following meanings:

(1) “Bona fide educational or scientific institution” means an
institution that establishes through documentation either of the
following:

(A) Educational or scientific tax exemption, from the federal
Internal Revenue Service or the institution’s national, state, or
local tax authority.

(B) Accreditation as an educational or scientific institution,
from a qualified national, regional, state, or local authority for the
institution’s location.

(2) “Ivory” means a tooth or tusk from a species of elephant,
hippopotamus, mammoth, mastodon, walrus, warthog, whale, or
narwhal, or a piece thereof, whether raw ivory or worked ivory,
and includes a product containing, or advertised as containing,
ivory.

(3) “Rhinoceros horn” means the horn, or a piece thereof, or a
derivative such as powder, of a species of rhinoceros, and includes
a product containing, or advertised as containing, a rhinoceros
horn.

(4) “Sale” or “sell” means selling, trading, bartering for
monetary or nonmonetary consideration, giving away in
conjunction with a commercial transaction, or giving away at a
location where a commercial transaction occurred at least once
during the same or the previous calendar year.

(5) “Total value” means either the fair market value or the actual
price paid for ivory or rhinoceros horn, whichever is greater.

(b) Except as provided in subdivision (c), it is unlawful to
purchase, sell, offer for sale, possess with intent to sell, or import
with intent to sell ivory or rhinoceros horn.

(c) The prohibitions set forth in subdivision (b) begin delete shall end delete begin insert do end insert not
apply to any of the following:

(1) An employee or agent of the federal or state government
undertaking a law enforcement activity pursuant to federal or state
law, or a mandatory duty required by federal law.

(2) An activity that is authorized by an exemption or permit
under federal law or that is otherwise expressly authorized under
federal law.

(3) Ivory or rhinoceros horn that is part of a musical instrument,
including, but not limited to, a string or wind instrument or piano,
and that is less than 20 percent by volume of the instrument, if the
owner or seller provides historical documentation demonstrating
provenance and showing the item was manufactured no later than
1975.

(4) Ivory or rhinoceros horn that is part of a bona fide antique
and that is less than five percent by volume of the antique, if the
antique status is established by the owner or seller of the antique
with historical documentation demonstrating provenance and
showing the antique to be not less than 100 years old.

(5) The purchase, sale, offer for sale, possession with intent to
sell, or importation with intent to sell ivory or rhinoceros horn for
educational or scientific purposes by a bona fide educational or
scientific institution if both of the following criteria are satisfied:

(A) The purchase, sale, offer for sale, possession with intent to
sell, or import with intent to sell the ivory or rhinoceros horn is
not prohibited by federal law.

(B) The ivory or rhinoceros horn was legally acquired before
January 1, 1991, and was not subsequently transferred from one
person to another for financial gain or profit after July 1, 2016.

(d) Possession of ivory or rhinoceros horn in a retail or
wholesale outlet commonly used for the buying or selling of similar
items is prima facie evidence of possession with intent to sell. This
evidence begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not preclude a finding of intent to sell based
on any other evidence that may serve to establish that intent
independently or in conjunction with this evidence.

(e) For a violation of any provision of this section, or any rule,
regulation, or order adopted pursuant to this section, the following
criminal penalties shall be imposed:

(1) For a first conviction, where the total value of the ivory or
rhinoceros horn is two hundred fifty dollars ($250) or less, the
offense shall be a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not less
than one thousand dollars ($1,000), or more than ten thousand
dollars ($10,000), imprisonment in the county jail for not more
than 30 days, or by both the fine and imprisonment.

(2) For a first conviction, where the total value of the ivory or
rhinoceros horn is more than two hundred fifty dollars ($250), the
offense shall be a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not less
than five thousand dollars ($5,000), or more than forty thousand
dollars ($40,000), imprisonment in the county jail for not more
than one year, or by both the fine and imprisonment.

(3) For a second or subsequent conviction, where the total value
of the ivory or rhinoceros horn is two hundred fifty dollars ($250)
or less, the offense shall be a misdemeanor punishable by a fine
of not less than five thousand dollars ($5,000), or more than forty
thousand dollars ($40,000), imprisonment in county jail for not
more than one year, or by both the fine and imprisonment.

(4) For a second or subsequent conviction, where the total value
of the ivory or rhinoceros horn is more than two hundred fifty
dollars ($250), the offense shall be a misdemeanor punishable by
a fine of not less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000), or more than
fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) or the amount equal to two times
the total value of the ivory or rhinoceros horn involved in the
violation, whichever is greater, imprisonment in county jail for
not more than one year, or by both the fine and imprisonment.

(f) In addition to, and separate from, any criminal penalty
provided for under subdivision (e), an administrative penalty of
up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000) may be imposed for a violation
of any provision of this section, or any rule, regulation, or order
adopted pursuant to this section. Penalties authorized pursuant to
this subdivision may be imposed by the department consistent with
all of the following:

(1) The chief of enforcement issues a complaint to any person
or entity on which an administrative begin delete civil end delete penalty may be imposed
pursuant to this section. The complaint shall allege the act or failure
to act that constitutes a violation, relevant facts, the provision of
law authorizing the administrative penalty to be imposed, and the
proposed penalty amount.

(2) The complaint and order is served by personal notice or
certified mail and informs the party served that the party may
request a hearing no later than 20 days from the date of service. If
a hearing is requested, it shall be scheduled before the director or
his or her designee, which designee shall not be the chief of
enforcement issuing the complaint and order. A request for hearing
shall contain a brief statement of the material facts the party claims
support his or her contention that begin delete no end delete begin insert an end insert administrative penalty
should begin insert not end insert be imposed or that an administrative penalty of a lesser
amount is warranted. A party served with a complaint pursuant to
this subdivision waives the right to a hearing if no hearing is
requested within 20 days of service of the complaint, in which
case the order imposing the administrative penalty shall become
final.

(3) The director, or his or her designee, shall control the nature
and order of the hearing proceedings. Hearings shall be informal
in nature, and need not be conducted according to the technical
rules relating to evidence. The director, or his or her designee,
shall issue a final order within 45 days of the close of the hearing.
A final copy of the order shall be served by certified mail upon
the party served with the complaint.

(4) A party may obtain review of the final order by filing a
petition for a writ of mandate with the superior court within 30
days of the date of service of the final order. The administrative
penalty shall be due and payable to the department within 60 days
after the time to seek judicial review has expired or, where the
party has not requested a hearing of the order, within 20 days after
the order imposing an administrative penalty becomes final.

(g) For any conviction or other entry of judgment imposed by
a court for a violation of this section resulting in a fine, the court
may pay one-half of the fine, but not to exceed five hundred dollars
($500), to any person giving information that led to the conviction
or other entry of judgment. This reward shall not apply if the
informant is a regular salaried law enforcement officer, or officer
or agent of the department.

(h) Upon conviction or other entry of judgment for a violation
of this section, any seized ivory or rhinoceros horn shall be
forfeited and, upon forfeiture, either maintained by the department
for educational or training purposes, donated by the department
to a bona fide educational or scientific institution, or destroyed.

(i) Administrative penalties collected pursuant to this section
shall be deposited in the Fish and Game Preservation Fund and
used for law enforcement purposes upon appropriation by the
Legislature.

(j) This section does not preclude enforcement under Section
653o of the Penal Code.

SEC. 136.  

Section 6440 of the Fish and Game Code is amended
to read:

6440.  

The Legislature finds and declares that triploid grass
carp have the potential to control aquatic nuisance plants in
non-public waters allowing for reduced chemical control but that
the threat that grass carp pose to aquatic habitat may outweigh its
benefits. It is the intent of this section to allow the department to
use its management authority to provide for the long-term health
of the ecosystem in the begin delete state end delete begin insert state, end insert including the aquatic ecosystem,
begin delete and end delete begin insert and, end insert in that context, manage grass carp either through control
of movement, eradication of populations, acquisition of begin delete habitat end delete
begin insert habitat, end insert and any other action that the department finds will maintain
the biological diversity and the long term, overall health of the
state’s environment. The department shall undertake the
management of grass carp in a manner that is consistent with
provisions of this begin delete code and end delete begin insert code, and, end insert for the purposes of this
begin delete section end delete begin insert section, end insert the department shall define management as
handling, controlling, destroying, or moving species. The
Legislature does not intend for this section to provide a right for
the use of triploid grass carp if the department finds that use of the
species poses an unacceptable risk to the state’s existing ecosystem.

SEC. 137.  

Section 7704 of the Fish and Game Code is amended
to read:

7704.  

(a) It is unlawful to cause or permit deterioration or
waste of a fish taken in the waters of this state, or brought into this
state, or to take, begin delete receive end delete begin insert receive, end insert or agree to receive more fish than
can be used without deterioration, waste, or spoilage.

(b) Except as permitted by this code, it is unlawful to use a fish,
except fish offal, in a reduction plant or by a reduction process.

(c) Except as permitted by this code or by regulation of the
commission, it is unlawful to sell, purchase, deliver for a
commercial purpose, or possess on a commercial fishing vessel
registered pursuant to Section 7881, a shark fin or tail or part of a
shark fin or tail that has been removed from the carcass. However,
a thresher shark fin or tail that has been removed from the carcass
and whose original shape remains unaltered may be possessed on
a registered commercial fishing vessel if the carcass corresponding
to the fin or tail is also possessed.

SEC. 138.  

Section 12029 of the Fish and Game Code is
amended to read:

12029.  

(a) The Legislature finds and declares all of the
following:

(1) The environmental impacts associated with marijuana
cultivation have increased, and unlawful water diversions for
marijuana irrigation have a detrimental effect on fish and wildlife
and their habitat, which are held in trust by the state for the benefit
of the people of the state.

(2) The remediation of existing marijuana cultivation sites is
often complex and the permitting of these sites requires greater
department staff time and personnel expenditures. The potential
for marijuana cultivation sites to significantly impact the state’s
fish and wildlife resources requires immediate action on the part
of the department’s lake and streambed alteration permitting staff.

(b) In order to address unlawful water diversions and other
violations of begin delete the Fish and Game Code end delete begin insert this code end insert associated with
marijuana cultivation, the department shall establish the watershed
enforcement program to facilitate the investigation, enforcement,
and prosecution of these offenses.

(c) The department, in coordination with the State Water
Resources Control Board, shall establish a permanent multiagency
task force to address the environmental impacts of marijuana
cultivation. The multiagency task force, to the extent feasible and
subject to available begin delete Resources, end delete begin insert resources, end insert shall expand its
enforcement efforts on a statewide level to ensure the reduction
of adverse impacts of marijuana cultivation on fish and wildlife
and their habitats throughout the state.

(d) In order to facilitate the remediation and permitting of
marijuana cultivation sites, the department shall adopt regulations
to enhance the fees on any entity subject to Section 1602 for
marijuana cultivation sites that require remediation. The fee
schedule established pursuant to this subdivision shall not exceed
the fee limits in Section 1609.

SEC. 139.  

Section 14651.5 of the Food and Agricultural Code
is amended to read:

14651.5.  

(a) The department shall levy an administrative
penalty against a person who violates this chapter in an amount of
not more than five thousand dollars ($5,000) for each violation.
The amount of the penalty assessed for each violation shall be
based upon the nature of the violation, the seriousness of the effect
of the violation upon the effectuation of the purposes and
provisions of this chapter, and the impact of the penalty on the
violator, including the deterrent effect on future violations.

(b) Upon a finding that the violation is minor or unintentional,
in lieu of an administrative penalty, the secretary may issue a notice
of warning.

(c) A person against whom an administrative penalty is levied
shall be afforded an opportunity for a hearing before the secretary,
upon a request made within 30 days after the date of issuance of
the notice of penalty. At the hearing, the person shall be given the
right to present evidence on his or her own behalf. If a hearing is
not requested, the administrative penalty shall constitute a final
and nonreviewable order.

(d) If a hearing is held, review of the decision of the secretary
may be sought by the person against whom the administrative
penalty is levied within 30 days of the date of the final order of
the secretary pursuant to Section 1094.5 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(e) After completion of the hearing procedure pursuant to
subdivision (c), the secretary may file a certified copy of the
department’s final decision that directs payment of an
administrative penalty, begin delete and end delete begin insert and, end insert if applicable, any order denying
a petition for a writ of administrative mandamus, with the clerk
of the superior court of any county that has jurisdiction over the
matter. Judgment shall be entered immediately by the clerk in
conformity with the decision or order. Fees shall not be charged
by the clerk of the superior court for performance of any official
services required in connection with the entry of judgment and the
satisfaction of the judgment pursuant to this section.

SEC. 140.  

Section 27581.1 of the Food and Agricultural Code
is amended to read:

27581.1.  

(a) On or before January 1, 2017, the secretary shall
adopt regulations classifying violations of this chapter, or any
regulation adopted pursuant to this chapter, as “minor,” subject to
a penalty from fifty dollars ($50) to four hundred dollars ($400),
inclusive, “moderate,” subject to a penalty from four hundred one
dollars ($401) to one thousand dollars ($1,000), inclusive, or
“serious,” subject to a penalty from one thousand one dollars
($1,001) to ten thousand dollars ($10,000), inclusive.

(b) The penalty schedule described in this section shall apply
to civil penalties imposed pursuant to Section 27581.4 and
administrative penalties imposed pursuant to Section 27583.

(c) The department shall post on its Internet Web site begin delete when end delete the
penalty schedule described in this section begin delete has been end delete begin insert when it is end insert
adopted.

SEC. 141.  

Section 27583.2 of the Food and Agricultural Code
is amended to read:

27583.2.  

If the secretary levies an administrative penalty
pursuant to Section 27583, the following shall apply:

(a) The person charged with the violation shall be notified of
the proposed action in accordance with subdivision (b). The notice
shall include the nature of the violation, the amount of the proposed
administrative penalty, and the right to request a hearing to appeal
the administrative action.

(b) (1) Notice shall be sent by certified mail to one of the
following:

(A) The address of the person charged, as provided by any
license or registration issued by the department, which is not
limited to a certificate of registration issued pursuant to this
chapter.

(B) The address of an agent for service of process for the person
charged, as filed with the Secretary of State.

(C) If an address described in subparagraph (A) or (B) is not
available, the last known address of the person charged.

(2) Notice that is sent to any of the addresses described in
paragraph (1) shall be considered received, even if delivery is
refused or if the notice is not accepted at that address.

(3) The person charged shall have the right to appeal the
proposed action by requesting a hearing within 20 days of the
issuance of the notice of the proposed action.

(c) If a hearing is requested, the secretary shall schedule a
hearing within 45 days of the request, with notice of the time and
place of the hearing given at least 10 days before the date of the
hearing. At the hearing, the person charged shall be given an
opportunity to review the secretary’s evidence and to present
evidence on his or her own behalf. If a hearing is not timely
requested, the secretary may take the proposed action without a
hearing.

(d) The secretary shall issue a decision within 30 days of the
conclusion of the hearing, which begin insert decision end insert shall become effective
immediately.

(e) The secretary shall send a copy of the notice of the proposed
action to the commissioner of the county in which the violation
took place at the same time notice is sent pursuant to subdivision
(b). Additionally, the secretary shall inform the commissioner of
the county in which the action was initiated of violations for which
a penalty has been assessed.

(f) If the proposed action is not overturned, in addition to the
levy of an administrative penalty, the secretary may recover from
the person charged any other reasonable costs incurred by the
department in connection with administering the hearing to appeal
the proposed action.

(g) Revenues collected by the secretary pursuant to this section
shall be deposited into the Department of Food and Agriculture
Fund for use by the department in administering this chapter, when
appropriated to the department for that purpose.

SEC. 142.  

Section 27583.4 of the Food and Agricultural Code
is amended to read:

27583.4.  

If a commissioner levies an administrative penalty
pursuant to Section 27583, the following shall apply:

(a) (1) Before an administrative penalty is levied, the person
charged with the violation shall receive written notice of the
proposed action in accordance with paragraph (2). The notice shall
include the nature of the violation, the amount of the proposed
penalty, and the right to request a hearing to appeal the
administrative action.

(2) (A) Notice shall be sent by certified mail to one of the
following:

(i) The address of the person charged, as provided by any license
or registration issued by the department, which is not limited to a
certificate of registration issued pursuant to this chapter.

(ii) The address of an agent for service of process for the person
charged, as filed with the Secretary of State.

(iii) If an address described in clause (i) or (ii) is not available,
the last known address of the person charged.

(B) Notice that is sent to any of the addresses described in
subparagraph (A) shall be considered received, even if delivery is
refused or if the notice is not accepted at that address.

(C) The person charged shall have the right to appeal the
proposed action by requesting a hearing within 20 days of the
issuance of the notice of the proposed action.

(3) If a hearing is requested, the commissioner shall schedule
a hearing within 45 days of the request, with notice of the time
and place of the hearing given at least 10 days before the date of
the hearing. At the hearing, the person charged shall be given an
opportunity to review the commissioner’s evidence and to present
evidence on his or her own behalf. If a hearing is not timely
requested, the commissioner may take the proposed action without
a hearing. If the person charged, or his or her legal representative,
fails to appear, the commissioner shall prevail in the proceedings.

(4) The commissioner shall issue a decision within 30 days of
the conclusion of the hearing, which begin insert decision end insert shall become
effective immediately.

(5) The commissioner shall send a copy of the notice of the
proposed action to the secretary at the same time notice is sent to
the person charged with the violation.

(b) If the person, upon whom the commissioner levied an
administrative penalty, requested and appeared at a hearing, the
person may appeal the commissioner’s decision to the secretary
within 30 days of the date of receiving a copy of the
commissioner’s decision. The following procedures apply to the
appeal:

(1) The appeal shall be in writing and signed by the appellant
or his or her authorized agent, state the grounds for the appeal, and
include a copy of the commissioner’s decision. The appellant shall
file a copy of the appeal with the commissioner at the same time
it is filed with the secretary.

(2) The appellant and the commissioner, at the time of filing
the appeal, within 10 days thereafter, or at a later time prescribed
by the secretary, may present the record of the hearing and a written
argument to the secretary stating the ground for affirming,
modifying, or reversing the commissioner’s decision.

(3) The secretary may grant oral arguments upon application
made at the time written arguments are filed.

(4) If an application to present an oral argument is granted,
written notice of the time and place for the oral argument shall be
given at least 10 days before the date set for oral argument. The
times may be altered by mutual agreement of the appellant, the
commissioner, and the secretary.

(5) The secretary shall decide the appeal on the record of the
hearing, including the written evidence and the written argument
described in paragraph (2), that he or she has received. If the
secretary finds substantial evidence in the record to support the
commissioner’s decision, the secretary shall affirm the decision.

(6) The secretary shall render a written decision within 45 days
of the date of appeal or within 15 days of the date of oral arguments
or as soon thereafter as practical.

(7) On an appeal pursuant to this section, the secretary may
affirm the commissioner’s decision, modify the commissioner’s
decision by reducing or increasing the amount of the penalty levied
so that it is consistent with the penalty schedule described in
Section 27581.1, or reverse the commissioner’s decision. An
administrative penalty increased by the secretary shall not be higher
than that proposed in the commissioner’s notice of proposed action
given pursuant to subdivision (a). A copy of the secretary’s
decision shall be delivered or mailed to the appellant and the
commissioner.

(8) Any person who does not request a hearing with the
commissioner pursuant to an administrative penalty assessed under
subdivision (a) shall not file an appeal to the secretary pursuant to
this subdivision.

(c) If the proposed action is not overturned, in addition to the
levy of an administrative penalty, the commissioner may recover
from the person charged any other reasonable costs incurred by
the commissioner in connection with administering the hearing to
appeal the proposed action.

(d) Revenues from administrative penalties levied by the
commissioner shall be deposited in the general fund of the county
and, upon appropriation by the board of supervisors, shall be used
by the commissioner to carry out his or her responsibilities under
this chapter. The commissioner shall inform the secretary of any
violations for which a penalty has been assessed.

SEC. 143.  

Section 52332 of the Food and Agricultural Code
is amended to read:

52332.  

The secretary, by regulation, may adopt all of the
following:

(a) A list of the plants and crops that the secretary finds are or
may be grown in this state.

(b) A list of the plants and crops that the secretary finds are
detrimental to agriculture if they occur incidentally in other crops,
and which, therefore, are classed as weed seed except if sold alone
or as a specific constituent of a definite seed mixture.

(c) A list of noxious weed seed that the secretary finds are
prohibited noxious weed seed, as defined in this chapter.

(d) A list of those noxious weed seed that are not classified as
prohibited noxious weed seed and are classified by this chapter as
restricted noxious weed seed.

(e) A list of substances that are likely to be used for treating
grain or other crop seed that the secretary finds and determines
are toxic to human beings or animals if used, and an appropriate
warning or caution statement for each substance.

(f) (1) (A)  begin delete Establish methods end delete begin insert M end insert begin insert ethods end insert and procedures, upon
the recommendation of the board, for the conciliation, mediation,
or arbitration of disputes between labelers and any persons
concerning conformance with label statements, advertisements,
financial terms or the lack of payment by a dealer to a grower, or
other disputes regarding the quality or performance of seed. The
methods and procedures shall be a mandatory prerequisite to
pursuing other dispute resolution mechanisms, including, but not
limited to, litigation. However, if conciliation, mediation, or
arbitration proceedings are commenced under this section to resolve
a controversy, the statute of limitations that applies to a civil action
concerning that controversy is tolled upon commencement of begin insert the end insert
conciliation, mediation, or arbitration proceedings, and until 30
days after the completion of those proceedings. As used in this
subdivision, “completion of those proceedings” means the filing
of a statement of agreement or nonagreement by the conciliator
or mediator, or the rendering of a decision by an arbitrator or
arbitration committee.

(B) If a proceeding for the conciliation, mediation, or arbitration
of a dispute between a dealer and a grower is commenced under
this subdivision for conformance with the financial terms by a
dealer to a grower, and the decision in the proceeding is in favor
of the grower, the decision may include a provision requiring
compensation to the grower for the estimated value of the seed
production services a grower provides to a dealer, including, but
not limited to, labor, care, and expense in growing and harvesting
that product.

(C) If a dealer fails to comply with the financial obligations of
a judgment rendered in a conciliation, mediation, or arbitration
proceeding between a dealer and a grower commenced pursuant
to this subdivision following the conclusion of all appeals in the
proceeding, the secretary may revoke the dealer’s registration and
prevent the dealer from renewing his or her registration until the
time the financial obligation is fulfilled.

(2) Conciliation, mediation, or arbitration shall not affect any
enforcement action by the secretary pursuant to this chapter.
Regulations adopted by the secretary for the mandatory
conciliation, mediation, or arbitration of disputes shall require that
adequate notice be provided on the seed label notifying any buyer
of the requirement to submit a dispute to mandatory conciliation,
mediation, or arbitration as a prerequisite to other dispute resolution
mechanisms, including litigation.

(g)  begin delete Establish additional end delete begin insert Additional end insert labeling requirements for
coated, pelleted, encapsulated, mat, tape, or any other germination
medium or device used on seed in order that the purchaser or
consumer will be informed as to the actual amount of seed
purchased.

SEC. 144.  

Section 55631 of the Food and Agricultural Code
is amended to read:

55631.  

(a) Every producer of any farm product that sells any
product that is grown by him or her to any processor under contract,
express or implied, in addition to all other rights and remedies that
are provided for by law, has a lien upon that product and upon all
processed or manufactured forms of that farm product for his or
her labor, care, and expense in growing and harvesting that product.
The lien shall be to the extent of the agreed price, if any, for that
product so sold. If there is no agreed price or a method for
determining begin delete it end delete begin insert the price end insert that is agreed upon, the extent of the lien
is the value of the farm product as of the date of the delivery. Any
portion of that product or the processed or manufactured forms of
that product, in excess of the amount necessary to satisfy the total
amount owed to producers under contract, shall be free and clear
of that lien.

(b) Every producer of a flower, agricultural, or vegetable seed
that sells seed that is grown by him or her, when the seed was
purchased or supplied by the grower and not supplied by the dealer
or an independent third party who paid for the seed, to any seed
dealer under contract, express or implied, in addition to all other
rights and remedies that are provided for by law, has a lien upon
that product and upon all processed or manufactured forms of that
product for his or her labor, care, and expense in growing and
harvesting that product. The lien shall be to the extent of the agreed
price, if any, for that product so sold. If there is no agreed price or
a method for determining begin delete it end delete begin insert the price end insert that is agreed upon, the extent
of the lien is the value of that product as of the date of the delivery.
Any portion of that product or the processed or manufactured forms
of that product, in excess of the amount necessary to satisfy the
total amount owed to producers under contract, shall be free and
clear of that lien.

SEC. 145.  

Section 56109 of the Food and Agricultural Code
is amended to read:

56109.  

“Farm product” includes every agricultural,
horticultural, viticultural, and vegetable product of the soil, poultry
and poultry products, livestock products and livestock not for
immediate slaughter, bees and apiary products, hay, dried beans,
honey, and cut flowers. It does not, however, include any timber
or timber product, flower or agricultural or vegetable seed, any
milk product that is subject to the licensing and bonding provisions
of Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 61801) of Part 3 of
Division 21, any aquacultural product, or cattle sold to any person
who is bonded under the federal Packers and Stockyards Act, 1921
(7 U.S.C. Sec. begin delete 181, end delete begin insert 181 end insert et seq.).

SEC. 146.  

Section 67132 of the Food and Agricultural Code
is amended to read:

67132.  

Upon the finding of 11 voting members of the
commission if the commission consists of three or five districts,
or of 10 voting members of the commission if the commission
consists of four districts, that this chapter has not tended to
effectuate its declared purposes, the commission may recommend
to the secretary that the operations of the commission shall be
suspended, provided that the suspension shall not become effective
until the expiration of the current marketing season. The secretary
shall, upon receipt of the recommendation, or upon a petition filed
with him or her requesting the suspension, signed by 15 percent
of the producers by number who produced not less than 15 percent
of the volume in the immediately preceding year, cause a
referendum to be conducted among the listed producers to
determine if the operation of this chapter and the operations of the
commission shall be suspended, and shall establish a referendum
period, which shall not be less than 10 days nor more than 60 days
in duration. The secretary is authorized to prescribe any additional
procedure necessary to conduct the referendum. At the close of
the established referendum period, the secretary shall tabulate the
ballots filed during the period. If at least 40 percent of the total
number of producers, on a list established by the begin delete secretary end delete
begin insert secretary, end insert marketing 40 percent of the total volume marketed by
all producers during the last completed marketing season,
participate in the referendum, the secretary shall suspend this
chapter upon the expiration of the current marketing season, if he
or she finds either one of the following:

(a) Sixty-five percent or more of the producers who voted in
the referendum voted in favor of the suspension, and the producers
so voting marketed 51 percent or more of the total quantity of
avocados marketed in the preceding marketing season by all of
the producers who voted in the referendum.

(b) Fifty-one percent or more of the producers who voted in the
referendum voted in favor of suspension, and the producers so
voting marketed 65 percent or more of the total quantity of
avocados marketed in the preceding season by all of the producers
who voted in the referendum.

SEC. 147.  

Section 76953.5 of the Food and Agricultural Code
is amended to read:

76953.5.  

(a) Before the referendum vote is conducted by the
secretary, the proponents of the council shall deposit with the
secretary the amount that the secretary determines is necessary to
defray the expenses of preparing the necessary lists and information
and conducting the referendum vote.

(b) Any funds not used in carrying out this article shall be
returned to the proponents of the council who deposited the funds
with the secretary.

(c) Upon establishment of the council, the council may
reimburse the proponents of the council for any funds deposited
with the secretary that were used in carrying out this article, and
for any legal expenses and costs incurred in establishing the
council.

(d) After approval by the Commercial Salmon Trollers Advisory
Committee created pursuant to Section 7862 of the Fish and Game
Code, the Department of Fish and Wildlife may expend funds
collected pursuant to Section 7861 of the Fish and Game Code,
for payment to the begin delete Secretary of Food and Agriculture end delete begin insert secretary end insert to
pay necessary costs incurred in conducting the implementation
referendum vote. If the commercial salmon vessel operators who
voted in the implementation referendum voted in favor of
implementing this article, as provided in Section 76952, the council
shall reimburse the Commercial Salmon Stamp Account in the
Fish and Game Preservation Fund all amounts received from that
fund.

SEC. 148.  

Section 1225 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

1225.  

(a) An executive officer, a judicial officer, and a Member
of the Legislature may administer and certify oaths.

(b)  begin delete (1) end delete begin delete   end delete A former judge of a court of record in this state who
retired or resigned from office shall be deemed a judicial officer
for purposes of this section, if he or she satisfies the conditions set
forth begin delete is end delete begin insert in end insert subdivision (c) of Section 2093 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(c) A law, rule, or regulation regarding the confidentiality of
proceedings of the Commission on Judicial Performance shall not
be construed to prohibit the commission from issuing a certificate
as provided for in this section.

SEC. 149.  

The heading of Chapter 15 (commencing with
Section 5970) of Division 6 of Title 1 of the Government Code,
as amended and renumbered by Section 182 of Chapter 303 of the
Statutes of 2015, is amended and renumbered to read:

 

Chapter   begin delete 15. end delete begin insert 14.5. end insert Awarding of Contracts

 

SEC. 150.  

Section 5970 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

5970.  

As used in this chapter, the following phrases have the
following meanings:

(a) “Person” means any broker, dealer, municipal securities
dealer, investment advisor, or investment firm.

(b) “Regulatory agency” means the Department of Business
Oversight, the securities administrators or other similar regulatory
authority in any other state, the Securities and Exchange
Commission, begin insert the end insert Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, the
Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission, or any other self-regulatory organization.

(c) “State or local government” means the state, any department,
agency, board, commission, or authority of the state, or any city,
city and county, county, public district, public corporation,
authority, agency, board, commission, or other public entity.

SEC. 151.  

Section 6254.5 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

6254.5.  

Notwithstanding any other begin delete provisions of end delete law, begin delete whenever end delete
begin insert if end insert a state or local agency discloses a public record begin delete which end delete begin insert tha end insert begin insert t end insert is
otherwise exempt from this chapter, to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert member of the public,
this disclosure shall constitute a waiver of the exemptions specified
in Section begin delete 6254, 6254.7, end delete begin insert 6254 or 6254.7, end insert or other similar provisions
of law. For purposes of this section, “agency” includes a member,
agent, officer, or employee of the agency acting within the scope
of his or her membership, agency, office, or employment.

This section, however, shall not apply to disclosures:

(a) Made pursuant to the Information Practices Act begin insert (Chapter 1 end insert
(commencing with Section begin delete 1798 end delete begin insert 1798) of Title 1.8 of Part 4 of
Division 3 end insert of the Civil Code) or discovery proceedings.

(b) Made through other legal proceedings or as otherwise
required by law.

(c) Within the scope of disclosure of a statute begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert limits
disclosure of specified writings to certain purposes.

(d) Not required by law, and prohibited by formal action of an
elected legislative body of the local agency begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert retains the
writings.

(e) Made to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert governmental agency begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert agrees to
treat the disclosed material as confidential. Only persons authorized
in writing by the person in charge of the agency shall be permitted
to obtain the information. Any information obtained by the agency
shall only be used for purposes begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert are consistent with
existing law.

(f) Of records relating to a financial institution or an affiliate
thereof, if the disclosures are made to the financial institution or
affiliate by a state agency responsible for the regulation or
supervision of the financial institution or affiliate.

(g) Of records relating to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person begin delete that end delete begin insert who end insert is subject to the
jurisdiction of the Department of Business Oversight, if the
disclosures are made to the person begin delete that end delete begin insert who end insert is the subject of the
records for the purpose of corrective action by that person, or, if
a corporation, to an officer, director, or other key personnel of the
corporation for the purpose of corrective action, or to any other
person to the extent necessary to obtain information from that
person for the purpose of an investigation by the Department of
Business Oversight.

(h) Made by the Commissioner of Business Oversight under
Section 450, 452, 8009, or 18396 of the Financial Code.

(i) Of records relating to begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert person begin delete that end delete begin insert who end insert is subject to the
jurisdiction of the Department of Managed Health Care, if the
disclosures are made to the person begin delete that end delete begin insert who end insert is the subject of the
records for the purpose of corrective action by that person, or, if
a corporation, to an officer, director, or other key personnel of the
corporation for the purpose of corrective action, or to any other
person to the extent necessary to obtain information from that
person for the purpose of an investigation by the Department of
Managed Health Care.

SEC. 152.  

Section 7161 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

7161.  

“Security” has the same meaning as defined in Section
8102 of the begin delete Commerical end delete begin insert Commercial end insert Code.

SEC. 153.  

Section 8594.15 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

8594.15.  

(a) For purposes of this section, the following terms
have the following meanings:

(1) “Serious bodily injury” means an injury that involves, either
at the time of the actual injury or at a later time, a substantial risk
of serious and permanent disfigurement, a substantial risk of
protracted loss or impairment of the function of any part of the
body, or a break, fracture, or burn of the second or third degree.

(2) “Yellow Alert” means a notification system, activated
pursuant to subdivision (b), designed to issue and coordinate alerts
with respect to a hit-and-run incident resulting in the death or injury
of a person as described in Section 20001 of the Vehicle Code.

(b) (1) If a hit-and-run incident is reported to a law enforcement
agency, and that agency determines that the requirements of
subdivision (c) are met, the agency may request the Department
of the California Highway Patrol to activate a Yellow Alert. If the
Department of the California Highway Patrol concurs that the
requirements of subdivision (c) are met, it may activate a Yellow
Alert within the geographic area requested by the investigating
law enforcement agency.

(2) Radio, television, and cable and satellite systems are
encouraged, but are not required, to cooperate with disseminating
the information contained in a Yellow Alert.

(3) Upon activation of a Yellow Alert, the Department of the
California Highway Patrol shall assist the investigating law
enforcement agency by issuing the Yellow Alert via a changeable
message sign.

(4) If there are multiple Yellow Alerts requested, the Department
of the California Highway Patrol may prioritize the activation of
alerts based on any begin delete factor end delete begin insert factor, end insert including, but not limited to, the
severity of the injury, the time elapsed between a hit-and-run
incident and the request, or the likelihood that an activation would
reasonably lead to the apprehension of a suspect.

(c) A law enforcement agency may request that a Yellow Alert
be activated if that agency determines that all of the following
conditions are met in regard to the investigation of the hit-and-run
incident:

(1) A person has been killed or has suffered serious bodily injury
due to a hit-and-run incident.

(2) There is an indication that a suspect has fled the scene
utilizing the state highway system or is likely to be observed by
the public on the state highway system.

(3) The investigating law enforcement agency has additional
information concerning the suspect or the suspect’s vehicle,
including, but not limited to, any of the following:

(A) The complete license plate number of the suspect’s vehicle.

(B) A partial license plate number and additional unique
identifying characteristics, such as the make, model, and color of
the suspect’s vehicle, which could reasonably lead to the
apprehension of the suspect.

(C) The identity of the suspect.

(4) Public dissemination of available information could either
help avert further harm or accelerate apprehension of the suspect
based on any begin delete factor end delete begin insert factor, end insert including, but not limited to, the severity
of the injury, the time elapsed between a hit-and-run incident and
the request, or the likelihood that an activation would reasonably
lead to the apprehension of a suspect.

(d) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2019,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2019, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 154.  

Section 8670.13 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

8670.13.  

(a) The administrator shall periodically evaluate the
feasibility of requiring new technologies to aid begin insert in end insert prevention,
response, containment, cleanup, and wildlife rehabilitation.

(b) (1) On or before January 1, 2017, the administrator shall
submit a report to the Legislature, pursuant to Section 9795,
assessing the best achievable technology of equipment for oil spill
prevention, preparedness, and response.

(2) The report shall evaluate studies of estimated recovery
system potential as a methodology for rating equipment in
comparison to effective daily recovery capacity.

(3) Pursuant to Section 10231.5, this subdivision is inoperative
on July 1, 2020.

(c) (1)  begin delete Including, but not limited to, end delete begin insert Considering, among other
things, end insert the report prepared pursuant to subdivision (b), the
administrator shall update regulations governing the adequacy of
oil spill contingency plans for best achievable technologies for oil
spill prevention and response no later than July 1, 2018.

(2) The updated regulations shall enhance the capabilities for
prevention, response, containment, cleanup, and wildlife
rehabilitation.

(d) (1) The administrator shall direct the Harbor Safety
Committees, established pursuant to Section 8670.23, to assess
the presence and capability of tugs within their respective
geographic areas of responsibility to provide emergency towing
of tank vessels and nontank vessels to arrest their drift or otherwise
guide emergency transit.

(2) The assessments for harbors in the San Francisco Bay area
and in begin insert the end insert Los Angeles-Long Beach area shall be initiated by May
1, 2016. The assessments for the other harbors shall be initiated
by January 1, 2020.

(3) The assessment shall consider, begin delete but not be limited to, end delete begin insert among
other things, end insert data from available United States Coast Guard Vessel
Traffic Systems, relevant incident and accident data, any relevant
simulation models, and identification of any transit areas where
risks are higher.

(4) The assessment shall consider the condition of tank and
nontank vessels calling on harbors, including the United States
Coast Guard’s marine inspection program and port state control
program regarding risks due to a vessel’s hull or engineering
material deficiencies, or inadequate crew training and
professionalism.

SEC. 155.  

Section 8670.13.3 of the Government Code is
amended to read:

8670.13.3.  

If dispersants are used in response to an oil spill in
state waters, the administrator shall provide written notification
of their use to the Legislature within three days of the use. The
administrator shall provide the Legislature with written justification
of begin delete their end delete begin insert that end insert use, including copies of key supporting documentation
used by the federal on-scene coordinator and the federal Regional
Response Team as soon as those begin delete material end delete begin insert materials end insert are released.
Within two months of the use of dispersants in state waters, the
administrator shall also provide a report to the Legislature on the
effectiveness of the dispersants used, including, but not limited to,
results of any available monitoring data to determine whether the
dispersant use resulted in overall environmental benefit or harm.
The written notification, justification, and report shall be submitted
pursuant to Section 9795.

SEC. 156.  

Section 8670.28 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

8670.28.  

(a) The administrator, taking into consideration the
facility or vessel contingency plan requirements of the State Lands
Commission, the Office of the State Fire Marshal, the California
Coastal Commission, and other state and federal agencies, shall
adopt and implement regulations governing the adequacy of oil
spill contingency plans to be prepared and implemented under this
article. All regulations shall be developed in consultation with the
Oil Spill Technical Advisory Committee, and shall be consistent
with the California oil spill contingency plan and not in conflict
with the National Contingency Plan. The regulations shall provide
for the best achievable protection of begin insert the end insert waters and natural
resources of the state. The regulations shall permit the
development, application, and use of an oil spill contingency plan
for similar vessels, pipelines, terminals, and facilities within a
single company or organization, and across companies and
organizations. The regulations shall, at a minimum, ensure all of
the following:

(1) All areas of state waters are at all times protected by
prevention, response, containment, and cleanup equipment and
operations.

(2) Standards set for response, containment, and cleanup
equipment and operations are maintained and regularly improved
to protect the resources of the state.

(3) All appropriate personnel employed by operators required
to have a contingency plan receive training in oil spill response
and cleanup equipment usage and operations.

(4) Each oil spill contingency plan provides for appropriate
financial or contractual arrangements for all necessary equipment
and services for the response, containment, and cleanup of a
reasonable worst case oil spill scenario for each area the plan
addresses.

(5) Each oil spill contingency plan demonstrates that all
protection measures are being taken to reduce the possibility of
an oil spill occurring as a result of the operation of the facility or
vessel. The protection measures shall include, but not be limited
to, response to disabled vessels and begin delete an end delete identification of those
measures taken to comply with requirements of Division 7.8
(commencing with Section 8750) of the Public Resources Code.

(6) Each oil spill contingency plan identifies the types of
equipment that can be used, the location of the equipment, and the
time taken to deliver the equipment.

(7) Each facility, as determined by the administrator, conducts
a hazard and operability study to identify the hazards associated
with the operation of the facility, including the use of the facility
by vessels, due to operating error, equipment failure, and external
events. For the hazards identified in the hazard and operability
studies, the facility shall conduct an offsite consequence analysis
that, for the most likely hazards, assumes pessimistic water and
air dispersion and other adverse environmental conditions.

(8) Each oil spill contingency plan contains a list of contacts to
call in the event of a drill, threatened discharge of oil, or discharge
of oil.

(9) Each oil spill contingency plan identifies the measures to
be taken to protect the recreational and environmentally sensitive
areas that would be threatened by a reasonable worst case oil spill
scenario.

(10) Standards for determining a reasonable worst case oil spill.
However, for a nontank vessel, the reasonable worst case is a spill
of the total volume of the largest fuel tank on the nontank vessel.

(11) Each oil spill contingency plan specifies an agent for service
of process. The agent shall be located in this state.

(b) The regulations and guidelines adopted pursuant to this
section shall also include provisions to provide begin insert for end insert public review
and comment on submitted oil spill contingency plans.

(c) The regulations adopted pursuant to this section shall
specifically address the types of equipment that will be necessary,
the maximum time that will be allowed for deployment, the
maximum distance to cooperating response entities, the amounts
of dispersant, and the maximum time required for begin delete application, end delete
begin insert application end insert should the use of dispersants be approved. Upon a
determination by the administrator that booming is appropriate at
the site and necessary to provide best achievable protection, the
regulations shall require that vessels engaged in lightering
operations be boomed prior to the commencement of operations.

(d) The administrator shall adopt regulations and guidelines for
oil spill contingency plans with regard to mobile transfer units,
small marine fueling facilities, and vessels carrying oil as secondary
cargo that acknowledge the reduced risk of damage from oil spills
from those units, facilities, and vessels while maintaining the best
achievable protection for the public health and safety and the
environment.

SEC. 157.  

Section 8670.95 of the Government Code is amended
and renumbered to read:

begin delete 8670.95. end delete
begin insert 8670.5.5. end insert   

If any provision of this chapter or the application
thereof to any person or circumstances is held invalid, that
invalidity shall not affect other provisions or applications of the
chapter that can be given effect without the invalid provision or
application, and to this end the provisions of this chapter are
severable.

SEC. 158.  

Section 14670.36 of the Government Code is
amended to read:

14670.36.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other law, the Director of
General Services, with the consent of the Director of
Developmental Services, may, in the best interests of the state, let
to any person or entity real property not exceeding 20 acres located
within the grounds of the Fairview Developmental Center for a
period not to exceed 55 years, at a price that will permit the
development of affordable housing for people with developmental
disabilities.

(b) Notwithstanding any other law, the lease authorized by this
section may be assignable subject to approval by the Director of
General Services, with the consent of the Director of
Developmental Services. The lease shall do all of the following:

(1) Provide housing for individuals who qualify based upon
criteria established by the Department of Developmental Services.
A minimum of 20 percent of the housing units developed shall be
available and affordable to individuals with developmental
disabilities served by a regional center pursuant to the Lanterman
Developmental Disabilities Services Act (Chapter 1 (commencing
with Section 4500) of Division 4.5 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code). When filling vacancies, priority for housing shall be given
to individuals transitioning from a developmental center or at risk
for admission to a developmental center.

(2) Allow for lease revenues or other proceeds received by the
state under the leases for projects authorized by this section and
Section 14670.35, to be utilized by the Department of
Developmental Services to support individuals with developmental
disabilities, including subsidizing rents for those individuals.

(3) Include provisions authorizing the Department of
Developmental Services, or its designee, to provide management
oversight and administration over the housing for individuals with
developmental disabilities and the general operations of the project
sufficient to begin delete assure end delete begin insert ensure end insert the purposes of the lease are being
carried out and to protect the financial interests of the state.

(c) The Department of Developmental Services may share in
proceeds, if any, generated from the overall operation of the project
developed pursuant to this section. All proceeds received from the
project authorized by this section and the project authorized by
Section 14670.35, in accordance with the terms of the lease, shall
be deposited in the Department of Developmental Services Trust
Fund, which is hereby created in the State Treasury. Moneys in
the Department of Developmental Services Trust Fund shall be
used, upon appropriation by the Legislature, for the purpose of
providing housing and transitional services for people with
developmental disabilities. Any funds not needed to support
individuals with developmental disabilities shall be transferred to
the General Fund upon the order of the Director of Finance.

(d) The Director of General Services, with the consent of the
Director of Developmental Services, may enter into a lease
pursuant to this section at less than market value, provided that
the cost of administering the lease is recovered.

(e) The project and lease, including off-site improvements
directly related to the housing project authorized by this section,
shall not be deemed a “public works contract” as defined by
Section 1101 of the Public Contract Code. However, construction
projects contemplated by the lease authorized by this section shall
be considered “public works,” as defined by paragraph (1) of
subdivision (a) of Section 1720 of the Labor Code, for the purpose
of prevailing wage requirements.

SEC. 159.  

Section 17581.9 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

17581.9.  

(a) (1) The sum of three billion ninety-eight million
four hundred fifty-five thousand dollars ($3,098,455,000) is hereby
appropriated from the General Fund to the Superintendent of Public
Instruction for allocation to school districts and county
superintendents of schools in the manner, and for the purposes,
set forth in this section.

(2) The sum of six hundred four million forty-three thousand
dollars ($604,043,000) is hereby appropriated from the General
Fund to the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges for
allocation to community college districts in the manner, and for
the purposes, set forth in this section.

(3) For purposes of this section, a school district includes a
county office of education and a charter school.

(b) (1) (A) The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall
allocate forty million dollars ($40,000,000) of the funds
appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) to county
superintendents of schools, as follows:

(i) Each county superintendent of schools shall be allocated the
greater of: begin delete (i) end delete begin insert (I) end insert thirty thousand dollars ($30,000), multiplied by
the number of school districts for which the county superintendent
of schools has jurisdiction pursuant to Section 1253 of the
Education Code; or begin delete (ii) end delete begin insert (II) end insert eighty thousand dollars ($80,000).

(ii) After the allocations pursuant to begin delete subparagraph (A), end delete begin insert clause
(i), end insert the balance shall be allocated in an equal amount per unit of
regular average daily attendance, as those average daily attendance
numbers are reported at the time of the second principal
apportionment for the 2014-15 fiscal year.

(B) For purposes of allocating funding pursuant to this paragraph
only, “regular average daily attendance” means the aggregate
number of units of average daily attendance within the county
attributable to all school districts for which the county
superintendent of schools has jurisdiction pursuant to Section 1253
of the Education Code, charter schools within the county, and the
schools operated by the county superintendent of schools.

(2) It is the intent of the Legislature that county offices of
education will prioritize the use of funds allocated pursuant to
paragraph (1) for investments necessary to support new
responsibilities required under the evolving accountability structure
of the local control funding formula and develop greater capacity
and consistency within and between county offices of education.
A county office of education may encumber funds apportioned
pursuant to this section at any time during the 2015-16 or 2016-17
fiscal year.

(3) The Superintendent shall allocate three billion fifty-eight
million four hundred fifty-five thousand dollars ($3,058,455,000)
of the funds appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision
(a) to school districts on the basis of an equal amount per unit of
regular average daily attendance, as those average daily attendance
numbers are reported at the time of the second principal
apportionment for the 2014-15 fiscal year.

(c) The Chancellor of the California Community Colleges shall
allocate the funds appropriated pursuant to paragraph (2) of
subdivision (a) to community college districts on the basis of an
equal amount per enrolled full-time equivalent student, as those
numbers of students are reported at the time of the second principal
apportionment for the 2014-15 fiscal year.

(d) Allocations made pursuant to this section shall first satisfy
any outstanding claims pursuant to Section 6 of Article XIII B of
the California Constitution for reimbursement of state-mandated
local program costs for any fiscal year. Notwithstanding Section
12419.5 and any amounts that are paid in satisfaction of
outstanding claims for reimbursement of state-mandated local
program costs, the Controller may audit any claim as allowed by
law, and may recover any amount owed by school districts or
community college districts pursuant to an audit only by reducing
amounts owed by the state to school districts or community college
districts for any other mandate claims. Under no circumstances
shall a school district or community college district be required to
remit funding back to the state to pay for disallowed costs identified
by a Controller audit of claimed reimbursable state-mandated local
program costs. The Controller shall not recover any amount owed
by a school district or community college district pursuant to an
audit of claimed reimbursable state-mandated local program costs
by reducing any amount owed a school district or community
college district for any purpose other than amounts owed for any
other mandate claims. The Controller shall apply amounts received
by each school district or community college district against any
balances of unpaid claims for reimbursement of state-mandated
local program costs and interest in chronological order beginning
with the earliest claim. The Controller shall report to each school
district and community college district the amounts of any claims
and interest that are offset from funds provided pursuant to this
section, and shall report a summary of the amounts offset for each
mandate for each fiscal year to the Department of Finance and the
fiscal committees of the Legislature.

(e) (1) The governing board of a school district or community
college district may expend the one-time funds received pursuant
to this section for any purpose, as determined by the governing
board.

(2) It is the intent of the Legislature that school districts shall
prioritize the use of these one-time funds for professional
development, induction for beginning teachers with a focus on
relevant mentoring, instructional materials, technology
infrastructure, and any other investments necessary to support
implementation of the common core standards in English language
arts and mathematics, the implementation of English language
development standards, and the implementation of the Next
Generation Science standards.

(f) For purposes of making the computations required by Section
8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, three hundred
nineteen million two hundred thirty-one thousand dollars
($319,231,000) of the appropriations made by subdivision (a) shall
be deemed to be “General Fund revenues appropriated for school
districts,” as defined in subdivision (c) of Section 41202 of the
Education Code, for the 2013-14 fiscal year, and included within
the “total allocations to school districts and community college
districts from General Fund proceeds of taxes appropriated pursuant
to Article XIII B,” as defined in subdivision (e) of Section 41202
of the Education Code, for the 2013-14 fiscal year.

(g) For purposes of making the computations required by Section
8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, ninety-three million
five hundred twenty-nine thousand dollars ($93,529,000) of the
appropriations made by subdivision (a) shall be deemed to be
“General Fund revenues appropriated for community college
districts,” as defined in subdivision (d) of Section 41202 of the
Education Code, for the 2013-14 fiscal year, and included within
the “total allocations to school districts and community college
districts from General Fund proceeds of taxes appropriated pursuant
to Article XIII B,” as defined in subdivision (e) of Section 41202
of the Education Code, for the 2013-14 fiscal year.

(h) For purposes of making the computations required by Section
8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, two billion seven
hundred forty-eight million three hundred forty-nine thousand
dollars ($2,748,349,000) of the appropriations made by subdivision
(a) shall be deemed to be “General Fund revenues appropriated
for school districts,” as defined in subdivision (c) of Section 41202
of the Education Code, for the 2014-15 fiscal year, and included
within the “total allocations to school districts and community
college districts from General Fund proceeds of taxes appropriated
pursuant to Article XIII B,” as defined in subdivision (e) of Section
41202 of the Education Code, for the 2014-15 fiscal year.

(i) For purposes of making the computations required by Section
8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, three hundred
ninety-three million two hundred twenty thousand dollars
($393,220,000) of the appropriations made by subdivision (a) shall
be deemed to be “General Fund revenues appropriated for
community college districts,” as defined in subdivision (d) of
Section 41202 of the Education Code, for the 2014-15 fiscal year,
and included within the “total allocations to school districts and
community college districts from General Fund proceeds of taxes
appropriated pursuant to Article XIII B,” as defined in subdivision
(e) of Section 41202 of the Education Code, for the 2014-15 fiscal
year.

(j) For purposes of making the computations required by Section
8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, one hundred
seventeen million two hundred ninety-four thousand dollars
($117,294,000) of the appropriations made by subdivision (a) shall
be deemed to be “General Fund revenues appropriated for
community college districts,” as defined in subdivision (d) of
Section 41202 of the Education Code, for the 2015-16 fiscal year,
and included within the “total allocations to school districts and
community college districts from General Fund proceeds of taxes
appropriated pursuant to Article XIII B,” as defined in subdivision
(e) of Section 41202 of the Education Code, for the 2015-16 fiscal
year.

(k) For purposes of making the computations required by Section
8 of Article XVI of the California Constitution, thirty million eight
hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($30,875,000) of the
appropriations made by subdivision (a) shall be deemed to be
“General Fund revenues appropriated for school districts,” as
defined in subdivision (c) of Section 41202 of the Education Code,
for the 2015-16 fiscal year, and included within the “total
allocations to school districts and community college districts from
General Fund proceeds of taxes appropriated pursuant to Article
XIII B,” as defined in subdivision (e) of Section 41202 of the
Education Code, for the 2015-16 fiscal year.

SEC. 160.  

Section 19130 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

19130.  

The purpose of this article is to establish standards for
the use of personal services contracts.

(a) Personal services contracting is permissible to achieve cost
savings when all the following conditions are met:

(1) The contracting agency clearly demonstrates that the
proposed contract will result in actual overall cost savings to the
state, provided that:

(A) In comparing costs, there shall be included the state’s
additional cost of providing the same service as proposed by a
contractor. These additional costs shall include the salaries and
benefits of additional staff that would be needed and the cost of
additional space, equipment, and materials needed to perform the
function.

(B) In comparing costs, there shall not be included the state’s
indirect overhead costs unless these costs can be attributed solely
to the function in question and would not exist if that function was
not performed in state service. Indirect overhead costs shall mean
the pro rata share of existing administrative salaries and benefits,
rent, equipment costs, utilities, and materials.

(C) In comparing costs, there shall be included in the cost of a
contractor providing a service any continuing state costs that would
be directly associated with the contracted function. These
continuing state costs shall include, but not be limited to, those
for inspection, supervision, and monitoring.

(2) Proposals to contract out work shall not be approved solely
on the basis that savings will result from lower contractor pay rates
or benefits. Proposals to contract out work shall be eligible for
approval if the contractor’s wages are at the industry’s level and
do not significantly undercut state pay rates.

(3) The contract does not cause the displacement of civil service
employees. The term “displacement” includes layoff, demotion,
involuntary transfer to a new class, involuntary transfer to a new
location requiring a change of residence, and time base reductions.
Displacement does not include changes in shifts or days off, nor
does it include reassignment to other positions within the same
class and general location.

(4) The contract does not adversely affect the state’s affirmative
action efforts.

(5) The savings shall be large enough to ensure that they will
not be eliminated by private sector and state cost fluctuations that
could normally be expected during the contracting period.

(6) The amount of savings clearly justify the size and duration
of the contracting agreement.

(7) The contract is awarded through a publicized, competitive
bidding process.

(8) The contract includes specific provisions pertaining to the
qualifications of the staff that will perform the work under the
contract, as well as assurance that the contractor’s hiring practices
meet applicable nondiscrimination, affirmative action standards.

(9) The potential for future economic risk to the state from
potential contractor rate increases is minimal.

(10) The contract is with a firm. A “firm” means a corporation,
partnership, nonprofit organization, or sole proprietorship.

(11) The potential economic advantage of contracting is not
outweighed by the public’s interest in having a particular function
performed directly by state government.

(b) Personal services contracting also shall be permissible when
any of the following conditions begin delete can be end delete begin insert are end insert met:

(1) The functions contracted are exempted from civil service
by Section 4 of Article VII of the California Constitution, which
describes exempt appointments.

(2) The contract is for a new state function and the Legislature
has specifically mandated or authorized the performance of the
work by independent contractors.

(3) The services contracted are not available within civil service,
cannot be performed satisfactorily by civil service employees, or
are of such a highly specialized or technical nature that the
necessary expert knowledge, experience, and ability are not
available through the civil service system.

(4) The services are incidental to a contract for the purchase or
lease of real or personal property. Contracts under this criterion,
known as “service agreements,” shall include, but not be limited
to, agreements to service or maintain office equipment or
computers that are leased or rented.

(5) The legislative, administrative, or legal goals and purposes
cannot be accomplished through the utilization of persons selected
pursuant to the regular civil service system. Contracts are
permissible under this criterion to protect against a conflict of
interest or to begin delete insure end delete begin insert ensure end insert independent and unbiased findings in
cases where there is a clear need for a different, outside perspective.
These contracts shall include, but not be limited to, obtaining expert
witnesses in litigation.

(6) The nature of the work is such that the begin delete Government Code end delete
standards begin insert of this code end insert for emergency appointments apply. These
contracts shall conform with Article 8 (commencing with Section
19888) of Chapter 2.5 of Part 2.6.

(7) State agencies need private counsel because a conflict of
interest on the part of the Attorney General’s office prevents it
from representing the agency without compromising its position.
These contracts shall require the written consent of the Attorney
General, pursuant to Section 11040.

(8) The contractor will provide equipment, materials, facilities,
or support services that could not feasibly be provided by the state
in the location where the services are to be performed.

(9) The contractor will conduct training courses for which
appropriately qualified civil service instructors are not available,
provided that permanent instructor positions in academies or similar
settings shall be filled through civil service appointment.

(10) The services are of such an urgent, temporary, or occasional
nature that the delay incumbent in their implementation under civil
service would frustrate their very purpose.

(c) All persons who provide services to the state under
conditions the board determines constitute an employment
relationship shall, unless exempted from civil service by Section
4 of Article VII of the California Constitution, be retained under
an appropriate civil service appointment.

SEC. 161.  

Section 19241 of the Government Code, as added
by Section 5 of Chapter 356 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended
to read:

19241.  

(a) The department, consistent with board rules, shall
be responsible for the implementation of this chapter, which may
provide for the establishment of eligibility criteria for participation,
special job classifications, examination techniques, and
appointment and appeals procedures.

(b) This section shall become operative on January begin delete 21, end delete begin insert 1, end insert 2021.

SEC. 162.  

Section 22865 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

22865.  

Not later than 30 days prior to the approval of benefits
and premium readjustments authorized under Section 22864, the
board shall provide an initial estimate of proposed changes and
costs in writing to the Joint Legislative Budget Committee, the
chairpersons of the committees and subcommittees in each house
of the Legislature that consider the Public Employees’ Retirement
System’s budget and activities, the begin delete State end delete Controller, the Trustees
of the California State University, the Department of Human
Resources, the Director of Finance, and the Legislative Analyst.

SEC. 163.  

Section 34886 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

34886.  

(a) Notwithstanding Section 34871 or any other law,
the legislative body of a city with a population of fewer than
100,000 people may adopt an ordinance that requires the members
of the legislative body to be elected by district or by district with
an elective mayor, as described in subdivisions (a) and (c) of
Section 34871, without begin delete being required to submit end delete begin insert submitting end insert the
ordinance to the voters for approval. An ordinance adopted
pursuant to this subdivision shall include a declaration that the
change in the method of electing members of the legislative body
is being made in furtherance of the purposes of the California
Voting Rights Act of 2001 (Chapter 1.5 (commencing with Section
14025) of Division 14 of the Elections Code).

(b) For purposes of this section, the population of a city shall
be determined by the most recent federal decennial census.

SEC. 164.  

Section 53515 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

53515.  

(a) General obligation bonds issued and sold by or on
behalf of a local agency shall be secured by a statutory lien on all
revenues received pursuant to the levy and collection of the tax.
The lien shall automatically arise without the need for any action
or authorization by the local agency or its governing body. The
lien shall be valid and binding from the time the bonds are executed
and delivered. The revenues received pursuant to the levy and
collection of the tax shall be immediately subject to the lien, and
the lien shall immediately attach to the revenues and be effective,
binding, and enforceable against the local agency, its successors,
transferees, and creditors, and all others asserting rights therein,
irrespective of whether those parties have notice of the lien and
without the need for any physical delivery, recordation, filing, or
further act.

(b) This section is not intended to supplement or limit a local
agency’s power to issue general obligation bonds conferred by
any other law.

(c) For purposes of this section, both of the following begin delete shall end delete
begin insert definitions end insert apply:

begin delete

(1) “Local agency” means any city, county, city and county,
school district, community college district, authority, or special
district.

end delete begin delete

(2)

end delete

begin insert (1) end insert  “General obligation bonds” means bonds, warrants, notes,
or other evidence of indebtedness of a local agency payable, both
principal and interest, from the proceeds of ad valorem taxes that
may be levied pursuant to paragraphs (2) and (3) of subdivision
(b) of Section 1 of Article XIII A of the California Constitution.

begin insert

(2) “Local agency” means any city, county, city and county,
school district, community college district, authority, or special
district.

end insert

SEC. 165.  

Section 56332 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

56332.  

(a) The independent special district selection committee
shall consist of the presiding officer of the legislative body of each
independent special district. However, if the presiding officer of
an independent special district is unable to participate in a meeting
or election of the independent special district selection committee,
the legislative body of the district may appoint one of its members
as an alternate to participate in the selection committee in the
presiding officer’s place. Those districts shall include districts
located wholly within the county and those containing territory
within the county representing 50 percent or more of the assessed
value of taxable property of the district, as shown on the last
equalized county assessment roll. Each member of the committee
shall be entitled to one vote for each independent special district
of which he or she is the presiding officer or his or her alternate
as designated by the governing body. Members representing a
majority of the eligible districts shall constitute a quorum.

(b) The executive officer shall call and give written notice of
all meetings of the members of the selection committee. A meeting
shall be called and held under one of the following circumstances:

(1) Whenever the executive officer anticipates that a vacancy
will occur within the next 90 days among the members or alternate
member representing independent special districts on the
commission.

(2) Whenever a vacancy exists among the members or alternate
member representing independent special districts upon the
commission.

(3) Upon receipt of a written request by one or more members
of the selection committee representing districts having 10 percent
or more of the assessed value of taxable property within the county,
as shown on the last equalized county assessment roll.

(c) The selection committee shall appoint two regular members
and one alternate member to the commission. The members so
appointed shall be elected or appointed members of the legislative
body of an independent special district residing within the county
but shall not be members of the legislative body of a city or county.
If one of the regular district members is absent from a commission
meeting or disqualifies himself or herself from participating in a
meeting, the alternate district member may serve and vote in place
of the regular district member for that meeting. Service on the
commission by a regular district member shall not disqualify, or
be cause for disqualification of, the member from acting on
proposals affecting the special district on whose legislative body
the member serves. The special district selection committee may,
at the time it appoints a member or alternate, provide that the
member or alternate is disqualified from voting on proposals
affecting the district on whose legislative body the member serves.

(d) If the office of a regular district member becomes vacant,
the alternate member may serve and vote in place of the former
regular district member until the appointment and qualification of
a regular district member to fill the vacancy.

(e) A majority of the independent special district selection
committee may determine to conduct the committee’s business by
mail, including holding all elections by mailed ballot, pursuant to
subdivision (f).

(f) If the independent special district selection committee has
determined to conduct the committee’s business by mail or if the
executive officer determines that a meeting of the special district
selection committee, for the purpose of appointing the special
district members or filling vacancies, is not feasible, the executive
officer shall conduct the business of the committee by mail.
Elections by mail shall be conducted as provided in this
subdivision.

(1) The executive officer shall prepare and deliver a call for
nominations to each eligible district. The presiding officer, or his
or her alternate as designated by the governing body, may respond
in writing by the date specified in the call for nominations, which
date shall be at least 30 days from the date on which the executive
officer mailed the call for nominations to the eligible district.

(2) At the end of the nominating period, if only one candidate
is nominated for a vacant seat, that candidate shall be deemed
appointed. If two or more candidates are nominated, the executive
officer shall prepare and deliver one ballot and voting instructions
to each eligible district. The ballot shall include the names of all
nominees and the office for which each was nominated. Each
presiding officer, or his or her alternate as designated by the
governing body, shall return the ballot to the executive officer by
the date specified in the voting instructions, which date shall be
at least 30 days from the date on which the executive officer mailed
the ballot to the eligible district.

(3) The call for nominations, begin delete ballot, end delete begin insert ballots, end insert and voting
instructions shall be delivered by certified mail to each eligible
district. As an alternative to the delivery by certified mail, the
executive officer, with prior concurrence of the presiding officer
or his or her alternate as designated by the governing body, may
transmit materials by electronic mail.

(4) If the executive officer has transmitted the call for
nominations or begin delete ballot end delete begin insert ballots end insert by electronic mail, the presiding
officer, or his or her alternate as designated by the governing body,
may respond to the executive officer by electronic mail.

(5) Each returned nomination and ballot shall be signed by the
presiding officer or his or her alternate as designated by the
governing body of the eligible district.

(6) For an election to be valid, at least a quorum of the special
districts must submit valid ballots. The candidate receiving the
most votes shall be elected, unless another procedure has been
adopted by the selection committee. Any nomination and ballot
received by the executive officer after the date specified is invalid,
provided, however, that if a quorum of ballots is not received by
that date, the executive officer shall extend the date to submit
ballots by 60 days and notify all districts of the extension. The
executive officer shall announce the results of the election within
seven days of the date specified.

(7) All election materials shall be retained by the executive
officer for a period of at least six months after the announcement
of the election results.

(g) For purposes of this section, “executive officer” means the
executive officer or designee as authorized by the commission.

SEC. 166.  

Section 82015 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

82015.  

(a) “Contribution” means a payment, a forgiveness of
a loan, a payment of a loan by a third party, or an enforceable
promise to make a payment except to the extent that full and
adequate consideration is received, unless it is clear from the
surrounding circumstances that it is not made for political purposes.

(b) (1) A payment made at the behest of a committee, as defined
in subdivision (a) of Section 82013, is a contribution to the
committee unless full and adequate consideration is received from
the committee for making the payment.

(2) A payment made at the behest of a candidate is a contribution
to the candidate unless the criteria in either subparagraph (A) or
(B) are satisfied:

(A) Full and adequate consideration is received from the
candidate.

(B) It is clear from the surrounding circumstances that the
payment was made for purposes unrelated to his or her candidacy
for elective office. The following types of payments are presumed
to be for purposes unrelated to a candidate’s candidacy for elective
office:

(i) A payment made principally for personal purposes, in which
case it may be considered a gift under the provisions of Section
82028. Payments that are otherwise subject to the limits of Section
86203 are presumed to be principally for personal purposes.

(ii) A payment made by a state, local, or federal governmental
agency or by a nonprofit organization that is exempt from taxation
under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. A payment
by a state, local, or federal governmental agency that is made
principally for legislative or governmental purposes is governed
exclusively by this clause and, therefore, is not subject to the
reporting requirement described in clause (iii).

(iii) A payment not covered by clause (i), made principally for
legislative, governmental, or charitable purposes, in which case it
is neither a gift nor a contribution. However, payments of this type
that are made at the behest of a candidate who is an elected officer
shall be reported within 30 days following the date on which the
payment or payments equal or exceed five thousand dollars
($5,000) in the aggregate from the same source in the same
calendar year in which they are made. The report shall be filed by
the elected officer with the elected officer’s agency and shall be
a public record subject to inspection and copying pursuant to
begin delete subdivision (a) of end delete Section 81008. The report shall contain the
following information: name of payor, address of payor, amount
of the payment, date or dates the payment or payments were made,
the name and address of the payee, a brief description of the goods
or services provided or purchased, if any, and a description of the
specific purpose or event for which the payment or payments were
made. Once the five-thousand-dollar ($5,000) aggregate threshold
from a single source has been reached for a calendar year, all
payments for the calendar year made by that source shall be
disclosed within 30 days after the date the threshold was reached
or the payment was made, whichever occurs later. Within 30 days
after receipt of the report, state agencies shall forward a copy of
these reports to the Commission, and local agencies shall forward
a copy of these reports to the officer with whom elected officers
of that agency file their campaign statements.

(C) For purposes of subparagraph (B), a payment is made for
purposes related to a candidate’s candidacy for elective office if
all or a portion of the payment is used for election-related activities.
For purposes of this subparagraph, “election-related activities”
shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

(i) Communications that contain express advocacy of the
nomination or election of the candidate or the defeat of his or her
opponent.

(ii) Communications that contain reference to the candidate’s
candidacy for elective office, the candidate’s election campaign,
or the candidate’s or his or her opponent’s qualifications for
elective office.

(iii) Solicitation of contributions to the candidate or to third
persons for use in support of the candidate or in opposition to his
or her opponent.

(iv) Arranging, coordinating, developing, writing, distributing,
preparing, or planning of any communication or activity described
in clause (i), (ii), or (iii).

(v) Recruiting or coordinating campaign activities of campaign
volunteers on behalf of the candidate.

(vi) Preparing campaign budgets.

(vii) Preparing campaign finance disclosure statements.

(viii) Communications directed to voters or potential voters as
part of activities encouraging or assisting persons to vote if the
communication contains express advocacy of the nomination or
election of the candidate or the defeat of his or her opponent.

(D) A contribution made at the behest of a candidate for a
different candidate or to a committee not controlled by the
behesting candidate is not a contribution to the behesting candidate.

(3) A payment made at the behest of a member of the Public
Utilities Commission, made principally for legislative,
governmental, or charitable purposes, is not a contribution.
However, payments of this type shall be reported within 30 days
following the date on which the payment or payments equal or
exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000) in the aggregate from the
same source in the same calendar year in which they are made.
The report shall be filed by the member with the Public Utilities
Commission and shall be a public record subject to inspection and
copying pursuant to begin delete subdivision (a) of end delete Section 81008. The report
shall contain the following information: name of payor, address
of payor, amount of the payment, date or dates the payment or
payments were made, the name and address of the payee, a brief
description of the goods or services provided or purchased, if any,
and a description of the specific purpose or event for which the
payment or payments were made. Once the five-thousand-dollar
($5,000) aggregate threshold from a single source has been reached
for a calendar year, all payments for the calendar year made by
that source shall be disclosed within 30 days after the date the
threshold was reached or the payment was made, whichever occurs
later. Within 30 days after receipt of the report, the Public Utilities
Commission shall forward a copy of these reports to the Fair
Political Practices Commission.

(c) “Contribution” includes the purchase of tickets for events
such as dinners, luncheons, rallies, and similar fundraising events;
the candidate’s own money or property used on behalf of his or
her candidacy, other than personal funds of the candidate used to
pay either a filing fee for a declaration of candidacy or a candidate
statement prepared pursuant to Section 13307 of the Elections
Code; the granting of discounts or rebates not extended to the
public generally or the granting of discounts or rebates by television
and radio stations and newspapers not extended on an equal basis
to all candidates for the same office; the payment of compensation
by any person for the personal services or expenses of any other
person if the services are rendered or expenses incurred on behalf
of a candidate or committee without payment of full and adequate
consideration.

(d) “Contribution” further includes any transfer of anything of
value received by a committee from another committee, unless
full and adequate consideration is received.

(e) “Contribution” does not include amounts received pursuant
to an enforceable promise to the extent those amounts have been
previously reported as a contribution. However, the fact that those
amounts have been received shall be indicated in the appropriate
campaign statement.

(f) (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2) or (3), “contribution”
does not include a payment made by an occupant of a home or
office for costs related to any meeting or fundraising event held
in the occupant’s home or office if the costs for the meeting or
fundraising event are five hundred dollars ($500) or less.

(2) “Contribution” includes a payment made by a lobbyist or a
cohabitant of a lobbyist for costs related to a fundraising event
held at the home of the lobbyist, including the value of the use of
the home as a fundraising event venue. A payment described in
this paragraph shall be attributable to the lobbyist for purposes of
Section 85702.

(3) “Contribution” includes a payment made by a lobbying firm
for costs related to a fundraising event held at the office of the
lobbying firm, including the value of the use of the office as a
fundraising event venue.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing definition of “contribution,”
the term does not include volunteer personal services or payments
made by any individual for his or her own travel expenses if the
payments are made voluntarily without any understanding or
agreement that they shall be, directly or indirectly, repaid to him
or her.

(h) “Contribution” further includes the payment of public
moneys by a state or local governmental agency for a
communication to the public that satisfies both of the following:

(1) The communication expressly advocates the election or
defeat of a clearly identified candidate or the qualification, passage,
or defeat of a clearly identified measure, or, taken as a whole and
in context, unambiguously urges a particular result in an election.

(2) The communication is made at the behest of the affected
candidate or committee.

(i) “Contribution” further includes a payment made by a person
to a multipurpose organization as defined and described in Section
84222.

SEC. 167.  

Section 83123.6 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

83123.6.  

(a) Upon mutual agreement between the Commission
and the City Council of the City of Stockton, the Commission is
authorized to assume primary responsibility for the impartial,
effective administration, implementation, and enforcement of a
local campaign finance reform ordinance passed by the City
Council of the City of Stockton. The Commission is authorized to
be the civil prosecutor responsible for the civil enforcement of that
local campaign finance reform ordinance in accordance with this
title. As the civil prosecutor of the City of Stockton’s local
campaign finance reform ordinance, the Commission may do both
of the following:

(1) Investigate possible violations of the local campaign finance
reform ordinance.

(2) Bring administrative actions in accordance with this title
and Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 11500) of Part 1 of
Division 3 of Title 2.

(b) Any local campaign finance reform ordinance of the City
of Stockton enforced by the Commission pursuant to this section
shall comply with this title.

(c) The City Council of the City of Stockton shall consult with
the Commission before adopting and amending any local campaign
finance reform ordinance that is subsequently enforced by the
Commission pursuant to this section.

(d) (1) The City Council of the City of Stockton and the
Commission may enter into any agreements necessary and
appropriate to carry out the provisions of this section, including
agreements pertaining to any necessary reimbursement of state
costs with city funds for costs incurred by the Commission in
administering, implementing, or enforcing a local campaign finance
reform ordinance pursuant to this section.

(2) An agreement entered into pursuant to this subdivision shall
not contain any form of a cancellation fee, a liquidated damages
provision, or other financial disincentive to the exercise of the
right to terminate the agreement pursuant to subdivision (e), except
that the Commission may require the City Council of the City of
Stockton to pay the Commission for services rendered and any
other expenditures reasonably made by the Commission in
anticipation of services to be rendered pursuant to the agreement
if the City Council of the City of Stockton terminates the
agreement.

(e) The City Council of the City of Stockton or the Commission
may, at any time, by ordinance or resolution, terminate any
agreement made pursuant to this section for the Commission to
administer, implement, or enforce a local campaign finance reform
ordinance or any provision begin delete thereof. end delete begin insert of the ordinance. end insert

(f) If an agreement is entered into pursuant to this section, the
Commission shall report to the Legislature regarding the
performance of that agreement on or before January 1, 2019, and
shall submit that report in compliance with Section 9795. The
Commission shall develop the report in consultation with the City
Council of the City of Stockton. The report shall include, but not
be limited to, all of the following:

(1) The status of the agreement.

(2) The estimated annual cost savings, if any, for the City of
Stockton.

(3) A summary of relevant annual performance metrics,
including measures of begin delete utilization, end delete begin insert use, end insert enforcement, and customer
satisfaction.

(4) Public comments submitted to the Commission or the City
of Stockton relative to the operation of the agreement.

(5) Legislative recommendations.

(g) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 168.  

Section 87207 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

87207.  

(a) If income is required to be reported under this
article, the statement shall contain, except as provided in
subdivision (b):

(1) The name and address of each source of income aggregating
five hundred dollars ($500) or more in value, or fifty dollars ($50)
or more in value if the income was a gift, and a general description
of the business activity, if any, of each source.

(2) A statement whether the aggregate value of income from
each source, or in the case of a loan, the highest amount owed to
each source, was at least five hundred dollars ($500) but did not
exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000), whether it was in excess of
one thousand dollars ($1,000) but was not greater than ten thousand
dollars ($10,000), whether it was greater than ten thousand dollars
($10,000) but not greater than one hundred thousand dollars
($100,000), or whether it was greater than one hundred thousand
dollars ($100,000).

(3) A description of the consideration, if any, for which the
income was received.

(4) In the case of a gift, the amount and the date on which the
gift was received, and the travel destination for purposes of a gift
that is a travel payment, advance, or reimbursement.

(5) In the case of a loan, the annual interest rate, the security,
if any, given for the loan, and the term of the loan.

(b) If the filer’s pro rata share of income to a business entity,
including income to a sole proprietorship, is required to be reported
under this article, the statement shall contain:

(1) The name, address, and a general description of the business
activity of the business entity.

(2) The name of every person from whom the business entity
received payments if the filer’s pro rata share of gross receipts
from that person was equal to or greater than ten thousand dollars
($10,000) during a calendar year.

(c) If a payment, including an advance or reimbursement, for
travel is required to be reported pursuant to this section, it may be
reported on a separate travel reimbursement schedule which shall
be included in the filer’s statement of economic begin delete interest. end delete begin insert interests. end insert
A filer who chooses not to use the travel schedule shall disclose
payments for travel as a gift, unless it is clear from all surrounding
circumstances that the services provided were equal to or greater
in value than the payments for the travel, in which case the travel
may be reported as income.

SEC. 169.  

Section 89506 of the Government Code is amended
to read:

89506.  

(a) Payments, advances, or reimbursements for travel,
including actual transportation and related lodging and subsistence
that is reasonably related to a legislative or governmental purpose,
or to an issue of state, national, or international public policy, are
not prohibited or limited by this chapter if either of the following
applies:

(1) The travel is in connection with a speech given by the elected
state officer, local elected officeholder, candidate for elective state
office or local elective office, an individual specified in Section
87200, member of a state board or commission, or designated
employee of a state or local government agency, the lodging and
subsistence expenses are limited to the day immediately preceding,
the day of, and the day immediately following the speech, and the
travel is within the United States.

(2) The travel is provided by a government, a governmental
agency, a foreign government, a governmental authority, a bona
fide public or private educational institution, as defined in Section
203 of the Revenue and Taxation Code, a nonprofit organization
that is exempt from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal
Revenue Code, or by a person domiciled outside the United States
who substantially satisfies the requirements for tax-exempt status
under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(b) Gifts of travel not described in subdivision (a) are subject
to the limits in Section 89503.

(c) Subdivision (a) applies only to travel that is reported on the
recipient’s statement of economic interests.

(d) For purposes of this section, a gift of travel does not include
any of the following:

(1) Travel that is paid for from campaign funds, as permitted
by Article 4 (commencing with Section 89510), or that is a
contribution.

(2) Travel that is provided by the begin insert governmental end insert agency of a
local elected officeholder, an elected state officer, member of a
state board or commission, an individual specified in Section
87200, or a designated employee.

(3) Travel that is reasonably necessary in connection with a
bona fide business, trade, or profession and that satisfies the criteria
for federal income tax deduction for business expenses in Sections
162 and 274 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless the sole or
predominant activity of the business, trade, or profession is making
speeches.

(4) Travel that is excluded from the definition of a gift by any
other provision of this title.

(e) This section does not apply to payments, advances, or
reimbursements for travel and related lodging and subsistence
permitted or limited by Section 170.9 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(f) (1) A nonprofit organization that regularly organizes and
hosts travel for elected officials and that makes payments,
advances, or reimbursements that total more than ten thousand
dollars ($10,000) in a calendar year, or that total more than five
thousand dollars ($5,000) in a calendar year for a single person,
for travel by an elected state officer or local elected officeholder
as described in subdivision (a) shall disclose to the Commission
the names of donors who did both of the following in the preceding
year:

(A) Donated one thousand dollars ($1,000) or more to the
nonprofit organization.

(B) Accompanied an elected state officer or local elected
officeholder, either personally or through an agent, employee, or
representative, for any portion of travel described in subdivision
(a).

(2) For purposes of this subdivision, begin delete an end delete begin insert a nonprofit end insert organization
“regularly organizes and hosts travel for elected officials” if the
sum of the begin insert nonprofit end insert organization’s expenses that relate to any of
the following types of activities with regard to elected officials
was greater than one-third of its total expenses reflected on the
begin insert nonprofit end insert organization’s Internal Revenue Service Form 990, or
the equivalent, filed most recently within the last 12 months:

(A) Travel.

(B) Study tours.

(C) Conferences, conventions, and meetings.

(3) This subdivision does not preclude a finding that a nonprofit
organization is acting as an intermediary or agent of the donor. If
the nonprofit organization is acting as an intermediary or agent of
the donor, all of the following apply:

(A) The donor to the nonprofit organization is the source of the
gift.

(B) The donor shall be identified as a financial interest under
Section 87103.

(C) The gift shall be reported as required by Section 87207.

(D) The gift shall be subject to the limitations on gifts specified
in Section 89503.

(4) For purposes of this subdivision, a nonprofit organization
includes an organization that is exempt from taxation under Section
501(c)(3) or Section 501(c)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code.

SEC. 170.  

Section 1204.2 of the Health and Safety Code, as
added by Section 1 of Chapter 704 of the Statutes of 2015, is
amended to read:

1204.2.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not
limited to, Section 75047 begin insert of Article 6 of Chapter 7 of Division 5 end insert
of Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations, and except as
provided in subdivision (c), a primary care clinic described in
subdivision (a) of Section 1204 that is licensed pursuant to this
chapter shall not be required to enter into a written transfer
agreement with a nearby hospital as a condition of licensure.

(b) (1) A primary care clinic shall send with each patient at the
time of transfer, or in the case of an emergency, as promptly as
possible, copies of all medical records related to the patient’s
transfer. To the extent practicable and applicable to the patient’s
transfer, the medical records shall include current medical findings,
diagnoses, laboratory results, medications provided prior to
transfer, a brief summary of the course of treatment provided prior
to transfer, ambulation status, nursing and dietary information,
name and contact information for the treating physician at the
clinic, begin delete and end delete begin insert and, end insert as appropriate, pertinent administrative and
demographic information related to the patient, including name
and date of birth.

(2) The requirements in paragraph (1) begin delete shall end delete begin insert do end insert not apply if the
primary care clinic has entered into a written transfer agreement
with a local hospital that provides for the transfer of medical
records.

(c) A primary care clinic licensed pursuant to subdivision (a)
of Section 1204 that provides services as an alternative birth center
shall, as a condition of licensure, be required to maintain a written
transfer agreement with a local hospital. The transfer agreement
shall include provisions for communication and transportation to
meet medical emergencies. Essential personal, health, and medical
information shall either accompany the patient upon transfer or be
transmitted immediately by telephone to the receiving facility.
This section does not modify or supersede the requirements
imposed on alternative birth centers described in Section 1204.3.

(d) The State Department of Public Health, no later than July
1, 2016, shall repeal Section 75047 of begin insert Article 6 of end insert Chapter 7 of
Division 5 of Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations.

(e) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2018,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2018, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 171.  

Section 1204.2 of the Health and Safety Code, as
added by Section 2 of Chapter 704 of the Statutes of 2015, is
amended to read:

1204.2.  

(a) Notwithstanding any other law, and except as
provided in subdivision (c), a primary care clinic described in
subdivision (a) of Section 1204 that is licensed pursuant to this
chapter shall not be required to enter into a written transfer
agreement with a nearby hospital as a condition of licensure.

(b) (1) A primary care clinic shall send with each patient at the
time of transfer, or in the case of an emergency, as promptly as
possible, copies of all medical records related to the patient’s
transfer. To the extent practicable and applicable to the patient’s
transfer, the medical records shall include current medical findings,
diagnoses, laboratory results, medications provided prior to
transfer, a brief summary of the course of treatment provided prior
to transfer, ambulation status, nursing and dietary information,
name and contact information for the treating physician at the
clinic, begin delete and end delete begin insert and, end insert as appropriate, pertinent administrative and
demographic information related to the patient, including name
and date of birth.

(2) The requirements in paragraph (1) begin delete shall end delete begin insert do end insert not apply if the
primary care clinic has entered into a written transfer agreement
with a local hospital that provides for the transfer of medical
records.

(c) A primary care clinic licensed pursuant to subdivision (a)
of Section 1204 that provides services as an alternative birth center
shall, as a condition of licensure, be required to maintain a written
transfer agreement with a local hospital. The transfer agreement
shall include provisions for communication and transportation to
meet medical emergencies. Essential personal, health, and medical
information shall either accompany the patient upon transfer or be
transmitted immediately by telephone to the receiving facility.
This section does not modify or supersede the requirements
imposed on alternative birth centers described in Section 1204.3.

(d) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2018.

SEC. 172.  

Section 1262.5 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1262.5.  

(a) Each hospital shall have a written discharge
planning policy and process.

(b) The policy required by subdivision (a) shall require that
appropriate arrangements for posthospital care, including, but not
limited to, care at home, in a skilled nursing or intermediate care
facility, or from a hospice, are made prior to discharge for those
patients who are likely to suffer adverse health consequences upon
discharge if there is no adequate discharge planning. If the hospital
determines that the patient and family members or interested
persons need to be counseled to prepare them for posthospital care,
the hospital shall provide for that counseling.

(c) As part of the discharge planning process, the hospital shall
provide each patient who has been admitted to the hospital as an
inpatient with an opportunity to identify one family caregiver who
may assist in posthospital care, and shall record this information
in the patient’s medical chart.

begin delete

(A)

end delete

begin insert (1) end insert  In the event that the patient is unconscious or otherwise
incapacitated upon admittance to the hospital, the hospital shall
provide the patient or patient’s legal guardian with an opportunity
to designate a caregiver within a specified time period, at the
discretion of the attending physician, following the patient’s
recovery of consciousness or capacity. The hospital shall promptly
document the attempt in the patient’s medical record.

begin delete

(B)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  In the event that the patient or legal guardian declines to
designate a caregiver pursuant to this section, the hospital shall
promptly document this declination in the patient’s medical record,
when appropriate.

(d) The policy required by subdivision (a) shall require that the
patient’s designated family caregiver be notified of the patient’s
discharge or transfer to another facility as soon as possible and, in
any event, upon issuance of a discharge order by the patient’s
attending physician. If the hospital is unable to contact the
designated caregiver, the lack of contact shall not interfere with,
delay, or otherwise affect the medical care provided to the patient
or an appropriate discharge of the patient. The hospital shall
promptly document the attempted notification in the patient’s
medical record.

(e) The process required by subdivision (a) shall require that
the patient and family caregiver be informed of the continuing
health care requirements following discharge from the hospital.
The right to information regarding continuing health care
requirements following discharge shall also apply to the person
who has legal responsibility to make decisions regarding medical
care on behalf of the patient, if the patient is unable to make those
decisions for himself or herself. The hospital shall provide an
opportunity for the patient and his or her designated family
caregiver to engage in the discharge planning process, which shall
include providing information and, when appropriate, instruction
regarding the posthospital care needs of the patient. This
information shall include, but is not limited to, education and
counseling about the patient’s medications, including dosing and
proper use of medication delivery devices, when applicable. The
information shall be provided in a culturally competent manner
and in a language that is comprehensible to the patient and
caregiver, consistent with the requirements of state and federal
law, and shall include an opportunity for the caregiver to ask
questions about the posthospital care needs of the patient.

(f) (1) A transfer summary shall accompany the patient upon
transfer to a skilled nursing or intermediate care facility or to the
distinct part-skilled nursing or intermediate care service unit of
the hospital. The transfer summary shall include essential
information relative to the patient’s diagnosis, hospital course,
pain treatment and management, medications, treatments, dietary
requirement, rehabilitation potential, known allergies, and treatment
plan, and shall be signed by the physician.

(2) A copy of the transfer summary shall be given to the patient
and the patient’s legal representative, if any, prior to transfer to a
skilled nursing or intermediate care facility.

(g) A hospital shall establish and implement a written policy to
ensure that each patient receives, at the time of discharge,
information regarding each medication dispensed, pursuant to
Section 4074 of the Business and Professions Code.

(h) A hospital shall provide every patient anticipated to be in
need of long-term care at the time of discharge with contact
information for at least one public or nonprofit agency or
organization dedicated to providing information or referral services
relating to community-based long-term care options in the patient’s
county of residence and appropriate to the needs and characteristics
of the patient. At a minimum, this information shall include contact
information for the area agency on aging serving the patient’s
county of residence, local independent living centers, or other
information appropriate to the needs and characteristics of the
patient.

(i) A contract between a general acute care hospital and a health
care service plan that is issued, amended, renewed, or delivered
on or after January 1, 2002, begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not contain a provision that
prohibits or restricts any health care facility’s compliance with the
requirements of this section.

(j) Discharge planning policies adopted by a hospital in
accordance with this section shall ensure that planning is
appropriate to the condition of the patient being discharged from
the hospital and to the discharge destination and meets the needs
and acuity of patients.

(k) This section does not require a hospital to do either of the
following:

(1) Adopt a policy that would delay discharge or transfer of a
patient.

(2) Disclose information if the patient has not provided consent
that meets the standards required by state and federal laws
governing the privacy and security of protected health information.

(l) This section does not supersede or modify any privacy and
information security requirements and protections in federal and
state law regarding protected health information or personally
identifiable information, including, but not limited to, the federal
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (42
U.S.C. Sec. 300gg).

(m) For the purposes of this section, “family caregiver” means
a relative, friend, or neighbor who provides assistance related to
an underlying physical or mental disability but who is unpaid for
those services.

SEC. 173.  

Section 1266 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1266.  

(a) The Licensing and Certification Division shall be
supported entirely by federal funds and special funds by no earlier
than the beginning of the 2009-10 fiscal year unless otherwise
specified in statute, or unless funds are specifically appropriated
from the General Fund in the annual Budget Act or other enacted
legislation. For the 2007-08 fiscal year, General Fund support
shall be provided to offset licensing and certification fees in an
amount of not less than two million seven hundred eighty-two
thousand dollars ($2,782,000).

(b) (1) The Licensing and Certification Program fees for the
2006-07 fiscal year shall be as follows:

 

Type of Facility	Fee
General Acute Care Hospitals	$ 134.10	per bed
Acute Psychiatric Hospitals	$ 134.10	per bed
Special Hospitals	$ 134.10	per bed
Chemical Dependency Recovery Hospitals	$ 123.52	per bed
Skilled Nursing Facilities	$ 202.96	per bed
Intermediate Care Facilities	$ 202.96	per bed
Intermediate Care Facilities- Developmentally Disabled	$ 592.29	per bed
Intermediate Care Facilities- Developmentally Disabled-Habilitative	$1,000.00	per facility
Intermediate Care Facilities- Developmentally Disabled-Nursing	$1,000.00	per facility
Home Health Agencies	$2,700.00	per facility
Referral Agencies	$5,537.71	per facility
Adult Day Health Centers	$4,650.02	per facility
Congregate Living Health Facilities	$ 202.96	per bed
Psychology Clinics	$ 600.00	per facility
Primary Clinics- Community and Free	$ 600.00	per facility
Specialty Clinics- Rehab Clinics  (For profit)	$2,974.43	per facility
(Nonprofit)	$ 500.00	per facility
Specialty Clinics- Surgical and Chronic	$1,500.00	per facility
Dialysis Clinics	$1,500.00	per facility
Pediatric Day Health/Respite Care	$ 142.43	per bed
Alternative Birthing Centers	$2,437.86	per facility
Hospice	$1,000.00	per provider
Correctional Treatment Centers	$ 590.39	per bed

 

(2) (A) In the first year of licensure for intermediate care
facility/developmentally disabled-continuous nursing (ICF/DD-CN)
facilities, the licensure fee for those facilities shall be equivalent
to the licensure fee for intermediate care facility/developmentally
disabled-nursing facilities during the same year. Thereafter, the
licensure fee for ICF/DD-CN facilities shall be established pursuant
to the same procedures described in this section.

(B) In the first year of licensure for hospice facilities, the
licensure fee shall be equivalent to the licensure fee for congregate
living health facilities during the same year. Thereafter, the
licensure fee for hospice facilities shall be established pursuant to
the same procedures described in this section.

(c) Commencing in the 2015-16 fiscal year, the fees for skilled
nursing facilities shall be increased so as to generate four hundred
thousand dollars ($400,000) for the California Department of
Aging’s Long-Term Care Ombudsman Program for its work related
to investigating complaints made against skilled nursing facilities
and increasing visits to those facilities.

(d) Commencing February 1, 2007, and every February 1
thereafter, the department shall publish a list of estimated fees
pursuant to this section. The calculation of estimated fees and the
publication of the report and list of estimated fees shall not be
subject to the rulemaking requirements of Chapter 3.5
(commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title
2 of the Government Code.

(e) Notwithstanding Section 10231.5 of the Government Code,
by February 1 of each year, the department shall prepare the
following reports and shall make those reports, and the list of
estimated fees required to be published pursuant to subdivision
(d), available to the public by submitting them to the Legislature
and posting them on the department’s Internet Web site:

(1) A report of all costs for activities of the Licensing and
Certification Program. At a minimum, this report shall include a
narrative of all baseline adjustments and their calculations, a
description of how each category of facility was calculated,
descriptions of assumptions used in any calculations, and shall
recommend Licensing and Certification Program fees in accordance
with the following:

(A) Projected workload and costs shall be grouped for each fee
category, including workload costs for facility categories that have
been established by statute and for which licensing regulations
and procedures are under development.

(B) Cost estimates, and the estimated fees, shall be based on
the appropriation amounts in the Governor’s proposed budget for
the next fiscal year, with and without policy adjustments to the fee
methodology.

(C) The allocation of program, operational, and administrative
overhead, and indirect costs to fee categories shall be based on
generally accepted cost allocation methods. Significant items of
costs shall be directly charged to fee categories if the expenses can
be reasonably identified to the fee category that caused them.
Indirect and overhead costs shall be allocated to all fee categories
using a generally accepted cost allocation method.

(D) The amount of federal funds and General Fund moneys to
be received in the budget year shall be estimated and allocated to
each fee category based upon an appropriate metric.

(E) The fee for each category shall be determined by dividing
the aggregate state share of all costs for the Licensing and
Certification Program by the appropriate metric for the category
of licensure. Amounts actually received for new licensure
applications, including change of ownership applications, and late
payment penalties, pursuant to Section 1266.5, during each fiscal
year shall be calculated and 95 percent shall be applied to the
appropriate fee categories in determining Licensing and
Certification Program fees for the second fiscal year following
receipt of those funds. The remaining 5 percent shall be retained
in the fund as a reserve until appropriated.

(2) (A) A staffing and systems analysis to ensure efficient and
effective utilization of fees collected, proper allocation of
departmental resources to licensing and certification activities,
survey schedules, complaint investigations, enforcement and appeal
activities, data collection and dissemination, surveyor training,
and policy development.

(B) The analysis under this paragraph shall be made available
to interested persons and shall include all of the following:

(i) The number of surveyors and administrative support
personnel devoted to the licensing and certification of health care
facilities.

(ii) The percentage of time devoted to licensing and certification
activities for the various types of health facilities.

(iii) The number of facilities receiving full surveys and the
frequency and number of followup visits.

(iv) The number and timeliness of complaint investigations,
including data on the department’s compliance with the
requirements of paragraphs (3), (4), and (5) of subdivision (a) of
Section 1420.

(v) Data on deficiencies and citations issued, and numbers of
citation review conferences and arbitration hearings.

(vi) Other applicable activities of the licensing and certification
division.

(3) The annual program fee report described in subdivision (d)
of Section 1416.36.

(f) The reports required pursuant to subdivision (e) shall be
submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government
Code.

(g) (1) The department shall adjust the list of estimated fees
published pursuant to begin delete subdivision(d) end delete begin insert subdivision (d) end insert if the annual
Budget Act or other enacted legislation includes an appropriation
that differs from those proposed in the Governor’s proposed budget
for that fiscal year.

(2) The department shall publish a final fee list, with an
explanation of any adjustment, by the issuance of an all facilities
letter, by posting the list on the department’s Internet Web site,
and by including the final fee list as part of the licensing application
package, within 14 days of the enactment of the annual Budget
Act. The adjustment of fees and the publication of the final fee list
shall not be subject to the rulemaking requirements of Chapter 3.5
(commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title
2 of the Government Code.

(h) (1) Fees shall not be assessed or collected pursuant to this
section from any state department, authority, bureau, commission,
or officer, unless federal financial participation would become
available by doing so and an appropriation is included in the annual
Budget Act for that state department, authority, bureau,
commission, or officer for this purpose. Fees shall not be assessed
or collected pursuant to this section from any clinic that is certified
only by the federal government and is exempt from licensure under
Section 1206, unless federal financial participation would become
available by doing so.

(2) For the 2006-07 state fiscal year, a fee shall not be assessed
or collected pursuant to this section from any general acute care
hospital owned by a health care district with 100 beds or less.

(i) The Licensing and Certification Program may change annual
license expiration renewal dates to provide for efficiencies in
operational processes or to provide for sufficient cashflow to pay
for expenditures. If an annual license expiration date is changed,
the renewal fee shall be prorated accordingly. Facilities shall be
provided with a 60-day notice of any change in their annual license
renewal date.

(j) Commencing with the 2018-19 November Program estimate,
the Licensing and Certification Program shall evaluate the
feasibility of reducing investigation timelines based on experience
with implementing paragraphs (3), (4), and (5) of subdivision (a)
of Section 1420.

SEC. 174.  

Section 1279.7 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1279.7.  

(a) A health facility, as defined in subdivision (a), (b),
(c), or (f) of Section 1250, shall implement a begin delete facility-wide end delete
begin insert facilitywide end insert hand hygiene program.

(b) Commencing January 1, 2017, a health facility, as defined
in subdivision (a), (b), (c), or (f) of Section 1250, is prohibited
from using an epidural connector that would fit into a connector
other than the type it was intended for, unless an emergency or
urgent situation exists and the prohibition would impair the ability
to provide health care.

(c) Commencing January 1, 2016, a health facility, as defined
in subdivision (a), (b), (c), or (f) of Section 1250, is prohibited
from using an intravenous connector that would fit into a connector
other than the type it was intended for, unless an emergency or
urgent situation exists and the prohibition would impair the ability
to provide health care.

(d) Commencing July 1, 2016, a health facility, as defined in
subdivision (a), (b), (c), or (f) of Section 1250, is prohibited from
using an enteral feeding connector that would fit into a connector
other than the type it was intended for, unless an emergency or
urgent situation exists and the prohibition would impair the ability
to provide health care.

(e) The Advanced Medical Technology Association shall, on
January 1 of each year until the standards are developed, provide
the Legislature with a report on the progress of the International
Organization for Standardization in developing new design
standards for connectors for intravenous, epidural, or enteral
applications.

(f) A health facility that is required to develop a patient safety
plan pursuant to Section 1279.6 shall include in the patient safety
plan measures to prevent adverse events associated with
misconnecting intravenous, enteral feeding, and epidural lines.
This subdivision shall become inoperative as to epidural connectors
upon the operative date of subdivision (b), and as to intravenous
connectors upon the operative date of subdivision (c). and as to
enteral feeding connectors upon the operative date of subdivision
(d).

SEC. 175.  

Section 1342.71 of the Health and Safety Code, as
added by Section 1 of Chapter 619 of the Statutes of 2015, is
amended to read:

1342.71.  

(a) The Legislature hereby finds and declares all of
the following:

(1) The federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, its
implementing regulations and guidance, and related state law
prohibit discrimination based on a person’s expected length of life,
present or predicted disability, degree of medical dependency,
quality of life, or other health conditions, including benefit designs
that have the effect of discouraging the enrollment of individuals
with significant health needs.

(2) The Legislature intends to build on existing state and federal
law to ensure that health coverage benefit designs do not have an
unreasonable discriminatory impact on chronically ill individuals,
and to ensure affordability of outpatient prescription drugs.

(3) Assignment of all or most prescription medications that treat
a specific medical condition to the highest cost tiers of a formulary
may effectively discourage enrollment by chronically ill
individuals, and may result in lower adherence to a prescription
drug treatment regimen.

(b) A nongrandfathered health care service plan contract that is
offered, amended, or renewed on or after January 1, 2017, shall
comply with this section. The cost-sharing limits established by
this section apply only to outpatient prescription drugs covered by
the contract that constitute essential health benefits, as defined in
Section 1367.005.

(c) A health care service plan contract that provides coverage
for outpatient prescription drugs shall cover medically necessary
prescription drugs, including nonformulary drugs determined to
be medically necessary consistent with this chapter.

(d) (1) Consistent with federal law and guidance, the formulary
or formularies for outpatient prescription drugs maintained by the
health care service plan shall not discourage the enrollment of
individuals with health conditions and shall not reduce the
generosity of the benefit for enrollees with a particular condition
in a manner that is not based on a clinical indication or reasonable
medical management practices. Section 1342.7 and any regulations
adopted pursuant to that section shall be interpreted in a manner
that is consistent with this section.

(2) For combination antiretroviral drug treatments that are
medically necessary for the treatment of AIDS/HIV, a health care
service plan contract shall cover a single-tablet drug regimen that
is as effective as a multitablet regimen unless, consistent with
clinical guidelines and peer-reviewed scientific and medical
literature, the multitablet regimen is clinically equally or more
effective and more likely to result in adherence to a drug regimen.

(e) (1) With respect to an individual or group health care service
plan contract subject to Section 1367.006, the copayment,
coinsurance, or any other form of cost sharing for a covered
outpatient prescription drug for an individual prescription for a
supply of up to 30 days shall not exceed two hundred fifty dollars
($250), except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3).

(2) With respect to products with actuarial value at, or equivalent
to, the bronze level, cost sharing for a covered outpatient
prescription drug for an individual prescription for a supply of up
to 30 days shall not exceed five hundred dollars ($500), except as
provided in paragraph (3).

(3) For a health care service plan contract that is a “high
deductible health plan” under the definition set forth in Section
223(c)(2) of Title 26 of the United States Code, paragraphs (1)
and (2) of this subdivision shall apply only once an enrollee’s
deductible has been satisfied for the year.

(4) For a nongrandfathered individual or small group health
care service plan contract, the annual deductible for outpatient
drugs, if any, shall not exceed twice the amount specified in
paragraph (1) or (2), respectively.

(5) For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), “any other form of
cost sharing” shall not include begin insert a end insert deductible.

(f) (1) If a health care service plan contract for a
nongrandfathered individual or small group product maintains a
drug formulary grouped into tiers that includes a fourth tier, a
health care service plan contract shall use the following definitions
for each tier of the drug formulary:

(A) Tier one shall consist of most generic drugs and low-cost
preferred brand name drugs.

(B) Tier two shall consist of nonpreferred generic drugs,
preferred brand name drugs, and any other drugs recommended
by the health care service plan’s pharmacy and therapeutics
committee based on safety, efficacy, and cost.

(C) Tier three shall consist of nonpreferred brand name drugs
or drugs that are recommended by the health care service plan’s
pharmacy and therapeutics committee based on safety, efficacy,
and cost, or that generally have a preferred and often less costly
therapeutic alternative at a lower tier.

(D) Tier four shall consist of drugs that are biologics, drugs that
the FDA or the manufacturer requires to be distributed through a
specialty pharmacy, drugs that require the enrollee to have special
training or clinical monitoring for self-administration, or drugs
that cost the health plan more than six hundred dollars ($600) net
of rebates for a one-month supply.

(2) In placing specific drugs on specific tiers, or choosing to
place a drug on the formulary, the health care service plan shall
take into account the other provisions of this section and this
chapter.

(3) A health care service plan contract may maintain a drug
formulary with fewer than four tiers.

(4) This section shall not be construed to limit a health care
service plan from placing any drug in a lower tier.

(g) A health care service plan contract shall ensure that the
placement of prescription drugs on formulary tiers is based on
clinically indicated, reasonable medical management practices.

(h) This section shall not be construed to require a health care
service plan to impose cost sharing. This section shall not be
construed to require cost sharing for prescription drugs that state
or federal law otherwise requires to be provided without cost
sharing.

(i) This section does not require or authorize a health care
service plan that contracts with the State Department of Health
Care Services to provide services to Medi-Cal beneficiaries to
provide coverage for prescription drugs that are not required
pursuant to those programs or contracts, or to limit or exclude any
prescription drugs that are required by those programs or contracts.

(j) In the provision of outpatient prescription drug coverage, a
health care service plan may utilize formulary, prior authorization,
step therapy, or other reasonable medical management practices
consistent with this chapter.

(k) This section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to a health care service
plan that contracts with the State Department of Health Care
Services.

(l) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 176.  

Section 1358.18 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1358.18.  

In the interest of full and fair disclosure, and to ensure
the availability of necessary consumer information to potential
subscribers or enrollees not possessing a special knowledge of
Medicare, health care service plans, or Medicare supplement
contracts, an issuer shall comply with the following provisions:

(a) Application forms shall include the following questions
designed to elicit information as to whether, as of the date of the
application, the applicant currently has Medicare supplement,
Medicare Advantage, Medi-Cal coverage, or another health
insurance policy or certificate or plan contract in force or whether
a Medicare supplement contract is intended to replace any other
disability policy or certificate, or plan contract, presently in force.
A supplementary application or other form to be signed by the
applicant and solicitor containing those questions and statements
may be used.

“(Statements)

(1) You do not need more than one Medicare supplement policy
or contract.

(2) If you purchase this contract, you may want to evaluate your
existing health coverage and decide if you need multiple coverages.

(3) You may be eligible for benefits under Medi-Cal or Medicaid
and may not need a Medicare supplement contract.

(4) If, after purchasing this contract, you become eligible for
Medi-Cal, the benefits and premiums under your Medicare
supplement contract can be suspended, if requested, during your
entitlement to benefits under Medi-Cal or Medicaid for 24 months.
You must request this suspension within 90 days of becoming
eligible for Medi-Cal or Medicaid. If you are no longer entitled to
Medi-Cal or Medicaid, your suspended Medicare supplement
contract or, if that is no longer available, a substantially equivalent
contract, will be reinstituted if requested within 90 days of losing
Medi-Cal or Medicaid eligibility. If the Medicare supplement
contract provided coverage for outpatient prescription drugs and
you enrolled in Medicare Part D while your contract was
suspended, the reinstituted contract will not have outpatient
prescription drug coverage, but will otherwise be substantially
equivalent to your coverage before the date of the suspension.

(5) If you are eligible for, and have enrolled in, a Medicare
supplement contract by reason of disability and you later become
covered by an employer or union-based group health plan, the
benefits and premiums under your Medicare supplement contract
can be suspended, if requested, while you are covered under the
employer or union-based group health plan. If you suspend your
Medicare supplement contract under these circumstances and later
lose your employer or union-based group health plan, your
suspended Medicare supplement contract or, if that is no longer
available, a substantially equivalent contract, will be reinstituted
if requested within 90 days of losing your employer or union-based
group health plan. If the Medicare supplement contract provided
coverage for outpatient prescription drugs and you enrolled in
Medicare Part D while your contract was suspended, the
reinstituted contract will not have outpatient prescription drug
coverage, but will otherwise be substantially equivalent to your
coverage before the date of the suspension.

(6) Counseling services are available in this state to provide
advice concerning your purchase of Medicare supplement coverage
and concerning medical assistance through the Medi-Cal or
Medicaid Program, including benefits as a qualified Medicare
beneficiary (QMB) and a specified low-income Medicare
beneficiary (SLMB). Information regarding counseling services
may be obtained from the California Department of Aging.

(Questions)

If you lost or are losing other health insurance coverage and
received a notice from your prior insurer saying you were eligible
for guaranteed issue of a Medicare supplement insurance contract
or that you had certain rights to buy such a contract, you may be
guaranteed acceptance in one or more of our Medicare supplement
plans. Please include a copy of the notice from your prior insurer
with your application. PLEASE ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS.

[Please mark Yes or No below with an “X.”]

To the best of your knowledge,

(1) (a) Did you turn 65 years of age in the last 6 begin delete months end delete
begin insert months? end insert

Yes____ No____

(b) Did you enroll in Medicare Part B in the last 6 begin delete months end delete
begin insert months? end insert

Yes____ No____

(c) If yes, what is the effective begin delete date end delete begin insert date? end insert  ___________________

(2) Are you covered for medical assistance through California’s Medi-Cal begin delete program end delete begin insert program? end insert

NOTE TO APPLICANT: If you have a share of cost under the Medi-Cal program, please answer NO to this question.

Yes____ No____

If yes,

(a) Will Medi-Cal pay your premiums for this Medicare supplement begin delete contract end delete begin insert contract? end insert

Yes____ No____

(b) Do you receive benefits from Medi-Cal OTHER THAN payments toward your Medicare Part B begin delete premium end delete begin insert premium? end insert

Yes____ No____

(3) (a) If you had coverage from any Medicare plan other than original Medicare within the past 63 days (for example, a Medicare Advantage plan or a Medicare HMO or PPO), fill in your start and end dates below. If you are still covered under this plan, leave “END” blank.

START __/__/__ END __/__/__

(b) If you are still covered under the Medicare plan, do you intend to replace your current coverage with this new Medicare supplement begin delete contract end delete begin insert contract? end insert

Yes____ No____

(c) Was this your first time in this type of Medicare begin delete plan end delete begin insert plan? end insert

Yes____ No____

(d) Did you drop a Medicare supplement contract to enroll in the Medicare begin delete plan end delete begin insert plan? end insert

Yes____ No____

(4) (a) Do you have another Medicare supplement policy or certificate or contract in begin delete force end delete begin insert force? end insert

Yes____ No____

(b) If so, with what company, and what plan do you begin delete have end delete begin insert have? end insert [optional for Direct Mailers]

Yes____ No____

(c) If so, do you intend to replace your current Medicare supplement policy or certificate or contract with this begin delete contract end delete begin insert contract? end insert

Yes____ No____

(5) Have you had coverage under any other health insurance within the past 63 begin delete days end delete begin insert days? end insert (For example, an employer, union, or individual plan)

Yes____ No____

(a) If so, with what companies and what kind of begin delete policy end delete begin insert policy? end insert

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

(b) What are your dates of coverage under the other begin delete policy end delete begin insert policy? end insert

START __/__/__ END __/__/__

(If you are still covered under the other policy, leave “END” blank).”

(b) Solicitors shall list any other health insurance policies or plan contracts they have sold to the applicant as follows:

(1) List policies and contracts sold that are still in force.

(2) List policies and contracts sold in the past five years that are no longer in force.

(c) An issuer issuing Medicare supplement contracts without a solicitor or solicitor firm (a direct response issuer) shall return to the applicant, upon delivery of the contract, a copy of the application or supplemental forms, signed by the applicant and acknowledged by the issuer.

(d) Upon determining that a sale will involve replacement of Medicare supplement coverage, an issuer, other than a direct response issuer, or its agent, shall furnish the applicant, prior to issuance for delivery of the Medicare supplement contract, a notice regarding replacement of Medicare supplement coverage. One copy of the notice signed by the applicant and the agent, except where the coverage is sold without an agent, shall be provided to the applicant and an additional signed copy shall be retained by the issuer. A direct response issuer shall deliver to the applicant at the time of the issuance of the contract the notice regarding replacement of Medicare supplement coverage.

(e) The notice required by subdivision (d) for an issuer shall be provided in substantially the following form in no less than 12-point type:

NOTICE TO APPLICANT REGARDING REPLACEMENT OF MEDICARE SUPPLEMENT COVERAGE OR MEDICARE ADVANTAGE

(Company name and address)

SAVE THIS NOTICE! IT MAY BE IMPORTANT TO YOU IN THE FUTURE

According to [your application] [information you have furnished], you intend to lapse or otherwise terminate an existing Medicare supplement policy or contract or Medicare Advantage plan and replace it with a contract to be issued by [Plan Name]. Your contract to be issued by [Plan Name] will provide 30 days within which you may decide without cost whether you desire to keep the contract. You should review this new coverage carefully. Compare it with all accident and sickness coverage you now have. Terminate your present policy or contract only if, after due consideration, you find that purchase of this Medicare supplement coverage is a wise decision.

STATEMENT TO APPLICANT BY PLAN, SOLICITOR, SOLICITOR FIRM, OR OTHER REPRESENTATIVE:

(1) I have reviewed your current medical or health coverage. To the best of my knowledge, the replacement of coverage involved in this transaction does not duplicate coverage or, if applicable, Medicare Advantage coverage because you intend to terminate your existing Medicare supplement coverage or leave your Medicare Advantage plan. The replacement contract is being purchased for the following reason (check one):

__ Additional benefits.

__ No change in benefits, but lower premiums or charges.

__ Fewer benefits and lower premiums or charges.

__ Plan has outpatient prescription drug coverage and applicant is enrolled in Medicare Part D.

__ Disenrollment from a Medicare Advantage plan. Reasons for disenrollment:

__ Other. (please specify) ________.

(2) If the issuer of the Medicare supplement contract being applied for does not impose, or is otherwise prohibited from imposing, preexisting condition limitations, please skip to statement 3 below. Health conditions that you may presently have (preexisting conditions) may not be immediately or fully covered under the new contract. This could result in denial or delay of a claim for benefits under the new contract, whereas a similar claim might have been payable under your present contract.

(3) State law provides that your replacement Medicare supplement contract may not contain new preexisting conditions, waiting periods, elimination periods, or probationary periods. The plan will waive any time periods applicable to preexisting conditions, waiting periods, elimination periods, or probationary periods in the new coverage for similar benefits to the extent that time was spent (depleted) under the original contract.

(4) If you still wish to terminate your present policy or contract and replace it with new coverage, be certain to truthfully and completely answer any and all questions on the application concerning your medical and health history. Failure to include all material medical information on an application requesting that information may provide a basis for the plan to deny any future claims and to refund your prepaid or periodic payment as though your contract had never been in force. After the application has been completed and before you sign it, review it carefully to be certain that all information has been properly recorded.

(5) Do not cancel your present Medicare supplement coverage until you have received your new contract and are sure you want to keep it.

 

(Signature of Solicitor, Solicitor Firm, or Other Representative) [Typed Name and Address of Plan, Solicitor, or Solicitor Firm]

(Applicant’s Signature)

(Date)

 

(f) The application form or other consumer information for persons eligible for Medicare and used by an issuer shall contain, as an attachment, a Medicare supplement buyer’s guide in the form approved by the director. The application or other consumer information, containing, as an attachment, the buyer’s guide, shall be mailed or delivered to each applicant applying for that coverage at or before the time of application and, to establish compliance with this subdivision, the issuer shall obtain an acknowledgment of receipt of the attached buyer’s guide from each applicant. begin delete No end delete begin insert An end insert issuer shall begin insert not end insert make use of or otherwise disseminate any buyer’s guide that does not accurately outline current Medicare supplement benefits. begin delete No end delete begin insert An end insert issuer shall begin insert not end insert be required to provide more than one copy of the buyer’s guide to any applicant.

(g) An issuer may comply with the requirement of this section in the case of group contracts by causing the subscriber (1) to disseminate copies of the disclosure form containing as an attachment the buyer’s guide to all persons eligible under the group contract at the time those persons are offered the Medicare supplement plan, and (2) collecting and forwarding to the issuer an acknowledgment of receipt of the disclosure form containing, as an attachment, the buyer’s guide from each enrollee.

(h) An issuer shall not require, request, or obtain health information as part of the application process for an applicant who is eligible for guaranteed issuance of, or open enrollment for, any Medicare supplement coverage pursuant to Section 1358.11 or 1358.12, except for purposes of paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 1358.11 when the applicant is first enrolled in Medicare Part B. The application form shall include a clear and conspicuous statement that the applicant is not required to provide health information during a period where guaranteed issue or open enrollment applies, as specified in Section 1358.11 or 1358.12, except for purposes of paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 1358.11 when the applicant is first enrolled in Medicare Part B, and shall inform the applicant of those periods of guaranteed issuance of Medicare supplement coverage. This subdivision does not prohibit an issuer from requiring proof of eligibility for a guaranteed issuance of Medicare supplement coverage.

SEC. 177.  

Section 1367.005 of the Health and Safety Code,
as added by Section 2 of Chapter 648 of the Statutes of 2015, is
amended to read:

1367.005.  

(a) An individual or small group health care service
plan contract issued, amended, or renewed on or after January 1,
2017, shall, at a minimum, include coverage for essential health
benefits pursuant to PPACA and as outlined in this section. For
purposes of this section, “essential health benefits” means all of
the following:

(1) Health benefits within the categories identified in Section
1302(b) of PPACA: ambulatory patient services, emergency
services, hospitalization, maternity and newborn care, mental health
and substance use disorder services, including behavioral health
treatment, prescription drugs, rehabilitative and habilitative services
and devices, laboratory services, preventive and wellness services
and chronic disease management, and pediatric services, including
oral and vision care.

(2) (A) The health benefits covered by the Kaiser Foundation
Health Plan Small Group HMO 30 plan (federal health product
identification number 40513CA035) as this plan was offered during
the first quarter of 2014, as follows, regardless of whether the
benefits are specifically referenced in the evidence of coverage or
plan contract for that plan:

(i) Medically necessary basic health care services, as defined
in subdivision (b) of Section 1345 and in Section 1300.67 of Title
28 of the California Code of Regulations.

(ii) The health benefits mandated to be covered by the plan
pursuant to statutes enacted before December 31, 2011, as
described in the following sections: Sections 1367.002, 1367.06,
and 1367.35 (preventive services for children); Section 1367.25
(prescription drug coverage for contraceptives); Section 1367.45
(AIDS vaccine); Section 1367.46 (HIV testing); Section 1367.51
(diabetes); Section 1367.54 begin delete (alpha feto protein end delete begin insert (alpha-fetoprotein end insert
testing); Section 1367.6 (breast cancer screening); Section 1367.61
(prosthetics for laryngectomy); Section 1367.62 (maternity hospital
stay); Section 1367.63 (reconstructive surgery); Section 1367.635
(mastectomies); Section 1367.64 (prostate cancer); Section 1367.65
(mammography); Section 1367.66 (cervical cancer); Section
1367.665 (cancer screening tests); Section 1367.67 (osteoporosis);
Section 1367.68 (surgical procedures for jaw bones); Section
1367.71 (anesthesia for dental); Section 1367.9 (conditions
attributable to diethylstilbestrol); Section 1368.2 (hospice care);
Section 1370.6 (cancer clinical trials); Section 1371.5 (emergency
response ambulance or ambulance transport services); subdivision
(b) of Section 1373 (sterilization operations or procedures); Section
1373.4 (inpatient hospital and ambulatory maternity); Section
1374.56 (phenylketonuria); Section 1374.17 (organ transplants for
HIV); Section 1374.72 (mental health parity); and Section 1374.73
(autism/behavioral health treatment).

(iii) Any other benefits mandated to be covered by the plan
pursuant to statutes enacted before December 31, 2011, as
described in those statutes.

(iv) The health benefits covered by the plan that are not
otherwise required to be covered under this chapter, to the extent
required pursuant to Sections 1367.18, 1367.21, 1367.215, 1367.22,
1367.24, and 1367.25, and Section 1300.67.24 of Title 28 of the
California Code of Regulations.

(v) Any other health benefits covered by the plan that are not
otherwise required to be covered under this chapter.

(B)  begin delete Where end delete begin insert If end insert there are any conflicts or omissions in the plan
identified in subparagraph (A) as compared with the requirements
for health benefits under this chapter that were enacted prior to
December 31, 2011, the requirements of this chapter shall be
controlling, except as otherwise specified in this section.

(C) Notwithstanding subparagraph (B) or any other provision
of this section, the home health services benefits covered under
the plan identified in subparagraph (A) shall be deemed to not be
in conflict with this chapter.

(D) For purposes of this section, the Paul Wellstone and Pete
Domenici Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008
(Public Law 110-343) shall apply to a contract subject to this
section. Coverage of mental health and substance use disorder
services pursuant to this paragraph, along with any scope and
duration limits imposed on the benefits, shall be in compliance
with the Paul Wellstone and Pete Domenici Mental Health Parity
and Addiction Equity Act of 2008 (Public Law 110-343), and all
rules, regulations, or guidance issued pursuant to Section 2726 of
the federal Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 300gg-26).

(3) With respect to habilitative services, in addition to any
habilitative services and devices identified in paragraph (2),
coverage shall also be provided as required by federal rules,
regulations, and guidance issued pursuant to Section 1302(b) of
PPACA. Habilitative services and devices shall be covered under
the same terms and conditions applied to rehabilitative services
and devices under the plan contract. Limits on habilitative and
rehabilitative services and devices shall not be combined.

(4) With respect to pediatric vision care, the same health benefits
for pediatric vision care covered under the Federal Employees
Dental and Vision Insurance Program vision plan with the largest
national enrollment as of the first quarter of 2014. The pediatric
vision care benefits covered pursuant to this paragraph shall be in
addition to, and shall not replace, any vision services covered under
the plan identified in paragraph (2).

(5) With respect to pediatric oral care, the same health benefits
for pediatric oral care covered under the dental benefit received
by children under the Medi-Cal program as of 2014, including the
provision of medically necessary orthodontic care provided
pursuant to the federal Children’s Health Insurance Program
Reauthorization Act of 2009. The pediatric oral care benefits
covered pursuant to this paragraph shall be in addition to, and shall
not replace, any dental or orthodontic services covered under the
plan identified in paragraph (2).

(b) Treatment limitations imposed on health benefits described
in this section shall be no greater than the treatment limitations
imposed by the corresponding plans identified in subdivision (a),
subject to the requirements set forth in paragraph (2) of subdivision
(a).

(c) Except as provided in subdivision (d), nothing in this section
shall be construed to permit a health care service plan to make
substitutions for the benefits required to be covered under this
section, regardless of whether those substitutions are actuarially
equivalent.

(d) To the extent permitted under Section 1302 of PPACA and
any rules, regulations, or guidance issued pursuant to that section,
and to the extent that substitution would not create an obligation
for the state to defray costs for any individual, a plan may substitute
its prescription drug formulary for the formulary provided under
the plan identified in subdivision (a) as long as the coverage for
prescription drugs complies with the sections referenced in clauses
(ii) and (iv) of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subdivision
(a) that apply to prescription drugs.

(e)  begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert health care service plan, or its agent, solicitor, or
representative, shall begin insert not end insert issue, deliver, renew, offer, market,
represent, or sell any product, contract, or discount arrangement
as compliant with the essential health benefits requirement in
federal law, unless it meets all of the requirements of this section.

(f) This section begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert regardless of whether the
plan contract is offered inside or outside the California Health
Benefit Exchange created by Section 100500 of the Government
Code.

(g)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be construed to exempt
a plan or a plan contract from meeting other applicable
requirements of law.

(h) This section shall not be construed to prohibit a plan contract
from covering additional benefits, including, but not limited to,
spiritual care services that are tax deductible under Section 213 of
the Internal Revenue Code.

(i) Subdivision (a) begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to any of the following:

(1) A specialized health care service plan contract.

(2) A Medicare supplement plan.

(3) A plan contract that qualifies as a grandfathered health plan
under Section 1251 of PPACA or any rules, regulations, or
guidance issued pursuant to that section.

(j)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be implemented in a
manner that conflicts with a requirement of PPACA.

(k) This section shall be implemented only to the extent essential
health benefits are required pursuant to PPACA.

(l) An essential health benefit is required to be provided under
this section only to the extent that federal law does not require the
state to defray the costs of the benefit.

(m)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does not end insert obligate the state
to incur costs for the coverage of benefits that are not essential
health benefits as defined in this section.

(n) A plan is not required to cover, under this section, changes
to health benefits that are the result of statutes enacted on or after
December 31, 2011.

(o) (1) The department may adopt emergency regulations
implementing this section. The department may, on a one-time
basis, readopt any emergency regulation authorized by this section
that is the same as, or substantially equivalent to, an emergency
regulation previously adopted under this section.

(2) The initial adoption of emergency regulations implementing
this section and the readoption of emergency regulations authorized
by this subdivision shall be deemed an emergency and necessary
for the immediate preservation of the public peace, health, safety,
or general welfare. The initial emergency regulations and the
readoption of emergency regulations authorized by this section
shall be submitted to the Office of Administrative Law for filing
with the Secretary of State and each shall remain in effect for no
more than 180 days, by which time final regulations may be
adopted.

(3) The initial adoption of emergency regulations implementing
this section made during the 2015-16 Regular Session of the
Legislature and the readoption of emergency regulations authorized
by this subdivision shall be deemed an emergency and necessary
for the immediate preservation of the public peace, health, safety,
or general welfare. The initial emergency regulations and the
readoption of emergency regulations authorized by this section
shall be submitted to the Office of Administrative Law for filing
with the Secretary of State and each shall remain in effect for no
more than 180 days, by which time final regulations may be
adopted.

(4) The director shall consult with the Insurance Commissioner
to ensure consistency and uniformity in the development of
regulations under this subdivision.

(5) This subdivision shall become inoperative on July 1, 2018.

(p) For purposes of this section, the following definitions begin delete shall end delete
apply:

(1) “Habilitative services” means health care services and
devices that help a person keep, learn, or improve skills and
functioning for daily living. Examples include therapy for a child
who is not walking or talking at the expected age. These services
may include physical and occupational therapy, speech-language
pathology, and other services for people with disabilities in a
variety of inpatient or outpatient settings, or both. Habilitative
services shall be covered under the same terms and conditions
applied to rehabilitative services under the plan contract.

(2) (A) “Health benefits,” unless otherwise required to be
defined pursuant to federal rules, regulations, or guidance issued
pursuant to Section 1302(b) of PPACA, means health care items
or services for the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or
prevention of illness, injury, disease, or a health condition,
including a behavioral health condition.

(B) “Health benefits” does not mean any cost-sharing
requirements such as copayments, coinsurance, or deductibles.

(3) “PPACA” means the federal Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111-148), as amended by the
federal Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010
(Public Law 111-152), and any rules, regulations, or guidance
issued thereunder.

(4) “Small group health care service plan contract” means a
group health care service plan contract issued to a small employer,
as defined in Section 1357.500.

SEC. 178.  

Section 1367.27 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1367.27.  

(a) Commencing July 1, 2016, a health care service
plan shall publish and maintain a provider directory or directories
with information on contracting providers that deliver health care
services to the plan’s enrollees, including those that accept new
patients. A provider directory shall not list or include information
on a provider that is not currently under contract with the plan.

(b) A health care service plan shall provide the directory or
directories for the specific network offered for each product using
a consistent method of network and product naming, numbering,
or other classification method that ensures the public, enrollees,
potential enrollees, the department, and other state or federal
agencies can easily identify the networks and plan products in
which a provider participates. By July 31, 2017, or 12 months after
the date provider directory standards are developed under
subdivision (k), whichever occurs later, a health care service plan
shall use the naming, numbering, or classification method
developed by the department pursuant to subdivision (k).

(c) (1) An online provider directory or directories shall be
available on the plan’s Internet Web site to the public, potential
enrollees, enrollees, and providers without any restrictions or
limitations. The directory or directories shall be accessible without
any requirement that an individual seeking the directory
information demonstrate coverage with the plan, indicate interest
in obtaining coverage with the plan, provide a member
identification or policy number, provide any other identifying
information, or create or access an account.

(2) The online provider directory or directories shall be
accessible on the plan’s public Internet Web site through an
identifiable link or tab and in a manner that is accessible and
searchable by enrollees, potential enrollees, the public, and
providers. By July 31, 2017, or 12 months after the date provider
directory standards are developed under subdivision (k), whichever
occurs later, the plan’s public Internet Web site shall allow provider
searches by, at a minimum, name, practice address, city, ZIP Code,
California license number, National Provider Identifier number,
admitting privileges to an identified hospital, product, tier, provider
language or languages, provider group, hospital name, facility
name, or clinic name, as appropriate.

(d) (1) A health care service plan shall allow enrollees, potential
enrollees, providers, and members of the public to request a printed
copy of the provider directory or directories by contacting the plan
through the plan’s toll-free telephone number, electronically, or
in writing. A printed copy of the provider directory or directories
shall include the information required in subdivisions (h) and (i).
The printed copy of the provider directory or directories shall be
provided to the requester by mail postmarked no later than five
business days following the date of the request and may be limited
to the geographic region in which the requester resides or works
or intends to reside or work.

(2) A health care service plan shall update its printed provider
directory or directories at least quarterly, or more frequently, if
required by federal law.

(e) (1) The plan shall update the online provider directory or
directories, at least weekly, or more frequently, if required by
federal law, when informed of and upon confirmation by the plan
of any of the following:

(A) A contracting provider is no longer accepting new patients
for that product, or an individual provider within a provider group
is no longer accepting new patients.

(B) A provider is no longer under contract for a particular plan
product.

(C) A provider’s practice location or other information required
under subdivision (h) or (i) has changed.

(D) Upon completion of the investigation described in
subdivision (o), a change is necessary based on an enrollee
complaint that a provider was not accepting new patients, was
otherwise not available, or whose contact information was listed
incorrectly.

(E) Any other information that affects the content or accuracy
of the provider directory or directories.

(2) Upon confirmation of any of the following, the plan shall
delete a provider from the directory or directories when:

(A) A provider has retired or otherwise has ceased to practice.

(B) A provider or provider group is no longer under contract
with the plan for any reason.

(C) The contracting provider group has informed the plan that
the provider is no longer associated with the provider group and
is no longer under contract with the plan.

(f) The provider directory or directories shall include both an
email address and a telephone number for members of the public
and providers to notify the plan if the provider directory
information appears to be inaccurate. This information shall be
disclosed prominently in the directory or directories and on the
plan’s Internet Web site.

(g) The provider directory or directories shall include the
following disclosures informing enrollees that they are entitled to
both of the following:

(1) Language interpreter services, at no cost to the enrollee,
including how to obtain interpretation services in accordance with
Section 1367.04.

(2) Full and equal access to covered services, including enrollees
with disabilities as required under the federal Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973.

(h) A full service health care service plan and a specialized
mental health plan shall include all of the following information
in the provider directory or directories:

(1) The provider’s name, practice location or locations, and
contact information.

(2) Type of practitioner.

(3) National Provider Identifier number.

(4) California license number and type of license.

(5) The area of specialty, including board certification, if any.

(6) The provider’s office email address, if available.

(7) The name of each affiliated provider group currently under
contract with the plan through which the provider sees enrollees.

(8) A listing for each of the following providers that are under
contract with the plan:

(A) For physicians and surgeons, the provider group, and
admitting privileges, if any, at hospitals contracted with the plan.

(B) Nurse practitioners, physician assistants, psychologists,
acupuncturists, optometrists, podiatrists, chiropractors, licensed
clinical social workers, marriage and family therapists, professional
clinical counselors, qualified autism service providers, as defined
in Section 1374.73, nurse midwives, and dentists.

(C) For federally qualified health centers or primary care clinics,
the name of the federally qualified health center or clinic.

(D) For any provider described in subparagraph (A) or (B) who
is employed by a federally qualified health center or primary care
clinic, and to the extent their services may be accessed and are
covered through the contract with the plan, the name of the
provider, and the name of the federally qualified health center or
clinic.

(E) Facilities, including, but not limited to, general acute care
hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, urgent care clinics, ambulatory
surgery centers, inpatient hospice, residential care facilities, and
inpatient rehabilitation facilities.

(F) Pharmacies, clinical laboratories, imaging centers, and other
facilities providing contracted health care services.

(9) The provider directory or directories may note that
authorization or referral may be required to access some providers.

(10) Non-English language, if any, spoken by a health care
provider or other medical professional as well as non-English
language spoken by a qualified medical interpreter, in accordance
with Section 1367.04, if any, on the provider’s staff.

(11) Identification of providers who no longer accept new
patients for some or all of the plan’s products.

(12) The network tier to which the provider is assigned, if the
provider is not in the lowest tier, as applicable. Nothing in this
section shall be construed to require the use of network tiers other
than contract and noncontracting tiers.

(13) All other information necessary to conduct a search
pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (c).

(i) A vision, dental, or other specialized health care service plan,
except for a specialized mental health plan, shall include all of the
following information for each provider directory or directories
used by the plan for its networks:

(1) The provider’s name, practice location or locations, and
contact information.

(2) Type of practitioner.

(3) National Provider Identifier number.

(4) California license number and type of license, if applicable.

(5) The area of specialty, including board certification, or other
accreditation, if any.

(6) The provider’s office email address, if available.

(7) The name of each affiliated provider group or specialty plan
practice group currently under contract with the plan through which
the provider sees enrollees.

(8) The names of each allied health care professional to the
extent there is a direct contract for those services covered through
a contract with the plan.

(9) The non-English language, if any, spoken by a health care
provider or other medical professional as well as non-English
language spoken by a qualified medical interpreter, in accordance
with Section 1367.04, if any, on the provider’s staff.

(10) Identification of providers who no longer accept new
patients for some or all of the plan’s products.

(11) All other applicable information necessary to conduct a
provider search pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (c).

(j) (1) The contract between the plan and a provider shall
include a requirement that the provider inform the plan within five
business days when either of the following begin delete occur: end delete begin insert occurs: end insert

(A) The provider is not accepting new patients.

(B) If the provider had previously not accepted new patients,
the provider is currently accepting new patients.

(2) If a provider who is not accepting new patients is contacted
by an enrollee or potential enrollee seeking to become a new
patient, the provider shall direct the enrollee or potential enrollee
to both the plan for additional assistance in finding a provider and
to the department to report any inaccuracy with the plan’s directory
or directories.

(3) If an enrollee or potential enrollee informs a plan of a
possible inaccuracy in the provider directory or directories, the
plan shall promptly investigate, and, if necessary, undertake
corrective action within 30 business days to ensure the accuracy
of the directory or directories.

(k) (1) On or before December 31, 2016, the department shall
develop uniform provider directory standards to permit consistency
in accordance with subdivision (b) and paragraph (2) of subdivision
(c) and development of a multiplan directory by another entity.
Those standards shall not be subject to the Administrative
Procedure Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of
Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code), until
January 1, 2021. No more than two revisions of those standards
shall be exempt from the Administrative Procedure Act (Chapter
3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of
Title 2 of the Government Code) pursuant to this subdivision.

(2) In developing the standards under this subdivision, the
department shall seek input from interested parties throughout the
process of developing the standards and shall hold at least one
public meeting. The department shall take into consideration any
requirements for provider directories established by the federal
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and the State
Department of Health Care Services.

(3) By July 31, 2017, or 12 months after the date provider
directory standards are developed under this subdivision, whichever
occurs later, a plan shall use the standards developed by the
department for each product offered by the plan.

(l) (1) A plan shall take appropriate steps to ensure the accuracy
of the information concerning each provider listed in the plan’s
provider directory or directories in accordance with this section,
and shall, at least annually, review and update the entire provider
directory or directories for each product offered. Each calendar
year the plan shall notify all contracted providers described in
subdivisions (h) and (i) as follows:

(A) For individual providers who are not affiliated with a
provider group described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph
(8) of subdivision (h) and providers described in subdivision (i),
the plan shall notify each provider at least once every six months.

(B) For all other providers described in subdivision (h) who are
not subject to the requirements of subparagraph (A), the plan shall
notify its contracted providers to ensure that all of the providers
are contacted by the plan at least once annually.

(2) The notification shall include all of the following:

(A) The information the plan has in its directory or directories
regarding the provider or provider group, including a list of
networks and plan products that include the contracted provider
or provider group.

(B) A statement that the failure to respond to the notification
may result in a delay of payment or reimbursement of a claim
pursuant to subdivision (p).

(C) Instructions on how the provider or provider group can
update the information in the provider directory or directories using
the online interface developed pursuant to subdivision (m).

(3) The plan shall require an affirmative response from the
provider or provider group acknowledging that the notification
was received. The provider or provider group shall confirm that
the information in the provider directory or directories is current
and accurate or update the information required to be in the
directory or directories pursuant to this section, including whether
or not the provider or provider group is accepting new patients for
each plan product.

(4) If the plan does not receive an affirmative response and
confirmation from the provider that the information is current and
accurate or, as an alternative, updates any information required to
be in the directory or directories pursuant to this section, within
30 business days, the plan shall take no more than 15 business
days to verify whether the provider’s information is correct or
requires updates. The plan shall document the receipt and outcome
of each attempt to verify the information. If the plan is unable to
verify whether the provider’s information is correct or requires
updates, the plan shall notify the provider 10 business days in
advance of removal that the provider will be removed from the
provider directory or directories. The provider shall be removed
from the provider directory or directories at the next required
update of the provider directory or directories after the begin delete 10-business
day end delete begin insert 10-business-day end insert notice period. A provider shall not be removed
from the provider directory or directories if he or she responds
before the end of the begin delete 10-business day end delete begin insert 10-business-day end insert notice
period.

(5) General acute care hospitals shall be exempt from the
requirements in paragraphs (3) and (4).

(m) A plan shall establish policies and procedures with regard
to the regular updating of its provider directory or directories,
including the weekly, quarterly, and annual updates required
pursuant to this section, or more frequently, if required by federal
law or guidance.

(1) The policies and procedures described under begin insert this end insert subdivision
begin delete (l) end delete shall be submitted by a plan annually to the department for
approval and in a format described by the department pursuant to
Section 1367.035.

(2) Every health care service plan shall ensure processes are in
place to allow providers to promptly verify or submit changes to
the information required to be in the directory or directories
pursuant to this section. Those processes shall, at a minimum,
include an online interface for providers to submit verification or
changes electronically and shall generate an acknowledgment of
receipt from the health care service plan. Providers shall verify or
submit changes to information required to be in the directory or
directories pursuant to this section using the process required by
the health care service plan.

(3) The plan shall establish and maintain a process for enrollees,
potential enrollees, other providers, and the public to identify and
report possible inaccurate, incomplete, or misleading information
currently listed in the plan’s provider directory or directories. begin delete These
processes end delete begin insert This process end insert shall, at a minimum, include a telephone
number and a dedicated email address at which the plan will accept
these reports, as well as a hyperlink on the plan’s provider directory
Internet Web site linking to a form where the information can be
reported directly to the plan through its Internet Web site.

(n) (1) This section does not prohibit a plan from requiring its
provider groups or contracting specialized health care service plans
to provide information to the plan that is required by the plan to
satisfy the requirements of this section for each of the providers
that contract with the provider group or contracting specialized
health care service plan. This responsibility shall be specifically
documented in a written contract between the plan and the provider
group or contracting specialized health care service plan.

(2) If a plan requires its contracting provider groups or
contracting specialized health care service plans to provide the
plan with information described in paragraph (1), the plan shall
continue to retain responsibility for ensuring that the requirements
of this section are satisfied.

(3) A provider group may terminate a contract with a provider
for a pattern or repeated failure of the provider to update the
information required to be in the directory or directories pursuant
to this section.

(4) A provider group is not subject to the payment delay
described in subdivision (p) if all of the following occurs:

(A) A provider does not respond to the provider group’s attempt
to verify the provider’s information. As used in this paragraph,
“verify” means to contact the provider in writing, electronically,
and by telephone to confirm whether the provider’s information
is correct or requires updates.

(B) The provider group documents its efforts to verify the
provider’s information.

(C) The provider group reports to the plan that the provider
should be deleted from the provider group in the plan directory or
directories.

(5) Section 1375.7, known as the Health Care Providers’ Bill
of Rights, applies to any material change to a provider contract
pursuant to this section.

(o) (1) Whenever a health care service plan receives a report
indicating that information listed in its provider directory or
directories is inaccurate, the plan shall promptly investigate the
reported inaccuracy and, no later than 30 business days following
receipt of the report, either verify the accuracy of the information
or update the information in its provider directory or directories,
as applicable.

(2) When investigating a report regarding its provider directory
or directories, the plan shall, at a minimum, do the following:

(A) Contact the affected provider no later than five business
days following receipt of the report.

(B) Document the receipt and outcome of each report. The
documentation shall include the provider’s name, location, and a
description of the plan’s investigation, the outcome of the
investigation, and any changes or updates made to its provider
directory or directories.

(C) If changes to a plan’s provider directory or directories are
required as a result of the plan’s investigation, the changes to the
online provider directory or directories shall be made no later than
the next scheduled weekly update, or the update immediately
following that update, or sooner if required by federal law or
regulations. For printed provider directories, the change shall be
made no later than the next required update, or sooner if required
by federal law or regulations.

(p) (1) Notwithstanding Sections 1371 and 1371.35, a plan may
delay payment or reimbursement owed to a provider or provider
group as specified in subparagraph (A) or (B), if the provider or
provider group fails to respond to the plan’s attempts to verify the
provider’s or provider group’s information as required under
subdivision (l). The plan shall not delay payment unless it has
attempted to verify the provider’s or provider group’s information.
As used in this subdivision, “verify” means to contact the provider
or provider group in writing, electronically, and by telephone to
confirm whether the provider’s or provider group’s information
is correct or requires updates. A plan may seek to delay payment
or reimbursement owed to a provider or provider group only after
the 10-business day notice period described in paragraph (4) of
subdivision (l) has lapsed.

(A) For a provider or provider group that receives compensation
on a capitated or prepaid basis, the plan may delay no more than
50 percent of the next scheduled capitation payment for up to one
calendar month.

(B) For any claims payment made to a provider or provider
group, the plan may delay the claims payment for up to one
calendar month beginning on the first day of the following month.

(2) A plan shall notify the provider or provider group 10
business days before it seeks to delay payment or reimbursement
to a provider or provider group pursuant to this subdivision. If the
plan delays a payment or reimbursement pursuant to this
subdivision, the plan shall reimburse the full amount of any
payment or reimbursement subject to delay to the provider or
provider group according to either of the following timelines, as
applicable:

(A) No later than three business days following the date on
which the plan receives the information required to be submitted
by the provider or provider group pursuant to subdivision (l).

(B) At the end of the one-calendar month delay described in
subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1), as applicable, if the
provider or provider group fails to provide the information required
to be submitted to the plan pursuant to subdivision (l).

(3) A plan may terminate a contract for a pattern or repeated
failure of the provider or provider group to alert the plan to a
change in the information required to be in the directory or
directories pursuant to this section.

(4) A plan that delays payment or reimbursement under this
subdivision shall document each instance a payment or
reimbursement was delayed and report this information to the
department in a format described by the department pursuant to
Section 1367.035. This information shall be submitted along with
the policies and procedures required to be submitted annually to
the department pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (m).

(5) With respect to plans with Medi-Cal managed care contracts
with the State Department of Health Care Services pursuant to
Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 14000), Chapter 8
(commencing with Section 14200), or Chapter 8.75 (commencing
with Section 14591) of the Welfare and Institutions Code, this
subdivision shall be implemented only to the extent consistent
with federal law and guidance.

(q) In circumstances where the department finds that an enrollee
reasonably relied upon materially inaccurate, incomplete, or
misleading information contained in a health plan’s provider
directory or directories, the department may require the health plan
to provide coverage for all covered health care services provided
to the enrollee and to reimburse the enrollee for any amount beyond
what the enrollee would have paid, had the services been delivered
by an in-network provider under the enrollee’s plan contract. Prior
to requiring reimbursement in these circumstances, the department
shall conclude that the services received by the enrollee were
covered services under the enrollee’s plan contract. In those
circumstances, the fact that the services were rendered or delivered
by a noncontracting or out-of-plan provider shall not be used as a
basis to deny reimbursement to the enrollee.

(r) Whenever a plan determines as a result of this section that
there has been a begin delete 10-percent end delete begin insert 10 percent end insert change in the network for
a product in a region, the plan shall file an amendment to the plan
application with the department consistent with subdivision (f) of
Section 1300.52 of Title 28 of the California Code of Regulations.

(s) This section begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert to plans with Medi-Cal
managed care contracts with the State Department of Health Care
Services pursuant to Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 14000),
Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 14200), or Chapter 8.75
(commencing with Section 14591) of the Welfare and Institutions
Code to the extent consistent with federal law and guidance and
state law guidance issued after January 1, 2016. Notwithstanding
any other provision to the contrary in a plan contract with the State
Department of Health Care Services, and to the extent consistent
with federal law and guidance and state guidance issued after
January 1, 2016, a Medi-Cal managed care plan that complies with
the requirements of this section shall not be required to distribute
a printed provider directory or directories, except as required by
paragraph (1) of subdivision (d).

(t) A health plan that contracts with multiple employer welfare
agreements regulated pursuant to Article 4.7 (commencing with
Section 742.20) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 of the
Insurance Code shall meet the requirements of this section.

(u)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be construed to alter
a provider’s obligation to provide health care services to an enrollee
pursuant to the provider’s contract with the plan.

(v) As part of the department’s routine examination of the fiscal
and administrative affairs of a health care service plan pursuant to
Section 1382, the department shall include a review of the health
care service plan’s compliance with subdivision (p).

(w) For purposes of this section, “provider group” means a
medical group, independent practice association, or other similar
group of providers.

SEC. 179.  

Section 1569.2 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1569.2.  

As used in this chapter:

(a) “Administrator” means the individual designated by the
licensee to act on behalf of the licensee in the overall management
of the facility. The licensee, if an individual, and the administrator
may be one and the same person.

(b) “Beneficial ownership interest” means an ownership interest
through the possession of stock, equity in begin delete capital end delete begin insert capital, end insert or any
interest in the profits of the applicant or begin delete licensee end delete begin insert licensee, end insert or
through the possession of such an interest in other entities that
directly or indirectly hold an interest in the applicant or licensee.
The percentage of beneficial ownership in the applicant or licensee
that is held by any other entity is determined by multiplying the
other entities’ percentage of ownership interest at each level.

(c) “Care and supervision” means the facility assumes
responsibility for, or provides or promises to provide in the future,
ongoing assistance with activities of daily living without which
the resident’s physical health, mental health, safety, or welfare
would be endangered. Assistance includes assistance with taking
medications, money management, or personal care.

(d) “Chain” means a group of two or more licensees that are
controlled, as defined in this section, by the same persons or
entities.

(e) “Control” means the ability to direct the operation or
management of the applicant or licensee and includes the ability
to exercise control through intermediary or subsidiary entities.

(f) “Department” means the State Department of Social Services.

(g) “Director” means the Director of Social Services.

(h) “Health-related services” mean services that shall be directly
provided by an appropriate skilled professional, including a
registered nurse, licensed vocational nurse, physical therapist, or
occupational therapist.

(i) “Instrumental activities of daily living” means any of the
following: housework, meals, laundry, taking of medication, money
management, appropriate transportation, correspondence,
telephoning, and related tasks.

(j) “License” means a basic permit to operate a residential care
facility for the elderly.

(k) “Parent organization” means an organization in control of
another organization either directly or through one or more
intermediaries.

(l) “Personal activities of daily living” means any of the
following: dressing, feeding, toileting, bathing, grooming, and
mobility and associated tasks.

(m) “Personal care” means assistance with personal activities
of daily living, to help provide for and maintain physical and
psychosocial comfort.

(n) “Protective supervision” means observing and assisting
confused residents, including persons with dementia, to safeguard
them against injury.

(o) (1) “Residential care facility for the elderly” means a
housing arrangement chosen voluntarily by persons 60 years of
age or over, or their authorized representative, where varying levels
and intensities of care and supervision, protective supervision, or
personal care are provided, based upon their varying needs, as
determined in order to be admitted and to remain in the facility.
Persons under 60 years of age with compatible needs may be
allowed to be admitted or retained in a residential care facility for
the elderly as specified in Section 1569.316.

(2) This subdivision shall be operative only until the enactment
of legislation implementing the three levels of care in residential
care facilities for the elderly pursuant to Section 1569.70.

(p)  begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert “Residential care facility for the elderly” means a
housing arrangement chosen voluntarily by persons 60 years of
age or over, or their authorized representative, where varying levels
and intensities of care and supervision, protective supervision,
personal care, or health-related services are provided, based upon
their varying needs, as determined in order to be admitted and to
remain in the facility. Persons under 60 years of age with
compatible needs may be allowed to be admitted or retained in a
residential care facility for the elderly as specified in Section
1569.316.

begin delete

This

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert This end insert subdivision shall become operative upon the enactment
of legislation implementing the three levels of care in residential
care facilities for the elderly pursuant to Section 1569.70.

(q) “Sundowning” means a condition in which persons with
cognitive impairment experience recurring confusion,
disorientation, and increasing levels of agitation that coincide with
the onset of late afternoon and early evening.

(r) “Supportive services” means resources available to the
resident in the community that help to maintain their functional
ability and meet their needs as identified in the individual resident
assessment. Supportive services may include any of the following:
medical, dental, and other health care services; transportation;
recreational and leisure activities; social services; and counseling
services.

SEC. 180.  

Section 1596.8662 of the Health and Safety Code
is amended to read:

1596.8662.  

(a) The department shall do all of the following:

(1) Make information available to all licensed child day care
providers, administrators, and employees of licensed child day
care facilities regarding detecting and reporting child abuse and
neglect.

(2) Provide training including statewide guidance on the
responsibilities of a mandated reporter who is a licensed day care
provider or an applicant for that license, administrator, or employee
of a licensed child day care facility in accordance with the Child
Abuse and Neglect Reporting Act (Article 2.5 (commencing with
Section 11164) of Chapter 2 of Title 1 of Part 4 of the Penal Code).
The department shall provide the guidance using its free module
or modules provided on the State Department of Social Services
Internet Web site or as otherwise specified by the department. This
guidance content shall include, but is not necessarily limited to,
all of the following:

(A) Information on the identification of child abuse and neglect,
including behavioral signs of abuse and neglect.

(B) Reporting requirements for child abuse and neglect,
including guidelines on how to make a suspected child abuse report
when suspected abuse or neglect takes place outside a child day
care facility, or within a child day care facility, and to which
enforcement agency or agencies a report is required to be made.

(C) Information that failure to report an incident of known or
reasonably suspected child abuse or neglect, as required by Section
11166 of the Penal Code, is a misdemeanor punishable by up to
six months confinement in a county jail, or by a fine of one
thousand dollars ($1,000), or by both that imprisonment and fine.

(D) Information that mandated reporting duties are individual
and no supervisor or administrator may impede or inhibit reporting
duties, and no person making a report shall be subject to any
sanction for making the report, pursuant to paragraph (1) of
subdivision (i) of Section 11166 of the Penal Code. A supervisor
or administrator who impedes or inhibits the duties of a mandated
reporter shall be subject to punishment pursuant to Section
11166.01 of the Penal Code.

(E) Information on childhood stages of development in order
to help distinguish whether a child’s behavior or physical
symptoms are within range for his or her age and ability, or are
signs of abuse or neglect.

(3) The department shall provide training, including information
about child safety and maltreatment prevention using its free
training module or modules specified in paragraph (2), or as
otherwise specified by the department. This information shall
include, but is not necessarily limited to, all of the following:

(A) Information on protective factors that may help prevent
abuse, including dangers of shaking a child, safe sleep practices,
psychological effects of repeated exposure to domestic violence,
safe and age-appropriate forms of discipline, how to promote a
child’s social and emotional health, and how to support positive
parent-child relationships.

(B) Information on recognizing risk factors that may lead to
abuse, such as stress and social isolation, and available resources
to which a family may be referred to help prevent child abuse and
neglect.

(C) When to call for emergency medical attention to prevent
further injury or death.

(D) Information on how a licensed child begin insert day end insert care provider,
administrator, or employee of a licensed child day care facility
might communicate with a family before and after making a
suspected child abuse report.

(4) The department shall comply with the Dymally-Alatorre
Bilingual Services Act of 1973 (Chapter 17.5 (commencing with
Section 7290) of the Government Code), which includes, among
alternative communication options, providing the same type of
training materials in any non-English language spoken by a
substantial number of members of the public whom the department
serves.

(b) (1)   On or before March 30, 2018, a person who, on January
1, 2018, is a licensed child begin insert day end insert care provider, administrator, or
employee of a licensed child day care facility shall complete the
mandated reporter training provided pursuant to paragraphs (2)
and (3) of subdivision (a), and shall complete renewal mandated
reporter training every two years following the date on which he
or she completed the initial mandated reporter training.

(2) On and after January 1, 2018, a person who applies for a
license to be a provider of a child day care facility shall complete
the mandated reporter training provided pursuant to paragraphs
(2) and (3) of subdivision (a) as a precondition to licensure and
shall complete renewal mandated reporter training every two years
following the date on which he or she completed the initial
mandated reporter training.

(3) On and after January 1, 2018, a person who becomes an
administrator or employee of a licensed child day care facility shall
complete the mandated reporter training provided pursuant to
paragraphs (2) and (3) of subdivision (a) within the first 90 days
that he or she is employed at the facility and shall complete renewal
mandated reporter training every two years following the date on
which he or she completed the initial mandated reporter training.

(4) The licensee of a licensed child day care facility shall obtain
proof from an administrator or employee of the facility that the
person has completed mandated reporter training in compliance
with this subdivision.

(5) A licensed child day care provider, administrator, or
employee of a licensed child day care facility who does not use
the online training module provided by the department shall report
to, and obtain approval from, the department regarding the training
that person shall use in lieu of the online training module.

(c) Current proof of completion for each licensed child begin insert day end insert care
provider or applicant for that license, administrator, and employee
of a licensed child day care facility shall be submitted to the
department upon inspection of the child day care or upon request
by the department.

(d) (1) The department shall issue a notice of deficiency at the
time of a site visit to the licensee of a licensed child day care
facility who is not in compliance with this section. The licensee
shall, at the time the department issues the notice of deficiency,
develop a plan to correct the deficiency within 45 days.

(2) A deficiency under this subdivision is not subject to Section
1596.890.

(e) A licensed child begin insert day end insert care provider or applicant for that
license, an administrator, or employee of a licensed child care
facility is exempt from the detecting and reporting child abuse
training if he or she has limited English proficiency and training
is not made available in his or her primary language.

(f) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2018.

SEC. 181.  

Section 1760.2 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

1760.2.  

As used in this chapter, the following definitions shall
apply:

(a)  (1) “Pediatric day health and respite care facility” means
a facility that provides an organized program of therapeutic social
and day health activities and services and limited 24-hour inpatient
respite care to medically fragile children 21 years of age or
younger, including terminally ill and technology-dependent
patients, except as provided in paragraph (2) and Section 1763.4.

(2) An individual who is 22 years of age or older may continue
to receive care in a pediatric day health and respite care facility if
the facility receives approval from the state department for a
Transitional Health Care Needs Optional Service Unit pursuant to
Section 1763.4. A patient who previously received services from
a pediatric day health and respite care facility, who is 22 years of
age or older, and who satisfies the requirements of Section 1763.4,
may also receive services in an optional service unit.

(b)  “Medically fragile” means having an acute or chronic health
problem that requires therapeutic intervention and skilled nursing
care during all or part of the day. Medically fragile problems
include, but are not limited to, HIV disease, severe lung disease
requiring oxygen, severe lung disease requiring ventilator or
tracheostomy care, complicated spina bifida, heart disease,
malignancy, asthmatic exacerbations, cystic fibrosis exacerbations,
neuromuscular disease, encephalopathies, and seizure disorders.

(c)  “Technology-dependent patient” means a person who, from
birth, has a chronic disability, requires the routine use of a specific
medical device to compensate for the loss of use of a begin delete life sustaining end delete
begin insert life-sustaining end insert body function, and requires daily, ongoing care or
monitoring by trained personnel.

(d)  “Respite care” means day and 24-hour relief for the parent
or guardian and care for the patient. 24-hour inpatient respite care
includes, but is not limited to, 24-hour nursing care, meals,
socialization, and developmentally appropriate activities. As used
in this chapter, “24-hour inpatient respite care” is limited to no
more than 30 intermittent or continuous whole calendar days per
patient per calendar year.

(e)  “Comprehensive case management” means locating,
coordinating, and monitoring services for the eligible patient
population and includes all of the following:

(1)  Screening of patient referrals to identify those persons who
can benefit from the available services.

(2)  Comprehensive patient assessment to determine the services
needed.

(3)  Coordinating the development of an interdisciplinary
comprehensive care plan.

(4)  Determining individual case cost effectiveness and available
sources of funding.

(5)  Identifying and maximizing informal sources of care.

(6)  Ongoing monitoring of service delivery to determine the
optimum type, amount, and duration of services provided.

(f)  “License” means a basic permit to operate a pediatric day
health and respite care facility. With respect to a health facility
licensed pursuant to Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 1250),
“license” means a special permit authorizing the health facility to
provide pediatric day health and respite care services as a separate
program in a distinct part of the facility.

(g)  “State department” means the State Department of Public
Health.

SEC. 182.  

Section 12640 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

12640.  

In any case begin delete where end delete begin insert in which end insert this chapter requires that a
permit be obtained from the State Fire Marshal, or in any case
begin delete where end delete begin insert in which end insert the public agency having local jurisdiction requires
pursuant to this chapter that a permit be obtained, a licensee shall
possess a valid permit before performing any of the following:

(a) Manufacturing, importing, exporting, storing, possessing,
or selling dangerous fireworks at wholesale.

(b) Manufacturing, importing, exporting, storing, begin insert or end insert selling at
wholesale begin delete and end delete begin insert or end insert retail safe and sane fireworks begin delete and end delete begin insert or end insert transporting
safe and sane fireworks, except that a transportation permit shall
not be required for safe and sane fireworks possessed by retail
licensees.

(c) Manufacturing, importing, exporting, possessing, storing,
transporting, using, begin insert or end insert selling at wholesale begin delete and end delete begin insert or end insert retail, those
fireworks classified by the State Fire Marshal as agricultural and
wildlife fireworks.

(d) Manufacturing, importing, exporting, possessing, storing,
begin insert or end insert selling at wholesale begin delete and end delete begin insert or end insert retail, model rocket motors.

(e) Discharging dangerous fireworks at any place, including a
public display.

(f) Using special effects.

SEC. 183.  

Section 18080 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

18080.  

Ownership registration and title to a manufactured
home, mobilehome, commercial coach, or truck camper, or floating
home subject to registration may be held by two or more coowners
as follows:

(a)  A manufactured home, mobilehome, commercial coach,
truck camper, or floating home may be registered in the names of
two or more persons as joint tenants. Upon the death of a joint
tenant, the interest of the decedent shall pass to the survivor or
survivors. The signature of each joint tenant or survivor or
survivors, as the case may be, shall be required to transfer or
encumber the title to the manufactured home, mobilehome,
commercial coach, truck camper, or floating home.

(b)  A manufactured home, mobilehome, commercial coach,
truck camper, or floating home may be registered in the names of
two or more persons as tenants in common. If the names of the
tenants in common are separated by the word begin delete “and”, end delete begin insert “and, end insert begin insert ” end insert each
tenant in common may transfer his or her individual interest in the
manufactured home, mobilehome, begin delete commerical end delete begin insert commercial end insert coach,
truck camper, or floating home without the signature of the other
tenant or tenants in common. However, the signature of each tenant
in common shall be required to transfer full interest in the title to
a new registered owner. If the names of the tenants in common
are separated by the word begin delete “or”, end delete begin insert “or, end insert begin insert ” end insert any one of the tenants in
common may transfer full interest in the title to the manufactured
home, mobilehome, commercial coach, truck camper, or floating
home to a new registered owner without the signature of the other
tenant or tenants in common. The signature of each tenant in
common is required in all cases to encumber the title to the
manufactured home, mobilehome, commercial coach, truck camper,
or floating home.

(c)  A manufactured home, mobilehome, commercial coach,
truck camper, or floating home may be registered as community
property in the names of a husband and wife. The signature of each
spouse shall be required to transfer or encumber the title to the
manufactured home, mobilehome, commercial coach, truck camper,
or floating home.

(d)  All manufactured homes, mobilehomes, commercial
coaches, truck campers, and floating homes registered, on or before
January 1, 1985, in the names of two or more persons as tenants
in common, as provided in subdivision (b), shall be considered to
be the same as if the names of the tenants in common were
separated by the word “or,” as provided in subdivision (b).

SEC. 184.  

Section 25150.7 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

25150.7.  

(a) The Legislature finds and declares that this section
is intended to address the unique circumstances associated with
the generation and management of treated wood waste. The
Legislature further declares that this section does not set a
precedent applicable to the management, including disposal, of
other hazardous wastes.

(b) For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall
apply:

(1) “Treated wood” means wood that has been treated with a
chemical preservative for purposes of protecting the wood against
attacks from insects, microorganisms, fungi, and other
environmental conditions that can lead to decay of the wood, and
the chemical preservative is registered pursuant to the Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. Sec. 136 et
seq.).

(2) “Wood preserving industry” means business concerns, other
than retailers, that manufacture or sell treated wood products in
the state.

(c) This section applies only to treated wood waste that, solely
due to the presence of a preservative in the wood, is a hazardous
waste and to which both of the following requirements apply:

(1) The treated wood waste is not subject to regulation as a
hazardous waste under the federal act.

(2) Section 25143.1.5 does not apply to the treated wood waste.

(d) (1) Notwithstanding Sections 25189.5 and 25201, treated
wood waste shall be disposed of in either a class I hazardous waste
landfill, or in a composite-lined portion of a solid waste landfill
unit that meets all requirements applicable to disposal of municipal
solid waste in California after October 9, 1993, and that is regulated
by waste discharge requirements issued pursuant to Division 7
(commencing with Section 13000) of the Water Code for
discharges of designated waste, as defined in Section 13173 of the
Water Code, or treated wood waste.

(2) A solid waste landfill that accepts treated wood waste shall
comply with all of the following requirements:

(A) Manage the treated wood waste to prevent scavenging.

(B) Ensure that any management of the treated wood waste at
the solid waste landfill before disposal, or in lieu of disposal,
complies with the applicable requirements of this chapter, except
as otherwise provided by regulations adopted pursuant to
subdivision (f).

(C) If monitoring at the composite-lined portion of a landfill
unit at which treated wood waste has been disposed of indicates
a verified release, then treated wood waste shall not be discharged
to that landfill unit until corrective action results in cessation of
the release.

(e) (1) Each wholesaler and retailer of treated wood and treated
wood-like products in this state shall conspicuously post
information at or near the point of display or customer selection
of treated wood and treated wood-like products used for fencing,
decking, retaining walls, landscaping, outdoor structures, and
similar uses. The information shall be provided to wholesalers and
retailers by the wood preserving industry in 22-point type, or larger,
and contain the following message:

Warning--Potential Danger

These products are treated with wood preservatives registered
with the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the
California Department of Pesticide Regulation and should only be
used in compliance with the product labels.

This wood may contain chemicals classified by the State of
California as hazardous and should be handled and disposed of
with care. Check product label for specific preservative information
and Proposition 65 warnings concerning presence of chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer or birth defects.

Anyone working with treated wood, and anyone removing old
treated wood, needs to take precautions to minimize exposure to
themselves, children, pets, or wildlife, including:

□ Avoid contact with skin. Wear gloves and long sleeved shirts
when working with treated wood. Wash exposed areas thoroughly
with mild soap and water after working with treated wood.


□ Wear a dust mask when machining any wood to reduce the
inhalation of wood dusts. Avoid frequent or prolonged inhalation
of sawdust from treated wood. Machining operations should be
performed outdoors whenever possible to avoid indoor
accumulations of airborne sawdust.

□ Wear appropriate eye protection to reduce the potential for eye
injury from wood particles and flying debris during machining.

□ If preservative or sawdust accumulates on clothes, launder
before reuse. Wash work clothes separately from other household
clothing.

□ Promptly clean up and remove all sawdust and scraps and
dispose of appropriately.

□ Do not use treated wood under circumstances where the
preservative may become a component of food or animal feed.

□ Only use treated wood that’s visibly clean and free from surface
residue for patios, decks, or walkways.

□ Do not use treated wood where it may come in direct or indirect
contact with public drinking water, except for uses involving
incidental contact such as docks and bridges.

□ Do not use treated wood for mulch.

□ Do not burn treated wood. Preserved wood should not be burned
in open fires, stoves, or fireplaces.

For further information, go to the Internet Web site
http://www.preservedwood.org and download the free Treated
Wood Guide mobile application.

In addition to the above listed precautions, treated wood waste
shall be managed in compliance with applicable hazardous waste
control laws.

(2) On or before July 1, 2005, the wood preserving industry
shall, jointly and in consultation with the department, make
information available to generators of treated wood waste,
including fencing, decking, and landscape contractors, solid waste
landfills, and transporters, that describes how to best handle,
dispose of, and otherwise manage treated wood waste, through the
use either of a toll-free telephone number, Internet Web site,
information labeled on the treated wood, information
accompanying the sale of the treated wood, or by mailing if the
department determines that mailing is feasible and other methods
of communication would not be as effective. A treated wood
manufacturer or supplier to a wholesaler or retailer shall also
provide the information with each shipment of treated wood
products to a wholesaler or retailer, and the wood preserving
industry shall provide it to fencing, decking, and landscaping
contractors, by mail, using the Contractors’ State License Board’s
available listings, and license application packages. The department
may provide guidance to the wood preserving industry, to the
extent resources permit.

(f) (1) On or before January 1, 2007, the department, in
consultation with the Department of Resources Recycling and
Recovery, the State Water Resources Control Board, and the Office
of Environmental Health Hazard Assessment, and after
consideration of any known health hazards associated with treated
wood waste, shall adopt and may subsequently revise as necessary,
regulations establishing management standards for treated wood
waste as an alternative to the requirements specified in this chapter
and the regulations adopted pursuant to this chapter.

(2) The regulations adopted pursuant to this subdivision shall,
at a minimum, ensure all of the following:

(A) Treated wood waste is properly stored, treated, transported,
tracked, disposed of, and otherwise managed to prevent, to the
extent practical, releases of hazardous constituents to the
environment, prevent scavenging, and prevent harmful exposure
of people, including workers and children, aquatic life, and animals
to hazardous chemical constituents of the treated wood waste.

(B) Treated wood waste is not reused, with or without treatment,
except for a purpose that is consistent with the approved use of
the preservative with which the wood has been treated. For
purposes of this subparagraph, “approved uses” means a use
approved at the time the treated wood waste is reused.

(C) Treated wood waste is managed in accordance with all
applicable laws.

(D) Any size reduction of treated wood waste is conducted in
a manner that prevents the uncontrolled release of hazardous
constituents to the environment, and that conforms to applicable
worker health and safety requirements.

(E) All sawdust and other particles generated during size
reduction are captured and managed as treated wood waste.

(F) All employees involved in the acceptance, storage, transport,
and other management of treated wood waste are trained in the
safe and legal management of treated wood waste, including, but
not limited to, procedures for identifying and segregating treated
wood waste.

(g) (1) A person managing treated wood waste who is subject
to a requirement of this chapter, including a regulation adopted
pursuant to this chapter, shall comply with either the alternative
standard specified in the regulations adopted pursuant to
subdivision (f) or with the requirements of this chapter.

(2) A person who is in compliance with the alternative standard
specified in the regulations adopted pursuant to subdivision (f) is
deemed to be in compliance with the requirement of this chapter
for which the regulation is identified as being an alternative, and
the department and any other entity authorized to enforce this
chapter shall consider that person to be in compliance with that
requirement of this chapter.

(h)  begin delete On January 1, 2005, all end delete begin insert All end insert variances granted by the
department before January 1, 2005, governing the management of
treated wood waste are inoperative and have no further effect.

(i) This section does not limit the authority or responsibility of
the department to adopt regulations under any other law.

(j)  begin delete (1) end delete begin delete   end delete On or before January 1, 2018, the department shall
prepare, post on its Internet Web site, and provide to the
appropriate policy committees of the Legislature, a comprehensive
report on the compliance with, and implementation of, this section.
The report shall include, but not be limited to, all of the following:

begin delete

(A)

end delete

begin insert (1) end insert  Data, and evaluation of that data, on the rates of compliance
with this section and injuries associated with handling treated wood
waste based on department inspections of treated wood waste
generator sites and treated wood waste disposal facilities. To gather
data to perform the required evaluation, the department shall do
all of the following:

begin delete

(i)

end delete

begin insert (A) end insert  The department shall inspect representative treated wood
waste generator sites and treated wood waste disposal facilities,
which shall not to be less than 25 percent of each.

begin delete

(ii)

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert  The department shall survey and otherwise seek information
on how households are currently handling, transporting, and
disposing of treated wood waste, including available information
from household hazardous waste collection facilities, solid waste
transfer facilities, solid waste disposal facility load check programs,
and CUPAs.

begin delete

(iii)

end delete

begin insert (C) end insert  The department shall, by survey or otherwise, seek data to
determine whether sufficient information and convenient collection
and disposal options are available to household generators of
treated wood waste.

begin delete

(B)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  An evaluation of the adequacy of protective measures taken
in tracking, handling, and disposing of treated wood waste.

begin delete

(C)

end delete

begin insert (3) end insert  Data regarding the unauthorized disposal of treated wood
waste at disposal facilities that have not been approved for that
disposal.

begin delete

(D)

end delete

begin insert (4) end insert  Conclusions regarding the handling of treated wood waste.

begin delete

(E)

end delete

begin insert (5) end insert  Recommendations for changes to the handling of treated
wood waste to ensure the protection of public health and the
environment.

begin delete

(2) The requirement for submitting a report imposed under this
subdivision is inoperative on January 1, 2022, pursuant to Section
10231.5 of the Government Code.

end delete

(k) This section shall become inoperative on December 31,
2020, and, as of January 1, 2021, is repealed, unless a later enacted
statute, that becomes operative on or before January 1, 2021,
deletes or extends the dates on which it becomes inoperative and
is repealed.

SEC. 185.  

Section 25180 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

25180.  

(a)  (1)  Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
standards in this chapter and the regulations adopted by the
department to implement this chapter shall be enforced by the
department, and by any local health officer or any local public
officer designated by the director.

(2)  The standards of this chapter listed in paragraph (1) of
subdivision (c) of Section 25404, and the regulations adopted to
implement the standards of this chapter listed in paragraph (1) of
subdivision (c) of Section 25404, shall be enforced by the
department and one of the following:

(A)  If there is no CUPA, the officer or agency authorized,
pursuant to subdivision (f) of Section 25404.3, to implement and
enforce the requirements of this chapter listed in paragraph (1) of
subdivision (c) of Section 25404.

(B)  Within the jurisdiction of a CUPA, the unified program
agencies, to the extent provided by this chapter and Sections
25404.1 and 25404.2. Within the jurisdiction of a CUPA, the
unified program agencies shall be the only local agencies
authorized to enforce the requirements of this chapter listed in
paragraph (1) of subdivision (c) of Section 25404.

(b)  (1)  In addition to the persons specified in subdivision (a),
any traffic officer, as defined by Section 625 of the Vehicle Code,
and any peace officer specified in Section 830.1 of the Penal Code,
may enforce Section 25160, subdivision (a) of Section 25163, and
Sections begin delete 25250.8, end delete 25250.18, 25250.19, and 25250.23. Traffic
officers and peace officers are authorized representatives of the
department for purposes of enforcing the provisions set forth in
this subdivision.

(2)  A peace officer specified in subdivision (a) of Section
830.37 of the Penal Code may, upon approval of the local district
attorney, enforce the standards in this chapter and regulations
adopted by the department to implement this chapter. A peace
officer authorized to enforce those standards and regulations
pursuant to this paragraph shall perform these duties in
coordination with the appropriate local officer or agency authorized
to enforce this chapter pursuant to subdivision (a), and shall
complete a training program which is equivalent to that required
by the department for local officers and agencies authorized to
enforce this chapter pursuant to subdivision (a).

(c)  Notwithstanding any limitations in subdivision (b), a
member of the California Highway Patrol may enforce Sections
25185, 25189, 25189.2, 25189.5, 25191, and 25195, and Article
6 (commencing with Section 25160) and Article 6.5 (commencing
with Section 25167.1), as those provisions relate to the
transportation of hazardous waste.

(d)  In enforcing this chapter, including, but not limited to, the
issuance of orders imposing administrative penalties, the referral
of violations to prosecutors for civil or criminal prosecution, the
settlement of cases, and the adoption of enforcement policies and
standards related to those matters, the department and the local
officers and agencies authorized to enforce this chapter pursuant
to subdivision (a) shall exercise their enforcement authority in
such a manner that generators, transporters, and operators of
storage, treatment, transfer, and disposal facilities are treated
equally and consistently with regard to the same types of violations.

SEC. 186.  

Section 25250.15 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

25250.15.  

(a)  Any person operating a refuse removal vehicle
or a curbside collection vehicle used to collect or transport used
oil which has been generated as a household waste or as part of a
curbside recycling program, as defined by the board, is exempt
from the requirements of begin delete Sections 25160 and 25250.8, end delete begin insert Section
25160, end insert and subdivision (a) of Section 25163 of this code and
Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 2500) of Division 2 of,
Division 14.1 (commencing with Section 32000) of, and
subdivision (g) of Section 34500 of, the Vehicle Code.

(b)  Refuse removal and other curbside collection operations
exempted under subdivision (a) are also exempt from permit
requirements pursuant to Article 9 (commencing with Section
25200), if the storage location meets all applicable hazardous waste
generator, container, and tank requirements, except for the
generator fee requirement specified in subdivision (d).

(c)  Used oil collected pursuant to this section shall be deemed
to be generated by the storage location upon receipt.

(d)  Used oil collected pursuant to this section is exempt from
the generator fee imposed pursuant to Section 25205.5.

SEC. 187.  

Section 25270.6 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

25270.6.  

(a) (1) On or before January 1, begin delete 2009, and on or
before January 1 annually thereafter, end delete begin insert annually, end insert each owner or
operator of a tank facility subject to this chapter shall file with the
statewide information management system, a tank facility statement
that shall identify the name and address of the tank facility, a
contact person for the tank facility, the total storage capacity of
the tank facility, and the location and contents of each petroleum
storage tank that exceeds 10,000 gallons in storage capacity. A
copy of a statement submitted previously pursuant to this section
may be submitted in lieu of a new tank facility statement if no new
or used storage tanks have been added to the facility or if no
significant modifications have been made. For purposes of this
section, a significant modification includes, but is not limited to,
altering existing storage tanks or changing spill prevention or
containment methods.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), an owner or operator of a
tank facility that submits a business plan, as defined in subdivision
(d) of Section 25501, to the statewide information management
system and that complies with Sections 25503, 25505, 25505.1,
25507, 25507.2, 25508, 25508.1, and 25508.2, satisfies the
requirement in paragraph (1) to file a tank facility statement.

(b) Each begin delete year, commencing in calendar year 2010, each end delete owner
or operator of a tank facility who is subject to the requirements of
subdivision (a) shall begin insert annually end insert pay a fee to the UPA, on or before
a date specified by the UPA. The governing body of the UPA shall
establish a fee, as part of the single fee system implemented
pursuant to Section 25404.5, at a level sufficient to pay the
necessary and reasonable costs incurred by the UPA in
administering this chapter, including, but not limited to,
inspections, enforcement, and administrative costs. The UPA shall
also implement the fee accountability program established pursuant
to subdivision (c) of Section 25404.5 and the regulations adopted
to implement that program.

SEC. 188.  

Section 32132.8 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

32132.8.  

(a) Notwithstanding Section 32132 or any other law,
upon approval by the board of directors of the Mayers Memorial
Hospital District, the design-build procedure described in Chapter
4 (commencing with Section 22160) of Part 3 of Division 2 of the
Public Contract Code may be used to assign contracts for the
construction of a building or improvements directly related to
construction of a hospital or health facility building at the Mayers
Memorial begin delete Hospital District. end delete begin insert Hospital. end insert

(b) For purposes of this section, all references in Chapter 4
(commencing with Section 22160) of Part 3 of Division 2 of the
Public Contract Code to “local agency” begin delete shall end delete mean the Mayers
Memorial Hospital District and its board of directors.

(c) A hospital building project utilizing the design-build process
authorized by subdivision (a) shall be reviewed and inspected in
accordance with the standards and requirements of the Alfred E.
Alquist Hospital Facilities Seismic Safety Act of 1983 (Chapter 1
(commencing with Section 129675) of Part 7 of Division 107).

SEC. 189.  

Section 34191.3 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

34191.3.  

(a) Notwithstanding Section 34191.1, the
requirements specified in subdivision (e) of Section 34177 and
subdivision (a) of Section 34181 shall be suspended, except as
those provisions apply to the transfers for governmental use, until
the Department of Finance has approved a long-range property
management plan pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 34191.5,
at which point the plan shall govern, and supersede all other
provisions relating to, the disposition and use of the real property
assets of the former redevelopment agency. If the department has
not approved a plan by January 1, 2016, subdivision (e) of Section
34177 and subdivision (a) of Section 34181 shall be operative with
respect to that successor agency.

(b) If the department has approved a successor agency’s
long-range property management plan prior to January 1, 2016,
the successor agency may amend its long-range property
management plan once, solely to allow for retention of real
properties that constitute “parking facilities and lots dedicated
solely to public parking” for governmental use pursuant to Section
34181. An amendment to a successor agency’s long-range property
management plan under this subdivision shall be submitted to its
oversight board for review and approval pursuant to Section 34179,
and any such amendment shall be submitted to the department
prior to July 1, 2016.

(c)  begin delete (i) end delete begin delete   end delete begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert Notwithstanding paragraph (2) of subdivision (a)
of Section 34181, for purposes of amending a successor agency’s
long-range property management plan under subdivision (b),
“parking facilities and lots dedicated solely to public parking” do
not include properties that, as of the date of transfer pursuant to
the amended long-range property management plan, generate
revenues in excess of reasonable maintenance costs of the
properties.

begin delete

(ii)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  Notwithstanding any other law, a city, county, city and
county, or parking district shall not be required to reimburse or
pay a successor agency for any funds spent on or before December
31, 2010, by a former redevelopment agency to design and
construct a parking facility.

SEC. 190.  

Section 44017 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

44017.  

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section or
Section 44017.1, a motor vehicle owner shall qualify for a repair
cost waiver only after begin delete expenditure of not less than end delete begin insert expending at
least end insert four hundred fifty dollars ($450) for repairs, including parts
and labor.

begin delete

(b) The limit established pursuant to subdivision (a) shall not
become operative until the department issues a public notice
declaring that the program established pursuant to Section 44010.5
is operational in the relevant geographical areas of the state, or
until the date that testing in those geographic areas is operative
using loaded mode test equipment, as defined in this article,
whichever occurs first. Prior to that time, the following cost limits
shall remain in effect:

end delete begin delete

(1) For motor vehicles of 1971 and earlier model years, fifty
dollars ($50).

end delete begin delete

(2) For motor vehicles of 1972 to 1974, inclusive, model years,
ninety dollars ($90).

end delete begin delete

(3) For motor vehicles of 1975 to 1979, inclusive, model years,
one hundred twenty-five dollars ($125).

end delete begin delete

(4) For motor vehicles of 1980 to 1989, inclusive, model years,
one hundred seventy-five dollars ($175).

end delete begin delete

(5) For motor vehicles of 1990 to 1995, inclusive, model years,
three hundred dollars ($300).

end delete begin delete

(6) For motor vehicles of 1996 and later model years, four
hundred fifty dollars ($450).

end delete begin delete

(c)

end delete

begin insert (b) end insert  The department shall periodically revise the repair cost begin delete limits end delete
begin insert limit end insert specified in begin delete subdivisions (a) and (b) end delete begin insert subdivision (a) end insert in
accordance with changes in the Consumer Price Index, as published
by the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics.

begin delete

(d)

end delete

begin insert (c) end insert   begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert repair cost limit shall begin insert not end insert be imposed in those cases
where emissions control equipment is missing or is partially or
totally inoperative as a result of being tampered with.

begin delete

(e)

end delete

begin insert (d) end insert  (1)  begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert repair cost waiver shall begin insert not end insert be issued begin delete where end delete begin insert if end insert a
motor vehicle has failed the visible smoke test created by the
department pursuant to Section 44012.1, unless paragraph (2)
applies, or the vehicle is owned by a low-income person, as defined
in Section begin delete 44062.1 end delete begin insert 44062.1, end insert in which case the repair cost limit
applicable pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 44017.1 begin delete shall
apply. end delete begin insert applies. end insert

(2) By January 1, 2008, the department shall adopt regulations
allowing a repair cost waiver, with the repair cost limit specified
in subdivision (a), where a motor vehicle has failed the visible
smoke test component of a smog check inspection, for individuals
under economic hardship but who do not meet the definition of
low-income person, as defined in Section 44062.1. The regulations
shall make eligible for the waiver those individuals whose
household means fall below the level necessary to achieve a modest
standard of living without assistance from public programs. The
department shall consult authoritative information sources
including, but not limited to, the United States Census Bureau, the
Department of Finance, and the California Budget Project.

SEC. 191.  

Section 44559.4 of the Health and Safety Code, as
amended by Section 1 of Chapter 274 of the Statutes of 2012, is
amended to read:

44559.4.  

(a) If a financial institution that is participating in
the Capital Access Loan Program established pursuant to this
article decides to enroll a qualified loan under the program in order
to obtain the protection against loss provided by its loss reserve
account, it shall notify the authority in writing on a form prescribed
by the authority, within 15 days after the date on which the loan
is made, of all of the following:

(1) The disbursement of the loan.

(2) The dollar amount of the loan enrolled.

(3) The interest rate applicable to, and the term of, the loan.

(4) The amount of the agreed upon premium.

(b) The executive director may authorize an additional five days
for a financial institution to submit the written notification
described in subdivision (a) to the authority on a loan-by-loan basis
for a reason limited to conditions beyond the reasonable control
of the financial institution.

(c) The financial institution may make a qualified loan to be
enrolled under the program to an individual, or to a partnership or
trust wholly owned or controlled by an individual, for the purpose
of financing property that will be leased to a qualified business
that is wholly owned by that individual. In that case, the property
shall be treated as meeting the requirements of paragraph (1) of
subdivision begin delete (g) end delete begin insert (i) end insert of Section 44559.1.

(d) When making a qualified loan that will be enrolled under
the program, the participating financial institution shall require
the qualified business to which the loan is made to pay a fee of
not less than 1 percent of the principal amount of the loan, but not
more than 31⁄2 percent of the principal amount. The financial
institution shall also pay a fee in an amount equal to the fee paid
by the borrower. The financial institution shall deliver the fees
collected under this subdivision to the authority for deposit in the
loss reserve account for the institution. The financial institution
may recover from the borrower the cost of its payments to the loss
reserve account through the financing of the loan, upon the
agreement of the financial institution and the borrower. The
financial institution may cover the cost of borrower payments to
the loan loss reserve account.

(e) When depositing fees collected under subdivision (d) to the
credit of the loss reserve account for a participating financial
institution, the authority shall do the following:

(1) If begin delete no end delete matching funds are begin insert not end insert available under a federal capital
access program or other source, the authority shall transfer to the
loss reserve account an amount that is not less than the amount of
the fees paid by the participating financial institution. However,
if the qualified business is located within a severely affected
community, the authority shall transfer to the loss reserve account
an amount not less than 150 percent of the amount of the fees paid
by the participating financial institution.

(2) If matching funds are available under a federal capital access
program or other source, the authority shall transfer, on an
immediate or deferred basis, to the loss reserve account the amount
required by that federal program or other source. However, the
total amount deposited into the loss reserve account shall not be
less than the amount which would have been deposited in the
absence of matching funds.

(f) This section shall remain in effect only until April 1, 2017,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before April 1, 2017, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 192.  

Section 44559.4 of the Health and Safety Code, as
added by Section 2 of Chapter 274 of the Statutes of 2012, is
amended to read:

44559.4.  

(a) If a financial institution that is participating in
the Capital Access Loan Program established pursuant to this
article decides to enroll a qualified loan under the program in order
to obtain the protection against loss provided by its loss reserve
account, it shall notify the authority in writing on a form prescribed
by the authority, within 15 days after the date on which the loan
is made, of all of the following:

(1) The disbursement of the loan.

(2) The dollar amount of the loan enrolled.

(3) The interest rate applicable to, and the term of, the loan.

(4) The amount of the agreed upon premium.

(b) The executive director may authorize an additional five days
for a financial institution to submit the written notification
described in subdivision (a) to the authority on a loan-by-loan basis
for a reason limited to conditions beyond the reasonable control
of the financial institution.

(c) The financial institution may make a qualified loan to be
enrolled under the program to an individual, or to a partnership or
trust wholly owned or controlled by an individual, for the purpose
of financing property that will be leased to a qualified business
that is wholly owned by that individual. In that case, the property
shall be treated as meeting the requirements of paragraph (1) of
subdivision begin delete (g) end delete begin insert (i) end insert of Section 44559.1.

(d) When making a qualified loan that will be enrolled under
the program, the participating financial institution shall require
the qualified business to which the loan is made to pay a fee of
not less than 2 percent of the principal amount of the loan, but not
more than 31⁄2 percent of the principal amount. The financial
institution shall also pay a fee in an amount equal to the fee paid
by the borrower. The financial institution shall deliver the fees
collected under this subdivision to the authority for deposit in the
loss reserve account for the institution. The financial institution
may recover from the borrower the cost of its payments to the loss
reserve account through the financing of the loan, upon the
agreement of the financial institution and the borrower. The
financial institution may cover the cost of borrower payments to
the loan loss reserve account.

(e) When depositing fees collected under subdivision (d) to the
credit of the loss reserve account for a participating financial
institution, the authority shall do the following:

(1) If begin delete no end delete matching funds are begin insert not end insert available under a federal capital
access program or other source, the authority shall transfer to the
loss reserve account an amount that is not less than the amount of
the fees paid by the participating financial institution. However,
if the qualified business is located within a severely affected
community, the authority shall transfer to the loss reserve account
an amount not less than 150 percent of the amount of the fees paid
by the participating financial institution.

(2) If matching funds are available under a federal capital access
program or other source, the authority shall transfer, on an
immediate or deferred basis, to the loss reserve account the amount
required by that federal program or other source. However, the
total amount deposited into the loss reserve account shall not be
less than the amount which would have been deposited in the
absence of matching funds.

(f) This section shall become operative on April 1, 2017.

SEC. 193.  

Section 101853.1 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

101853.1.  

(a) In exercising its powers to employ personnel,
the authority shall implement, and the board of supervisors shall
adopt, a personnel transition plan. The personnel transition plan
shall require all of the following:

(1) Ongoing communication to employees and recognized
employee organizations regarding the impact of the transition on
existing medical center, county, and other health care facility
employees and employee classifications.

(2) Meeting and conferring with representatives of affected
bargaining unit employees on both of the following issues:

(A) A timeframe for which the transfer of personnel shall occur.

(B) Specified periods of time during which county or medical
center employees affected by the establishment of the authority
may elect to be considered for appointment and exercise
reinstatement rights, if applicable, to funded, equivalent, vacant
county positions for which they are qualified and eligible. An
employee who first elects to remain with the county may
subsequently seek reinstatement with the authority within 30 days
of the election to remain with the county and shall be subject to
the requirements of this article.

(3) Acknowledgment that the authority, to the extent permitted
by federal and state law, and consistent with paragraph (3) of
subdivision (d), shall be bound by the terms of those memoranda
of understanding executed between the county and its exclusive
employee representatives that are in effect on the date of the
transfer of control of the medical center to the authority.
Subsequent memoranda of understanding with exclusive employee
representatives shall be subject to approval only by the board of
governors.

(4) Communication to the Board of Retirement of the Kern
County Employees’ Retirement Association or other retirement
plan of any personnel transition plan, memoranda of understanding,
or other arrangements that are related to the participation of the
authority’s employees or the addition of new employees in the
retirement plan.

(b) Implementation of this chapter shall not be a cause for the
modification of the medical center or county employment benefits.
Employees of the medical center or county on the date of transfer,
who become authority employees, shall retain their existing or
equivalent classifications and job descriptions upon transfer to the
authority, comparable pension benefits (if permissible pursuant to
relevant plan terms), and their existing salaries and other benefits
that include, but are not limited to, accrued and unused vacation,
sick leave, personal leave, health care, retiree health benefits, and
deferred compensation plans. The transfer of an employee from
the medical center or county shall not constitute a termination of
employment for purposes of Section 227.3 of the Labor Code, or
employee benefit plans and arrangements maintained by the
medical center or county, except as otherwise provided in the
enabling ordinance or personnel transition plan, nor shall it be
counted as a break in uninterrupted employment for purposes of
Section 31641 of the Government Code with respect to the Kern
County Employees’ Retirement Association, or state service for
purposes of the Public Employees’ Retirement System (Part 3
(commencing with Section 20000) of Division 5 of Title 2 of the
Government Code).

(c) Subject to applicable state law, the authority shall recognize
the exclusive employee representatives of those authority
employees who are transferred from the county or medical center
to the authority pursuant to this chapter.

(d) In order to stabilize labor and employment relations and
provide continuity of care and services to the people of the county,
and notwithstanding any other law, the authority shall do all of the
following for a period of 24 months after the effective date of the
transfer of control of the medical center to the authority:

(1) Continue to recognize each exclusive employee
representative of each bargaining unit.

(2) Continue to provide the same level of employee benefits to
authority employees, whether the obligation to provide those
benefits begin delete arise end delete begin insert arises end insert out of a memorandum of understanding, or
other begin delete agreements end delete begin insert agreement end insert or law.

(3) Extend and continue to be bound by any existing memoranda
of understanding covering the terms and conditions of employment
for employees of the authority, including the level of wages and
benefits, and any county rules, ordinances, or policies specifically
identified and incorporated by reference in a memoranda of
understanding for 24 months or through the term of the
memorandum of understanding, whichever begin delete shall be the end delete begin insert is end insert longer,
unless modified by mutual agreement with each of the exclusive
employee representatives. The authority shall continue to provide
those pension benefits specified in any memoranda of agreement
as long as doing so does not conflict with any Kern County
begin delete Employee end delete begin insert Employees end insert begin insert ’ end insert Retirement Association plan provisions, or
federal or state law including the County Employees Retirement
Law of 1937 (Chapter 3 (commencing with Section 31450) of Part
3 of Division 4 of Title 3 of the Government Code and the federal
Internal Revenue Code). If a memoranda of understanding is
expired on the date of the transfer of control of the medical center,
then the authority shall continue to be bound by the terms and
conditions of the most recent memoranda of understanding, unless
modified by a mutual agreement with each of the exclusive
employee representatives, and the benefits and wages of transferred
employees shall be retained consistent with subdivision (b).

(4) Meet and confer with the exclusive employee representatives
to develop processes and procedures to address employee
disciplinary action taken against permanent employees. If the
authority terminates, suspends, demotes, or reduces the pay of a
permanent employee for disciplinary reasons, those actions shall
only be for cause consistent with state law, and an employee shall
be afforded applicable due process protections granted to public
employees under state law. Permanent employees laid off by the
authority within six months of the date of the transfer of control
of the medical center shall remain on the county reemployment
list for two years. Inclusion on the county reemployment list is not
a guarantee of reemployment. For the purposes of this paragraph,
the term “permanent employees” excludes probationary employees,
temporary employees, seasonal employees, provisional employees,
extra help employees, and per diem employees.

(5) To the extent layoffs occur, and provided that all other
previously agreed upon factors are equal, ensure that seniority
shall prevail. The authority shall meet and confer with the exclusive
employee representatives to address layoff procedures and the
manner in which, and the extent to which, seniority shall be
measured for employees who transfer from the medical center or
county.

(e) Permanent employees of the medical center or county on
the effective date of the transfer of control of the medical center
to the authority, shall be deemed qualified for employment in
equivalent positions at the authority, and no other qualifications
shall be required except as otherwise required by state or federal
law. Probationary employees on the effective date of the transfer,
as set forth in this paragraph, shall retain their probationary status
and rights and shall not be required to serve a new probationary
period or extend their probationary period by reason of the transfer.
To the extent possible, employees who transfer to equivalent
positions at the authority shall retain their existing classifications
and job descriptions, but if there is a dispute over this issue, the
authority agrees to meet and confer with the exclusive employee
representatives of the transferred employees.

(f) Employees who transfer from the medical center or county
to the authority shall retain the seniority they earned at the medical
center or county and any benefits or privileges based on the
seniority.

(g) Notwithstanding any other law, employees of the authority
may participate in the Kern County Employees’ Retirement
Association, operated pursuant to the County Employees
Retirement Law of 1937 (Chapter 3 (commencing with Section
31450) of Part 3 of Division 4 of Title 3 of the Government Code)
as set forth below. However, the authority and employees of the
authority, or certain designated parts thereof, shall not participate
in the Kern County Employees’ Retirement Association if the
board of retirement, in its sole discretion, determines that their
participation could jeopardize the Kern County Employees’
Retirement Association’s tax-qualified or governmental plan status
under federal law, or if a contract or related contract amendment
proposed by the authority contains any benefit provisions that are
not specifically authorized by Chapters 3 (commencing with
Section 31450) and 3.9 (commencing with Section 31899) of Part
3 of Division 4 of Title 3 of the Government Code or Article 4
(commencing with Section 7522) of Chapter 21 of Division 7 of
Title 1 of the Government Code, and that the board determines
would adversely affect the administration of the system. There
shall not be any individual employee elections regarding
participation in the Kern County Employees’ Retirement
Association or other retirement plans except to the extent such
retirement plans provide for elective employee salary deferral
contributions in accordance with federal Internal Revenue Code
rules.

(1) Employees transferred from the county or medical center to
the authority who are subject to a memorandum of understanding
between the authority and an exclusive employee representative,
as described in paragraphs (2) and (3) of subdivision (d), and who
were members of the Kern County Employees’ Retirement
Association at the time of their transfer of employment, shall
continue to be a member of the Kern County Employees’
Retirement Association, retaining service credit earned to the date
of transfer, to the extent provided for in the applicable
memorandum of understanding.

(2) Employees transferred from the county or medical center to
the authority who are subject to a memorandum of understanding
between the authority and an exclusive employee representative,
as described in paragraphs (2) and (3) of subdivision (d), and who
were not members of the Kern County Employees’ Retirement
Association at the time of their transfer of employment, shall
subsequently become a member of the Kern County Employees’
Retirement Association only to the extent provided for in the
applicable memorandum of understanding.

(3) Employees transferred from the county or medical center to
the authority who are not subject to a memorandum of
understanding between the authority and an exclusive employee
representative, as described in paragraphs (2) and (3) of subdivision
(d), and who were members of the Kern County Employees’
Retirement Association at the time of their transfer of employment,
shall continue to be a member of the Kern County Employees’
Retirement Association, retaining service credit earned to the date
of transfer, as provided in the enabling ordinance or the personnel
transition plan.

(4) Employees transferred from the county or medical center to
the authority who are not subject to a memorandum of
understanding between the authority and an exclusive employee
representative, as described in paragraphs (2) and (3) of subdivision
(d), and who were not members of the Kern County Employees’
Retirement Association at the time of their transfer of employment,
shall subsequently become a member of the Kern County
Employees’ Retirement Association only to the extent provided
in the enabling ordinance or the personnel transition plan.

(5) Employees hired by the authority on or after the effective
date of the transfer of control of the medical center shall become
a member of the Kern County Employees’ Retirement Association
only to the extent provided in the enabling ordinance or personnel
transition plan described in subdivision (a), or, if subject to a
memorandum of understanding between the authority and an
exclusive employee representative as described in paragraphs (2)
and (3) of subdivision (d), to the extent provided for in the
applicable memorandum of understanding.

(6) (A) Notwithstanding any other law, for purposes of
California Public Employees’ Pension Reform Act of 2013 (Article
4 (commencing with Section 7522) of Chapter 21 of Division 7
of Title 1 of the Government Code), an individual who was
employed by the county or the medical center when it was a
constituent department of the county, and is a member of the Kern
County Employees’ Retirement Association or the Public
Employees’ Retirement System, as set forth in Part 3 (commencing
with Section 20000) of Division 5 of Title 2 of the Government
Code or a member prior to January 1, 2013, and who transfers,
directly or after a break in service of less than six months, to the
authority, in which the individual continues to be a member of
either the Kern County Employees’ Retirement Association or the
Public Employees’ Retirement System, as applicable, shall not be
deemed to be a new employee or a new member within the meaning
of Section 7522.04 of the Government Code, and shall continue
to be subject, immediately after the transfer, to the same defined
benefit formula, as defined in Section 7522.04 of the Government
Code, and plan of replacement benefits offered by the county
pursuant to Section 31899.4 of the Government Code and the Kern
County Replacement Benefits Plan for retirement benefits limited
by Section 415 of Title 26 of the United States Code.

(B) For purposes of subdivision (c) of Section 7522.43 of the
Government Code, the authority shall be treated as a public
employer that offered a plan of replacement benefits prior to
January 1, 2013. The county’s plan of replacement benefits that
was in effect prior to January 1, 2013, is deemed to also be the
authority’s replacement plan for the sole purpose of allowing the
authority to continue to offer the plan of replacement benefits,
immediately after the transfer, for Kern County Employees’
Retirement Association members who meet both of the following
requirements, and the qualifying survivors or beneficiaries of those
members:

(i) The employee was employed as of January 1, 2013, by the
county or the medical center when it was a constituent department
of the county.

(ii) The employee is part of a member group to which the county
offered a plan of replacement benefits prior to January 1, 2013.

(7)  begin delete (i) end delete begin delete   end delete begin insert (A) end insert begin insert   end insert Notwithstanding any other law, legacy employees
shall be deemed to be county employees for purposes of
participation in a benefit plan administered by the Kern County
Employees’ Retirement Association, but only for that purpose,
and shall not be employees of the county for any other purpose.
Upon the transfer of control of the medical center and thereafter,
the county shall include legacy employees in a special county
employee group for which the county has primary financial
responsibility to fund all employer contributions that, together
with contributions by employees and earnings thereon, are
necessary to fund all benefits for legacy employees administered
by the Kern County Employees’ Retirement Association,
notwithstanding the fact that, following the transfer of control of
the medical center, the authority shall commence making periodic
employer contributions for legacy employees. In the event the
authority fails to make required employer contributions for legacy
employees when due and after demand from the Kern County
Employees’ Retirement Association, the county, after receipt of
notice and demand from the Kern County Employees’ Retirement
Association, shall be obligated to make those contributions in place
of the authority.

begin delete

(ii)

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert  The authority shall be primarily responsible for any
employer contributions that, together with contributions by
employees and earnings thereon, are necessary to fund all benefits
for new employees. In the event the authority fails to make required
contributions for new employees, the county shall be obligated to
make the required contributions after receipt of notice and demand
from the Kern County Employees’ Retirement Association. The
county shall maintain this obligation for new employees until the
authority demonstrates, and the Kern County Employees’
Retirement Association’s Board of Retirement determines, that
the authority is sufficiently capable financially to fully assume the
obligation to make all employer contributions for new employees,
based upon the standard of financial capability approved by the
Kern County Employees’ Retirement Association and the county
in a plan of participation, and incorporated within a written
agreement between the county and the authority. In the event the
authority fails to make required contributions for any new
employees due to the authority’s dissolution or bankruptcy, the
county shall be obligated to make the required contributions after
receipt of notice and demand from the Kern County Employees’
Retirement Association.

(h) This chapter begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not prohibit the authority from
contracting with the Public Employees’ Retirement System, in
accordance with the requirements of Section 20508 and any other
applicable provisions of Part 3 (commencing with Section 20000)
of Division 5 of Title 2 of the Government Code, for the purpose
of providing employee participation in that system, or from
establishing an alternative or supplemental retirement system or
arrangement, including, but not limited to, deferred compensation
arrangements, to the extent permitted by law and subject to any
applicable agreement between the authority and the exclusive
employee representatives, and as provided in the enabling
ordinance or the personnel transition plan. Notwithstanding any
other law, the authority and employees of the authority shall not
participate in the Public Employees’ Retirement System if the
Board of Administration of the Public Employees’ Retirement
System, in its sole discretion, determines that their participation
could jeopardize the Public Employees’ Retirement System’s
tax-qualified or governmental plan status under federal law, or if
a contract or related contract amendment proposed by the authority
contains any benefit provisions that are not specifically authorized
by Part 3 (commencing with Section 20000) of Division 5 of Title
2 of the Government Code, and that the board determines would
adversely affect the administration of the system.

(i) Provided that this is not inconsistent with anything in this
chapter, this chapter does not prohibit the authority from
determining the number of employees, the number of full-time
equivalent positions, job descriptions, the nature and extent of
classified employment positions, and salaries of employees.

SEC. 194.  

Section 110424 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended and renumbered to read:

begin delete 110424. end delete
begin insert 110422.5. end insert   

Violation of this article by any person, as defined
in Section 109995, shall constitute an infraction, punishable by a
fine not to exceed the following:

(a)  One thousand dollars ($1,000) for the first violation.

(b)  Two thousand dollars ($2,000) for the second violation.

(c)  Five thousand dollars ($5,000) for the third and each
subsequent violation.

SEC. 195.  

Section 112895 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

112895.  

(a) It is unlawful to manufacture, sell, offer for sale,
give away, or to possess imitation olive oil in California.

(b) This section does not prohibit the blending of olive oil with
other edible oils, if the blend is not labeled as olive oil or imitation
olive oil, is clearly labeled as a blended vegetable oil, and if the
contents and proportions of the blend are prominently displayed
on the container’s label, or if the oil is a flavored olive oil.

(c) If any olive oil is produced, processed, sold, offered for sale,
given away, or possessed in California, that indicates on its label
“California Olive Oil,” or uses words of similar import that indicate
that California is the source of the oil, 100 percent of that oil shall
be derived from olives grown in California.

(d) Olive oil produced, processed, sold, offered for sale, given
away, or possessed in California, that indicates on its label that it
is from a specific region of California shall be made of oil at least
85 percent of begin delete which , end delete begin insert which, end insert by weight, is derived from olives
grown in the specified region.

(e) Olive oil produced, processed, sold, offered for sale, given
away, or possessed in California, that indicates on its label that it
is from a specific estate in California shall be made of oil at least
95 percent of which, by weight, is derived from olives grown on
the specified estate.

(f) Olive-pomace oil shall not be labeled as olive oil.

SEC. 196.  

Section 113789 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

113789.  

(a) “Food facility” means an operation that stores,
prepares, packages, serves, vends, or otherwise provides food for
human consumption at the retail level, including, but not limited
to, the following:

(1) An operation where food is consumed on or off the premises,
regardless of whether there is a charge for the food.

(2) A place used in conjunction with the operations described
in this subdivision, including, but not limited to, storage facilities
for food-related utensils, equipment, and materials.

(b) “Food facility” includes permanent and nonpermanent food
facilities, including, but not limited to, the following:

(1) Public and private school cafeterias.

(2) Restricted food service facilities.

(3)  Licensed health care facilities, except as provided in
paragraph begin delete (13) end delete begin insert (12) end insert of subdivision (c).

(4) Commissaries.

(5) Mobile food facilities.

(6) Mobile support units.

(7) Temporary food facilities.

(8) Vending machines.

(9) Certified farmers’ markets, for purposes of permitting and
enforcement pursuant to Section 114370.

(10) Farm stands, for purposes of permitting and enforcement
pursuant to Section 114375.

(11) Fishermen’s markets.

(c) “Food facility” does not include any of the following:

(1) A cooperative arrangement wherein no permanent facilities
are used for storing or handling food.

(2) A private home, including a cottage food operation that is
registered or has a permit pursuant to Section 114365.

(3) A church, private club, or other nonprofit association that
gives or sells food to its members and guests, and not to the general
public, at an event that occurs not more than three days in any
90-day period.

(4) A for-profit entity that gives or sells food at an event that
occurs not more than three days in a 90-day period for the benefit
of a nonprofit association, if the for-profit entity receives no
monetary benefit, other than that resulting from recognition from
participating in an event.

(5) Premises set aside for wine tasting, as that term is used in
Section 23356.1 of the Business and Professions Code, or premises
set aside by a beer manufacturer, as defined in Section 25000.2 of
the Business and Professions Code, and in the regulations adopted
pursuant to those sections, that comply with Section 118375,
regardless of whether there is a charge for the wine or beer tasting,
if no other beverage, except for bottles of wine or beer and
prepackaged nonpotentially hazardous beverages, is offered for
sale or for onsite consumption and no food, except for crackers,
pretzels, or prepackaged food that is not potentially hazardous
food is offered for sale or for onsite consumption.

(6) An outlet or location, including, but not limited to, premises,
operated by a producer, selling or offering for sale only whole
produce grown by the producer or shell eggs, or both, provided
the sales are conducted at an outlet or location controlled by the
producer.

(7) A commercial food processing begin delete establishment end delete begin insert establishment, end insert
as defined in Section 111955.

(8) A child day care facility, as defined in Section 1596.750.

(9) A community care facility, as defined in Section 1502.

(10) A residential care facility for the elderly, as defined in
Section 1569.2.

(11) A residential care facility for the chronically ill, which has
the same meaning as a residential care facility, as defined in Section
1568.01.

(12) (A) An intermediate care facility for the developmentally
disabled, as defined in subdivisions (e), (h), and (m) of Section
1250, with a capacity of six beds or fewer.

(B) A facility described in subparagraph (A) shall report any
foodborne illness or outbreak to the local health department and
to the State Department of Public Health within 24 hours of the
illness or outbreak.

(13) A community food producer, as defined in Section 113752.

SEC. 197.  

Section 117945 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

117945.  

(a)  begin delete Small end delete begin insert A small end insert quantity begin delete generators end delete begin insert generator end insert who
begin delete are end delete begin insert is end insert not required to register pursuant to this chapter shall maintain
on file in begin delete their end delete begin insert its end insert office all of begin insert the end insert following:

(1) An information document stating how the generator contains,
stores, treats, and disposes of any medical waste generated through
any act or process of the generator.

(2) Records required by the United States Postal Service of any
medical waste shipped offsite for treatment and disposal. The small
quantity generator shall maintain, or have available electronically
at the facility or from the medical waste hauler or common carrier,
these records, for not less than three years.

(b) Documentation shall be made available to the enforcement
agency onsite.

SEC. 198.  

Section 118330 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

118330.  

(a) Whenever the enforcement agency determines
that a violation or threatened violation of this part or the regulations
adopted pursuant to this part has resulted, or is likely to result, in
a release of medical waste into the environment, the agency may
issue an order to the responsible person specifying a schedule for
compliance or imposing an administrative penalty of not more
than five thousand dollars ($5,000) per violation. A person who,
after notice and an opportunity for hearing, violates an order issued
pursuant to this section is guilty of a misdemeanor.

(1) If the department is the enforcement agency, the department
shall provide notice, issue the order, and conduct the administrative
hearing pursuant to subdivisions (d) and (f).

(2) If the department is not the enforcement agency, the
provisions of subdivisions (b) to (e), inclusive, begin delete shall end delete apply.

(b) (1) In establishing the amount of the administrative penalty
and ordering that the violation be corrected pursuant to this section,
the enforcement agency shall take into consideration the nature,
circumstances, extent, and gravity of the violation, the violator’s
past and present efforts to prevent, abate, or clean up conditions
posing a threat to the public health or safety or the environment,
the violator’s ability to pay the penalty, and the deterrent effect
that the imposition of the penalty would have on both the violator
and the regulated community.

(2) If the amount of the administrative penalty is set after the
person is served with the order pursuant to subdivision (c) or after
the order becomes final, the person may request a hearing to dispute
the amount of the administrative penalty and is entitled to the same
process as provided in subdivision (c), whether or not the person
disputed the facts of the violation through that process.

(3) An administrative penalty assessed pursuant to this section
shall be in addition to any other penalties or sanctions imposed by
law.

(c) (1) An order issued pursuant to this section shall be served
by personal service or certified mail and shall inform the person
served of the right to a hearing.

(2) A person served with an order pursuant to paragraph (1) and
who has been unable to resolve the violation with the enforcement
agency may, within 15 days after service of the order, request a
hearing by filing with the enforcement agency a notice of defense.
The notice shall be filed with the agency that issued the order. A
notice of defense shall be deemed filed within the 15-day period
if it is postmarked within that 15-day period. If no notice of defense
is filed within the 15-day time period, the order shall become final.

(3) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (4), a person
requesting a hearing on an order issued pursuant to this section
may select the hearing officer specified in either subparagraph (A)
or (B) of paragraph (4) in the notice of defense filed with the
enforcement agency pursuant to paragraph (2). If a notice of
defense is filed, but no hearing officer is selected, the enforcement
agency may select the hearing officer.

(4) Within 90 days of receipt of the notice of defense by the
enforcement agency, the hearing shall be scheduled using one of
the following:

(A) An administrative law judge of the Office of Administrative
Hearings of the Department of General Services, who shall conduct
the hearing in accordance with Chapter 4.5 (commencing with
Section 11400) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government
Code, and the enforcement agency shall have all the authority
granted to an agency by those provisions.

(B) (i) A hearing officer designated by the enforcement agency,
who shall conduct the hearing in accordance with Chapter 4.5
(commencing with Section 11400) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title
2 of the Government Code, and the enforcement agency shall have
all the authority granted to an agency by those provisions. When
a hearing is conducted by an enforcement agency hearing officer
pursuant to this clause, the enforcement agency shall issue a
decision within 60 days after the hearing is conducted. Each
hearing officer designated by an enforcement agency shall meet
the requirements of Section 11425.30 of the Government Code
and any other applicable restriction.

(ii) An enforcement agency, or a person requesting a hearing
on an order issued by an enforcement agency, may select the
hearing process specified in this subparagraph in a notice of defense
filed pursuant to paragraph (2) only if the enforcement agency has
selected a designated hearing officer and established a program
for conducting a hearing in accordance with this paragraph.

(5) The hearing decision issued pursuant to this subdivision
shall be effective and final upon issuance by the enforcement
agency. A copy of the decision shall be served by personal service
or by certified mail upon the party served with the order, or their
representative, if any.

(6) The person has a right to appeal the hearing decision if,
within 30 days of the date of receipt of the final decision pursuant
to paragraph (5), the person files a written notice of appeal with
the enforcement agency. The appeal shall be in accordance with
the Administrative Procedure Act (Chapters 4.5 (commencing with
Section 11400) and 5 (commencing with Section 11500) of Part
1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code).

(7) A decision issued pursuant to paragraph (6) may be reviewed
by a court pursuant to Section 11523 of the Government Code. In
all proceedings pursuant to this begin delete section, end delete begin insert subdivision, end insert the court shall
uphold the decision of the enforcement agency if the decision is
based upon substantial evidence in the record as a whole. The
filing of a petition for writ of mandate shall not stay an action
required pursuant to this chapter or the accrual of any penalties
assessed pursuant to this chapter. This subdivision does not prohibit
the court from granting any appropriate relief within its jurisdiction.

(d) A provision of an order issued under this section, except the
imposition of an administrative penalty, shall take effect upon
issuance of the order by the enforcement agency if the enforcement
agency finds that the violation or violations of law associated with
that provision may pose an imminent and substantial danger to the
public health or safety or the environment. A request for a hearing
or appeal, as provided in subdivision (c) or (f) shall not stay the
effect of that provision of the order pending a hearing decision. If
the enforcement agency determines that any or all provisions of
the order are so related that the public health or safety or the
environment can be protected only by immediate compliance with
the order as a whole, the order as a whole, except the imposition
of an administrative penalty, shall take effect upon issuance by
the enforcement agency. A request for a hearing shall not stay the
effect of the order as a whole pending a hearing decision.

(e) The enforcement agency shall consult with the district
attorney, county counsel, or city attorney on the development of
policies to be followed in exercising the authority delegated
pursuant to this section as it relates to the authority of the
enforcement agency to issue orders.

(f) (1) The department shall serve an order issued pursuant to
this section by personal service or certified mail and shall inform
the person served of the right to a hearing.

(2) A person served with an order pursuant to paragraph (1)
may appeal the order by sending a written request for hearing to
the department within 20 days after service of the order. If begin delete no end delete begin insert a end insert
request for hearing is begin insert not end insert made within the 20-day time period, the
order shall become final. Payments of any administrative penalty
shall be made within 30 days of the date the order becomes final.

(3) Any hearings conducted by the department pursuant to this
section shall be conducted pursuant to the procedures specified in
Section 131071.

SEC. 199.  

Section 120375 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

120375.  

(a) The governing authority of each school or
institution included in Section 120335 shall require documentary
proof of each entrant’s immunization status. The governing
authority shall record the immunizations of each new entrant in
the entrant’s permanent enrollment and scholarship record on a
form provided by the department. The immunization record of
each new entrant admitted conditionally shall be reviewed
periodically by the governing authority to ensure that within the
time periods designated by regulation of the department he or she
has been fully immunized against all of the diseases listed in
Section 120335, and immunizations received begin delete subsequent to end delete begin insert after end insert
entry shall be added to the pupil’s immunization record.

(b) The governing authority of each school or institution
included in Section 120335 shall prohibit from further attendance
any pupil admitted conditionally who failed to obtain the required
immunizations within the time limits allowed in the regulations
of the department, unless the pupil is exempted under Section
120370, until that pupil has been fully immunized against all of
the diseases listed in Section 120335.

(c) The governing authority shall file a written report on the
immunization status of new entrants to the school or institution
under their jurisdiction with the department and the local health
department at times and on forms prescribed by the department.
As provided in paragraph (4) of subdivision (a) of Section 49076
of the Education Code, the local health department shall have
access to the complete health information as it relates to
immunization of each student in the schools or other institutions
listed in Section 120335 in order to determine immunization
deficiencies.

(d) The governing authority shall cooperate with the county
health officer in carrying out programs for the immunization of
persons applying for admission to any school or institution under
its jurisdiction. The governing board of any school district may
use funds, property, and personnel of the district for that purpose.
The governing authority of any school or other institution may
permit any licensed physician or any qualified registered nurse begin delete as
provided in Section 2727.3 of the Business and Professions Code end delete
to administer immunizing agents to any person seeking admission
to any school or institution under its jurisdiction.

SEC. 200.  

Section 129160 of the Health and Safety Code is
amended to read:

129160.  

(a)  (1) All debentures issued under this chapter to
any lender or bondholder shall be executed in the name of the fund
as obligor, shall be signed by the begin delete State end delete Treasurer, and shall be
negotiable. Pursuant to Sections 129125 and 129130, all debentures
shall be dated as of the date of the institution of foreclosure
proceedings or as of the date of the acquisition of the property
after default by other than foreclosure, or as of another date as the
office, in its discretion, may establish.

(2) The debentures shall bear interest from that date at a rate
equal to the insured loan or bonds, and shall be payable on a
payment schedule identical with payments on the insured loan or
bonds. The begin delete State end delete Treasurer shall take appropriate steps to the extent
feasible to provide that interest on the debentures begin delete shall be end delete begin insert is end insert exempt
from federal income taxation under Section 103 of the Internal
Revenue Code to the extent interest on the insured loan or bonds
is exempt from federal income taxation under Section 103 of the
Internal Revenue Code on the date the insured loan or bonds is
exchanged for debentures. All debentures shall be exempt, both
as to principal and interest, from all taxation now or hereafter
imposed by the state or local taxing agencies, shall be paid out of
the fund, which shall be primarily liable therefor, and shall be,
pursuant to Section 4 of Article XVI of the California Constitution,
fully and unconditionally guaranteed as to principal and interest
by the State of California, which guaranty shall be expressed on
the face of the debentures.

(3)  begin delete In the event that end delete begin insert If end insert the fund fails to pay upon demand, when
due, the principal of, or interest on, any debentures issued under
this chapter, the begin delete State end delete Treasurer shall pay to the holders the amount
thereof, which amount, notwithstanding Section 13340 of the
Government Code, is hereby continuously appropriated from the
General begin delete Fund of the State Treasury, end delete begin insert Fund, end insert without regard to fiscal
years, and thereupon to the extent of the amount so paid the begin delete State end delete
Treasurer shall succeed to all the rights of the holders of the
debentures. The fund shall be liable for repayment to the General
Fund begin delete of the State Treasury end delete of any money paid from the General
Fund pursuant to this section in accordance with procedures jointly
established by the begin delete State end delete Treasurer and the office.

(b)  Any debenture issued under this article shall be paid on a
par with general obligation bonds issued by the state.

SEC. 201.  

Section 38.6 of the Insurance Code is amended to
read:

38.6.  

(a) (1) Any written record required to be given or mailed
to any person by a licensee relating to the business of life insurance,
as defined in Section 101 of this code may, if not excluded by
subdivision (b) or (c) of Section 1633.3 of the Civil Code, be
provided by electronic transmission pursuant to Title 2.5
(commencing with Section 1633.1) of Part 2 of Division 3 of the
Civil Code, if each party has agreed to conduct the transaction by
electronic means pursuant to Section 1633.5 of the Civil Code,
and if the licensee complies with the provisions of this section. A
valid electronic signature shall be sufficient for any provision of
law requiring a written signature.

(2) For purposes of this section, the definitions set forth in
Section 1633.2 of the Civil Code begin delete shall end delete apply. The term “licensee”
means an insurer, agent, broker, or any other person who is required
to be licensed by the department.

(3) Notwithstanding subdivision (l) of Section 1633.2 of the
Civil Code, for purposes of this section, “person” includes, but is
not limited to, the policy owner, policyholder, applicant, insured,
or assignee or designee of an insured.

(b) In order to transmit a life insurance record electronically, a
licensee shall comply with all of the following:

(1) A licensee, or licensee’s representative, acquires the consent
of the person to opt in to receive the record by electronic
transmission, and the person has not withdrawn that consent, prior
to providing the record by electronic transmission. A person’s
consent may be acquired verbally, in writing, or electronically. If
consent is acquired verbally, the licensee shall confirm consent in
writing or electronically. The licensee shall retain a record of the
person’s consent to receive the record by electronic transmission
with the policy information so that it is retrievable upon request
by the department while the policy is in force and for five years
thereafter.

(2) A licensee discloses, in writing or electronically, to the
person all of the following:

(A) The opt in to receive the record by electronic transmission
is voluntary.

(B) That the person may opt out of receiving the record by
electronic transmission at any time, and the process or system for
the person to opt out.

(C) A description of the record that the person will receive by
electronic transmission.

(D) The process or system to report a change or correction in
the person’s email address.

(E) The licensee’s contact information, which includes, but is
not limited to, a toll-free number or the licensee’s Internet Web
site address.

(3) The opt-in consent disclosure required by paragraph (2) may
be set forth in the application or in a separate document that is part
of the policy approved by the commissioner and shall be bolded
or otherwise set forth in a conspicuous manner. The person’s
signature shall be set forth immediately below the opt-in consent
disclosure. If the licensee seeks consent at any time prior to the
completion of the application, consent and signature shall be
obtained before the application is completed. If the person has not
opted in at the time the application is completed, the licensee may
receive the opt-in consent at any time thereafter, pursuant to the
same begin delete opt in end delete begin insert opt-in end insert requirements that apply at the time of the
application. The licensee shall retain a copy of the signed opt-in
consent disclosure with the policy information so that each is
retrievable upon request by the department while the policy is in
force and for five years thereafter.

(4) The email address of the person who has consented to
electronic transmission shall be set forth on the consent disclosure.
In addition, if the person who consented receives an annual
statement, the email address of the person who has consented shall
be set forth on that record.

(5) The licensee shall annually provide one free printed copy
of any record described in this subdivision upon request by the
person.

(6) If a provision of this code requires a licensee to transmit a
record by first class mail, regular mail, does not specify a method
of delivery, or is a record that is required to be provided pursuant
to Article 6.6 (commencing with Section 791), and if the licensee
is not otherwise prohibited from transmitting the record
electronically under subdivision (b) of Section 1633.8 of the Civil
Code, then the record may be transmitted by electronic transmission
if the licensee complies with all of the requirements of Sections
1633.15 and 1633.16 of the Civil Code.

(7) Notwithstanding subdivision (b) of Section 1633.8 of the
Civil Code, if a provision of this code requires a licensee to
transmit a record by return receipt, registered mail, certified mail,
signed written receipt of delivery, or other method of delivery
evidencing actual receipt by the person, and if the licensee is not
otherwise prohibited from transmitting the record electronically
under Section 1633.3 of the Civil Code and the provisions of this
section, then the licensee shall maintain a process or system that
demonstrates proof of delivery and actual receipt of the record by
the person consistent with this paragraph. The licensee shall
document and retain information demonstrating delivery and actual
receipt so that it is retrievable, upon request, by the department at
least five years after the policy is no longer in force. The record
provided by electronic transmission shall be treated as if actually
received if the licensee delivers the record to the person in
compliance with applicable statutory delivery deadlines. A licensee
may demonstrate actual delivery and receipt by any of the
following:

(A) The person acknowledges receipt of the electronic
transmission of the record by returning an electronic receipt or by
executing an electronic signature.

(B) The record is made part of, or attached to, an email sent to
the email address designated by the person, and there is a
confirmation receipt, or some other evidence that the person
received the email in his or her email account and opened the
email.

(C) The record is posted on the licensee’s secure Internet Web
site, and there is evidence demonstrating that the person logged
onto the licensee’s secure Internet Web site and downloaded,
printed, or otherwise acknowledged receipt of the record.

(D) If a licensee is unable to demonstrate actual delivery and
receipt pursuant to this paragraph, the licensee shall resend the
record by regular mail to the person in the manner originally
specified by the underlying provision of this code.

(8) Notwithstanding any other law, a notice of lapse,
nonrenewal, cancellation, or termination of any product subject to
this section may be transmitted electronically if the licensee
demonstrates proof of delivery as set forth in paragraph (7) and
complies with the other provisions in this section.

(9) If the record is not delivered directly to the electronic address
designated by the person but placed at an electronic address
accessible to the person, a licensee shall notify the person in plain,
clear, and conspicuous language at the electronic address
designated by the person that describes the record, informs that
person that it is available at another location, and provides
instructions to the person as to how to obtain the record.

(10) (A) Upon a licensee receiving information indicating that
the record sent by electronic transmission was not received by the
person, the licensee shall, within five business days, comply with
either clause (i) or (ii):

(i) Contact the person to confirm or update the person’s email
address and resend the record by electronic transmission. If the
licensee elects to resend the record by electronic transmission, the
licensee shall demonstrate the transmission was received by the
person, pursuant to paragraph (6), (7), or (8). If the licensee is
unable to confirm or update the person’s email address, the licensee
shall resend the record by regular mail to the licensee at the address
shown on the policy, or, if the underlying statute requires delivery
in a specified manner, send the record in that specified manner.

(ii) Resend the record initially provided by electronic
transmission by regular mail to the insured at the address shown
on the policy, or, if the underlying statute requires delivery in a
specified manner, send the record in that specified manner.

(B) If the licensee sends the first electronic record within the
time period required by law and the licensee complies with both
paragraph (5) and subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, the record
sent pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of subparagraph (A) shall be
treated as if mailed in compliance with the applicable statutory
regular mail delivery deadlines.

(11) The licensee shall not charge any person who declines to
opt in to receive a record through electronic transmission from
receiving a record electronically. The licensee shall not provide a
discount or an incentive to any person to opt in to receive electronic
records.

(12) The licensee shall verify a person’s email address via paper
writing sent by regular mail when more than 12 months have
elapsed since the license’s last electronic communication.

(c) An insurance agent or broker acting under the direction of
a party that enters into a contract by means of an electronic record
or electronic signature shall not be held liable for any deficiency
in the electronic procedures agreed to by the parties under that
contract if all of the following are met:

(1) The insurance agent or broker has not engaged in negligent,
reckless, or intentional tortious conduct.

(2) The insurance agent or broker was not involved in the
development or establishment of the electronic procedures.

(3) The insurance agent or broker did not deviate from the
electronic procedures.

(d) On or before January 1, 2020, the commissioner shall submit
a report to the Governor and to the committees of the Senate and
Assembly having jurisdiction over insurance and the judiciary,
regarding the impact and implementation of the authorization of
the electronic transmission of certain insurance renewal offers,
notices, or disclosures as authorized by this section. The report
shall include input from insurers, consumers, and consumer
organizations, and shall include an assessment of the department’s
experience pertaining to the authorization of the electronic
transmission of insurance renewals as authorized by this section.

(e) Notwithstanding paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) of Section
1633.3 of the Civil Code, for any policy of life insurance, as
defined in Section 101, any statutory requirement for a separate
acknowledgment, signature, or initial, which is not expressly
prohibited by subdivision (c) of Section 1633.3 of the Civil Code,
may be transacted using an electronic signature, or by electronic
transaction, subject to all applicable provisions of this section.

(f) The department may suspend a licensee from providing
records by electronic transmission if there is a pattern or practices
that demonstrate the licensee has failed to comply with the
requirements of this section. A licensee may appeal the suspension
and resume its electronic transmission of records upon
communication from the department that the changes the licensee
made to its process or system to comply with the requirements of
this section are satisfactory.

(g) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2021,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2021, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 202.  

Section 10082.5 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

10082.5.  

(a) If an insurer subject to this chapter charges an
additional earthquake insurance premium or deductible because a
dwelling fails to comply with paragraph (1), (2), or (3) and the
dwelling is subsequently brought into compliance with any one of
these paragraphs, then the additional premium or deductible
attributed to noncompliance shall not be charged.

(1) Compliance with Section 19215 of the Health and Safety
Code for the bracing, anchoring, or strapping begin insert of end insert all water heaters
to resist falling or horizontal displacement due to earthquake
motion.

(2) Compliance with the foundation anchor bolt requirements
of the 2007 edition of the California Building Standards Code as
specified in Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations, or a
successor edition of that code, or with any local government
modifications to those requirements.

(3) Compliance with the bracing requirements for cripple walls
of the 2007 edition of the California Building Standards Code as
specified in Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations, or a
successor edition of that code, or with any local government
modifications to those requirements.

(b)  A copy of the approved inspection record for the building
permit for work performed pursuant to this section shall be
submitted by the insured to the insurer in order to verify that
retrofits performed pursuant to this section have been performed.
The additional premium or deductible paid shall be refunded to
the insured and prorated as of the date the approved inspection
record is received by the insurer.

SEC. 203.  

Section 10112.27 of the Insurance Code, as added
by Section 4 of Chapter 648 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended
to read:

10112.27.  

(a) An individual or small group health insurance
policy issued, amended, or renewed on or after January 1, 2017,
shall, at a minimum, include coverage for essential health benefits
pursuant to PPACA and as outlined in this section. This section
shall exclusively govern what benefits a health insurer must cover
as essential health benefits. For purposes of this section, “essential
health benefits” means all of the following:

(1) Health benefits within the categories identified in Section
1302(b) of PPACA: ambulatory patient services, emergency
services, hospitalization, maternity and newborn care, mental health
and substance use disorder services, including behavioral health
treatment, prescription drugs, rehabilitative and habilitative services
and devices, laboratory services, preventive and wellness services
and chronic disease management, and pediatric services, including
oral and vision care.

(2) (A) The health benefits covered by the Kaiser Foundation
Health Plan Small Group HMO 30 plan (federal health product
identification number 40513CA035) as this plan was offered during
the first quarter of 2014, as follows, regardless of whether the
benefits are specifically referenced in the plan contract or evidence
of coverage for that plan:

(i) Medically necessary basic health care services, as defined
in subdivision (b) of Section 1345 of the Health and Safety Code
and in Section 1300.67 of Title 28 of the California Code of
Regulations.

(ii) The health benefits mandated to be covered by the plan
pursuant to statutes enacted before December 31, 2011, as
described in the following sections of the Health and Safety Code:
Sections 1367.002, 1367.06, and 1367.35 (preventive services for
children); Section 1367.25 (prescription drug coverage for
contraceptives); Section 1367.45 (AIDS vaccine); Section 1367.46
(HIV testing); Section 1367.51 (diabetes); Section 1367.54 begin delete (alpha
feto protein end delete begin insert (alpha-fetoprotein end insert testing); Section 1367.6 (breast
cancer screening); Section 1367.61 (prosthetics for laryngectomy);
Section 1367.62 (maternity hospital stay); Section 1367.63
(reconstructive surgery); Section 1367.635 (mastectomies); Section
1367.64 (prostate cancer); Section 1367.65 (mammography);
Section 1367.66 (cervical cancer); Section 1367.665 (cancer
screening tests); Section 1367.67 (osteoporosis); Section 1367.68
(surgical procedures for jaw bones); Section 1367.71 (anesthesia
for dental); Section 1367.9 (conditions attributable to
diethylstilbestrol); Section 1368.2 (hospice care); Section 1370.6
(cancer clinical trials); Section 1371.5 (emergency response
ambulance or ambulance transport services); subdivision (b) of
Section 1373 (sterilization operations or procedures); Section
1373.4 (inpatient hospital and ambulatory maternity); Section
1374.56 (phenylketonuria); Section 1374.17 (organ transplants for
HIV); Section 1374.72 (mental health parity); and Section 1374.73
(autism/behavioral health treatment).

(iii) Any other benefits mandated to be covered by the plan
pursuant to statutes enacted before December 31, 2011, as
described in those statutes.

(iv) The health benefits covered by the plan that are not
otherwise required to be covered under Chapter 2.2 (commencing
with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code,
to the extent otherwise required pursuant to Sections 1367.18,
1367.21, 1367.215, 1367.22, 1367.24, and 1367.25 of the Health
and Safety Code, and Section 1300.67.24 of Title 28 of the
California Code of Regulations.

(v) Any other health benefits covered by the plan that are not
otherwise required to be covered under Chapter 2.2 (commencing
with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code.

(B)  begin delete Where end delete begin insert If end insert there are any conflicts or omissions in the plan
identified in subparagraph (A) as compared with the requirements
for health benefits under Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section
1340) of Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code that were
enacted prior to December 31, 2011, the requirements of Chapter
2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health
and Safety Code shall be controlling, except as otherwise specified
in this section.

(C) Notwithstanding subparagraph (B) or any other provision
of this section, the home health services benefits covered under
the plan identified in subparagraph (A) shall be deemed to not be
in conflict with Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of
Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code.

(D) For purposes of this section, the Paul Wellstone and Pete
Domenici Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008
(Public Law 110-343) shall apply to a policy subject to this section.
Coverage of mental health and substance use disorder services
pursuant to this paragraph, along with any scope and duration
limits imposed on the benefits, shall be in compliance with the
Paul Wellstone and Pete Domenici Mental Health Parity and
Addiction Equity Act of 2008 (Public Law 110-343), and all rules,
regulations, and guidance issued pursuant to Section 2726 of the
federal Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 300gg-26).

(3) With respect to habilitative services, in addition to any
habilitative services and devices identified in paragraph (2),
coverage shall also be provided as required by federal rules,
regulations, or guidance issued pursuant to Section 1302(b) of
PPACA. Habilitative services and devices shall be covered under
the same terms and conditions applied to rehabilitative services
and devices under the policy. Limits on habilitative and
rehabilitative services and devices shall not be combined.

(4) With respect to pediatric vision care, the same health benefits
for pediatric vision care covered under the Federal Employees
Dental and Vision Insurance Program vision plan with the largest
national enrollment as of the first quarter of 2014. The pediatric
vision care services covered pursuant to this paragraph shall be in
addition to, and shall not replace, any vision services covered under
the plan identified in paragraph (2).

(5) With respect to pediatric oral care, the same health benefits
for pediatric oral care covered under the dental benefit received
by children under Medi-Cal as of 2014, including the provision of
medically necessary orthodontic care provided pursuant to the
federal Children’s Health Insurance Program Reauthorization Act
of 2009. The pediatric oral care benefits covered pursuant to this
paragraph shall be in addition to, and shall not replace, any dental
or orthodontic services covered under the plan identified in
paragraph (2).

(b) Treatment limitations imposed on health benefits described
in this section shall be no greater than the treatment limitations
imposed by the corresponding plans identified in subdivision (a),
subject to the requirements set forth in paragraph (2) of subdivision
(a).

(c) Except as provided in subdivision (d), nothing in this section
shall be construed to permit a health insurer to make substitutions
for the benefits required to be covered under this section, regardless
of whether those substitutions are actuarially equivalent.

(d) To the extent permitted under Section 1302 of PPACA and
any rules, regulations, or guidance issued pursuant to that section,
and to the extent that substitution would not create an obligation
for the state to defray costs for any individual, an insurer may
substitute its prescription drug formulary for the formulary
provided under the plan identified in subdivision (a) as long as the
coverage for prescription drugs complies with the sections
referenced in clauses (ii) and (iv) of subparagraph (A) of paragraph
(2) of subdivision (a) that apply to prescription drugs.

(e)  begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert health insurer, or its agent, producer, or representative,
shall begin insert not end insert issue, deliver, renew, offer, market, represent, or sell any
product, policy, or discount arrangement as compliant with the
essential health benefits requirement in federal law, unless it meets
all of the requirements of this section. This subdivision shall be
enforced in the same manner as Section 790.03, including through
the means specified in Sections 790.035 and 790.05.

(f) This section begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert regardless of whether the
policy is offered inside or outside the California Health Benefit
Exchange created by Section 100500 of the Government Code.

(g)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be construed to exempt
a health insurer or a health insurance policy from meeting other
applicable requirements of law.

(h) This section shall not be construed to prohibit a policy from
covering additional benefits, including, but not limited to, spiritual
care services that are tax deductible under Section 213 of the
Internal Revenue Code.

(i) Subdivision (a) begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to any of the following:

(1) A policy that provides excepted benefits as described in
Sections 2722 and 2791 of the federal Public Health Service Act
(42 U.S.C. Sec. 300gg-21; 42 U.S.C. Sec. 300gg-91).

(2) A policy that qualifies as a grandfathered health plan under
Section 1251 of PPACA or any binding rules, regulation, or
guidance issued pursuant to that section.

(j)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be implemented in a
manner that conflicts with a requirement of PPACA.

(k) This section shall be implemented only to the extent essential
health benefits are required pursuant to PPACA.

(l) An essential health benefit is required to be provided under
this section only to the extent that federal law does not require the
state to defray the costs of the benefit.

(m)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does not end insert obligate the state
to incur costs for the coverage of benefits that are not essential
health benefits as defined in this section.

(n) An insurer is not required to cover, under this section,
changes to health benefits that are the result of statutes enacted on
or after December 31, 2011.

(o) (1) The commissioner may adopt emergency regulations
implementing this section. The commissioner may, on a one-time
basis, readopt any emergency regulation authorized by this section
that is the same as, or substantially equivalent to, an emergency
regulation previously adopted under this section.

(2) The initial adoption of emergency regulations implementing
this section and the readoption of emergency regulations authorized
by this subdivision shall be deemed an emergency and necessary
for the immediate preservation of the public peace, health, safety,
or general welfare. The initial emergency regulations and the
readoption of emergency regulations authorized by this section
shall be submitted to the Office of Administrative Law for filing
with the Secretary of State and each shall remain in effect for no
more than 180 days, by which time final regulations may be
adopted.

(3) The initial adoption of emergency regulations implementing
this section made during the 2015-16 Regular Session of the
Legislature and the readoption of emergency regulations authorized
by this subdivision shall be deemed an emergency and necessary
for the immediate preservation of the public peace, health, safety,
or general welfare. The initial emergency regulations and the
readoption of emergency regulations authorized by this section
shall be submitted to the Office of Administrative Law for filing
with the Secretary of State and each shall remain in effect for no
more than 180 days, by which time final regulations may be
adopted.

(4) The commissioner shall consult with the Director of the
Department of Managed Health Care to ensure consistency and
uniformity in the development of regulations under this
subdivision.

(5) This subdivision shall become inoperative on July 1, 2018.

(p) Nothing in this section shall impose on health insurance
policies the cost sharing or network limitations of the plans
identified in subdivision (a) except to the extent otherwise required
to comply with provisions of this code, including this section, and
as otherwise applicable to all health insurance policies offered to
individuals and small groups.

(q) For purposes of this section, the following definitions begin delete shall end delete
apply:

(1) “Habilitative services” means health care services and
devices that help a person keep, learn, or improve skills and
functioning for daily living. Examples include therapy for a child
who is not walking or talking at the expected age. These services
may include physical and occupational therapy, speech-language
pathology, and other services for people with disabilities in a
variety of inpatient or outpatient settings, or both. Habilitative
services shall be covered under the same terms and conditions
applied to rehabilitative services under the policy.

(2) (A) “Health benefits,” unless otherwise required to be
defined pursuant to federal rules, regulations, or guidance issued
pursuant to Section 1302(b) of PPACA, means health care items
or services for the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment, or
prevention of illness, injury, disease, or a health condition,
including a behavioral health condition.

(B) “Health benefits” does not mean any cost-sharing
requirements such as copayments, coinsurance, or deductibles.

(3) “PPACA” means the federal Patient Protection and
Affordable Care Act (Public Law 111-148), as amended by the
federal Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010
(Public Law 111-152), and any rules, regulations, or guidance
issued thereunder.

(4) “Small group health insurance policy” means a group health
insurance policy issued to a small employer, as defined in Section
10753.

SEC. 204.  

Section 10123.193 of the Insurance Code, as added
by Section 7 of Chapter 619 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended
to read:

10123.193.  

(a) The Legislature hereby finds and declares all
of the following:

(1) The federal Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, its
implementing regulations and guidance, and related state law
prohibit discrimination based on a person’s expected length of life,
present or predicted disability, degree of medical dependency,
quality of life, or other health conditions, including benefit designs
that have the effect of discouraging the enrollment of individuals
with significant health needs.

(2) The Legislature intends to build on existing state and federal
law to ensure that health coverage benefit designs do not have an
unreasonable discriminatory impact on chronically ill individuals,
and to ensure affordability of outpatient prescription drugs.

(3) Assignment of all or most prescription medications that treat
a specific medical condition to the highest cost tiers of a formulary
may effectively discourage enrollment by chronically ill
individuals, and may result in lower adherence to a prescription
drug treatment regimen.

(b) A nongrandfathered policy of health insurance that is offered,
amended, or renewed on or after January 1, 2017, shall comply
with this section. The cost-sharing limits established by this section
apply only to outpatient prescription drugs covered by the policy
that constitute essential health benefits, as defined by Section
10112.27.

(c) A policy of health insurance that provides coverage for
outpatient prescription drugs shall cover medically necessary
prescription drugs, including nonformulary drugs determined to
be medically necessary consistent with this part.

(d) Copayments, coinsurance, and other cost sharing for
outpatient prescription drugs shall be reasonable so as to allow
access to medically necessary outpatient prescription drugs.

(e) (1) Consistent with federal law and guidance, the formulary
or formularies for outpatient prescription drugs maintained by the
health insurer shall not discourage the enrollment of individuals
with health conditions and shall not reduce the generosity of the
benefit for insureds with a particular condition in a manner that is
not based on a clinical indication or reasonable medical
management practices. Section 1342.7 of the Health and Safety
Code and any regulations adopted pursuant to that section shall
be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with this section.

(2) For combination antiretroviral drug treatments that are
medically necessary for the treatment of AIDS/HIV, a policy of
health insurance shall cover a single-tablet drug regimen that is as
effective as a multitablet regimen unless, consistent with clinical
guidelines and peer-reviewed scientific and medical literature, the
multitablet regimen is clinically equally or more effective and
more likely to result in adherence to a drug regimen.

(3) Any limitation or utilization management shall be consistent
with and based on clinical guidelines and peer-reviewed scientific
and medical literature.

(f) (1) With respect to an individual or group policy of health
insurance subject to Section 10112.28, the copayment, coinsurance,
or any other form of cost sharing for a covered outpatient
prescription drug for an individual prescription for a supply of up
to 30 days shall not exceed two hundred fifty dollars ($250), except
as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3).

(2) With respect to products with actuarial value at or equivalent
to the bronze level, cost sharing for a covered outpatient
prescription drug for an individual prescription for a supply of up
to 30 days shall not exceed five hundred dollars ($500), except as
provided in paragraph (3).

(3) For a policy of health insurance that is a “high deductible
health plan” under the definition set forth in Section 223(c)(2) of
Title 26 of the United States Code, paragraphs (1) and (2) of this
subdivision begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert only once an insured’s deductible
has been satisfied for the year.

(4) For a nongrandfathered individual or small group policy of
health insurance, the annual deductible for outpatient drugs, if any,
shall not exceed twice the amount specified in paragraph (1) or
(2), respectively.

(5) For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (2), “any other form of
cost sharing” shall not include begin insert a end insert deductible.

(g) (1) If a policy of health insurance offered, sold, or renewed
in the nongrandfathered individual or small group market maintains
a drug formulary grouped into tiers that includes a fourth tier, a
policy of health insurance shall use the following definitions for
each tier of the drug formulary:

(A) Tier one shall consist of most generic drugs and low-cost
preferred brand name drugs.

(B) Tier two shall consist of nonpreferred generic drugs,
preferred brand name drugs, and any other drugs recommended
by the health insurer’s pharmacy and therapeutics committee based
on safety, efficacy, and cost.

(C) Tier three shall consist of nonpreferred brand name drugs
or drugs that are recommended by the health insurer’s pharmacy
and therapeutics committee based on safety, efficacy, and cost, or
that generally have a preferred and often less costly therapeutic
alternative at a lower tier.

(D) Tier four shall consist of drugs that are biologics, drugs that
the FDA or the manufacturer requires to be distributed through a
specialty pharmacy, drugs that require the insured to have special
training or clinical monitoring for self-administration, or drugs
that cost the health insurer more than six hundred dollars ($600)
net of rebates for a one-month supply.

(2) In placing specific drugs on specific tiers, or choosing to
place a drug on the formulary, the insurer shall take into account
the other provisions of this section and this part.

(3) A policy of health insurance may maintain a drug formulary
with fewer than four tiers.

(4) This section shall not be construed to limit a health insurer
from placing any drug in a lower tier.

(h) This section shall not be construed to require a health insurer
to impose cost sharing. This section shall not be construed to
require cost sharing for prescription drugs that state or federal law
otherwise requires to be provided without cost sharing.

(i) A policy of health insurance shall ensure that the placement
of prescription drugs on formulary tiers is based on clinically
indicated, reasonable medical management practices.

(j) In the provision of outpatient prescription drug coverage, a
health insurer may utilize formulary, prior authorization, step
therapy, or other reasonable medical management practices
consistent with this part.

(k) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 205.  

Section 10133.15 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

10133.15.  

(a) Commencing July 1, 2016, a health insurer that
contracts with providers for alternative rates of payment pursuant
to Section 10133 shall publish and maintain provider directory or
directories with information on contracting providers that deliver
health care services to the insurer’s insureds, including those that
accept new patients. A provider directory shall not list or include
information on a provider that is not currently under contract with
the insurer.

(b) An insurer shall provide the online directory or directories
for the specific network offered for each product using a consistent
method of network and product naming, numbering, or other
classification method that ensures the public, insureds, potential
insureds, the department, and other state or federal agencies can
easily identify the networks and insurer products in which a
provider participates. By July 31, 2017, or 12 months after the date
provider directory standards are developed under subdivision (k),
whichever occurs later, an insurer shall use the naming, numbering,
or classification method developed by the department pursuant to
subdivision (k).

(c) (1) An online provider directory or directories shall be
available on the insurer’s Internet Web site to the public, potential
insureds, insureds, and providers without any restrictions or
limitations. The directory or directories shall be accessible without
any requirement that an individual seeking the directory
information demonstrate coverage with the insurer, indicate interest
in obtaining coverage with the insurer, provide a member
identification or policy number, provide any other identifying
information, or create or access an account.

(2) The online provider directory or directories shall be
accessible on the insurer’s public Internet Web site through an
identifiable link or tab and in a manner that is accessible and
searchable by insureds, potential insureds, the public, and
providers. By July 1, 2017, or 12 months after the date provider
directory standards are developed under subdivision (k), whichever
occurs later, the insurer’s public Internet Web site shall allow
provider searches by, at a minimum, name, practice address, city,
ZIP Code, California license number, National Provider Identifier
number, admitting privileges to an identified hospital, product,
tier, provider language or languages, provider group, hospital
name, facility name, or clinic name, as appropriate.

(d) (1) An insurer shall allow insureds, potential insureds,
providers, and members of the public to request a printed copy of
the provider directory or directories by contacting the insurer
through the insurer’s toll-free telephone number, electronically,
or in writing. A printed copy of the provider directory or directories
shall include the information required in subdivisions (h) and (i).
The printed copy of the provider directory or directories shall be
provided to the requester by mail postmarked no later than five
business days following the date of the request and may be limited
to the geographic region in which the requester resides or works
or intends to reside or work.

(2) An insurer shall update its printed provider directory or
directories at least quarterly, or more frequently, if required by
federal law.

(e) (1) The insurer shall update the online provider directory
or directories, at least weekly, or more frequently, if required by
federal law, when informed of and upon confirmation by the insurer
of any of the following:

(A) A contracting provider is no longer accepting new patients
for that product, or an individual provider within a provider group
is no longer accepting new patients.

(B) A contracted provider is no longer under contract for a
particular product.

(C) A provider’s practice location or other information required
under subdivision (h) or (i) has changed.

(D) Upon the completion of the investigation described in
subdivision (o), a change is necessary based on an insured
complaint that a provider was not accepting new patients, was
otherwise not available, or whose contact information was listed
incorrectly.

(E) Any other information that affects the content or accuracy
of the provider directory or directories.

(2) Upon confirmation of any of the following, the insurer shall
delete a provider from the directory or directories when:

(A) A provider has retired or otherwise has ceased to practice.

(B) A provider or provider group is no longer under contract
with the insurer for any reason.

(C) The contracting provider group has informed the insurer
that the provider is no longer associated with the provider group
and is no longer under contract with the insurer.

(f) The provider directory or directories shall include both an
email address and a telephone number for members of the public
and providers to notify the insurer if the provider directory
information appears to be inaccurate. This information shall be
disclosed prominently in the directory or directories and on the
insurer’s Internet Web site.

(g) The provider directory or directories shall include the
following disclosures informing insureds that they are entitled to
both of the following:

(1) Language interpreter services, at no cost to the insured,
including how to obtain interpretation services in accordance with
Section 10133.8.

(2) Full and equal access to covered services, including insureds
with disabilities as required under the federal Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act
of 1973.

(h) The insurer and a specialized mental health insurer shall
include all of the following information in the provider directory
or directories:

(1) The provider’s name, practice location or locations, and
contact information.

(2) Type of practitioner.

(3) National Provider Identifier number.

(4) California license number and type of license.

(5) The area of specialty, including board certification, if any.

(6) The provider’s office email address, if available.

(7) The name of each affiliated provider group currently under
contract with the insurer through which the provider sees enrollees.

(8) A listing for each of the following providers that are under
contract with the insurer:

(A) For physicians and surgeons, the provider group, and
admitting privileges, if any, at hospitals contracted with the insurer.

(B) Nurse practitioners, physician assistants, psychologists,
acupuncturists, optometrists, podiatrists, chiropractors, licensed
clinical social workers, marriage and family therapists, professional
clinical counselors, qualified autism service providers, as defined
in Section 10144.51, nurse midwives, and dentists.

(C) For federally qualified health centers or primary care clinics,
the name of the federally qualified health center or clinic.

(D) For any provider described in subparagraph (A) or (B) who
is employed by a federally qualified health center or primary care
clinic, and to the extent their services may be accessed and are
covered through the contract with the insurer, the name of the
provider, and the name of the federally qualified health center or
clinic.

(E) Facilities, including but not limited to, general acute care
hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, urgent care clinics, ambulatory
surgery centers, inpatient hospice, residential care facilities, and
inpatient rehabilitation facilities.

(F) Pharmacies, clinical laboratories, imaging centers, and other
facilities providing contracted health care services.

(9) The provider directory or directories may note that
authorization or referral may be required to access some providers.

(10) Non-English language, if any, spoken by a health care
provider or other medical professional as well as non-English
language spoken by a qualified medical interpreter, in accordance
with Section begin delete 10133.8 of the Insurance Code, end delete begin insert 10133.8, end insert if any, on
the provider’s staff.

(11) Identification of providers who no longer accept new
patients for some or all of the insurer’s products.

(12) The network tier to which the provider is assigned, if the
provider is not in the lowest tier, as applicable. Nothing in this
section shall be construed to require the use of network tiers other
than contract and noncontracting tiers.

(13) All other information necessary to conduct a search
pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (c).

(i) A vision, dental, or other specialized insurer, except for a
specialized mental health insurer, shall include all of the following
information for each provider directory or directories used by the
insurer for its networks:

(1) The provider’s name, practice location or locations, and
contact information.

(2) Type of practitioner.

(3) National Provider Identifier number.

(4) California license number and type of license, if applicable.

(5) The area of specialty, including board certification, or other
accreditation, if any.

(6) The provider’s office email address, if available.

(7) The name of each affiliated provider group or specialty
insurer practice group currently under contract with the insurer
through which the provider sees insureds.

(8) The names of each allied health care professional to the
extent there is a direct contract for those services covered through
a contract with the insurer.

(9) The non-English language, if any, spoken by a health care
provider or other medical professional as well as non-English
language spoken by a qualified medical interpreter, in accordance
with Section begin delete 10133.8 of the Insurance Code, end delete begin insert 10133.8, end insert if any, on
the provider’s staff.

(10) Identification of providers who no longer accept new
patients for some or all of the insurer’s products.

(11) All other applicable information necessary to conduct a
provider search pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (c).

(j) (1) The contract between the insurer and a provider shall
include a requirement that the provider inform the insurer within
five business days when either of the following begin delete occur: end delete begin insert occurs: end insert

(A) The provider is not accepting new patients.

(B) If the provider had previously not accepted new patients,
the provider is currently accepting new patients.

(2) If a provider who is not accepting new patients is contacted
by an insured or potential insured seeking to become a new patient,
the provider shall direct the insurer or potential insured to both the
insurer for additional assistance in finding a provider and to the
department to report any inaccuracy with the insurer’s directory
or directories.

(3) If an insured or potential insured informs an insurer of a
possible inaccuracy in the provider directory or directories, the
insurer shall promptly investigate and, if necessary, undertake
corrective action within 30 business days to ensure the accuracy
of the directory or directories.

(k) (1) On or before December 31, 2016, the department shall
develop uniform provider directory standards to permit consistency
in accordance with subdivision (b) and paragraph (2) of subdivision
(c) and development of a multiplan directory by another entity.
Those standards shall not be subject to the Administrative
Procedure Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of
Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code), until
January 1, 2021. No more than two revisions of those standards
shall be exempt from the Administrative Procedure Act (Chapter
3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of
Title 2 of the Government Code) pursuant to this subdivision.

(2) In developing the standards under this subdivision, the
department shall seek input from interested parties throughout the
process of developing the standards and shall hold at least one
public meeting. The department shall take into consideration any
requirements for provider directories established by the federal
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and the State
Department of Health Care Services.

(3) By July 31, 2017, or 12 months after the date provider
directory standards are developed under this subdivision, whichever
occurs later, an insurer shall use the standards developed by the
department for each product offered by the insurer.

(l) (1) An insurer shall take appropriate steps to ensure the
accuracy of the information concerning each provider listed in the
insurer’s provider directory or directories in accordance with this
section, and shall, at least annually, review and update the entire
provider directory or directories for each product offered. Each
calendar year the insurer shall notify all contracted providers
described in subdivisions (h) and (i) as follows:

(A) For individual providers who are not affiliated with a
provider group described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph
(8) of subdivision (h) and providers described in subdivision (i),
the insurer shall notify each provider at least once every six months.

(B) For all other providers described in subdivision (h) who are
not subject to the requirements of subparagraph (A), the insurer
shall notify its contracted providers to ensure that all of the
providers are contacted by the insurer at least once annually.

(2) The notification shall include all of the following:

(A) The information the insurer has in its directory or directories
regarding the provider or provider group, including a list of
networks and products that include the contracted provider or
provider group.

(B) A statement that the failure to respond to the notification
may result in a delay of payment or reimbursement of a claim
pursuant to subdivision (p).

(C) Instructions on how the provider or provider group can
update the information in the provider directory or directories using
the online interface developed pursuant to subdivision (m).

(3) The insurer shall require an affirmative response from the
provider or provider group acknowledging that the notification
was received. The provider or provider group shall confirm that
the information in the provider directory or directories is current
and accurate or update the information required to be in the
directory or directories pursuant to this section, including whether
or not the provider group is accepting new patients for each
product.

(4) If the insurer does not receive an affirmative response and
confirmation from the provider that the information is current and
accurate or, as an alternative, updates any information required to
be in the directory or directories pursuant to this section, within
30 business days, the insurer shall take no more than 15 business
days to verify whether the provider’s information is correct or
requires updates. The insurer shall document the receipt and
outcome of each attempt to verify the information. If the insurer
is unable to verify whether the provider’s information is correct
or requires updates, the insurer shall notify the provider 10 business
days in advance of removal that the provider will be removed from
the directory or directories. The provider shall be removed from
the directory or directories at the next required update of the
provider directory or directories after the 10-business day notice
period. A provider shall not be removed from the provider directory
or directories if he or she responds before the end of the
10-business day notice period.

(5) General acute care hospitals shall be exempt from the
requirements in paragraphs (3) and (4).

(m) An insurer shall establish policies and procedures with
regard to the regular updating of its provider directory or
directories, including the weekly, quarterly, and annual updates
required pursuant to this section, or more frequently, if required
by federal law or guidance.

(1) The policies and procedures described under begin insert this end insert subdivision
begin delete (l) end delete shall be submitted by an insurer annually to the department for
approval and in a format described by the department.

(2) Every insurer shall ensure processes are in place to allow
providers to promptly verify or submit changes to the information
required to be in the directory or directories pursuant to this section.
Those processes shall, at a minimum, include an online interface
for providers to submit verification or changes electronically and
shall generate an acknowledgment of receipt from the insurer.
Providers shall verify or submit changes to information required
to be in the directory or directories pursuant to this section using
the process required by the insurer.

(3) The insurer shall establish and maintain a process for
insureds, potential insureds, other providers, and the public to
identify and report possible inaccurate, incomplete, or misleading
information currently listed in the insurer’s provider directory or
directories. begin delete These processes end delete begin insert This process end insert shall, at a minimum,
include a telephone number and a dedicated email address at which
the insurer will accept these reports, as well as a hyperlink on the
insurer’s provider directory Internet Web site linking to a form
where the information can be reported directly to the insurer
through its Internet Web site.

(n) (1) This section does not prohibit an insurer from requiring
its provider groups or contracting specialized health insurers to
provide information to the insurer that is required by the insurer
to satisfy the requirements of this section for each of the providers
that contract with the provider group or contracting specialized
health insurer. This responsibility shall be specifically documented
in a written contract between the insurer and the provider group
or contracting specialized health insurer.

(2) If an insurer requires its contracting provider groups or
contracting specialized health insurers to provide the insurer with
information described in paragraph (1), the insurer shall continue
to retain responsibility for ensuring that the requirements of this
section are satisfied.

(3) A provider group may terminate a contract with a provider
for a pattern or repeated failure of the provider to update the
information required to be in the directory or directories pursuant
to this section.

(4) A provider group is not subject to the payment delay
described in subdivision (p) if all of the following occurs:

(A) A provider does not respond to the provider group’s attempt
to verify the provider’s information. As used in this paragraph,
“verify” means to contact the provider in writing, electronically,
and by telephone to confirm whether the provider’s information
is correct or requires updates.

(B) The provider group documents its efforts to verify the
provider’s information.

(C) The provider group reports to the insurer that the provider
should be deleted from the provider group in the insurer’s provider
directory or directories.

(5) Section 10133.65, known as the Health Care Providers’ Bill
of Rights, applies to any material change to a provider contract
pursuant to this section.

(o) (1) Whenever an insurer receives a report indicating that
information listed in its provider directory or directories is
inaccurate, the insurer shall promptly investigate the reported
inaccuracy and, no later than 30 business days following receipt
of the report, either verify the accuracy of the information or update
the information in its provider directory or directories, as
applicable.

(2) When investigating a report regarding its provider directory
or directories, the insurer shall, at a minimum, do the following:

(A) Contact the affected provider no later than five business
days following receipt of the report.

(B) Document the receipt and outcome of each report. The
documentation shall include the provider’s name, location, and a
description of the insurer’s investigation, the outcome of the
investigation, and any changes or updates made to its provider
directory or directories.

(C) If changes to an insurer’s provider directory or directories
are required as a result of the insurer’s investigation, the changes
to the online provider directory or directories shall be made no
later than the next scheduled weekly update, or the update
immediately following that update, or sooner if required by federal
law or regulations. For printed provider directories, the change
shall be made no later than the next required update, or sooner if
required by federal law or regulations.

(p) (1) Notwithstanding Sections 10123.13 and 10123.147, an
insurer may delay payment or reimbursement owed to a provider
or provider group for any claims payment made to a provider or
provider group for up to one calendar month beginning on the first
day of the following month, if the provider or provider group fails
to respond to the insurer’s attempts to verify the provider’s
information as required under subdivision (l). The insurer shall
not delay payment unless it has attempted to verify the provider’s
or provider group’s information. As used in this subdivision,
“verify” means to contact the provider or provider group in writing,
electronically, and by telephone to confirm whether the provider’s
or provider group’s information is correct or requires updates. An
insurer may seek to delay payment or reimbursement owed to a
provider or provider group only after the 10-business day notice
period described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (l) has lapsed.

(2) An insurer shall notify the provider or provider group 10
days before it seeks to delay payment or reimbursement to a
provider or provider group pursuant to this subdivision. If the
insurer delays a payment or reimbursement pursuant to this
subdivision, the insurer shall reimburse the full amount of any
payment or reimbursement subject to delay to the provider or
provider group according to either of the following timelines, as
applicable:

(A) No later than three business days following the date on
which the insurer receives the information required to be submitted
by the provider or provider group pursuant to subdivision (l).

(B) At the end of the begin delete one-calendar month end delete begin insert one-calendar-month end insert
delay described in begin delete subparagraph (A) or (B) of paragraph (1), as
applicable, end delete begin insert paragraph (1), end insert if the provider or provider group fails
to provide the information required to be submitted to the insurer
pursuant to subdivision (l).

(3) An insurer may terminate a contract for a pattern or repeated
failure of the provider or provider group to alert the insurer to a
change in the information required to be in the directory or
directories pursuant to this section.

(4) An insurer that delays payment or reimbursement under this
subdivision shall document each instance a payment or
reimbursement was delayed and report this information to the
department in a format described by the department. This
information shall be submitted along with the policies and
procedures required to be submitted annually to the department
pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (m).

(q) In circumstances where the department finds that an insured
reasonably relied upon materially inaccurate, incomplete, or
misleading information contained in an insurer’s provider directory
or directories, the department may require the insurer to provide
coverage for all covered health care services provided to the insured
and to reimburse the insured for any amount beyond what the
insured would have paid, had the services been delivered by an
in-network provider under the insured’s health insurance policy.
Prior to requiring reimbursement in these circumstances, the
department shall conclude that the services received by the insured
were covered services under the insured’s health insurance policy.
In those circumstances, the fact that the services were rendered or
delivered by a noncontracting or out-of-network provider shall not
be used as a basis to deny reimbursement to the insured.

(r) Whenever an insurer determines as a result of this section
that there has been a 10-percent change in the network for a product
in a region, the insurer shall file a statement with the commissioner.

(s) An insurer that contracts with multiple employer welfare
agreements regulated pursuant to Article 4.7 (commencing with
Section 742.20) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1 shall meet the
requirements of this section.

(t)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be construed to alter a
provider’s obligation to provide health care services to an insured
pursuant to the provider’s contract with the insurer.

(u) As part of the department’s routine examination of a health
insurer pursuant to Section 730, the department shall include a
review of the health insurer’s compliance with subdivision (p).

(v) For purposes of this section, “provider group” means a
medical group, independent practice association, or other similar
group of providers.

SEC. 206.  

Section 10169 of the Insurance Code, as added by
Section 19 of Chapter 348 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended to
read:

10169.  

(a) Commencing January 1, 2001, there is hereby
established in the department the Independent Medical Review
System.

(b) For the purposes of this chapter, “disputed health care
service” means any health care service eligible for coverage and
payment under a disability insurance contract that has been denied,
modified, or delayed by a decision of the insurer, or by one of its
contracting providers, in whole or in part due to a finding that the
service is not medically necessary. A decision regarding a disputed
health care service relates to the practice of medicine and is not a
coverage decision. A disputed health care service does not include
services provided by a group or individual policy of begin delete vision-only end delete
begin insert vision end insert begin insert - end insert or dental-only coverage, except to the extent that (1) the
service involves the practice of medicine, or (2) is provided
pursuant to a contract with a disability insurer that covers hospital,
medical, or surgical benefits. If an insurer, or one of its contracting
providers, issues a decision denying, modifying, or delaying health
care services, based in whole or in part on a finding that the
proposed health care services are not a covered benefit under the
contract that applies to the insured, the statement of decision shall
clearly specify the provision in the contract that excludes that
coverage.

(c) For the purposes of this chapter, “coverage decision” means
the approval or denial of health care services by a disability insurer,
or by one of its contracting entities, substantially based on a finding
that the provision of a particular service is included or excluded
as a covered benefit under the terms and conditions of the disability
insurance contract. A coverage decision does not encompass a
disability insurer or contracting provider decision regarding a
disputed health care service.

(d) (1) All insured grievances involving a disputed health care
service are eligible for review under the Independent Medical
Review System if the requirements of this article are met. If the
department finds that an insured grievance involving a disputed
health care service does not meet the requirements of this article
for review under the Independent Medical Review System, the
insured request for review shall be treated as a request for the
department to review the grievance. All other insured grievances,
including grievances involving coverage decisions, remain eligible
for review by the department.

(2) In any case in which an insured or provider asserts that a
decision to deny, modify, or delay health care services was based,
in whole or in part, on consideration of medical necessity, the
department shall have the final authority to determine whether the
grievance is more properly resolved pursuant to an independent
medical review as provided under this article.

(3) The department shall be the final arbiter when there is a
question as to whether an insured grievance is a disputed health
care service or a coverage decision. The department shall establish
a process to complete an initial screening of an insured grievance.
If there appears to be any medical necessity issue, the grievance
shall be resolved pursuant to an independent medical review as
provided under this article.

(e) Every disability insurance contract that is issued, amended,
renewed, or delivered in this state on or after January 1, 2000, shall
provide an insured with the opportunity to seek an independent
medical review whenever health care services have been denied,
modified, or delayed by the insurer, or by one of its contracting
providers, if the decision was based in whole or in part on a finding
that the proposed health care services are not medically necessary.
For purposes of this article, an insured may designate an agent to
act on his or her behalf. The provider may join with or otherwise
assist the insured in seeking an independent medical review, and
may advocate on behalf of the insured.

(f) Medicare beneficiaries enrolled in Medicare + Choice
products shall not be excluded unless expressly preempted by
federal law.

(g) The department may seek to integrate the quality of care
and consumer protection provisions, including remedies, of the
Independent Medical Review System with related dispute
resolution procedures of other health care agency programs,
including the Medicare program, in a way that minimizes the
potential for duplication, conflict, and added costs. Nothing in this
subdivision shall be construed to limit any rights conferred upon
insureds under this chapter.

(h) The independent medical review process authorized by this
article is in addition to any other procedures or remedies that may
be available.

(i) Every disability insurer shall prominently display in every
insurer member handbook or relevant informational brochure, in
every insurance contract, on insured evidence of coverage forms,
on copies of insurer procedures for resolving grievances, on letters
of denials issued by either the insurer or its contracting
organization, and on all written responses to grievances,
information concerning the right of an insured to request an
independent medical review when the insured believes that health
care services have been improperly denied, modified, or delayed
by the insurer, or by one of its contracting providers. The
department’s telephone number, 1-800-927-4357, and Internet
Web site, www.insurance.ca.gov, shall also be displayed.

(j) An insured may apply to the department for an independent
medical review when all of the following conditions are met:

(1) (A) The insured’s provider has recommended a health care
service as medically necessary, or

(B) The insured has received urgent care or emergency services
that a provider determined was medically necessary, or

(C) The insured, in the absence of a provider recommendation
under subparagraph (A) or the receipt of urgent care or emergency
services by a provider under subparagraph (B), has been seen by
a contracting provider for the diagnosis or treatment of the medical
condition for which the insured seeks independent review. The
insurer shall expedite access to a contracting provider upon request
of an insured. The contracting provider need not recommend the
disputed health care service as a condition for the insured to be
eligible for an independent review.

For purposes of this article, the insured’s provider may be a
noncontracting provider. However, the insurer shall have no
liability for payment of services provided by a noncontracting
provider, except as provided pursuant to Section 10169.3.

(2) The disputed health care service has been denied, modified,
or delayed by the insurer, or by one of its contracting providers,
based in whole or in part on a decision that the health care service
is not medically necessary.

(3) The insured has filed a grievance with the insurer or its
contracting provider, and the disputed decision is upheld or the
grievance remains unresolved after 30 days. The insured shall not
be required to participate in the insurer’s grievance process for
more than 30 days. In the case of a grievance that requires
expedited review, the insured shall not be required to participate
in the insurer’s grievance process for more than three days.

(k) An insured may apply to the department for an independent
medical review of a decision to deny, modify, or delay health care
services, based in whole or in part on a finding that the disputed
health care services are not medically necessary, within six months
of any of the qualifying periods or events under subdivision (j).
The commissioner may extend the application deadline beyond
six months if the circumstances of a case warrant the extension.

(l) The insured shall pay no application or processing fees of
any kind.

(m) As part of its notification to the insured regarding a
disposition of the insured’s grievance that denies, modifies, or
delays health care services, the insurer shall provide the insured
with a one- or two-page application form approved by the
department, and an addressed envelope, which the insured may
return to initiate an independent medical review. The insurer shall
include on the form any information required by the department
to facilitate the completion of the independent medical review,
such as the insured’s diagnosis or condition, the nature of the
disputed health care service sought by the insured, a means to
identify the insured’s case, and any other material information.
The form shall also include the following:

(1) Notice that a decision not to participate in the independent
review process may cause the insured to forfeit any statutory right
to pursue legal action against the insurer regarding the disputed
health care service.

(2) A statement indicating the insured’s consent to obtain any
necessary medical records from the insurer, any of its contracting
providers, and any noncontracting provider the insured may have
consulted on the matter, to be signed by the insured.

(3) Notice of the insured’s right to provide information or
documentation, either directly or through the insured’s provider,
regarding any of the following:

(A) A provider recommendation indicating that the disputed
health care service is medically necessary for the insured’s medical
condition.

(B) Medical information or justification that a disputed health
care service, on an urgent care or emergency basis, was medically
necessary for the insured’s medical condition.

(C) Reasonable information supporting the insured’s position
that the disputed health care service is or was medically necessary
for the insured’s medical condition, including all information
provided to the insured by the insurer or any of its contracting
providers, still in the possession of the insured, concerning an
insurer or provider decision regarding disputed health care services,
and a copy of any materials the insured submitted to the insurer,
still in the possession of the insured, in support of the grievance,
as well as any additional material that the insured believes is
relevant.

(4) A section designed to collect information on the insured’s
ethnicity, race, and primary language spoken that includes both of
the following:

(A) A statement of intent indicating that the information is used
for statistics only, in order to ensure that all insureds get the best
care possible.

(B) A statement indicating that providing this information is
optional and will not affect the independent medical review process
in any way.

(n) Upon notice from the department that the insured has applied
for an independent medical review, the insurer or its contracting
providers, shall provide to the independent medical review
organization designated by the department a copy of all of the
following documents within three business days of the insurer’s
receipt of the department’s notice of a request by an insured for
an independent review:

(1) (A) A copy of all of the insured’s medical records in the
possession of the insurer or its contracting providers relevant to
each of the following:

(i) The insured’s medical condition.

(ii) The health care services being provided by the insurer and
its contracting providers for the condition.

(iii) The disputed health care services requested by the insured
for the condition.

(B) Any newly developed or discovered relevant medical records
in the possession of the insurer or its contracting providers after
the initial documents are provided to the independent medical
review organization shall be forwarded immediately to the
independent medical review organization. The insurer shall
concurrently provide a copy of medical records required by this
subparagraph to the insured or the insured’s provider, if authorized
by the insured, unless the offer of medical records is declined or
otherwise prohibited by law. The confidentiality of all medical
record information shall be maintained pursuant to applicable state
and federal laws.

(2) A copy of all information provided to the insured by the
insurer and any of its contracting providers concerning insurer and
provider decisions regarding the insured’s condition and care, and
a copy of any materials the insured or the insured’s provider
submitted to the insurer and to the insurer’s contracting providers
in support of the insured’s request for disputed health care services.
This documentation shall include the written response to the
insured’s grievance. The confidentiality of any insured medical
information shall be maintained pursuant to applicable state and
federal laws.

(3) A copy of any other relevant documents or information used
by the insurer or its contracting providers in determining whether
disputed health care services should have been provided, and any
statements by the insurer and its contracting providers explaining
the reasons for the decision to deny, modify, or delay disputed
health care services on the basis of medical necessity. The insurer
shall concurrently provide a copy of documents required by this
paragraph, except for any information found by the commissioner
to be legally privileged information, to the insured and the insured’s
provider. The department and the independent medical review
organization shall maintain the confidentiality of any information
found by the commissioner to be the proprietary information of
the insurer.

(o) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2017.

SEC. 207.  

Section 10192.18 of the Insurance Code, as added
by Section 21 of Chapter 348 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended
to read:

10192.18.  

(a) Application forms shall include the following
questions designed to elicit information as to whether, as of the
date of the application, the applicant currently has Medicare
supplement, Medicare Advantage, Medi-Cal coverage, or another
health insurance policy or certificate in force or whether a Medicare
supplement policy or certificate is intended to replace any other
disability policy or certificate presently in force. A supplementary
application or other form to be signed by the applicant and agent
containing those questions and statements may be used.

 

(Statements)

 

(1) You do not need more than one Medicare supplement policy.

(2) If you purchase this policy, you may want to evaluate your
existing health coverage and decide if you need multiple coverages.

(3) You may be eligible for benefits under Medi-Cal and may
not need a Medicare supplement policy.

(4)  If after purchasing this policy you become eligible for
Medi-Cal, the benefits and premiums under your Medicare
supplement policy can be suspended, if requested, during your
entitlement to benefits under Medi-Cal for 24 months. You must
request this suspension within 90 days of becoming eligible for
Medi-Cal. If you are no longer entitled to Medi-Cal, your
suspended Medicare supplement policy or if that is no longer
available, a substantially equivalent policy, will be reinstituted if
requested within 90 days of losing Medi-Cal eligibility. If the
Medicare supplement policy provided coverage for outpatient
prescription drugs and you enrolled in Medicare Part D while your
policy was suspended, the reinstituted policy will not have
outpatient prescription drug coverage, but will otherwise be
substantially equivalent to your coverage before the date of the
suspension.

(5) If you are eligible for, and have enrolled in, a Medicare
supplement policy by reason of disability and you later become
covered by an employer or union-based group health plan, the
benefits and premiums under your Medicare supplement policy
can be suspended, if requested, while you are covered under the
employer or union-based group health plan. If you suspend your
Medicare supplement policy under these circumstances and later
lose your employer or union-based group health plan, your
suspended Medicare supplement policy or if that is no longer
available, a substantially equivalent policy, will be reinstituted if
requested within 90 days of losing your employer or union-based
group health plan. If the Medicare supplement policy provided
coverage for outpatient prescription drugs and you enrolled in
Medicare Part D while your policy was suspended, the reinstituted
policy will not have outpatient prescription drug coverage, but will
otherwise be substantially equivalent to your coverage before the
date of the suspension.

(6) Counseling services are available in this state to provide
advice concerning your purchase of Medicare supplement insurance
and concerning medical assistance through the Medi-Cal program,
including benefits as a qualified Medicare beneficiary (QMB) and
a specified low-income Medicare beneficiary (SLMB). If you want
to discuss buying Medicare supplement insurance with a trained
insurance counselor, call the California Department of Insurance’s
toll-free telephone number 1-800-927-HELP, or access the
department’s Internet Web site, www.insurance.ca.gov, and ask
how to contact your local Health Insurance Counseling and
Advocacy Program (HICAP) office. HICAP is a service provided
free of charge by the State of California.

 

(Questions)

 

If you lost or are losing other health insurance coverage and
received a notice from your prior insurer saying you were eligible
for guaranteed issue of a Medicare supplement insurance policy
or that you had certain rights to buy such a policy, you may be
guaranteed acceptance in one or more of our Medicare supplement
plans. Please include a copy of the notice from your prior insurer
with your application. PLEASE ANSWER ALL QUESTIONS.

[Please mark Yes or No below with an “X.”]

To the best of your knowledge,

(1) (a) Did you turn 65 years of age in the last 6 begin delete months. end delete
begin insert months? end insert

Yes____ No____

(b) Did you enroll in Medicare Part B in the last 6 begin delete months. end delete
begin insert months? end insert

Yes____ No____

(c) If yes, what is the effective begin delete date. end delete begin insert date? end insert  ___________________

(2) Are you covered for medical assistance through California’s Medi-Cal begin delete program. end delete begin insert program? end insert

NOTE TO APPLICANT: If you have a share of cost under the Medi-Cal program, please answer NO to this question.

Yes____ No____

If yes,

(a) Will Medi-Cal pay your premiums for this Medicare supplement begin delete policy. end delete begin insert policy? end insert

Yes____ No____

(b) Do you receive benefits from Medi-Cal OTHER THAN payments toward your Medicare Part B begin delete premium. end delete begin insert premium? end insert

Yes____ No____

(3) (a) If you had coverage from any Medicare plan other than original Medicare within the past 63 days (for example, a Medicare Advantage plan or a Medicare HMO or PPO), fill in your start and end dates below. If you are still covered under this plan, leave “END” blank.

START __/__/__ END __/__/__

(b) If you are still covered under the Medicare plan, do you intend to replace your current coverage with this new Medicare supplement begin delete policy. end delete begin insert policy? end insert

Yes____ No____

(c) Was this your first time in this type of Medicare begin delete plan. end delete begin insert plan? end insert

Yes____ No____

(d) Did you drop a Medicare supplement policy to enroll in the Medicare begin delete plan. end delete begin insert plan? end insert

Yes____ No____

(4) (a) Do you have another Medicare supplement policy in begin delete force. end delete begin insert force? end insert

Yes____ No____

(b) If so, with what company, and what plan do you begin delete have. end delete begin insert have? end insert [optional for direct mailers]

Yes____ No____

(c) If so, do you intend to replace your current Medicare supplement policy with this begin delete policy. end delete begin insert policy? end insert

Yes____ No____

(5) Have you had coverage under any other health insurance within the past 63 days (For example, an employer, union, or individual begin delete plan). end delete begin insert plan)? end insert

Yes____ No____

(a) If so, with what companies and what kind of begin delete policy. end delete begin insert policy? end insert

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

________________________________________________

(b) What are your dates of coverage under the other begin delete policy. end delete begin insert policy? end insert

START __/__/__ END __/__/__

(If you are still covered under the other policy, leave “END” blank.)

 

(b) Agents shall list any other health insurance policies they have sold to the applicant as follows:

(1) List policies sold that are still in force.

(2) List policies sold in the past five years that are no longer in force.

(c) In the case of a direct response issuer, a copy of the application or supplemental form, signed by the applicant, and acknowledged by the issuer, shall be returned to the applicant by the issuer upon delivery of the policy.

(d) Upon determining that a sale will involve replacement of Medicare supplement coverage, any issuer, other than a direct response issuer, or its agent, shall furnish the applicant, prior to issuance for delivery of the Medicare supplement policy or certificate, a notice regarding replacement of Medicare supplement coverage. One copy of the notice signed by the applicant and the agent, except when the coverage is sold without an agent, shall be provided to the applicant and an additional signed copy shall be retained by the issuer as provided in Section 10508. A direct response issuer shall deliver to the applicant at the time of the issuance of the policy the notice regarding replacement of Medicare supplement coverage.

(e) The notice required by subdivision (d) for an issuer shall be in the form specified by the commissioner, using, to the extent practicable, a model notice prepared by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners for this purpose. The replacement notice shall be printed in no less than 12-point type in substantially the following form:

 

[Insurer’s name and address]

 

NOTICE TO APPLICANT REGARDING REPLACEMENT OF MEDICARE SUPPLEMENT COVERAGE OR MEDICARE ADVANTAGE

 

SAVE THIS NOTICE! IT MAY BE IMPORTANT IN THE FUTURE.

If you intend to cancel or terminate existing Medicare supplement or Medicare Advantage insurance and replace it with coverage issued by [company name], please review the new coverage carefully and replace the existing coverage ONLY if the new coverage materially improves your position. DO NOT CANCEL YOUR PRESENT COVERAGE UNTIL YOU HAVE RECEIVED YOUR NEW POLICY AND ARE SURE THAT YOU WANT TO KEEP IT.

If you decide to purchase the new coverage, you will have 30 days after you receive the policy to return it to the insurer, for any reason, and receive a refund of your money.

If you want to discuss buying Medicare supplement or Medicare Advantage coverage with a trained insurance counselor, call the California Department of Insurance’s toll-free telephone number 1-800-927-HELP, and ask how to contact your local Health Insurance Counseling and Advocacy Program (HICAP) office. HICAP is a service provided free of charge by the State of California.

STATEMENT TO APPLICANT FROM THE INSURER AND AGENT: I have reviewed your current health insurance coverage. To the best of my knowledge, the replacement of insurance involved in this transaction does not duplicate coverage or, if applicable, Medicare Advantage coverage because you intend to terminate your existing Medicare supplement coverage or leave your Medicare Advantage plan. In addition, the replacement coverage contains benefits that are clearly and substantially greater than your current benefits for the following reasons:

__ Additional benefits that are: ______

__ No change in benefits, but lower premiums.

__ Fewer benefits and lower premiums.

__ Plan has outpatient prescription drug coverage and applicant is enrolled in Medicare Part D.

__ Disenrollment from a Medicare Advantage plan. Reasons for disenrollment:

__ Other reasons specified here: ______

1. Note: If the issuer of the Medicare supplement policy being applied for does not impose, or is otherwise prohibited from imposing, preexisting condition limitations, please skip to statement 3 below. Health conditions that you may presently have (preexisting conditions) may not be immediately or fully covered under the new policy. This could result in denial or delay of a claim for benefits under the new policy, whereas a similar claim might have been payable under your present policy.

2. State law provides that your replacement Medicare supplement policy may not contain new preexisting conditions, waiting periods, elimination periods, or probationary periods. The insurer will waive any time periods applicable to preexisting conditions, waiting periods, elimination periods, or probationary periods in the new coverage for similar benefits to the extent that time was spent (depleted) under the original policy.

3. If you still wish to terminate your present policy and replace it with new coverage, be certain to truthfully and completely answer any and all questions on the application concerning your medical and health history. Failure to include all material medical information on an application requesting that information may provide a basis for the insurer to deny any future claims and to refund your premium as though your policy had never been in force. After the application has been completed and before you sign it, review it carefully to be certain that all information has been properly recorded. [If the policy or certificate is guaranteed issue, this paragraph need not appear.]

DO NOT CANCEL YOUR PRESENT POLICY UNTIL YOU HAVE RECEIVED YOUR NEW POLICY AND ARE SURE THAT YOU WANT TO KEEP IT.

 

(Signature of Agent, Broker, or Other Representative)

(Signature of Applicant)

(Date)

 

(f)  begin delete No end delete begin insert An end insert issuer, broker, agent, or other person shall begin insert not end insert cause an insured to replace a Medicare supplement insurance policy unnecessarily. In recommending replacement of any Medicare supplement insurance, an agent shall make reasonable efforts to determine the appropriateness to the potential insured.

(g) An issuer shall not require, request, or obtain health information as part of the application process for an applicant who is eligible for guaranteed issuance of, or open enrollment for, any Medicare supplement coverage pursuant to Section 10192.11 or 10192.12, except for purposes of paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 10192.11 when the applicant is first enrolled in Medicare Part B. The application form shall include a clear and conspicuous statement that the applicant is not required to provide health information during a period where guaranteed issue or open enrollment applies, as specified in Section 10192.11 or 10192.12, except for purposes of paragraph (1) or (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 10192.11 when the applicant is first enrolled in Medicare Part B, and shall inform the applicant of those periods of guaranteed issuance of Medicare supplement coverage. This subdivision begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not prohibit an issuer from requiring proof of eligibility for a guaranteed issuance of Medicare supplement coverage.

(h) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2017.

SEC. 208.  

Section 10489.2 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

10489.2.  

For a computation of minimum standard, except as
provided in Sections 10489.3, 10489.4, and 10489.95, the minimum
standard for the valuation of policies and contracts issued prior to
the effective date of the amendments to this section shall be that
provided by the laws in effect immediately prior to that date.
Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10489.3, 10489.4, and
10489.95, the minimum standard for the valuation of those policies
and contracts shall be the commissioners reserve valuation methods
defined in Sections 10489.5, 10489.6, 10489.9, and 10489.95, 31⁄2
percent per annum interest, or in the case of life insurance policies
and contracts, other than certain annuity and pure endowment
contracts, issued on or after January 1, 1970, 4 percent per annum
interest for policies issued prior to January 1, 1980, 51⁄2 percent
per annum interest may be used for single premium life insurance
begin delete policies end delete begin insert policies, end insert and 41⁄2 percent per annum interest for all other
policies issued on or after January 1, 1980, and the following
tables:

(a) For ordinary policies of life insurance issued on the standard
basis, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in
those policies--the Commissioners 1941 Standard Ordinary
Mortality Table for policies issued prior to the operative date of
subdivision (a) of Section 10163.1, and the Commissioners 1958
Standard Ordinary Mortality Table for policies issued on or after
the operative date of subdivision (a) of Section 10163.1, as
amended by Chapter 940 of the Statutes of 1982, and prior to the
operative date of Section 10163.2, as amended by Chapter 28 of
the Statutes of 1997, provided that for any category of policies
issued on female risks, all modified net premiums and present
values referred to in this article may be calculated according to an
age not more than six years younger than the actual age of the
insured. For policies issued on or after the original operative date
of Section 10163.2, as amended by Chapter 28 of the Statutes of
1997, the following begin delete shall end delete apply:

(1) The Commissioners 1980 Standard Ordinary Mortality Table.

(2) At the election of the company for any one or more specified
plans of life insurance, the Commissioners 1980 Standard Ordinary
Mortality Table with Ten-Year Select Mortality Factors.

(3) Any ordinary mortality table, adopted after 1980 by the
NAIC, or its successor, that is approved by regulation promulgated
or bulletin issued by the commissioner for use in determining the
minimum standard of valuation for such policies.

(b) For industrial life insurance policies issued on the standard
basis, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits in the
policies, the 1941 Standard Industrial Mortality Table for policies
issued prior to the operative date of subdivision (b) of Section
10163.1, of the Standard Nonforfeiture Law for Life Insurance as
amended, and for policies issued on or after the operative date the
Commissioners 1961 Standard Industrial Mortality Table or any
industrial mortality table adopted after 1980 by the NAIC that is
approved by regulation promulgated or bulletin issued by the
commissioner for use in determining the minimum standard of
valuation for the policies.

(c) For individual annuity and pure endowment contracts issued
prior to the compliance date of Section 10489.3, excluding any
disability and accidental death benefits in the policies: 1937
Standard Annuity Mortality Table or, at the option of the company,
the Annuity Mortality Table for 1949, Ultimate, or any
modification of these tables approved by the commissioner.
However, the minimum standard for such contracts issued from
January 1, 1968, through December 31, 1968, with commencement
of benefits deferred not more than one year from date of issue,
may be, at the option of the company, 4 percent per annum interest,
and for contracts issued from January 1, 1969, to the compliance
date of Section 10489.3, with commencement of benefits deferred
not more than 10 years from the date of issue and with premiums
payable in one sum may be, at the option of the company, 5 percent
per annum interest.

(d) For group annuity and pure endowment contracts, excluding
any disability and accidental death benefits in the policies: the
Group Annuity Mortality Table for 1951, a modification of the
table approved by the commissioner, or, at the option of the
company, any of the tables or modifications of the tables specified
for individual annuity and pure endowment contracts. However,
the minimum standard for annuities and pure endowments
purchased or to be purchased prior to the compliance date of
Section 10489.3, under group annuity and pure endowment
contracts with considerations received on or after January 1, 1968,
through December 31, 1968, may be, at the option of the company,
4 percent per annum interest, and for annuities and pure
endowments purchased or to be purchased prior to the compliance
date of Section 10489.3, under group annuity and pure endowment
contracts with considerations received from January 1, 1969, to
the compliance date of Section 10489.3, may be at the option of
the company, 5 percent per annum interest.

(e) For total and permanent disability benefits in or
supplementary to ordinary policies or contracts: for policies or
contracts issued on or after January 1, 1966, the tables of Period
2 disablement rates and the 1930 to 1950 termination rates of the
1952 Disability Study of the Society of Actuaries, with due regard
to the type of benefit or any tables of disablement rates and
termination rates, adopted after 1980 by the NAIC that are
approved by regulation promulgated or bulletin issued by the
commissioner for use in determining the minimum standard of
valuation for those policies; for policies or contracts issued on or
after January 1, 1961, and prior to January 1, 1966, either those
tables or, at the option of the company, the Class (3) Disability
Table (1926); and for policies issued prior to January 1, 1961, the
Class (3) Disability Table (1926). Any such table shall, for active
lives, be combined with a mortality table permitted for calculating
the reserves for life insurance policies.

(f) For accidental death benefits in or supplementary to policies
issued on or after January 1, 1966: the 1959 Accidental Death
Benefits Table or any accidental death benefits table, adopted after
1980 by the NAIC that is approved by regulation promulgated or
bulletin issued by the commissioner for use in determining the
minimum standard of valuation for those policies, for policies
issued on or after January 1, 1961, and prior to January 1, 1966,
either that table or, at the option of the company, the
Inter-Company Double Indemnity Mortality Table; and for policies
issued prior to January 1, 1961, the Inter-Company Double
Indemnity Mortality Table. Either table shall be combined with a
mortality table for calculating the reserves for life insurance
policies.

(g) For group life insurance, life insurance issued on the
substandard basis and other special benefits: tables approved by
the commissioner.

(h) The commissioner may by bulletin withdraw approval to
use tables that have been replaced by newly adopted tables.

SEC. 209.  

Section 10489.3 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

10489.3.  

(a) Except as provided in Section 10489.4, the
minimum standard of valuation for individual annuity and pure
endowment contracts issued on or after the operative date of this
section and for annuities and pure endowments purchased on or
after that operative date under group annuity and pure endowment
contracts, shall be the commissioners reserve valuation methods
defined in Sections 10489.5 and 10489.6 and the following tables
and interest rates:

(1) For individual annuity and pure endowment contracts issued
prior to January 1, 1980, excluding any disability and accidental
death benefits in those contracts: the 1971 Individual Annuity
Mortality Table, or any modification of this table approved by the
commissioner, and 6 percent per annum interest rate for all
contracts with commencement of benefits deferred not more than
10 years from the date of issue and with premiums payable in one
sum and 4 percent per annum interest for all other individual
annuity and pure endowment contracts.

(2) For individual single premium immediate annuity contracts
issued on or after January 1, 1980, excluding any disability and
accidental death benefits in those contracts: the 1971 Individual
Annuity Mortality Table or any individual annuity mortality table
adopted after 1980 by the NAIC that is approved by regulation
promulgated or bulletin issued by the commissioner for use in
determining the minimum standard of valuation for these contracts,
or any modification of these tables approved by the commissioner,
and 71⁄2 percent per annum interest.

(3) For individual annuity and pure endowment contracts issued
on or after January 1, 1980, other than single premium immediate
annuity contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death
benefits in those contracts, the 1971 Individual Annuity Mortality
Table or any individual annuity mortality table, adopted after 1980
by the NAIC that is approved by regulation promulgated or bulletin
issued by the commissioner for use in determining the minimum
standard of valuation for those contracts, or any modification of
these tables approved by the commissioner, and 51⁄2 percent per
annum interest for single premium deferred annuity and pure
endowment begin delete contracts end delete begin insert contracts, end insert and 41⁄2 percent per annum interest
for all other individual annuity and pure endowment contracts.

(4) For annuities and pure endowments purchased prior to
January 1, 1980, under group annuity and pure endowment
contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits
purchased under those contracts: the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality
Table or any modification of this table approved by the
commissioner, and 6 percent per annum interest.

(5) For annuities and pure endowments purchased on or after
January 1, 1980, under group annuity and pure endowment
contracts, excluding any disability and accidental death benefits
purchased under those contracts: the 1971 Group Annuity Mortality
Table, or any group annuity mortality table adopted after 1980 by
the NAIC that is approved by regulation promulgated or bulletin
issued by the commissioner for use in determining the minimum
standard of valuation for annuities and pure endowments, or any
modification of these tables approved by the commissioner, and
71⁄2 percent interest.

(6) All individual annuity and pure endowment contracts entered
into prior to January 1, 1980, and all annuities and pure
endowments purchased prior to January 1, 1980, under group
annuity and pure endowment contracts shall remain subject to the
provisions of Article 3A (commencing with Section 10489.1) as
it existed prior to January 1, 1980.

(b) The commissioner may, by bulletin, withdraw approval to
use tables that have been replaced by newly adopted tables.

SEC. 210.  

Section 10489.96 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

10489.96.  

(a) For policies issued on or after the operative date
of the valuation manual, the standard prescribed in the valuation
manual is the minimum standard of valuation required under
subdivision (b) of Section 10489.12, except as provided under
subdivision (e) or (g).

(b) (1) The operative date of the valuation manual is January
1 of the first calendar year following the first July 1 as of which
all begin insert of end insert the following have occurred:

(A) The valuation manual has been adopted by the NAIC by an
affirmative vote of at least 42 members, or three-fourths of the
members voting, whichever is greater.

(B) The Standard Valuation Law, as amended by the NAIC in
2009, or legislation including substantially similar terms and
provisions, has been enacted by states representing greater than
75 percent of the direct premiums written as reported in the
following annual statements submitted for 2008: life, accident,
and health annual statements, health annual statements, or fraternal
annual statements.

(C) The Standard Valuation Law, as amended by the NAIC in
2009, or legislation including substantially similar terms and
provisions, has been enacted by at least 42 of the following 55
jurisdictions: The 50 states of the United States, American Samoa,
the United States Virgin Islands, the District of Columbia, Guam,
and Puerto Rico.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the valuation manual shall
not become operative until the commissioner certifies that adequate
funding has been appropriated by the Legislature, and that all other
necessary resources, including, but not limited to, adequate staff,
are available and sufficient to enable the commissioner to carry
out the duties required pursuant to Section 10489.992, and all other
duties imposed on the commissioner pursuant to Senate Bill 696
of the 2015-16 Regular Session. The commissioner shall make
that certification by submitting a letter to the Chairs of the
Assembly Committee on Insurance and the Senate Committee on
Insurance stating that the funding and other necessary resources
are available and sufficient to carry out those duties. The
commissioner shall post a notice on the department’s Internet Web
site immediately after submitting that certification letter stating
that the certification letter has been submitted and that the
provisions of the valuation manual are in effect.

(c) Unless a change in the valuation manual specifies a later
effective date, changes to the valuation manual shall be effective
on January 1 following the date when all of the following have
occurred:

(1) The change to the valuation manual has been adopted by
the NAIC by an affirmative vote representing:

(A) At least three-fourths of the members of the NAIC voting,
but not less than a majority of the total membership.

(B) Members of the NAIC representing jurisdictions totaling
greater than 75 percent of the direct premiums written as reported
in the following annual statements most recently available prior
to the vote in subparagraph (A): life, accident, and health annual
statement, health annual statements, or fraternal annual statements.

(2) The commissioner has issued an order adopting the valuation
manual with the changes. The commissioner shall issue the order
only if he or she finds that the conditions set forth in paragraph
(1) have been satisfied.

(d) The valuation manual shall specify all of the following:

(1) Minimum valuation standards for and definitions of the
policies or contracts subject to subdivision (b) of Section 10489.12.
Those minimum valuation standards shall be:

(A) The commissioners reserve valuation method for life
insurance contracts, other than annuity contracts, subject to
subdivision (b) of Section 10489.12.

(B) The commissioners annuity reserve valuation method for
annuity contracts subject to subdivision (b) of Section 10489.12.

(C) Minimum reserves for all other policies or contracts subject
to subdivision (b) of Section 10489.12.

(2) Which policies or contracts or types of policies or contracts
are subject to the requirements of a principle-based valuation in
subdivision (a) of Section 10489.97 and the minimum valuation
standards consistent with those requirements.

(3) For policies and contracts subject to a principle-based
valuation under Section 10489.97:

(A) Requirements for the format of reports to the commissioner
under paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of Section 10489.97, which
shall include information necessary to determine if the valuation
is appropriate and in compliance with this article.

(B) Assumptions for risks over which the company does not
have significant control or influence.

(C) Procedures for corporate governance and oversight of the
actuarial function, and a process for appropriate waiver or
modification of those procedures.

(4) For policies not subject to a principle-based valuation under
Section 10489.97, the minimum valuation standard that shall either:

(A) Be consistent with the minimum standard of valuation prior
to the operative date of the valuation manual.

(B) Develop reserves that quantify the benefits and guarantees,
and the funding, associated with the contracts and their risks at a
level of conservatism that reflects conditions that include
unfavorable events that have a reasonable probability of occurring.

(5) Other requirements, including, but not limited to, those
relating to reserve methods, models for measuring risk, generation
of economic scenarios, assumptions, margins, use of company
experience, risk measurement, disclosure, certifications, reports,
actuarial opinions and memorandums, transition rules, and internal
controls.

(6) The data and form of the data required pursuant to Section
10489.98, with whom the data is required to be submitted, and
may specify other requirements including data analyses and
reporting of analyses.

(e) In the absence of a specific valuation requirement or if a
specific valuation requirement in the valuation manual is not, in
the opinion of the commissioner, in compliance with, or conflicts
with, this code, then the company shall, with respect to those
requirements, comply with the minimum valuation standards
prescribed by the code or by the commissioner by regulation or
bulletin.

(f) The commissioner may engage a qualified actuary, at the
expense of the company, to perform an actuarial examination of
the company and opine on the appropriateness of any reserve
assumption or method used by the company, or to review and opine
on a company’s compliance with any requirement set forth in this
article. The commissioner may rely upon the opinion, regarding
the provisions contained within this article, of a qualified actuary
engaged by the commissioner of another state, district, or territory
of the United States. As used in this subdivision, the term “engage”
includes employment and contracting.

(g) The commissioner may require a company to change any
assumption or method that in the opinion of the commissioner is
necessary in order to comply with the requirements of the valuation
manual or this article, and the company shall adjust the reserves
as required by the commissioner. The commissioner may take
other disciplinary action as permitted pursuant to all other
applicable law.

SEC. 211.  

Section 10489.99 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

10489.99.  

(a) For purposes of this section, “confidential
information” begin delete shall mean: end delete begin insert means: end insert

(1) A memorandum in support of an opinion submitted pursuant
to Section 10489.15 and any other documents, materials, and other
information, including, but not limited to, all working papers, and
copies thereof, created, produced, or obtained by or disclosed to
the commissioner or any other person in connection with the
memorandum.

(2) All documents, materials, and other information, including,
but not limited to, all working papers, and copies thereof, created,
produced, or obtained by or disclosed to the commissioner or any
other person in the course of an examination made under
subdivision (f) of Section 10489.96. However, if an examination
report or other material prepared in connection with an examination
made under Article 4 (commencing with Section 729) of Chapter
1 of Part 2 of Division 1 is not held as private and confidential
information under that article, an examination report or other
material prepared in connection with an examination made under
subdivision (f) of Section 10489.96 shall not be “confidential
information” to the same extent as if the examination report or
other material had been prepared under Article 4 begin insert (commencing
with Section 729) of Chapter 1 of P end insert begin insert art 2 of Division 1 end insert .

(3) Any reports, documents, materials, and other information
developed by a company in support of, or in connection with, an
annual certification by the company under paragraph (2) of
subdivision (b) of Section 10489.97 evaluating the effectiveness
of the company’s internal controls with respect to a principle-based
valuation and any other documents, materials, and other
information, including, but not limited to, all working papers, and
copies thereof, created, produced, or obtained by or disclosed to
the commissioner or any other person in connection with those
reports, documents, materials, and other information.

(4) Any principle-based valuation report developed under
paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of Section 10489.97 and any other
documents, materials, and other information, including, but not
limited to, all working papers, and copies thereof, created,
produced, or obtained by or disclosed to the commissioner or any
other person in connection with the report.

(5) All of the following:

(A) Any documents, materials, data, and other information
submitted by a company pursuant to Section 10489.98, to be known
collectively, as “experience data.”

(B) Experience data plus any other documents, materials, data,
and other information, including, but not limited to, all working
papers, and copies thereof, created or produced in connection with
the experience data, in each case that includes any potentially
company-identifying or personally identifiable information, that
is provided to or obtained by the commissioner, to be known,
collectively, as “experience materials.”

(C) Any other documents, materials, data, and other information,
including, but not limited to, all working papers, and copies thereof,
created, produced, or obtained by or disclosed to the commissioner
or any other person in connection with the experience materials. 

(b) (1) Except as provided in this section, a company’s
confidential information shall be confidential by law and
privileged, shall not be subject to disclosure pursuant to the
California Public Records Act (Chapter 3.5 (commencing with
Section 6250) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code),
and shall not be subject to subpoena or discovery or admissible in
evidence in any private civil action. However, the commissioner
is authorized to use the confidential information in a regulatory or
legal action brought against the company as a part of the
commissioner’s official duties.

(2) The commissioner, any person who received confidential
information while acting under the authority of the commissioner,
or any person with whom those documents, materials, or other
information are shared pursuant to paragraph (3), shall not be
permitted or required to testify in a private civil action concerning
any confidential information.

(3) In order to assist in the performance of the commissioner’s
duties, the commissioner may share confidential information with
the following recipients, provided that the recipient agrees, and
has the legal authority to agree, to maintain the confidentiality and
privileged status of the documents, materials, data, and other
information in the same manner and to the same extent as required
for the commissioner:

(A) Other state, federal, and international regulatory agencies
and with the NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries.

(B) In the case of confidential information specified in
paragraphs (1) and (4) of subdivision (a) of Section 10489.99 only,
with the Actuarial Board for Counseling and Discipline or its
successor upon request stating that the confidential information is
required for the purpose of professional disciplinary proceedings
and with state, federal, and international law enforcement officials.

(4) The commissioner may receive documents, materials, data,
and other information, including otherwise confidential and
privileged documents, materials, data, or information, from the
NAIC and its affiliates and subsidiaries, from regulatory or law
enforcement officials of other foreign or domestic jurisdictions,
and from the Actuarial Board for Counseling and Discipline or its
successor and shall maintain as confidential or privileged any
document, material, data, or other information received with notice
or the understanding that it is confidential or privileged under the
laws of the jurisdiction that is the source of the document, material,
or other information.

(5) The commissioner may enter into agreements governing
sharing and use of information consistent with this subdivision.

(6) A waiver of any applicable privilege or claim of
confidentiality in the information shall not occur as a result of
disclosure to the commissioner under this section or as a result of
sharing as authorized in paragraph (3).

(7) A privilege established under the law of any state or
jurisdiction that is substantially similar to the privilege established
under begin delete subdivision (b) end delete begin insert this subdivision end insert shall be available and
enforced in any proceeding in, and in any court of, this state.

(8) For purposes of this section, “regulatory agency,” “law
enforcement agency,” and the “NAIC” include, but are not limited
to, their employees, agents, consultants, and contractors.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), any confidential
information specified in paragraphs (1) and (4) of subdivision (a):

(1) May be subject to subpoena for the purpose of defending
an action seeking damages from the appointed actuary submitting
the related memorandum in support of an opinion submitted under
Section 10489.15 or principle-based valuation report developed
under paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of Section 10489.97 by
reason of an action required by this article or by regulations
promulgated pursuant to this article.

(2) May otherwise be released by the commissioner with the
written consent of the company.

(3) Once any portion of a memorandum in support of an opinion
submitted under Section 10489.15 or a principle-based valuation
report developed pursuant to paragraph (3) of subdivision (b) of
Section 10489.97 is cited by the company in its marketing or is
publicly volunteered to or before a governmental agency other
than a state insurance department or is released by the company
to the news media, all portions of the memorandum or report shall
no longer be confidential.

(d)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be construed to limit
the right of access to, or prohibit the admissibility as evidence in
a private civil action of, any information, documents, data, or other
materials not held for the purposes of this article by the
commissioner or a person acting under the authority of the
commissioner, including nondepartment actuaries and other
consultants hired to implement this article, or a person with whom
the commissioner has shared confidential information pursuant to
paragraph (3) of subdivision (b).

SEC. 212.  

Section 10603 of the Insurance Code is amended
to read:

10603.  

(a) (1) On or before April 1, 1975, the commissioner
shall promulgate a standard supplemental disclosure form for all
disability insurance policies. Upon the appropriate disclosure form
as prescribed by the commissioner, each insurer shall provide, in
easily understood language and in a uniform, clearly organized
manner, as prescribed and required by the commissioner, the
summary information about each disability insurance policy offered
by the insurer as the commissioner finds is necessary to provide
for full and fair disclosure of the provisions of the policy.

(2) On and after January 1, 2014, a disability insurer offering
health insurance coverage subject to Section 2715 of the federal
Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 300gg-15) shall satisfy
the requirements of this section and the implementing regulations
by providing the uniform summary of benefits and coverage
required under Section 2715 of the federal Public Health Service
Act and any rules or regulations issued thereunder. An insurer that
issues the federal uniform summary of benefits referenced in this
paragraph shall ensure that all applicable disclosures required in
this chapter and its implementing regulations are met in other
documents provided to policyholders and insureds. An insurer
subject to this paragraph shall provide the uniform summary of
benefits and coverage to the commissioner together with the
corresponding health insurance policy pursuant to Section 10290.

(3) Commencing October 1, 2016, the uniform summary of
benefits and coverage referenced in this subdivision shall constitute
a vital document for the purposes of Section 10133.8. Not later
than July 1, 2016, the commissioner shall develop written
translations of the template uniform summary of benefits and
coverage for all language groups identified by the State Department
of Health Care Services in all plan letters as of August 27, 2014,
for translation services pursuant to Section 14029.91 of the Welfare
and Institutions Code, except for any language group for which
the United States Department of Labor has already prepared a
written translation. Not later than July 1, 2016, the commissioner
shall make available on begin delete its end delete begin insert the department’s end insert Internet Web site
written translations of the template uniform summary of benefits
and coverage developed by the commissioner, and written
translations prepared by the United States Department of Labor,
if available, for any language group to which this subparagraph
applies.

(b)  begin delete Nothing in this section shall end delete begin insert This section does not end insert preclude
the disclosure form from being included with the evidence of
coverage or certificate of coverage or policy.

SEC. 213.  

Section 12389 of the Insurance Code, as added by
Section 3 of Chapter 370 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended to
read:

12389.  

(a) On and after July 1, 2016, an underwritten title
company as defined in Section 12340.5 that is a stock corporation
may, subject to subdivision (b), (1) engage in the business of
preparing title searches, title reports, title examinations, or
certificates or abstracts of title, upon the basis of which a title
insurer writes title policies, and (2) conduct escrow services
through business locations, as defined in Section 12340.13, in
counties in which the underwritten title company is licensed to
conduct escrow services regardless of the location of the real or
personal property involved in the transaction.

(b) (1) Only a domestic corporation may be licensed under this
section and no underwritten title company, as defined in Section
12340.5, may become licensed under this section, or change the
name under which it is licensed or operates, unless it has first
complied with Section 881.

(2) (A) Depending upon the county or counties in which the
company is licensed to transact business, it shall maintain required
minimum net worth and a bond or cash deposit as follows:

 

Aggregate number of documents recorded and documents filed in the preceding calendar year in all counties where the company is licensed to transact business
Number of documents		Amount of required minimum net worth	Amount of bond or cash deposit
Less than 50,000		$ 75,000	$ 50,000
50,000 to 100,000		120,000	50,000
100,000 to 500,000		200,000	100,000
500,000 to 1,000,000		300,000	100,000
1,000,000 or more		400,000	100,000

 

(B) “Net worth” for the purposes of this section is defined as
the excess of assets over all liabilities and required reserves. The
company may carry as an asset the actual cost of its title plant,
provided the value ascribed to that asset shall not exceed the
aggregate value of all other assets.

(C) If a title plant of an underwritten title company is not
currently maintained, the asset value of the plant shall not exceed
its asset value as determined in the preceding paragraph as of the
date to which that plant is currently maintained, less one-tenth
thereof for each succeeding year or part of the succeeding year
that the plant is not being currently maintained. For the purposes
of this section, a title plant shall be deemed currently maintained
so long as it is used in the normal conduct of the business of title
insurance, and (i) the owner of the plant continues regularly to
obtain and index title record data to the plant or to a continuation
thereof in a format other than that previously used, including, but
not limited to, computerization of the data, or (ii) the owner of the
plant is a participant, in an arrangement for joint use of a title plant
system regularly maintained in any format, provided the owner is
contractually entitled to receive a copy of the title record data
contained in the jointly used title plant system during the period
of the owner’s participation therein, either periodically or upon
termination of that participation, at a cost not to exceed the actual
cost of duplication of the title record data.

(D) An underwritten title company shall at all times maintain
current assets of at least ten thousand dollars ($10,000) in excess
of its current liabilities, as current assets and liabilities may be
defined pursuant to regulations made by the commissioner. In
making the regulations, the commissioner shall be guided by
generally accepted accounting principles followed by certified
public accountants in this state.

(3) (A) An underwritten title company shall obtain from the
commissioner a license to transact its business. The license shall
not be granted until the applicant conforms to the requirements of
this section and all other provisions of this code specifically
applicable to the applicant. After issuance the holder of the license
shall continue to comply with the requirements as to its business
set forth in this code, in the applicable rules and regulations of the
commissioner, and in the laws of this state.

(B) An underwritten title company that possesses, or is required
to possess, a license pursuant to this section shall be subject as if
an insurer to the provisions of Article 8 (commencing with Section
820) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of begin delete Division 1 of this code end delete begin insert Division 1, end insert
and is deemed to be subject to authorization by the Insurance
Commissioner within the meaning of subdivision (e) of Section
25100 of the Corporations Code.

(C) The license may be obtained by filing an application on a
form prescribed by the commissioner accompanied by a filing fee
of three hundred fifty-four dollars ($354). The license when issued
shall be for an indefinite term and shall expire with the termination
of the existence of the holder, subject to the annual renewal fee
imposed under Sections 12415 and 12416.

(D) An underwritten title company seeking to extend its license
to an additional county shall pay a two-hundred-seven-dollar ($207)
fee for each additional county, and shall furnish to the
commissioner evidence, at least sufficient to meet the minimum
net worth requirements of paragraph (2), of its financial ability to
expand its business operation to include the additional county or
counties.

(4) (A) An underwritten title company shall furnish an audit to
the commissioner on the forms provided by the commissioner
annually, either on a calendar year basis on or before March 31
or, if approved in writing by the commissioner in respect to any
individual company, on a fiscal year basis on or before 90 days
after the end of the fiscal year. The time for furnishing any audit
required by this paragraph may be extended, for good cause shown,
on written approval of the commissioner for a period, not to exceed
60 days. Failure to submit an audit on time, or within the extended
time that the commissioner may grant, is grounds for an order by
the commissioner to accept no new business pursuant to
subdivision begin delete (d). end delete begin insert (g). end insert The audits shall be private, except that a
synopsis of the balance sheet on a form prescribed by the
commissioner may be made available to the public.

(B) The audits shall be made in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards by an independent certified public
accountant or independent licensed public accountant whose
certification or license is in good standing at the time of the
preparation. The fee for filing the audit shall be three hundred
thirteen dollars ($313).

(C) The commissioner may refuse to accept an audit or order a
new audit for any of the following reasons:

(i) An adverse result in any proceeding before the California
Board of Accountancy affecting the auditor’s license.

(ii) The auditor has an affiliation with the underwritten title
company or any of its officers or directors that would prevent his
or her reports on the company from being reasonably objective.

(iii) The auditor has been convicted of a misdemeanor or felony
based on his or her activities as an accountant.

(iv) A judgment adverse to the auditor in any civil action finding
him or her guilty of fraud, deceit, or misrepresentation in the
practice of his or her profession.

(D) A company that fails to file an audit or other report on or
before the date it is due shall pay to the commissioner a penalty
fee of one hundred eighteen dollars ($118) and on failure to pay
that or another fee or file the audit required by this section shall
forfeit the privilege of accepting new business until the delinquency
is corrected.

(c) An underwritten title company may engage in the escrow
business and act as escrow agent, provided that:

(1) It maintains a record of all receipts and disbursements of
escrow funds.

(2) (A) It maintains a bond satisfactory to the commissioner in
the amount set forth in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of
subdivision begin delete (b) of this section. end delete begin insert (b). end insert The bond shall run to the state
for the use of the state, and for any person who has cause against
the obligor of the bond or under the provisions of this chapter.

(B) (i) In lieu of the bond described in subparagraph (A), the
company begin delete shall end delete begin insert may end insert maintain a deposit in the amount set forth in
subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) of subdivision begin delete (b) of this section, end delete
begin insert (b), end insert and in a form permitted by Section 12351, with the
commissioner, who shall immediately make a special deposit in
that amount in the State Treasury. The deposit shall be subject to
Sections 12353, 12356, 12357, and 12358. As long as there are
no claims against the deposit, all interest and dividends thereon
shall be paid to the depositor. The deposit shall be security for the
same beneficiaries and purposes as the bond, as set forth in
begin delete subparagraph (A) and in paragraph (3) of this subdivision. end delete
begin insert subdivision (d). end insert The deposit shall be maintained until four years
after all escrows handled by the depositor have been closed.

(ii) The commissioner may release the deposit prior to the
passage of the four-year period described in clause (i) upon
presentation of evidence satisfactory to the commissioner of either
a statutory merger of the depositor into a licensee subject to the
jurisdiction of the commissioner, or a valid assumption agreement
under which the liability of the depositor stemming from escrow
transactions handled by it is assumed by a licensee subject to the
jurisdiction of the commissioner.

(iii) With the foregoing exceptions, the deposit shall be returned
to the depositor or lawful successor in interest following the
four-year period described in clause (i) upon presentation of
evidence satisfactory to the commissioner that there are no claims
against the deposit arising out of escrow transactions handled by
the depositor. If claims against the deposit are presented to the
commissioner, the commissioner may pay a valid claim or claims
until the deposit amount is exhausted. If the commissioner has
evidence of one or more claims against the depositor, and the
depositor is in conservatorship, bankruptcy, or liquidation
proceedings, the commissioner may release the deposit to the
conservator, trustee, or liquidator. If the depositor is not in
conservatorship, bankruptcy or liquidation, the commissioner may
interplead the deposit by special endorsement to a court of
competent jurisdiction for distribution to claimants on the deposit.

begin delete

(3) (A)  The

end delete

begin insert (d) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert The end insert bond provided by a surety insurer begin insert pursuant to
subdivision (c) end insert naming the underwritten title company as principal
obligor or the letter of credit of an issuing bank shall be subject to
the following conditions:

begin delete

(i)

end delete

begin insert (A) end insert  The licensee shall faithfully conform to and abide by the
provisions of this chapter and all of the rules made by the
commissioner under this chapter concerning the conduct of escrow
services.

begin delete

(ii)

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert  The licensee will honestly and faithfully apply all funds
received, and will faithfully and honestly perform all obligations
and undertakings under this chapter, concerning the conduct of
escrow services.

begin delete

(B)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  In determining the liability of the principal and the sureties
under the bond, any money recovered to restore any deficiency in
the trust shall not be considered as an asset of the liquidation
subject to the assessment for the cost of the liquidation.

begin delete

(C)

end delete

begin insert (3) end insert  The surety under the bond, or the issuing bank of a letter of
credit, may pay the full amount of its liability thereunder to the
commissioner as conservator, liquidator, receiver, or anyone
appointed by the commissioner as a conservator, liquidator, or
receiver in lieu of payment to the state or persons having a cause
of action against the principal of a bond or applicant under a letter
of credit, and upon such payment the surety on the bond, or the
issuing bank under a letter of credit shall be completely released,
discharged, and exonerated from further liability under the bond
or letter of credit, as applicable. The conservator, liquidator, or
receiver may use the proceeds of the bond, or letter of credit, for
any purposes, including the funding of the costs of conservatorship,
receivership, or liquidation.

begin delete

(D)

end delete

begin insert (4) end insert  If there is no reasonable or adequate admitted market for
surety bonds as required by this section, the commissioner may
act pursuant to Section 1763.1 or, for good cause shown, may
permit a letter of credit in lieu thereof, and in the amount of the
bond or deposit required by this section. In that case, the
commissioner may fashion the letter of credit requirements as
appropriate to the circumstances and cause.

begin delete

(4)

end delete

begin insert (e) end insert   begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert On and after July 1, 2016, the commissioner shall
promptly release to the depositor, upon application, all
escrow-related deposits previously made pursuant to paragraph
(2) begin delete of subdivision (c) of former Section 12389 end delete begin insert as that paragraph
read on June 30, 2016, end insert if any of the following occurs:

(A) The underwritten title company has provided to the
commissioner bond coverage, a deposit, or an approved irrevocable
letter of credit as set forth in this subdivision.

(B) Upon presentation of evidence satisfactory to the
commissioner of either a statutory merger of the underwritten title
company depositor into a licensee or certificate holder subject to
the jurisdiction of the commissioner, or a valid assumption
agreement under which all liability of the depositor stemming from
escrow transactions handled by it is assumed by a licensee or
certificate holder subject to the jurisdiction of the commissioner.

begin delete

(5)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  Otherwise begin insert , end insert the deposit shall be promptly returned to the
depositor, its duly appointed trustee in begin delete bankruptcy or end delete begin insert bankruptcy,
or its end insert lawful successor in interest upon application for release
following the four-year period specified in paragraph begin delete (2) , end delete begin insert (2) of
subdivision (c) end insert as that paragraph read on June 30, 2016, unless the
commissioner has received claims against the deposit stemming
from escrow transactions handled by the depositor. If the
commissioner has received one or more claims against the
depositor, and the depositor is not in conservatorship, bankruptcy,
or liquidation, the commissioner may interplead the deposit by
special endorsement to a court of competent jurisdiction for
distribution on the basis that claims against the depositor stemming
from escrow transactions handled by the depositor have priority
in the distribution over other claims against the depositor.

begin delete

(d)

end delete

begin insert (f) end insert  The commissioner shall, whenever it appears necessary,
examine the business and affairs of a company licensed under this
section. The examination shall be at the expense of the company.

begin delete

(e)

end delete

begin insert (g) end insert  (1) At any time that the commissioner determines, after
notice and hearing, that a company licensed under this section has
willfully failed to comply with a provision of this section, the
commissioner shall make his or her order prohibiting the company
from conducting its business for a period of not more than one
year.

(2) A company that violates the commissioner’s order is subject
to seizure under Article 14 (commencing with Section 1010) of
Chapter 1 of Part 2 of Division 1, is guilty of a misdemeanor, and
may have its license revoked by the commissioner. Any person
aiding and abetting any company in a violation of the
commissioner’s order is guilty of a misdemeanor.

begin delete

(f)

end delete

begin insert (h) end insert  The purpose of this section is to maintain the solvency of
the companies subject to this section and to protect the public by
preventing fraud and requiring fair dealing. In order to carry out
these purposes, the commissioner may make reasonable rules and
regulations to govern the conduct of its business of companies
subject to this section. The rules and regulations shall be adopted,
amended, or repealed in accordance with the procedures provided
in Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of
Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code.

begin delete

(g)

end delete

begin insert (i) end insert  The name under which each underwritten title company is
licensed shall at all times be an approved name. The fee for filing
an application for a change of name shall be one hundred eighteen
dollars ($118). Each company shall be subject to the provisions
of Article 14 (commencing with Section 1010) and Article 14.5
(commencing with Section 1065.1) of Chapter 1 of Part 2 of
Division 1.

begin delete

(h)

end delete

begin insert (j) end insert  This section does not prohibit an underwritten title company
from engaging in escrow, settlement, or closing activities on
properties located outside this state if those activities do not violate
the laws of that other state or country.

begin delete

(i)

end delete

begin insert (k) end insert  This section is operative on July 1, 2016.

SEC. 214.  

Section 139.2 of the Labor Code is amended to read:

139.2.  

(a) The administrative director shall appoint qualified
medical evaluators in each of the respective specialties as required
for the evaluation of medical-legal issues. The appointments shall
be for two-year terms.

(b) The administrative director shall appoint or reappoint as a
qualified medical evaluator a physician, as defined in Section
3209.3, who is licensed to practice in this state and who
demonstrates that he or she meets the requirements in paragraphs
(1), (2), (6), and (7), and, if the physician is a medical doctor,
doctor of osteopathy, doctor of chiropractic, or a psychologist, that
he or she also meets the applicable requirements in paragraph (3),
(4), or (5).

(1) Prior to his or her appointment as a qualified medical
evaluator, passes an examination written and administered by the
administrative director for the purpose of demonstrating
competence in evaluating medical-legal issues in the workers’
compensation system. Physicians shall not be required to pass an
additional examination as a condition of reappointment. A
physician seeking appointment as a qualified medical evaluator
on or after January 1, 2001, shall also complete prior to
appointment, a course on disability evaluation report writing
approved by the administrative director. The administrative director
shall specify the curriculum to be covered by disability evaluation
report writing courses, which shall include, but is not limited to,
12 or more hours of instruction.

(2) Devotes at least one-third of total practice time to providing
direct medical treatment, or has served as an agreed medical
evaluator on eight or more occasions in the 12 months prior to
applying to be appointed as a qualified medical evaluator.

(3) Is a medical doctor or doctor of osteopathy and meets one
of the following requirements:

(A) Is board certified in a specialty by a board recognized by
the administrative director and either the Medical Board of
California or the Osteopathic Medical Board of California.

(B) Has successfully completed a residency training program
accredited by the Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical
Education or the osteopathic equivalent.

(C) Was an active qualified medical evaluator on June 30, 2000.

(D) Has qualifications that the administrative director and either
the Medical Board of California or the Osteopathic Medical Board
of California, as appropriate, both deem to be equivalent to board
certification in a specialty.

(4) Is a doctor of chiropractic and has been certified in California
workers’ compensation evaluation by a provider recognized by
the administrative director. The certification program shall include
instruction on disability evaluation report writing that meets the
standards set forth in paragraph (1).

(5) Is a psychologist and meets one of the following
requirements:

(A) Is board certified in clinical psychology by a board
recognized by the administrative director.

(B) Holds a doctoral degree in psychology, or a doctoral degree
deemed equivalent for licensure by the Board of Psychology
pursuant to Section 2914 of the Business and Professions Code,
from a university or professional school recognized by the
administrative director and has not less than five years’
postdoctoral experience in the diagnosis and treatment of emotional
and mental disorders.

(C) Has not less than five years’ postdoctoral experience in the
diagnosis and treatment of emotional and mental disorders, and
has served as an agreed medical evaluator on eight or more
occasions prior to January 1, 1990.

(6) Does not have a conflict of interest as determined under the
regulations adopted by the administrative director pursuant to
subdivision (o).

(7) Meets any additional medical or professional standards
adopted pursuant to paragraph (6) of subdivision (j).

(c) The administrative director shall adopt standards for
appointment of physicians who are retired or who hold teaching
positions who are exceptionally well qualified to serve as a
qualified medical evaluator even though they do not otherwise
qualify under paragraph (2) of subdivision (b). A physician whose
full-time practice is limited to the forensic evaluation of disability
shall not be appointed as a qualified medical evaluator under this
subdivision.

(d) The qualified medical evaluator, upon request, shall be
reappointed if he or she meets the qualifications of subdivision (b)
and meets all of the following criteria:

(1) Is in compliance with all applicable regulations and
evaluation guidelines adopted by the administrative director.

(2) Has not had more than five of his or her evaluations that
were considered by a workers’ compensation administrative law
judge at a contested hearing rejected by the workers’ compensation
administrative law judge or the appeals board pursuant to this
section during the most recent two-year period during which the
physician served as a qualified medical evaluator. If the workers’
compensation administrative law judge or the appeals board rejects
the qualified medical evaluator’s report on the basis that it fails to
meet the minimum standards for those reports established by the
administrative director or the appeals board, the workers’
compensation administrative law judge or the appeals board, as
the case may be, shall make a specific finding to that effect, and
shall give notice to the medical evaluator and to the administrative
director. Any rejection shall not be counted as one of the five
qualifying rejections until the specific finding has become final
and time for appeal has expired.

(3) Has completed within the previous 24 months at least 12
hours of continuing education in impairment evaluation or workers’
compensation-related medical dispute evaluation approved by the
administrative director.

(4) Has not been terminated, suspended, placed on probation,
or otherwise disciplined by the administrative director during his
or her most recent term as a qualified medical evaluator.

If the evaluator does not meet any one of these criteria, the
administrative director begin delete may end delete begin insert may, end insert in his or her begin delete discretion end delete begin insert discretion, end insert
reappoint or deny reappointment according to regulations adopted
by the administrative director. A physician who does not currently
meet the requirements for initial appointment or who has been
terminated under subdivision (e) because his or her license has
been revoked or terminated by the licensing authority shall not be
reappointed.

(e) The administrative director may, in his or her discretion,
suspend or terminate a qualified medical evaluator during his or
her term of appointment without a hearing as provided under
subdivision (k) or (l) whenever either of the following conditions
occurs:

(1) The evaluator’s license to practice in California has been
suspended by the relevant licensing authority so as to preclude
practice, or has been revoked or terminated by the licensing
authority.

(2) The evaluator has failed to timely pay the fee required by
the administrative director pursuant to subdivision (n).

(f) The administrative director shall furnish a physician, upon
request, with a written statement of its reasons for termination of,
or for denying appointment or reappointment as, a qualified
medical evaluator. Upon receipt of a specific response to the
statement of reasons, the administrative director shall review his
or her decision not to appoint or reappoint the physician or to
terminate the physician and shall notify the physician of its final
decision within 60 days after receipt of the physician’s response.

(g) The administrative director shall establish agreements with
qualified medical evaluators to ensure the expeditious evaluation
of cases assigned to them for comprehensive medical evaluations.

(h) (1) When requested by an employee or employer pursuant
to Section 4062.1, the medical director appointed pursuant to
Section 122 shall assign three-member panels of qualified medical
evaluators within five working days after receiving a request for
a panel. Preference in assigning panels shall be given to cases in
which the employee is not represented. If a panel is not assigned
within 20 working days, the employee shall have the right to obtain
a medical evaluation from any qualified medical evaluator of his
or her choice within a reasonable geographic area. The medical
director shall use a random selection method for assigning panels
of qualified medical evaluators. The medical director shall select
evaluators who are specialists of the type requested by the
employee. The medical director shall advise the employee that he
or she should consult with his or her treating physician prior to
deciding which type of specialist to request.

(2) The administrative director shall promulgate a form that
shall notify the employee of the physicians selected for his or her
panel after a request has been made pursuant to Section 4062.1 or
4062.2. The form shall include, for each physician on the panel,
the physician’s name, address, telephone number, specialty, number
of years in practice, and a brief description of his or her education
and training, and shall advise the employee that he or she is entitled
to receive transportation expenses and temporary disability for
each day necessary for the examination. The form shall also state
in a clear and conspicuous location and type: “You have the right
to consult with an information and assistance officer at no cost to
you prior to selecting the doctor to prepare your evaluation, or you
may consult with an attorney. If your claim eventually goes to
court, the workers’ compensation administrative law judge will
consider the evaluation prepared by the doctor you select to decide
your claim.”

(3) When compiling the list of evaluators from which to select
randomly, the medical director shall include all qualified medical
evaluators who meet all of the following criteria:

(A) He or she does not have a conflict of interest in the case, as
defined by regulations adopted pursuant to subdivision (o).

(B) He or she is certified by the administrative director to
evaluate in an appropriate specialty and at locations within the
general geographic area of the employee’s residence. An evaluator
shall not conduct qualified medical evaluations at more than 10
locations.

(C) He or she has not been suspended or terminated as a
qualified medical evaluator for failure to pay the fee required by
the administrative director pursuant to subdivision (n) or for any
other reason.

(4) When the medical director determines that an employee has
requested an evaluation by a type of specialist that is appropriate
for the employee’s injury, but there are not enough qualified
medical evaluators of that type within the general geographic area
of the employee’s residence to establish a three-member panel,
the medical director shall include sufficient qualified medical
evaluators from other geographic areas and the employer shall pay
all necessary travel costs incurred in the event the employee selects
an evaluator from another geographic area.

(i) The medical director appointed pursuant to Section 122 shall
continuously review the quality of comprehensive medical
evaluations and reports prepared by agreed and qualified medical
evaluators and the timeliness with which evaluation reports are
prepared and submitted. The review shall include, but not be
limited to, a review of a random sample of reports submitted to
the division, and a review of all reports alleged to be inaccurate
or incomplete by a party to a case for which the evaluation was
prepared. The medical director shall submit to the administrative
director an annual report summarizing the results of the continuous
review of medical evaluations and reports prepared by agreed and
qualified medical evaluators and make recommendations for the
improvement of the system of medical evaluations and
determinations.

(j) After public hearing pursuant to Section 5307.3, the
administrative director shall adopt regulations concerning the
following issues:

(1) (A) Standards governing the timeframes within which
medical evaluations shall be prepared and submitted by agreed
and qualified medical evaluators. Except as provided in this
subdivision, the timeframe for initial medical evaluations to be
prepared and submitted shall be no more than 30 days after the
evaluator has seen the employee or otherwise commenced the
medical evaluation procedure. The administrative director shall
develop regulations governing the provision of extensions of the
30-day period in both of the following cases:

(i) When the evaluator has not received test results or consulting
physician’s evaluations in time to meet the 30-day deadline.

(ii) To extend the 30-day period by not more than 15 days when
the failure to meet the 30-day deadline was for good cause.

(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A), “good cause” means any
of the following:

(i) Medical emergencies of the evaluator or evaluator’s family.

(ii) Death in the evaluator’s family.

(iii) Natural disasters or other community catastrophes that
interrupt the operation of the evaluator’s business.

(C) The administrative director shall develop timeframes
governing availability of qualified medical evaluators for
unrepresented employees under Section 4062.1. These timeframes
shall give the employee the right to the addition of a new evaluator
to his or her panel, selected at random, for each evaluator not
available to see the employee within a specified period of time,
but shall also permit the employee to waive this right for a specified
period of time thereafter.

(2) Procedures to be followed by all physicians in evaluating
the existence and extent of permanent impairment and limitations
resulting from an injury in a manner consistent with Sections 4660
and 4660.1.

(3) Procedures governing the determination of any disputed
medical treatment issues in a manner consistent with Section
5307.27.

(4) Procedures to be used in determining the compensability of
psychiatric injury. The procedures shall be in accordance with
Section 3208.3 and shall require that the diagnosis of a mental
disorder be expressed using the terminology and criteria of the
American Psychiatric Association’s Diagnostic and Statistical
Manual of Mental Disorders, Third Edition-Revised, or the
terminology and diagnostic criteria of other psychiatric diagnostic
manuals generally approved and accepted nationally by
practitioners in the field of psychiatric medicine.

(5) Guidelines for the range of time normally required to perform
the following:

(A) A medical-legal evaluation that has not been defined and
valued pursuant to Section 5307.6. The guidelines shall establish
minimum times for patient contact in the conduct of the
evaluations, and shall be consistent with regulations adopted
pursuant to Section 5307.6.

(B) Any treatment procedures that have not been defined and
valued pursuant to Section 5307.1.

(C) Any other evaluation procedure requested by the Insurance
Commissioner, or deemed appropriate by the administrative
director.

(6) Any additional medical or professional standards that a
medical evaluator shall meet as a condition of appointment,
reappointment, or maintenance in the status of a medical evaluator.

(k) Except as provided in this subdivision, the administrative
director may, in his or her discretion, suspend or terminate the
privilege of a physician to serve as a qualified medical evaluator
if the administrative director, after hearing pursuant to subdivision
(l), determines, based on substantial evidence, that a qualified
medical evaluator:

(1) Has violated any material statutory or administrative duty.

(2) Has failed to follow the medical procedures or qualifications
established pursuant to paragraph (2), (3), (4), or (5) of subdivision
(j).

(3) Has failed to comply with the timeframe standards
established pursuant to subdivision (j).

(4) Has failed to meet the requirements of subdivision (b) or
(c).

(5) Has prepared medical-legal evaluations that fail to meet the
minimum standards for those reports established by the
administrative director or the appeals board.

(6) Has made material misrepresentations or false statements
in an application for appointment or reappointment as a qualified
medical evaluator.

A hearing shall not be required prior to the suspension or
termination of a physician’s privilege to serve as a qualified
medical evaluator when the physician has done either of the
following:

(A) Failed to timely pay the fee required pursuant to subdivision
(n).

(B) Had his or her license to practice in California suspended
by the relevant licensing authority so as to preclude practice, or
had the license revoked or terminated by the licensing authority.

(l) The administrative director shall cite the qualified medical
evaluator for a violation listed in subdivision (k) and shall set a
hearing on the alleged violation within 30 days of service of the
citation on the qualified medical evaluator. In addition to the
authority to terminate or suspend the qualified medical evaluator
upon finding a violation listed in subdivision (k), the administrative
director may, in his or her discretion, place a qualified medical
evaluator on probation subject to appropriate conditions, including
ordering continuing education or training. The administrative
director shall report to the appropriate licensing board the name
of any qualified medical evaluator who is disciplined pursuant to
this subdivision.

(m) The administrative director shall terminate from the list of
medical evaluators any physician where licensure has been
terminated by the relevant licensing board, or who has been
convicted of a misdemeanor or felony related to the conduct of his
or her medical practice, or of a crime of moral turpitude. The
administrative director shall suspend or terminate as a medical
evaluator any physician who has been suspended or placed on
probation by the relevant licensing board. If a physician is
suspended or terminated as a qualified medical evaluator under
this subdivision, a report prepared by the physician that is not
complete, signed, and furnished to one or more of the parties prior
to the date of conviction or action of the licensing board, whichever
is earlier, shall not be admissible in any proceeding before the
appeals board nor shall there be any liability for payment for the
report and any expense incurred by the physician in connection
with the report.

(n) A qualified medical evaluator shall pay a fee, as determined
by the administrative director, for appointment or reappointment.
These fees shall be based on a sliding scale as established by the
administrative director. All revenues from fees paid under this
subdivision shall be deposited into the Workers’ Compensation
Administration Revolving Fund and are available for expenditure
upon appropriation by the Legislature, and shall not be used by
any other department or agency or for any purpose other than
administration of the programs of the Division of Workers’
Compensation related to the provision of medical treatment to
injured employees.

(o) An evaluator shall not request or accept any compensation
or other thing of value from any source that does or could create
a conflict with his or her duties as an evaluator under this code.
The administrative director, after consultation with the Commission
on Health and Safety and Workers’ Compensation, shall adopt
regulations to implement this subdivision.

SEC. 215.  

Section 1720 of the Labor Code is amended to read:

1720.  

(a) As used in this chapter, “public works” means:

(1) Construction, alteration, demolition, installation, or repair
work done under contract and paid for in whole or in part out of
public funds, except work done directly by any public utility
company pursuant to order of the Public Utilities Commission or
other public authority. For purposes of this paragraph,
“construction” includes work performed during the design and
preconstruction phases of construction, including, but not limited
to, inspection and land surveying work, and work performed during
the postconstruction phases of construction, including, but not
limited to, all cleanup work at the jobsite. For purposes of this
paragraph, “installation” includes, but is not limited to, the
assembly and disassembly of freestanding and affixed modular
office systems.

(2) Work done for irrigation, utility, reclamation, and
improvement districts, and other districts of this type. “Public
work” does not include the operation of the irrigation or drainage
system of any irrigation or reclamation district, except as used in
Section 1778 relating to retaining wages.

(3) Street, sewer, or other improvement work done under the
direction and supervision or by the authority of any officer or
public body of the state, or of any political subdivision or district
thereof, whether the political subdivision or district operates under
a freeholder’s charter or not.

(4) The laying of carpet done under a building lease-maintenance
contract and paid for out of public funds.

(5) The laying of carpet in a public building done under contract
and paid for in whole or in part out of public funds.

(6) Public transportation demonstration projects authorized
pursuant to Section 143 of the Streets and Highways Code.

(7) (A) Infrastructure project grants from the California
Advanced Services Fund pursuant to Section 281 of the Public
Utilities Code.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph, the Public Utilities
Commission is not the awarding body or the body awarding the
contract, as defined in Section 1722.

(b) For purposes of this section, “paid for in whole or in part
out of public funds” means all of the following:

(1) The payment of money or the equivalent of money by the
state or political subdivision directly to or on behalf of the public
works contractor, subcontractor, or developer.

(2) Performance of construction work by the state or political
subdivision in execution of the project.

(3) Transfer by the state or political subdivision of an asset of
value for less than fair market price.

(4) Fees, costs, rents, insurance or bond premiums, loans, interest
rates, or other obligations that would normally be required in the
execution of the contract, that are paid, reduced, charged at less
than fair market value, waived, or forgiven by the state or political
subdivision.

(5) Money loaned by the state or political subdivision that is to
be repaid on a contingent basis.

(6) Credits that are applied by the state or political subdivision
against repayment obligations to the state or political subdivision.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivision (b):

(1) Private residential projects built on private property are not
subject to the requirements of this chapter unless the projects are
built pursuant to an agreement with a state agency, redevelopment
agency, or local public housing authority.

(2) If the state or a political subdivision requires a private
developer to perform construction, alteration, demolition,
installation, or repair work on a public work of improvement as a
condition of regulatory approval of an otherwise private
development project, and the state or political subdivision
contributes no more money, or the equivalent of money, to the
overall project than is required to perform this public improvement
work, and the state or political subdivision maintains no proprietary
interest in the overall project, then only the public improvement
work shall thereby become subject to this chapter.

(3) If the state or a political subdivision reimburses a private
developer for costs that would normally be borne by the public,
or provides directly or indirectly a public subsidy to a private
development project that is de minimis in the context of the project,
an otherwise private development project shall not thereby become
subject to the requirements of this chapter.

(4) The construction or rehabilitation of affordable housing units
for low- or moderate-income persons pursuant to paragraph (5) or
(7) of subdivision (e) of Section 33334.2 of the Health and Safety
Code that are paid for solely with moneys from the Low and
Moderate Income Housing Fund established pursuant to Section
33334.3 of the Health and Safety Code or that are paid for by a
combination of private funds and funds available pursuant to
Section 33334.2 or 33334.3 of the Health and Safety Code do not
constitute a project that is paid for in whole or in part out of public
funds.

(5) Unless otherwise required by a public funding program, the
construction or rehabilitation of privately owned residential projects
is not subject to the requirements of this chapter if one or more of
the following conditions are met:

(A) The project is a self-help housing project in which no fewer
than 500 hours of construction work associated with the homes
are to be performed by the home buyers.

(B) The project consists of rehabilitation or expansion work
associated with a facility operated on a not-for-profit basis as
temporary or transitional housing for homeless persons with a total
project cost of less than twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000).

(C) Assistance is provided to a household as either mortgage
assistance, downpayment assistance, or for the rehabilitation of a
single-family home.

(D) The project consists of new construction, expansion, or
rehabilitation work associated with a facility developed by a
nonprofit organization to be operated on a not-for-profit basis to
provide emergency or transitional shelter and ancillary services
and assistance to homeless adults and children. The nonprofit
organization operating the project shall provide, at no profit, not
less than 50 percent of the total project cost from nonpublic
sources, excluding real property that is transferred or leased. Total
project cost includes the value of donated labor, materials,
begin delete architectural, end delete and begin insert architectural and end insert engineering services.

(E) The public participation in the project that would otherwise
meet the criteria of subdivision (b) is public funding in the form
of below-market interest rate loans for a project in which
occupancy of at least 40 percent of the units is restricted for at
least 20 years, by deed or regulatory agreement, to individuals or
families earning no more than 80 percent of the area median
income.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of this section to the contrary,
the following projects shall not, solely by reason of this section,
be subject to the requirements of this chapter:

(1) Qualified residential rental projects, as defined by Section
142(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, financed in whole or in part
through the issuance of bonds that receive allocation of a portion
of the state ceiling pursuant to Chapter 11.8 (commencing with
Section 8869.80) of Division 1 of Title 2 of the Government Code
on or before December 31, 2003.

(2) Single-family residential projects financed in whole or in
part through the issuance of qualified mortgage revenue bonds or
qualified veterans’ mortgage bonds, as defined by Section 143 of
the Internal Revenue Code, or with mortgage credit certificates
under a Qualified Mortgage Credit Certificate Program, as defined
by Section 25 of the Internal Revenue Code, that receive allocation
of a portion of the state ceiling pursuant to Chapter 11.8
(commencing with Section 8869.80) of Division 1 of Title 2 of
the Government Code on or before December 31, 2003.

(3) Low-income housing projects that are allocated federal or
state low-income housing tax credits pursuant to Section 42 of the
Internal Revenue Code, Chapter 3.6 (commencing with Section
50199.4) of Part 1 of Division 31 of the Health and Safety Code,
or Section 12206, 17058, or 23610.5 of the Revenue and Taxation
Code, on or before December 31, 2003.

(e) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of subdivision (a),
construction, alteration, demolition, installation, or repair work on
the electric transmission system located in California constitutes
a public works project for the purposes of this chapter.

(f) If a statute, other than this section, or a regulation, other than
a regulation adopted pursuant to this section, or an ordinance or a
contract applies this chapter to a project, the exclusions set forth
in subdivision (d) do not apply to that project.

(g) For purposes of this section, references to the Internal
Revenue Code mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, and include the corresponding predecessor sections of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended.

(h) The amendments made to this section by either Chapter 938
of the Statutes of 2001 or the act adding this subdivision shall not
be construed to preempt local ordinances requiring the payment
of prevailing wages on housing projects.

SEC. 216.  

Section 2750.8 of the Labor Code is amended to
read:

2750.8.  

(a) The Labor Commissioner and the begin delete Department of end delete
Employment Development begin insert Department end insert shall administer the Motor
Carrier Employer Amnesty Program pursuant to which,
notwithstanding any law, an eligible motor carrier performing
drayage services at any port shall be relieved of liability for
statutory or civil penalties associated with the misclassification of
commercial drivers as independent contractors, as provided by
this program, if the eligible motor carrier executes a settlement
agreement with the Labor Commissioner whereby the eligible
motor carrier agrees to, among other things, properly classify all
of its commercial drivers as employees.

(b) As used in this section, the following terms shall have the
following meanings:

(1) “Commercial driver” means a person who holds a valid
commercial driver’s license who is hired or contracted to provide
port drayage services.

(2) “Department” means the Employment Development
Department.

(3) “Eligible motor carrier” means a motor carrier that shall not
have any of the following on the date it applies to participate in
the program:

(A) A civil lawsuit that was filed on or before December 31,
2015, pending against it in a state or federal court that alleges or
involves a misclassification of a commercial driver.

(B) A penalty assessed by the department pursuant to Section
1128 begin insert of the Unemployment Insurance Code end insert that is final imposition
of that penalty.

(4) “Motor carrier” means a registered owner, lessee, licensee,
or bailee of a commercial motor vehicle, as set forth in subdivision
(b) of Section 15210 of the Vehicle Code, that operates or directs
the operation of a commercial motor vehicle on a for-hire or
not-for-hire basis to perform port drayage services.

(5) “Port” means any sea or river port located in this state.

(6) “Program” means the Motor Carrier Employer Amnesty
Program established by this section and as provided by Article 8.6
(commencing with Section 1160) of Chapter 4 of Part 1 of Division
1 of the Unemployment Insurance Code.

(c) (1) A motor carrier shall only apply to participate in the
program by doing all of the following:

(A) Submit an application to the Labor Commissioner, on a
form provided by the Labor Commissioner. The application shall,
at a minimum, require the motor carrier to establish it qualifies as
an eligible motor carrier.

(B) Report on the results of a self-audit in accordance with the
guidelines provided by the Labor Commissioner.

(2) A motor carrier that voluntarily or as a result of a final
disposition in a civil proceeding reclassified its commercial drivers
as employees on or before January 1, 2016, shall, in addition to
other information requested by the Labor Commissioner, also
submit with its application all of the following:

(A) Documentation demonstrating that the motor carrier
reclassified its commercial drivers as employees, including the
commencement period applicable to the reclassification.

(B) The identification of each commercial driver reclassified
in the documents provided in subparagraph (A), the amounts paid
to each commercial driver to compensate for the previous
misclassification, and the time period applicable to the amount
paid to each commercial driver prior to reclassification.

(C) A report of a self-audit for all commercial drivers
reclassified by the motor carrier identified in subparagraphs (A)
and (B), and also include a separate self-audit report for any
commercial driver who is subject to reclassification, but is not
identified in subparagraph (B).

(3) A proceeding or action against a motor carrier pursuant to
Sections 2698 to 2699.5, inclusive, shall not be initiated after the
motor carrier has submitted an application for participation in the
program, but may be initiated if the motor carrier’s application is
denied.

(4) If a motor carrier’s application to participate begin insert in end insert the program
is denied by the Labor Commissioner, the application or its
submission shall not be considered an acknowledgment or
admission by the motor carrier that it misclassified its commercial
drivers as independent contractors, and the application or its
submission shall not be construed in any way to support an
evidentiary inference that the motor carrier failed to properly
classify its commercial drivers as employees.

(d) The Labor Commissioner shall analyze the information
provided pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (c) for the
purpose of evaluating the scope of a prior reclassification of an
eligible motor carrier’s commercial drivers to employees and has
discretionary authority to determine whether the scope was
sufficient to afford relief to the misclassified commercial drivers.

(e) Before January 1, 2017, the Labor Commissioner, with the
cooperation and consent of the department, may negotiate and
execute a settlement agreement with an eligible motor carrier
pursuant to the program that applied to participate in the program.
The Labor Commissioner shall not execute a settlement agreement
on or after January 1, 2017.

(f) Prior to the Labor Commissioner executing a settlement
agreement, an eligible motor carrier shall file its contribution
returns and report unreported wages and taxes for the time period
it seeks relief under the settlement agreement.

(g) A settlement agreement executed by the Labor Commissioner
and an eligible motor carrier pursuant to the program shall require
an eligible motor carrier to do all of the following:

(1) Pay all wages, benefits, and taxes owed, if any, to or in
relation to all of its commercial drivers reclassified from
independent contractors to employees for the period of time from
the first date of misclassification to the date the settlement
agreement is executed, but not exceeding the applicable statute of
limitations.

(2) Maintain any converted commercial driver positions as
employee positions.

(3) Consent that any future commercial drivers hired to perform
the same or similar duties as those employees converted pursuant
to the settlement agreement shall be presumed to have employee
status and that the eligible motor carrier shall have the burden to
prove by clear and convincing evidence that they are not employees
in any administrative or judicial proceeding in which their
employment status is an issue.

(4) Immediately after the execution of the settlement agreement,
secure the workers’ compensation coverage that is legally required
for the commercial drivers who were reclassified as employees,
effective on or before the date the settlement agreement is executed.

(5) Provide the Labor Commissioner and the department with
proof of workers’ compensation insurance coverage in compliance
with paragraph (4) within five days of securing the coverage.

(6) Pay the costs authorized by subdivision (h), if required.

(7) Perform any other requirements or provisions the Labor
Commissioner and the department deem necessary to carry out
the intent of this section, the program, or to enforce the settlement
agreement.

(h) A settlement agreement may require an eligible motor carrier
to pay the reasonable, actual costs of the Labor Commissioner and
the department for their respective review, approval, and
compliance monitoring of the settlement agreement. The costs
shall be deposited into the Labor Enforcement and Compliance
Fund. The portion of the costs attributable to the department shall
be transferred to the department upon appropriation by the
Legislature.

(i) The settlement agreement may include provisions for an
eligible motor carrier to make installment payments of amounts
due pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (6) of subdivision (g) in lieu
of a full payment. An installment payment agreement shall be
included within the settlement agreement and charge interest on
the outstanding amounts due at the rate prescribed in Sections 1113
and 1129 of the Unemployment Insurance Code. Interest on
amounts due shall be charged from the day after the date the
settlement agreement is executed. The settlement agreement shall
contain a provision that if a motor carrier fails, without good cause,
to fully comply with terms of the settlement agreement authorizing
installment payments, the settlement agreement shall be null and
void and the total amount of tax, interest, and penalties for the time
period covered by the settlement agreement shall be immediately
due and payable.

(j) The Labor Commissioner and the department may share any
information necessary to carry out the program. Sharing
information pursuant to this subdivision shall not constitute a
waiver of any applicable confidentiality requirements and the party
receiving the information shall be subject to any existing
confidentiality requirements for that information.

(k) (1) Notwithstanding any other law and pursuant to the
program, an eligible motor carrier that executed and performed its
obligations pursuant to a settlement agreement shall not be liable,
and the Labor Commissioner or the department shall not enforce,
any civil or statutory penalties, including, but not limited to,
remedies available under subdivision (e) of Section 226, that might
have become due and payable for the time period covered by the
settlement agreement, except for the following penalties:

(A) A penalty charged under Section 1128 of the Unemployment
Insurance Code that is final on the date of the settlement agreement
is executed, unless the penalty is reversed by the California
Unemployment Insurance Appeals Board.

(B) A penalty for an amount an eligible motor carrier admitted
was based on fraud or made with the intent to evade the reporting
requirements set forth in this division or authorized regulations.

(C) A penalty based on a violation of this division or Division
6 (commencing with Section 13000) begin insert of the Unemployment
Insurance Code end insert and either of the following:

(i) The eligible motor carrier was on notice of a criminal
investigation due to a complaint having been filed or by written
notice having been mailed to the eligible motor carrier informing
the motor carrier that it is under criminal investigation.

(ii) A criminal court proceeding has already been initiated
against the eligible motor carrier.

(2) (A) Notwithstanding any other law and pursuant to the
program, an eligible motor carrier that executed and performed its
obligations pursuant to a settlement agreement shall not be liable,
and the Labor Commissioner or the department shall not enforce,
any unpaid penalties, and interest owed on unpaid penalties, on or
before the date the settlement agreement was executed, pursuant
to Sections 1112.5, 1126, and 1127 of the Unemployment Insurance
Code for the tax reporting periods for which the settlement
agreement is applicable, that are owed as a result of the
nonpayment of tax liabilities due to the misclassification of one
or more commercial drivers as independent contractors and the
reclassification of these commercial drivers as employees, except
that penalties, and interest owed on penalties, established as a result
of an assessment issued by the department before the date the
settlement agreement was executed shall not be waived pursuant
to the program.

(B) For purposes of paragraph (1), state personal income taxes
required to be withheld by Section 13020 of the Unemployment
Insurance Code and owed by the motor carrier pursuant to Section
13070 of the Unemployment Insurance Code shall not be collected,
if the eligible motor carrier issued an information return pursuant
to Section 6041A of the Internal Revenue Code reporting payment
or if the commercial driver certifies that the state personal tax has
been paid or that he or she has reported to the Franchise Tax Board
the payment against which the state personal income tax would
have been imposed.

(3) A refund or credit for any penalty or interest paid prior to
the date an eligible motor carrier applied to participate in the
program shall not be granted.

(4) Except for violations described in Section 2119 of the
Unemployment Insurance Code, the department shall not bring a
criminal action for failing to report tax liabilities against an eligible
motor carrier that executed and performed its obligations pursuant
to a settlement agreement for the tax reporting periods subject to
the settlement agreement.

(l) The statute of limitations on any claim or liability that might
have been asserted against a motor carrier based on the motor
carrier having misclassified a commercial driver as an independent
contractor shall be tolled from the date a motor carrier applies for
participation in the program through the date the Labor
Commissioner either denies the motor carrier participation in the
program or the motor carrier, as an eligible motor carrier, has failed
to perform an obligation under the settlement agreement, whichever
is later.

(m) The recovery obtained by the Labor Commissioner on behalf
of a reclassified commercial driver pursuant to a settlement
agreement shall be tendered to the commercial driver on the
condition that the commercial driver shall execute a release of all
claims the commercial driver may have against the eligible motor
carrier based on the eligible motor carrier’s failure to classify the
commercial driver as an employee. A commercial driver shall not
be under any obligation to accept the terms of a settlement
agreement. If a commercial driver declines to accept the terms of
a settlement agreement, the commercial driver shall not be bound
by the settlement agreement, except that the eligible motor carrier
shall still reclassify the commercial driver as an employee and that
commercial driver shall be precluded from begin delete pursing end delete begin insert pursuing end insert a
claim for civil penalties or statutory penalties covered by the period
of time covered by the settlement agreement. If a commercial
driver does not accept the terms of a settlement agreement, the
motor carrier shall be excused from performing its requirement
under the settlement agreement to pay the amount acknowledged
in the settlement agreement to be due to that commercial driver.

(n) (1) If the Labor Commissioner determines an eligible motor
carrier violated or failed to perform any of its obligations under a
settlement agreement, the Labor Commissioner may file a civil
action to enforce the settlement agreement.

(2) (A) If the Labor Commissioner files a civil action seeking
only recovery of the amounts due to commercial drivers under the
settlement agreement, the Labor Commissioner may obtain judicial
enforcement by filing a petition for entry of judgment for the
liabilities due and remaining pursuant to the settlement agreement.

(B) After filing a petition pursuant to subparagraph (A), the
Labor Commissioner may file an application for an order to show
cause and serve it on the eligible motor carrier. Within 60 days of
the date the Labor Commissioner filed the order to show cause,
the court shall hold a hearing and enter a judgment. The judgment
shall be in amounts which are due and owing to commercial drivers
pursuant to the settlement agreement with credits, if any, for
applicable payments the eligible motor carrier made under the
settlement agreement. A judgment entered pursuant to this
paragraph shall not preclude subsequent action to recover civil
penalties or statutory penalties by the Labor Commissioner, or by
an employee pursuant to begin delete Section end delete begin insert Sections end insert 2698 to 2699.5, inclusive.

(3) If the court determines in any action filed by the Labor
Commissioner that a motor carrier has violated or otherwise failed
to perform any of its obligations under a settlement agreement,
the court shall award the Labor Commissioner costs and reasonable
attorney’s fees.

SEC. 217.  

Section 3503 of the Labor Code is amended to read:

3503.  

begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert person is begin insert not end insert a dependent of begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert deceased
employee unless in good faith a member of the family or household
of the employee, or unless the person bears to the employee the
relation of husband or wife, child, posthumous child, adopted child
or stepchild, grandchild, father or mother, father-in-law or
mother-in-law, grandfather or grandmother, brother or sister, uncle
or aunt, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, begin insert or end insert nephew or niece.

SEC. 218.  

Section 4663 of the Labor Code is amended to read:

4663.  

(a) Apportionment of permanent disability shall be based
on causation.

(b)  begin delete Any end delete begin insert A end insert physician who prepares a report addressing the issue
of permanent disability due to a claimed industrial injury shall
begin insert address end insert in that report begin delete address end delete the issue of causation of the
permanent disability.

(c) In order for a physician’s report to be considered complete
on the issue of permanent disability, the report must include an
apportionment determination. A physician shall make an
apportionment determination by finding what approximate
percentage of the permanent disability was caused by the direct
result of injury arising out of and occurring in the course of
employment and what approximate percentage of the permanent
disability was caused by other factors both before and subsequent
to the industrial injury, including prior industrial injuries. If the
physician is unable to include an apportionment determination in
his or her report, the physician shall state the specific reasons why
the physician could not make a determination of the effect of that
prior condition on the permanent disability arising from the injury.
The physician shall then consult with other physicians or refer the
employee to another physician from whom the employee is
authorized to seek treatment or evaluation in accordance with this
division in order to make the final determination.

(d) An employee who claims an industrial injury shall, upon
request, disclose all previous permanent disabilities or physical
impairments.

(e) Subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) begin delete shall end delete begin insert do end insert not apply to injuries
or illnesses covered under Sections 3212, 3212.1, 3212.2, 3212.3,
3212.4, 3212.5, 3212.6, 3212.7, 3212.8, 3212.85, 3212.9, 3212.10,
3212.11, 3212.12, 3213, and 3213.2.

SEC. 219.  

Section 451 of the Military and Veterans Code is
amended to read:

451.  

(a) The constitution and jurisdiction of general
courts-martial, special courts-martial, summary courts-martial,
and courts of inquiry, the form and manner in which the
proceedings are conducted and recorded, the forms of oaths and
affirmations taken in the administration of military law by such
courts, the limits of punishment, and the proceedings in the revision
thereof, shall be governed by the terms of the laws and regulations
governing the United States Army, Air Force, or Navy, and the
law and procedure of similar courts of the United States Army,
Air Force, or Navy, except as otherwise provided in this chapter.

(b) The begin delete provisions of the end delete Uniform Code of Military Justice, and
the rules and regulations published thereunder, shall govern and
be applicable to the active militia, including the California National
Guard, except as otherwise provided in this code, the California
Manual for Courts-Martial, or other regulations as adopted by the
Governor or Adjutant General.

SEC. 220.  

Section 136.2 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

136.2.  

(a) (1) Upon a good cause belief that harm to, or
intimidation or dissuasion of, a victim or witness has occurred or
is reasonably likely to occur, a court with jurisdiction over a
criminal matter may issue orders, including, but not limited to, the
following:

(A) An order issued pursuant to Section 6320 of the Family
Code.

(B) An order that a defendant shall not violate any provision of
Section 136.1.

(C) An order that a person before the court other than a
defendant, including, but not limited to, a subpoenaed witness or
other person entering the courtroom of the court, shall not violate
any begin delete provisions end delete begin insert provision end insert of Section 136.1.

(D) An order that a person described in this section shall have
no communication whatsoever with a specified witness or a victim,
except through an attorney under reasonable restrictions that the
court may impose.

(E) An order calling for a hearing to determine if an order as
described in subparagraphs (A) to (D), inclusive, should be issued.

(F) (i) An order that a particular law enforcement agency within
the jurisdiction of the court provide protection for a victim or a
witness, or both, or for immediate family members of a victim or
a witness who reside in the same household as the victim or witness
or within reasonable proximity of the victim’s or witness’
household, as determined by the court. The order shall not be made
without the consent of the law enforcement agency except for
limited and specified periods of time and upon an express finding
by the court of a clear and present danger of harm to the victim or
witness or immediate family members of the victim or witness.

(ii) For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family members”
include the spouse, children, or parents of the victim or witness.

(G) (i) An order protecting a victim or witness of violent crime
from all contact by the defendant, or contact, with the intent to
annoy, harass, threaten, or commit acts of violence, by the
defendant. The court or its designee shall transmit orders made
under this paragraph to law enforcement personnel within one
business day of the issuance, modification, extension, or
termination of the order, pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section
6380 of the Family Code. It is the responsibility of the court to
transmit the modification, extension, or termination orders made
under this paragraph to the same agency that entered the original
protective order into the Domestic Violence Restraining Order
System.

(ii) (I) If a court does not issue an order pursuant to clause (i)
in a case in which the defendant is charged with a crime involving
domestic violence as defined in Section 13700 or in Section 6211
of the Family Code, the court on its own motion shall consider
issuing a protective order upon a good cause belief that harm to,
or intimidation or dissuasion of, a victim or witness has occurred
or is reasonably likely to occur, that provides as follows:

(ia) The defendant shall not own, possess, purchase, receive, or
attempt to purchase or receive, a firearm while the protective order
is in effect.

(ib) The defendant shall relinquish any firearms that he or she
owns or possesses pursuant to Section 527.9 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(II) Every person who owns, possesses, purchases, or receives,
or attempts to purchase or receive, a firearm while this protective
order is in effect is punishable pursuant to Section 29825.

(iii) An order issued, modified, extended, or terminated by a
court pursuant to this subparagraph shall be issued on forms
adopted by the Judicial Council of California begin delete and end delete that have been
approved by the Department of Justice pursuant to subdivision (i)
of Section 6380 of the Family Code. However, the fact that an
order issued by a court pursuant to this section was not issued on
forms adopted by the Judicial Council and approved by the
Department of Justice shall not, in and of itself, make the order
unenforceable.

(iv) A protective order issued under this subparagraph may
require the defendant to be placed on electronic monitoring if the
local government, with the concurrence of the county sheriff or
the chief probation officer with jurisdiction, adopts a policy to
authorize electronic monitoring of defendants and specifies the
agency with jurisdiction for this purpose. If the court determines
that the defendant has the ability to pay for the monitoring program,
the court shall order the defendant to pay for the monitoring. If
the court determines that the defendant does not have the ability
to pay for the electronic monitoring, the court may order electronic
monitoring to be paid for by the local government that adopted
the policy to authorize electronic monitoring. The duration of
electronic monitoring shall not exceed one year from the date the
order is issued. At no time shall the electronic monitoring be in
place if the protective order is not in place.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision, a minor who was not a
victim of, but who was physically present at the time of, an act of
domestic violence, is a witness and is deemed to have suffered
harm within the meaning of paragraph (1).

(b) A person violating an order made pursuant to subparagraphs
(A) to (G), inclusive, of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) may be
punished for any substantive offense described in Section 136.1,
or for a contempt of the court making the order. A finding of
contempt shall not be a bar to prosecution for a violation of Section
136.1. However, a person so held in contempt shall be entitled to
credit for punishment imposed therein against a sentence imposed
upon conviction of an offense described in Section 136.1. A
conviction or acquittal for a substantive offense under Section
136.1 shall be a bar to a subsequent punishment for contempt
arising out of the same act.

(c) (1) (A) Notwithstanding subdivision (e), an emergency
protective order issued pursuant to Chapter 2 (commencing with
Section 6250) of Part 3 of Division 10 of the Family Code or
Section 646.91 shall have precedence in enforcement over any
other restraining or protective order, provided the emergency
protective order meets all of the following requirements:

(i) The emergency protective order is issued to protect one or
more individuals who are already protected persons under another
restraining or protective order.

(ii) The emergency protective order restrains the individual who
is the restrained person in the other restraining or protective order
specified in clause (i).

(iii) The provisions of the emergency protective order are more
restrictive in relation to the restrained person than are the provisions
of the other restraining or protective order specified in clause (i).

(B) An emergency protective order that meets the requirements
of subparagraph (A) shall have precedence in enforcement over
the provisions of any other restraining or protective order only
with respect to those provisions of the emergency protective order
that are more restrictive in relation to the restrained person.

(2) Except as described in paragraph (1), a no-contact order, as
described in Section 6320 of the Family Code, shall have
precedence in enforcement over any other restraining or protective
order.

(d) (1) A person subject to a protective order issued under this
section shall not own, possess, purchase, or receive, or attempt to
purchase or receive, a firearm while the protective order is in effect.

(2) The court shall order a person subject to a protective order
issued under this section to relinquish any firearms he or she owns
or possesses pursuant to Section 527.9 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(3) A person who owns, possesses, purchases, or receives, or
attempts to purchase or receive, a firearm while the protective
order is in effect is punishable pursuant to Section 29825.

(e) (1) In all cases in which the defendant is charged with a
crime involving domestic violence, as defined in Section 13700
or in Section 6211 of the Family Code, or a violation of Section
261, 261.5, or 262, or any crime that requires the defendant to
register pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 290, the court shall
consider issuing the above-described orders on its own motion.
All interested parties shall receive a copy of those orders. In order
to facilitate this, the court’s records of all criminal cases involving
domestic violence or a violation of Section 261, 261.5, or 262, or
any crime that requires the defendant to register pursuant to
subdivision (c) of Section 290, shall be marked to clearly alert the
court to this issue.

(2) In those cases in which a complaint, information, or
indictment charging a crime involving domestic violence, as
defined in Section 13700 or in Section 6211 of the Family Code,
or a violation of Section 261, 261.5, or 262, or any crime that
requires the defendant to register pursuant to subdivision (c) of
Section 290, has been issued, except as described in subdivision
(c), a restraining order or protective order against the defendant
issued by the criminal court in that case has precedence in
enforcement over a civil court order against the defendant.

(3) Custody and visitation with respect to the defendant and his
or her minor children may be ordered by a family or juvenile court
consistent with the protocol established pursuant to subdivision
(f), but if ordered after a criminal protective order has been issued
pursuant to this section, the custody and visitation order shall make
reference to, and, if there is not an emergency protective order that
has precedence in enforcement pursuant to paragraph (1) of
subdivision (c), or a no-contact order, as described in Section 6320
of the Family Code, acknowledge the precedence of enforcement
of, an appropriate criminal protective order. On or before July 1,
2014, the Judicial Council shall modify the criminal and civil court
forms consistent with this subdivision.

(f) On or before January 1, 2003, the Judicial Council shall
promulgate a protocol, for adoption by each local court in
substantially similar terms, to provide for the timely coordination
of all orders against the same defendant and in favor of the same
named victim or victims. The protocol shall include, but shall not
be limited to, mechanisms for ensuring appropriate communication
and information sharing between criminal, family, and juvenile
courts concerning orders and cases that involve the same parties,
and shall permit a family or juvenile court order to coexist with a
criminal court protective order subject to the following conditions:

(1) An order that permits contact between the restrained person
and his or her children shall provide for the safe exchange of the
children and shall not contain language either printed or
handwritten that violates a “no-contact order” issued by a criminal
court.

(2) Safety of all parties shall be the courts’ paramount concern.
The family or juvenile court shall specify the time, day, place, and
manner of transfer of the child, as provided in Section 3100 of the
Family Code.

(g) On or before January 1, 2003, the Judicial Council shall
modify the criminal and civil court protective order forms
consistent with this section.

(h) (1) In any case in which a complaint, information, or
indictment charging a crime involving domestic violence, as
defined in Section 13700 or in Section 6211 of the Family Code,
has been filed, the court may consider, in determining whether
good cause exists to issue an order under subparagraph (A) of
paragraph (1) of subdivision (a), the underlying nature of the
offense charged, and the information provided to the court pursuant
to Section 273.75.

(2) In any case in which a complaint, information, or indictment
charging a violation of Section 261, 261.5, or 262, or any crime
that requires the defendant to register pursuant to subdivision (c)
of Section 290, has been filed, the court may consider, in
determining whether good cause exists to issue an order under
paragraph (1) of subdivision (a), the underlying nature of the
offense charged, the defendant’s relationship to the victim, the
likelihood of continuing harm to the victim, any current restraining
order or protective order issued by any civil or criminal court
involving the defendant, and the defendant’s criminal history,
including, but not limited to, prior convictions for a violation of
Section 261, 261.5, or 262, a crime that requires the defendant to
register pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 290, any other forms
of violence, or any weapons offense.

(i) (1) In all cases in which a criminal defendant has been
convicted of a crime involving domestic violence as defined in
Section 13700 or in Section 6211 of the Family Code, a violation
of Section 261, 261.5, or 262, or any crime that requires the
defendant to register pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 290,
the court, at the time of sentencing, shall consider issuing an order
restraining the defendant from any contact with the victim. The
order may be valid for up to 10 years, as determined by the court.
This protective order may be issued by the court regardless of
whether the defendant is sentenced to the state prison or a county
jail or subject to mandatory supervision, or whether imposition of
sentence is suspended and the defendant is placed on probation.
It is the intent of the Legislature in enacting this subdivision that
the duration of any restraining order issued by the court be based
upon the seriousness of the facts before the court, the probability
of future violations, and the safety of the victim and his or her
immediate family.

(2) An order under this subdivision may include provisions for
electronic monitoring if the local government, upon receiving the
concurrence of the county sheriff or the chief probation officer
with jurisdiction, adopts a policy authorizing electronic monitoring
of defendants and specifies the agency with jurisdiction for this
purpose. If the court determines that the defendant has the ability
to pay for the monitoring program, the court shall order the
defendant to pay for the monitoring. If the court determines that
the defendant does not have the ability to pay for the electronic
monitoring, the court may order the electronic monitoring to be
paid for by the local government that adopted the policy authorizing
electronic monitoring. The duration of the electronic monitoring
shall not exceed one year from the date the order is issued.

(j) For purposes of this section, “local government” means the
county that has jurisdiction over the protective order.

SEC. 221.  

Section 186.2 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

186.2.  

For purposes of this chapter, the following definitions
apply:

(a) “Criminal profiteering activity” means any act committed
or attempted or any threat made for financial gain or advantage,
which act or threat may be charged as a crime under any of the
following sections:

(1) Arson, as defined in Section 451.

(2) Bribery, as defined in Sections 67, 67.5, and 68.

(3) Child pornography or exploitation, as defined in subdivision
(b) of Section 311.2, or Section 311.3 or 311.4, which may be
prosecuted as a felony.

(4) Felonious assault, as defined in Section 245.

(5) Embezzlement, as defined in Sections 424 and 503.

(6) Extortion, as defined in Section 518.

(7) Forgery, as defined in Section 470.

(8) Gambling, as defined in Sections 337a to 337f, inclusive,
and Section 337i, except the activities of a person who participates
solely as an individual bettor.

(9) Kidnapping, as defined in Section 207.

(10) Mayhem, as defined in Section 203.

(11) Murder, as defined in Section 187.

(12) Pimping and pandering, as defined in Section 266.

(13) Receiving stolen property, as defined in Section 496.

(14) Robbery, as defined in Section 211.

(15) Solicitation of crimes, as defined in Section 653f.

(16) Grand theft, as defined in Section 487 or subdivision (a)
of Section 487a.

(17) Trafficking in controlled substances, as defined in Sections
11351, 11352, and 11353 of the Health and Safety Code.

(18) Violation of the laws governing corporate securities, as
defined in Section 25541 of the Corporations Code.

(19) Offenses contained in Chapter 7.5 (commencing with
Section 311) of Title 9, relating to obscene matter, or in Chapter
7.6 (commencing with Section 313) of Title 9, relating to harmful
matter that may be prosecuted as a felony.

(20) Presentation of a false or fraudulent claim, as defined in
Section 550.

(21) False or fraudulent activities, schemes, or artifices, as
described in Section 14107 of the Welfare and Institutions Code.

(22) Money laundering, as defined in Section 186.10.

(23) Offenses relating to the counterfeit of a registered mark,
as specified in Section 350, or offenses relating to piracy, as
specified in Section 653w.

(24) Offenses relating to the unauthorized access to computers,
computer systems, and computer data, as specified in Section 502.

(25) Conspiracy to commit any of the crimes listed above, as
defined in Section 182.

(26) Subdivision (a) of Section 186.22, or a felony subject to
enhancement as specified in subdivision (b) of Section 186.22.

(27) Offenses related to fraud or theft against the state’s
beverage container recycling program, including, but not limited
to, those offenses specified in this subdivision and those criminal
offenses specified in the California Beverage Container Recycling
and Litter Reduction Act, commencing at Section 14500 of the
Public Resources Code.

(28) Human trafficking, as defined in Section 236.1.

(29) Any crime in which the perpetrator induces, encourages,
or persuades a person under 18 years of age to engage in a
commercial sex act. For purposes of this paragraph, a commercial
sex act means any sexual conduct on account of which anything
of value is given or received by any person.

(30) Any crime in which the perpetrator, through force, fear,
coercion, deceit, violence, duress, menace, or threat of unlawful
injury to the victim or to another person, causes a person under 18
years of age to engage in a commercial sex act. For purposes of
this paragraph, a commercial sex act means any sexual conduct
on account of which anything of value is given or received by any
person.

(31) Theft of personal identifying information, as defined in
Section 530.5.

(32) Offenses involving the theft of a motor vehicle, as specified
in Section 10851 of the Vehicle Code.

(33) Abduction or procurement by fraudulent inducement for
prostitution, as defined in Section 266a.

(34) Offenses relating to insurance fraud, as specified in Sections
2106, 2108, 2109, 2110, 2110.3, 2110.5, 2110.7, and 2117 of the
Unemployment Insurance Code.

(b) (1) “Pattern of criminal profiteering activity” means
engaging in at least two incidents of criminal profiteering, as
defined by this chapter, that meet the following requirements:

(A) Have the same or a similar purpose, result, principals,
victims, or methods of commission, or are otherwise interrelated
by distinguishing characteristics.

(B) Are not isolated events.

(C) Were committed as a criminal activity of organized crime.

(2) Acts that would constitute a “pattern of criminal profiteering
activity” may not be used by a prosecuting agency to seek the
remedies provided by this chapter unless the underlying offense
occurred after the effective date of this chapter and the prior act
occurred within 10 years, excluding any period of imprisonment,
of the commission of the underlying offense. A prior act may not
be used by a prosecuting agency to seek remedies provided by this
chapter if a prosecution for that act resulted in an acquittal.

(c) “Prosecuting agency” means the Attorney General or the
district attorney of any county.

(d) “Organized crime” means crime that is of a conspiratorial
nature and that is either of an organized nature and seeks to supply
illegal goods or services such as narcotics, prostitution, pimping
and pandering, loan-sharking, counterfeiting of a registered mark
in violation of Section 350, the piracy of a recording or audiovisual
work in violation of Section 653w, gambling, and pornography,
or that, through planning and coordination of individual efforts,
seeks to conduct the illegal activities of arson for profit, hijacking,
insurance fraud, smuggling, operating vehicle theft rings, fraud
against the beverage container recycling program, embezzlement,
securities fraud, insurance fraud in violation of the provisions listed
in paragraph begin delete 34 end delete begin insert (34) end insert of subdivision (a), grand theft, money
laundering, forgery, or systematically encumbering the assets of
a business for the purpose of defrauding creditors. “Organized
crime” also means crime committed by a criminal street gang, as
defined in subdivision (f) of Section 186.22. “Organized crime”
also means false or fraudulent activities, schemes, or artifices, as
described in Section 14107 of the Welfare and Institutions Code,
and the theft of personal identifying information, as defined in
Section 530.5.

(e) “Underlying offense” means an offense enumerated in
subdivision (a) for which the defendant is being prosecuted.

SEC. 222.  

Section 186.11 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

186.11.  

(a) (1) Any person who commits two or more related
felonies, a material element of which is fraud or embezzlement,
which involve a pattern of related felony conduct, and the pattern
of related felony conduct involves the taking of, or results in the
loss by another person or entity of, more than one hundred thousand
dollars ($100,000), shall be punished, upon conviction of two or
more felonies in a single criminal proceeding, in addition and
consecutive to the punishment prescribed for the felony offenses
of which he or she has been convicted, by an additional term of
imprisonment in the state prison as specified in paragraph (2) or
(3). This enhancement shall be known as the aggravated white
collar crime enhancement. The aggravated white collar crime
enhancement shall only be imposed once in a single criminal
proceeding. For purposes of this section, “pattern of related felony
conduct” means engaging in at least two felonies that have the
same or similar purpose, result, principals, victims, or methods of
commission, or are otherwise interrelated by distinguishing
characteristics, and that are not isolated events. For purposes of
this section, “two or more related felonies” means felonies
committed against two or more separate victims, or against the
same victim on two or more separate occasions.

(2) If the pattern of related felony conduct involves the taking
of, or results in the loss by another person or entity of, more than
five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000), the additional term of
punishment shall be two, three, or five years in the state prison.

(3) If the pattern of related felony conduct involves the taking
of, or results in the loss by another person or entity of, more than
one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), but not more than five
hundred thousand dollars ($500,000), the additional term of
punishment shall be the term specified in paragraph (1) or (2) of
subdivision (a) of Section 12022.6.

(b) (1) The additional prison term and penalties provided for
in subdivisions (a), (c), and (d) shall not be imposed unless the
facts set forth in subdivision (a) are charged in the accusatory
pleading and admitted or found to be true by the trier of fact.

(2) The additional prison term provided in paragraph (2) of
subdivision (a) shall be in addition to any other punishment
provided by law, including Section 12022.6, and shall not be
limited by any other provision of law.

(c) Any person convicted of two or more felonies, as specified
in subdivision (a), shall also be liable for a fine not to exceed five
hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) or double the value of the
taking, whichever is greater, if the existence of facts that would
make the person subject to the aggravated white collar crime
enhancement have been admitted or found to be true by the trier
of fact. However, if the pattern of related felony conduct involves
the taking of more than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000),
but not more than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000), the
fine shall not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or
double the value of the taking, whichever is greater.

(d) (1) If a person is alleged to have committed two or more
felonies, as specified in subdivision (a), and the aggravated white
collar crime enhancement is also charged, or a person is charged
in an accusatory pleading with a felony, a material element of
which is fraud or embezzlement, that involves the taking or loss
of more than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), and an
allegation as to the existence of those facts, any asset or property
that is in the control of that person, and any asset or property that
has been transferred by that person to a third party, subsequent to
the commission of any criminal act alleged pursuant to subdivision
(a), other than in a bona fide purchase, whether found within or
outside the state, may be preserved by the superior court in order
to pay restitution and fines. Upon conviction of two or more
felonies, as specified in subdivision (a), or a felony, a material
element of which is fraud or embezzlement, that involves the taking
or loss of more than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), this
property may be levied upon by the superior court to pay restitution
and fines if the existence of facts that would make the person
subject to the aggravated white collar crime enhancement or that
demonstrate the taking or loss of more than one hundred thousand
dollars ($100,000) in the commission of a felony, a material
element of which is fraud or embezzlement, have been charged in
the accusatory pleading and admitted or found to be true by the
trier of fact.

(2) To prevent dissipation or secreting of assets or property, the
prosecuting agency may, at the same time as or subsequent to the
filing of a complaint or indictment charging two or more felonies,
as specified in subdivision (a), and the enhancement specified in
subdivision (a), or a felony, a material element of which is fraud
or embezzlement, that involves the taking or loss of more than one
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), and an allegation as to the
existence of those facts, file a petition with the criminal division
of the superior court of the county in which the accusatory pleading
was filed, seeking a temporary restraining order, preliminary
injunction, the appointment of a receiver, or any other protective
relief necessary to preserve the property or assets. This petition
shall commence a proceeding that shall be pendent to the criminal
proceeding and maintained solely to affect the criminal remedies
provided for in this section. The proceeding shall not be subject
to or governed by the provisions of the Civil Discovery Act as set
forth in Title 4 (commencing with Section 2016.010) of Part 4 of
the Code of Civil Procedure. The petition shall allege that the
defendant has been charged with two or more felonies, as specified
in subdivision (a), and is subject to the aggravated white collar
crime enhancement specified in subdivision (a) or that the
defendant has been charged with a felony, a material element of
which is fraud or embezzlement, that involves the taking or loss
of more than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), and an
allegation as to the existence of those facts. The petition shall
identify that criminal proceeding and the assets and property to be
affected by an order issued pursuant to this section.

(3) A notice regarding the petition shall be provided, by personal
service or registered mail, to every person who may have an interest
in the property specified in the petition. Additionally, the notice
shall be published for at least three successive weeks in a
newspaper of general circulation in the county where the property
affected by an order issued pursuant to this section is located. The
notice shall state that any interested person may file a verified
claim with the superior court stating the nature and amount of their
claimed interest. The notice shall set forth the time within which
a claim of interest in the protected property is required to be filed.

(4) If the property to be preserved is real property, the
prosecuting agency shall record, at the time of filing the petition,
a lis pendens in each county in which the real property is situated
which specifically identifies the property by legal description, the
name of the owner of record as shown on the latest equalized
assessment roll, and the assessor’s parcel number.

(5) If the property to be preserved are assets under the control
of a banking or financial institution, the prosecuting agency, at the
time of the filing of the petition, may obtain an order from the
court directing the banking or financial institution to immediately
disclose the account numbers and value of the assets of the accused
held by the banking or financial institution. The prosecuting agency
shall file a supplemental petition, specifically identifying which
banking or financial institution accounts shall be subject to a
temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or other
protective remedy.

(6) Any person claiming an interest in the protected property
may, at any time within 30 days from the date of the first
publication of the notice of the petition, or within 30 days after
receipt of actual notice, file with the superior court of the county
in which the action is pending a verified claim stating the nature
and amount of his or her interest in the property or assets. A
verified copy of the claim shall be served by the claimant on the
Attorney General or district attorney, as appropriate.

(7) The imposition of fines and restitution pursuant to this
section shall be determined by the superior court in which the
underlying criminal offense is sentenced. Any judge who is
assigned to the criminal division of the superior court in the county
where the petition is filed may issue a temporary restraining order
in conjunction with, or subsequent to, the filing of an allegation
pursuant to this section. Any subsequent hearing on the petition
shall also be heard by a judge assigned to the criminal division of
the superior court in the county in which the petition is filed. At
the time of the filing of an information or indictment in the
underlying criminal case, any subsequent hearing on the petition
shall be heard by the superior court judge assigned to the
underlying criminal case.

(e) Concurrent with or subsequent to the filing of the petition,
the prosecuting agency may move the superior court for, and the
superior court may issue, the following pendente lite orders to
preserve the status quo of the property alleged in the petition:

(1) An injunction to restrain any person from transferring,
encumbering, hypothecating, or otherwise disposing of that
property.

(2) Appointment of a receiver to take possession of, care for,
manage, and operate the assets and properties so that the property
may be maintained and preserved. The court may order that a
receiver appointed pursuant to this section shall be compensated
for all reasonable expenditures made or incurred by him or her in
connection with the possession, care, management, and operation
of any property or assets that are subject to the provisions of this
section.

(3) A bond or other undertaking, in lieu of other orders, of a
value sufficient to ensure the satisfaction of restitution and fines
imposed pursuant to this section.

(f) (1) No preliminary injunction may be granted or receiver
appointed by the court without notice that meets the requirements
of paragraph (3) of subdivision (d) to all known and reasonably
ascertainable interested parties and upon a hearing to determine
that an order is necessary to preserve the property pending the
outcome of the criminal proceedings. A temporary restraining
order may be issued by the court, ex parte, pending that hearing
in conjunction with or subsequent to the filing of the petition upon
the application of the prosecuting attorney. The temporary
restraining order may be based upon the sworn declaration of a
peace officer with personal knowledge of the criminal investigation
that establishes probable cause to believe that aggravated white
collar crime or a felony, a material element of which is fraud or
embezzlement, that involves the taking or loss of more than one
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) has taken place and that the
amount of restitution and fines exceeds or equals the worth of the
assets subject to the temporary restraining order. The declaration
may include the hearsay statements of witnesses to establish the
necessary facts. The temporary restraining order may be issued
without notice upon a showing of good cause to the court.

(2) The defendant, or a person who has filed a verified claim
as provided in paragraph (6) of subdivision (d), shall have the right
to have the court conduct an order to show cause hearing within
10 days of the service of the request for hearing upon the
prosecuting agency, in order to determine whether the temporary
restraining order should remain in effect, whether relief should be
granted from any lis pendens recorded pursuant to paragraph (4)
of subdivision (d), or whether any existing order should be
modified in the interests of justice. Upon a showing of good cause,
the hearing shall be held within two days of the service of the
request for hearing upon the prosecuting agency.

(3) In determining whether to issue a preliminary injunction or
temporary restraining order in a proceeding brought by a
prosecuting agency in conjunction with or subsequent to the filing
of an allegation pursuant to this section, the court has the discretion
to consider any matter that it deems reliable and appropriate,
including hearsay statements, in order to reach a just and equitable
decision. The court shall weigh the relative degree of certainty of
the outcome on the merits and the consequences to each of the
parties of granting the interim relief. If the prosecution is likely to
prevail on the merits and the risk of the dissipation of assets
outweighs the potential harm to the defendants and the interested
parties, the court shall grant injunctive relief. The court shall give
significant weight to the following factors:

(A) The public interest in preserving the property or assets
pendente lite.

(B) The difficulty of preserving the property or assets pendente
lite where the underlying alleged crimes involve issues of fraud
and moral turpitude.

(C) The fact that the requested relief is being sought by a public
prosecutor on behalf of alleged victims of white collar crimes.

(D) The likelihood that substantial public harm has occurred
where aggravated white collar crime is alleged to have been
committed.

(E) The significant public interest involved in compensating
the victims of white collar crime and paying court-imposed
restitution and fines.

(4) The court, in making its orders, may consider a defendant’s
request for the release of a portion of the property affected by this
section in order to pay reasonable legal fees in connection with
the criminal proceeding, any necessary and appropriate living
expenses pending trial and sentencing, and for the purpose of
posting bail. The court shall weigh the needs of the public to retain
the property against the needs of the defendant to a portion of the
property. The court shall consider the factors listed in paragraph
(3) prior to making any order releasing property for these purposes.

(5) The court, in making its orders, shall seek to protect the
interests of any innocent third persons, including an innocent
spouse, who were not involved in the commission of any criminal
activity.

(6) Any petition filed pursuant to this section is part of the
criminal proceedings for purposes of appointment of counsel and
shall be assigned to the criminal division of the superior court of
the county in which the accusatory pleading was filed.

(7) Based upon a noticed motion brought by the receiver
appointed pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (e), the court
may order an interlocutory sale of property named in the petition
when the property is liable to perish, to waste, or to be significantly
reduced in value, or when the expenses of maintaining the property
are disproportionate to the value thereof. The proceeds of the
interlocutory sale shall be deposited with the court or as directed
by the court pending determination of the proceeding pursuant to
this section.

(8) The court may make any orders that are necessary to preserve
the continuing viability of any lawful business enterprise that is
affected by the issuance of a temporary restraining order or
preliminary injunction issued pursuant to this action.

(9) In making its orders, the court shall seek to prevent any asset
subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction
from perishing, spoiling, going to waste, or otherwise being
significantly reduced in value. Where the potential for diminution
in value exists, the court shall appoint a receiver to dispose of or
otherwise protect the value of the property or asset.

(10) A preservation order shall not be issued against any assets
of a business that are not likely to be dissipated and that may be
subject to levy or attachment to meet the purposes of this section.

(g) If the allegation that the defendant is subject to the
aggravated white collar crime enhancement or has committed a
felony, a material element of which is fraud or embezzlement, that
involves the taking or loss of more than one hundred thousand
dollars ($100,000) is dismissed or found by the trier of fact to be
untrue, any preliminary injunction or temporary restraining order
issued pursuant to this section shall be dissolved. If a jury is the
trier of fact, and the jury is unable to reach a unanimous verdict,
the court shall have the discretion to continue or dissolve all or a
portion of the preliminary injunction or temporary restraining order
based upon the interests of justice. However, if the prosecuting
agency elects not to retry the case, any preliminary injunction or
temporary restraining order issued pursuant to this section shall
be dissolved.

(h) (1) (A) If the defendant is convicted of two or more
felonies, as specified in subdivision (a), and the existence of facts
that would make the person subject to the aggravated white collar
crime enhancement have been admitted or found to be true by the
trier of fact, or the defendant is convicted of a felony, a material
element of which is fraud or embezzlement, that involves the taking
or loss of more than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), and
an allegation as to the existence of those facts has been admitted
or found to be true by the trier of fact, the trial judge shall continue
the preliminary injunction or temporary restraining order until the
date of the criminal sentencing and shall make a finding at that
time as to what portion, if any, of the property or assets subject to
the preliminary injunction or temporary restraining order shall be
levied upon to pay fines and restitution to victims of the crime.
The order imposing fines and restitution may exceed the total worth
of the property or assets subjected to the preliminary injunction
or temporary restraining order. The court may order the immediate
transfer of the property or assets to satisfy any judgment and
sentence made pursuant to this section. Additionally, upon motion
of the prosecution, the court may enter an order as part of the
judgment and sentence making the order imposing fines and
restitution pursuant to this section enforceable pursuant to Title 9
(commencing with Section 680.010) of Part 2 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(B) Additionally, the court shall order the defendant to make
full restitution to the victim or to make restitution to the victim
based on his or her ability to pay, as defined in subdivision begin delete (b) end delete begin insert (e) end insert
of Section 1203.1b. The payment of the restitution ordered by the
court pursuant to this section shall be made a condition of any
probation granted by the court if the existence of facts that would
make the defendant subject to the aggravated white collar crime
enhancement or of facts demonstrating the person committed a
felony, a material element of which is fraud or embezzlement, that
involves the taking or loss of more than one hundred thousand
dollars ($100,000) have been admitted or found to be true by the
trier of fact. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the court
may order that the period of probation continue for up to 10 years
or until full restitution is made to the victim, whichever is earlier.

(C) The sentencing court shall retain jurisdiction to enforce the
order to pay additional fines and restitution and, in appropriate
cases, may initiate probation violation proceedings or contempt
of court proceedings against a defendant who is found to have
willfully failed to comply with any lawful order of the court.

(D) If the execution of judgment is stayed pending an appeal
of an order of the superior court pursuant to this section, the
preliminary injunction or temporary restraining order shall be
maintained in full force and effect during the pendency of the
appellate period.

(2) The order imposing fines and restitution shall not affect the
interest in real property of any third party that was acquired prior
to the recording of the lis pendens, unless the property was obtained
from the defendant other than as a bona fide purchaser for value.
If any assets or property affected by this section are subject to a
valid lien, mortgage, security interest, or interest under a
conditional sales contract and the amount due to the holder of the
lien, mortgage, interest, or contract is less than the appraised value
of the property, that person may pay to the state or the local
government that initiated the proceeding the amount of the
difference between the appraised value of the property and the
amount of the lien, mortgage, security interest, or interest under a
conditional sales contract. Upon that payment, the state or local
entity shall relinquish all claims to the property. If the holder of
the interest elects not to make that payment to the state or local
governmental entity, the interest in the property shall be deemed
transferred to the state or local governmental entity and any indicia
of ownership of the property shall be confirmed in the state or
local governmental entity. The appraised value shall be determined
as of the date judgment is entered either by agreement between
the holder of the lien, mortgage, security interest, or interest under
a conditional sales contract and the governmental entity involved,
or if they cannot agree, then by a court-appointed appraiser for the
county in which the action is brought. A person holding a valid
lien, mortgage, security interest, or interest under a conditional
sales contract shall be paid the appraised value of his or her interest.

(3) In making its final order, the court shall seek to protect the
legitimately acquired interests of any innocent third persons,
including an innocent spouse, who were not involved in the
commission of any criminal activity.

(i) In all cases where property is to be levied upon pursuant to
this section, a receiver appointed by the court shall be empowered
to liquidate all property or assets which shall be distributed in the
following order of priority:

(1) To the receiver, or court-appointed appraiser, for all
reasonable expenditures made or incurred by him or her in
connection with the sale of the property or liquidation of assets,
including all reasonable expenditures for any necessary repairs,
storage, or transportation of any property levied upon under this
section.

(2) To any holder of a valid lien, mortgage, or security interest
up to the amount of his or her interest in the property or proceeds.

(3) To any victim as restitution for any fraudulent or unlawful
acts alleged in the accusatory pleading that were proven by the
prosecuting agency as part of the pattern of fraudulent or unlawful
acts.

(4) For payment of any fine imposed pursuant to this section.
The proceeds obtained in payment of a fine shall be paid to the
treasurer of the county in which the judgment was entered, or if
the action was undertaken by the Attorney General, to the
Treasurer. If the payment of any fine imposed pursuant to this
section involved losses resulting from violation of Section 550 of
this code or Section 1871.4 of the Insurance Code, one-half of the
fine collected shall be paid to the treasurer of the county in which
the judgment was entered, and one-half of the fine collected shall
be paid to the Department of Insurance for deposit in the
appropriate account in the Insurance Fund. The proceeds from the
fine first shall be used by a county to reimburse local prosecutors
and enforcement agencies for the reasonable costs of investigation
and prosecution of cases brought pursuant to this section.

(5) To the Restitution Fund, or in cases involving convictions
relating to insurance fraud, to the Insurance Fund as restitution for
crimes not specifically pleaded and proven in the accusatory
pleading.

(j) If, after distribution pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of
subdivision (i), the value of the property to be levied upon pursuant
to this section is insufficient to pay for restitution and fines, the
court shall order an equitable sharing of the proceeds of the
liquidation of the property, and any other recoveries, which shall
specify the percentage of recoveries to be devoted to each purpose.
At least 70 percent of the proceeds remaining after distribution
pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of subdivision (i) shall be
devoted to restitution.

(k) Unless otherwise expressly provided, the remedies or
penalties provided by this section are cumulative to each other and
to the remedies or penalties available under all other laws of this
state, except that two separate actions against the same defendant
and pertaining to the same fraudulent or unlawful acts may not be
brought by a district attorney or the Attorney General pursuant to
this section and Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 17200) of
Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code. If a
fine is imposed under this section, it shall be in lieu of all other
fines that may be imposed pursuant to any other provision of law
for the crimes for which the defendant has been convicted in the
action.

SEC. 223.  

Section 186.12 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

186.12.  

(a) (1) A felony for purposes of this section means a
felony violation of subdivision (d) or (e) of Section 368, or a felony
violation of subdivision (c) of Section 15656 of the Welfare and
Institutions Code, that involves the taking or loss of more than one
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).

(2) If a person is charged with a felony as described in paragraph
(1) and an allegation as to the existence of those facts has been
made, any property that is in the control of that person, and any
property that has been transferred by that person to a third party,
subsequent to the commission of any criminal act alleged pursuant
to this subdivision, other than in a bona fide purchase, whether
found within or outside the state, may be preserved by the superior
court in order to pay restitution imposed pursuant to this section.
Upon conviction of the felony, this property may be levied upon
by the superior court to pay restitution imposed pursuant to this
section.

(b) (1) To prevent dissipation or secreting of property, the
prosecuting agency may, at the same time as or subsequent to the
filing of a complaint or indictment charging a felony subject to
this section, file a petition with the criminal division of the superior
court of the county in which the accusatory pleading was filed,
seeking a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, the
appointment of a receiver, or any other protective relief necessary
to preserve the property. The filing of the petition shall commence
a proceeding that shall be pendent to the criminal proceeding and
maintained solely to affect the criminal remedies provided for in
this section. The proceeding shall not be subject to or governed
by the provisions of the Civil Discovery Act as set forth in Title
4 (commencing with Section 2016.010) of Part 4 of the Code of
Civil Procedure. The petition shall allege that the defendant has
been charged with a felony as described in paragraph (1) of
subdivision (a) and shall identify that criminal proceeding and the
property to be affected by an order issued pursuant to this section.

(2) A notice regarding the petition shall be provided, by personal
service or registered mail, to every person who may have an interest
in the property specified in the petition. Additionally, the notice
shall be published for at least three successive weeks in a
newspaper of general circulation in the county where the property
affected by an order issued pursuant to this section is located. The
notice shall state that any interested person may file a verified
claim with the superior court stating the nature and amount of their
claimed interest. The notice shall set forth the time within which
a claim of interest in the protected property is required to be filed.

(3) If the property to be preserved is real property, the
prosecuting agency shall record, at the time of filing the petition,
a lis pendens in each county in which the real property is situated
which specifically identifies the property by legal description, the
name of the owner of record as shown on the latest equalized
assessment roll, and the assessor’s parcel number.

(4) If the property to be preserved are assets under the control
of a banking or financial institution, the prosecuting agency, at the
time of the filing of the petition, may obtain an order from the
court directing the banking or financial institution to immediately
disclose the account numbers and value of the assets of the accused
held by the banking or financial institution. The prosecuting agency
shall file a supplemental petition, specifically identifying which
banking or financial institution accounts shall be subject to a
temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, or other
protective remedy.

(5) Any person claiming an interest in the protected property
may, at any time within 30 days from the date of the first
publication of the notice of the petition, or within 30 days after
receipt of actual notice, file with the superior court of the county
in which the action is pending a verified claim stating the nature
and amount of his or her interest in the property. A verified copy
of the claim shall be served by the claimant on the Attorney
General or district attorney, as appropriate.

(6) The imposition of restitution pursuant to this section shall
be determined by the superior court in which the underlying
criminal offense is sentenced. Any judge who is assigned to the
criminal division of the superior court in the county where the
petition is filed may issue a temporary restraining order in
conjunction with, or subsequent to, the filing of an allegation
pursuant to this section. Any subsequent hearing on the petition
shall also be heard by a judge assigned to the criminal division of
the superior court in the county in which the petition is filed. At
the time of the filing of an information or indictment in the
underlying criminal case, any subsequent hearing on the petition
shall be heard by the superior court judge assigned to the
underlying criminal case.

(c) Concurrent with or subsequent to the filing of the petition
pursuant to this section, the prosecuting agency may move the
superior court for, and the superior court may issue, the following
pendente lite orders to preserve the status quo of the property
identified in the petition:

(1) An injunction to restrain any person from transferring,
encumbering, hypothecating, or otherwise disposing of that
property.

(2) Appointment of a receiver to take possession of, care for,
manage, and operate the properties so that the property may be
maintained and preserved. The court may order that a receiver
appointed pursuant to this section shall be compensated for all
reasonable expenditures made or incurred by him or her in
connection with the possession, care, management, and operation
of any property that is subject to this section.

(3) A bond or other undertaking, in lieu of other orders, of a
value sufficient to ensure the satisfaction of restitution imposed
pursuant to this section.

(d) (1) No preliminary injunction may be granted or receiver
appointed by the court without notice that meets the requirements
of paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) to all known and reasonably
ascertainable interested parties and upon a hearing to determine
that an order is necessary to preserve the property pending the
outcome of the criminal proceedings. A temporary restraining
order may be issued by the court, ex parte, pending that hearing
in conjunction with or subsequent to the filing of the petition upon
the application of the prosecuting attorney. The temporary
restraining order may be based upon the sworn declaration of a
peace officer with personal knowledge of the criminal investigation
that establishes probable cause to believe that a felony has taken
place and that the amount of restitution established by this section
exceeds or equals the worth of the property subject to the temporary
restraining order. The declaration may include the hearsay
statements of witnesses to establish the necessary facts. The
temporary restraining order may be issued without notice upon a
showing of good cause to the court.

(2) The defendant, or a person who has filed a verified claim
as provided in paragraph (5) of subdivision (b), shall have the right
to have the court conduct an order to show cause hearing within
10 days of the service of the request for hearing upon the
prosecuting agency, in order to determine whether the temporary
restraining order should remain in effect, whether relief should be
granted from any lis pendens recorded pursuant to paragraph (3)
of subdivision (b), or whether any existing order should be
modified in the interests of justice. Upon a showing of good cause,
the hearing shall be held within two days of the service of the
request for hearing upon the prosecuting agency.

(3) In determining whether to issue a preliminary injunction or
temporary restraining order in a proceeding brought by a
prosecuting agency in conjunction with or subsequent to the filing
of an allegation pursuant to this section, the court has the discretion
to consider any matter that it deems reliable and appropriate,
including hearsay statements, in order to reach a just and equitable
decision. The court shall weigh the relative degree of certainty of
the outcome on the merits and the consequences to each of the
parties of granting the interim relief. If the prosecution is likely to
prevail on the merits and the risk of dissipation of the property
outweighs the potential harm to the defendants and the interested
parties, the court shall grant injunctive relief. The court shall give
significant weight to the following factors:

(A) The public interest in preserving the property pendente lite.

(B) The difficulty of preserving the property pendente lite where
the underlying alleged crimes involve issues of fraud and moral
turpitude.

(C) The fact that the requested relief is being sought by a public
prosecutor on behalf of alleged victims of elder or dependent adult
financial abuse.

(D) The likelihood that substantial public harm has occurred
where a felony is alleged to have been committed.

(E) The significant public interest involved in compensating
the elder or dependent adult victim of financial abuse and paying
court-imposed restitution.

(4) The court, in making its orders, may consider a defendant’s
request for the release of a portion of the property affected by this
section in order to pay reasonable legal fees in connection with
the criminal proceeding, any necessary and appropriate living
expenses pending trial and sentencing, and for the purpose of
posting bail. The court shall weigh the needs of the public to retain
the property against the needs of the defendant to a portion of the
property. The court shall consider the factors listed in paragraph
(3) prior to making any order releasing property for these purposes.

(5) The court, in making its orders, shall seek to protect the
interests of any innocent third persons, including an innocent
spouse, who were not involved in the commission of any criminal
activity.

(6) Any petition filed pursuant to this section shall be part of
the criminal proceedings for purposes of appointment of counsel
and shall be assigned to the criminal division of the superior court
of the county in which the accusatory pleading was filed.

(7) Based upon a noticed motion brought by the receiver
appointed pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (c), the court
may order an interlocutory sale of property identified in the petition
when the property is liable to perish, to waste, or to be significantly
reduced in value, or when the expenses of maintaining the property
are disproportionate to the value thereof. The proceeds of the
interlocutory sale shall be deposited with the court or as directed
by the court pending determination of the proceeding pursuant to
this section.

(8) The court may make any orders that are necessary to preserve
the continuing viability of any lawful business enterprise that is
affected by the issuance of a temporary restraining order or
preliminary injunction issued pursuant to this action.

(9) In making its orders, the court shall seek to prevent any
property subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary
injunction from perishing, spoiling, going to waste, or otherwise
being significantly reduced in value. Where the potential for
diminution in value exists, the court shall appoint a receiver to
dispose of or otherwise protect the value of the property.

(10) A preservation order shall not be issued against any assets
of a business that are not likely to be dissipated and that may be
subject to levy or attachment to meet the purposes of this section.

(e) If the allegation that the defendant committed a felony
subject to this section is dismissed or found by the trier of fact to
be untrue, any preliminary injunction or temporary restraining
order issued pursuant to this section shall be dissolved. If a jury
is the trier of fact, and the jury is unable to reach a unanimous
verdict, the court shall have the discretion to continue or dissolve
all or a portion of the preliminary injunction or temporary
restraining order based upon the interests of justice. However, if
the prosecuting agency elects not to retry the case, any preliminary
injunction or temporary restraining order issued pursuant to this
section shall be dissolved.

(f) (1) (A) If the defendant is convicted of a felony subject to
this section, the trial judge shall continue the preliminary injunction
or temporary restraining order until the date of the criminal
sentencing and shall make a finding at that time as to what portion,
if any, of the property subject to the preliminary injunction or
temporary restraining order shall be levied upon to pay restitution
to victims of the crime. The order imposing restitution may exceed
the total worth of the property subjected to the preliminary
injunction or temporary restraining order. The court may order the
immediate transfer of the property to satisfy any judgment and
sentence made pursuant to this section. Additionally, upon motion
of the prosecution, the court may enter an order as part of the
judgment and sentence making the order imposing restitution
pursuant to this section enforceable pursuant to Title 9
(commencing with Section 680.010) of Part 2 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(B) Additionally, the court shall order the defendant to make
full restitution to the victim or to make restitution to the victim
based on his or her ability to pay, as defined in subdivision begin delete (b) end delete begin insert (e) end insert
of Section 1203.1b. The payment of the restitution ordered by the
court pursuant to this section shall be made a condition of any
probation granted by the court. Notwithstanding any other
provision of law, the court may order that the period of probation
continue for up to 10 years or until full restitution is made to the
victim, whichever is earlier.

(C) The sentencing court shall retain jurisdiction to enforce the
order to pay additional restitution and, in appropriate cases, may
initiate probation violation proceedings or contempt of court
proceedings against a defendant who is found to have willfully
failed to comply with any lawful order of the court.

(D) If the execution of judgment is stayed pending an appeal
of an order of the superior court pursuant to this section, the
preliminary injunction or temporary restraining order shall be
maintained in full force and effect during the pendency of the
appellate period.

(2) The order imposing restitution shall not affect the interest
in real property of any third party that was acquired prior to the
recording of the lis pendens, unless the property was obtained from
the defendant other than as a bona fide purchaser for value. If any
assets or property affected by this section are subject to a valid
lien, mortgage, security interest, or interest under a conditional
sales contract and the amount due to the holder of the lien,
mortgage, interest, or contract is less than the appraised value of
the property, that person may pay to the state or the local
government that initiated the proceeding the amount of the
difference between the appraised value of the property and the
amount of the lien, mortgage, security interest, or interest under a
conditional sales contract. Upon that payment, the state or local
entity shall relinquish all claims to the property. If the holder of
the interest elects not to make that payment to the state or local
governmental entity, the interest in the property shall be deemed
transferred to the state or local governmental entity and any indicia
of ownership of the property shall be confirmed in the state or
local governmental entity. The appraised value shall be determined
as of the date judgment is entered either by agreement between
the holder of the lien, mortgage, security interest, or interest under
a conditional sales contract and the governmental entity involved,
or if they cannot agree, then by a court-appointed appraiser for the
county in which the action is brought. A person holding a valid
lien, mortgage, security interest, or interest under a conditional
sales contract shall be paid the appraised value of his or her interest.

(3) In making its final order, the court shall seek to protect the
legitimately acquired interests of any innocent third persons,
including an innocent spouse, who were not involved in the
commission of any criminal activity.

(g) In all cases where property is to be levied upon pursuant to
this section, a receiver appointed by the court shall be empowered
to liquidate all property, the proceeds of which shall be distributed
in the following order of priority:

(1) To the receiver, or court-appointed appraiser, for all
reasonable expenditures made or incurred by him or her in
connection with the sale or liquidation of the property, including
all reasonable expenditures for any necessary repairs, storage, or
transportation of any property levied upon under this section.

(2) To any holder of a valid lien, mortgage, or security interest
up to the amount of his or her interest in the property or proceeds.

(3) To any victim as restitution for any fraudulent or unlawful
acts alleged in the accusatory pleading that were proven by the
prosecuting agency as part of the pattern of fraudulent or unlawful
acts.

(h) Unless otherwise expressly provided, the remedies or
penalties provided by this section are cumulative to each other and
to the remedies or penalties available under all other laws of this
state, except that two separate actions against the same defendant
and pertaining to the same fraudulent or unlawful acts may not be
brought by a district attorney or the Attorney General pursuant to
this section and Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 17200) of
Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code.

SEC. 224.  

Section 241 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

241.  

(a) An assault is punishable by a fine not exceeding one
thousand dollars ($1,000), or by imprisonment in the county jail
not exceeding six months, or by both the fine and imprisonment.

(b) When an assault is committed against the person of a parking
control officer engaged in the performance of his or her duties,
and the person committing the offense knows or reasonably should
know that the victim is a parking control officer, the assault is
punishable by a fine not exceeding two thousand dollars ($2,000),
or by imprisonment in the county jail not exceeding six months,
or by both the fine and imprisonment.

(c) When an assault is committed against the person of a peace
officer, firefighter, emergency medical technician, mobile intensive
care paramedic, lifeguard, process server, traffic officer, code
enforcement officer, animal control officer, or search and rescue
member engaged in the performance of his or her duties, or a
physician or nurse engaged in rendering emergency medical care
outside a hospital, clinic, or other health care facility, and the
person committing the offense knows or reasonably should know
that the victim is a peace officer, firefighter, emergency medical
technician, mobile intensive care paramedic, lifeguard, process
server, traffic officer, code enforcement officer, animal control
officer, or search and rescue member engaged in the performance
of his or her duties, or a physician or nurse engaged in rendering
emergency medical care, the assault is punishable by a fine not
exceeding two thousand dollars ($2,000), or by imprisonment in
a county jail not exceeding one year, or by both the fine and
imprisonment.

(d) As used in this section, the following definitions apply:

(1) Peace officer means any person defined in Chapter 4.5
(commencing with Section 830) of Title 3 of Part 2.

(2) “Emergency medical technician” means a person possessing
a valid course completion certificate from a program approved by
the State Department of Health Care Services for the medical
training and education of ambulance personnel, and who meets
the standards of Division 2.5 (commencing with Section 1797) of
the Health and Safety Code.

(3) “Mobile intensive care paramedic” refers to begin delete those persons end delete
begin insert a person end insert who begin delete meet end delete begin insert meets end insert the standards set forth in Division 2.5
(commencing with Section 1797) of the Health and Safety Code.

(4) “Nurse” means a person who meets the standards of Division
2.5 (commencing with Section 1797) of the Health and Safety
Code.

(5) “Lifeguard” means a person who is:

(A) Employed as a lifeguard by the state, a county, or a city,
and is designated by local ordinance as a public officer who has a
duty and responsibility to enforce local ordinances and
misdemeanors through the issuance of citations.

(B) Wearing distinctive clothing which includes written
identification of the person’s status as a lifeguard and which clearly
identifies the employing organization.

(6) “Process server” means any person who meets the standards
or is expressly exempt from the standards set forth in Section 22350
of the Business and Professions Code.

(7) “Traffic officer” means any person employed by a county
or city to monitor and enforce state laws and local ordinances
relating to parking and the operation of vehicles.

(8) “Animal control officer” means any person employed by a
county or city for purposes of enforcing animal control laws or
regulations.

(9) (A) “Code enforcement officer” means any person who is
not described in Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 830) of
Title 3 of Part 2 and who is employed by any governmental
subdivision, public or quasi-public corporation, public agency,
public service corporation, any town, city, county, or municipal
corporation, whether incorporated or chartered, that has
enforcement authority for health, safety, and welfare requirements,
and whose duties include enforcement of any statute, rules,
regulations, or standards, and who is authorized to issue citations,
or file formal complaints.

(B) “Code enforcement officer” also includes any person who
is employed by the Department of Housing and Community
Development who has enforcement authority for health, safety,
and welfare requirements pursuant to the Employee Housing Act
(Part 1 (commencing with Section 17000) of Division 13 of the
Health and Safety Code); the State Housing Law (Part 1.5
(commencing with Section 17910) of Division 13 of the Health
and Safety Code); the Manufactured Housing Act of 1980 (Part 2
(commencing with Section 18000) of Division 13 of the Health
and Safety Code); the Mobilehome Parks Act (Part 2.1
(commencing with Section 18200) of Division 13 of the Health
and Safety Code); and the Special Occupancy Parks Act (Part 2.3
(commencing with Section 18860) of Division 13 of the Health
and Safety Code).

(10) “Parking control officer” means any person employed by
a city, county, or city and county, to monitor and enforce state
laws and local ordinances relating to parking.

(11) “Search and rescue member” means any person who is part
of an organized search and rescue team managed by a governmental
agency.

SEC. 225.  

Section 502.8 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

502.8.  

(a) Any person who knowingly advertises illegal
telecommunications equipment is guilty of a misdemeanor.

(b) Any person who possesses or uses illegal
telecommunications equipment intending to avoid the payment of
any lawful charge for telecommunications service or to facilitate
other criminal conduct is guilty of a misdemeanor.

(c) Any person found guilty of violating subdivision (b), who
has previously been convicted of the same offense, shall be guilty
of a felony, punishable by imprisonment in state prison, a fine of
up to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), or both.

(d) Any person who possesses illegal telecommunications
equipment with intent to sell, transfer, or furnish or offer to sell,
transfer, or furnish the equipment to another, intending to avoid
the payment of any lawful charge for telecommunications service
or to facilitate other criminal conduct is guilty of a misdemeanor
punishable by one year in a county jail or imprisonment in state
prison or a fine of up to ten thousand dollars ($10,000), or both.

(e) Any person who possesses 10 or more items of illegal
telecommunications equipment with intent to sell or offer to sell
the equipment to another, intending to avoid payment of any lawful
charge for telecommunications service or to facilitate other criminal
conduct, is guilty of a felony, punishable by imprisonment in state
prison, a fine of up to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), or both.

(f) Any person who manufactures 10 or more items of illegal
telecommunications equipment with intent to sell or offer to sell
the equipment to another, intending to avoid the payment of any
lawful charge for telecommunications service or to facilitate other
criminal conduct is guilty of a felony punishable by imprisonment
in state prison or a fine of up to fifty thousand dollars ($50,000),
or both.

(g) For purposes of this section, “illegal telecommunications
equipment” means equipment that operates to evade the lawful
charges for any telecommunications service; begin delete surrepticiously end delete
begin insert surreptitiously end insert intercept electronic serial numbers or mobile
identification numbers; alter electronic serial numbers; circumvent
efforts to confirm legitimate access to a telecommunications
account; conceal from any telecommunications service provider
or lawful authority the existence, place of origin, or destination of
any telecommunication; or otherwise facilitate any other criminal
conduct. “Illegal telecommunications equipment” includes, but is
not limited to, any unauthorized electronic serial number or mobile
identification number, whether incorporated into a wireless
telephone or other device or otherwise. Items specified in this
begin delete paragraph end delete begin insert subdivision end insert shall be considered illegal
telecommunications equipment notwithstanding any statement or
disclaimer that the items are intended for educational, instructional,
or similar purposes.

(h) (1) In the event that a person violates the provisions of this
section with the intent to avoid the payment of any lawful charge
for telecommunications service to a telecommunications service
provider, the court shall order the person to pay restitution to the
telecommunications service provider in an amount that is the
greater of the following:

(A) Five thousand dollars ($5,000).

(B) Three times the amount of actual damages, if any, sustained
by the telecommunications service provider, plus reasonable
attorney fees.

(2) It is not a necessary prerequisite to an order of restitution
under this section that the telecommunications service provider
has suffered, or be threatened with, actual damages.

SEC. 226.  

Section 670 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

670.  

(a) Any person who violates Section 7158 or 7159 of, or
subdivision (b), (c), (d), or (e) of Section 7161 of, the Business
and Professions Code or Section 470, 484, 487, or 532 of this code
as part of a plan or scheme to defraud an owner or lessee of a
residential or nonresidential structure in connection with the offer
or performance of repairs to the structure for damage caused by a
natural disaster specified in subdivision (b), shall be subject to the
penalties and enhancements specified in subdivisions (c) and (d).
The existence of any fact which would bring a person under this
section shall be alleged in the information or indictment and either
admitted by the defendant in open court, or found to be true by the
jury trying the issue of guilt or by the court where guilt is
established by a plea of guilty or nolo contendere or by trial by
the court sitting without a jury.

(b) This section applies to natural disasters for which a state of
emergency is proclaimed by the Governor pursuant to Section
8625 of the Government Code or for which an emergency or major
disaster is declared by the President of the United States.

(c) The maximum or prescribed amounts of fines for offenses
subject to this section shall be doubled. If the person has been
previously convicted of a felony offense specified in subdivision
(a), the person shall receive a one-year enhancement in addition
to, and to run consecutively to, the term of imprisonment for any
felony otherwise prescribed by this subdivision.

(d) Additionally, the court shall order any person sentenced
pursuant to this section to make full restitution to the victim or to
make restitution to the victim based on the person’s ability to pay,
as defined in subdivision begin delete (b) end delete begin insert (e) end insert of Section 1203.1b. The payment
of the restitution ordered by the court pursuant to this subdivision
shall be made a condition of any probation granted by the court
for an offense punishable under this section. Notwithstanding any
other provision of law, the period of probation shall be at least five
years or until full restitution is made to the victim, whichever first
occurs.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the prosecuting
agency shall be entitled to recover its costs of investigation and
prosecution from any fines imposed for a conviction under this
section.

SEC. 227.  

Section 679.10 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

679.10.  

(a) For purposes of this section, a “certifying entity”
is any of the following:

(1) A state or local law enforcement agency.

(2) A prosecutor.

(3) A judge.

(4) Any other authority that has responsibility for the detection
or investigation or prosecution of a qualifying crime or criminal
activity.

(5) Agencies that have criminal detection or investigative
jurisdiction in their respective areas of expertise, including, but
not limited to, child protective services, the Department of Fair
Employment and Housing, and the Department of Industrial
Relations.

(b) For purposes of this section, a “certifying official” is any of
the following:

(1) The head of the certifying entity.

(2) A person in a supervisory role who has been specifically
designated by the head of the certifying entity to issue Form I-918
Supplement B certifications on behalf of that agency.

(3) A judge.

(4) Any other certifying official defined under Section 214.14
(a)(2) of Title 8 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

(c) “Qualifying criminal activity” means qualifying criminal
activity pursuant to Section 101(a)(15)(U)(iii) of the begin insert federal end insert
Immigration and Nationality Act which includes, but is not limited
to, the following crimes:

(1) Rape.

(2) Torture.

(3) Human trafficking.

(4) Incest.

(5) Domestic violence.

(6) Sexual assault.

(7) Abusive sexual conduct.

(8) Prostitution.

(9) Sexual exploitation.

(10) Female genital mutilation.

(11) Being held hostage.

(12) Peonage.

(13) Perjury.

(14) Involuntary servitude.

(15) Slavery.

(16) Kidnaping.

(17) Abduction.

(18) Unlawful criminal restraint.

(19) False imprisonment.

(20) Blackmail.

(21) Extortion.

(22) Manslaughter.

(23) Murder.

(24) Felonious assault.

(25) Witness tampering.

(26) Obstruction of justice.

(27) Fraud in foreign labor contracting.

(28) Stalking.

(d) A “qualifying crime” includes criminal offenses for which
the nature and elements of the offenses are substantially similar
to the criminal activity described in subdivision (c), and the
attempt, conspiracy, or solicitation to commit any of those offenses.

(e) Upon the request of the victim or victim’s family member,
a certifying official from a certifying entity shall certify victim
helpfulness on the Form I-918 Supplement B certification, when
the victim was a victim of a qualifying criminal activity and has
been helpful, is being helpful, or is likely to be helpful to the
detection or investigation or prosecution of that qualifying criminal
activity.

(f) For purposes of determining helpfulness pursuant to
subdivision (e), there is a rebuttable presumption that a victim is
helpful, has been helpful, or is likely to be helpful to the detection
or investigation or prosecution of that qualifying criminal activity,
if the victim has not refused or failed to provide information and
assistance reasonably requested by law enforcement.

(g) The certifying official shall fully complete and sign the Form
I-918 Supplement B certification and, regarding victim helpfulness,
include specific details about the nature of the crime investigated
or prosecuted and a detailed description of the victim’s helpfulness
or likely helpfulness to the detection or investigation or prosecution
of the criminal activity.

(h) A certifying entity shall process an I-918 Supplement B
certification within 90 days of request, unless the noncitizen is in
removal proceedings, in which case the certification shall be
processed within 14 days of request.

(i) A current investigation, the filing of charges, and a
prosecution or conviction are not required for the victim to request
and obtain the Form I-918 Supplement B certification from a
certifying official.

(j) A certifying official may only withdraw the certification if
the victim refuses to provide information and assistance when
reasonably requested.

(k) A certifying entity is prohibited from disclosing the
immigration status of a victim or person requesting the Form I-918
Supplement B certification, except to comply with federal law or
legal process, or if authorized by the victim or person requesting
the Form I-918 Supplement B certification.

(l) A certifying entity that receives a request for a Form I-918
begin delete Supplemental end delete begin insert Supplement end insert B certification shall report to the
Legislature, on or before January 1, 2017, and annually thereafter,
the number of victims that requested Form I-918 begin delete Form end delete begin insert Supplement end insert
B certifications from the entity, the number of those certification
forms that were signed, and the number that were denied. A report
pursuant to this subdivision shall comply with Section 9795 of the
Government Code.

SEC. 228.  

Section 832.3 of the Penal Code, as amended by
Section 1 of Chapter 207 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended to
read:

832.3.  

(a) Except as provided in subdivision (e), any sheriff,
undersheriff, or deputy sheriff of a county, any police officer of a
city, and any police officer of a district authorized by statute to
maintain a police department, who is first employed after January
1, 1975, shall successfully complete a course of training prescribed
by the Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training before
exercising the powers of a peace officer, except while participating
as a trainee in a supervised field training program approved by the
Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training. Each police
chief, or any other person in charge of a local law enforcement
agency, appointed on or after January 1, 1999, as a condition of
continued employment, shall complete the course of training
pursuant to this subdivision within two years of appointment. The
training course for a sheriff, an undersheriff, and a deputy sheriff
of a county, and a police chief and a police officer of a city or any
other local law enforcement agency, shall be the same.

(b) For the purpose of ensuring competent peace officers and
standardizing the training required in subdivision (a), the
commission shall develop a testing program, including standardized
tests that enable (1) comparisons between presenters of the training
and (2) assessments of trainee achievement. The trainees’ test
scores shall be used only for the purposes enumerated in this
subdivision and those research purposes as shall be approved in
advance by the commission. The commission shall take all steps
necessary to maintain the confidentiality of the test scores, test
items, scoring keys, and other examination data used in the testing
program required by this subdivision. The commission shall
determine the minimum passing score for each test and the
conditions for retesting students who fail. Passing these tests shall
be required for successful completion of the training required in
subdivision (a). Presenters approved by the commission to provide
the training required in subdivision (a) shall administer the
standardized tests or, at the commission’s option, shall facilitate
the commission’s administration of the standardized tests to all
trainees.

(c)  begin delete Notwithstanding subdivision (c) of Section 84500 of the
Education Code and any regulations adopted pursuant thereto,
community end delete begin insert Community end insert colleges may give preference in enrollment
to employed law enforcement trainees who shall complete training
as prescribed by this section. At least 15 percent of each
presentation shall consist of begin delete nonlaw enforcement end delete
begin insert non-law-enforcement end insert trainees if they are available. Preference
should only be given when the trainee could not complete the
course within the time required by statute, and only when no other
training program is reasonably available. Average daily attendance
for these courses shall be reported for state aid.

(d) Prior to July 1, 1987, the commission shall make a report
to the Legislature on academy proficiency testing scores. This
report shall include an evaluation of the correlation between
academy proficiency test scores and performance as a peace officer.

(e) (1) Any deputy sheriff described in subdivision (c) of
Section 830.1 shall be exempt from the training requirements
specified in subdivisions (a) and (b) as long as his or her
assignments remain custodial related.

(2) Deputy sheriffs described in subdivision (c) of Section 830.1
shall complete the training for peace officers pursuant to
subdivision (a) of Section 832, and within 120 days after the date
of employment, shall complete the training required by the Board
of State and Community Corrections for custodial personnel
pursuant to Section 6035, and the training required for custodial
personnel of local detention facilities pursuant to begin delete Division 1 end delete
begin insert Subchapter 1 end insert (commencing with Section 100) begin insert of Chapter 1 of
Division 1 end insert of Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations.

(3) Deputy sheriffs described in subdivision (c) of Section 830.1
shall complete the course of training pursuant to subdivision (a)
prior to being reassigned from custodial assignments to duties with
responsibility for the prevention and detection of crime and the
general enforcement of the criminal laws of this state. A deputy
sheriff who has completed the course of training pursuant to
subdivision (a) and has been hired as a deputy sheriff described
in subdivision (c) of Section 830.1 shall be eligible to be reassigned
from custodial assignments to duties with the responsibility for
the prevention and detection of crime and the general enforcement
of the criminal laws of this state within three years of completing
the training pursuant to subdivision (a). A deputy sheriff shall be
eligible for reassignment within five years of having completed
the training pursuant to subdivision (a) without having to complete
a requalification for the regular basic course provided that all of
the following are satisfied:

(A) The deputy sheriff remains continuously employed by the
same department in which the deputy sheriff is being reassigned
from custodial assignments to duties with the responsibility for
the prevention and detection of crime and the general enforcement
of the criminal laws of this state.

(B) The deputy sheriff maintains the perishable skills training
required by the commission for peace officers assigned to duties
with the responsibility for the prevention and detection of crime
and the general enforcement of the criminal laws of this state.

(f) Any school police officer first employed by a K-12 public
school district or California Community College district after July
1, 1999, shall successfully complete a basic course of training as
prescribed by subdivision (a) before exercising the powers of a
peace officer. A school police officer shall not be subject to this
subdivision while participating as a trainee in a supervised field
training program approved by the Commission on Peace Officer
Standards and Training.

(g) The commission shall prepare a specialized course of
instruction for the training of school peace officers, as defined in
Section 830.32, to meet the unique safety needs of a school
environment. This course is intended to supplement any other
training requirements.

(h) Any school peace officer first employed by a K-12 public
school district or California Community College district before
July 1, 1999, shall successfully complete the specialized course
of training prescribed in subdivision (g) no later than July 1, 2002.
Any school police officer first employed by a K-12 public school
district or California Community College district after July 1, 1999,
shall successfully complete the specialized course of training
prescribed in subdivision (g) within two years of the date of first
employment.

(i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2019,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2019, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 229.  

Section 832.3 of the Penal Code, as added by Section
2 of Chapter 207 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended to read:

832.3.  

(a) Except as provided in subdivision (e), any sheriff,
undersheriff, or deputy sheriff of a county, any police officer of a
city, and any police officer of a district authorized by statute to
maintain a police department, who is first employed after January
1, 1975, shall successfully complete a course of training prescribed
by the Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training before
exercising the powers of a peace officer, except while participating
as a trainee in a supervised field training program approved by the
Commission on Peace Officer Standards and Training. Each police
chief, or any other person in charge of a local law enforcement
agency, appointed on or after January 1, 1999, as a condition of
continued employment, shall complete the course of training
pursuant to this subdivision within two years of appointment. The
training course for a sheriff, an undersheriff, and a deputy sheriff
of a county, and a police chief and a police officer of a city or any
other local law enforcement agency, shall be the same.

(b) For the purpose of ensuring competent peace officers and
standardizing the training required in subdivision (a), the
commission shall develop a testing program, including standardized
tests that enable (1) comparisons between presenters of the training
and (2) assessments of trainee achievement. The trainees’ test
scores shall be used only for the purposes enumerated in this
subdivision and those research purposes as shall be approved in
advance by the commission. The commission shall take all steps
necessary to maintain the confidentiality of the test scores, test
items, scoring keys, and other examination data used in the testing
program required by this subdivision. The commission shall
determine the minimum passing score for each test and the
conditions for retesting students who fail. Passing these tests shall
be required for successful completion of the training required in
subdivision (a). Presenters approved by the commission to provide
the training required in subdivision (a) shall administer the
standardized tests or, at the commission’s option, shall facilitate
the commission’s administration of the standardized tests to all
trainees.

(c)  begin delete Notwithstanding subdivision (c) of Section 84500 of the
Education Code and any regulations adopted pursuant thereto,
community end delete begin insert Community end insert colleges may give preference in enrollment
to employed law enforcement trainees who shall complete training
as prescribed by this section. At least 15 percent of each
presentation shall consist of begin delete nonlaw enforcement end delete
begin insert non-law-enforcement end insert trainees if they are available. Preference
should only be given when the trainee could not complete the
course within the time required by statute, and only when no other
training program is reasonably available. Average daily attendance
for these courses shall be reported for state aid.

(d) Prior to July 1, 1987, the commission shall make a report
to the Legislature on academy proficiency testing scores. This
report shall include an evaluation of the correlation between
academy proficiency test scores and performance as a peace officer.

(e) (1) Any deputy sheriff described in subdivision (c) of
Section 830.1 shall be exempt from the training requirements
specified in subdivisions (a) and (b) as long as his or her
assignments remain custodial related.

(2) Deputy sheriffs described in subdivision (c) of Section 830.1
shall complete the training for peace officers pursuant to
subdivision (a) of Section 832, and within 120 days after the date
of employment, shall complete the training required by the Board
of State and Community Corrections for custodial personnel
pursuant to Section 6035, and the training required for custodial
personnel of local detention facilities pursuant to begin delete Division 1 end delete
begin insert Subchapter 1 end insert (commencing with Section 100) begin insert of Chapter 1 of
Division 1 end insert of Title 15 of the California Code of Regulations.

(3) Deputy sheriffs described in subdivision (c) of Section 830.1
shall complete the course of training pursuant to subdivision (a)
prior to being reassigned from custodial assignments to duties with
responsibility for the prevention and detection of crime and the
general enforcement of the criminal laws of this state.

(f) Any school police officer first employed by a K-12 public
school district or California Community College district after July
1, 1999, shall successfully complete a basic course of training as
prescribed by subdivision (a) before exercising the powers of a
peace officer. A school police officer shall not be subject to this
subdivision while participating as a trainee in a supervised field
training program approved by the Commission on Peace Officer
Standards and Training.

(g) The commission shall prepare a specialized course of
instruction for the training of school peace officers, as defined in
Section 830.32, to meet the unique safety needs of a school
environment. This course is intended to supplement any other
training requirements.

(h) Any school peace officer first employed by a K-12 public
school district or California Community College district before
July 1, 1999, shall successfully complete the specialized course
of training prescribed in subdivision (g) no later than July 1, 2002.
Any school police officer first employed by a K-12 public school
district or California Community College district after July 1, 1999,
shall successfully complete the specialized course of training
prescribed in subdivision (g) within two years of the date of first
employment.

(i) This section shall become operative January 1, 2019.

SEC. 230.  

Section 1214.5 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

1214.5.  

(a) In any case in which the defendant is ordered to
pay more than fifty dollars ($50) in restitution as a condition of
probation, the court may, as an additional condition of probation
since the court determines that the defendant has the ability to pay,
as defined in begin delete Section 1203.1b(b), end delete begin insert subdivision (e) of Section
1203.1b, end insert order the defendant to pay interest at the rate of 10 percent
per annum on the principal amount remaining unsatisfied.

(b) (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), interest commences
to accrue on the date of entry of the judgment or order.

(2) Unless the judgment or order otherwise provides, if
restitution is payable in installments, interest commences to accrue
as to each installment on the date the installment becomes due.

SEC. 231.  

Section 1524.2 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

1524.2.  

(a) As used in this section, the following terms have
the following meanings:

(1) The terms “electronic communication services” and “remote
computing services” shall be construed in accordance with the
Electronic Communications Privacy Act begin insert of 1986 end insert in Chapter 121
(commencing with Section 2701) of Part I of Title 18 of the United
State begin delete Code Annotated. end delete begin insert Code. end insert This section shall not apply to
corporations that do not provide those services to the general
public.

(2) An “adverse result” occurs when notification of the existence
of a search warrant results in:

(A) Danger to the life or physical safety of an individual.

(B) A flight from prosecution.

(C) The destruction of or tampering with evidence.

(D) The intimidation of potential witnesses.

(E) Serious jeopardy to an investigation or undue delay of a
trial.

(3) “Applicant” refers to the peace officer to whom a search
warrant is issued pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 1528.

(4) “California corporation” refers to any corporation or other
entity that is subject to Section 102 of the Corporations Code,
excluding foreign corporations.

(5) “Foreign corporation” refers to any corporation that is
qualified to do business in this state pursuant to Section 2105 of
the Corporations Code.

(6) “Properly served” means that a search warrant has been
delivered by hand, or in a manner reasonably allowing for proof
of delivery if delivered by United States mail, overnight delivery
service, or facsimile to a person or entity listed in Section 2110 of
the Corporations Code, or any other means specified by the
recipient of the search warrant, including email or submission via
an Internet begin delete web end delete begin insert Web end insert portal that the recipient has designated for
the purpose of service of process.

(b) The following provisions begin delete shall end delete apply to any search warrant
issued pursuant to this chapter allowing a search for records that
are in the actual or constructive possession of a foreign corporation
that provides electronic communication services or remote
computing services to the general public, where those records
would reveal the identity of the customers using those services,
data stored by, or on behalf of, the customer, the customer’s usage
of those services, the recipient or destination of communications
sent to or from those customers, or the content of those
communications.

(1) When properly served with a search warrant issued by the
California court, a foreign corporation subject to this section shall
provide to the applicant, all records sought pursuant to that warrant
within five business days of receipt, including those records
maintained or located outside this state.

(2)  begin delete Where end delete begin insert If end insert the applicant makes a showing and the magistrate
finds that failure to produce records within less than five business
days would cause an adverse result, the warrant may require
production of records within less than five business days. A court
may reasonably extend the time required for production of the
records upon finding that the foreign corporation has shown good
cause for that extension and that an extension of time would not
cause an adverse result.

(3) A foreign corporation seeking to quash the warrant must
seek relief from the court that issued the warrant within the time
required for production of records pursuant to this section. The
issuing court shall hear and decide that motion no later than five
court days after the motion is filed.

(4) The foreign corporation shall verify the authenticity of
records that it produces by providing an affidavit that complies
with the requirements set forth in Section 1561 of the Evidence
Code. Those records shall be admissible in evidence as set forth
in Section 1562 of the Evidence Code.

(c) A California corporation that provides electronic
communication services or remote computing services to the
general public, when served with a warrant issued by another state
to produce records that would reveal the identity of the customers
using those services, data stored by, or on behalf of, the customer,
the customer’s usage of those services, the recipient or destination
of communications sent to or from those customers, or the content
of those communications, shall produce those records as if that
warrant had been issued by a California court.

(d)  begin delete No end delete begin insert A end insert cause of action shall begin insert not end insert lie against any foreign or
California corporation subject to this section, its officers,
employees, agents, or other specified persons for providing records,
information, facilities, or assistance in accordance with the terms
of a warrant issued pursuant to this chapter.

SEC. 232.  

Section 1526 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

1526.  

(a) The magistrate, before issuing the warrant, may
examine on oath the person seeking the warrant and any witnesses
the person may produce, and shall take his or her affidavit or their
affidavits in writing, and cause the affidavit or affidavits to be
subscribed by the party or parties making them.

(b) In lieu of the written affidavit required in subdivision (a),
the magistrate may take an oral statement under oath under one of
the following conditions:

(1) The oath shall be made under penalty of perjury and recorded
and transcribed. The transcribed statement shall be deemed to be
an affidavit for the purposes of this chapter. In these cases, the
recording of the sworn oral statement and the transcribed statement
shall be certified by the magistrate receiving it and shall be filed
with the clerk of the court. In the alternative in these cases, the
sworn oral statement shall be recorded by a certified court reporter
and the transcript of the statement shall be certified by the reporter,
after which the magistrate receiving it shall certify the transcript
which shall be filed with the clerk of the court.

(2) The oath is made using telephone and facsimile transmission
equipment, telephone and begin delete electronic mail, end delete begin insert email, end insert or telephone and
computer server, as follows:

(A) The oath is made during a telephone conversation with the
magistrate, after the affiant has signed his or her affidavit in support
of the application for the search warrant and transmitted the
proposed search warrant and all supporting affidavits and
documents to the magistrate. The affiant’s signature may be in the
form of a digital signature or electronic signature if begin delete electronic mail end delete
begin insert email end insert or computer server is used for transmission to the magistrate.

(B) The magistrate shall confirm with the affiant the receipt of
the search warrant and the supporting affidavits and attachments.
The magistrate shall verify that all the pages sent have been
received, that all pages are legible, and that the affiant’s signature,
digital signature, or electronic signature is acknowledged as
genuine.

(C) If the magistrate decides to issue the search warrant, he or
she shall:

(i) Sign the warrant. The magistrate’s signature may be in the
form of a digital signature or electronic signature if begin delete electronic mail end delete
begin insert email end insert or computer server is used for transmission by the magistrate.

(ii) Note on the warrant the exact date and time of the issuance
of the warrant.

(iii) Indicate on the warrant that the oath of the affiant was
administered orally over the telephone.

(D) The magistrate shall transmit via facsimile transmission
equipment, begin delete electronic mail, end delete begin insert email, end insert or computer server, the signed
search warrant to the affiant. The completed search warrant, as
signed by the magistrate and received by the affiant, shall be
deemed to be the original warrant. The original warrant and any
affidavits or attachments in support thereof shall be returned as
provided in Section 1534.

SEC. 233.  

Section 1546 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

1546.  

For purposes of this chapter, the following definitions
apply:

(a) An “adverse result” means any of the following:

(1) Danger to the life or physical safety of an individual.

(2) Flight from prosecution.

(3) Destruction of or tampering with evidence.

(4) Intimidation of potential witnesses.

(5) Serious jeopardy to an investigation or undue delay of a
trial.

(b) “Authorized possessor” means the possessor of an electronic
device when that person is the owner of the device or has been
authorized to possess the device by the owner of the device.

(c) “Electronic communication” means the transfer of signs,
signals, writings, images, sounds, data, or intelligence of any nature
in whole or in part by a wire, radio, electromagnetic, photoelectric,
or photo-optical system.

(d) “Electronic communication information” means any
information about an electronic communication or the use of an
electronic communication service, including, but not limited to,
the contents, sender, recipients, format, or location of the sender
or recipients at any point during the communication, the time or
date the communication was created, sent, or received, or any
information pertaining to any individual or device participating in
the communication, including, but not limited to, an IP address.
begin delete Electronic communication information end delete begin insert “Electronic communication
information end insert begin insert ” end insert does not include subscriber information as defined
in this chapter.

(e) “Electronic communication service” means a service that
provides to its subscribers or users the ability to send or receive
electronic communications, including any service that acts as an
intermediary in the transmission of electronic communications, or
stores electronic communication information.

(f) “Electronic device” means a device that stores, generates,
or transmits information in electronic form.

(g) “Electronic device information” means any information
stored on or generated through the operation of an electronic
device, including the current and prior locations of the device.

(h) “Electronic information” means electronic communication
information or electronic device information.

(i) “Government entity” means a department or agency of the
state or a political subdivision thereof, or an individual acting for
or on behalf of the state or a political subdivision thereof.

(j) “Service provider” means a person or entity offering an
electronic communication service.

(k) “Specific consent” means consent provided directly to the
government entity seeking information, including, but not limited
to, when the government entity is the addressee or intended
recipient or a member of the intended audience of an electronic
communication. Specific consent does not require that the
originator of the communication have actual knowledge that an
addressee, intended recipient, or member of the specific audience
is a government entity.

(l) “Subscriber information” means the name, street address,
telephone number, email address, or similar contact information
provided by the subscriber to the begin insert service end insert provider to establish or
maintain an account or communication channel, a subscriber or
account number or identifier, the length of service, and the types
of services used by a user of or subscriber to a service provider.

SEC. 234.  

Section 1546.1 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

1546.1.  

(a) Except as provided in this section, a government
entity shall not do any of the following:

(1) Compel the production of or access to electronic
communication information from a service provider.

(2) Compel the production of or access to electronic device
information from any person or entity other than the authorized
possessor of the device.

(3) Access electronic device information by means of physical
interaction or electronic communication with the electronic device.
This section does not prohibit the intended recipient of an electronic
communication from voluntarily disclosing electronic
communication information concerning that communication to a
government entity.

(b) A government entity may compel the production of or access
to electronic communication information from a service provider,
or compel the production of or access to electronic device
information from any person or entity other than the authorized
possessor of the device only under the following circumstances:

(1) Pursuant to a warrant issued pursuant to Chapter 3
(commencing with Section 1523) and subject to subdivision (d).

(2) Pursuant to a wiretap order issued pursuant to Chapter 1.4
(commencing with Section 629.50) of Title 15 of Part 1.

(3) Pursuant to an order for electronic reader records issued
pursuant to Section 1798.90 of the Civil Code.

(4) Pursuant to a subpoena issued pursuant to existing state law,
provided that the information is not sought for the purpose of
investigating or prosecuting a criminal offense, and compelling
the production of or access to the information via the subpoena is
not otherwise prohibited by state or federal law. Nothing in this
paragraph shall be construed to expand any authority under state
law to compel the production of or access to electronic information.

(c) A government entity may access electronic device
information by means of physical interaction or electronic
communication with the device only as follows:

(1) Pursuant to a warrant issued pursuant to Chapter 3
(commencing with Section 1523) and subject to subdivision (d).

(2) Pursuant to a wiretap order issued pursuant to Chapter 1.4
(commencing with Section 629.50) of Title 15 of Part 1.

(3) With the specific consent of the authorized possessor of the
device.

(4) With the specific consent of the owner of the device, only
when the device has been reported as lost or stolen.

(5) If the government entity, in good faith, believes that an
emergency involving danger of death or serious physical injury to
any person requires access to the electronic device information.

(6) If the government entity, in good faith, believes the device
to be lost, stolen, or abandoned, provided that the entity shall only
access electronic device information in order to attempt to identify,
verify, or contact the owner or authorized possessor of the device.

(7) Except where prohibited by state or federal law, if the device
is seized from an inmate’s possession or found in an area of a
correctional facility under the jurisdiction of the Department of
Corrections and Rehabilitation where inmates have access and the
device is not in the possession of an individual and the device is
not known or believed to be the possession of an authorized visitor.
begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert paragraph shall begin insert not end insert be construed to supersede
or override Section 4576.

(d) Any warrant for electronic information shall comply with
the following:

(1) The warrant shall describe with particularity the information
to be seized by specifying the time periods covered and, as
appropriate and reasonable, the target individuals or accounts, the
applications or services covered, and the types of information
sought.

(2) The warrant shall require that any information obtained
through the execution of the warrant that is unrelated to the
objective of the warrant shall be sealed and not subject to further
review, use, or disclosure without a court order. A court shall issue
such an order upon a finding that there is probable cause to believe
that the information is relevant to an active investigation, or review,
use, or disclosure is required by state or federal law.

(3) The warrant shall comply with all other provisions of
California and federal law, including any provisions prohibiting,
limiting, or imposing additional requirements on the use of search
warrants. If directed to a service provider, the warrant shall be
accompanied by an order requiring the service provider to verify
the authenticity of electronic information that it produces by
providing an affidavit that complies with the requirements set forth
in Section 1561 of the Evidence Code. Admission of that
information into evidence shall be subject to Section 1562 of the
Evidence Code.

(e) When issuing any warrant or order for electronic information,
or upon the petition from the target or recipient of the warrant or
order, a court may, at its discretion, do begin delete any or all end delete begin insert either or both end insert of
the following:

(1) Appoint a special master, as described in subdivision (d) of
Section 1524, charged with ensuring that only information
necessary to achieve the objective of the warrant or order is
produced or accessed.

(2) Require that any information obtained through the execution
of the warrant or order that is unrelated to the objective of the
warrant be destroyed as soon as feasible after the termination of
the current investigation and any related investigations or
proceedings.

(f) A service provider may voluntarily disclose electronic
communication information or subscriber information when that
disclosure is not otherwise prohibited by state or federal law.

(g) If a government entity receives electronic communication
information voluntarily provided pursuant to subdivision (f), it
shall destroy that information within 90 days unless one or more
of the following circumstances apply:

(1) The entity has or obtains the specific consent of the sender
or recipient of the electronic communications about which
information was disclosed.

(2) The entity obtains a court order authorizing the retention of
the information. A court shall issue a retention order upon a finding
that the conditions justifying the initial voluntary disclosure persist,
in which case the court shall authorize the retention of the
information only for so long as those conditions persist, or there
is probable cause to believe that the information constitutes
evidence that a crime has been committed.

(3) The entity reasonably believes that the information relates
to child pornography and the information is retained as part of a
multiagency database used in the investigation of child
pornography and related crimes.

(h) If a government entity obtains electronic information
pursuant to an emergency involving danger of death or serious
physical injury to a person, that requires access to the electronic
information without delay, the entity shall, within three days after
obtaining the electronic information, file with the appropriate court
an application for a warrant or order authorizing obtaining the
electronic information or a motion seeking approval of the
emergency disclosures that shall set forth the facts giving rise to
the emergency, and if applicable, a request supported by a sworn
affidavit for an order delaying notification under paragraph (1) of
subdivision (b) of Section 1546.2. The court shall promptly rule
on the application or motion and shall order the immediate
destruction of all information obtained, and immediate notification
pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 1546.2 if such notice has
not already been given, upon a finding that the facts did not give
rise to an emergency or upon rejecting the warrant or order
application on any other ground.

(i) This section does not limit the authority of a government
entity to use an administrative, grand jury, trial, or civil discovery
subpoena to do any of the following:

(1) Require an originator, addressee, or intended recipient of
an electronic communication to disclose any electronic
communication information associated with that communication.

(2) Require an entity that provides electronic communications
services to its officers, directors, employees, or agents for the
purpose of carrying out their duties, to disclose electronic
communication information associated with an electronic
communication to or from an officer, director, employee, or agent
of the entity.

(3) Require a service provider to provide subscriber information.

SEC. 235.  

Section 1546.2 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

1546.2.  

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section, any
government entity that executes a warrant, or obtains electronic
information in an emergency pursuant to Section 1546.1, shall
serve upon, or deliver to by registered or first-class mail, electronic
mail, or other means reasonably calculated to be effective, the
identified targets of the warrant or emergency begin delete request, end delete begin insert access, end insert a
notice that informs the recipient that information about the recipient
has been compelled or begin delete requested, end delete begin insert obtained, end insert and states with
reasonable specificity the nature of the government investigation
under which the information is sought. The notice shall include a
copy of the warrant or a written statement setting forth facts giving
rise to the emergency. The notice shall be provided
contemporaneously with the execution of a warrant, or, in the case
of an emergency, within three days after obtaining the electronic
information.

(b) (1) When a warrant is sought or electronic information is
obtained in an emergency under Section 1546.1, the government
entity may submit a request supported by a sworn affidavit for an
order delaying notification and prohibiting any party providing
information from notifying any other party that information has
been sought. The court shall issue the order if the court determines
that there is reason to believe that notification may have an adverse
result, but only for the period of time that the court finds there is
reason to believe that the notification may have that adverse result,
and not to exceed 90 days.

(2) The court may grant extensions of the delay of up to 90 days
each on the same grounds as provided in paragraph (1).

(3) Upon expiration of the period of delay of the notification,
the government entity shall serve upon, or deliver to by registered
or first-class mail, electronic mail, or other means reasonably
calculated to be effective as specified by the court issuing the order
authorizing delayed notification, the identified targets of the
begin delete warrant, end delete begin insert warrant or emergency access, end insert a document that includes
the information described in subdivision (a), a copy of all electronic
information obtained or a summary of that information, including,
at a minimum, the number and types of records disclosed, the date
and time when the earliest and latest records were created, and a
statement of the grounds for the court’s determination to grant a
delay in notifying the individual.

(c) If there is no identified target of a warrant or emergency
begin delete request end delete begin insert access end insert at the time of its issuance, the government entity
shall submit to the Department of Justice within three days of the
execution of the warrant or issuance of the request all of the
information required in subdivision (a). If an order delaying notice
is obtained pursuant to subdivision (b), the government entity shall
submit to the department upon the expiration of the period of delay
of the notification all of the information required in paragraph (3)
of subdivision (b). The department shall publish all those reports
on its Internet Web site within 90 days of receipt. The department
may redact names or other personal identifying information from
the reports.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in this section, nothing in this
chapter shall prohibit or limit a service provider or any other party
from disclosing information about any request or demand for
electronic information.

SEC. 236.  

Section 3000.08 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

3000.08.  

(a) A person released from state prison prior to or
on or after July 1, 2013, after serving a prison term, or whose
sentence has been deemed served pursuant to Section 2900.5, for
any of the following crimes is subject to parole supervision by the
Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation and the jurisdiction
of the court in the county in which the parolee is released, resides,
or in which an alleged violation of supervision has occurred, for
the purpose of hearing petitions to revoke parole and impose a
term of custody:

(1) A serious felony as described in subdivision (c) of Section
1192.7.

(2) A violent felony as described in subdivision (c) of Section
667.5.

(3) A crime for which the person was sentenced pursuant to
paragraph (2) of subdivision (e) of Section 667 or paragraph (2)
of subdivision (c) of Section 1170.12.

(4) Any crime for which the person is classified as a high-risk
sex offender.

(5) Any crime for which the person is required, as a condition
of parole, to undergo treatment by the State Department of State
Hospitals pursuant to Section 2962.

(b) Notwithstanding any other law, all other offenders released
from prison shall be placed on postrelease supervision pursuant
to Title 2.05 (commencing with Section 3450).

(c) At any time during the period of parole of a person subject
to this section, if any parole agent or peace officer has probable
cause to believe that the parolee is violating any term or condition
of his or her parole, the agent or officer may, without warrant or
other process and at any time until the final disposition of the case,
arrest the person and bring him or her before the court, or the court
may, in its discretion, issue a warrant for that person’s arrest
pursuant to Section 1203.2. Notwithstanding Section 3056, and
unless the parolee is otherwise serving a period of flash
incarceration, whenever a supervised person who is subject to this
section is arrested, with or without a warrant or the filing of a
petition for revocation as described in subdivision (f), the court
may order the release of the parolee from custody under any terms
and conditions the court deems appropriate.

(d) Upon review of the alleged violation and a finding of good
cause that the parolee has committed a violation of law or violated
his or her conditions of parole, the supervising parole agency may
impose additional and appropriate conditions of supervision,
including rehabilitation and treatment services and appropriate
incentives for compliance, and impose immediate, structured, and
intermediate sanctions for parole violations, including flash
incarceration in a city or a county jail. Periods of “flash
incarceration,” as defined in subdivision (e) are encouraged as one
method of punishment for violations of a parolee’s conditions of
parole. This section does not preclude referrals to a reentry court
pursuant to Section 3015.

(e) “Flash incarceration” is a period of detention in a city or a
county jail due to a violation of a parolee’s conditions of parole.
The length of the detention period can range between one and 10
consecutive days. Shorter, but if necessary more frequent, periods
of detention for violations of a parolee’s conditions of parole shall
appropriately punish a parolee while preventing the disruption in
a work or home establishment that typically arises from longer
periods of detention.

(f) If the supervising parole agency has determined, following
application of its assessment processes, that intermediate sanctions
up to and including flash incarceration are not appropriate, the
supervising parole agency shall, pursuant to Section 1203.2,
petition either the court in the county in which the parolee is being
supervised or the court in the county in which the alleged violation
of supervision occurred, to revoke parole. At any point during the
process initiated pursuant to this section, a parolee may waive, in
writing, his or her right to counsel, admit the parole violation,
waive a court hearing, and accept the proposed parole modification
or revocation. The petition shall include a written report that
contains additional information regarding the petition, including
the relevant terms and conditions of parole, the circumstances of
the alleged underlying violation, the history and background of
the parolee, and any recommendations. The Judicial Council shall
adopt forms and rules of court to establish uniform statewide
procedures to implement this subdivision, including the minimum
contents of supervision agency reports. Upon a finding that the
person has violated the conditions of parole, the court shall have
authority to do any of the following:

(1) Return the person to parole supervision with modifications
of conditions, if appropriate, including a period of incarceration
in begin insert a end insert county jail.

(2) Revoke parole and order the person to confinement in begin delete the end delete
begin insert a end insert county jail.

(3) Refer the person to a reentry court pursuant to Section 3015
or other evidence-based program in the court’s discretion.

(g) Confinement pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of
subdivision (f) shall not exceed a period of 180 days in begin delete the end delete begin insert a end insert county
jail.

(h) Notwithstanding any other law, if Section 3000.1 or
paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) of Section 3000 applies to a person
who is on parole and the court determines that the person has
committed a violation of law or violated his or her conditions of
parole, the person on parole shall be remanded to the custody of
the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation and the
jurisdiction of the Board of Parole Hearings for the purpose of
future parole consideration.

(i) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), any of the following persons
released from state prison shall be subject to the jurisdiction of,
and parole supervision by, the Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation for a period of parole up to three years or the parole
term the person was subject to at the time of the commission of
the offense, whichever is greater:

(1) The person is required to register as a sex offender pursuant
to Chapter 5.5 (commencing with Section 290) of Title 9 of Part
1, and was subject to a period of parole exceeding three years at
the time he or she committed a felony for which they were
convicted and subsequently sentenced to state prison.

(2) The person was subject to parole for life pursuant to Section
3000.1 at the time of the commission of the offense that resulted
in a conviction and state prison sentence.

(j) Parolees subject to this section who have a pending
adjudication for a parole violation on July 1, 2013, are subject to
the jurisdiction of the Board of Parole Hearings. Parole revocation
proceedings conducted by the Board of Parole Hearings prior to
July 1, 2013, if reopened on or after July 1, 2013, are subject to
the jurisdiction of the Board of Parole Hearings.

(k) Except as described in subdivision (c), any person who is
convicted of a felony that requires community supervision and
who still has a period of state parole to serve shall discharge from
state parole at the time of release to community supervision.

(l)  Any person released to parole supervision pursuant to
subdivision (a) shall, regardless of any subsequent determination
that the person should have been released pursuant to subdivision
(b), remain subject to subdivision (a) after having served 60 days
under supervision pursuant to subdivision (a).

SEC. 237.  

Section 3016 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

3016.  

(a) The Secretary of the Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation shall establish the Case Management Reentry Pilot
Program for offenders under the jurisdiction of the department
who have been sentenced to a term of imprisonment under Section
1170 and are likely to benefit from a case management reentry
strategy designed to address homelessness, joblessness, mental
disorders, and developmental disabilities among offenders
transitioning from prison into the community. The purpose of the
pilot program is to implement promising and evidence-based
practices and strategies that promote improved public safety
outcomes for offenders reentering society after serving a term in
state prison and while released to parole.

(b) The program shall be initiated in at least three counties over
three years, supported by department employees focusing primarily
on case management services for eligible parolees selected for the
pilot program. Department employees shall be experienced or
trained to work as social workers with a parole population.
Selection of a parolee for participation in the pilot program does
not guarantee the availability of services.

(c) Case management social workers shall assist offenders on
parole who are assigned to the program in managing basic needs,
including housing, job training and placement, medical and mental
health care, and any additional programming or responsibilities
attendant to the terms of the offender’s reentry requirements. Case
management social workers also shall work closely with offenders
to prepare, monitor, revise, and fulfill individualized offender
reentry plans consistent with this section during the term of the
program.

(d) Individualized offender reentry plans shall focus on
connecting offenders to services for which the offender is eligible
under existing federal, state, and local rules.

(e) Case management services shall be prioritized for offenders
identified as potentially benefiting from assistance with the
following:

(1) Food, including the immediate need and long-term planning
for obtaining food.

(2) Clothing, including the immediate need to obtain appropriate
clothing.

(3) Shelter, including obtaining housing consistent with the
goals of the most independent, least restrictive and potentially
durable housing in the local community and that are feasible for
the circumstances of each reentering offender.

(4) Benefits, including, but not limited to, the California Work
Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids program, general
assistance, benefits administered by the federal Social Security
Administration, Medi-Cal, and veterans benefits.

(5) Health services, including assisting parolee clients with
accessing community mental health, medical, and dental treatment.

(6) Substance abuse services, including assisting parolee clients
with obtaining community substance abuse treatment or related
12-step program information and locations.

(7) Income, including developing and implementing a feasible
plan to obtain an income and employment reflecting the highest
level of work appropriate for a reentering offender’s abilities and
experience.

(8) Identification cards, including assisting reentering offenders
with obtaining state identification cards.

(9) Life skills, including assisting with the development of skills
concerning money management, job interviewing, resume writing,
and activities of daily living.

(10) Activities, including working with reentering offenders in
choosing and engaging in suitable and productive activities.

(11) Support systems, including working with reentering
offenders on developing a support system, which may consist of
prosocial friends, family, and community groups and activities,
such as religious activities, recovery groups, and other social
events.

(12) Academic and vocational programs, including assisting
reentering offenders in developing and implementing a realistic
plan to achieve an academic education, or vocational training, or
both.

(13) Discharge planning, including developing postparole plans
to sustain parolees’ achievements and goals to begin delete insure end delete begin insert ensure end insert
long-term community success.

(f) The department shall contract for an evaluation of the pilot
program that will assess its effectiveness in reducing recidivism
among offenders transitioning from prison into the community.

(g) The department shall submit a final report of the findings
from its evaluation of the pilot program to the Legislature and the
Governor no later than July 31, 2017.

(h) Implementation of this article is contingent on the availability
of funds and the pilot program may be limited in scope or duration
based on the availability of funds.

SEC. 238.  

Section 3056 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

3056.  

(a) Prisoners on parole shall remain under the
supervision of the department but shall not be returned to prison
except as provided in subdivision (b) or as provided by subdivision
(c) of Section 3000.09. A parolee awaiting a parole revocation
hearing may be housed in a county jail while awaiting revocation
proceedings. If a parolee is housed in a county jail, he or she shall
be housed in the county in which he or she was arrested or the
county in which a petition to revoke parole has been filed or, if
there is no county jail in that county, in the housing facility with
which that county has contracted to house jail inmates.
Additionally, except as provided by subdivision (c) of Section
3000.09, upon revocation of parole, a parolee may be housed in a
county jail for a maximum of 180 days per revocation. When
housed in county facilities, parolees shall be under the sole legal
custody and jurisdiction of local county facilities. A parolee shall
remain under the sole legal custody and jurisdiction of the local
county or local correctional administrator, even if placed in an
alternative custody program in lieu of incarceration, including, but
not limited to, work furlough and electronic home detention. When
a parolee is under the legal custody and jurisdiction of a county
facility awaiting parole revocation proceedings or upon revocation,
he or she shall not be under the parole supervision or jurisdiction
of the department. Unless otherwise serving a period of flash
incarceration, whenever a parolee who is subject to this section
has been arrested, with or without a warrant or the filing of a
petition for revocation with the court, the court may order the
release of the parolee from custody under any terms and conditions
the court deems appropriate. When released from the county facility
or county alternative custody program following a period of
custody for revocation of parole or because no violation of parole
is found, the parolee shall be returned to the parole supervision of
the department for the duration of parole.

(b) Inmates paroled pursuant to Section 3000.1 may be returned
to prison following the revocation of parole by the Board of Parole
Hearings until July 1, 2013, and thereafter by a court pursuant to
Section 3000.08.

(c) A parolee who is subject to subdivision begin delete (a) end delete begin insert (a), end insert but who is
under 18 years of begin delete age end delete begin insert age, end insert may be housed in a facility of the
Division of Juvenile begin delete Facilities. end delete begin insert Facilities, Department of
Corrections and Rehabilitation. end insert

SEC. 239.  

Section 4030 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

4030.  

(a) (1) The Legislature finds and declares that law
enforcement policies and practices for conducting strip or body
cavity searches of detained persons vary widely throughout
California. Consequently, some people have been arbitrarily
subjected to unnecessary strip and body cavity searches after arrests
for minor misdemeanor and infraction offenses. Some present
search practices violate state and federal constitutional rights to
privacy and freedom from unreasonable searches and seizures.

(2) It is the intent of the Legislature in enacting this section to
protect the state and federal constitutional rights of the people of
California by establishing a statewide policy strictly limiting strip
and body cavity searches.

(b)  begin delete The provisions of this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert only
to prearraignment detainees arrested for infraction or misdemeanor
offenses and to any minor detained prior to a detention hearing on
the grounds that he or she is a person described in Section 300,
601, or 602 of the Welfare and Institutions Code alleged to have
committed a misdemeanor or infraction offense. begin delete The provisions
of this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to a person in the custody
of the Secretary of the Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation or the Director of the Division of Juvenile Justice
in the Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation.

(c) As used in this section the following definitions begin delete shall end delete apply:

(1) “Body cavity” only means the stomach or rectal cavity of a
person, and vagina of a female person.

(2) “Physical body cavity search” means physical intrusion into
a body cavity for the purpose of discovering any object concealed
in the body cavity.

(3) “Strip search” means a search which requires a person to
remove or arrange some or all of his or her clothing so as to permit
a visual inspection of the underclothing, breasts, buttocks, or
genitalia of such person.

(4) “Visual body cavity search” means visual inspection of a
body cavity.

(d) Notwithstanding any other law, including Section 40304.5
of the Vehicle Code, when a person is arrested and taken into
custody, that person may be subjected to patdown searches, metal
detector searches, and thorough clothing searches in order to
discover and retrieve concealed weapons and contraband substances
prior to being placed in a booking cell.

(e) A person arrested and held in custody on a misdemeanor or
infraction offense, except those involving weapons, controlled
substances, or violence, or a minor detained prior to a detention
hearing on the grounds that he or she is a person described in
Section 300, begin delete 601 end delete begin insert 601, end insert or 602 of the Welfare and Institutions Code,
except for those minors alleged to have committed felonies or
offenses involving weapons, controlled substances, or violence,
shall not be subjected to a strip search or visual body cavity search
prior to placement in the general jail population, unless a peace
officer has determined there is reasonable suspicion, based on
specific and articulable facts, to believe that person is concealing
a weapon or contraband, and a strip search will result in the
discovery of the weapon or contraband. A strip search or visual
body cavity search, or both, shall not be conducted without the
prior written authorization of the supervising officer on duty. The
authorization shall include the specific and articulable facts and
circumstances upon which the reasonable suspicion determination
was made by the supervisor.

(f) (1) Except pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (2), a
person arrested and held in custody on a misdemeanor or infraction
offense not involving weapons, controlled substances, or violence,
shall not be confined in the general jail population unless all of
the following are true:

(A) The person is not cited and released.

(B) The person is not released on his or her own recognizance
pursuant to Article 9 (commencing with Section 1318) of Chapter
1 of Title 10 of Part 2.

(C) The person is not able to post bail within a reasonable time,
not less than three hours.

(2) A person shall not be housed in the general jail population
prior to release pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) unless
a documented emergency exists and there is no reasonable
alternative to that placement. The person shall be placed in the
general population only upon prior written authorization
documenting the specific facts and circumstances of the emergency.
The written authorization shall be signed by the uniformed
supervisor of the facility or by a uniformed watch commander. A
person confined in the general jail population pursuant to paragraph
(1) shall retain all rights to release on citation, his or her own
recognizance, or bail that were preempted as a consequence of the
emergency.

(g) A person arrested on a misdemeanor or infraction offense,
or a minor described in subdivision (b), shall not be subjected to
a physical body cavity search except under the authority of a search
warrant issued by a magistrate specifically authorizing the physical
body cavity search.

(h) A copy of the prior written authorization required by
subdivisions (e) and (f) and the search warrant required by
subdivision (g) shall be placed in the agency’s records and made
available, on request, to the person searched or his or her authorized
representative. With regard to a strip search or visual or physical
body cavity search, the time, date, and place of the search, the
name and sex of the person conducting the search, and a statement
of the results of the search, including a list of items removed from
the person searched, shall be recorded in the agency’s records and
made available, upon request, to the person searched or his or her
authorized representative.

(i) Persons conducting a strip search or a visual body cavity
search shall not touch the breasts, buttocks, or genitalia of the
person being searched.

(j) A physical body cavity search shall be conducted under
sanitary conditions, and only by a physician, nurse practitioner,
registered nurse, licensed vocational nurse, or emergency medical
technician Level II licensed to practice in this state. A physician
engaged in providing health care to detainees and inmates of the
facility may conduct physical body cavity searches.

(k) A person conducting or otherwise present or within sight of
the inmate during a strip search or visual or physical body cavity
search shall be of the same sex as the person being searched, except
for physicians or licensed medical personnel.

(l) All strip, visual, and physical body cavity searches shall be
conducted in an area of privacy so that the search cannot be
observed by persons not participating in the search. Persons are
considered to be participating in the search if their official duties
relative to search procedure require them to be present at the time
the search is conducted.

(m) A person who knowingly and willfully authorizes or
conducts a strip search or visual or physical body cavity search in
violation of this section is guilty of a misdemeanor.

(n)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be construed as limiting
the common law or statutory rights of a person regarding an action
for damages or injunctive relief, or as precluding the prosecution
under another law of a peace officer or other person who has
violated this section.

(o) Any person who suffers damage or harm as a result of a
violation of this section may bring a civil action to recover actual
damages, or one thousand dollars ($1,000), whichever is greater.
In addition, the court may, in its discretion, award punitive
damages, equitable relief as it deems necessary and proper, and
costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

SEC. 240.  

Section 4031 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

4031.  

(a) This section applies to all minors detained in a
juvenile detention center on the grounds that he or she is a person
described in Section 300, 601, or 602 of the Welfare and
Institutions Code, and all minors adjudged a ward of the court and
held in a juvenile detention center on the grounds he or she is a
person described in Section 300, 601, or 602 of the Welfare and
Institutions Code.

(b) Persons conducting a strip search or a visual body cavity
search shall not touch the breasts, buttocks, or genitalia of the
person being searched.

(c) A physical body cavity search shall be conducted under
sanitary conditions, and only by a physician, nurse practitioner,
registered nurse, licensed vocational nurse, or emergency medical
technician Level II licensed to practice in this state. A physician
engaged in providing health care to detainees, wards, and inmates
of the facility may conduct physical body cavity searches.

(d) A person conducting or otherwise present or within sight of
the inmate during a strip search or visual or physical body cavity
search shall be of the same sex as the person being searched, except
for physicians or licensed medical personnel.

(e) All strip searches and visual and physical body cavity
searches shall be conducted in an area of privacy so that the search
cannot be observed by persons not participating in the search.
Persons are considered to be participating in the search if their
official duties relative to search procedure require them to be
present at the time the search is conducted.

(f) A person who knowingly and willfully authorizes or conducts
a strip begin delete searches end delete begin insert search end insert and visual or physical body cavity search
in violation of this section is guilty of a misdemeanor.

(g)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be construed as limiting
the common law or statutory rights of a person regarding an action
for damages or injunctive relief, or as precluding the prosecution
under another law of a peace officer or other person who has
violated this section.

(h) Any person who suffers damage or harm as a result of a
violation of this section may bring a civil action to recover actual
damages, or one thousand dollars ($1,000), whichever is greater.
In addition, the court may, in its discretion, award punitive
damages, equitable relief as it deems necessary and proper, and
costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

(i) This section does not limit the protections granted by Section
4030 to individuals described in subdivision (b) of that section.

SEC. 241.  

Section 5065.5 of the Penal Code is amended to
read:

5065.5.  

(a) A person or entity that enters into a contract with
a criminal offender for the sale of the story of a crime for which
the offender was convicted shall notify the California Department
of Corrections and Rehabilitation that the parties have entered into
a contract for sale of the offender’s story if both of the following
conditions are met:

(1) The offender’s conviction was for any offense specified in
paragraph (1), except voluntary manslaughter, (2), (3), (4), (5),
(6), (7), (9), (16), (17), (20), (22), (25), (34), or (35) of subdivision
(c) of Section 1192.7.

(2) Subdivision (b) of Section 340.3 of the Code of Civil
Procedure does not preclude commencement of a civil action
against the criminal offender.

(b) Within 90 days of being notified, the California Department
of Corrections and Rehabilitation shall notify the victim, or if the
victim cannot be reasonably notified, a member of the victim’s
immediate family, who has requested notification of the existence
of a contract described by this section.

(c) For purposes of this section, “member of begin insert the end insert victim’s
immediate family” means a spouse, child, parent, sibling,
grandchild, or grandparent.

SEC. 242.  

Section 15003 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

15003.  

Peace officer memorial ceremonies, including the
dedication of the memorial and any subsequent ceremonies, shall
be conducted by the California Peace begin delete Officers end delete begin insert Officers end insert begin insert ’ end insert Memorial
begin delete Foundation. end delete begin insert Foundation, Inc. end insert

SEC. 243.  

Section 33880 of the Penal Code is amended to read:

33880.  

(a) A city, county, or city and county, or a state agency
may adopt a regulation, ordinance, or resolution imposing a charge
equal to its administrative costs relating to the seizure, impounding,
storage, or release of a firearm or ammunition.

(b) The fee under subdivision (a) shall not exceed the actual
costs incurred for the expenses directly related to taking possession
of a firearm or ammunition, storing the firearm or ammunition,
and surrendering possession of the firearm or ammunition to a
licensed firearms dealer or to the owner.

(c) The administrative costs described in subdivisions (a) and
(b) may be waived by the local or state agency upon verifiable
proof that the firearm or ammunition was reported stolen at the
time the firearm came into the custody or control of the law
enforcement agency.

(d) The following apply to any charges imposed for
administrative costs pursuant to this section:

(1) The charges shall only be imposed on the person claiming
title to the firearm or ammunition.

(2) Any charges shall be collected by the local or state authority
only from the person claiming title to the firearm or ammunition.

(3) The charges shall be in addition to any other charges
authorized or imposed pursuant to this code.

(4) A charge begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not be imposed for a hearing or appeal
relating to the removal, impound, storage, or release of a firearm
or ammunition, unless that hearing or appeal was requested in
writing by the legal owner of the firearm or ammunition. In
addition, the charge may be imposed only upon the person
requesting that hearing or appeal.

(e) Costs for a hearing or appeal related to the release of a
firearm or ammunition shall not be charged to the legal owner who
redeems the firearm or ammunition, unless the legal owner
voluntarily requests the begin delete post-storage end delete begin insert poststorage end insert hearing or appeal.
A city, county, city and county, or state agency shall not require
a legal owner to request a begin delete post-storage end delete begin insert poststorage end insert hearing as a
requirement for release of the firearm or ammunition to the legal
owner.

SEC. 244.  

Section 1490 of the Probate Code is amended to
read:

1490.  

Except as set forth in Section 1510.1, when used in any
statute of this state with reference to an adult or to the person of a
married minor, “guardian” means the conservator of that adult or
the conservator of the person in begin insert the end insert case of the married minor.

SEC. 245.  

Section 1510.1 of the Probate Code is amended to
read:

1510.1.  

(a) (1) With the consent of the proposed ward, the
court may appoint a guardian of the person for an unmarried
individual who is 18 years of age or older, but who has not yet
attained 21 years of begin delete age end delete begin insert age, end insert in connection with a petition to make
the necessary findings regarding special immigrant juvenile status
pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 155 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(2) A petition for guardianship of the person of a proposed ward
who is 18 years of age or older, but who has not yet attained 21
years of begin delete age end delete begin insert age, end insert may be filed by a relative or any other person on
behalf of the proposed ward, or the proposed ward.

(b) (1) At the request of, or with the consent of, the ward, the
court may extend an existing guardianship of the person for a ward
past 18 years of age, for purposes of allowing the ward to complete
the application process with the United States Citizenship and
Immigration Services for classification as a special immigrant
juvenile pursuant to Section 1101(a)(27)(J) of Title 8 of the United
States Code.

(2) A relative or any other person on behalf of a ward, or the
ward, may file a petition to extend the guardianship of the person
for a period of time not to extend beyond the ward reaching 21
years of age.

(c) This section does not authorize the guardian to abrogate any
of the rights that a person who has attained 18 years of age may
have as an adult under state law, including, but not limited to,
decisions regarding the ward’s medical treatment, education, or
residence, without the ward’s express consent.

(d) For purposes of this division, the terms “child,” “minor,”
and “ward” include an unmarried individual who is younger than
21 years of age and who, pursuant to this section, consents to the
appointment of a guardian or extension of a guardianship after he
or she attains 18 years of age.

(e) The Judicial Council shall, by July 1, 2016, adopt any rules
and forms needed to implement this section.

SEC. 246.  

Section 1828 of the Probate Code is amended to
read:

1828.  

(a) Except as provided in subdivision (c), before the
establishment of a conservatorship of the person or estate, or both,
the court shall inform the proposed conservatee of all of the
following:

(1) The nature and purpose of the proceeding.

(2) The establishment of a conservatorship is a legal adjudication
of the begin insert proposed end insert conservatee’s inability to properly provide for begin delete the
conservatee’s end delete begin insert his or her end insert personal needs or to manage the
conservatee’s own financial resources, or both, depending on the
allegations made and the determinations requested in the petition,
and the effect of such an adjudication on the begin insert proposed end insert
conservatee’s basic rights.

(3) (A) The proposed conservatee may be disqualified from
voting pursuant to Section 2208 of the Elections Code if he or she
is incapable of communicating, with or without reasonable
accommodations, a desire to participate in the voting process.

(B) The proposed conservatee shall not be disqualified from
voting on the basis that he or she does, or would need to do, any
of the following to complete an affidavit of voter registration:

(i) Signs the affidavit of voter registration with a mark or a cross
pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 2150 of the Elections Code.

(ii) Signs the affidavit of voter registration by means of a
signature stamp pursuant to Section 354.5 of the Elections Code.

(iii) Completes the affidavit of voter registration with the
assistance of another person pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section
2150 of the Elections Code.

(iv) Completes the affidavit of voter registration with reasonable
accommodations.

(4) The identity of the proposed conservator.

(5) The nature and effect on the begin insert proposed end insert conservatee’s basic
rights of any order requested under Chapter 4 (commencing with
Section 1870), and in the case of an allegedly developmentally
disabled adult, the specific effects of each limitation requested in
such order.

(6) The proposed conservatee has the right to oppose the
proceeding, to have the matter of the establishment of the
conservatorship tried by jury, to be represented by legal counsel
if the proposed conservatee so chooses, and to have legal counsel
appointed by the court if unable to retain legal counsel.

(b) After the court so informs the proposed conservatee and
before the establishment of the conservatorship, the court shall
consult the proposed conservatee to determine the proposed
conservatee’s opinion concerning all of the following:

(1) The establishment of the conservatorship.

(2) The appointment of the proposed conservator.

(3) Any order requested under Chapter 4 (commencing with
Section 1870), and in the case of an allegedly developmentally
disabled adult, of each limitation requested in such order.

(c) This section does not apply where both of the following
conditions are satisfied:

(1) The proposed conservatee is absent from the hearing and is
not required to attend the hearing under subdivision (a) of Section
1825.

(2) Any showing required by Section 1825 has been made.

SEC. 247.  

Section 1851 of the Probate Code is amended to
read:

1851.  

(a) (1) If court review is required pursuant to Section
1850, the court investigator shall, without prior notice to the
conservator except as ordered by the court for necessity or to
prevent harm to the conservatee, visit the conservatee. The court
investigator shall inform the conservatee personally that the
conservatee is under a conservatorship and shall give the name of
the conservator to the conservatee. The court investigator shall
determine all of the following:

(A) If the conservatee wishes to petition the court for termination
of the conservatorship.

(B) If the conservatee is still in need of the conservatorship.

(C) If the begin delete present end delete conservator is acting in the best interests of
the conservatee. In determining if the conservator is acting in the
best interests of the conservatee, the court investigator’s evaluation
shall include an examination of the conservatee’s placement, the
quality of care, including physical and mental treatment, and the
conservatee’s finances. To the extent practicable, the investigator
shall review the accounting with a conservatee who has sufficient
capacity. To the greatest extent possible, the court investigator
shall interview individuals set forth in paragraph (1) of subdivision
(a) of Section 1826, in order to determine if the conservator is
acting in the best interests of the conservatee.

(D) (i) If the conservatee is incapable of communicating, with
or without reasonable accommodations, a desire to participate in
the voting process and may be disqualified from voting pursuant
to Section 2208 or 2209 of the Elections Code.

(ii) The conservatee shall not be disqualified from voting on
the basis that he or she does, or would need to do, any of the
following to complete an affidavit of voter registration:

(I) Signs the affidavit of voter registration with a mark or a cross
pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 2150 of the Elections Code.

(II) Signs the affidavit of voter registration by means of a
signature stamp pursuant to Section 354.5 of the Elections Code.

(III) Completes the affidavit of voter registration with the
assistance of another person pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section
2150 of the Elections Code.

(IV) Completes the affidavit of voter registration with reasonable
accommodations.

(2) If the court has made an order under Chapter 4 (commencing
with Section 1870), the court investigator shall determine if the
present condition of the conservatee is such that the terms of the
order should be modified or the order revoked.

(3) Upon request of the court investigator, the conservator shall
make available to the court investigator during the investigation
for inspection and copying all books and records, including receipts
and any expenditures, of the conservatorship.

(b) (1) The findings of the court investigator, including the
facts upon which the findings are based, shall be certified in writing
to the court not less than 15 days before the date of review. A copy
of the report shall be mailed to the conservator and to the attorneys
of record for the conservator and conservatee at the same time it
is certified to the court. A copy of the report, modified as set forth
in paragraph (2), also shall be mailed to the conservatee’s spouse
or registered domestic partner, the conservatee’s relatives in the
first degree, and if there are no such relatives, to the next closest
relative, unless the court determines that the mailing will harm the
conservatee.

(2) Confidential medical information and confidential
information from the California Law Enforcement
Telecommunications System shall be in a separate attachment to
the report and shall not be provided in copies sent to the
conservatee’s spouse or registered domestic partner, the
conservatee’s relatives in the first degree, and if there are no such
relatives, to the next closest relative.

(c) In the case of a limited conservatee, the court investigator
shall recommend continuing or terminating the limited
conservatorship.

(d) The court investigator may personally visit the conservator
and other persons as may be necessary to determine if the begin delete present end delete
conservator is acting in the best interests of the conservatee.

(e) The report required by this section shall be confidential and
shall be made available only to parties, persons described in
subdivision (b), persons given notice of the petition who have
requested the report or who have appeared in the proceeding, their
attorneys, and the court. The court shall have discretion at any
other time to release the report if it would serve the interests of
the conservatee. The clerk of the court shall limit disclosure of the
report exclusively to persons entitled to the report under this
section.

(f) A superior court begin delete shall not be end delete begin insert is not end insert required to perform any
duties imposed pursuant to the amendments to this section enacted
by Chapter 493 of the Statutes of 2006 until the Legislature makes
an appropriation identified for this purpose.

SEC. 248.  

Section 4788 of the Probate Code is amended to
read:

4788.  

(a)    For purposes of this section:

(1) “Authority” means the Emergency Medical Services
Authority.

(2) “Authorized user” means a person authorized by the
authority to submit information to, or to receive information from,
the POLST eRegistry Pilot, including health care providers, as
defined in Section 4781, and their designees.

(3) “POLST” means a Physician Orders for Life Sustaining
Treatment that fulfills the requirements, in any format, of Section
4780.

(4) “POLST eRegistry Pilot” means the California POLST
eRegistry Pilot begin delete Act end delete begin insert program end insert established pursuant to this section
to make electronic, in addition to other modes of submission and
transmission, POLST information available to authorized users.

(b) (1) The authority shall establish a pilot project, in
consultation with stakeholders, to operate an electronic registry
system on a pilot basis, to be known as the California POLST
eRegistry Pilot, for the purpose of collecting a patient’s POLST
information received from a physician or physician’s designee and
disseminating the information to an authorized user.

(2) The authority shall implement this section only after
determining that sufficient nonstate funds are available to allow
for the development of the POLST eRegistry Pilot, any related
startup costs, and an evaluation of the POLST eRegistry Pilot.

(3) The authority shall coordinate the POLST eRegistry Pilot,
which shall be operated by, and as a part of, the health information
exchange networks, or by an independent contractor, or by a
combination thereof. The POLST eRegistry Pilot may operate in
a single geographic area or multiple geographic areas and may test
various methods of making POLST information available
electronically. The design of the POLST eRegistry Pilot shall be
sufficiently robust, based on the success of the pilot, to inform the
permanent, statewide operation of a POLST eRegistry.

(4) The authority shall adopt guidelines necessary for the
operation of the POLST eRegistry Pilot. In developing these
guidelines, the authority shall seek input from interested parties
and hold at least one public meeting. The adoption, amendment,
or repeal of the guidelines authorized by this paragraph is hereby
exempted from the Administrative Procedure Act (Chapter 3.5
(commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title
2 of the Government Code). The guidelines shall include, but not
be limited to, the following:

(A) The means by which initial or subsequent POLST
information may be submitted to, or withdrawn from, the POLST
eRegistry Pilot, which shall include a method for electronic
delivery of this information and the use of legally sufficient
electronic signatures.

(B) Appropriate and timely methods by which the information
in the POLST eRegistry Pilot may be disseminated to an authorized
user.

(C) Procedures for verifying the identity of an authorized user.

(D) Procedures to ensure the accuracy of, and to appropriately
protect the confidentiality of, POLST information submitted to
the POLST eRegistry Pilot.

(E) The requirement that a patient, or, when appropriate, his or
her legally recognized health care decisionmaker, receive a
confirmation or a receipt that the patient’s POLST information
has been received by the POLST eRegistry Pilot.

(F) The ability of a patient, or, when appropriate, his or her
legally recognized health care decisionmaker, with begin delete his or her end delete begin insert the
patient’s end insert health care provider, as defined in Section 4621, to modify
or withdraw POLST information on the POLST eRegistry Pilot.

begin delete

(6)

end delete

begin insert (5) end insert  (A) Prior to implementation of the POLST eRegistry Pilot,
the authority shall submit a detailed plan to the Legislature that
explains how the POLST eRegistry Pilot will operate.

(B) The plan to be submitted pursuant to subparagraph (A) shall
be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government
Code.

(c) The operation of the POLST eRegistry Pilot, for all users,
shall comply with state and federal privacy and security laws and
regulations, including, but not limited to, compliance with the
Confidentiality of Medical Information Act (Part 2.6 (commencing
with Section 56) of Division 1 of the Civil Code) and the
regulations promulgated pursuant to the federal Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (Public Law 104-191),
found at Parts 160 and 164 of Title 45 of the Code of Federal
Regulations.

(d) When the POLST eRegistry Pilot is operable in the
geographic area in which he or she practices or operates, a
physician or physician’s designee who completes POLST
information with a patient or his or her legally recognized health
care decisionmaker shall include the POLST information in the
patient’s official medical record and shall submit a copy of the
POLST form to, or enter the POLST information into, the POLST
eRegistry Pilot, unless the patient or the legally recognized health
care decisionmaker chooses not to participate in the POLST
eRegistry Pilot.

(e) When the POLST eRegistry Pilot is operable in the
geographic area in which they practice or operate, physicians,
hospitals, and health information exchange networks shall make
electronic POLST information available, for use during
emergencies, through the POLST eRegistry Pilot to health care
providers, as defined in Section 4781, that also practice or operate
in a geographic area where the POLST eRegistry Pilot is operable,
but that are outside of their health information exchange networks.

(f) In accordance with Section 4782, a health care provider, as
defined in Section 4781, who honors a patient’s request regarding
resuscitative measures obtained from the POLST eRegistry Pilot
shall not be subject to criminal prosecution, civil liability, discipline
for unprofessional conduct, administrative sanction, or any other
sanction, if the health care provider (1) believes in good faith that
the action or decision is consistent with this part, and (2) has no
knowledge that the action or decision would be inconsistent with
a health care decision that the individual signing the request would
have made on his or her own behalf under like circumstances.

(g) An independent contractor approved by the authority shall
perform an evaluation of the POLST eRegistry Pilot.

(h) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2020,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2020, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 249.  

Section 5203 of the Probate Code is amended to
read:

5203.  

(a) Words in substantially the following form in a
signature card, passbook, contract, or instrument evidencing an
account, or words to the same effect, executed before, on, or after
July 1, 1990, create the following accounts:

(1) Joint account: “This account or certificate is owned by the
named parties. Upon the death of any of them, ownership passes
to the survivor(s).”

(2) P.O.D. account with single party: “This account or certificate
is owned by the named party. Upon the death of that party,
ownership passes to the named pay-on-death payee(s).”

(3) P.O.D. account with multiple parties: “This account or
certificate is owned by the named parties. Upon the death of any
of them, ownership passes to the survivor(s). Upon the death of
all of them, ownership passes to the named pay-on-death payee(s).”

(4) Joint account of husband and wife with right of survivorship:
“This account or certificate is owned by the named parties, who
are husband and wife, and is presumed to be their community
property. Upon the death of either of them, ownership passes to
the survivor.”

(5) Community property account of husband and wife: “This
account or certificate is the community property of the named
parties who are husband and wife. The ownership during lifetime
and after the death of a spouse is determined by the law applicable
to community property generally and may be affected by a will.”

(6) Tenancy in common account: “This account or certificate
is owned by the named parties as tenants in common. Upon the
death of any party, the ownership interest of that party passes to
the named pay-on-death payee(s) of that party or, if none, to the
estate of that party.”

(b) Use of the form language provided in this section is not
necessary to create an account that is governed by this part. If the
contract of deposit creates substantially the same begin delete relationsip end delete
begin insert relationship end insert between the parties as an account created using the
form language provided in this section, this part applies to the
same extent as if the form language had been used.

SEC. 250.  

Section 16062 of the Probate Code is amended to
read:

16062.  

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this section and
in Section 16064, the trustee shall account at least annually, at the
termination of the trust, and upon a change of trustee, to each
beneficiary to whom income or principal is required or authorized
in the trustee’s discretion to be currently distributed.

(b) A trustee of a living trust created by an instrument executed
before July 1, 1987, is not subject to the duty to account provided
by subdivision (a).

(c) A trustee of a trust created by a will executed before July 1,
1987, is not subject to the duty to account provided by subdivision
(a), except that if the trust is removed from continuing court
jurisdiction pursuant to Article 2 (commencing with Section 17350)
of Chapter 4 of Part 5, the duty to account provided by subdivision
(a) applies to the trustee.

(d) Except as provided in Section 16064, the duty of a trustee
to account pursuant to former Section 1120.1a of the Probate Code
(as repealed by Chapter 820 of the Statutes of 1986), under a trust
created by a will executed before July 1, 1977, which has been
removed from continuing court jurisdiction pursuant to former
Section 1120.1a, continues to apply after July 1, 1987. The duty
to account under former Section 1120.1a may be satisfied by
furnishing an account that satisfies the requirements of Section
16063.

(e) Any limitation or waiver in a trust instrument of the
obligation to account is against public policy and shall be void as
to any sole trustee who is either of the following:

(1) A disqualified person as defined in begin insert former end insert Section begin delete 21350.5. end delete
begin insert 21350.5 (as repealed by Chapter 620 of the Statutes of 2010). end insert

(2) Described in subdivision (a) of Section 21380, but not
described in Section 21382.

SEC. 251.  

Section 20111.6 of the Public Contract Code is
amended to read:

20111.6.  

(a) This section begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert only to public
projects, as defined in subdivision (c) of Section 22002, for which
the governing board of the begin insert school end insert district uses funds received
pursuant to the Leroy F. Greene School Facilities Act of 1998
(Chapter 12.5 (commencing with Section 17070.10) of Part 10 of
Division 1 of Title 1 of the Education Code) or any funds received,
including funds reimbursed, from any future state school bond for
a public project that involves a projected expenditure of one million
dollars ($1,000,000) or more.

(b) If the governing board of the school district enters into a
contract meeting the criteria of subdivision (a), then the governing
board of the school district shall require that prospective bidders
for a construction contract complete and submit to the governing
board of the school district a standardized prequalification
questionnaire and financial statement. The questionnaire and
financial statement shall be verified under oath by the bidder in
the manner in which civil pleadings in civil actions are verified.
The questionnaires and financial statements begin delete shall not be end delete begin insert are end insert public
records and shall not be open to public inspection.

(c) The governing board of the school district shall adopt and
apply a uniform system of rating bidders on the basis of the
completed questionnaires and financial statements. This system
shall also apply to a person, firm, or corporation that constructs a
building described in Section 17406 or 17407 of the Education
Code.

(d) The questionnaire and financial statement described in
subdivision (b), and the uniform system of rating bidders described
in subdivision (c), shall cover, at a minimum, the issues covered
by the standardized questionnaire and model guidelines for rating
bidders developed by the Department of Industrial Relations
pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 20101.

(e) Each prospective bidder shall be furnished by the school
district letting the contract with a standardized proposal form that,
when completed and executed, shall be submitted as his or her bid.
Bids not presented on the forms so furnished shall be disregarded.

(f) A proposal form required pursuant to subdivision (e) shall
not be accepted from any person or other entity that is required to
submit a completed questionnaire and financial statement for
prequalification pursuant to subdivision (b) or from any person or
other entity that uses a subcontractor that is required to submit a
completed questionnaire and financial statement for
prequalification pursuant to subdivision (b), but has not done so
at least 10 business days before the date fixed for the public
opening of sealed bids or has not been prequalified for at least five
business days before that date. The school district may require the
completed questionnaire and financial statement for
prequalification to be submitted more than 10 business days before
the fixed date for the public opening of sealed bids. The school
district may also require the prequalification more than five
business days before the fixed date.

(g) (1) The governing board of the school district may establish
a process for prequalifying prospective bidders pursuant to this
section on a quarterly or annual basis and a prequalification
pursuant to this process shall be valid for one calendar year
following the date of initial prequalification.

(2) The governing board of the school district shall establish a
process to prequalify a person, firm, or corporation, including, but
not limited to, the prime contractor and, if used, an electrical,
mechanical, and plumbing subcontractor, to construct a building
described in Section 17406 or 17407 of the Education Code on a
quarterly or annual basis. A prequalification pursuant to this
process shall be valid for one calendar year following the date of
initial prequalification.

(h) This section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not preclude the governing board of
the school district from prequalifying or disqualifying a
subcontractor of any specialty classification described in Section
7058 of the Business and Professions Code.

(i) For purposes of this section, bidders shall include both of
the following:

(1) A prime contractor, as defined in Section 4113, that is either
of the following:

(A) A general engineering contractor described in Section 7056
of the Business and Professions Code.

(B) A general building contractor described in Section 7057 of
the Business and Professions Code.

(2) If utilized, each electrical, mechanical, and plumbing
contractor, whether as a prime contractor or as a subcontractor, as
defined in Section 4113.

(j) If a public project covered by this section includes electrical,
mechanical, or plumbing components that will be performed by
electrical, mechanical, or plumbing contractors, a list of
prequalified general contractors and electrical, mechanical, and
plumbing subcontractors shall be made available by the school
district to all bidders at least five business days before the dates
fixed for the public opening of sealed bids. The school district may
require the list to be made available more than five business days
before the fixed dates for the public opening of sealed bids.

(k) For purposes of this section, electrical, mechanical, and
plumbing subcontractors are contractors licensed pursuant to
Section 7058 of the Business and Professions Code, specifically
contractors holding C-4, C-7, C-10, C-16, C-20, C-34, C-36, C-38,
C-42, C-43, and C-46 licenses, pursuant to regulations of the
Contractors’ State License Board.

(l) This section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to a school district with an
average daily attendance of less than 2,500.

(m) (1) This section begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert only to contracts
awarded on or after January 1, 2014.

(2) The amendments made to this section by begin delete the act adding this
paragraph shall end delete begin insert Chapter 408 of the Statutes of 2014 end insert apply only to
contracts awarded on or after January 1, 2015.

(n) (1) On or before January 1, 2018, the Director of Industrial
Relations shall (A) submit a report to the Legislature evaluating
whether, during the years this section has applied to contracts,
violations of the Labor Code on school district projects have
decreased as compared to the same number of years immediately
preceding the enactment of this section, and (B) recommend
improvements to the system for prequalifying contractors and
subcontractors on school district projects.

(2) A report to be submitted pursuant to this subdivision shall
be submitted in compliance with Section 9795 of the Government
Code.

(o) This section shall become inoperative on January 1, 2019,
and, as of July 1, 2019, is repealed.

SEC. 252.  

Section 541.5 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

541.5.  

(a) The department shall not close, or propose to close,
a state park in the 2012-13 or 2013-14 fiscal year. The commission
and the department shall recommend all necessary steps to establish
a sustainable funding strategy for the department to the Legislature
on or before January 1, 2015.

(b) There is hereby appropriated twenty million five hundred
thousand dollars ($20,500,000) to the department from the State
Parks and Recreation Fund, which shall be available for
encumbrance until June 30, 2016, and for liquidation until June
30, 2018, to be expended as follows:

(1) Ten million dollars ($10,000,000) shall be available to
provide for matching funds pursuant to subdivision (c).

(2) Ten million dollars ($10,000,000) shall be available for the
department to direct funds to parks that remain at risk of closure
or that will keep parks open during the 2012-13 to 2015-16 fiscal
years, inclusive. Priority may be given to parks subject to a donor
or operating agreement or other contractual arrangement with the
department.

(3) Up to five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) shall be
available for the department to pay for ongoing audits and
investigations as directed by the Joint Legislative Audit Committee,
the office of the Attorney General, the Department of Finance, or
other state agency.

(c) The department shall match on a dollar-for-dollar basis all
financial contributions contributed by a donor pursuant to an
agreement for the 2012-13 fiscal year for which the department
received funds as of July 31, 2013, and for agreements entered
into in the 2013-14 fiscal year. These matching funds shall be
used exclusively in the park unit subject to those agreements.

(d) The department shall notify the Joint Legislative Budget
Committee in writing not less than 30 days before the expenditure
of funds under this section of the funding that shall be expended,
the manner of the expenditure, and the recipient of the expenditure.

(e) The prohibition on the closure, or proposed closure, of a
state park in the 2012-13 or 2013-14 fiscal year, pursuant to
begin delete paragraph end delete begin insert subdivision end insert (a), does not limit or affect the department’s
authority to enter into an operating agreement, pursuant to Section
5080.42, during the 2012-13 or 2013-14 fiscal year, for purposes
of the operation of the entirety of a state park during the 2012-13
or 2013-14 fiscal year.

SEC. 253.  

Section 5002.2 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

5002.2.  

(a) (1) Following classification or reclassification of
a unit by the State Park and Recreation Commission, and prior to
the development of any new facilities in any previously classified
unit, the department shall prepare a general plan or revise any
existing begin delete plan, end delete begin insert plan end insert for the unit.

(2) The general plan shall consist of elements that will evaluate
and define the proposed land uses, facilities, concessions, operation
of the unit, any environmental impacts, and the management of
resources, and shall serve as a guide for the future development,
management, and operation of the unit.

(3) The general plan constitutes a report on a project for the
purposes of Section 21100. The general plan for a unit shall be
submitted by the department to the State Park and Recreation
Commission for approval.

(b) The resource element of the general plan shall evaluate the
unit as a constituent of an ecological region and as a distinct
ecological entity, based upon historical and ecological research of
plant-animal and soil-geological relationships and shall contain a
declaration of purpose, setting forth specific long-range
management objectives for the unit consistent with the unit’s
classification pursuant to Article 1.7 (commencing with Section
5019.50), and a declaration of resource management policy, setting
forth the precise actions and limitations required for the
achievement of the objectives established in the declaration of
purpose.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the department is not
required to prepare a general plan for a unit that has no general
plan or to revise an existing plan if the only development
contemplated by the department consists of the repair, replacement,
or rehabilitation of an existing facility; the construction of a
temporary facility, if the construction does not result in the
permanent commitment of a resource of the unit; any undertaking
necessary for the protection of public health or safety; or any
emergency measure necessary for the immediate protection of
natural or cultural resources; or any combination of these activities
at a single unit. Any development is subject to the requirements
of the California Environmental Quality Act (Division 13
(commencing with Section 21000)).

(d) Notwithstanding subdivision (a), the department is not
required to prepare a general plan or revise an existing plan for a
unit to which new development is necessary to comply with public
service delivery obligations, operational or code compliance
upgrades, or resource preservation requirements that are compatible
with the classification of the unit. The department may instead
prepare a management or development plan with appropriate
environmental review and analysis.

(e) Consistent with good planning and sound resource
management, the department shall, in discharging its
responsibilities under this section, attempt to make units of the
state park system accessible and usable by the general public at
the earliest opportunity.

(f) The department may prepare a general plan that includes
more than one unit of the state park system for units that are in
close proximity to one another and that have similar resources and
recreational opportunities if that action will facilitate the protection
of public resources and public access to units of the state park
system.

SEC. 254.  

Section 5071.7 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

5071.7.  

(a) (1) In planning the system, the director shall
consult with and seek the assistance of the Department of
Transportation. The Department of Transportation shall plan and
design those trail routes that are in need of construction contiguous
to state highways and serve both a transportation and a recreational
need.

(2) The Department of Transportation shall install or supervise
the installation of signs along heritage corridors consistent with
the plan element developed pursuant to this begin delete section and Section
5073.1; end delete begin insert section; end insert provided, however, that it shall neither install nor
supervise the installation of those signs until it determines that it
has available to it adequate volunteers or funds, or a combination
thereof, to install or supervise the installation of the signs, or until
the Legislature appropriates sufficient funds for the installation or
supervision of installation, whichever occurs first.

(b) The element of the plan relating to boating trails and other
segments of the system which are oriented to waterways shall be
prepared and maintained by the Division of Boating and Waterways
within the Department of Parks and Recreation pursuant to Article
2.6 (commencing with Section 68) of Chapter 2 of Division 1 of
the Harbors and Navigation Code. Those segments shall be
integrated with the California Protected Waterways Plan developed
pursuant to Chapter 1278 of the Statutes of 1968, and shall be
planned so as to be consistent with the preservation of rivers of
the California Wild and Scenic Rivers System, as provided in
Chapter 1.4 (commencing with Section begin delete 5093.50) of this division. end delete
begin insert 5093.50). end insert

(c) Any element of the plan relating to trails and areas for the
use of begin delete off/highway end delete begin insert off-highway end insert motor vehicles shall be prepared
and maintained by the Division of begin delete Off/Highway end delete begin insert Off-Highway end insert
Motor Vehicle Recreation pursuant to Chapter 1.25 (commencing
with Section 5090.01).

(d) In planning the system, the director shall consult with and
seek the assistance of the Department of Rehabilitation,
representatives of its California Access Network volunteers, and
nonprofit disability access groups to begin delete assure end delete begin insert ensure end insert that adequate
provision is made for publicizing the potential use of recreational
trails, including heritage corridors by physically disabled persons.

SEC. 255.  

Section 8750 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

8750.  

Unless the context requires otherwise, the following
definitions govern the construction of this division:

(a) “Administrator” means the administrator for oil spill response
appointed by the Governor pursuant to Section 8670.4 of the
Government Code.

(b) “Barges” means any vessel that carries oil in commercial
quantities as cargo but is not equipped with a means of
self-propulsion.

(c) (1) “Best achievable protection” means the highest level of
protection which can be achieved through both the use of the best
achievable technology and those manpower levels, training
procedures, and operational methods which provide the greatest
degree of protection achievable. The administrator’s determination
of best achievable protection shall be guided by the critical need
to protect valuable coastal resources and marine waters, while also
considering (A) the protection provided by the measures, (B) the
technological achievability of the measures, and (C) the cost of
the measures.

(2) It is not the intent of the Legislature that the administrator
use a cost-benefit or cost-effectiveness analysis or any particular
method of analysis in determining which measures to require.
Instead, it is the intent of the Legislature that the administrator
give reasonable consideration to the protection provided by the
measures, the technological achievability of the measures, and the
cost of the measures when establishing the requirements to provide
the best achievable protection for coastal and marine resources.

(d) “Best achievable technology” means that technology begin delete which end delete
begin insert that end insert provides the greatest degree of protection taking into
consideration (1) processes begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert are being developed, or
could feasibly be developed anywhere in the world, given overall
reasonable expenditures on research and development, and (2)
processes begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert are currently in use anywhere in the world.
In determining what is best achievable technology, the
administrator shall consider the effectiveness and engineering
feasibility of the technology.

(e) “Commission” means the State Lands Commission.

(f) “Local government” means any chartered or general law
city, chartered or general law county or any city and county.

(g) “Marine facility” means any facility of any kind, other than
a vessel, begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert is or was used for the purposes of exploring
for, drilling for, producing, storing, handling, transferring,
processing, refining, or transporting oil and is located in marine
waters, or is located where a discharge could impact marine waters
unless the facility (1) is subject to Chapter 6.67 (commencing with
Section 25270) or Chapter 6.75 (commencing with Section
25299.10) of Division 20 of the Health and Safety Code or (2) is
placed on a farm, nursery, logging site, or construction site and
does not exceed 20,000 gallons in a single storage tank. For the
purposes of this division, a drill ship, semisubmersible drilling
platform, jack-up type drilling rig, or any other floating or
temporary drilling platform is a “marine facility.” For the purposes
of this division, a small craft refueling dock is not a “marine
facility.”

(h) “Marine terminal” means any marine facility used for
transferring oil to or from tankers or barges. For the purposes of
this section, a marine terminal includes all piping not integrally
connected to a tank facility as defined in subdivision begin delete (k) end delete begin insert (n) end insert of
Section 25270.2 of the Health and Safety Code.

(i) “Marine waters” means those waters subject to tidal
influence, except for waters in the Sacramento-San Joaquin Rivers
and Delta upstream from a line running north and south through
the point where Contra Costa, Sacramento, and Solano Counties
meet.

(j) “Nonpersistent oil” means a petroleum-based oil, such as
gasoline, diesel, or jet fuel, begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert evaporates relatively
quickly. Specifically, it is an oil with hydrocarbon fractions, at
least 50 percent of which, by volume, distills at a temperature of
645 degrees Fahrenheit, and at least 95 percent of which, by
volume, distills at a temperature of 700 degrees Fahrenheit.

(k) “Oil” means any kind of petroleum, liquid hydrocarbons,
or petroleum products or any fraction or residues therefrom,
including, but not limited to, crude oil, bunker fuel, gasoline, diesel
fuel, aviation fuel, oil sludge, oil refuse, oil mixed with waste, and
liquid distillates from unprocessed natural gas.

(l) “Onshore facility” means any facility of any kind which is
located entirely on lands not covered by marine waters.

(m) “Operator” when used in connection with vessels, marine
terminals, pipelines, or facilities, means any person or entity begin delete which end delete
begin insert that end insert owns, has an ownership interest in, charters, leases, rents,
operates, participates in the operation of or uses that vessel,
terminal, pipeline, or facility. “Operator” does not include any
entity begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert owns the land underlying the facility or the
facility itself, where the entity is not involved in the operations of
the facility.

(n) “Person” means an individual, trust, firm, joint stock
company, or corporation, including, but not limited to, a
government corporation, partnership, limited liability company,
and association. “Person” also includes any city, county, city and
county, district, and the state or any department or agency thereof,
and the federal government, or any department or agency thereof,
to the extent permitted by law.

(o) “Pipeline” means any pipeline used at any time to transport
oil.

(p) “Responsible party” or “party responsible” means either of
the following:

(1) The owner or transporter of oil or a person or entity accepting
responsibility for the oil.

(2) The owner, operator, or lessee of, or person who charters
by demise, any vessel or marine facility or a person or entity
accepting responsibility for the vessel or marine facility.

(q) “Small craft refueling dock” means a fixed facility having
tank storage capacity not exceeding 20,000 gallons in any single
storage tank and that dispenses nonpersistent oil to small craft.

(r) “Spill” or “discharge” means any release of at least one barrel
(42 gallons) of oil not authorized by any federal, state, or local
government entity.

(s) “State oil spill contingency plan” means the California oil
spill contingency plan prepared pursuant to Article 3.5
(commencing with Section 8574.1) of Chapter 7 of Division 1 of
Title 2 of the Government Code.

(t) “Tanker” means any self-propelled, waterborne vessel,
constructed or adapted for the carriage of oil in bulk or in
commercial quantities as cargo.

(u) “Vessel” means a tanker or barge as defined in this section.

SEC. 256.  

Section 25401 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

25401.  

The commission shall continuously carry out studies,
research projects, data collection, and other activities required to
assess the nature, extent, and distribution of energy resources to
meet the needs of the state, including but not limited to, fossil fuels
and solar, nuclear, and geothermal energy resources. It shall also
carry out studies, technical assessments, research projects, and
data collection directed to reducing wasteful, inefficient,
unnecessary, or uneconomic uses of energy, including, but not
limited to, all of the following:

(a) Pricing of electricity and other forms of energy.

(b) Improved building design and insulation.

(c) Restriction of promotional activities designed to increase
the use of begin delete electrical energy end delete begin insert electricity end insert by consumers.

(d) Improved appliance efficiency.

(e) Advances in power generation and transmission technology.

(f) Comparisons in the efficiencies of alternative methods of
energy utilization.

The commission shall survey pursuant to this section all forms
of energy on which to base its recommendations to the Governor
and Legislature for elimination of waste or increases in efficiency
for sources or uses of energy. The commission shall transmit to
the Governor and the Legislature, as part of the biennial report
specified in Section begin delete 25309, end delete begin insert 25302, end insert recommendations for state
policy and actions for the orderly development of all potential
sources of energy to meet the state’s needs, including, but not
limited to, fossil fuels and solar, nuclear, and geothermal energy
resources, and to reduce wasteful and inefficient uses of energy.

SEC. 257.  

Section 26003 of the Public Resources Code, as
amended by Section 1.5 of Chapter 788 of the Statutes of 2015, is
amended to read:

26003.  

(a) As used in this division, unless the context
otherwise requires:

(1) (A) “Advanced manufacturing” means manufacturing
processes that improve existing or create entirely new materials,
products, and processes through the use of science, engineering,
or information technologies, high-precision tools and methods, a
high-performance workforce, and innovative business or
organizational models utilizing any of the following technology
areas:

(i) Microelectronics and nanoelectronics, including
semiconductors.

(ii) Advanced materials.

(iii) Integrated computational materials engineering.

(iv) Nanotechnology.

(v) Additive manufacturing.

(vi) Industrial biotechnology.

(B) “Advanced manufacturing” includes any of the following:

(i) Systems that result from substantive advancement, whether
incremental or breakthrough, beyond the current industry standard,
in the production of materials and products. These advancements
include improvements in manufacturing processes and systems
that are often referred to as “smart” or “intelligent” manufacturing
systems, which integrate computational predictability and
operational efficiency.

(ii) (I) Sustainable manufacturing systems and manufacturing
technologies that minimize the use of resources while maintaining
or improving cost and performance.

(II) Sustainable manufacturing systems and manufacturing
technologies do not include those required to be undertaken
pursuant to state or federal law or regulations, air district rules or
regulations, memoranda of understanding with a governmental
entity, or legally binding agreements or documents. The State Air
Resources Board shall advise the authority to ensure that the
requirements of this clause are met.

(2) (A) “Advanced transportation technologies” means
emerging commercially competitive transportation-related
technologies identified by the authority as capable of creating
long-term, begin delete high value-added end delete begin insert high-value-added end insert jobs for Californians
while enhancing the state’s commitment to energy conservation,
pollution and greenhouse gas emissions reduction, and
transportation efficiency.

(B) “Advanced transportation technologies” does not include
those projects required to be undertaken pursuant to state or federal
law or regulations, air district rules or regulations, memoranda of
understanding with a governmental entity, or legally binding
agreements or documents. The State Air Resources Board shall
advise the authority regarding projects that are excluded pursuant
to this subparagraph.

(3) (A) “Alternative sources” means devices or technologies
used for a renewable electrical generation facility, as defined in
paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 25741, a combined
heat and power system, as defined in Section 2840.2 of the Public
Utilities Code, distributed generation and energy storage
technologies eligible under the self-generation incentive program
pursuant to Section 379.6 of the Public Utilities Code, as
determined by the Public Utilities Commission, or a facility
designed for the production of renewable fuels, the efficient use
of which begin delete reduce end delete begin insert reduces end insert the use of fossil or nuclear fuels, and
energy efficiency devices or technologies that reduce the need for
new electric generation and reduce emissions of toxic and criteria
pollutants and greenhouse gases.

(B) “Alternative sources” does not include a hydroelectric
facility that does not meet state laws pertaining to the control,
appropriation, use, and distribution of water, including, but not
limited to, the obtaining of applicable licenses and permits.

(4) “Authority” means the California Alternative Energy and
Advanced Transportation Financing Authority established pursuant
to Section 26004, and any board, commission, department, or
officer succeeding to the functions of the authority, or to which
the powers conferred upon the authority by this division shall be
given.

(5) “Cost” as applied to a project or portion of the project
financed under this division means all or part of the cost of
construction and acquisition of all lands, structures, real or personal
property or an interest in the real or personal property, rights,
rights-of-way, franchises, easements, and interests acquired or
used for a project; the cost of demolishing or removing any
buildings or structures on land so acquired, including the cost of
acquiring any lands to which those buildings or structures may be
moved; the cost of all machinery, equipment, and furnishings,
financing charges, interest prior to, during, and for a period after,
completion of construction as determined by the authority;
provisions for working capital; reserves for principal and interest
and for extensions, enlargements, additions, replacements,
renovations, and improvements; the cost of architectural,
engineering, financial, accounting, auditing and legal services,
plans, specifications, estimates, administrative expenses, and other
expenses necessary or incidental to determining the feasibility of
constructing any project or incidental to the construction,
acquisition, or financing of a project.

(6) “Financial assistance” includes, but is not limited to, loans,
loan loss reserves, interest rate reductions, proceeds of bonds issued
by the authority, bond insurance, loan guarantees or other credit
enhancements or liquidity facilities, contributions of money, or a
combination thereof, as determined by, and approved by the
resolution of, the board.

(7) (A) “Participating party” means a person, federal or state
agency, department, board, authority, or commission, state or
community college, or university, or a city or county, regional
agency, public district, school district, or other political entity
engaged in the business or operations in the state, whether
organized for profit or not for profit, that applies for financial
assistance from the authority for the purpose of implementing a
project.

(B) (i) For purposes of Section 6010.8 of the Revenue and
Taxation Code, “participating party” means an entity specified in
subparagraph (A) that seeks financial assistance pursuant to Section
26011.8.

(ii) For purposes of Section 6010.8 of the Revenue and Taxation
Code, an entity located outside of the state, including an entity
located overseas, is considered to be a participating party and is
eligible to apply for financial assistance pursuant to Section
26011.8 if the participating party commits to, and demonstrates
that, the party will be opening a manufacturing facility in the state.

(iii) It is the intent of the Legislature by adding clause (ii) to
clarify existing law and ensure that an out-of-state entity or
overseas entity is eligible to apply for financial assistance pursuant
to Section 26011.8.

(8) (A) “Project” means a land, building, improvement to the
land or building, rehabilitation, work, property, or structure, real
or personal, stationary or mobile, including, but not limited to,
machinery and equipment utilized in the state, whether or not in
existence or under construction, that utilizes, or is designed to
utilize, an alternative source, or that is utilized for the design,
technology transfer, manufacture, production, assembly,
distribution, or service of advanced transportation technologies or
alternative source components.

(B) “Project,” for purposes of Section 26011.8 and Section
6010.8 of the Revenue and Taxation Code, is defined in Section
26011.8.

(9) “Revenue” means all rents, receipts, purchase payments,
loan repayments, and all other income or receipts derived by the
authority from a project, or the sale, lease, or other disposition of
alternative source or advanced transportation technology facilities,
or the making of loans to finance alternative source or advanced
transportation technology facilities, and any income or revenue
derived from the investment of money in any fund or account of
the authority.

(b) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2021,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2021, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 258.  

Section 26003 of the Public Resources Code, as
amended by Section 2.5 of Chapter 788 of the Statutes of 2015, is
amended to read:

26003.  

(a) As used in this division, unless the context
otherwise requires:

(1) (A)  “Advanced transportation technologies” means
emerging commercially competitive transportation-related
technologies identified by the authority as capable of creating
long-term, begin delete high value-added end delete begin insert high-value-added end insert jobs for Californians
while enhancing the state’s commitment to energy conservation,
pollution and greenhouse gas emissions reduction, and
transportation efficiency.

(B) “Advanced transportation technologies” does not include
those projects required to be undertaken pursuant to state or federal
law or regulations, air district rules or regulations, memoranda of
understanding with a governmental entity, or legally binding
agreements or documents. The State Air Resources Board shall
advise the authority regarding projects that are excluded pursuant
to this subparagraph.

(2) (A) “Alternative sources” means devices or technologies
used for a renewable electrical generation facility, as defined in
paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 25741, a combined
heat and power system, as defined in Section 2840.2 of the Public
Utilities Code, distributed generation and energy storage
technologies eligible under the self-generation incentive program
pursuant to Section 379.6 of the Public Utilities Code, as
determined by the Public Utilities Commission, or a facility
designed for the production of renewable fuels, the efficient use
of which begin delete reduce end delete begin insert reduces end insert the use of fossil or nuclear fuels, and
energy efficiency devices or technologies that reduce the need for
new electric generation and reduce emissions of toxic and criteria
pollutants and greenhouse gases.

(B) “Alternative sources” does not include a hydroelectric
facility that does not meet state laws pertaining to the control,
appropriation, use, and distribution of water, including, but not
limited to, the obtaining of applicable licenses and permits.

(3) “Authority” means the California Alternative Energy and
Advanced Transportation Financing Authority established pursuant
to Section 26004, and any board, commission, department, or
officer succeeding to the functions of the authority, or to which
the powers conferred upon the authority by this division shall be
given.

(4) “Cost” as applied to a project or portion of the project
financed under this division means all or part of the cost of
construction and acquisition of all lands, structures, real or personal
property or an interest in the real or personal property, rights,
rights-of-way, franchises, easements, and interests acquired or
used for a project; the cost of demolishing or removing any
buildings or structures on land so acquired, including the cost of
acquiring any lands to which those buildings or structures may be
moved; the cost of all machinery, equipment, and furnishings,
financing charges, interest prior to, during, and for a period after,
completion of construction as determined by the authority;
provisions for working capital; reserves for principal and interest
and for extensions, enlargements, additions, replacements,
renovations, and improvements; the cost of architectural,
engineering, financial, accounting, auditing and legal services,
plans, specifications, estimates, administrative expenses, and other
expenses necessary or incidental to determining the feasibility of
constructing any project or incidental to the construction,
acquisition, or financing of a project.

(5) “Financial assistance” includes, but is not limited to, loans,
loan loss reserves, interest rate reductions, proceeds of bonds issued
by the authority, bond insurance, loan guarantees or other credit
enhancements or liquidity facilities, contributions of money, or a
combination thereof, as determined by, and approved by the
resolution of, the board.

(6) (A) “Participating party” means a person, federal or state
agency, department, board, authority, or commission, state or
community college, or university, or a city or county, regional
agency, public district, school district, or other political entity
engaged in the business or operations in the state, whether
organized for profit or not for profit, that applies for financial
assistance from the authority for the purpose of implementing a
project.

(B) (i) For purposes of Section 6010.8 of the Revenue and
Taxation Code, “participating party” means an entity specified in
subparagraph (A) that seeks financial assistance pursuant to Section
26011.8.

(ii) For purposes of Section 6010.8 of the Revenue and Taxation
Code, an entity located outside of the state, including an entity
located overseas, is considered to be a participating party and is
eligible to apply for financial assistance pursuant to Section
26011.8 if the participating party commits to, and demonstrates
that, the party will be opening a manufacturing facility in the state.

(iii) It is the intent of the Legislature by adding clause (ii) to
clarify existing law and ensure that an out-of-state entity or
overseas entity is eligible to apply for financial assistance pursuant
to Section 26011.8.

(7) (A) “Project” means a land, building, improvement to the
land or building, rehabilitation, work, property, or structure, real
or personal, stationary or mobile, including, but not limited to,
machinery and equipment utilized in the state, whether or not in
existence or under construction, that utilizes, or is designed to
utilize, an alternative source, or that is utilized for the design,
technology transfer, manufacture, production, assembly,
distribution, or service of advanced transportation technologies or
alternative source components.

(B) “Project,” for purposes of Section 26011.8 and Section
6010.8 of the Revenue and Taxation Code, is defined in Section
26011.8.

(8) “Revenue” means all rents, receipts, purchase payments,
loan repayments, and all other income or receipts derived by the
authority from a project, or the sale, lease, or other disposition of
alternative source or advanced transportation technology facilities,
or the making of loans to finance alternative source or advanced
transportation technology facilities, and any income or revenue
derived from the investment of money in any fund or account of
the authority.

(b) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2021.

SEC. 259.  

Section 30411 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

30411.  

(a) The Department of Fish and Wildlife and the Fish
and Game Commission are the principal state agencies responsible
for the establishment and control of wildlife and fishery
management programs and the commission shall not establish or
impose any controls with respect thereto that duplicate or exceed
regulatory controls established by these agencies pursuant to
specific statutory requirements or authorization.

(b) The Department of Fish and Wildlife in consultation with
the commission and the Division of Boating and Waterways within
the Department of Parks and Recreation, may study degraded
wetlands and identify those which can most feasibly be restored
in conjunction with development of a boating facility as provided
in subdivision (a) of Section 30233. Any study conducted under
this subdivision shall include consideration of all of the following:

(1) Whether the wetland is so severely degraded and its natural
processes so substantially impaired that it is not capable of
recovering and maintaining a high level of biological productivity
without major restoration activities.

(2) Whether a substantial portion of the degraded wetland, but
in no event less than 75 percent, can be restored and maintained
as a highly productive wetland in conjunction with a boating
facilities project.

(3) Whether restoration of the wetland’s natural values,
including its biological productivity and wildlife habitat features,
can most feasibly be achieved and maintained in conjunction with
a boating facility or whether there are other feasible ways to
achieve these values.

(c) The Legislature finds and declares that salt water or brackish
water aquaculture is a coastal-dependent use which should be
encouraged to augment food supplies and to further the policies
set forth in Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 825) of Division
1. The Department of Fish and Wildlife may identify coastal sites
it determines to be appropriate for aquaculture facilities. If the
Department of Fish and Wildlife identifies these sites, it shall
transmit information identifying the sites to the commission and
the relevant local government agency. The begin delete commission, and end delete
begin insert commission and, end insert where appropriate, local begin delete governments, end delete
begin insert governments end insert shall, consistent with the coastal planning
requirements of this division, provide for as many coastal sites
identified by the Department of Fish and Wildlife for any uses that
are consistent with the policies of Chapter 3 (commencing with
Section begin delete 30200) of this division. end delete begin insert 30200). end insert

(d) Any agency of the state owning or managing land in the
coastal zone for public purposes shall be an active participant in
the selection of suitable sites for aquaculture facilities and shall
make the land available for use in aquaculture when feasible and
consistent with other policies of this division and other begin delete provisions
of end delete law.

SEC. 260.  

Section 42023.1 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

42023.1.  

(a) The Recycling Market Development Revolving
Loan Subaccount is hereby created in the account for the purpose
of providing loans for purposes of the Recycling Market
Development Revolving Loan Program established pursuant to
this article and for making payments pursuant to subdivision (g).

(b) Notwithstanding Section 13340 of the Government Code,
the begin delete funds end delete begin insert moneys end insert deposited in the subaccount are hereby
continuously appropriated to the department without regard to
fiscal year for making loans pursuant to this article and for making
payments pursuant to subdivision (g).

(c) The department may expend interest earnings on begin delete funds end delete
begin insert moneys end insert in the subaccount for administrative expenses incurred in
carrying out the Recycling Market Development Revolving Loan
Program, upon the appropriation of begin delete funds end delete begin insert moneys end insert in the subaccount
for that purpose in the annual Budget Act.

(d) The begin delete money end delete begin insert moneys end insert from loan repayments and fees,
including, but not limited to, principal and interest repayments,
fees and points, recovery of collection costs, income earned on an
asset recovered pursuant to a loan default, and funds collected
through foreclosure actions shall be deposited in the subaccount.

(e) All interest accruing on interest payments from loan
applicants shall be deposited in the subaccount.

(f) The department may expend the begin delete money end delete begin insert moneys end insert in the
subaccount to make loans to local governing bodies, private
businesses, and nonprofit entities within recycling market
development zones, or in areas outside zones where partnerships
exist with other public entities to assist local jurisdictions to comply
with Section 40051.

(g) The department may expend the begin delete money end delete begin insert moneys end insert in the
subaccount to make payments to local governing bodies within a
recycling market zone for services related to the promotion of the
zone. The services may include, but are not limited to, training,
outreach, development of written promotional materials, and
technical analyses of feedstock availability.

(h) The department shall not fund a loan until it determines that
the applicant has obtained all significant applicable federal, state,
and local permits. The department shall determine which applicable
federal, state, and local permits are significant.

(i) The department shall establish and collect fees for
applications for loans authorized by this section. The application
fee shall be set at a level that is sufficient to fund the department’s
cost of processing applications for loans. In addition, the
department shall establish a schedule of fees or points for loans
that are entered into by the department, to fund the department’s
administration of the revolving loan program.

(j) The department may expend begin delete money end delete begin insert moneys end insert in the subaccount
for the administration of the Recycling Market Development
Revolving Loan Program, upon the appropriation of begin delete funds end delete begin insert moneys end insert
in the subaccount for that purpose in the annual Budget Act. In
addition, the department may expend begin delete money end delete begin insert moneys end insert in the account
to administer the revolving loan program, upon the appropriation
of begin delete funds end delete begin insert moneys end insert in the begin delete subaccount end delete begin insert account end insert for that purpose in the
annual Budget Act. However, funding for the administration of
the revolving loan program from the account shall be provided
only if there are not sufficient begin delete funds end delete begin insert moneys end insert in the subaccount to
fully fund the administration of the program.

(k) The department, pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section
47901, may set aside begin delete funds end delete begin insert moneys end insert for the purposes of paying
costs necessary to protect the state’s position as a lender-creditor.
These costs shall be broadly construed to include, but not be limited
to, foreclosure expenses, auction fees, title searches, appraisals,
real estate brokerage fees, begin delete attorney end delete begin insert attorney’s end insert fees, mortgage
payments, insurance payments, utility costs, repair costs, removal
and storage costs for repossessed equipment and inventory, and
additional expenditures to purchase a senior lien in foreclosure or
bankruptcy proceedings.

(l) (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), this section shall
become inoperative on July 1, 2021, and as of January 1, 2022, is
repealed, unless a later enacted statute, which becomes effective
on or before January 1, 2022, deletes or extends the date on which
it becomes inoperative and is repealed.

(2) The repeal of this section pursuant to paragraph (1) shall
not extinguish any loan obligation or the authority of the state to
pursue appropriate actions for the collection of a loan.

SEC. 261.  

Section 71103.5 of the Public Resources Code is
amended to read:

71103.5.  

(a) The Legislature finds and declares all of the
following:

(1) The New River poses an imminent and severe threat to the
public health of residents of Calexico, California, and adjacent
communities in Imperial County. Since the 1940s, the New River
has been recognized as a significant pollution and human health
problem, primarily because of extremely high concentrations of
fecal coliform bacteria.

(2) While there have been recent measurable water quality
improvements as a result of sewage infrastructure projects
implemented and completed during the last 10 years in Mexicali,
Mexico, the residual and projected pollution in the New River
coming from Mexico remains a significant threat to public health
and the environment.

(3) Current bacteria levels in the New River are several orders
of magnitude above the state standards for bacteria. Based on these
levels and the historic levels of pollution, the waterway is believed
to carry pathogens that cause tuberculosis, encephalitis, polio,
cholera, hepatitis, and typhoid. The waterway also carries other
contaminants in concentrations that are in violation of federal,
state, and Mexican water quality standards by several hundredfold.

(4) The New River is listed as an impaired river by the United
States Environmental Protection Agency due to low dissolved
oxygen (DO) and the presence of chlordane, chlorpyrifos, copper,
dichloro-diphenyl-trichloroethane (DDT), diazinon, dieldrin,
mercury, nutrients, pathogens, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs),
sediment, selenium, toxaphene, toxicity, trash, and volatile organic
compounds (VOCs).

(5) The New River is a major contributor of pollution to the
Salton Sea, and failure to address water quality problems in the
New River is impeding the ability of the state to implement laws
and programs designed to restore and protect this important
environmental and wildlife habitat resource.

(6) The New River condition in the border area is also an
aesthetic nuisance for Calexico residents and has historically
inhibited the city’s socioeconomic well-being and growth.

(7) A coordinated and comprehensive state strategy is needed
to deal with the residual and projected pollution so that the New
River and associated river channel can be enhanced to a condition
that will allow the residents of Calexico and Imperial County to
utilize them as recreational and natural assets as contemplated in
the California River Parkways Act of 2004 (Chapter 3.8
(commencing with Section 5750) of Division 5).

(8) In the Budget Act of 2009, as amended by Chapter 1 of the
Statutes of 2009 Fourth Extraordinary Session, eight hundred
thousand dollars ($800,000) was appropriated to the City of
Calexico for various planning needs necessary to develop a river
parkway plan and river improvement project for the New River.
The moneys were appropriated in order to secure and serve as
matching funds for the four million dollars ($4,000,000) allocated
pursuant to the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient
Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (Public Law
109-59) to the City of Calexico for the development of bicycle
paths and public park space adjacent to the New River.

(9) The City of Calexico, as the recipient of funding pursuant
to the California River Parkways Act of 2004, has agreed to provide
necessary financial support to the council for the development of
the council’s strategic plan.

(b) As used in this section, the following terms have the
following meanings:

(1) “Agency” means the California Environmental Protection
Agency.

(2) “City” means the City of Calexico, California.

(3) “Council” means the California-Mexico Border Relations
Council established pursuant to Section 99522 of the Government
Code.

(4) “County” means the County of Imperial, California.

(5) “IBWC” means the International Boundary and Water
Commission, United States Section.

(6) “New River Improvement Project” or “project” means a
project to study, monitor, remediate, and enhance New River water
quality in the County of Imperial to protect human health, and
develop a river parkway suitable for public use and enjoyment.

(c) Pursuant to the authority granted to the council pursuant to
Section 99523 of the Government Code and contingent upon the
execution of an agreement with the City of Calexico for the purpose
of providing the necessary funding, the council shall develop a
strategic plan to guide the implementation of the New River
Improvement Project. The strategic plan shall include, but need
not be limited to, all of the following elements:

(1) Quantification of current and projected New River water
quality impairments and their threat to public health.

(2) Prioritization of the actions necessary to protect public health
and to meet New River water quality objectives and other
environmental goals, such as improving the quality of begin delete water flows end delete
begin insert waterflows end insert into the Salton Sea.

(3) Identification of potential funds for the implementation of
the project, and potential lead agencies that would be responsible
for environmental review of activities related to the cleanup and
restoration of the New River.

(4) Identification of the appropriate federal, state, and local
agencies with a role in implementing and achieving the New River
Improvement Project.

(d) (1) To the extent permitted by law, the council may work
with appropriate binational, federal, state, local, and
nongovernmental organizations on both sides of the
California-Mexico border to develop the strategic plan and to fund
and establish cooperative water quality monitoring, public health
studies, inspection, and technical assistance programs as needed
to support, convene, and oversee the project.

(2) To further the objectives of this subdivision, the council
may convene and oversee a technical advisory committee. The
advisory committee shall advise the council regarding the necessary
studies and activities to carry out the project, and shall serve at the
pleasure of the council. The advisory committee shall include
representatives from the following:

(A) Impacted cities and counties.

(B) Relevant local, regional, and state agencies and departments.

(C) Nongovernmental organizations.

(D) Other stakeholders deemed necessary by the council.

(3) The council shall appoint the chair of the committee and
may expand the membership and expertise of the committee as it
deems necessary.

(4) The council may enter into an agreement, including an
interagency agreement and memorandum of understanding, with
public agencies, including the city, to accept, manage, and expend
funds for the implementation of this section.

(e) This section does not modify existing roles, responsibilities,
or liabilities of the State of California, the City of Calexico,
Imperial County, or any other governmental agency, under those
laws that regulate, protect, and clean up surface waters entering
the United States from Mexico.

(f) The New River Improvement Project Account is hereby
created in the California Border Environmental and Public Health
Protection Fund to receive moneys for activities related to the New
River Improvement Project from sources identified in Section
71101 and other sources. Upon appropriation by the Legislature,
moneys in the account shall be expended to implement the purposes
identified in subdivision (c) or Section 71102 that are related to
the New River.

SEC. 262.  

Section 274 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

274.  

The commission may on its own order, whenever it
determines it to be necessary, conduct financial audits of the
revenues required to be collected and submitted to the commission
for each of the funds specified in Section 270. The commission
may on its own order, whenever it determines it to be necessary,
conduct compliance audits on the compliance with commission
orders with regard to each program subject to this chapter. The
commission shall conduct a financial and compliance audit of
program-related costs and activities at least once every three years.
The first three-year period for a financial and compliance audit
commences on July 1, 2002. The second and subsequent three-year
periods for financial audits commence three years after the
completion of the prior financial audit. The second and subsequent
three-year periods for compliance audits commence three years
after the completion of the prior compliance audit. The commission
may contract with the begin delete Bureau of State Audits end delete begin insert California State
Auditor’s Office end insert or the Department of Finance for all necessary
auditing services. All costs for audits shall be paid from the fund
that supports the activities of the board audited and shall be subject
to the availability of money in that fund.

SEC. 263.  

Section 387.8 of the Public Utilities Code is
amended and renumbered to read:

begin delete 387.8. end delete
begin insert 2854.5. end insert   

Notwithstanding paragraphs (2) and (5) of subdivision
(d) of Section begin delete 387.5, end delete begin insert 2854, end insert a local publicly owned electric utility
may adopt, implement, and finance a solar initiative program
otherwise in accordance with that section, using monetary
incentives authorized by subdivision (b) of Section begin delete 387.5, end delete begin insert 2854, end insert
to residential and business consumers where consumers offset part
or all of their electricity demand with electricity generated by a
solar energy system not located on the premises of the consumer,
if all of the following requirements are met:

(a) The solar energy system meets all of the following
conditions:

(1) It is located within the service territory of the local publicly
owned electric utility.

(2) It has a capacity of no more than five megawatts.

(3) It is interconnected to the local publicly owned electric
utility’s system at the distribution level.

(b) The local publicly owned electric utility meets all of the
following conditions:

(1) It provides monetary incentives authorized by Section begin delete 387.5 end delete
begin insert 2854 end insert for not more than the first megawatt of generating capacity
of each solar energy system.

(2) It has contracted to purchase the total electricity produced
by the solar energy system or owns the solar energy system.

(3) It provides no greater incentive per watt for the solar energy
system than provided for by systems that participate in the
applicable solar initiative program established under Section begin delete 387.5. end delete
begin insert 2854. end insert

(4) It has received approval for the solar energy system from
its governing board at a publicly noticed and held meeting.

(c) The total megawatt capacity of solar energy systems eligible
for a local publicly owned electric utility program under this section
is both of the following:

(1) Not more than the total megawatt capacity of the combined
residential and commercial solar energy systems installed in the
service area of the local publicly owned electric utility after July
1, 2010, that participate in the applicable solar initiative programs
established under Section begin delete 387.5. end delete begin insert 2854. end insert

(2) Not more than 20 percent of the proportionate amount for
the local publicly owned electric utility of the overall 3,000
megawatt state goal set forth in Section begin delete 387.5, end delete begin insert 2854, end insert based on the
percentage of the total statewide load served by that entity.

SEC. 264.  

Section 635 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

635.  

In a long-term plan adopted by an electrical corporation
or in a procurement plan implemented by a local publicly owned
electric utility, the electrical corporation or local publicly owned
electric utility shall adopt a strategy applicable both to newly
constructed begin delete or end delete begin insert and end insert repowered generation owned and procured by
the electrical corporation or local publicly owned electric utility
to achieve efficiency in the use of fossil fuels and to address carbon
emissions.

SEC. 265.  

Section 873 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

873.  

(a) The commission shall annually do all of the following:

(1) Designate a class of lifeline service necessary to meet
minimum communications needs.

(2) Set the rates and charges for that service.

(3) Develop eligibility criteria for that service.

(4) Assess the degree of achievement of universal service,
including telephone penetration rates by income, ethnicity, and
geography.

(b) Minimum communications needs begin delete includes, but is end delete begin insert include,
but are end insert not limited to, the ability to originate and receive calls and
the ability to access electronic information services.

SEC. 266.  

Section 913.8 of the Public Utilities Code is
amended to read:

913.8.  

In the report prepared pursuant begin insert to end insert Section 913.7, the
commission shall include an assessment of each electrical
corporation’s and each gas corporation’s implementation of the
program developed pursuant to Section 25943 of the Public
Resources Code.

SEC. 267.  

Section 1701 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

1701.  

(a) All hearings, investigations, and proceedings shall
be governed by this part and by rules of practice and procedure
adopted by the commission, and in the conduct thereof the technical
rules of evidence need not be applied. begin delete No end delete begin insert An end insert informality in begin delete any end delete begin insert a end insert
hearing, investigation, or proceeding or in the manner of taking
testimony shall begin insert not end insert invalidate begin delete any end delete begin insert an end insert order, begin delete decision end delete begin insert decision, end insert or
rule made, approved, or confirmed by the commission.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 11425.10 of the Government Code,
Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 11400) of Part 1 of Division
3 of Title 2 of the Government Code does not apply to a hearing
by the commission under this code.

SEC. 268.  

Section 2833 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

2833.  

(a) The commission shall require a green tariff shared
renewables program to be administered by a participating utility
in accordance with this section.

(b) Generating facilities participating in a participating utility’s
green tariff shared renewables program shall be eligible renewable
energy resources with a nameplate rated generating capacity not
exceeding 20 megawatts, except for those generating facilities
reserved for location in areas identified by the California
Environmental Protection Agency as the most impacted and
disadvantaged communities pursuant to paragraph (1) of
subdivision (d), which shall not exceed one megawatt nameplate
rated generating capacity.

(c) A participating utility shall use commission-approved tools
and mechanisms to procure additional eligible renewable energy
resources for the green tariff shared renewables program from
electrical generation facilities that are in addition to those required
by the California Renewables Portfolio Standard Program (Article
16 (commencing with Section 399.11) of Chapter 2.3 of Part 1).
For purposes of this subdivision, “commission-approved tools and
mechanisms” means those procurement methods approved by the
commission for an electrical corporation to procure eligible
renewable energy resources for purposes of meeting the
procurement requirements of the California Renewables Portfolio
Standard Program (Article 16 (commencing with Section 399.11)
of Chapter 2.3 of Part 1).

(d) A participating utility shall permit customers within the
service territory of the utility to purchase electricity pursuant to
the tariff approved by the commission to implement the utility’s
green tariff shared renewables program, until the utility meets its
proportionate share of a statewide limitation of 600 megawatts of
customer participation, measured by nameplate rated generating
capacity. The proportionate share shall be calculated based on the
ratio of each participating utility’s retail sales to total retail sales
of electricity by all participating utilities. The commission may
place other restrictions on purchases under a green tariff shared
renewables program, including restricting participation to a certain
level of capacity each year. The following restrictions shall apply
to the statewide 600 megawatt limitation:

(1) (A) One hundred megawatts shall be reserved for facilities
that are no larger than one megawatt nameplate rated generating
capacity and that are located in areas previously identified by the
California Environmental Protection Agency as the most impacted
and disadvantaged communities. These communities shall be
identified by census tract, and shall be determined to be the most
impacted 20 percent based on results from the best available
cumulative impact screening methodology designed to identify
each of the following:

(i) Areas disproportionately affected by environmental pollution
and other hazards that can lead to negative public health effects,
exposure, or environmental degradation.

(ii) Areas with socioeconomic vulnerability.

(B)  begin delete (1) end delete begin delete   end delete For purposes of this paragraph, “previously identified”
means identified prior to commencing construction of the facility.

(2) Not less than 100 megawatts shall be reserved for
participation by residential class customers.

(3) Twenty megawatts shall be reserved for the City of Davis.

(e) To the extent possible, a participating utility shall seek to
procure eligible renewable energy resources that are located in
reasonable proximity to enrolled participants.

(f) A participating utility’s green tariff shared renewables
program shall support diverse procurement and the goals of
commission General Order 156.

(g) A participating utility’s green tariff shared renewables
program shall not allow a customer to subscribe to more than 100
percent of the customer’s electricity demand.

(h) Except as authorized by this subdivision, a participating
utility’s green tariff shared renewables program shall not allow a
customer to subscribe to more than two megawatts of nameplate
generating capacity. This limitation does not apply to a federal,
state, or local government, school or school district, county office
of education, the California Community Colleges, the California
State University, or the University of California.

(i) A participating utility’s green tariff shared renewables
program shall not allow any single entity or its affiliates or
subsidiaries to subscribe to more than 20 percent of any single
calendar year’s total cumulative rated generating capacity.

(j) To the extent possible, a participating utility shall actively
market the utility’s green tariff shared renewables program to
low-income and minority communities and customers.

(k) Participating customers shall receive bill credits for the
generation of a participating eligible renewable energy resource
using the class average retail generation cost as established in the
participating utility’s approved tariff for the class to which the
participating customer belongs, plus a renewables adjustment value
representing the difference between the time-of-delivery profile
of the eligible renewable energy resource used to serve the
participating customer and the class average time-of-delivery
profile and the resource adequacy value, if any, of the resource
contained in the utility’s green tariff shared renewables program.
The renewables adjustment value applicable to a time-of-delivery
profile of an eligible renewable energy resource shall be determined
according to rules adopted by the commission. For these purposes,
“time-of-delivery profile” refers to the daily generating pattern of
a participating eligible renewable energy resource over time, the
value of which is determined by comparing the generating pattern
of that participating eligible renewable energy resource to the
demand for electricity over time and other generating resources
available to serve that demand.

(l) Participating customers shall pay a renewable generation
rate established by the commission, the administrative costs of the
participating utility, and any other charges the commission
determines are just and reasonable to fully cover the cost of
procuring a green tariff shared renewables program’s resources to
serve a participating customer’s needs.

(m) A participating customer’s rates shall be debited or credited
with any other commission-approved costs or values applicable
to the eligible renewable energy resources contained in a
participating utility’s green tariff shared renewables program’s
portfolio. These additional costs or values shall be applied to new
customers when they initially subscribe after the cost or value has
been approved by the commission.

(n) Participating customers shall pay all otherwise applicable
charges without modification.

(o) A participating utility shall permit a participating customer
to subscribe to the program and be provided with a nonbinding
estimate of reasonably anticipated bill credits and bill charges, as
determined by the commission, for a period of up to 20 years.

(p) A participating utility shall provide support for enhanced
community renewables programs to facilitate development of
eligible renewable energy resource projects located close to the
source of demand.

(q) The commission shall ensure that charges and credits
associated with a participating utility’s green tariff shared
renewables program are set in a manner that ensures nonparticipant
ratepayer indifference for the remaining bundled service, direct
access, and community choice aggregation customers and ensures
that no costs are shifted from participating customers to
nonparticipating ratepayers.

(r) A participating utility shall track and account for all revenues
and costs to ensure that the utility recovers the actual costs of the
utility’s green tariff shared renewables program and that all costs
and revenues are fully transparent and auditable.

(s) Any renewable energy credits associated with electricity
procured by a participating utility for the utility’s green tariff shared
renewables program and utilized by a participating customer shall
be retired by the participating utility on behalf of the participating
customer. Those renewable energy credits shall not be further sold,
transferred, or otherwise monetized for any purpose. Any
renewable energy credits associated with electricity procured by
a participating utility for the shared renewable energy
self-generation program, but not utilized by a participating
customer, shall be counted toward meeting that participating
utility’s renewables portfolio standard.

(t) A participating utility shall, in the event of participant
customer attrition or other causes that reduce customer participation
or electrical demand below generation levels, apply the excess
generation from the eligible renewable energy resources procured
through the utility’s green tariff shared renewables program to the
utility’s renewable portfolio standard procurement obligations or
bank the excess generation for future use to benefit all customers
in accordance with the renewables portfolio standard banking and
procurement rules approved by the commission.

(u) In calculating its procurement requirements to meet the
requirements of the California Renewables Portfolio Standard
Program (Article 16 (commencing with Section 399.11) of Chapter
2.3 of Part 1), a participating utility may exclude from total retail
sales the kilowatthours generated by an eligible renewable energy
resource that is credited to a participating customer pursuant to
the utility’s green tariff shared renewables program, commencing
with the point in time at which the generating facility achieves
commercial operation.

(v) All renewable energy resources procured on behalf of
participating customers in the participating utility’s green tariff
shared renewables program shall comply with the State Air
Resources Board’s Voluntary Renewable Electricity Program.
California-eligible greenhouse gas allowances associated with
these purchases shall be retired on behalf of participating customers
as part of the board’s Voluntary Renewable Electricity Program.

(w) A participating utility shall provide a municipality with
aggregated consumption data for participating customers within
the municipality’s jurisdiction to allow for reporting on progress
toward climate action goals by the municipality. A participating
utility shall also publicly disclose, on a geographic basis,
consumption data and reductions in emissions of greenhouse gases
achieved by participating customers in the utility’s green tariff
shared renewables program, on an aggregated basis consistent with
privacy protections as specified in Chapter 5 (commencing with
Section 8380) of Division 4.1.

(x)  begin delete Nothing in this section prohibits or restricts end delete begin insert This section
does not prohibit or restrict end insert a community choice aggregator from
offering its own voluntary renewable energy programs to
participating customers of the community choice aggregation.

SEC. 269.  

Section 2870 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

2870.  

(a) As used in this section, the following terms have the
following meanings:

(1) “CARE program” means the California Alternate Rates for
Energy program established pursuant to Section 739.1.

(2) “Program” means the Multifamily Affordable Housing Solar
Roofs Program established pursuant to this chapter.

(3) “Qualified multifamily affordable housing property” means
a multifamily residential building of at least five rental housing
units that is operated to provide deed-restricted low-income
residential housing, as defined in clause (i) of subparagraph (A)
of paragraph (3) of subdivision (a) of Section 2852, and that meets
one or more of the following requirements:

(A) The property is located in a disadvantaged community, as
identified by the California Environmental Protection Agency
pursuant to Section 39711 of the Health and Safety Code.

(B) At least 80 percent of the households have incomes at or
below 60 percent of the area median income, as defined in
subdivision (f) of Section 50052.5 of the Health and Safety Code.

(4) “Solar energy system” means a solar energy photovoltaic
device that meets or exceeds the eligibility criteria established
pursuant to Section 25782 of the Public Resources Code.

(b) (1) Adoption and implementation of the Multifamily
Affordable Housing Solar Roofs Program may count toward the
satisfaction of the commission’s obligation to ensure that specific
alternatives designed for growth among residential customers in
disadvantaged communities are offered as part of the standard
contract or tariff authorized pursuant to paragraph (1) of
subdivision (b) of Section 2827.1.

(2)  begin delete Nothing in this section shall end delete begin insert This section does not end insert preclude
electrical corporations from offering and administering a distributed
energy resource program, including solar energy systems, in
disadvantaged communities offered under current or proposed
programs using funds provided under subdivision (c) of Section
748.5 or programs proposed to comply with paragraph (1) of
subdivision (b) as approved by the commission.

(c) The commission shall annually authorize the allocation of
one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000) or 10 percent of
available funds, whichever is less, from the revenues described in
subdivision (c) of Section 748.5 for the Multifamily Affordable
Housing Solar Roofs Program, beginning with the fiscal year
commencing July 1, 2016, and ending with the fiscal year ending
June 30, 2020. The commission shall continue authorizing the
allocation of these funds through June 30, 2026, if the commission
determines that revenues are available after 2020 and that there is
adequate interest and participation in the program.

(d) The commission shall consider the most appropriate program
administration structure, including administration by a qualified
third-party administrator, selected by the commission through a
competitive bidding process, or administration by an electrical
corporation, in an existing or future proceeding.

(e) Not more than 10 percent of the funds allocated to the
program shall be used for administration.

(f) (1) By June 30, 2017, the commission shall authorize the
award of monetary incentives for qualifying solar energy systems
that are installed on qualified multifamily affordable housing
properties through December 31, 2030. The target of the program
is to install a combined generating capacity of at least 300
megawatts on qualified properties.

(2) The commission shall require that the electricity generated
by qualifying begin delete renewable end delete begin insert solar end insert energy systems installed pursuant
to the program be primarily used to offset electricity usage by
low-income tenants. These requirements may include required
covenants and restrictions in deeds.

(3) The commission shall require that qualifying solar energy
systems owned by third-party owners are subject to contractual
restrictions to ensure that no additional costs for the system be
passed on to low-income tenants at the properties receiving
incentives pursuant to the program. The commission shall require
third-party owners of solar energy systems to provide ongoing
operations and maintenance of the system, monitor energy
production, and, where necessary, take appropriate action to ensure
that the kWh production levels projected for the system are
achieved throughout the period of the third-party agreement. Such
actions may include, but are not limited to, providing a performance
guarantee of annual production levels or taking corrective actions
to resolve underproduction problems.

(4) The commission shall ensure that incentive levels for
photovoltaic installations receiving incentives through the program
are aligned with the installation costs for solar energy systems in
affordable housing markets and take account of federal investment
tax credits and contributions from other sources to the extent
feasible.

(5) The commission shall require that no individual installation
receive incentives at a rate greater than 100 percent of the total
system installation costs.

(6) The commission shall establish local hiring requirements
for the program to provide economic development benefits to
disadvantaged communities.

(7) The commission shall establish energy efficiency
requirements that are equal to the energy efficiency requirements
established for the program described in Section 2852, including
participation in a federal, state, or utility-funded energy efficiency
program or documentation of a recent energy efficiency retrofit.

(g) (1) Low-income tenants who participate in the program
shall receive credits on utility bills from the program. The
commission shall ensure that utility bill reductions are achieved
through tariffs that allow for the allocation of credits, such as
virtual net metering tariffs designed for Multifamily Affordable
Solar Housing Program participants, or other tariffs that may be
adopted by the commission pursuant to Section 2827.1.

(2) The commission shall ensure that electrical corporation tariff
structures affecting the low-income tenants participating in the
program continue to provide a direct economic benefit from the
qualifying solar energy system.

(h)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert chapter is begin insert not end insert intended to supplant
CARE program rates as the primary mechanism for achieving the
goals of the CARE program.

(i) The commission shall determine the eligibility of qualified
multifamily affordable housing property tenants that are customers
of community choice aggregators.

(j) (1) On or before July 30, 2020, and by July 30 of every third
year thereafter through 2029, the commission shall submit to the
Legislature an assessment of the Multifamily Affordable Housing
Solar Roofs Program. That assessment shall include the number
of qualified multifamily affordable housing property sites that have
a qualifying solar energy system for which an award was made
pursuant to this chapter and the dollar value of the award, the
electrical generating capacity of the qualifying renewable energy
system, the bill reduction outcomes of the program for the
participants, the cost of the program, the total electrical system
benefits, the environmental benefits, the progress made toward
reaching the goals of the program, the program’s impact on the
CARE program budget, and the recommendations for improving
the program to meet its goals. The report shall include an analysis
of pending program commitments, reservations, obligations, and
projected demands for the program to determine whether future
ongoing funding allocations for the program are begin delete substantiated. end delete
begin insert warranted. end insert The report shall also include a summary of the other
programs intended to benefit disadvantaged communities,
including, but not limited to, the Single-Family Affordable Solar
Homes Program, the Multifamily Affordable Solar Housing
Program, and the Green Tariff Shared Renewables Program
(Chapter 7.6 (commencing with Section 2831)).

(2) Every three years, the commission shall evaluate the
program’s expenditures, commitments, uncommitted balances,
future demands, performance, and outcomes and shall make any
necessary adjustments to the program to ensure the goals of the
program are being met. If, upon review, the commission finds
there is insufficient participation in the program, the commission
may credit uncommitted funds back to ratepayers pursuant to
Section 748.5.

(3) As part of the annual workplan required pursuant to Section
321.6, the commission shall provide an annual update of the
Multifamily Affordable Housing Solar Roofs Program that shall
include, but not be limited to, the number of projects approved,
number of projects completed, number of pending projects awaiting
approval, and geographic distribution of the projects.

SEC. 270.  

Section 7661 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

7661.  

(a) The commission shall require every railroad
corporation operating in this state to develop, begin delete within 90 days of
the effective date of the act adding this section, end delete in consultation
with, and with the approval of, the Office of Emergency Services,
a protocol for rapid communications with the Office of Emergency
Services, the Department of the California Highway Patrol, and
designated county public safety agencies in an endangered area if
there is a runaway train or any other uncontrolled train movement
that threatens public health and safety.

(b) A railroad corporation shall promptly notify the Office of
Emergency Services, the Department of the California Highway
Patrol, and designated county public safety agencies, through a
communication to the begin insert California State end insert Warning Center of the
Office of Emergency Services, if there is a runaway train or any
other uncontrolled train movement that threatens public health and
safety, in accordance with the railroad corporation’s
communications protocol developed pursuant to subdivision (a).

(c) The notification required pursuant to subdivision (b) shall
include the following information, whether or not an accident or
spill occurs:

(1) The information required by subdivision (c) of Section 7673.

(2) In the event of a runaway train, a train list.

(3) In the event of an uncontrolled train movement or
uncontrolled movement of railcars, a track list or other inventory
document if available.

(d) The division of the commission responsible for consumer
protection and safety shall investigate any incident that results in
a notification required pursuant to subdivision (b).

SEC. 271.  

Section 8282 of the Public Utilities Code is amended
to read:

8282.  

For the purposes of this article, the following definitions
apply:

begin delete

(a) “Women business enterprise” means a business enterprise
that is at least 51 percent owned by a woman or women; or, in the
case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the
stock of which is owned by one or more women; and whose
management and daily business operations are controlled by one
or more of those individuals.

(b) “Minority business enterprise” means a business enterprise
that is at least 51 percent owned by a minority group or groups;
or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent
of the stock of which is owned by one or more minority groups,
and whose management and daily business operations are
controlled by one or more of those individuals. The contracting
utility shall presume that minority includes African Americans,
Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, and Asian Pacific
Americans.

(c) “Disabled veteran business enterprise” has the same meaning
as defined in Section 999 of the Military and Veterans Code.

(d) “LGBT business enterprise” means a business enterprise
that is at least 51 percent owned by a lesbian, gay, bisexual, or
transgender person or persons; or, in the case of any publicly owned
business, at least 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one
or more lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender persons; and whose
management and daily business operations are controlled by one
or more of those individuals.

(e) “Control” means exercising the power to make policy
decisions.

(f) To “operate” means to be actively involved in the day-to-day
management. It is not enough to merely be an officer or director.

(g) “Renewable energy project” means a project for the
development and operation of an eligible renewable energy
resource meeting the requirements of the California Renewables
Portfolio Standard Program (Article 16 (commencing with Section
399.11) of Chapter 2.3 of Part 1 of Division 1).

end delete begin insert

(a) “Control” means exercising the power to make policy
decisions.

end insert begin insert

(b) “Disabled veteran business enterprise” has the same
meaning as defined in Section 999 of the Military and Veterans
Code.

end insert begin insert

(c) “LGBT business enterprise” means a business enterprise
that is at least 51-percent owned by a lesbian, gay, bisexual, or
transgender person or persons; or, in the case of any publicly
owned business, at least 51-percent of the stock of which is owned
by one or more lesbian, gay, bisexual, or transgender persons;
and whose management and daily business operations are
controlled by one or more of those individuals.

end insert begin insert

(d) “Minority business enterprise” means a business enterprise
that is at least 51-percent owned by a minority group or groups;
or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51-percent
of the stock of which is owned by one or more minority groups,
and whose management and daily business operations are
controlled by one or more of those individuals. The contracting
utility shall presume that minority includes African Americans,
Hispanic Americans, Native Americans, and Asian Pacific
Americans.

end insert begin insert

(e) To “operate” means to be actively involved in the day-to-day
management. It is not enough to merely be an officer or director.

end insert begin insert

(f) “Renewable energy project” means a project for the
development and operation of an eligible renewable energy
resource meeting the requirements of the California Renewables
Portfolio Standard Program (Article 16 (commencing with Section
399.11) of Chapter 2.3 of Part 1 of Division 1).

end insert begin insert

(g) “Women business enterprise” means a business enterprise
that is at least 51-percent owned by a woman or women; or, in the
case of any publicly owned business, at least 51-percent of the
stock of which is owned by one or more women; and whose
management and daily business operations are controlled by one
or more of those individuals.

end insert

SEC. 272.  

Section 21252 of the Public Utilities Code is
amended to read:

21252.  

(a)  begin insert (1) end insert begin insert   end insert The department, its members, the director,
officers and employees of the department, and every state and
peace officer charged with the enforcement of state and subordinate
laws or ordinances, may enforce and assist in the enforcement of
this part, the rules and orders issued under this part, and all other
laws of this state relating to aeronautics. In the enforcement of
begin delete such end delete begin insert these end insert rules, orders, and laws, the director, and begin delete such end delete begin insert any end insert
officers and employees as the director may designate, shall have
the authority, as public officers, to arrest without a warrant, any
person who, in his presence, has begin delete violated end delete begin insert violated, end insert or as to whom
there is probable cause to believe has begin delete violated end delete begin insert violated, end insert any of
begin delete such end delete begin insert the end insert rules, orders, or laws.

begin delete

In

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert In end insert any case in which an arrest authorized by this subdivision
is made for an offense declared to be a misdemeanor, and the
person arrested does not demand to be taken before a magistrate,
the arresting officer may, instead of taking begin delete such end delete begin insert that end insert person before
a magistrate, follow the procedure prescribed by Chapter 5C
(commencing with Section begin delete 853.6) end delete begin insert 853.5) end insert of Title 3 of Part 2 of
the Penal Code. The provisions of begin delete such end delete begin insert that end insert chapter shall thereafter
apply with reference to any proceeding based upon the issuance
of a citation pursuant to this authority.

(b) There shall begin delete be no end delete begin insert not be end insert civil liability on the part begin delete of end delete begin insert of, end insert and
begin delete no end delete begin insert a end insert cause of action shall begin insert not end insert arise begin delete against end delete begin insert against, end insert any person,
acting pursuant to subdivision (a) and within the scope of his
authority, for false arrest or false imprisonment arising out of any
arrest begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert is lawful or begin insert for end insert which the arresting officer, at the
time of begin delete such end delete begin insert the end insert arrest, had reasonable cause to believe was lawful.
begin delete No such end delete begin insert The end insert officer shall begin insert not end insert be deemed an aggressor or lose his
right to self-defense by the use of reasonable force to effect the
arrest or to prevent escape or to overcome resistance.

(c) The director, and begin delete such end delete begin insert any end insert officers and employees as the
director may designate, may serve all processes and notices
throughout the state.

SEC. 273.  

Section 130350.7 of the Public Utilities Code is
amended to read:

130350.7.  

(a) The Los Angeles County Metropolitan
Transportation Authority (MTA), in addition to any other tax it is
authorized to impose or has imposed, may impose a transactions
and use tax, for a period to be determined by the MTA, that is
applicable in the incorporated and unincorporated areas of Los
Angeles County. The rate of tax authorized by this section, when
combined with the rate of tax authorized by voter approval of
Measure R pursuant to Section 130350.5 during any period when
that tax is in effect, and upon the expiration of that tax, shall not
exceed 1 percent.

(b) The ordinance imposing the tax shall contain all of the
following:

(1) An expenditure plan that lists the transportation projects and
programs to be funded from net revenues from the tax. The
expenditure plan shall appear in the ordinance as an exhibit. The
expenditure plan shall include all of the following:

(A) The most recent cost estimates for each project and program
identified in the expenditure plan.

(B) The identification of the accelerated cost, if applicable, for
each project and program in the expenditure plan.

(C) The approximate schedule during which the MTA anticipates
funds will be available for each project and program.

(D) The expected completion dates for each project and program
within a three-year range.

(2) Provisions conforming to the Transactions and Use Tax Law
(Part 1.6 (commencing with Section 7251) of Division 2 of the
Revenue and Taxation Code), except as otherwise provided in
subdivision (f).

(3) A provision limiting the MTA’s costs of administering the
ordinance and the net revenues from the tax to 1.5 percent of the
total tax revenues.

(4) A requirement that the net revenues from the tax, defined
to mean the total tax revenues less any refunds, costs of
administration by the State Board of Equalization, and the MTA’s
administration costs, shall be used by the MTA to fund
transportation projects and programs identified in the expenditure
plan.

(5) The rate of the tax.

(c) The MTA shall do begin delete all end delete begin insert both end insert of the following:

(1) Develop a transparent process to determine the most recent
costs estimates for each project and program identified in the
expenditure plan.

(2) At least 30 days before submitting the ordinance described
in subdivision (b) to the voters, post the expenditure plan on its
Internet Web site in a prominent manner.

(d) The ordinance shall be adopted by the MTA board, which
shall also adopt a resolution that submits the ordinance to the
voters.

(e) The ordinance shall become operative pursuant to Section
130352 if approved by two-thirds of the voters voting on the
measure, pursuant to subdivision (d) of Section 2 of Article XIII
C of the California Constitution.

(f) (1) If the voters approve the ordinance authorized by this
section, the expenditure plan included as an exhibit to the ordinance
pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) shall also be included
in the revised and updated Long Range Transportation Plan within
one year of the date the ordinance takes effect. The revised and
updated Long Range Transportation Plan shall also include capital
projects and capital programs that are adopted by each subregion
that are submitted to the MTA for inclusion in the revised and
updated Long Range Transportation Plan, if the cost and schedule
details are provided by the subregions, in a manner consistent with
the requirements of the plan. Inclusion of a capital project or a
capital program in the Long Range Transportation Plan is not a
commitment or guarantee that the project or program shall receive
any future funding.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision, “subregion” shall have the
same meaning as defined in the Long Range Transportation Plan.

(g) The MTA may incur bonded indebtedness payable from the
net revenues of the tax pursuant to the bond issuance provisions
of Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 130500) and any successor
act.

(h) The tax authorized by this section shall be imposed pursuant
to the Transactions and Use Tax Law (Part 1.6 (commencing with
Section 7251) of Division 2 of the Revenue and Taxation Code),
notwithstanding the combined rate limitation in Section 7251.1 of
the Revenue and Taxation Code.

SEC. 274.  

Section 408 of the Revenue and Taxation Code is
amended to read:

408.  

(a) Except as otherwise provided in subdivisions (b), (c),
(d), (e), and (g), any information and records in the assessor’s
office that are not required by law to be kept or prepared by the
assessor, disabled veterans’ exemption claims, and homeowners’
exemption claims, are not public documents and shall not be open
to public inspection. Property receiving the homeowners’
exemption shall be clearly identified on the assessment roll. The
assessor shall maintain records which shall be open to public
inspection to identify those claimants who have been granted the
homeowners’ exemption.

(b) The assessor may provide any appraisal data in his or her
possession to the assessor of any county.

The assessor shall disclose information, furnish abstracts, or
permit access to all records in his or her office to law enforcement
agencies, the county grand jury, the board of supervisors or their
duly authorized agents, employees, or representatives when
conducting an investigation of the assessor’s office pursuant to
Section 25303 of the Government Code, the county recorder when
conducting an investigation to determine whether a documentary
transfer tax is imposed, the Controller, employees of the Controller
for property tax postponement purposes, probate referees,
employees of the Franchise Tax Board for tax administration
purposes only, staff appraisers of the begin delete Department end delete begin insert Division end insert of
Financial Institutions, the Department of Transportation, the
Department of General Services, the State Board of Equalization,
the State Lands Commission, the State Department of Social
Services, the Department of Child Support Services, the
Department of Water Resources, and other duly authorized
legislative or administrative bodies of the state pursuant to their
authorization to examine the records. Whenever the assessor
discloses information, furnishes abstracts, or permits access to
records in his or her office to staff appraisers of the Department
of Business Oversight, the Department of Transportation, the
Department of General Services, the State Lands Commission, or
the Department of Water Resources pursuant to this section, the
department shall reimburse the assessor for any costs incurred as
a result thereof.

(c) Upon the request of the tax collector, the assessor shall
disclose and provide to the tax collector information used in the
preparation of that portion of the unsecured roll for which the taxes
thereon are delinquent. The tax collector shall certify to the assessor
that he or she needs the information requested for the enforcement
of the tax lien in collecting those delinquent taxes. Information
requested by the tax collector may include social security numbers,
and the assessor shall recover from the tax collector his or her
actual and reasonable costs for providing the information. The tax
collector shall add the costs described in the preceding sentence
to the assessee’s delinquent tax lien and collect those costs subject
to subdivision (e) of Section 2922.

(d) The assessor shall, upon the request of an assessee or his or
her designated representative, permit the assessee or representative
to inspect or copy any market data in the assessor’s possession.
For purposes of this subdivision, “market data” means any
information in the assessor’s possession, whether or not required
to be prepared or kept by him or her, relating to the sale of any
property comparable to the property of the assessee, if the assessor
bases his or her assessment of the assessee’s property, in whole
or in part, on that comparable sale or sales. The assessor shall
provide the names of the seller and buyer of each property on
which the comparison is based, the location of that property, the
date of the sale, and the consideration paid for the property, whether
paid in money or otherwise. However, for purposes of providing
market data, the assessor may not display any document relating
to the business affairs or property of another.

(e) (1) With respect to information, documents, and records,
other than market data as defined in subdivision (d), the assessor
shall, upon request of an assessee of property, or his or her
designated representative, permit the assessee or representative to
inspect or copy all information, documents, and records, including
auditors’ narrations and workpapers, whether or not required to
be kept or prepared by the assessor, relating to the appraisal and
the assessment of the assessee’s property, and any penalties and
interest thereon.

(2) After enrolling an assessment, the assessor shall respond to
a written request for information supporting the assessment,
including, but not limited to, any appraisal and other data requested
by the assessee.

(3) Except as provided in Section 408.1, an assessee, or his or
her designated representative, may not be permitted to inspect or
copy information and records that also relate to the property or
business affairs of another, unless that disclosure is ordered by a
competent court in a proceeding initiated by a taxpayer seeking to
challenge the legality of the assessment of his or her property.

(f) (1) Permission for the inspection or copying requested
pursuant to subdivision (d) or (e) shall be granted as soon as
reasonably possible to the assessee or his or her designated
representative.

(2) If the assessee, or his or her designated representative,
requests the assessor to make copies of any of the requested
records, the assessee shall reimburse the assessor for the reasonable
costs incurred in reproducing and providing the copies.

(3) If the assessor fails to permit the inspection or copying of
materials or information as requested pursuant to subdivision (d)
or (e) and the assessor introduces any requested materials or
information at any assessment appeals board hearing, the assessee
or his or her representative may request and shall be granted a
continuance for a reasonable period of time. The continuance shall
extend the two-year period specified in subdivision (c) of Section
1604 for a period of time equal to the period of continuance.

(g) Upon the written request of the tax collector, the assessor
shall provide to the tax collector information for the preparation
and enforcement of Part 6 (commencing with Section 3351). The
tax collector shall certify to the assessor that he or she needs the
contact information to assist with the preparation and enforcement
of Part 6 (commencing with Section 3351). The assessor shall
provide the information, which may not include social security
numbers. Any information provided to the tax collector pursuant
to this subdivision shall not become a public record and shall not
be open to public inspection. The tax collector shall reimburse the
assessor for the actual and reasonable costs incurred by the assessor
for providing the information to administer this subdivision. The
tax collector shall add the costs described in the preceding sentence
to the assessee’s delinquent taxes and include the costs incurred
subject to Sections 4112 and 4672.2. The tax collector or his or
her designated employee shall, under penalty of perjury, certify
to the assessor that he or she needs the information to assist with
the preparation and enforcement of Part 6 (commencing with
Section 3351), and that the information provided pursuant to this
subdivision that is not public record and that is not open to public
inspection shall not become public record and shall not be open
to public inspection.

SEC. 275.  

Section 423.3 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

423.3.  

Any city or county may allow land subject to an
enforceable restriction under the Williamson Act or a migratory
waterfowl habitat contract to be assessed in accordance with one
or more of the following:

(a) Land specified in paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section
16142 of the Government Code shall be assessed at the value
determined as provided in Section 423, but not to exceed a
uniformly applied percentage of its base year value pursuant to
Section 110.1, adjusted to reflect the percentage change in the cost
of living not to exceed 2 percent per year. In no event shall that
percentage be less than 70 percent.

(b) Prime commercial rangeland shall be assessed at the value
determined as provided in Section 423, but not to exceed a
uniformly applied percentage of its base year value pursuant to
Section 110.1, adjusted to reflect the percentage change in the cost
of living not to exceed 2 percent per year. In no event shall that
percentage be less than 80 percent.

For purposes of this subdivision, “prime commercial rangeland”
means rangeland begin delete which end delete begin insert that end insert meets all of the following
physical-chemical parameters:

(1) Soil depth of 12 inches or more.

(2) Soil texture of fine sandy loam to clay.

(3) Soil permeability of rapid to slow.

(4) Soil with at least 2.5 inches of available water holding
capacity in profile.

(5) A slope of less than 30 percent.

(6) A climate with 80 or more frost-free days per year.

(7) Ten inches or more average annual precipitation.

(8) When managed at potential, the land generally requires less
than 17 acres to support one animal unit per year.

Property owners of land specified in this begin delete subdivision, end delete begin insert subdivision end insert
shall demonstrate that their land falls within the above definition
when requested by the city or county.

(c) Land specified in paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section
16142 of the Government Code shall be assessed at the value
determined as provided in Section 423, but not to exceed a
uniformly applied percentage of its base year value pursuant to
Section 110.1, adjusted to reflect the percentage change in the cost
of living not to exceed 2 percent per year. In no event shall that
percentage be less than 90 percent.

(d) Waterfowl habitat shall be assessed at the value determined
as provided in Section 423.7 but not to exceed a uniformly applied
percentage of its base year value pursuant to Section 110.1,
adjusted to reflect the percentage change in the cost of living not
to exceed 2 percent per year. In no event shall that percentage be
less than 90 percent.

SEC. 276.  

Section 12206 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

12206.  

(a) (1) There shall be allowed as a credit against the
“tax” (as described by Section 12201) a state low-income housing
tax credit in an amount equal to the amount determined in
subdivision (c), computed in accordance with Section 42 of the
Internal Revenue Code, except as otherwise provided in this
section.

(2) “Taxpayer,” for purposes of this section, means the sole
owner in the case of a “C” corporation, the partners in the case of
a partnership, and the shareholders in the case of an “S”
corporation.

(3) “Housing sponsor,” for purposes of this section, means the
sole owner in the case of a “C” corporation, the partnership in the
case of a partnership, and the “S” corporation in the case of an “S”
corporation.

(b) (1) The amount of the credit allocated to any housing
sponsor shall be authorized by the California Tax Credit Allocation
Committee, or any successor thereof, based on a project’s need
for the credit for economic feasibility in accordance with the
requirements of this section.

(A) Except for projects to provide farmworker housing, as
defined in subdivision (h) of Section 50199.7 of the Health and
Safety Code, that are allocated credits solely under the set-aside
described in subdivision (c) of Section 50199.20 of the Health and
Safety Code, the low-income housing project shall be located in
California and shall meet either of the following requirements:

(i) The project’s housing sponsor shall have been allocated by
the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee a credit for federal
income tax purposes under Section 42 of the Internal Revenue
Code.

(ii) It shall qualify for a credit under Section 42(h)(4)(B) of the
Internal Revenue Code.

(B) The California Tax Credit Allocation Committee shall not
require fees for the credit under this section in addition to those
fees required for applications for the tax credit pursuant to Section
42 of the Internal Revenue Code. The committee may require a
fee if the application for the credit under this section is submitted
in a calendar year after the year the application is submitted for
the federal tax credit.

(C) (i) For a project that receives a preliminary reservation of
the state low-income housing tax credit, allowed pursuant to
subdivision (a), on or after January 1, 2009, and before January 1,
2016, the credit shall be allocated to the partners of a partnership
owning the project in accordance with the partnership agreement,
regardless of how the federal low-income housing tax credit with
respect to the project is allocated to the partners, or whether the
allocation of the credit under the terms of the agreement has
substantial economic effect, within the meaning of Section 704(b)
of the Internal Revenue Code.

(ii) This subparagraph begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to a project that
receives a preliminary reservation of state low-income housing
tax credits under the set-aside described in subdivision (c) of
Section 50199.20 of the Health and Safety Code unless the project
also receives a preliminary reservation of federal low-income
housing tax credits.

(iii) This subparagraph shall cease to be operative with respect
to any project that receives a preliminary reservation of a credit
on or after January 1, 2016.

(2) (A) The California Tax Credit Allocation Committee shall
certify to the housing sponsor the amount of tax credit under this
section allocated to the housing sponsor for each credit period.

(B) In the case of a partnership or an “S” corporation, the
housing sponsor shall provide a copy of the California Tax Credit
Allocation Committee certification to the taxpayer.

(C) The taxpayer shall attach a copy of the certification to any
return upon which a tax credit is claimed under this section.

(D) In the case of a failure to attach a copy of the certification
for the year to the return in which a tax credit is claimed under this
section, no credit under this section shall be allowed for that year
until a copy of that certification is provided.

(E) All elections made by the taxpayer pursuant to Section 42
of the Internal Revenue Code begin delete shall end delete apply to this section.

(F) (i) Except as described in clause (ii), for buildings located
in designated difficult development areas (DDAs) or qualified
census tracts (QCTs), as defined in Section 42(d)(5)(B) of the
Internal Revenue Code, credits may be allocated under this section
in the amounts prescribed in subdivision (c), provided that the
amount of credit allocated under Section 42 of the Internal Revenue
Code is computed on 100 percent of the qualified basis of the
building.

(ii) Notwithstanding clause (i), the California Tax Credit
Allocation Committee may allocate the credit for buildings located
in DDAs or QCTs that are restricted to having 50 percent of its
occupants be special needs households, as defined in the California
Code of Regulations by the California Tax Credit Allocation
Committee, even if the taxpayer receives federal credits pursuant
to Section 42(d)(5)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, provided
that the credit allowed under this section shall not exceed 30
percent of the eligible basis of the building.

(G) (i) The California Tax Credit Allocation Committee may
allocate a credit under this section in exchange for a credit allocated
pursuant to Section 42(d)(5)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code in
amounts up to 30 percent of the eligible basis of a building if the
credits allowed under Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code are
reduced by an equivalent amount.

(ii) An equivalent amount shall be determined by the California
Tax Credit Allocation Committee based upon the relative amount
required to produce an equivalent state tax credit to the taxpayer.

(c) Section 42(b) of the Internal Revenue Code shall be modified
as follows:

(1) In the case of any qualified low-income building that receives
an allocation after 1989 and is a new building not federally
subsidized, the term “applicable percentage” means the following:

(A) For each of the first three years, the percentage prescribed
by the Secretary of the Treasury for new buildings that are not
federally subsidized for the taxable year, determined in accordance
with the requirements of Section 42(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code, in lieu of the percentage prescribed in Section begin delete 42(b)(1)(A) end delete
begin insert 42(b)(1)(B) end insert of the Internal Revenue Code.

(B) For the fourth year, the difference between 30 percent and
the sum of the applicable percentages for the first three years.

(2) In the case of any qualified low-income building that receives
an allocation after 1989 and that is a new building that is federally
subsidized or that is an existing building that is “at risk of
conversion,” the term “applicable percentage” means the following:

(A) For each of the first three years, the percentage prescribed
by the Secretary of the Treasury for new buildings that are federally
subsidized for the taxable year.

(B) For the fourth year, the difference between 13 percent and
the sum of the applicable percentages for the first three years.

(3) For purposes of this section, the term “at risk of conversion,”
with respect to an existing property means a property that satisfies
all of the following criteria:

(A) The property is a multifamily rental housing development
in which at least 50 percent of the units receive governmental
assistance pursuant to any of the following:

(i) New construction, substantial rehabilitation, moderate
rehabilitation, property disposition, and loan management set-aside
programs, or any other program providing project-based assistance
pursuant to Section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937,
Section 1437f of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended.

(ii) The Below-Market-Interest-Rate Program pursuant to
Section 221(d)(3) of the National Housing Act, Sections
1715l(d)(3) and (5) of Title 12 of the United States Code.

(iii) Section 236 of the National Housing Act, Section 1715z-1
of Title 12 of the United States Code.

(iv) Programs for rent supplement assistance pursuant to Section
101 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1965, Section
1701s of Title 12 of the United States Code, as amended.

(v) Programs pursuant to Section 515 of the Housing Act of
1949, Section 1485 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as
amended.

(vi) The low-income housing credit program set forth in Section
42 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(B) The restrictions on rent and income levels will terminate or
the federal insured mortgage on the property is eligible for
prepayment any time within five years before or after the date of
application to the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee.

(C) The entity acquiring the property enters into a regulatory
agreement that requires the property to be operated in accordance
with the requirements of this section for a period equal to the
greater of 55 years or the life of the property.

(D) The property satisfies the requirements of Section 42(e) of
the Internal Revenue Code regarding rehabilitation expenditures,
except that the provisions of Section 42(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) begin delete shall end delete begin insert do end insert not
apply.

(d) The term “qualified low-income housing project” as defined
in Section 42(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code is modified by
adding the following requirements:

(1) The taxpayer shall be entitled to receive a cash distribution
from the operations of the project, after funding required reserves,
which, at the election of the taxpayer, is equal to:

(A) An amount not to exceed 8 percent of the lesser of:

(i) The owner equity which shall include the amount of the
capital contributions actually paid to the housing sponsor and shall
not include any amounts until they are paid on an investor note.

(ii) Twenty percent of the adjusted basis of the building as of
the close of the first taxable year of the credit period.

(B) The amount of the cashflow from those units in the building
that are not low-income units. For purposes of computing cashflow
under this subparagraph, operating costs shall be allocated to the
low-income units using the “floor space fraction,” as defined in
Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(C) Any amount allowed to be distributed under subparagraph
(A) that is not available for distribution during the first five years
of the compliance period may accumulate and be distributed any
time during the first 15 years of the compliance period but not
thereafter.

(2) The limitation on return begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert in the aggregate
to the partners if the housing sponsor is a partnership and in the
aggregate to the shareholders if the housing sponsor is an “S”
corporation.

(3) The housing sponsor shall apply any cash available for
distribution in excess of the amount eligible to be distributed under
paragraph (1) to reduce the rent on rent-restricted units or to
increase the number of rent-restricted units subject to the tests of
Section 42(g)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(e) The provisions of Section 42(f) of the Internal Revenue Code
shall be modified as follows:

(1) The term “credit period” as defined in Section 42(f)(1) of
the Internal Revenue Code is modified by substituting “four taxable
years” for “10 taxable years.”

(2) The special rule for the first taxable year of the credit period
under Section 42(f)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert
not apply to the tax credit under this section.

(3) Section 42(f)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code is modified
to read:

If, as of the close of any taxable year in the compliance period,
after the first year of the credit period, the qualified basis of any
building exceeds the qualified basis of that building as of the close
of the first year of the credit period, the housing sponsor, to the
extent of its tax credit allocation, shall be eligible for a credit on
the excess in an amount equal to the applicable percentage
determined pursuant to subdivision (c) for the four-year period
beginning with the later of the taxable years in which the increase
in qualified basis occurs.

(f) The provisions of Section 42(h) of the Internal Revenue
Code shall be modified as follows:

(1) Section 42(h)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code begin delete shall not be
applicable end delete begin insert does not apply, end insert and instead the following provisions
begin delete shall be applicable: end delete begin insert apply: end insert

The total amount for the four-year credit period of the housing
credit dollars allocated in a calendar year to any building shall
reduce the aggregate housing credit dollar amount of the California
Tax Credit Allocation Committee for the calendar year in which
the allocation is made.

(2) Paragraphs (3), (4), (5), (6)(E)(i)(II), (6)(F), (6)(G), (6)(I),
(7), and (8) of Section 42(h) of the Internal Revenue Code begin delete shall
not be applicable. end delete begin insert do not apply. end insert

(g) The aggregate housing credit dollar amount that may be
allocated annually by the California Tax Credit Allocation
Committee pursuant to this section, Section 17058, and Section
23610.5 shall be an amount equal to the sum of all the following:

(1) Seventy million dollars ($70,000,000) for the 2001 calendar
year, and, for the 2002 calendar year and each calendar year
thereafter, seventy million dollars ($70,000,000) increased by the
percentage, if any, by which the Consumer Price Index for the
preceding calendar year exceeds the Consumer Price Index for the
2001 calendar year. For the purposes of this paragraph, the term
“Consumer Price Index” means the last Consumer Price Index for
All Urban Consumers published by the federal Department of
Labor.

(2) The unused housing credit ceiling, if any, for the preceding
calendar years.

(3) The amount of housing credit ceiling returned in the calendar
year. For purposes of this paragraph, the amount of housing credit
dollar amount returned in the calendar year equals the housing
credit dollar amount previously allocated to any project that does
not become a qualified low-income housing project within the
period required by this section or to any project with respect to
which an allocation is canceled by mutual consent of the California
Tax Credit Allocation Committee and the allocation recipient.

(4) Five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) per calendar year
for projects to provide farmworker housing, as defined in
subdivision (h) of Section 50199.7 of the Health and Safety Code.

(5) The amount of any unallocated or returned credits under
former Sections 17053.14, 23608.2, and 23608.3, as those sections
read prior to January 1, 2009, until fully exhausted for projects to
provide farmworker housing, as defined in subdivision (h) of
Section 50199.7 of the Health and Safety Code.

(h) The term “compliance period” as defined in Section 42(i)(1)
of the Internal Revenue Code is modified to mean, with respect to
any building, the period of 30 consecutive taxable years beginning
with the first taxable year of the credit period with respect thereto.

(i) (1) Section 42(j) of the Internal Revenue Code begin delete shall not be
applicable end delete begin insert does not apply end insert and the provisions in paragraph (2) shall
be substituted in its place.

(2) The requirements of this section shall be set forth in a
regulatory agreement between the California Tax Credit Allocation
Committee and the housing sponsor, which agreement shall be
subordinated, when required, to any lien or encumbrance of any
banks or other institutional lenders to the project. The regulatory
agreement entered into pursuant to subdivision (f) of Section
50199.14 of the Health and Safety Code, shall apply, providing
the agreement includes all of the following provisions:

(A) A term not less than the compliance period.

(B) A requirement that the agreement be recorded in the official
records of the county in which the qualified low-income housing
project is located.

(C) A provision stating which state and local agencies can
enforce the regulatory agreement in the event the housing sponsor
fails to satisfy any of the requirements of this section.

(D) A provision that the regulatory agreement shall be deemed
a contract enforceable by tenants as third-party beneficiaries thereto
and which allows individuals, whether prospective, present, or
former occupants of the building, who meet the income limitation
applicable to the building, the right to enforce the regulatory
agreement in any state court.

(E) A provision incorporating the requirements of Section 42
of the Internal Revenue Code as modified by this section.

(F) A requirement that the housing sponsor notify the California
Tax Credit Allocation Committee or its designee and the local
agency that can enforce the regulatory agreement if there is a
determination by the Internal Revenue Service that the project is
not in compliance with Section 42(g) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(G) A requirement that the housing sponsor, as security for the
performance of the housing sponsor’s obligations under the
regulatory agreement, assign the housing sponsor’s interest in rents
that it receives from the project, provided that until there is a
default under the regulatory agreement, the housing sponsor is
entitled to collect and retain the rents.

(H) The remedies available in the event of a default under the
regulatory agreement that is not cured within a reasonable cure
period, include, but are not limited to, allowing any of the parties
designated to enforce the regulatory agreement to collect all rents
with respect to the project; taking possession of the project and
operating the project in accordance with the regulatory agreement
until the enforcer determines the housing sponsor is in a position
to operate the project in accordance with the regulatory agreement;
applying to any court for specific performance; securing the
appointment of a receiver to operate the project; or any other relief
as may be appropriate.

(j) (1) The committee shall allocate the housing credit on a
regular basis consisting of two or more periods in each calendar
year during which applications may be filed and considered. The
committee shall establish application filing deadlines, the maximum
percentage of federal and state low-income housing tax credit
ceiling that may be allocated by the committee in that period, and
the approximate date on which allocations shall be made. If the
enactment of federal or state law, the adoption of rules or
regulations, or other similar events prevent the use of two allocation
periods, the committee may reduce the number of periods and
adjust the filing deadlines, maximum percentage of credit allocated,
and the allocation dates.

(2) The committee shall adopt a qualified allocation plan, as
provided in Section 42(m)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code. In
adopting this plan, the committee shall comply with the provisions
of Sections 42(m)(1)(B) and 42(m)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue
Code.

(3) Notwithstanding Section 42(m) of the Internal Revenue
Code, the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee shall
allocate housing credits in accordance with the qualified allocation
plan and regulations, which shall include the following provisions:

(A) All housing sponsors, as defined by paragraph (3) of
subdivision (a), shall demonstrate at the time the application is
filed with the committee that the project meets the following
threshold requirements:

(i) The housing sponsor shall demonstrate there is a need and
demand for low-income housing in the community or region for
which it is proposed.

(ii) The project’s proposed financing, including tax credit
proceeds, shall be sufficient to complete the project and that the
proposed operating income shall be adequate to operate the project
for the extended use period.

(iii) The project shall have enforceable financing commitments,
either construction or permanent financing, for at least 50 percent
of the total estimated financing of the project.

(iv) The housing sponsor shall have and maintain control of the
site for the project.

(v) The housing sponsor shall demonstrate that the project
complies with all applicable local land use and zoning ordinances.

(vi) The housing sponsor shall demonstrate that the project
development team has the experience and the financial capacity
to ensure project completion and operation for the extended use
period.

(vii) The housing sponsor shall demonstrate the amount of tax
credit that is necessary for the financial feasibility of the project
and its viability as a qualified low-income housing project
throughout the extended use period, taking into account operating
expenses, a supportable debt service, reserves, funds set aside for
rental subsidies, and required equity, and a development fee that
does not exceed a specified percentage of the eligible basis of the
project prior to inclusion of the development fee in the eligible
basis, as determined by the committee.

(B) The committee shall give a preference to those projects
satisfying all of the threshold requirements of subparagraph (A)
if both of the following apply:

(i) The project serves the lowest income tenants at rents
affordable to those tenants.

(ii) The project is obligated to serve qualified tenants for the
longest period.

(C) In addition to the provisions of subparagraphs (A) and (B),
the committee shall use the following criteria in allocating housing
credits:

(i) Projects serving large families in which a substantial number,
as defined by the committee, of all residential units is comprised
of low-income units with three and more bedrooms.

(ii) Projects providing single-room occupancy units serving
very low income tenants.

(iii) Existing projects that are “at risk of conversion,” as defined
by paragraph (3) of subdivision (c).

(iv) Projects for which a public agency provides direct or indirect
long-term financial support for at least 15 percent of the total
project development costs or projects for which the owner’s equity
constitutes at least 30 percent of the total project development
costs.

(v) Projects that provide tenant amenities not generally available
to residents of low-income housing projects.

(4) For purposes of allocating credits pursuant to this section,
the committee shall not give preference to any project by virtue
of the date of submission of its application except to break a tie
when two or more of the projects have an equal rating.

(k) Section 42(l) of the Internal Revenue Code shall be modified
as follows:

The term “secretary” shall be replaced by the term “California
Franchise Tax Board.”

(l) In the case where the state credit allowed under this section
exceeds the “tax,” the excess may be carried over to reduce the
“tax” in the following year, and succeeding years if necessary,
until the credit has been exhausted.

(m) The provisions of Section 11407(a) of Public Law 101-508,
relating to the effective date of the extension of the low-income
housing credit, begin delete shall end delete apply to calendar years after 1993.

(n) The provisions of Section 11407(c) of Public Law 101-508,
relating to election to accelerate credit, begin delete shall end delete begin insert do end insert not apply.

(o) This section shall remain in effect for as long as Section 42
of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to low-income housing
credits, remains in effect.

SEC. 277.  

Section 17052.6 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

17052.6.  

(a) For each taxable year beginning on or after
January 1, 2000, there shall be allowed as a credit against the “net
begin delete tax”, end delete begin insert tax, end insert begin insert ” end insert as defined in Section 17039, an amount determined in
accordance with Section 21 of the Internal Revenue Code, except
that the amount of the credit shall be a percentage, as provided in
subdivision (b) of the allowable federal credit without taking into
account whether there is a federal tax liability.

(b) For the purposes of subdivision (a), the percentage of the
allowable federal credit shall be determined as follows:

(1) For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2003:

 

If the adjusted gross income is:	The percentage of credit is:
$40,000 or less	63%
Over $40,000 but not over $70,000	53%
Over $70,000 but not over $100,000	42%
Over $100,000	0%

 

(2) For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2003:

 

If the adjusted gross income is:	The percentage of credit is:
$40,000 or less	50%
Over $40,000 but not over $70,000	43%
Over $70,000 but not over $100,000	34%
Over $100,000	0%

 

(c) For purposes of this section, “adjusted gross income” means
adjusted gross income as computed for purposes of paragraph (2)
of subdivision (h) of Section 17024.5.

(d) The credit authorized by this section shall be limited, as
follows:

(1) Employment-related expenses, within the meaning of Section
21 of the Internal Revenue Code, shall be limited to expenses for
household services and care provided in this state.

(2) Earned income, within the meaning of Section 21(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code, shall be limited to earned income subject
to tax under this part. For purposes of this paragraph, compensation
received by a member of the armed forces for active services as a
member of the armed forces, other than pensions or retired pay,
shall be considered earned income subject to tax under this part,
whether or not the member is domiciled in this state.

(e) For purposes of this section, Section 21(b)(1) of the Internal
Revenue Code, relating to a qualifying individual, is modified to
additionally provide that a child, as defined in Section begin delete 151(c)(3) end delete
begin insert 152(f)(1) end insert of the Internal Revenue Code, shall be treated, for
purposes of Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code, as
applicable for purposes of this section, as receiving over one-half
of his or her support during the calendar year from the parent
having custody for a greater portion of the calendar year, that
parent shall be treated as a “custodial parent,” within the meaning
of Section 152(e) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable for
purposes of this section, and the child shall be treated as a
qualifying individual under Section 21(b)(1) of the Internal
Revenue Code, as applicable for purposes of this section, if both
of the following apply:

(1) The child receives over one-half of his or her support during
the calendar year from his or her parents who never married each
other and who lived apart at all times during the last six months
of the calendar year.

(2) The child is in the custody of one or both of his or her parents
for more than one-half of the calendar year.

(f) The amendments to this section made by Section 1.5 of
Chapter 824 of the Statutes of 2002 begin delete shall end delete apply only to taxable
years beginning on or after January 1, 2002.

(g) The amendments made to this section by begin delete the act adding this
subdivision shall end delete begin insert Chapter 14 of the Statutes of 2011 end insert apply to
taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

SEC. 278.  

Section 17255 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

17255.  

(a) Section 179(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code,
relating to dollar limitation, shall not apply and in lieu thereof, the
aggregate cost which may be taken into account under Section
179(a) of the Internal Revenue Code for any taxable year shall not
exceed twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000).

(b) Section 179(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
reduction in limitation, begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply and in lieu thereof,
the limitation under subdivision (a) for any taxable year shall be
reduced, but not to below zero, by the amount by which the cost
of Section 179 property, as defined in Section 179(d)(1) of the
Internal Revenue Code, except as otherwise provided, placed in
service during the taxable year exceeds two hundred thousand
dollars ($200,000).

(c) Section 179 of the Internal Revenue Code is modified to
provide that the “aggregate amount disallowed” referred to in
Section 179(b)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code shall be
computed under this part as it read on the date the property
generating the amount disallowed was placed in service.

begin delete

(d) Section 179(b)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
inflation adjustments, shall not apply.

end delete begin delete

(e)

end delete

begin insert (d) end insert  The last sentence in Section 179(c)(2) of the Internal
Revenue Code, relating to election irrevocable, begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not
apply.

begin delete

(f)

end delete

begin insert (e) end insert  Section 179(d)(1)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code begin delete shall end delete
begin insert does end insert not apply.

begin delete

(g)

end delete

begin insert (f) end insert  Section 179(e) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
special rules for qualified disaster assistance property, begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert
not apply.

SEC. 279.  

Section 18035.6 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is repealed.

begin delete

18035.6.  

Section 1014 of the Internal Revenue Code, relating
to basis of property acquired from a decedent, is modified to
provide that Section 1014(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating
to termination date, shall not apply.

end delete

SEC. 280.  

Section 18036.6 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is repealed.

begin delete

18036.6.  

Section 1022 of the Internal Revenue Code, relating
to treatment of property acquired from a decedent dying after
December 31, 2009, shall not apply.

end delete

SEC. 281.  

Section 18805 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

18805.  

(a) A taxpayer may designate on the tax return that a
contribution in excess of the tax liability, if any, be made to the
California Peace Officer Memorial Foundation Fund, which is
established by Section 18806. That designation is to be used as a
voluntary checkoff on the tax return.

(b) The contributions shall be in full dollar amounts and may
be made individually by each signatory on the joint return.

(c) A designation shall be made for any taxable year on the
initial return for that taxable year, and once made shall be
irrevocable. In the event that payments and credits reported on the
return, together with any other credits associated with the
taxpayer’s account, do not exceed the taxpayer’s liability, the return
shall be treated as though no designation has been made. In the
event that no designee is specified, the contribution shall be
transferred to the General Fund, after reimbursement of the direct
actual costs of the Franchise Tax Board for the collection and the
administration of funds under this article.

(d) In the event a taxpayer designates a contribution to more
than one account or fund listed on the tax return, and the amount
available for designation is insufficient to satisfy the total amount
designated, the contribution shall be allocated among the designees
on a pro rata basis.

(e) The Franchise Tax Board shall revise the forms of the return
to include a space labeled the “California Peace Officer Memorial
Foundation Fund” to allow for the designation permitted. The
forms shall also include in the instructions information that the
contribution may be in the amount of one dollar ($1) or more and
that the contribution shall be used to build and maintain the
California Peace Officers’ Memorial in Sacramento, California,
and for activities performed by the California Peace begin delete Officers’ end delete
begin insert Officers end insert Memorial begin delete Foundation end delete begin insert Foundation, Inc. end insert in support of
families of slain peace officers.

(f) A deduction shall be allowed under Article 6 (commencing
with Section 17201) of Chapter 3 for any contribution made
pursuant to subdivision (a).

SEC. 282.  

Section 18807 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

18807.  

All money transferred to the California Peace Officer
Memorial Foundation Fund, upon appropriation by the Legislature,
shall be allocated as follows:

(a) To the Franchise Tax Board and the Controller for
reimbursement of all costs incurred by the Franchise Tax Board
and the Controller in connection with their duties under this article.

(b) To the Department of the California Highway Patrol for
allocation to the California Peace Officers’ Memorial Commission
for building and maintaining the California Peace Officers’
Memorial in Sacramento, California, and for activities performed
by the California Peace begin delete Officer end delete begin insert Officers end insert Memorial begin delete Foundation end delete
begin insert Foundation, Inc. end insert in support of families of slain peace officers.

(c) All money transferred to the California Peace Officer
Memorial Foundation Fund prior to the enactment of the act adding
this subdivision is hereby appropriated for allocation as described
in subdivisions (a) and (b).

SEC. 283.  

Section 18808 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

18808.  

(a) This article shall remain in effect only until January
1, 2021, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted
statute, which is enacted before January 1, 2021, deletes that date.

(b) If the repeal date specified in subdivision (a) has been
deleted, all of the following apply:

(1) By September 1 of the calendar year beginning after the
effective date of the act deleting the repeal date and by September
1 of each subsequent calendar year that the California Peace
begin delete Officers’ end delete begin insert Officer end insert Memorial Foundation Fund appears on a tax
return, the Franchise Tax Board shall do all of the following:

(A) Determine the minimum contribution amount required to
be received during the next calendar year for the fund to appear
on the tax return for the taxable year that includes that next calendar
year.

(B) Provide written notification to the California Peace begin delete Officer end delete
begin insert Officers end insert begin insert ’ end insert Memorial Commission of the amount determined in
subparagraph (A).

(C) Determine whether the amount of contributions estimated
to be received during the calendar year will equal or exceed the
minimum contribution amount determined by the Franchise Tax
Board for the calendar year pursuant to subparagraph (A). The
Franchise Tax Board shall estimate the amount of contributions
to be received by using the actual amounts received and an estimate
of the contributions that will be received by the end of that calendar
year.

(2) If the Franchise Tax Board determines that the amount of
contributions estimated to be received during a calendar year will
not at least equal the minimum contribution amount for the calendar
year, this article is repealed with respect to taxable years beginning
on or after January 1 of that calendar year.

(3) For purposes of this section, the minimum contribution
amount for a calendar year means two hundred fifty thousand
dollars ($250,000) for the first calendar year beginning after the
effective date of the act that deleted the repeal date specified in
subdivision (a), or the minimum contribution amount adjusted
pursuant to subdivision (c).

(c) For each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2005,
the Franchise Tax Board shall adjust, on or before September 1 of
that calendar year, the minimum contribution amount specified in
subdivision (b) as follows:

(1) The minimum contribution amount for the calendar year
shall be an amount equal to the product of the minimum
contribution amount for the prior calendar year multiplied by the
inflation factor adjustment as specified in paragraph (2) of
subdivision (h) of Section 17041, rounded off to the nearest dollar.

(2) The inflation factor adjustment used for the calendar year
shall be based on the figures for the percentage change in the
California Consumer Price Index received on or before August 1
of the calendar year pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision (h)
of Section 17041.

(d) Notwithstanding the repeal of this article, any contribution
amounts designated pursuant to this article prior to its repeal shall
continue to be transferred and disbursed in accordance with this
article as in effect immediately prior to that repeal.

SEC. 284.  

Section 19136 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

19136.  

(a) Section 6654 of the Internal Revenue Code, relating
to failure by an individual to pay estimated income tax, begin delete shall apply, end delete
begin insert applies, end insert except as otherwise provided.

(b) Section 6654(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code is modified
to refer to the rate determined under Section 19521 in lieu of
Section 6621 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(c) (1) Section 6654(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating
to exceptions where the tax is a small amount, does not apply.

(2)  begin delete No end delete begin insert An end insert addition to begin delete the end delete tax shall begin insert not end insert be imposed under this
section if the tax imposed under Section 17041 or 17048 and the
tax imposed under Section 17062 for the preceding taxable year,
minus the sum of any credits against the tax provided by Part 10
(commencing with Section 17001) or this part, or the tax computed
under Section 17041 or 17048 upon the estimated income for the
taxable year, minus the sum of any credits against the tax provided
by Part 10 (commencing with Section 17001) or this part, is less
than five hundred dollars ($500), except in the case of a separate
return filed by a married person the amount shall be less than two
hundred fifty dollars ($250).

(d) Section 6654(f) of the Internal Revenue Code does not apply
and for purposes of this section the term “tax” means the tax
imposed under Section 17041 or 17048 and the tax imposed under
Section 17062 less any credits against the tax provided by Part 10
(commencing with Section 17001) or this part, other than the credit
provided by subdivision (a) of Section 19002.

(e) (1) The credit for tax withheld on wages, as specified in
Section 6654(g) of the Internal Revenue Code, is the credit allowed
under subdivision (a) of Section 19002.

(2) (A) Section 6654(g)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code is
modified by substituting the phrase “the applicable percentage”
for the phrase “an equal part.”

(B) For purposes of this paragraph, “applicable percentage”
means the percentage amount prescribed under Section
6654(d)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, as modified by
subdivision (a) of Section 19136.1.

(f) This section applies to a nonresident individual.

(g) (1)  begin delete No end delete begin insert An end insert addition to tax shall begin insert not end insert be imposed under this
section to the extent that the underpayment was created or increased
by either of the following:

(A) Any law that is chaptered during and operative for the
taxable year of the underpayment.

(B) If, for a taxable year prior to its repeal, the adjustment factor
for the credit authorized by Section 17052 for the taxable year was
less than the adjustment factor for that credit for the preceding
taxable year.

(2) (A) Notwithstanding Section 18415, subparagraph (A) of
paragraph (1) applies to penalties imposed under this section on
or after January 1, 2005.

(B) Notwithstanding Section 18415, subparagraph (B) of
paragraph (1) applies to penalties imposed under this section on
or after January 1, 2016.

(h) The amendments made to this section by Section 5 of
Chapter 305 of the Statutes of 2008 apply to taxable years
beginning on or after January 1, 2009.

(i) The amendments made to this section by Section 3 of Chapter
15 of the Fourth Extraordinary Session of the Statutes of 2009
apply to amounts withheld on wages beginning on or after January
1, 2009.

SEC. 285.  

Section 19161 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

19161.  

(a)  begin delete No end delete begin insert An end insert addition to begin delete the end delete tax shall begin insert not end insert be made under
Section 19132, 19136, or 19142 for failure to make timely payment
of tax with respect to a period during which a case is pending under
Title 11 of the United States Code in either of the following
situations:

(1) If that tax was incurred by the estate and the failure occurred
pursuant to an order of the court finding probable insufficiency of
funds of the estate to pay administrative expenses.

(2) If:

(A) That tax was incurred by the debtor before the earlier of the
order for relief or (in the involuntary case) the appointment of a
trustee, and

(B) (i) The petition was filed before the due date prescribed by
law (including extensions) for filing a return of that tax, or

(ii) The date for making the addition to the tax occurs on or
after the day on which the petition was filed.

(b) Subdivision (a) begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to any liability for an
addition to the tax which arises from the failure to pay or deposit
a tax withheld or collected from others and required to be paid to
the State of California.

SEC. 286.  

Section 19255 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

19255.  

(a) Except as otherwise provided in subdivisions (b)
and (e), after 20 years have lapsed from the date the latest tax
liability for a taxable year or the date any other liability that is not
associated with a taxable year becomes “due and payable” within
the meaning of Section 19221, the Franchise Tax Board may not
collect that amount and the taxpayer’s liability to the state for that
liability is abated by reason of lapse of time. Any actions taken by
the Franchise Tax Board to collect an uncollectible liability shall
be released, withdrawn, or otherwise terminated by the Franchise
Tax Board, and no subsequent administrative or civil action shall
be taken or brought to collect all or part of that uncollectible
amount. Any amounts received in contravention of this section
shall be considered an overpayment that may be credited and
refunded in accordance with Article 1 (commencing with Section
19301) of Chapter 6.

(b) If a timely civil action filed pursuant to Article 2 of Chapter
6 of this part is commenced, or a claim is filed in a probate action,
the period for which the liability is collectable shall be extended
and shall not expire until that liability, probate claim, or judgment
against the taxpayer arising from that liability is satisfied or
becomes unenforceable under the laws applicable to the
enforcement of civil judgments.

(c) For purposes of this section, both of the following apply:

(1) “Tax liability” means a liability imposed under Part 10
(commencing with Section 17001), Part 11 (commencing with
Section 23001), or this part, and includes any additions to tax,
interest, penalties, fees and any other amounts relating to the
imposed liability.

(2) If more than one liability is “due and payable” for a particular
taxable year, with the exception of a liability resulting from a
penalty imposed under Section 19777.5, the “due and payable”
date that is later in time shall be the date upon which the 20-year
limitation of subdivision (a) commences.

(d) This section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to amounts subject to
collection by the Franchise Tax Board pursuant to Article begin delete 5, 5.5,
or 6 end delete begin insert 5.5 or 7 end insert of this chapter, or any other amount that is not a tax
imposed under Part 10 or Part 11, but which the Franchise Tax
Board is collecting as though it were a final personal income tax
delinquency.

(e) (1) The expiration of the period of limitation on collection
under this section shall be suspended for the following periods:

begin delete

(A) The period that the Franchise Tax Board is prohibited from
involuntary collection under subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of
subdivision (b) of Section 19271 relating to collection of child
support delinquencies, plus 60 days thereafter.

end delete begin delete

(B)

end delete

begin insert (A) end insert  The period during which the Franchise Tax Board is
prohibited by reason of a bankruptcy case from collecting, plus
six months thereafter.

begin delete

(C)

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert  The period described under subdivision (d) of Section 19008
relating to installment payment agreements.

begin delete

(D)

end delete

begin insert (C) end insert  The period during which collection is postponed by
operation of law under Section 18571, related to postponement by
reason of service in a combat zone, or under Section 18572, related
to postponement by reason of presidentially declared disaster or
terroristic or military action.

begin delete

(E)

end delete

begin insert (D) end insert  During any other period during which collection of a tax is
suspended, postponed, or extended by operation of law.

(2) A suspension of the period of limitation under this
subdivision begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert with respect to both parties of any
liability that is joint and several.

(f) This section shall be applied on and after July 1, 2006, to
any liability “due and payable” before, on, or after that date.

SEC. 287.  

Section 19533 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

19533.  

(a) In the event the debtor has more than one debt being
collected by the Franchise Tax Board and the amount collected by
the Franchise Tax Board is insufficient to satisfy the total amount
owing, the amount collected shall be applied in the following
priority:

begin delete

(1) Payment of any delinquencies transferred for collection
under Article 5 (commencing with Section 19270) of Chapter 5.

(2)

end delete

begin insert (1) end insert  Payment of any taxes, additions to tax, penalties, interest,
fees, or other amounts due and payable under Part 7.5 (commencing
with Section 13201), Part 10 (commencing with Section 17001),
Part 11 (commencing with Section 23001), or this part, and
amounts authorized to be collected under Section 19722.

begin delete

(3)

end delete

begin insert (2) end insert  Payment of delinquencies collected under Section 10878.

begin delete

(4)

end delete

begin insert (3) end insert  Payment of any amounts due that are referred for collection
under Article 5.5 (commencing with Section 19280) of Chapter
5.

begin delete

(5)

end delete

begin insert (4) end insert  Payment of any delinquencies referred for collection under
Article 7 (commencing with Section 19291) of Chapter 5.

(b) Notwithstanding the payment priority established by this
section, voluntary payments designated by the taxpayer as payment
for a personal income tax liability or as a payment on amounts
authorized to be collected under Section 19722, shall not be applied
pursuant to this priority, but shall instead be applied as designated.

SEC. 288.  

Section 19772 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

19772.  

(a) Section 6707A of the Internal Revenue Code,
relating to penalty for failure to include reportable begin delete transactions end delete
begin insert transaction end insert information with a return, shall apply, except as
otherwise provided.

(b) (1) Section 6707A(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue begin delete Code end delete begin insert Code, end insert
relating to amount of begin delete penalty end delete begin insert penalty, end insert is modified by substituting
the phrase “or which would have resulted from such transaction
if such transaction were respected for state tax purposes” for the
phrase “or which would have resulted from such transaction if
such transaction were respected for Federal tax purposes.”

(2) The penalty amounts in Section 6707A(b)(2)(A) of the
Internal Revenue Code are modified by substituting “$30,000
($15,000” for “$200,000 begin delete ($100,000).” end delete begin insert ($100,000.” end insert

(3) The penalty amounts in Section 6707A(b)(2)(B) of the
Internal Revenue Code are modified by substituting “$15,000
($5,000” for “$50,000 begin delete (10,000).” end delete begin insert ($10,000.” end insert

(4) The penalty amounts in Section 6707A(b)(3) of the Internal
Revenue begin delete Code end delete begin insert Code, end insert relating to minimum begin delete penalty end delete begin insert penalty, end insert are
modified by substituting “$2,500 ($1,250” for “$10,000 begin delete (5,000).” end delete
begin insert ($5,000.” end insert

(c) (1) Section 6707A(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue begin delete Code end delete begin insert Code, end insert
relating to reportable begin delete transaction end delete begin insert transaction, end insert is modified to include
reportable transactions within the meaning of paragraph (3) of
subdivision (a) of Section 18407.

(2) Section 6707A(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue begin delete Code end delete begin insert Code, end insert
relating to listed begin delete transaction end delete begin insert transaction, end insert is modified to include
listed transactions within the meaning of paragraph (4) of
subdivision (a) of Section 18407.

(d) The penalty under this section only applies to taxpayers with
taxable income greater than two hundred thousand dollars
($200,000).

(e) Section 6707A(e) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
a penalty reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission,
begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply.

(f) Section 6707A(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
authority to rescind penalty, begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply, and in lieu
thereof, the following begin delete shall end delete apply:

(1) The Chief Counsel of the Franchise Tax Board may rescind
all or any portion of any penalty imposed by this section with
respect to any violation if all of the following apply:

(A) The violation is with respect to a reportable transaction
other than a listed transaction.

(B) The person on whom the penalty is imposed has a history
of complying with the requirements of this part and Part 10
(commencing with Section 17001) or Part 11 (commencing with
Section 23001).

(C) It is shown that the violation is due to an unintentional
mistake of fact.

(D) Imposing the penalty would be against equity and good
conscience.

(E) Rescinding the penalty would promote compliance with the
requirements of this part and Part 10 (commencing with Section
17001) or Part 11 (commencing with Section 23001) and effective
tax administration.

(2) The exercise of authority under paragraph (1) shall be at the
sole discretion of the Chief Counsel of the Franchise Tax Board
and may not be delegated.

(3) Notwithstanding any other law or rule of law, any
determination under this subdivision may not be reviewed in any
administrative or judicial proceeding.

(g) Article 3 (commencing with Section 19031) of Chapter begin delete 4
(relating end delete begin insert 4, relating end insert to deficiency begin delete assessments) shall end delete begin insert assessments,
does end insert not apply with respect to the assessment or collection of any
penalty imposed under this section.

(h) The penalty imposed by this section is in addition to any
penalty imposed under Part 10 (commencing with Section 17001),
Part 11 (commencing with Section 23001), or this part.

(i) The amendments made to this section by begin delete the act adding this
subdivision shall end delete begin insert Section 25 of Chapter 359 of the Statutes of 2015 end insert
apply to penalties assessed on or after January 1, 2016.

SEC. 289.  

Section 20640.3 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

20640.3.  

A claimant is an individual who:

(a) Holds a right to a possessory interest pursuant to a validly
recorded instrument conveying such possessory interest for a term
of years no less than 45 years beyond the last day of the calendar
year ending immediately prior to the fiscal year for which taxes
are initially begin delete postponed; end delete begin insert postponed. end insert

(b) Occupies as a principal place of residence the residential
dwelling affixed to such possessory interest real property on the
last day of the year designated in begin delete Section 20503(c) of this code; end delete
begin insert subdivision (d) of Section 20503. end insert

(c)  begin delete (1) end delete begin delete   end delete Is begin insert either (1) end insert 62 years of age or older on or before
December 31 of the fiscal year for which postponement is claimed
or (2) blind or disabled, as defined in Section 12050 of the Welfare
and Institutions Code, at the time of application or on December
10 of the fiscal year for which the postponement is claimed,
whichever is earlier.

SEC. 290.  

Section 21021 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

21021.  

(a) If any officer or employee of the board recklessly
disregards board published procedures, a taxpayer aggrieved by
that action or omission may bring an action for damages against
the State of California in superior court.

(b) In any action brought under subdivision (a), upon a finding
of liability on the part of the State of California, the state shall be
liable to the plaintiff in an amount equal to the sum of all of the
following:

(1) Actual and direct monetary damages sustained by the
plaintiff as a result of the actions or omissions.

(2) Reasonable litigation costs, as defined for purposes of
begin delete Sections 19420 and 26491. end delete begin insert Section 19717. end insert

(c) In the awarding of damages under subdivision (b), the court
shall take into consideration the negligence or omissions, if any,
on the part of the plaintiff which contributed to the damages.

(d) Whenever it appears to the court that the taxpayer’s position
in the proceedings brought under subdivision (a) is frivolous, the
court may impose a penalty against the plaintiff in an amount not
to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000). A penalty so imposed
shall be paid upon notice and demand from the board and shall be
collected as a tax imposed under Part 10 (commencing with Section
17001) or Part 11 (commencing with Section 23001).

SEC. 291.  

Section 23156 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

23156.  

(a) The Franchise Tax Board shall abate, upon written
request by a qualified nonprofit corporation, unpaid qualified taxes,
interest, and penalties for the taxable years in which the qualified
nonprofit corporation certifies, under penalty of perjury, that it
was not doing business, within the meaning of subdivision (a) of
Section 23101.

(b) For purposes of this section:

(1) “Qualified nonprofit corporation” means a nonprofit
corporation identified in Section 5059, 5060, or 5061 of the
Corporations Code or a foreign nonprofit corporation, as defined
in Section 5053 of the Corporations Code that has qualified to
transact intrastate business in this state and that satisfies any of
the following conditions:

(A) Was operating and previously obtained tax-exempt status
with the Franchise Tax Board, but had its tax-exempt status
revoked under subdivision begin delete (c) end delete begin insert (a) end insert of Section 23777.

(B) Was operating and previously obtained tax-exempt status
with the Internal Revenue Service, but had its tax-exempt status
revoked under Section 6033(j) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(C) Was never doing business, within the meaning of subdivision
(a) of Section 23101, in this state at any time after the time of its
incorporation in this state.

(2) “Qualified taxes, interest, and penalties” means tax imposed
under Section 23153 and associated interest and penalties, and any
penalties imposed under Section 19141. “Qualified taxes, interest,
and penalties” does not include tax imposed under Section 23501
or 23731, or associated interest or penalties.

(c) The qualified corporation must establish that it has ceased
all business operations at the time of filing the request for
abatement under this section.

(d) (1) The abatement of unpaid qualified tax, interest, and
penalties is conditioned on the dissolution of the qualified
corporation within 12 months from the date of filing the request
for abatement under this section.

(2) If the qualified corporation is not dissolved within 12 months
from the date of filing the request for abatement or restarts business
operations at any time after requesting abatement under this section,
the abatement of qualified tax, interest, and penalties under this
section shall be canceled and the qualified taxes, interest, and
penalties subject to that abatement shall be treated as if the
abatement never occurred.

(e) The Franchise Tax Board shall prescribe any rules and
regulations that may be necessary or appropriate to implement this
section. Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section 11340) of Part 1
of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code shall not apply
to any standard, criterion, procedure, determination, rule, notice,
or guideline established or issued by the Franchise Tax Board
pursuant to this section.

SEC. 292.  

Section 23610.5 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

23610.5.  

(a) (1) There shall be allowed as a credit against the
“tax” (as defined by Section 23036) a state low-income housing
tax credit in an amount equal to the amount determined in
subdivision (c), computed in accordance with Section 42 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, except as otherwise provided in
this section.

(2) “Taxpayer,” for purposes of this section, means the sole
owner in the case of a “C” corporation, the partners in the case of
a partnership, and the shareholders in the case of an “S”
corporation.

(3) “Housing sponsor,” for purposes of this section, means the
sole owner in the case of a “C” corporation, the partnership in the
case of a partnership, and the “S” corporation in the case of an “S”
corporation.

(b) (1) The amount of the credit allocated to any housing
sponsor shall be authorized by the California Tax Credit Allocation
Committee, or any successor thereof, based on a project’s need
for the credit for economic feasibility in accordance with the
requirements of this section.

(A) The low-income housing project shall be located in
California and shall meet either of the following requirements:

(i) Except for projects to provide farmworker housing, as defined
in subdivision (h) of Section 50199.7 of the Health and Safety
Code, that are allocated credits solely under the set-aside described
in subdivision (c) of Section 50199.20 of the Health and Safety
Code, the project’s housing sponsor has been allocated by the
California Tax Credit Allocation Committee a credit for federal
income tax purposes under Section 42 of the Internal Revenue
Code.

(ii) It qualifies for a credit under Section 42(h)(4)(B) of the
Internal Revenue Code.

(B) The California Tax Credit Allocation Committee shall not
require fees for the credit under this section in addition to those
fees required for applications for the tax credit pursuant to Section
42 of the Internal Revenue Code. The committee may require a
fee if the application for the credit under this section is submitted
in a calendar year after the year the application is submitted for
the federal tax credit.

(C) (i) For a project that receives a preliminary reservation of
the state low-income housing tax credit, allowed pursuant to
subdivision (a), on or after January 1, 2009, and before January 1,
2016, the credit shall be allocated to the partners of a partnership
owning the project in accordance with the partnership agreement,
regardless of how the federal low-income housing tax credit with
respect to the project is allocated to the partners, or whether the
allocation of the credit under the terms of the agreement has
substantial economic effect, within the meaning of Section 704(b)
of the Internal Revenue Code.

(ii) To the extent the allocation of the credit to a partner under
this section lacks substantial economic effect, any loss or deduction
otherwise allowable under this part that is attributable to the sale
or other disposition of that partner’s partnership interest made prior
to the expiration of the federal credit shall not be allowed in the
taxable year in which the sale or other disposition occurs, but shall
instead be deferred until and treated as if it occurred in the first
taxable year immediately following the taxable year in which the
federal credit period expires for the project described in clause (i).

(iii) This subparagraph does not apply to a project that receives
a preliminary reservation of state low-income housing tax credits
under the set-aside described in subdivision (c) of Section 50199.20
of the Health and Safety Code unless the project also receives a
preliminary reservation of federal low-income housing tax credits.

(iv) This subparagraph shall cease to be operative with respect
to any project that receives a preliminary reservation of a credit
on or after January 1, 2016.

(2) (A) The California Tax Credit Allocation Committee shall
certify to the housing sponsor the amount of tax credit under this
section allocated to the housing sponsor for each credit period.

(B) In the case of a partnership or an “S” corporation, the
housing sponsor shall provide a copy of the California Tax Credit
Allocation Committee certification to the taxpayer.

(C) The taxpayer shall, upon request, provide a copy of the
certification to the Franchise Tax Board.

(D) All elections made by the taxpayer pursuant to Section 42
of the Internal Revenue Code apply to this section.

(E) (i) Except as described in clause (ii), for buildings located
in designated difficult development areas (DDAs) or qualified
census tracts (QCTs), as defined in Section 42(d)(5)(B) of the
Internal Revenue Code, credits may be allocated under this section
in the amounts prescribed in subdivision (c), provided that the
amount of credit allocated under Section 42 of the Internal Revenue
Code is computed on 100 percent of the qualified basis of the
building.

(ii) Notwithstanding clause (i), the California Tax Credit
Allocation Committee may allocate the credit for buildings located
in DDAs or QCTs that are restricted to having 50 percent of its
occupants be special needs households, as defined in the California
Code of Regulations by the California Tax Credit Allocation
Committee, even if the taxpayer receives federal credits pursuant
to Section 42(d)(5)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code, provided
that the credit allowed under this section shall not exceed 30
percent of the eligible basis of the building.

(F) (i) The California Tax Credit Allocation Committee may
allocate a credit under this section in exchange for a credit allocated
pursuant to Section 42(d)(5)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code in
amounts up to 30 percent of the eligible basis of a building if the
credits allowed under Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code are
reduced by an equivalent amount.

(ii) An equivalent amount shall be determined by the California
Tax Credit Allocation Committee based upon the relative amount
required to produce an equivalent state tax credit to the taxpayer.

(c) Section 42(b) of the Internal Revenue Code shall be modified
as follows:

(1) In the case of any qualified low-income building placed in
service by the housing sponsor during 1987, the term “applicable
percentage” means 9 percent for each of the first three years and
3 percent for the fourth year for new buildings (whether or not the
building is federally subsidized) and for existing buildings.

(2) In the case of any qualified low-income building that receives
an allocation after 1989 and is a new building not federally
subsidized, the term “applicable percentage” means the following:

(A) For each of the first three years, the percentage prescribed
by the Secretary of the Treasury for new buildings that are not
federally subsidized for the taxable year, determined in accordance
with the requirements of Section 42(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code, in lieu of the percentage prescribed in Section begin delete 42(b)(1)(A) end delete
begin insert 42(b)(1)(B) end insert of the Internal Revenue Code.

(B) For the fourth year, the difference between 30 percent and
the sum of the applicable percentages for the first three years.

(3) In the case of any qualified low-income building that receives
an allocation after 1989 and that is a new building that is federally
subsidized or that is an existing building that is “at risk of
conversion,” the term “applicable percentage” means the following:

(A) For each of the first three years, the percentage prescribed
by the Secretary of the Treasury for new buildings that are federally
subsidized for the taxable year.

(B) For the fourth year, the difference between 13 percent and
the sum of the applicable percentages for the first three years.

(4) For purposes of this section, the term “at risk of conversion,”
with respect to an existing property means a property that satisfies
all of the following criteria:

(A) The property is a multifamily rental housing development
in which at least 50 percent of the units receive governmental
assistance pursuant to any of the following:

(i) New construction, substantial rehabilitation, moderate
rehabilitation, property disposition, and loan management set-aside
programs, or any other program providing project-based assistance
pursuant to Section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937,
Section 1437f of Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended.

(ii) The Below-Market-Interest-Rate Program pursuant to
Section 221(d)(3) of the National Housing Act, Sections
1715l(d)(3) and (5) of Title 12 of the United States Code.

(iii) Section 236 of the National Housing Act, Section 1715z-1
of Title 12 of the United States Code.

(iv) Programs for rent supplement assistance pursuant to Section
101 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1965, Section
1701s of Title 12 of the United States Code, as amended.

(v) Programs pursuant to Section 515 of the Housing Act of
1949, Section 1485 of Title 42 of the United States Code, as
amended.

(vi) The low-income housing credit program set forth in Section
42 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(B) The restrictions on rent and income levels will terminate or
the federally insured mortgage on the property is eligible for
prepayment any time within five years before or after the date of
application to the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee.

(C) The entity acquiring the property enters into a regulatory
agreement that requires the property to be operated in accordance
with the requirements of this section for a period equal to the
greater of 55 years or the life of the property.

(D) The property satisfies the requirements of Section 42(e) of
the Internal Revenue Code regarding rehabilitation expenditures,
except that the provisions of Section 42(e)(3)(A)(ii)(I) begin delete shall end delete begin insert do end insert not
apply.

(d) The term “qualified low-income housing project” as defined
in Section 42(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code is modified by
adding the following requirements:

(1) The taxpayer shall be entitled to receive a cash distribution
from the operations of the project, after funding required reserves,
that at the election of the taxpayer, is equal to:

(A) An amount not to exceed 8 percent of the lesser of:

(i) The owner equity, that shall include the amount of the capital
contributions actually paid to the housing sponsor and shall not
include any amounts until they are paid on an investor note.

(ii) Twenty percent of the adjusted basis of the building as of
the close of the first taxable year of the credit period.

(B) The amount of the cashflow from those units in the building
that are not low-income units. For purposes of computing cashflow
under this subparagraph, operating costs shall be allocated to the
low-income units using the “floor space fraction,” as defined in
Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(C) Any amount allowed to be distributed under subparagraph
(A) that is not available for distribution during the first five years
of the compliance period may be accumulated and distributed any
time during the first 15 years of the compliance period but not
thereafter.

(2) The limitation on return applies in the aggregate to the
partners if the housing sponsor is a partnership and in the aggregate
to the shareholders if the housing sponsor is an “S” corporation.

(3) The housing sponsor shall apply any cash available for
distribution in excess of the amount eligible to be distributed under
paragraph (1) to reduce the rent on rent-restricted units or to
increase the number of rent-restricted units subject to the tests of
Section 42(g)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(e) The provisions of Section 42(f) of the Internal Revenue Code
shall be modified as follows:

(1) The term “credit period” as defined in Section 42(f)(1) of
the Internal Revenue Code is modified by substituting “four taxable
years” for “10 taxable years.”

(2) The special rule for the first taxable year of the credit period
under Section 42(f)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code shall not apply
to the tax credit under this section.

(3) Section 42(f)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code is modified
to read:

If, as of the close of any taxable year in the compliance period,
after the first year of the credit period, the qualified basis of any
building exceeds the qualified basis of that building as of the close
of the first year of the credit period, the housing sponsor, to the
extent of its tax credit allocation, shall be eligible for a credit on
the excess in an amount equal to the applicable percentage
determined pursuant to subdivision (c) for the four-year period
beginning with the later of the taxable years in which the increase
in qualified basis occurs.

(f) The provisions of Section 42(h) of the Internal Revenue
Code shall be modified as follows:

(1) Section 42(h)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code does not
apply and instead the following provisions apply:

The total amount for the four-year credit period of the housing
credit dollars allocated in a calendar year to any building shall
reduce the aggregate housing credit dollar amount of the California
Tax Credit Allocation Committee for the calendar year in which
the allocation is made.

(2) Paragraphs (3), (4), (5), (6)(E)(i)(II), (6)(F), (6)(G), (6)(I),
(7), and (8) of Section 42(h) of the Internal Revenue Code do not
apply.

(g) The aggregate housing credit dollar amount that may be
allocated annually by the California Tax Credit Allocation
Committee pursuant to this section, Section 12206, and Section
17058 shall be an amount equal to the sum of all the following:

(1) Seventy million dollars ($70,000,000) for the 2001 calendar
year, and, for the 2002 calendar year and each calendar year
thereafter, seventy million dollars ($70,000,000) increased by the
percentage, if any, by which the Consumer Price Index for the
preceding calendar year exceeds the Consumer Price Index for the
2001 calendar year. For the purposes of this paragraph, the term
“Consumer Price Index” means the last Consumer Price Index for
All Urban Consumers published by the federal Department of
Labor.

(2) The unused housing credit ceiling, if any, for the preceding
calendar years.

(3) The amount of housing credit ceiling returned in the calendar
year. For purposes of this paragraph, the amount of housing credit
dollar amount returned in the calendar year equals the housing
credit dollar amount previously allocated to any project that does
not become a qualified low-income housing project within the
period required by this section or to any project with respect to
which an allocation is canceled by mutual consent of the California
Tax Credit Allocation Committee and the allocation recipient.

(4) Five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) per calendar year
for projects to provide farmworker housing, as defined in
subdivision (h) of Section 50199.7 of the Health and Safety Code.

(5) The amount of any unallocated or returned credits under
former Sections 17053.14, 23608.2, and 23608.3, as those sections
read prior to January 1, 2009, until fully exhausted for projects to
provide farmworker housing, as defined in subdivision (h) of
Section 50199.7 of the Health and Safety Code.

(h) The term “compliance period” as defined in Section 42(i)(1)
of the Internal Revenue Code is modified to mean, with respect to
any building, the period of 30 consecutive taxable years beginning
with the first taxable year of the credit period with respect thereto.

(i) Section 42(j) of the Internal Revenue Code does not apply
and the following shall be substituted in its place:

The requirements of this section shall be set forth in a regulatory
agreement between the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee
and the housing sponsor, and this agreement shall be subordinated,
when required, to any lien or encumbrance of any banks or other
institutional lenders to the project. The regulatory agreement
entered into pursuant to subdivision (f) of Section 50199.14 of the
Health and Safety Code shall apply, provided that the agreement
includes all of the following provisions:

(1) A term not less than the compliance period.

(2) A requirement that the agreement be recorded in the official
records of the county in which the qualified low-income housing
project is located.

(3) A provision stating which state and local agencies can
enforce the regulatory agreement in the event the housing sponsor
fails to satisfy any of the requirements of this section.

(4) A provision that the regulatory agreement shall be deemed
a contract enforceable by tenants as third-party beneficiaries
thereto, and that allows individuals, whether prospective, present,
or former occupants of the building, who meet the income
limitation applicable to the building, the right to enforce the
regulatory agreement in any state court.

(5) A provision incorporating the requirements of Section 42
of the Internal Revenue Code as modified by this section.

(6) A requirement that the housing sponsor notify the California
Tax Credit Allocation Committee or its designee if there is a
determination by the Internal Revenue Service that the project is
not in compliance with Section 42(g) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(7) A requirement that the housing sponsor, as security for the
performance of the housing sponsor’s obligations under the
regulatory agreement, assign the housing sponsor’s interest in rents
that it receives from the project, provided that until there is a
default under the regulatory agreement, the housing sponsor is
entitled to collect and retain the rents.

(8) A provision that the remedies available in the event of a
default under the regulatory agreement that is not cured within a
reasonable cure period include, but are not limited to, allowing
any of the parties designated to enforce the regulatory agreement
to collect all rents with respect to the project; taking possession of
the project and operating the project in accordance with the
regulatory agreement until the enforcer determines the housing
sponsor is in a position to operate the project in accordance with
the regulatory agreement; applying to any court for specific
performance; securing the appointment of a receiver to operate
the project; or any other relief as may be appropriate.

(j) (1) The committee shall allocate the housing credit on a
regular basis consisting of two or more periods in each calendar
year during which applications may be filed and considered. The
committee shall establish application filing deadlines, the maximum
percentage of federal and state low-income housing tax credit
ceiling that may be allocated by the committee in that period, and
the approximate date on which allocations shall be made. If the
enactment of federal or state law, the adoption of rules or
regulations, or other similar events prevent the use of two allocation
periods, the committee may reduce the number of periods and
adjust the filing deadlines, maximum percentage of credit allocated,
and allocation dates.

(2) The committee shall adopt a qualified allocation plan, as
provided in Section 42(m)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code. In
adopting this plan, the committee shall comply with the provisions
of Sections 42(m)(1)(B) and 42(m)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue
Code.

(3) Notwithstanding Section 42(m) of the Internal Revenue
Code, the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee shall
allocate housing credits in accordance with the qualified allocation
plan and regulations, which shall include the following provisions:

(A) All housing sponsors, as defined by paragraph (3) of
subdivision (a), shall demonstrate at the time the application is
filed with the committee that the project meets the following
threshold requirements:

(i) The housing sponsor shall demonstrate that there is a need
for low-income housing in the community or region for which it
is proposed.

(ii) The project’s proposed financing, including tax credit
proceeds, shall be sufficient to complete the project and shall be
adequate to operate the project for the extended use period.

(iii) The project shall have enforceable financing commitments,
either construction or permanent financing, for at least 50 percent
of the total estimated financing of the project.

(iv) The housing sponsor shall have and maintain control of the
site for the project.

(v) The housing sponsor shall demonstrate that the project
complies with all applicable local land use and zoning ordinances.

(vi) The housing sponsor shall demonstrate that the project
development team has the experience and the financial capacity
to ensure project completion and operation for the extended use
period.

(vii) The housing sponsor shall demonstrate the amount of tax
credit that is necessary for the financial feasibility of the project
and its viability as a qualified low-income housing project
throughout the extended use period, taking into account operating
expenses, a supportable debt service, reserves, funds set aside for
rental subsidies and required equity, and a development fee that
does not exceed a specified percentage of the eligible basis of the
project prior to inclusion of the development fee in the eligible
basis, as determined by the committee.

(B) The committee shall give a preference to those projects
satisfying all of the threshold requirements of subparagraph (A)
if both of the following apply:

(i) The project serves the lowest income tenants at rents
affordable to those tenants.

(ii) The project is obligated to serve qualified tenants for the
longest period.

(C) In addition to the provisions of subparagraphs (A) and (B),
the committee shall use the following criteria in allocating housing
credits:

(i) Projects serving large families in which a substantial number,
as defined by the committee, of all residential units are low-income
units with three and more bedrooms.

(ii) Projects providing single-room occupancy units serving
very low income tenants.

(iii) Existing projects that are “at risk of conversion,” as defined
by paragraph (4) of subdivision (c).

(iv) Projects for which a public agency provides direct or indirect
long-term financial support for at least 15 percent of the total
project development costs or projects for which the owner’s equity
constitutes at least 30 percent of the total project development
costs.

(v) Projects that provide tenant amenities not generally available
to residents of low-income housing projects.

(4) For purposes of allocating credits pursuant to this section,
the committee shall not give preference to any project by virtue
of the date of submission of its application except to break a tie
when two or more of the projects have an equal rating.

(5) Not less than 20 percent of the low-income housing tax
credits available annually under this section, Section 12206, and
Section 17058 shall be set aside for allocation to rural areas as
defined in Section 50199.21 of the Health and Safety Code. Any
amount of credit set aside for rural areas remaining on or after
October 31 of any calendar year shall be available for allocation
to any eligible project. No amount of credit set aside for rural areas
shall be considered available for any eligible project so long as
there are eligible rural applications pending on October 31.

(k) Section 42(l) of the Internal Revenue Code shall be modified
as follows:

The term “secretary” shall be replaced by the term “California
Franchise Tax Board.”

(l) In the case in which the state credit allowed under this section
exceeds the “tax,” the excess may be carried over to reduce the
“tax” in the following year, and succeeding years if necessary,
until the credit has been exhausted.

(m) A project that received an allocation of a 1989 federal
housing credit dollar amount shall be eligible to receive an
allocation of a 1990 state housing credit dollar amount, subject to
all of the following conditions:

(1) The project was not placed in service prior to 1990.

(2) To the extent the amendments made to this section by the
Statutes of 1990 conflict with any provisions existing in this section
prior to those amendments, the prior provisions of law shall prevail.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (2), a project applying for an
allocation under this subdivision shall be subject to the
requirements of paragraph (3) of subdivision (j).

(n) The credit period with respect to an allocation of credit in
1989 by the California Tax Credit Allocation Committee of which
any amount is attributable to unallocated credit from 1987 or 1988
shall not begin until after December 31, 1989.

(o) The provisions of Section 11407(a) of Public Law 101-508,
relating to the effective date of the extension of the low-income
housing credit, apply to calendar years after 1989.

(p) The provisions of Section 11407(c) of Public Law 101-508,
relating to election to accelerate credit, do not apply.

(q) (1) A corporation may elect to assign any portion of any
credit allowed under this section to one or more affiliated
corporations for each taxable year in which the credit is allowed.
For purposes of this subdivision, “affiliated corporation” has the
meaning provided in subdivision (b) of Section 25110, as that
section was amended by Chapter 881 of the Statutes of 1993, as
of the last day of the taxable year in which the credit is allowed,
except that “100 percent” is substituted for “more than 50 percent”
wherever it appears in the section, as that section was amended by
Chapter 881 of the Statutes of 1993, and “voting common stock”
is substituted for “voting stock” wherever it appears in the section,
as that section was amended by Chapter 881 of the Statutes of
1993.

(2) The election provided in paragraph (1):

(A) May be based on any method selected by the corporation
that originally receives the credit.

(B) Shall be irrevocable for the taxable year the credit is allowed,
once made.

(C) May be changed for any subsequent taxable year if the
election to make the assignment is expressly shown on each of the
returns of the affiliated corporations that assign and receive the
credits.

(r) Any unused credit may continue to be carried forward, as
provided in subdivision (l), until the credit has been exhausted.

begin delete

This section shall remain in effect on and after December 1,
1990, for as long as Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code,
relating to low-income housing credits, remains in effect.

end delete

(s) The amendments to this section made by the act adding this
subdivision shall apply only to taxable years beginning on or after
January 1, 1994, except that paragraph (1) of subdivision (q), as
amended, shall apply to taxable years beginning on or after January
1, 1993.

begin insert

(t) This section shall remain in effect on and after December 1,
1990, for as long as Section 42 of the Internal Revenue Code,
relating to low-income housing credit, remains in effect.

end insert

SEC. 293.  

Section 24355.5 of the Revenue and Taxation Code,
as amended and renumbered by Section 493 of Chapter 303 of the
Statutes of 2015, is amended and renumbered to read:

begin delete 24355.5. end delete
begin insert 24355.3 end insert   

For purposes of computing the depreciation deduction
pursuant to Section 24349, the useful life of any Alaska natural
gas pipeline, as defined in Section 168(i)(16) of the Internal
Revenue Code, shall be seven years.

SEC. 294.  

Section 24356 of the Revenue and Taxation Code
is amended to read:

24356.  

(a) (1) In the case of Section 24356 property, the term
“reasonable allowance” as used in subdivision (a) of Section 24349,
may, at the election of the taxpayer, include an allowance, for the
first taxable year for which a deduction is allowable under Sections
24349 through 24354 to the taxpayer with respect to such property,
of 20 percent of the cost of that property.

(2) If in any one taxable year the cost of Section 24349 property
with respect to which the taxpayer may elect an allowance under
paragraph (1) for that taxable year exceeds ten thousand dollars
($10,000), then paragraph (1) begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert with respect to
those items selected by the taxpayer, but only to the extent of an
aggregate cost of ten thousand dollars ($10,000).

(b) (1) In lieu of subdivision (a), Section 179 of the Internal
Revenue Code, relating to election to expense certain depreciable
business assets, begin delete shall apply, end delete begin insert applies, end insert except as otherwise provided.

(2) Section 179(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
dollar limitation, begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply and in lieu thereof, the
aggregate cost that may be taken into account under Section 179(a)
of the Internal Revenue Code, for any taxable year, shall not exceed
twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000).

(3) Section 179(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
reduction in limitation, begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply and in lieu thereof,
the limitation under paragraph (2), for any taxable year, shall be
reduced, but not below zero, by the amount by which the cost of
Section 179 property, as defined in Section 179(d)(1) of the Internal
Revenue Code, except as otherwise provided, that is placed in
service during the taxable year, exceeds two hundred thousand
dollars ($200,000).

(4) Section 179 of the Internal Revenue Code is modified to
provide that the “aggregate amount disallowed” referred to in
Section 179(b)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code shall be
computed under this part as that section read on the date the
property generating the amount disallowed was placed in service.

begin delete

(5) Section 179(b)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
inflation adjustments, shall not apply.

end delete begin delete

(6)

end delete

begin insert (5) end insert  The last sentence in Section 179(c)(2) of the Internal
Revenue Code, relating to election irrevocable, begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not
apply.

begin delete

(7)

end delete

begin insert (6) end insert  Section 179(d)(1)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code,
relating to computer software, begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply.

begin delete

(8)

end delete

begin insert (7) end insert  Section 179(e) of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to
special rules for qualified disaster assistance property, begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert
not apply.

(c) (1) The election under this section for any taxable year shall
be made within the time prescribed by law (including extensions
thereof) for filing the return for such taxable year. The election
shall be made in such manner as the Franchise Tax Board may by
regulations prescribe.

(2) Any election made under this section begin delete may end delete begin insert shall end insert not be
revoked except with the consent of the Franchise Tax Board.

(d) (1) For purposes of this section, the term “Section 24356
property” means tangible personal property--

(A) Of a character subject to the allowance for depreciation
under Sections 24349 through 24354,

(B) Acquired by purchase after December 31, 1958, for use in
a trade or business, and

(C) With a useful life (determined at the time of such
acquisition) of six years or more.

(2) For purposes of paragraph (1), the term “purchase” means
any acquisition of property, but only if--

(A) The property is not acquired from a person whose
relationship to the person acquiring it would result in the
disallowance of losses under Section 24427 (but, in applying
Section 267 of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to losses,
expenses, and interest with respect to transactions between related
taxpayers, for purposes of this section, Section 267(c)(4) of the
Internal Revenue Code shall be treated as providing that the family
of an individual shall include only his or her spouse, ancestors,
and lineal descendants);

(B) The property is not acquired by one member of an affiliated
group from another member of the same affiliated group, and

(C) The basis of the property in the hands of the person acquiring
it is not determined in whole or in part by reference to the adjusted
basis of that property in the hands of the person from whom
acquired.

(3) For purposes of this section, the cost of property does not
include so much of the basis of such property as is determined by
reference to the basis of other property held at any time by the
person acquiring that property.

(4) For purposes of subdivision (a) and subdivision (b) of this
begin delete section-- end delete begin insert section: end insert

(A) All members of an affiliated group shall be treated as one
taxpayer, and

(B) The Franchise Tax Board shall apportion the dollar
limitation contained in subdivision (a) or subdivision (b) among
the members of the affiliated group in the manner as it shall by
regulations prescribe.

(5) For purposes of paragraphs (2) and (4), the term “affiliated
group” has the meaning assigned to it by Section 1504 of the
Internal Revenue Code, except that, for those purposes, the phrase
“more than 50 percent” shall be substituted for the phrase “at least
80 percent” each place it appears in Section 1504(a) of the Internal
Revenue Code.

(6) In applying Section 24353, the adjustment under paragraph
(1) of subdivision (b) of Section 24916, resulting by reason of an
election made under this section with respect to any Section 24356
property, shall be made before any other deduction allowed by
subdivision (a) of Section 24349 is computed.

(e) The Franchise Tax Board shall prescribe those regulations
as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.

SEC. 295.  

The heading of Part 13.5 (commencing with Section
31020) is added to Division 2 of the Revenue and Taxation Code,
to read:

 

PART 13.5.  Commercial Cannabis Distribution
Reporting

 

SEC. 296.  

Section 41030 of the Revenue and Taxation Code,
as added by Section 6 of Chapter 885 of the Statutes of 2014, is
repealed.

begin delete

41030.  

(a) The Office of Emergency Services shall determine
annually, on or before October 1, a surcharge rate that it estimates
will produce sufficient revenue to fund the current fiscal year’s
911 costs. The surcharge rate shall be determined by dividing the
costs (including incremental costs) the Office of Emergency
Services estimates for the current fiscal year of 911 plans approved
pursuant to Section 53115 of the Government Code, less the
available balance in the State Emergency Telephone Number
Account in the General Fund, by its estimate of the charges for
intrastate telephone communications services and VoIP service to
which the surcharge will apply for the period of January 1 to
December 31, inclusive, of the next succeeding calendar year, but
in no event shall the surcharge rate in any year be greater than
three-quarters of 1 percent nor less than one-half of 1 percent.

(b) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2020.

end delete

SEC. 297.  

Section 13003 of the Unemployment Insurance
Code is amended to read:

13003.  

(a) Except begin delete where end delete begin insert if end insert the context otherwise requires, the
definitions set forth in this chapter, and in addition the definitions
and provisions of the Personal Income Tax Law referred to and
hereby incorporated by reference as set forth in the following
provisions of the Revenue and Taxation Code, begin delete shall end delete apply to and
govern the construction of this division:

(1) “Corporation” as defined by Section 17009.

(2) “Fiduciary” as defined by Section 17006.

(3) “Fiscal year” as defined by Section 17011.

(4) “Foreign country” as defined by Section 17019.

(5) “Franchise Tax Board” as defined by Section 17003.

(6) “Husband” and “wife” as defined by Section 17021.

(7) “Individual” as defined by Section 17005.

(8) “Military or naval forces” as defined by Section 17022.

(9) “Nonresident” as defined by Section 17015.

(10) “Partnership” as defined by Section 17008.

(11) “Person” as defined by Section 17007.

(12) “Resident” as defined by Sections 17014 and 17016.

(13) “State” as defined by Section 17018.

(14) “Taxable year” as defined by Section 17010.

(15) “Taxpayer” as defined by Section 17004.

(16) “Trade or business” as defined by Section 17020.

(17) “United States” as defined by Section 17017.

(b) The provisions of Part 10 (commencing with Section 17001)
and Part 10.2 (commencing with Section 18401) of Division 2 of
the Revenue and Taxation Code, relating to the following items,
are hereby incorporated by reference and begin delete shall end delete apply to and govern
construction of this division:

(1) Trade or business expense (Article 6 (commencing with
Section 17201) of Chapter 3 of Part 10).

(2) Deductions for retirement savings (Article 6 (commencing
with Section 17201) of Chapter 3 of Part 10).

(3) Distributions of property by a corporation to a shareholder
(Chapter 4 (commencing with Section 17321) of Part 10).

(4) Deferred compensation (Chapter 5 (commencing with
Section 17501) of Part 10).

(5) Partners and partnerships (Chapter 10 (commencing with
Section 17851) of Part 10).

(6) Gross income of nonresident taxpayers begin delete Chapter end delete begin insert (Chapter end insert
11 (commencing with Section 17951) of Part 10).

(7) Postponement of the time for certain acts by individuals in
or in support of the armed forces (Article 3 (commencing with
Section 18621) of Chapter 2 of Part 10.2).

(8) Disclosure of information (Article 2 (commencing with
Section 19542) of Chapter 7 of Part 10.2). For this purpose
“Franchise Tax Board” as used therein shall mean the Employment
Development Department in respect to information obtained in
the administration of this division.

SEC. 298.  

Section 14200 of the Unemployment Insurance
Code is amended to read:

14200.  

(a) The local chief elected officials in a local workforce
development area shall form, pursuant to guidelines established
by the Governor and the board, a local workforce development
board to plan and oversee the workforce investment system.

(b) The Governor shall periodically certify one local board for
each local area in the state, following the requirements of the
federal Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014.

(c) The Governor shall establish, through the California
Workforce Development Board, standards for certification of
high-performance local workforce development boards. The
California Workforce Development Board shall, in consultation
with representatives from local workforce development boards,
initiate a stakeholder process to determine the appropriate
measurable metrics and standards for high-performance
certification. These standards shall be implemented on or before
January 1, 2013, and the first certification of high-performance
boards shall occur on or before July 1, 2013. Certification and
recertification of each high-performance local workforce
development board shall occur thereafter midway through the
implementation of the local and regional plans required by the
Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act. In order to meet the
standards for certification, a high-performance local workforce
development board shall do all of the following:

(1) Consistently meet or exceed negotiated performance goals
for all of the measures in each of the three federal Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014 customer groups, which
consist of adults, dislocated workers, and youth.

(2) Consistently meet the statutory requirements of this division.

(3) Develop and implement local policies and a local strategic
plan that meets all of the following requirements:

(A) Meets all local and regional planning requirements specified
under the federal Workforce Innovation and Development Act of
2014.

(B) Is consistent with the California Workforce Development
Board State Plan.

(C) Describes the actions that the board shall take to implement
local policies in furtherance of its goals.

(D) Serves as a written account of intended future courses of
action aimed at achieving the specific goals of the local and state
board within a specific timeframe.

(E) Explains what needs to be done, by whom, and when each
action is required to occur in order to meet those goals.

(4) Demonstrate that the local planning process involves key
stakeholders, including the major employers and industry groups
in the relevant regional economy and organized labor.

(5) Demonstrate that the local planning process takes into
account the entire workforce training pipeline for the relevant
regional economy, including partners in K-12 education, career
technical education, the community college system, other
postsecondary institutions, and other local workforce development
areas operating in begin insert the end insert relevant regional economy.

(6) Demonstrate that the local planning process and plan are
data driven, and that policy decisions at the local level are evidence
based. Each high-performance local workforce development board
shall use labor market data to develop and implement the local
plan, taking care to steer resources into programs and services that
are relevant to the needs of each workforce development area’s
relevant regional labor market and high-wage industry sectors.
Local workforce development areas shall demonstrate an
evidence-based approach to policymaking by establishing
performance benchmarks and targets to measure progress toward
local goals and objectives.

(7) Demonstrate investment in workforce initiatives, and,
specifically, training programs that promote skills development
and career ladders relevant to the needs of each workforce
investment area’s regional labor market and high-wage industry
sectors.

(8) Establish a youth strategy aligned with the needs of each
workforce investment area’s regional labor market and high-wage
industry sectors.

(9) Establish a business service plan that integrates local
business involvement with workforce initiatives. This plan at a
minimum shall include all of the following:

(A) Efforts to partner with businesses to identify the workforce
training and educational barriers to attract jobs in the relevant
regional economy, existing skill gaps reducing the competitiveness
of local businesses in the relevant regional economies, and potential
emerging industries that would likely contribute to job growth in
the relevant regional economy if investments were made for
training and educational programs.

(B) An electronic system for both businesses and job seekers
to communicate about job opportunities.

(C) A subcommittee of the local workforce development board
that further develops and makes recommendations for the business
service plan for each local workforce development board in an
effort to increase employer involvement in the activities of the
local workforce development board. The subcommittee members
should be comprised of business representatives on the local
workforce development board who represent both the leading
industries and employers in the relevant regional economy and
potential emerging sectors that have significant potential to
contribute to job growth in the relevant regional economy if
investments were made for training and educational programs.

(d) The Governor and the Legislature, as part of the annual
budget process, in consultation with the California Workforce
Development Board, shall annually reserve a portion of the
15-percent discretionary fund made available pursuant to the
federal Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014 for
the purpose of providing performance incentives to
high-performance local workforce development boards. The
remaining discretionary funds shall continue to be available for
other discretionary purposes as provided for in the federal
Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014.

(e) Only a workforce development board that is certified as a
high-performance local workforce development board by the
California Workforce Development Board shall be eligible to
receive any incentive money reserved for high-performance local
workforce development boards, as described in subdivision (d).
A board that is not certified as a high-performance local workforce
development board shall not receive any portion of the money
reserved for high-performance local workforce development
boards, as described in subdivision (d).

(f) The California Workforce Development Board shall establish
a policy for the allocation of incentive moneys to high-performance
local workforce development boards.

(g) To the extent permitted by the Workforce Innovation and
Opportunity Act of 2014, the California Workforce Development
Board may consider the utilization of incentive grants, or direct
assistance, or both, to local workforce development boards for the
purposes of this section.

(h) There shall not be a requirement to set aside federal
Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014 funds for the
purposes of subdivision (d), (e), (f), or (g) in years when the federal
government significantly reduces the share of federal Workforce
Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014 funds appropriated to the
state for statewide discretionary purposes below the federal
statutory amount of 15 percent.

SEC. 299.  

Section 2404.5 of the Vehicle Code is amended to
read:

2404.5.  

The department shall obtain a vehicle suitable for
registration and begin delete commerical end delete begin insert commercial end insert safety inspections at
border crossings into Mexico.

SEC. 300.  

Section 11102.6 of the Vehicle Code is amended to
read:

11102.6.  

(a) Notwithstanding Section 11102.5, a driving school
operator who is first licensed to operate a driving school on or
after July 1, 2016, and who offers no behind-the-wheel driver
training, shall meet all of the following requirements:

(1) Within three attempts, pass an examination that the
department requires on traffic laws, safe driving practices,
operation of motor vehicles, teaching methods and techniques,
driving school statutes and regulations, and office procedures and
recordkeeping.

(2) Pay the department a fee for each examination taken, not to
exceed the reasonable cost of administering the examination.

(3) Be 21 years of age or older.

(4) Have successfully completed an educational program of not
less than 60 hours that is acceptable to the department. The program
shall include a minimum of 40 hours of classroom instruction and
20 hours of begin delete behind the wheel end delete begin insert behind-the-wheel end insert instruction. The
program shall include, but not be limited to, driving school operator
responsibilities, current vehicle laws, and regulations in Article
4.6 of Chapter 1 begin insert of Division 1 end insert of Title 13 of the California Code
of Regulations. The instruction may be provided by generally
accredited educational institutions, private vocational schools, and
education programs and seminars offered by professional societies,
organizations, trade associations, and other educational and
technical programs that meet the requirements of this section.

(b) The qualifying requirements referred to in this section shall
be met within one year from the date of application for a license,
or a new application, examination, and a fee for the examination
not to exceed the reasonable cost of administering the examination
shall be required.

SEC. 301.  

Section 16377 of the Vehicle Code, as added by
Section 39 of Chapter 451 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended to
read:

16377.  

(a) For the purposes of this chapter, every judgment
shall be deemed satisfied if any of the following apply:

(1) Fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) has been credited, upon
any judgment in excess of that amount, or upon all judgments,
collectively, which together total in excess of that amount, for
personal injury begin delete to end delete begin insert to, end insert or death begin delete of end delete begin insert of, end insert one person as a result of any
one accident.

(2) Subject to the limit of fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) as
to one person, the sum of thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) has
been credited, upon any judgment in excess of that amount, or
upon all judgments, collectively, which together total in excess of
that amount, for personal injury begin delete to end delete begin insert to, end insert or death begin delete of end delete begin insert of, end insert more than
one person as a result of any one accident.

(3) Five thousand dollars ($5,000) has been credited, upon any
judgment in excess of that amount, or upon all judgments,
collectively, each of which is in excess of one thousand dollars
($1,000), and which together total in excess of five thousand dollars
($5,000), for damage to property of others as a result of any one
accident.

(4) The judgment debtor or a person designated by him or her
has deposited with the department a sum equal to the amount of
the unsatisfied judgment for which the suspension action was taken
and presents proof, satisfactory to the department, of inability to
locate the judgment creditor.

(b) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2017.

SEC. 302.  

Section 21294 of the Vehicle Code is amended to
read:

21294.  

(a)  begin delete Electrically motorized boards end delete begin insert An electrically
motorized board end insert shall only operate upon a highway designated
with a speed limit of 35 miles per hour or less, unless the
electrically motorized board is operated entirely within a designated
Class II or Class IV bikeway.

(b) A person shall not operate an electrically motorized board
upon a highway, bikeway, or any other public bicycle path,
sidewalk, or trail, at a speed in excess of 15 miles per hour.

(c) Notwithstanding subdivision (b), a person shall not operate
an electrically motorized board at a speed greater than is reasonable
or prudent having due regard for weather, visibility, pedestrian
and vehicular traffic, and the surface and width of the highway,
bikeway, public bicycle path, sidewalk, or trail, and in no event at
a speed that endangers the safety of any person or property.

SEC. 303.  

Section 22507.1 of the Vehicle Code is amended to
read:

22507.1.  

(a) A local authority may, by ordinance or resolution,
designate certain streets or portions of streets for the exclusive or
nonexclusive parking privilege of motor vehicles participating in
a car share vehicle program or ridesharing program. The ordinance
or resolution shall establish the criteria for a public or private
company or organization to participate in the program, and may
limit the types of motor vehicles that may be included in the
program. Under the car share vehicle begin delete program end delete begin insert program, end insert a car share
vehicle or ridesharing vehicle shall be assigned a permit, if
necessary, by the local authority that allows that vehicle to park
in the exclusive or nonexclusive designated parking areas.

(b) If exclusive parking privilege is authorized, the ordinance
or resolution described in subdivision (a) does not apply until signs
or markings giving adequate notice thereof have been placed.

(c) A local ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to
subdivision (a) may contain provisions that are reasonable and
necessary to ensure the effectiveness of a car share vehicle program
or ridesharing program.

(d) For purposes of this section, a “car share vehicle” is a motor
vehicle that is operated as part of a regional fleet by a public or
private car sharing company or organization and provides hourly
or daily service.

SEC. 304.  

Section 40215 of the Vehicle Code is amended to
read:

40215.  

(a) For a period of 21 calendar days from the issuance
of a notice of parking violation or 14 calendar days from the
mailing of a notice of delinquent parking violation, exclusive of
any days from the day the processing agency receives a request
for a copy or facsimile of the original notice of parking violation
pursuant to Section 40206.5 and the day the processing agency
complies with the request, a person may request an initial review
of the notice by the issuing agency. The request may be made by
telephone, in writing, or in person. There shall begin insert not end insert be begin delete no end delete begin insert a end insert charge
for this review. If, following the initial review, the issuing agency
is satisfied that the violation did not occur, that the registered owner
was not responsible for the violation, or that extenuating
circumstances make dismissal of the citation appropriate in the
interest of justice, the issuing agency shall cancel the notice of
parking violation or notice of delinquent parking violation. The
issuing agency shall advise the processing agency, if any, of the
cancellation. The issuing agency or the processing agency shall
mail the results of the initial review to the person contesting the
notice, and, if following that review, cancellation of the notice
does not occur, include a reason for that denial, notification of the
ability to request an administrative hearing, and notice of the
procedure adopted pursuant to subdivision (b) for waiving
prepayment of the parking penalty based upon an inability to pay.

(b) If the person is dissatisfied with the results of the initial
review, the person may request an administrative hearing of the
violation no later than 21 calendar days following the mailing of
the results of the issuing agency’s initial review. The request may
be made by telephone, in writing, or in person. The person
requesting an administrative hearing shall deposit the amount of
the parking penalty with the processing agency. The issuing agency
shall adopt a written procedure to allow a person to request an
administrative hearing without payment of the parking penalty
upon satisfactory proof of an inability to pay the amount due. begin delete After
January 1, 1996, an end delete begin insert An end insert administrative hearing shall be held within
90 calendar days following the receipt of a request for an
administrative hearing, excluding time tolled pursuant to this
article. The person requesting the hearing may request one
continuance, not to exceed 21 calendar days.

(c) The administrative hearing process shall include the
following:

(1) The person requesting a hearing shall have the choice of a
hearing by mail or in person. An in-person hearing shall be
conducted within the jurisdiction of the issuing agency. If an
issuing agency contracts with an administrative provider, hearings
shall be held within the jurisdiction of the issuing agency or within
the county of the issuing agency.

(2) If the person requesting a hearing is a minor, that person
shall be permitted to appear at a hearing or admit responsibility
for the parking violation without the necessity of the appointment
of a guardian. The processing agency may proceed against the
minor in the same manner as against an adult.

(3) The administrative hearing shall be conducted in accordance
with written procedures established by the issuing agency and
approved by the governing body or chief executive officer of the
issuing agency. The hearing shall provide an independent,
objective, fair, and impartial review of contested parking violations.

(4) (A) The issuing agency’s governing body or chief executive
officer shall appoint or contract with qualified examiners or
administrative hearing providers that employ qualified examiners
to conduct the administrative hearings. Examiners shall
demonstrate those qualifications, training, and objectivity necessary
to conduct a fair and impartial review. An examiner shall not be
employed, managed, or controlled by a person whose primary
duties are parking enforcement or parking citation, processing,
collection, or issuance. The examiner shall be separate and
independent from the begin delete citation collection end delete begin insert citation, collection, end insert or
processing function. An examiner’s continued employment,
performance evaluation, compensation, and benefits shall not,
directly or indirectly, be linked to the amount of fines collected
by the examiner.

(B)  begin insert (i) end insert begin insert   end insert Examiners shall have a minimum of 20 hours of training.
The examiner is responsible for the costs of the training. The
issuing agency may reimburse the examiner for those costs.
begin delete Training end delete

begin insert (ii) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Training end insert may be provided through begin delete (i) an end delete begin insert any of the
following: end insert

begin insert (I) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert An end insert accredited college or begin delete university, (ii) a end delete begin insert university. end insert

begin insert (II) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert A end insert program conducted by the Commission on Peace Officer
Standards and begin delete Training, (iii) American end delete begin insert Training. end insert

begin insert end insert
begin insert (III) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert American end insert Arbitration Association or a similar established
begin delete organization, or (iv) through end delete begin insert organization. end insert

begin insert (IV) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Through end insert any program approved by the governing board
of the issuing agency, including a program developed and provided
by, or for, the begin insert issuing end insert agency. begin delete Training end delete

begin insert (iii) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Training end insert programs may include topics relevant to the
administrative hearing, including, but not limited to, applicable
laws and regulations, parking enforcement procedures, due process,
evaluation of evidence, hearing procedures, and effective oral and
written communication. begin delete Upon end delete

begin insert (iv) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert Upon end insert the approval of the governing board of the issuing
agency, up to 12 hours of relevant experience may be substituted
for up to 12 hours of training. In addition, up to eight hours of the
training requirements described in begin delete this subparagraph end delete begin insert clause (i) end insert
may be credited to an individual, at the discretion of the governing
board of the issuing agency, based upon training programs or
courses described in begin delete (i) to (iv), inclusive, end delete begin insert clause (ii) end insert that the
individual attended within the last five years.

(5) The officer or person who issues a notice of parking violation
shall not be required to participate in an administrative hearing.
The issuing agency shall not be required to produce any evidence
other than the notice of parking violation or copy begin delete thereof end delete begin insert of the
notice end insert and information received from the Department of Motor
Vehicles identifying the registered owner of the vehicle. The
documentation in proper form shall be prima facie evidence of the
violation.

(6) The examiner’s decision following the administrative hearing
may be personally delivered to the person by the examiner or sent
by first-class mail, and, if the notice is not cancelled, include a
written reason for that denial.

(7) The examiner or the issuing agency may, at any stage of the
initial review or the administrative hearing process, and consistent
with the written guidelines established by the issuing agency, allow
payment of the parking penalty in installments, or the issuing
agency may allow for deferred payment, if the person provides
evidence satisfactory to the examiner or the issuing agency, as the
case may be, of an inability to pay the parking penalty in full. If
authorized by the governing board of the issuing agency, the
examiner may permit the performance of community service in
lieu of payment of a parking penalty.

(d) The provisions of this section relating to the administrative
appeal process do not apply to an issuing agency that is a law
enforcement agency if the issuing agency does not also act as the
processing agency.

SEC. 305.  

Section 377 of the Water Code is amended to read:

377.  

(a) From and after the publication or posting of any
ordinance or resolution pursuant to Section 376, begin insert a end insert violation of a
requirement of a water conservation program adopted pursuant to
Section 376 is a misdemeanor. A person convicted under this
subdivision shall be punished by imprisonment in the county jail
for not more than 30 days, or by begin insert a end insert fine not exceeding one thousand
dollars ($1,000), or by both.

(b) A court or public entity may hold a person civilly liable in
an amount not to exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for a
violation of any of the following:

(1) An ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to Section 376.

(2) An emergency regulation adopted by the board under Section
1058.5, unless the board regulation provides that it cannot be
enforced under this section.

(c) Commencing on the 31st day after the public entity notified
a person of a violation described in subdivision (b), the person
additionally may be civilly liable in an amount not to exceed ten
thousand dollars ($10,000) plus five hundred dollars ($500) for
each additional day on which the violation continues.

(d) Remedies prescribed in this section are cumulative and not
alternative, except that no liability shall be recoverable under this
section for any violation of paragraph (2) of subdivision (b) if the
board has filed a complaint pursuant to Section 1846 alleging the
same violation.

(e) A public entity may administratively impose the civil liability
described in subdivisions (b) and (c) after providing notice and an
opportunity for a hearing. The public entity shall initiate a
proceeding under this subdivision by a complaint issued pursuant
to Section 377.5. The public entity shall issue the complaint at
least 30 days before the hearing on the complaint and the complaint
shall state the basis for the proposed civil liability order.

(f) (1) In determining the amount of civil liability to assess, a
court or public entity shall take into consideration all relevant
circumstances, including, but not limited to, the nature and
persistence of the violation, the extent of the harm caused by the
violation, the length of time over which the violation occurs, and
any corrective action taken by the violator.

(2) The civil liability calculated pursuant to paragraph (1) for
the first violation of subdivision (b) by a residential water user
shall not exceed one thousand dollars ($1,000) except in
extraordinary situations where the court or public entity finds all
of the following:

(A) The residential user had actual notice of the requirement
found to be violated.

(B) The conduct was intentional.

(C) The amount of water involved was substantial.

(g) Civil liability imposed pursuant to this section shall be paid
to the public entity and expended solely for the purposes of this
chapter.

(h) An order setting administrative civil liability shall become
effective and final upon issuance of the order and payment shall
be made. Judicial review of any final order shall be pursuant to
Section 1094.5 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

(i) In addition to the remedies prescribed in this section, a public
entity may enforce water use limitations established by an
ordinance or resolution adopted pursuant to this chapter, or as
otherwise authorized by law, by a volumetric penalty in an amount
established by the public entity.

SEC. 306.  

Section 10608.34 of the Water Code is amended to
read:

10608.34.  

(a) (1) On or before January 1, 2017, the department
shall adopt rules for all of the following:

(A) The conduct of standardized water loss audits by urban
retail water suppliers in accordance with the method adopted by
the American Water Works Association in the third edition of
Water Audits and Loss Control Programs, Manual M36 and in the
Free Water Audit Software, version 5.0.

(B) The process for validating a water loss audit report prior to
submitting the report to the department. For the purposes of this
section, “validating” is a process whereby an urban retail water
supplier uses a technical expert to confirm the basis of all data
entries in the urban retail water supplier’s water loss audit report
and to appropriately characterize the quality of the reported data.
The validation process shall follow the principles and terminology
laid out by the American Water Works Association in the third
edition of Water Audits and Loss Control Programs, Manual M36
and in the Free Water Audit Software, version 5.0. A validated
water loss audit report shall include the name and technical
qualifications of the person engaged for validation.

(C) The technical qualifications required of a person to engage
in validation, as described in subparagraph (B).

(D) The certification requirements for a person selected by an
urban retail water supplier to provide validation of its own water
loss audit report.

(E) The method of submitting a water loss audit report to the
department.

(2) The department shall update rules adopted pursuant to
paragraph (1) no later than six months after the release of
subsequent editions of the American Water Works Association’s
Water Audits and Loss Control Programs, Manual M36. Except
as provided by the department, until the department adopts updated
rules pursuant to this paragraph, an urban retail water supplier may
rely upon a subsequent edition of the American Water Works
Association’s Water Audits and Loss Control Programs, Manual
M36 or the Free Water Audit Software.

(b) On or before October 1, 2017, and on or before October 1
of each year thereafter, each urban retail water supplier shall submit
a completed and validated water loss audit report for the previous
calendar year or the previous fiscal year as prescribed by the
department pursuant to subdivision (a). Water loss audit reports
submitted on or before October 1, 2017, may be completed and
validated with assistance as described in subdivision (c).

(c) Using funds available for the 2016-17 fiscal year, the board
shall contribute up to four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000)
towards procuring water loss audit report validation assistance for
urban retail water suppliers.

(d) Each water loss audit report submitted to the department
shall be accompanied by information, in a form specified by the
department, identifying steps taken in the preceding year to increase
the validity of data entered into the final audit, reduce the volume
of apparent losses, and reduce the volume of real losses.

(e) At least one of the following employees of an urban retail
water supplier shall attest to each water loss audit report submitted
to the department:

(1) The chief financial officer.

(2) The chief engineer.

(3) The general manager.

(f) The department shall deem incomplete and return to the
urban retail water supplier any final water loss audit report found
by the department to be incomplete, not validated, unattested, or
incongruent with known characteristics of water system operations.
A water supplier shall resubmit a completed water loss audit report
within 90 days of an audit being returned by the department.

(g) The department shall post all validated water loss audit
reports on its Internet Web site in a manner that allows for
comparisons across water suppliers. The department shall make
the validated water loss audit reports available for public viewing
in a timely manner after their receipt.

(h) Using available funds, the department shall provide technical
assistance to guide urban retail water suppliers’ water loss detection
programs, including, but not limited to, metering techniques,
pressure management techniques, condition-based assessment
techniques for transmission and distribution pipelines, and
utilization of portable and permanent water loss detection devices.

(i) No earlier than January 1, 2019, and no later than July 1,
2020, the board shall adopt rules requiring urban retail water
suppliers to meet performance standards for the volume of water
losses. In adopting these rules, the board shall employ full begin delete life
cycle end delete begin insert life-cycle end insert cost accounting to evaluate the costs of meeting
the performance standards. The board may consider establishing
a minimum allowable water loss threshold that, if reached and
maintained by an urban water supplier, would exempt the urban
water supplier from further water loss reduction requirements.

SEC. 307.  

Section 50906 of the Water Code, as amended by
Section 1 of Chapter 134 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended to
read:

50906.  

(a) A reclamation district specified in subdivision (d)
may construct, maintain, and operate a plant for the generation of
hydroelectric power, together with transmission lines for the
conveyance thereof and with other facilities that may be necessary
or appropriate for the construction, maintenance, and operation of
that plant. Construction of the plant and transmission lines may
be financed by the issuance of time warrants pursuant to Article
3 (commencing with Section 53040) of Chapter 1 of Part 9 to pay
the cost of construction of the plant, transmission lines, and related
facilities, except that the board may, by resolution, provide for the
payment of those time warrants solely from the proceeds derived
from the operation of the hydroelectric powerplant, in lieu of the
assessment described in Section 53040, and may, in that event,
pledge the plant, transmission lines, and related facilities and the
revenues from the operation of the hydroelectric begin delete plant end delete begin insert powerplant end insert
as the sole security for the payment of the time warrants.

(b) The hydroelectric begin delete plant, end delete begin insert powerplant, end insert transmission lines, and
related facilities constructed pursuant to this section may be leased
for operation to, or the power generated may be sold to, a public
utility or public agency engaged in the distribution, use, or sale of
electricity, but shall not be offered for sale directly by the district
to customers other than a public utility or public agency.

(c) Proceeds from the sale of electricity shall be utilized to retire
any time warrants issued for construction of the facilities and
otherwise for the powers and purposes for which the district was
formed.

(d) This section applies only to the following reclamation
districts:

(1) Reclamation District No. 1004 acting in conjunction with
the County of Colusa.

(2) Reclamation District No. 108.

(e) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2021,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2021, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 308.  

Section 50906 of the Water Code, as added by
Section 2 of Chapter 134 of the Statutes of 2015, is amended to
read:

50906.  

(a) A reclamation district specified in subdivision (d)
may construct, maintain, and operate a plant for the generation of
hydroelectric power, together with transmission lines for the
conveyance thereof and with other facilities that may be necessary
or appropriate for the construction, maintenance, and operation of
that plant. Construction of the plant and transmission lines may
be financed by the issuance of time warrants pursuant to Article
3 (commencing with Section 53040) of Chapter 1 of Part 9 to pay
the cost of construction of the plant, transmission lines, and related
facilities, except that the board may, by resolution, provide for the
payment of those time warrants solely from the proceeds derived
from the operation of the hydroelectric powerplant, in lieu of the
assessment described in Section 53040, and may, in that event,
pledge the plant, transmission lines, and related facilities and the
revenues from the operation of the hydroelectric begin delete plant end delete begin insert powerplant end insert
as the sole security for the payment of the time warrants.

(b) The hydroelectric begin delete plant, end delete begin insert powerplant, end insert transmission lines, and
related facilities constructed pursuant to this section may be leased
for operation to, or the power generated may be sold to, a public
utility or public agency engaged in the distribution, use, or sale of
electricity, but shall not be offered for sale directly by the district
to customers other than a public utility or public agency.

(c) Proceeds from the sale of electricity shall be utilized to retire
any time warrants issued for construction of the facilities and
otherwise for the powers and purposes for which the district was
formed.

(d) This section applies only to Reclamation District No. 1004
acting in conjunction with the County of Colusa.

(e) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2021.

SEC. 309.  

Section 290.2 of the Welfare and Institutions Code,
as amended by Section 3 of Chapter 219 of the Statutes of 2015,
is amended to read:

290.2.  

Upon the filing of a petition by a probation officer or
social worker, the clerk of the juvenile court shall issue notice, to
which shall be attached a copy of the petition, and he or she shall
cause the same to be served as prescribed in this section.

(a) Notice shall be given to the following persons whose address
is known or becomes known prior to the initial petition hearing:

(1) The mother.

(2) The father or fathers, presumed and alleged.

(3) The legal guardian or guardians.

(4) The child, if the child is 10 years of age or older.

(5) Any known sibling of the child who is the subject of the
hearing if that sibling either is the subject of a dependency
proceeding or has been adjudged to be a dependent child of the
juvenile court. If the sibling is 10 years of age or older, the sibling,
the sibling’s caregiver, and the sibling’s attorney. If the sibling is
under 10 years of age, the sibling’s caregiver and the sibling’s
attorney. However, notice is not required to be given to any sibling
whose matter is calendared in the same court on the same day.

(6) If there is no parent or guardian residing in California, begin delete or end delete
begin insert or, end insert if the residence is unknown, to any adult relative residing within
the county, or, if none, the adult relative residing nearest the court.

(7) Upon reasonable notification by counsel representing the
child, parent, or guardian, the clerk of the court shall give notice
to that counsel as soon as possible.

(8) The district attorney, if the district attorney has notified the
clerk of the court that he or she wishes to receive the petition,
containing the time, date, and place of the hearing.

(9) The probate department of the superior court that appointed
the guardian, if the child is a ward of a guardian appointed pursuant
to the Probate Code.

(b)  begin delete No notice is end delete begin insert Notice is not end insert required for a parent whose
parental rights have been terminated.

(c) Notice shall be served as follows:

(1) If the child is retained in custody, the notice shall be given
to the persons required to be noticed as soon as possible, and at
least five days before the hearing, unless the hearing is set to be
heard in less than five days in which case notice shall be given at
least 24 hours prior to the hearing.

(2) If the child is not retained in custody, the notice shall be
given to those persons required to be noticed at least 10 days prior
to the date of the hearing. If any person who is required to be given
notice is known to reside outside of the county, the clerk of the
juvenile court shall mail the notice and copy of the petition by
first-class mail to that person as soon as possible after the filing
of the petition and at least 10 days before the time set for hearing.
Failure to respond to the notice is not cause for an arrest or
detention. In the instance of a failure to appear after notice by
first-class mail, the court shall direct that the notice and copy of
the petition be personally served on all persons required to receive
the notice and copy of the petition. For these purposes, personal
service of the notice and copy of the petition outside of the county
at least 10 days before the time set for hearing is equivalent to
service by first-class mail. Service may be waived by any person
by a voluntary appearance entered in the minutes of the court or
by a written waiver of service filed with the clerk of the court at,
or prior to, the hearing.

(3) Except as provided in begin delete subdivisions end delete begin insert subdivision end insert (e), (f), begin delete and end delete
begin insert or end insert (g), notice may be served by electronic mail in lieu of notice
by first-class mail if the county, or city and county, and the court
choose to permit service by electronic mail and the person to be
served has consented to service by electronic mail by signing
Judicial Council Form EFS-005.

(d) The notice of the initial petition hearing shall include all of
the following:

(1) The date, time, and place of the hearing.

(2) The name of the child.

(3) A copy of the petition.

(e) If the court knows or has reason to know that an Indian child
is involved, notice shall be given in accordance with Section 224.2.

(f) Except as provided in subdivision (g), if notice is required
to be provided to a child pursuant to paragraph (4) or (5) of
subdivision (a), written notice may be served on the child by
electronic mail only if all of the following requirements are
satisfied:

(1) The county, or city and county, and the court choose to
permit service by electronic mail.

(2) The child is 16 years of age or older.

(3) The child has consented to service by electronic mail by
signing Judicial Council Form EFS-005.

(4) The attorney for the child has consented to service of the
minor by electronic mail by signing Judicial Council Form
EFS-005.

(g) If notice is required to be provided to a child pursuant to
paragraph (4) or (5) of subdivision (a), written notice may be served
on the child by electronic begin delete mail end delete begin insert mail, end insert as well as by regular begin delete mail end delete
begin insert mail, end insert if all of the following requirements are satisfied:

(1) The county, or city and county, and the court choose to
permit service by electronic mail.

(2) The child is 14 or 15 years of age.

(3) The child has consented to service by electronic mail by
signing Judicial Council Form EFS-005.

(4) The attorney for the child has consented to service of the
minor by electronic mail by signing Judicial Council Form
EFS-005.

(h) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2019,
and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute, that
is enacted before January 1, 2019, deletes or extends that date.

SEC. 310.  

Section 290.2 of the Welfare and Institutions Code,
as added by Section 4 of Chapter 219 of the Statutes of 2015, is
amended to read:

290.2.  

Upon the filing of a petition by a probation officer or
social worker, the clerk of the juvenile court shall issue notice, to
which shall be attached a copy of the petition, and he or she shall
cause the same to be served as prescribed in this section.

(a) Notice shall be given to the following persons whose address
is known or becomes known prior to the initial petition hearing:

(1) The mother.

(2) The father or fathers, presumed and alleged.

(3) The legal guardian or guardians.

(4) The child, if the child is 10 years of age or older.

(5) Any known sibling of the child who is the subject of the
hearing if that sibling either is the subject of a dependency
proceeding or has been adjudged to be a dependent child of the
juvenile court. If the sibling is 10 years of age or older, the sibling,
the sibling’s caregiver, and the sibling’s attorney. If the sibling is
under 10 years of age, the sibling’s caregiver and the sibling’s
attorney. However, notice is not required to be given to any sibling
whose matter is calendared in the same court on the same day.

(6) If there is no parent or guardian residing in California, begin delete or end delete
begin insert or, end insert if the residence is unknown, to any adult relative residing within
the county, or, if none, the adult relative residing nearest the court.

(7) Upon reasonable notification by counsel representing the
child, parent, or guardian, the clerk of the court shall give notice
to that counsel as soon as possible.

(8) The district attorney, if the district attorney has notified the
clerk of the court that he or she wishes to receive the petition,
containing the time, date, and place of the hearing.

(9) The probate department of the superior court that appointed
the guardian, if the child is a ward of a guardian appointed pursuant
to the Probate Code.

(b)  begin delete No notice is end delete begin insert Notice is not end insert required for a parent whose
parental rights have been terminated.

(c) Notice shall be served as follows:

(1) If the child is retained in custody, the notice shall be given
to the persons required to be noticed as soon as possible, and at
least five days before the hearing, unless the hearing is set to be
heard in less than five days in which case notice shall be given at
least 24 hours prior to the hearing.

(2) If the child is not retained in custody, the notice shall be
given to those persons required to be noticed at least 10 days prior
to the date of the hearing. If any person who is required to be given
notice is known to reside outside of the county, the clerk of the
juvenile court shall mail the notice and copy of the petition by
first-class mail to that person as soon as possible after the filing
of the petition and at least 10 days before the time set for hearing.
Failure to respond to the notice is not cause for an arrest or
detention. In the instance of a failure to appear after notice by
first-class mail, the court shall direct that the notice and copy of
the petition be personally served on all persons required to receive
the notice and copy of the petition. For these purposes, personal
service of the notice and copy of the petition outside of the county
at least 10 days before the time set for hearing is equivalent to
service by first-class mail. Service may be waived by any person
by a voluntary appearance entered in the minutes of the court or
by a written waiver of service filed with the clerk of the court at,
or prior to, the hearing.

(d) The notice of the initial petition hearing shall include all of
the following:

(1) The date, time, and place of the hearing.

(2) The name of the child.

(3) A copy of the petition.

(e) If the court knows or has reason to know that an Indian child
is involved, notice shall be given in accordance with Section 224.2.

(f) This section shall become operative on January 1, 2019.

SEC. 311.  

Section 366.21 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

366.21.  

(a) Every hearing conducted by the juvenile court
reviewing the status of a dependent child shall be placed on the
appearance calendar. The court shall advise all persons present at
the hearing of the date of the future hearing and of their right to
be present and represented by counsel.

(b) Except as provided in Sections 294 and 295, notice of the
hearing shall be provided pursuant to Section 293.

(c) At least 10 calendar days prior to the hearing, the social
worker shall file a supplemental report with the court regarding
the services provided or offered to the parent or legal guardian to
enable him or her to assume custody and the efforts made to
achieve legal permanence for the child if efforts to reunify fail,
including, but not limited to, efforts to maintain relationships
between a child who is 10 years of age or older and has been in
out-of-home placement for six months or longer and individuals
who are important to the child, consistent with the child’s best
interests; the progress made; and, where relevant, the prognosis
for return of the child to the physical custody of his or her parent
or legal guardian; and shall make his or her recommendation for
disposition. If the child is a member of a sibling group described
in subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section
361.5, the report and recommendation may also take into account
those factors described in subdivision (e) relating to the child’s
sibling group. If the recommendation is not to return the child to
a parent or legal guardian, the report shall specify why the return
of the child would be detrimental to the child. The social worker
shall provide the parent or legal guardian, counsel for the child,
and any court-appointed child advocate with a copy of the report,
including his or her recommendation for disposition, at least 10
calendar days prior to the hearing. In the case of a child removed
from the physical custody of his or her parent or legal guardian,
the social worker shall, at least 10 calendar days prior to the
hearing, provide a summary of his or her recommendation for
disposition to any foster parents, relative caregivers, and certified
foster parents who have been approved for adoption by the State
Department of Social Services when it is acting as an adoption
agency or by a county adoption agency, community care facility,
or foster family agency having the physical custody of the child.
The social worker shall include a copy of the Judicial Council
Caregiver Information Form (JV-290) with the summary of
recommendations to the child’s foster parents, relative caregivers,
or foster parents approved for adoption, in the caregiver’s primary
language when available, along with information on how to file
the form with the court.

(d) Prior to any hearing involving a child in the physical custody
of a community care facility or a foster family agency that may
result in the return of the child to the physical custody of his or
her parent or legal guardian, or in adoption or the creation of a
legal guardianship, or in the case of an Indian child, in consultation
with the child’s tribe, tribal customary adoption, the facility or
agency shall file with the court a report, or a Judicial Council
Caregiver Information Form (JV-290), containing its
recommendation for disposition. Prior to the hearing involving a
child in the physical custody of a foster parent, a relative caregiver,
or a certified foster parent who has been approved for adoption by
the State Department of Social Services when it is acting as an
adoption agency or by a county adoption agency, the foster parent,
relative caregiver, or the certified foster parent who has been
approved for adoption by the State Department of Social Services
when it is acting as an adoption agency or by a county adoption
agency, may file with the court a report containing his or her
recommendation for disposition. The court shall consider the report
and recommendation filed pursuant to this subdivision prior to
determining any disposition.

(e) (1) At the review hearing held six months after the initial
dispositional hearing, but no later than 12 months after the date
the child entered foster care as determined in Section 361.49,
whichever occurs earlier, after considering the admissible and
relevant evidence, the court shall order the return of the child to
the physical custody of his or her parent or legal guardian unless
the court finds, by a preponderance of the evidence, that the return
of the child to his or her parent or legal guardian would create a
substantial risk of detriment to the safety, protection, or physical
or emotional well-being of the child. The social worker shall have
the burden of establishing that detriment. At the hearing, the court
shall consider the criminal history, obtained pursuant to paragraph
(1) of subdivision (f) of Section 16504.5, of the parent or legal
guardian subsequent to the child’s removal to the extent that the
criminal record is substantially related to the welfare of the child
or the parent’s or guardian’s ability to exercise custody and control
regarding his or her child, provided the parent or legal guardian
agreed to submit fingerprint images to obtain criminal history
information as part of the case plan. The court shall also consider
whether the child can be returned to the custody of his or her parent
who is enrolled in a certified substance abuse treatment facility
that allows a dependent child to reside with his or her parent. The
fact that the parent is enrolled in a certified substance abuse
treatment facility shall not be, for that reason alone, prima facie
evidence of detriment. The failure of the parent or legal guardian
to participate regularly and make substantive progress in
court-ordered treatment programs shall be prima facie evidence
that return would be detrimental. In making its determination, the
court shall review and consider the social worker’s report and
recommendations and the report and recommendations of any child
advocate appointed pursuant to Section 356.5; and shall consider
the efforts or progress, or both, demonstrated by the parent or legal
guardian and the extent to which he or she availed himself or
herself of services provided, taking into account the particular
barriers to a minor parent or a nonminor dependent parent, or an
incarcerated, institutionalized, detained, or deported parent’s or
legal guardian’s access to those court-mandated services and ability
to maintain contact with his or her child.

(2) Regardless of whether the child is returned to a parent or
legal guardian, the court shall specify the factual basis for its
conclusion that the return would be detrimental or would not be
detrimental. The court also shall make appropriate findings
pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 366; and, begin delete where end delete begin insert when end insert
relevant, shall order any additional services reasonably believed
to facilitate the return of the child to the custody of his or her parent
or legal guardian. The court shall also inform the parent or legal
guardian that if the child cannot be returned home by the 12-month
permanency hearing, a proceeding pursuant to Section 366.26 may
be instituted. This section does not apply in a case begin delete where, end delete begin insert in which, end insert
pursuant to Section 361.5, the court has ordered that reunification
services shall not be provided.

(3) If the child was under three years of age on the date of the
initial removal, or is a member of a sibling group described in
subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section
361.5, and the court finds by clear and convincing evidence that
the parent failed to participate regularly and make substantive
progress in a court-ordered treatment plan, the court may schedule
a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26 within 120 days. If, however,
the court finds there is a substantial probability that the child, who
was under three years of age on the date of initial removal or is a
member of a sibling group described in subparagraph (C) of
paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section 361.5, may be returned
to his or her parent or legal guardian within six months or that
reasonable services have not been provided, the court shall continue
the case to the 12-month permanency hearing.

(4) For the purpose of placing and maintaining a sibling group
together in a permanent home, the court, in making its
determination to schedule a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26
for some or all members of a sibling group, as described in
subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a) of Section
361.5, shall review and consider the social worker’s report and
recommendations. Factors the report shall address, and the court
shall consider, may include, but need not be limited to, whether
the sibling group was removed from parental care as a group, the
closeness and strength of the sibling bond, the ages of the siblings,
the appropriateness of maintaining the sibling group together, the
detriment to the child if sibling ties are not maintained, the
likelihood of finding a permanent home for the sibling group,
whether the sibling group is currently placed together in a
preadoptive home or has a concurrent plan goal of legal
permanency in the same home, the wishes of each child whose
age and physical and emotional condition permits a meaningful
response, and the best interests of each child in the sibling group.
The court shall specify the factual basis for its finding that it is in
the best interests of each child to schedule a hearing pursuant to
Section 366.26 within 120 days for some or all of the members of
the sibling group.

(5) If the child was removed initially under subdivision (g) of
Section 300 and the court finds by clear and convincing evidence
that the whereabouts of the parent are still unknown, or the parent
has failed to contact and visit the child, the court may schedule a
hearing pursuant to Section 366.26 within 120 days. The court
shall take into account any particular barriers to a parent’s ability
to maintain contact with his or her child due to the parent’s
incarceration, institutionalization, detention by the United States
Department of Homeland Security, or deportation. If the court
finds by clear and convincing evidence that the parent has been
convicted of a felony indicating parental unfitness, the court may
schedule a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26 within 120 days.

(6) If the child had been placed under court supervision with a
previously noncustodial parent pursuant to Section 361.2, the court
shall determine whether supervision is still necessary. The court
may terminate supervision and transfer permanent custody to that
parent, as provided for by paragraph (1) of subdivision (b) of
Section 361.2.

(7) In all other cases, the court shall direct that any reunification
services previously ordered shall continue to be offered to the
parent or legal guardian pursuant to the time periods set forth in
subdivision (a) of Section 361.5, provided that the court may
modify the terms and conditions of those services.

(8) If the child is not returned to his or her parent or legal
guardian, the court shall determine whether reasonable services
that were designed to aid the parent or legal guardian in
overcoming the problems that led to the initial removal and the
continued custody of the child have been provided or offered to
the parent or legal guardian. The court shall order that those
services be initiated, continued, or terminated.

(f) (1) The permanency hearing shall be held no later than 12
months after the date the child entered foster care, as that date is
determined pursuant to Section 361.49. At the permanency hearing,
the court shall determine the permanent plan for the child, which
shall include a determination of whether the child will be returned
to the child’s home and, if so, when, within the time limits of
subdivision (a) of Section 361.5. After considering the relevant
and admissible evidence, the court shall order the return of the
child to the physical custody of his or her parent or legal guardian
unless the court finds, by a preponderance of the evidence, that
the return of the child to his or her parent or legal guardian would
create a substantial risk of detriment to the safety, protection, or
physical or emotional well-being of the child. The social worker
shall have the burden of establishing that detriment.

(A) At the permanency hearing, the court shall consider the
criminal history, obtained pursuant to paragraph (1) of subdivision
(f) of Section 16504.5, of the parent or legal guardian subsequent
to the child’s removal to the extent that the criminal record is
substantially related to the welfare of the child or the parent’s or
legal guardian’s ability to exercise custody and control regarding
his or her child, provided that the parent or legal guardian agreed
to submit fingerprint images to obtain criminal history information
as part of the case plan. The court shall also determine whether
reasonable services that were designed to aid the parent or legal
guardian to overcome the problems that led to the initial removal
and continued custody of the child have been provided or offered
to the parent or legal guardian.

(B) The court shall also consider whether the child can be
returned to the custody of his or her parent who is enrolled in a
certified substance abuse treatment facility that allows a dependent
child to reside with his or her parent. The fact that the parent is
enrolled in a certified substance abuse treatment facility shall not
be, for that reason alone, prima facie evidence of detriment. The
failure of the parent or legal guardian to participate regularly and
make substantive progress in court-ordered treatment programs
shall be prima facie evidence that return would be detrimental.

(C) In making its determination, the court shall review and
consider the social worker’s report and recommendations and the
report and recommendations of any child advocate appointed
pursuant to Section 356.5, shall consider the efforts or progress,
or both, demonstrated by the parent or legal guardian and the extent
to which he or she availed himself or herself of services provided,
taking into account the particular barriers to a minor parent or a
nonminor dependent parent, or an incarcerated, institutionalized,
detained, or deported parent’s or legal guardian’s access to those
court-mandated services and ability to maintain contact with his
or her child, and shall make appropriate findings pursuant to
subdivision (a) of Section 366.

(D) For each youth 16 years of age and older, the court shall
also determine whether services have been made available to assist
him or her in making the transition from foster care to successful
adulthood.

(2) Regardless of whether the child is returned to his or her
parent or legal guardian, the court shall specify the factual basis
for its decision. If the child is not returned to a parent or legal
guardian, the court shall specify the factual basis for its conclusion
that the return would be detrimental. The court also shall make a
finding pursuant to subdivision (a) of Section 366. If the child is
not returned to his or her parent or legal guardian, the court shall
consider, and state for the record, in-state and out-of-state
placement options. If the child is placed out of the state, the court
shall make a determination whether the out-of-state placement
continues to be appropriate and in the best interests of the child.

(g) If the time period in which the court-ordered services were
provided has met or exceeded the time period set forth in
subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (1) of subdivision (a)
of Section 361.5, as appropriate, and a child is not returned to the
custody of a parent or legal guardian at the permanency hearing
held pursuant to subdivision (f), the court shall do one of the
following:

(1) Continue the case for up to six months for a permanency
review hearing, provided that the hearing shall occur within 18
months of the date the child was originally taken from the physical
custody of his or her parent or legal guardian. The court shall
continue the case only if it finds that there is a substantial
probability that the child will be returned to the physical custody
of his or her parent or legal guardian and safely maintained in the
home within the extended period of time or that reasonable services
have not been provided to the parent or legal guardian. For the
purposes of this section, in order to find a substantial probability
that the child will be returned to the physical custody of his or her
parent or legal guardian and safely maintained in the home within
the extended period of time, the court shall be required to find all
of the following:

(A) That the parent or legal guardian has consistently and
regularly contacted and visited with the child.

(B) That the parent or legal guardian has made significant
progress in resolving problems that led to the child’s removal from
the home.

(C) The parent or legal guardian has demonstrated the capacity
and ability both to complete the objectives of his or her treatment
plan and to provide for the child’s safety, protection, physical and
emotional well-being, and special needs.

begin delete

For

end delete

(i) For purposes of this subdivision, the court’s decision to
continue the case based on a finding or substantial probability that
the child will be returned to the physical custody of his or her
parent or legal guardian is a compelling reason for determining
that a hearing held pursuant to Section 366.26 is not in the best
interests of the child.

(ii) The court shall inform the parent or legal guardian that if
the child cannot be returned home by the next permanency review
hearing, a proceeding pursuant to Section 366.26 may be instituted.
The court shall not order that a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26
be held unless there is clear and convincing evidence that
reasonable services have been provided or offered to the parent or
legal guardian.

(2) Continue the case for up to six months for a permanency
review hearing, provided that the hearing shall occur within 18
months of the date the child was originally taken from the physical
custody of his or her parent or legal guardian, if the parent has
been arrested and issued an immigration hold, detained by the
United States Department of Homeland Security, or deported to
his or her country of origin, and the court determines either that
there is a substantial probability that the child will be returned to
the physical custody of his or her parent or legal guardian and
safely maintained in the home within the extended period of time
or that reasonable services have not been provided to the parent
or legal guardian.

(3) For purposes of paragraph (2), in order to find a substantial
probability that the child will be returned to the physical custody
of his or her parent or legal guardian and safely maintained in the
home within the extended period of time, the court shall find all
of the following:

(A) The parent or legal guardian has consistently and regularly
contacted and visited with the child, taking into account any
particular barriers to a parent’s ability to maintain contact with his
or her child due to the parent’s arrest and receipt of an immigration
hold, detention by the United States Department of Homeland
Security, or deportation.

(B) The parent or legal guardian has made significant progress
in resolving the problems that led to the child’s removal from the
home.

(C) The parent or legal guardian has demonstrated the capacity
or ability both to complete the objectives of his or her treatment
plan and to provide for the child’s safety, protection, physical and
emotional well-being, and special needs.

(4) Order that a hearing be held within 120 days, pursuant to
Section 366.26, but only if the court does not continue the case to
the permanency planning review hearing and there is clear and
convincing evidence that reasonable services have been provided
or offered to the parents or legal guardians. On and after January
1, 2012, a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26 shall not be ordered
if the child is a nonminor dependent, unless the nonminor
dependent is an Indian child and tribal customary adoption is
recommended as the permanent plan.

(5) Order that the child remain in foster care, but only if the
court finds by clear and convincing evidence, based upon the
evidence already presented to it, including a recommendation by
the State Department of Social Services when it is acting as an
adoption agency or by a county adoption agency, that there is a
compelling reason for determining that a hearing held pursuant to
Section 366.26 is not in the best interests of the child because the
child is not a proper subject for adoption and has no one willing
to accept legal guardianship as of the hearing date. For purposes
of this section, a recommendation by the State Department of
Social Services when it is acting as an adoption agency or by a
county adoption agency that adoption is not in the best interests
of the child shall constitute a compelling reason for the court’s
determination. That recommendation shall be based on the present
circumstances of the child and shall not preclude a different
recommendation at a later date if the child’s circumstances change.
On and after January 1, 2012, the nonminor dependent’s legal
status as an adult is in and of itself a compelling reason not to hold
a hearing pursuant to Section 366.26. The court may order that a
nonminor dependent who otherwise is eligible pursuant to Section
11403 remain in a planned, permanent living arrangement.

(A) The court shall make factual findings identifying any
barriers to achieving the permanent plan as of the hearing date.
When the child is under 16 years of age, the court shall order a
permanent plan of return home, adoption, tribal customary adoption
in the case of an Indian child, legal guardianship, or placement
with a fit and willing relative, as appropriate. When the child is
16 years of age or older, or is a nonminor dependent, and no other
permanent plan is appropriate at the time of the hearing, the court
may order another planned permanent living arrangement, as
described in paragraph (2) of subdivision (i) of Section 16501.

(B) If the court orders that a child who is 10 years of age or
older remain in foster care, the court shall determine whether the
agency has made reasonable efforts to maintain the child’s
relationships with individuals other than the child’s siblings who
are important to the child, consistent with the child’s best interests,
and may make any appropriate order to ensure that those
relationships are maintained.

(C) If the child is not returned to his or her parent or legal
guardian, the court shall consider, and state for the record, in-state
and out-of-state options for permanent placement. If the child is
placed out of the state, the court shall make a determination
whether the out-of-state placement continues to be appropriate and
in the best interests of the child.

(h) In any case in which the court orders that a hearing pursuant
to Section 366.26 shall be held, it shall also order the termination
of reunification services to the parent or legal guardian. The court
shall continue to permit the parent or legal guardian to visit the
child pending the hearing unless it finds that visitation would be
detrimental to the child. The court shall make any other appropriate
orders to enable the child to maintain relationships with individuals,
other than the child’s siblings, who are important to the child,
consistent with the child’s best interests. When the court orders a
termination of reunification services to the parent or legal guardian,
it shall also order that the child’s caregiver receive the child’s birth
certificate in accordance with Sections 16010.4 and 16010.5.
Additionally, when the court orders a termination of reunification
services to the parent or legal guardian, it shall order, when
appropriate, that a child who is 16 years of age or older receive
his or her birth certificate.

(i) (1) Whenever a court orders that a hearing pursuant to
Section 366.26, including, when, in consultation with the child’s
tribe, tribal customary adoption is recommended, shall be held, it
shall direct the agency supervising the child and the county
adoption agency, or the State Department of Social Services when
it is acting as an adoption agency, to prepare an assessment that
shall include:

(A) Current search efforts for an absent parent or parents or
legal guardians.

(B) A review of the amount of and nature of any contact between
the child and his or her parents or legal guardians and other
members of his or her extended family since the time of placement.
Although the extended family of each child shall be reviewed on
a case-by-case basis, “extended family” for the purpose of this
subparagraph shall include, but not be limited to, the child’s
siblings, grandparents, aunts, and uncles.

(C) An evaluation of the child’s medical, developmental,
scholastic, mental, and emotional status.

(D) A preliminary assessment of the eligibility and commitment
of any identified prospective adoptive parent or legal guardian,
including the prospective tribal customary adoptive parent,
particularly the caretaker, to include a social history including
screening for criminal records and prior referrals for child abuse
or neglect, the capability to meet the child’s needs, and the
understanding of the legal and financial rights and responsibilities
of adoption and guardianship. If a proposed guardian is a relative
of the minor, the assessment shall also consider, but need not be
limited to, all of the factors specified in subdivision (a) of Section
361.3 and in Section 361.4.

(E) The relationship of the child to any identified prospective
adoptive parent or legal guardian, the duration and character of
the relationship, the degree of attachment of the child to the
prospective relative guardian or adoptive parent, the relative’s or
adoptive parent’s strong commitment to caring permanently for
the child, the motivation for seeking adoption or guardianship, a
statement from the child concerning placement and the adoption
or guardianship, and whether the child, if over 12 years of age,
has been consulted about the proposed relative guardianship
arrangements, unless the child’s age or physical, emotional, or
other condition precludes his or her meaningful response, and if
so, a description of the condition.

(F) A description of efforts to be made to identify a prospective
adoptive parent or legal guardian, including, but not limited to,
child-specific recruitment and listing on an adoption exchange
within the state or out of the state.

(G) An analysis of the likelihood that the child will be adopted
if parental rights are terminated.

(H) In the case of an Indian child, in addition to subparagraphs
(A) to (G), inclusive, an assessment of the likelihood that the child
will be adopted, when, in consultation with the child’s tribe, a
tribal customary adoption, as defined in Section 366.24, is
recommended. If tribal customary adoption is recommended, the
assessment shall include an analysis of both of the following:

(i) Whether tribal customary adoption would or would not be
detrimental to the Indian child and the reasons for reaching that
conclusion.

(ii) Whether the Indian child cannot or should not be returned
to the home of the Indian parent or Indian custodian and the reasons
for reaching that conclusion.

(2) (A) A relative caregiver’s preference for legal guardianship
over adoption, if it is due to circumstances that do not include an
unwillingness to accept legal or financial responsibility for the
child, shall not constitute the sole basis for recommending removal
of the child from the relative caregiver for purposes of adoptive
placement.

(B) Regardless of his or her immigration status, a relative
caregiver shall be given information regarding the permanency
options of guardianship and adoption, including the long-term
benefits and consequences of each option, prior to establishing
legal guardianship or pursuing adoption. If the proposed permanent
plan is guardianship with an approved relative caregiver for a
minor eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP Program, as provided
for in Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385) of Chapter 2
of Part 3 of Division 9, the relative caregiver shall be informed
about the terms and conditions of the negotiated agreement
pursuant to Section 11387 and shall agree to its execution prior to
the hearing held pursuant to Section 366.26. A copy of the executed
negotiated agreement shall be attached to the assessment.

(j) If, at any hearing held pursuant to Section 366.26, a
guardianship is established for the minor with an approved relative
caregiver, and juvenile court dependency is subsequently
dismissed, the minor shall be eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP
Program, as provided for in Article 4.5 (commencing with Section
11360) or Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385), as
applicable, of Chapter 2 of Part 3 of Division 9.

(k) As used in this section, “relative” means an adult who is
related to the minor by blood, adoption, or affinity within the fifth
degree of kinship, including stepparents, stepsiblings, and all
relatives whose status is preceded by the words “great,”
“great-great,” or “grand,” or the spouse of any of those persons
even if the marriage was terminated by death or dissolution. If the
proposed permanent plan is guardianship with an approved relative
caregiver for a minor eligible for aid under the Kin-GAP Program,
as provided for in Article 4.7 (commencing with Section 11385)
of Chapter 2 of Part 3 of Division 9, “relative” as used in this
section has the same meaning as “relative” as defined in
subdivision (c) of Section 11391.

(l) For purposes of this section, evidence of any of the following
circumstances shall not, in and of itself, be deemed a failure to
provide or offer reasonable services:

(1) The child has been placed with a foster family that is eligible
to adopt a child, or has been placed in a preadoptive home.

(2) The case plan includes services to make and finalize a
permanent placement for the child if efforts to reunify fail.

(3) Services to make and finalize a permanent placement for
the child, if efforts to reunify fail, are provided concurrently with
services to reunify the family.

SEC. 312.  

Section 786 of the Welfare and Institutions Code is
amended to read:

786.  

(a) If a minor satisfactorily completes (1) an informal
program of supervision pursuant to Section 654.2, (2) probation
under Section 725, or (3) a term of probation for any offense, the
court shall order the petition dismissed. The court shall order sealed
all records pertaining to that dismissed petition in the custody of
the juvenile court, and in the custody of law enforcement agencies,
the probation department, or the Department of Justice. The court
shall send a copy of the order to each agency and official named
in the order, direct the agency or official to seal its records, and
specify a date by which the sealed records shall be destroyed. Each
agency and official named in the order shall seal the records in its
custody as directed by the order, shall advise the court of its
compliance, and, after advising the court, shall seal the copy of
the court’s order that was received. The court shall also provide
notice to the minor and minor’s counsel that it has ordered the
petition dismissed and the records sealed in the case. The notice
shall include an advisement of the minor’s right to nondisclosure
of the arrest and proceedings, as specified in subdivision (b).

(b) Upon the court’s order of dismissal of the petition, the arrest
and other proceedings in the case shall be deemed not to have
occurred and the person who was the subject of the petition may
reply accordingly to any inquiry by employers, educational
institutions, or other persons or entities regarding the arrest and
proceedings in the case.

(c) (1) For purposes of this section, satisfactory completion of
an informal program of supervision or another term of probation
described in subdivision (a) shall be deemed to have occurred if
the person has no new findings of wardship or conviction for a
felony offense or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude during
the period of supervision or probation and if he or she has not
failed to substantially comply with the reasonable orders of
supervision or probation that are within his or her capacity to
perform. The period of supervision or probation shall not be
extended solely for the purpose of deferring or delaying eligibility
for dismissal of the petition and sealing of the records under this
section.

(2) An unfulfilled order or condition of restitution, including a
restitution fine that can be converted to a civil judgment under
Section 730.6 or an unpaid restitution fee shall not be deemed to
constitute unsatisfactory completion of supervision or probation
under this section.

(d) A court shall not seal a record or dismiss a petition pursuant
to this section if the petition was sustained based on the
commission of an offense listed in subdivision (b) of Section 707
that was committed when the individual was 14 years of age or
older unless the finding on that offense was dismissed or was
reduced to a lesser offense that is not listed in subdivision (b) of
Section 707.

(e) (1) The court may, in making its order to seal the record
and dismiss the instant petition pursuant to this section, include
an order to seal a record relating to, or to dismiss, any prior petition
or petitions that have been filed or sustained against the individual
and that appear to the satisfaction of the court to meet the sealing
and dismissal criteria otherwise described in this section.

(2) An individual who has a record that is eligible to be sealed
under this section may ask the court to order the sealing of a record
pertaining to the case that is in the custody of a public agency other
than a law enforcement agency, the probation department, or the
Department of Justice, and the court may grant the request and
order that the public agency record be sealed if the court determines
that sealing the additional record will promote the successful
reentry and rehabilitation of the individual.

(f) (1) A record that has been ordered sealed by the court under
this section may be accessed, inspected, or utilized only under any
of the following circumstances:

(A) By the prosecuting attorney, the probation department, or
the court for the limited purpose of determining whether the minor
is eligible and suitable for deferred entry of judgment pursuant to
Section 790 or is ineligible for a program of supervision as defined
in Section 654.3.

(B) By the court for the limited purpose of verifying the prior
jurisdictional status of a ward who is petitioning the court to resume
its jurisdiction pursuant to subdivision (e) of Section 388.

(C) If a new petition has been filed against the minor for a felony
offense, by the probation department for the limited purpose of
identifying the minor’s previous court-ordered programs or
placements, and in that event solely to determine the individual’s
eligibility or suitability for remedial programs or services. The
information obtained pursuant to this subparagraph shall not be
disseminated to other agencies or individuals, except as necessary
to implement a referral to a remedial program or service, and shall
not be used to support the imposition of penalties, detention, or
other sanctions upon the minor.

(D) Upon a subsequent adjudication of a minor whose record
has been sealed under this section and a finding that the minor is
a person described by Section 602 based on the commission of a
felony offense, by the probation department, the prosecuting
attorney, counsel for the minor, or the court for the limited purpose
of determining an appropriate juvenile court disposition. Access,
inspection, or use of a sealed record as provided under this
subparagraph shall not be construed as a reversal or modification
of the court’s order dismissing the petition and sealing record in
the prior case.

(E) Upon the prosecuting attorney’s motion, made in accordance
with Section 707, to initiate court proceedings to determine the
minor’s fitness to be dealt with under the juvenile court law, by
the probation department, the prosecuting attorney, counsel for
the minor, or the court for the limited purpose of evaluating and
determining the minor’s fitness to be dealt with under the juvenile
court law. Access, inspection, or use of a sealed record as provided
under this subparagraph shall not be construed as a reversal or
modification of the court’s order dismissing the petition and sealing
the record in the prior case.

(F) By the person whose record has been sealed, upon his or
her request and petition to the court to permit inspection of the
records.

(G)  begin delete The end delete begin insert By the end insert probation department of any county begin delete may end delete begin insert to end insert
access the records for the limited purpose of meeting federal Title
IV-B and Title IV-E compliance.

(2) Access to, or inspection of, a sealed record authorized by
paragraph (1) shall not be deemed an unsealing of the record and
shall not require notice to any other agency.

(g) (1) This section does not prohibit a court from enforcing a
civil judgment for an unfulfilled order of restitution ordered
pursuant to Section 730.6. A minor is not relieved from the
obligation to pay victim restitution, restitution fines, and
court-ordered fines and fees because the minor’s records are sealed.

(2) A victim or a local collection program may continue to
enforce victim restitution orders, restitution fines, and court-ordered
fines and fees after a record is sealed. The juvenile court shall have
access to any records sealed pursuant to this section for the limited
purpose of enforcing a civil judgment or restitution order.

(h) This section does not prohibit the begin insert State end insert Department of Social
Services from meeting its obligations to monitor and conduct
periodic evaluations of, and provide reports on, the programs
carried under federal Title IV-B and Title IV-E as required by
Sections 622, 629 et seq., and 671(a)(7) and (22) of Title 42 of the
United States Code, as implemented by federal regulation and state
statute.

(i) The Judicial Council shall adopt rules of court, and shall
make available appropriate forms, providing for the standardized
implementation of this section by the juvenile courts.

SEC. 313.  

Section 4474.1 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

4474.1.  

(a) Whenever the State Department of Developmental
Services proposes the closure of a state developmental center, the
department shall be required to submit a detailed plan to the
Legislature not later than April 1 immediately prior to the fiscal
year in which the plan is to be implemented, and as a part of the
Governor’s proposed budget. A plan submitted to the Legislature
pursuant to this section, including any modifications made pursuant
to subdivision (b), shall not be implemented without the approval
of the Legislature.

(b) A plan submitted on or before April 1 immediately prior to
the fiscal year in which the plan is to be implemented may be
subsequently modified during the legislative review process.

(c) Prior to submission of the plan to the Legislature, the
department shall solicit input from the State Council on
Developmental Disabilities, the Association of Regional Center
Agencies, the protection and advocacy agency specified in Section
4901, the local regional center, consumers living in the
developmental center, parents, family members, guardians, and
conservators of persons living in the developmental centers or their
representative organizations, persons with developmental
disabilities living in the community, developmental center
employees and employee organizations, community care providers,
the affected city and county governments, and business and civic
organizations, as may be recommended by local state Senate and
Assembly representatives.

(d) Prior to the submission of the plan to the Legislature, the
department shall confer with the county in which the developmental
center is located, the regional centers served by the developmental
center, and other state departments using similar occupational
classifications, to develop a program for the placement of staff of
the developmental center planned for closure in other
developmental centers, as positions become vacant, or in similar
positions in programs operated by, or through contract with, the
county, regional centers, or other state departments, including, but
not limited to, the community state staff program, use of state staff
for mobile health and crisis teams in the community, and use of
state staff in new state-operated models that may be developed as
a component of the closure plan.

(e) Prior to the submission of the plan to the Legislature, the
department shall confer with the county in which the begin delete development end delete
begin insert developmental end insert center is located, and shall consider
recommendations for the use of the developmental center property.

(f) Prior to the submission of the plan to the Legislature, the
department shall hold at least one public hearing in the community
in which the developmental center is located, with public comment
from that hearing summarized in the plan.

(g) The plan submitted to the Legislature pursuant to this section
shall include all of the following:

(1) A description of the land and buildings at the developmental
center.

(2) A description of existing lease arrangements at the
developmental center.

(3) A description of resident characteristics, including, but not
limited to, age, gender, ethnicity, family involvement, years of
developmental center residency, developmental disability, and
other factors that will determine service and support needs.

(4) A description of stakeholder input provided pursuant to
subdivisions (c), (d), and (e), including a description of local issues,
concerns, and recommendations regarding the proposed closure,
and alternative uses of the developmental center property.

(5) The impact on residents and their families.

(6) A description of the unique and specialized services provided
by the developmental center, including, but not limited to, crisis
facilities, health and dental clinics, and adaptive technology
services.

(7) A description of the assessment process and community
placement decision process that will ensure necessary services and
supports are in place prior to a resident transitioning into the
community.

(8) Anticipated alternative placements for residents.

(9) A description of how the department will transition the client
rights advocacy contract provided at the developmental center
pursuant to Section 4433 to the community.

(10) A description of how the well-being of the residents will
be monitored during and following their transition into the
community.

(11) The impact on regional center services.

(12) Where services will be obtained that, upon closure of the
developmental center, will no longer be provided by that facility.

(13) A description of the potential job opportunities for
developmental center employees, activities the department will
undertake to support employees through the closure process, and
other efforts made to mitigate the effect of the closure on
employees.

(14) The fiscal impact of the closure.

(15) The timeframe in which closure will be accomplished.

SEC. 314.  

Section 11203 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

11203.  

(a) During those times as the federal government
provides funds for the care of a needy relative with whom a needy
child or needy children are living, aid to the child or children for
any month includes aid to meet the needs of that relative, if money
payments are made with respect to the child or children for that
month, and if the relative is not receiving aid under Chapter 3
(commencing with Section 12000) or begin delete 5 end delete begin insert 5.1 end insert (commencing with
Section 13000) of this part or Part A of Title XVI of the Social
Security Act for that month. Needy relatives under this chapter
include only natural or adoptive parents, the spouse of a natural
or adoptive parent, and other needy caretaker relatives.

(b) (1) The parent or parents shall be considered living with
the needy child or needy children for a period of up to 180
consecutive days of the needy child’s or children’s absence from
the family assistance unit and the parent or parents shall be eligible
for services under this begin delete chapter end delete begin insert chapter, end insert including services funded
under Sections 15204.2 and begin delete 15204.8 end delete begin insert 15204.8, end insert if all of the following
conditions are met:

(A) The child has been removed from the parent or parents and
placed in out-of-home care.

(B) When the child was removed from the parent or parents,
the family was receiving aid under this section.

(C) The county has determined that the provision of services
under this begin delete chapter end delete begin insert chapter, end insert including services funded under
Sections 15204.2 and 15204.8, is necessary for reunification.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision, the parent or parents shall
not be eligible for any payment of aid under Section 11450.

(c) The department shall revise its state Temporary Assistance
for Needy Families plan to incorporate the provisions of
subdivision (b) and to incorporate the good cause exception
provisions authorized by paragraph (10) of subsection (a) of
Section 608 of Title 42 of the United States Code with respect to
cases begin delete where end delete begin insert in which end insert reunification occurs after 180 consecutive
days from the date of the removal of the child or children from the
home.

SEC. 315.  

Section 11469 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

11469.  

(a) The department shall develop, following
consultation with group home providers, the County Welfare
Directors Association of California, the Chief Probation Officers
of California, the County Behavioral Health Directors Association
of California, the State Department of Health Care Services, and
stakeholders, performance standards and outcome measures for
determining the effectiveness of the care and supervision, as
defined in subdivision (b) of Section 11460, provided by group
homes under the AFDC-FC program pursuant to Sections 11460
and 11462. These standards shall be designed to measure group
home program performance for the client group that the group
home program is designed to serve.

(1) The performance standards and outcome measures shall be
designed to measure the performance of group home programs in
areas over which the programs have some degree of influence, and
in other areas of measurable program performance that the
department can demonstrate are areas over which group home
programs have meaningful managerial or administrative influence.

(2) These standards and outcome measures shall include, but
are not limited to, the effectiveness of services provided by each
group home program, and the extent to which the services provided
by the group home assist in obtaining the child welfare case plan
objectives for the child.

(3) In addition, when the group home provider has identified
as part of its program for licensing, ratesetting, or county placement
purposes, or has included as a part of a child’s case plan by mutual
agreement between the group home and the placing agency,
specific mental health, education, medical, and other child-related
services, the performance standards and outcome measures may
also measure the effectiveness of those services.

(b) Regulations regarding the implementation of the group home
performance standards system required by this section shall be
adopted no later than one year prior to implementation. The
regulations shall specify both the performance standards system
and the manner by which the AFDC-FC rate of a group home
program shall be adjusted if performance standards are not met.

(c) Except as provided in subdivision (d), effective July 1, 1995,
group home performance standards shall be implemented. Any
group home program not meeting the performance standards shall
have its AFDC-FC rate, set pursuant to Section 11462, adjusted
according to the regulations required by this section.

(d) A group home program shall be classified at rate
classification level 13 or 14 only if all of the following are met:

(1) The program generates the requisite number of points for
rate classification level 13 or 14.

(2) The program only accepts children with special treatment
needs as determined through the assessment process pursuant to
paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Section 11462.01.

(3) The program meets the performance standards designed
pursuant to this section.

(e) Notwithstanding subdivision (c), the group home program
performance standards system shall not be implemented prior to
the implementation of the AFDC-FC performance standards
system.

(f) On or before January 1, 2016, the department shall develop,
following consultation with the County Welfare Directors
Association of California, the Chief Probation Officers of
California, the County Behavioral Health Directors Association
of California, research entities, foster children, advocates for foster
children, foster care provider business entities organized and
operated on a nonprofit basis, Indian tribes, and other stakeholders,
additional performance standards and outcome measures that
require group homes to implement programs and services to
minimize law enforcement contacts and delinquency petition filings
arising from incidents of allegedly unlawful behavior by minors
occurring in group homes or under the supervision of group home
staff, including individualized behavior management programs,
emergency intervention plans, and conflict resolution processes.

(g) On or before January 1, 2017, the department shall develop,
following consultation with the County Welfare Directors
Association of California, the Chief Probation Officers of
California, the County Behavioral Health Directors Association
of California, the Medical Board of California, research entities,
foster begin delete children end delete begin insert children, end insert advocates for foster children, foster care
provider business entities organized and operated on a nonprofit
basis, Indian tribes, and other stakeholders, additional performance
standards and outcome measures that require group homes to
implement alternative programs and services, including
individualized behavior management programs, emergency
intervention plans, and conflict resolution processes.

SEC. 316.  

Section 11477 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

11477.  

As a condition of eligibility for aid paid under this
chapter, each applicant or recipient shall do all of the following:

(a) (1) Do either of the following:

begin delete

(i)

end delete

begin insert (A) end insert  For applications received before October 1, 2009, assign to
the county any rights to support from any other person the applicant
or recipient may have on his or her own behalf or on behalf of any
other family member for whom the applicant or recipient is
applying for or receiving aid, not exceeding the total amount of
cash assistance provided to the family under this chapter. Receipt
of public assistance under this chapter begin delete shall operate end delete begin insert operates end insert as
an assignment by operation of law. An assignment of support rights
to the county shall also constitute an assignment to the state. If
support rights are assigned pursuant to this subdivision, the
assignee may become an assignee of record by the local child
support agency or other public official filing with the court clerk
an affidavit showing that an assignment has been made or that
there has been an assignment by operation of law. This procedure
does not limit any other means by which the assignee may become
an assignee of record.

begin delete

(ii)

end delete

begin insert (B) end insert  For applications received on or after October 1, 2009, assign
to the county any rights to support from any other person the
applicant or recipient may have on his or her own behalf, or on
behalf of any other family member for whom the applicant or
recipient is applying for or receiving aid. The assignment shall
apply only to support that accrues during the period of time that
the applicant is receiving assistance under this chapter, and shall
not exceed the total amount of cash assistance provided to the
family under this chapter. Receipt of public assistance under this
chapter shall operate as an assignment by operation of law. An
assignment of support rights to the county shall also constitute an
assignment to the state. If support rights are assigned pursuant to
this subdivision, the assignee may become an assignee of record
by the local child support agency or other public official filing
with the court clerk an affidavit showing that an assignment has
been made or that there has been an assignment by operation of
law. This procedure does not limit any other means by which the
assignee may become an assignee of record.

(2) Support that has been assigned pursuant to paragraph (1)
and that accrues while the family is receiving aid under this chapter
shall be permanently assigned until the entire amount of aid paid
has been reimbursed.

(3) If the federal government does not permit states to adopt the
same order of distribution for preassistance and postassistance
child support arrears that are assigned on or after October 1, 1998,
support arrears that accrue before the family receives aid under
this chapter that are assigned pursuant to this subdivision shall be
assigned as follows:

(A) Child support assigned prior to January 1, 1998, shall be
permanently assigned until aid is no longer received and the entire
amount of aid has been reimbursed.

(B) Child support assigned on or after January 1, 1998, but prior
to October 1, 2000, shall be temporarily assigned until aid under
this chapter is no longer received and the entire amount of aid paid
has been reimbursed or until October 1, 2000, whichever comes
first.

(C) On or after October 1, 2000, support assigned pursuant to
this subdivision that was not otherwise permanently assigned shall
be temporarily assigned to the county until aid is no longer
received.

(D) On or after October 1, 2000, support that was temporarily
assigned pursuant to this subdivision shall, when a payment is
received from the federal tax intercept program, be temporarily
assigned until the entire amount of aid paid has been reimbursed.

(4) If the federal government permits states to adopt the same
order of distribution for preassistance and postassistance child
support arrears, child support arrears shall be assigned, as follows:

(A) Child support assigned pursuant to this subdivision prior
to October 1, 1998, shall be assigned until aid under this chapter
is no longer received and the entire amount has been reimbursed.

(B) On or after October 1, 1998, child support assigned pursuant
to this subdivision that accrued before the family receives aid under
this chapter and that was not otherwise permanently assigned shall
be temporarily assigned until aid under this chapter is no longer
received.

(C) On or after October 1, 1998, support that was temporarily
assigned pursuant to this subdivision shall, when a payment is
received from the federal tax intercept program, be temporarily
assigned until the entire amount of aid paid has been reimbursed.

(b) (1) Cooperate with the county welfare department and local
child support agency in establishing the paternity of a child of the
applicant or recipient born out of wedlock with respect to whom
aid is claimed, and in establishing, modifying, or enforcing a
support order with respect to a child of the individual for whom
aid is requested or obtained, unless the applicant or recipient
qualifies for a good cause exception pursuant to Section 11477.04.
The granting of aid shall not be delayed or denied if the applicant
is otherwise eligible, begin delete if the applicant end delete completes the necessary begin delete forms end delete
begin insert forms, end insert and agrees to cooperate with the local child support agency
in securing support and determining paternity, if applicable. The
local child support agency shall have staff available, in person or
by telephone, at all county welfare offices and shall conduct an
interview with each applicant to obtain information necessary to
establish paternity and establish, modify, or enforce a support order
at the time of the initial interview with the welfare office. The local
child support agency shall make the determination of cooperation.
If the applicant or recipient attests under penalty of perjury that
he or she cannot provide the information required by this
subdivision, the local child support agency shall make a finding
regarding whether the individual could reasonably be expected to
provide the information before the local child support agency
determines whether the individual is cooperating. In making the
finding, the local child support agency shall consider all of the
following:

(A) The age of the child for whom support is sought.

(B) The circumstances surrounding the conception of the child.

(C) The age or mental capacity of the parent or caretaker of the
child for whom aid is being sought.

(D) The time that has elapsed since the parent or caretaker last
had contact with the alleged father or obligor.

(2) Cooperation includes all of the following:

(A) Providing the name of the alleged parent or obligor and
other information about that person if known to the applicant or
recipient, such as address, social security number, telephone
number, place of employment or school, and the names and
addresses of relatives or associates.

(B) Appearing at interviews, hearings, and legal begin delete proceedings end delete
begin insert proceedings, end insert provided the applicant or recipient is provided with
reasonable advance notice of the interview, hearing, or legal
proceeding and does not have good cause not to appear.

(C) If paternity is at issue, submitting to genetic tests, including
genetic testing of the child, if necessary.

(D) Providing any additional information known begin delete to end delete begin insert to, end insert or
reasonably obtainable begin delete by end delete begin insert by, end insert the applicant or recipient necessary
to establish paternity or to establish, modify, or enforce a child
support order.

(3) A recipient or applicant shall not be required to sign a
voluntary declaration of paternity, as set forth in Chapter 3
(commencing with Section 7570) of Part 2 of Division 12 of the
Family Code, as a condition of cooperation.

(c) (1) This section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply if all of the adults are
excluded from the assistance unit pursuant to Section 11251.3,
11454, or 11486.5, or if all eligible adults have been subject to
Section 11327.5 for at least 12 consecutive months.

(2) It is the intent of the Legislature that the regular receipt of
child support in the preceding reporting period be considered in
determining reasonably anticipated income for the following
reporting period.

(3) In accordance with Sections 11265.2 and 11265.46, if the
income of an assistance unit described in paragraph (1) includes
reasonably anticipated income derived from child support, the
amount established in Section 17504 of the Family Code and
Section 11475.3 of the Welfare and Institutions Code of any
amount of child support received each month shall not be
considered income or resources and shall not be deducted from
the amount of aid to which the assistance unit otherwise would be
eligible.

SEC. 317.  

Section 14094.3 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

14094.3.  

(a) Notwithstanding this article or Section 14093.05
or 14094.1, CCS covered services shall not be incorporated into
any Medi-Cal managed care contract entered into after August 1,
1994, pursuant to Article 2.7 (commencing with Section 14087.3),
Article 2.8 (commencing with Section 14087.5), Article 2.9
(commencing with Section 14088), Article 2.91 (commencing
with Section 14089), Article 2.95 (commencing with Section
14092); or either Article 1 (commencing with Section 14200), or
Article 7 (commencing with Section 14490) of Chapter 8, until
January 1, 2017, except for contracts entered into for county
organized health systems or Regional Health Authority in the
Counties of San Mateo, Santa Barbara, Solano, Yolo, Marin, and
Napa.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter,
providers serving children under the CCS program who are enrolled
with a Medi-Cal managed care contractor but who are not enrolled
in a pilot project pursuant to subdivision (c) shall continue to
submit billing for CCS covered services on a fee-for-service basis
until CCS covered services are incorporated into the Medi-Cal
managed care contracts described in subdivision (a).

(c) (1) The department may authorize a pilot project in Solano
County in which reimbursement for conditions eligible under the
CCS program may be reimbursed on a capitated basis pursuant to
Section 14093.05, and provided all CCS program’s guidelines,
standards, and regulations are adhered to, and begin insert the end insert CCS program’s
case management is utilized.

(2) During the time period described in subdivision (a), the
department may approve, implement, and evaluate limited pilot
projects under the CCS program to test alternative managed care
models tailored to the special health care needs of children under
the CCS program. The pilot projects may include, but need not be
limited to, coverage of different geographic areas, focusing on
certain subpopulations, and the employment of different payment
and incentive models. Pilot project proposals from CCS
program-approved providers shall be given preference. All pilot
projects shall utilize CCS program-approved standards and
providers pursuant to Section 14094.1.

(d) For purposes of this section, CCS covered services include
all program benefits administered by the program specified in
Section 123840 of the Health and Safety Code regardless of the
funding source.

(e)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be construed to exclude
or restrict CCS eligible children from enrollment with a managed
care contractor, or from receiving from the managed care contractor
with which they are enrolled primary and other health care
unrelated to the treatment of the CCS eligible condition.

SEC. 318.  

Section 14126.022 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

14126.022.  

(a) (1) By August 1, 2011, the department shall
develop the Skilled Nursing Facility Quality and Accountability
Supplemental Payment System, subject to approval by the federal
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and the availability
of federal, state, or other funds.

(2) (A) The system shall be utilized to provide supplemental
payments to skilled nursing facilities that improve the quality and
accountability of care rendered to residents in skilled nursing
facilities, as defined in subdivision (c) of Section 1250 of the
Health and Safety Code, and to penalize those facilities that do
not meet measurable standards.

(B) A freestanding pediatric subacute care facility, as defined
in Section 51215.8 of Title 22 of the California Code of
Regulations, shall be exempt from the Skilled Nursing Facility
Quality and Accountability Supplemental Payment System.

(3) The system shall be phased in, beginning with the 2010-11
rate year.

(4) The department may utilize the system to do all of the
following:

(A) Assess overall facility quality of care and quality of care
improvement, and assign quality and accountability payments to
skilled nursing facilities pursuant to performance measures
described in subdivision (i).

(B) Assign quality and accountability payments or penalties
relating to quality of care, or direct care staffing levels, wages, and
benefits, or both.

(C) Limit the reimbursement of legal fees incurred by skilled
nursing facilities engaged in the defense of governmental legal
actions filed against the facilities.

(D) Publish each facility’s quality assessment and quality and
accountability payments in a manner and form determined by the
director, or his or her designee.

(E) Beginning with the 2011-12 fiscal year, establish a base
year to collect performance measures described in subdivision (i).

(F) Beginning with the 2011-12 fiscal year, in coordination
with the State Department of Public Health, publish the direct care
staffing level data and the performance measures required pursuant
to subdivision (i).

(5) The department, in coordination with the State Department
of Public Health, shall report to the relevant Assembly and Senate
budget subcommittees by May 1, 2016, information regarding the
quality and accountability supplemental payments, including, but
not limited to, its assessment of whether the payments are adequate
to incentivize quality care and to sustain the program.

(b) (1) There is hereby created in the State Treasury, the Skilled
Nursing Facility Quality and Accountability Special Fund. The
fund shall contain moneys deposited pursuant to subdivisions (g)
and (j) to (m), inclusive. Notwithstanding Section 16305.7 of the
Government Code, the fund shall contain all interest and dividends
earned on moneys in the fund.

(2) Notwithstanding Section 13340 of the Government Code,
the fund shall be continuously appropriated without regard to fiscal
year to the department for making quality and accountability
payments, in accordance with subdivision (n), to facilities that
meet or exceed predefined measures as established by this section.

(3) Upon appropriation by the Legislature, moneys in the fund
may also be used for any of the following purposes:

(A) To cover the administrative costs incurred by the State
Department of Public Health for positions and contract funding
required to implement this section.

(B) To cover the administrative costs incurred by the State
Department of Health Care Services for positions and contract
funding required to implement this section.

(C) To provide funding assistance for the Long-Term Care
Ombudsman Program activities pursuant to Chapter 11
(commencing with Section 9700) of Division 8.5.

(c) No appropriation associated with begin delete this bill end delete begin insert Chapter 717 of
the Statutes of 2010 end insert is intended to implement the provisions of
Section 1276.65 of the Health and Safety Code.

(d) (1) There is hereby appropriated for the 2010-11 fiscal year,
one million nine hundred thousand dollars ($1,900,000) from the
Skilled Nursing Facility Quality and Accountability Special Fund
to the California Department of Aging for the Long-Term Care
Ombudsman Program activities pursuant to Chapter 11
(commencing with Section 9700) of Division 8.5. It is the intent
of the Legislature for the one million nine hundred thousand dollars
($1,900,000) from the fund to be in addition to the four million
one hundred sixty-eight thousand dollars ($4,168,000) proposed
in the Governor’s May Revision for the 2010-11 Budget. It is
further the intent of the Legislature to increase this level of
appropriation in subsequent years to provide support sufficient to
carry out the mandates and activities pursuant to Chapter 11
(commencing with Section 9700) of Division 8.5.

(2) The department, in partnership with the California
Department of Aging, shall seek approval from the federal Centers
for Medicare and Medicaid Services to obtain federal Medicaid
reimbursement for activities conducted by the Long-Term Care
Ombudsman Program. The department shall report to the fiscal
committees of the Legislature during budget hearings on progress
being made and any unresolved issues during the 2011-12 budget
deliberations.

(e) There is hereby created in the Special Deposit Fund
established pursuant to Section 16370 of the Government Code,
the Skilled Nursing Facility Minimum Staffing Penalty Account.
The account shall contain all moneys deposited pursuant to
subdivision (f).

(f) (1) Beginning with the 2010-11 fiscal year, the State
Department of Public Health shall use the direct care staffing level
data it collects to determine whether a skilled nursing facility has
met the nursing hours per patient per day requirements pursuant
to Section 1276.5 of the Health and Safety Code.

(2) (A) Beginning with the 2010-11 fiscal year, the State
Department of Public Health shall assess a skilled nursing facility,
licensed pursuant to subdivision (c) of Section 1250 of the Health
and Safety Code, an administrative penalty if the State Department
of Public Health determines that the skilled nursing facility fails
to meet the nursing hours per patient per day requirements pursuant
to Section 1276.5 of the Health and Safety begin delete Code end delete begin insert Code, end insert as follows:

(i) Fifteen thousand dollars ($15,000) if the facility fails to meet
the requirements for 5 percent or more of the audited days up to
49 percent.

(ii) Thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) if the facility fails to meet
the requirements for over 49 percent or more of the audited days.

(B) (i) If the skilled nursing facility does not dispute the
determination or assessment, the penalties shall be paid in full by
the licensee to the State Department of Public Health within 30
days of the facility’s receipt of the notice of penalty and deposited
into the Skilled Nursing Facility Minimum Staffing Penalty
Account.

(ii) The State Department of Public Health may, upon written
notification to the licensee, request that the department offset any
moneys owed to the licensee by the Medi-Cal program or any other
payment program administered by the department to recoup the
penalty provided for in this section.

(C) (i) If a facility disputes the determination or assessment
made pursuant to this paragraph, the facility shall, within 15 days
of the facility’s receipt of the determination and assessment,
simultaneously submit a request for appeal to both the department
and the State Department of Public Health. The request shall
include a detailed statement describing the reason for appeal and
include all supporting documents the facility will present at the
hearing.

(ii) Within 10 days of the State Department of Public Health’s
receipt of the facility’s request for appeal, the State Department
of Public Health shall submit, to both the facility and the
department, all supporting documents that will be presented at the
hearing.

(D) The department shall hear a timely appeal and issue a
decision as follows:

(i) The hearing shall commence within 60 days from the date
of receipt by the department of the facility’s timely request for
appeal.

(ii) The department shall issue a decision within 120 days from
the date of receipt by the department of the facility’s timely request
for appeal.

(iii) The decision of the department’s hearing officer, when
issued, shall be the final decision of the State Department of Public
Health.

(E) The appeals process set forth in this paragraph shall be
exempt from Chapter 4.5 (commencing with Section 11400) and
Chapter 5 (commencing with Section 11500), of Part 1 of Division
3 of Title 2 of the Government Code. The provisions of begin delete Section end delete
begin insert Sections end insert 100171 and 131071 of the Health and Safety Code begin delete shall end delete
begin insert do end insert not apply to appeals under this paragraph.

(F) If a hearing decision issued pursuant to subparagraph (D)
is in favor of the State Department of Public Health, the skilled
nursing facility shall pay the penalties to the State Department of
Public Health within 30 days of the facility’s receipt of the
decision. The penalties collected shall be deposited into the Skilled
Nursing Facility Minimum Staffing Penalty Account.

(G) The assessment of a penalty under this subdivision does not
supplant the State Department of Public Health’s investigation
process or issuance of deficiencies or citations under Chapter 2.4
(commencing with Section 1417) of Division 2 of the Health and
Safety Code.

(g) The State Department of Public Health shall transfer, on a
monthly basis, all penalty payments collected pursuant to
subdivision (f) into the Skilled Nursing Facility Quality and
Accountability Special Fund.

(h)  begin delete Nothing in this section shall end delete begin insert This section does not end insert impact
the effectiveness or utilization of Section 1278.5 or 1432 of the
Health and Safety Code relating to whistleblower protections, or
Section 1420 of the Health and Safety Code relating to complaints.

(i) (1) Beginning in the 2010-11 fiscal year, the department,
in consultation with representatives from the long-term care
industry, organized labor, and consumers, shall establish and
publish quality and accountability measures, benchmarks, and data
submission deadlines by November 30, 2010.

(2) The methodology developed pursuant to this section shall
include, but not be limited to, the following requirements and
performance measures:

(A) Beginning in the 2011-12 fiscal year:

(i) Immunization rates.

(ii) Facility acquired pressure ulcer incidence.

(iii) The use of physical restraints.

(iv) Compliance with the nursing hours per patient per day
requirements pursuant to Section 1276.5 of the Health and Safety
Code.

(v) Resident and family satisfaction.

(vi) Direct care staff retention, if sufficient data is available.

(B) If this act is extended beyond the dates on which it becomes
inoperative and is repealed, in accordance with Section 14126.033,
the department, in consultation with representatives from the
long-term care industry, organized labor, and consumers, beginning
in the 2013-14 rate year, shall incorporate additional measures
into the system, including, but not limited to, quality and
accountability measures required by federal health care reform
that are identified by the federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid
Services.

(C) The department, in consultation with representatives from
the long-term care industry, organized labor, and consumers, may
incorporate additional performance measures, including, but not
limited to, the following:

(i) Compliance with state policy associated with the United
States Supreme Court decision in Olmstead v. L.C. ex rel. Zimring
(1999) 527 U.S. 581.

(ii) Direct care staff retention, if not addressed in the 2012-13
rate year.

(iii) The use of chemical restraints.

(D) Beginning with the 2015-16 fiscal year, the department, in
consultation with representatives from the long-term care industry,
organized labor, and consumers, shall incorporate direct care staff
retention as a performance measure in the methodology developed
pursuant to this section.

(j) (1) Beginning with the 2010-11 rate year, and pursuant to
subparagraph (B) of paragraph (5) of subdivision (a) of Section
14126.023, the department shall set aside savings achieved from
setting the professional liability insurance cost category, including
any insurance deductible costs paid by the facility, at the 75th
percentile. From this amount, the department shall transfer the
General Fund portion into the Skilled Nursing Facility Quality and
Accountability Special Fund. A skilled nursing facility shall
provide supplemental data on insurance deductible costs to
facilitate this adjustment, in the format and by the deadlines
determined by the department. If this data is not provided, a
facility’s insurance deductible costs will remain in the
administrative costs category.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), for the 2012-13 rate year
only, savings from capping the professional liability insurance cost
category pursuant to paragraph (1) shall remain in the General
Fund and shall not be transferred to the Skilled Nursing Facility
Quality and Accountability Special Fund.

(k)  For the 2013-14 rate year, if there is a rate increase in the
weighted average Medi-Cal reimbursement rate, the department
shall set aside the first 1 percent of the weighted average Medi-Cal
reimbursement rate increase for the Skilled Nursing Facility Quality
and Accountability Special Fund.

(l) If this act is extended beyond the dates on which it becomes
inoperative and is repealed, for the 2014-15 rate year, in addition
to the amount set aside pursuant to subdivision (k), if there is a
rate increase in the weighted average Medi-Cal reimbursement
rate, the department shall set aside at least one-third of the weighted
average Medi-Cal reimbursement rate increase, up to a maximum
of 1 percent, from which the department shall transfer the General
Fund portion of this amount into the Skilled Nursing Facility
Quality and Accountability Special Fund.

(m) Beginning with the 2015-16 rate year, and each subsequent
rate year thereafter for which this article is operative, an amount
equal to the amount deposited in the fund pursuant to subdivisions
(k) and (l) for the 2014-15 rate year shall be deposited into the
Skilled Nursing Facility Quality and Accountability Special Fund,
for the purposes specified in this section.

(n) (1) (A) Beginning with the 2013-14 rate year, the
department shall pay a supplemental payment, by April 30, 2014,
to skilled nursing facilities based on all of the criteria in subdivision
(i), as published by the department, and according to performance
measure benchmarks determined by the department in consultation
with stakeholders.

(B) (i) The department may convene a diverse stakeholder
group, including, but not limited to, representatives from consumer
groups and organizations, labor, nursing home providers, advocacy
organizations involved with the aging community, staff from the
Legislature, and other interested parties, to discuss and analyze
alternative mechanisms to implement the quality and accountability
payments provided to nursing homes for reimbursement.

(ii) The department shall articulate in a report to the fiscal and
appropriate policy committees of the Legislature the
implementation of an alternative mechanism as described in clause
(i) at least 90 days prior to any policy or budgetary changes, and
seek subsequent legislation in order to enact the proposed changes.

(2) Skilled nursing facilities that do not submit required
performance data by the department’s specified data submission
deadlines pursuant to subdivision (i) begin delete shall end delete begin insert are end insert not begin delete be end delete eligible to
receive supplemental payments.

(3) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), if a facility appeals the
performance measure of compliance with the nursing hours per
patient per day requirements, pursuant to Section 1276.5 of the
Health and Safety Code, to the State Department of Public Health,
and it is unresolved by the department’s published due date, the
department shall not use that performance measure when
determining the facility’s supplemental payment.

(4) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), if the department is unable
to pay the supplemental payments by April 30, 2014, then on May
1, 2014, the department shall use the funds available in the Skilled
Nursing Facility Quality and Accountability Special Fund as a
result of savings identified in subdivisions (k) and (l), less the
administrative costs required to implement subparagraphs (A) and
(B) of paragraph (3) of subdivision (b), in addition to any Medicaid
funds that are available as of December 31, 2013, to increase
provider rates retroactively to August 1, 2013.

(o) The department shall seek necessary approvals from the
federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services to implement
this section. The department shall implement this section only in
a manner that is consistent with federal Medicaid law and
regulations, and only to the extent that approval is obtained from
the federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and federal
financial participation is available.

(p) In implementing this section, the department and the State
Department of Public Health may contract as necessary, with
California’s Medicare Quality Improvement Organization, or other
entities deemed qualified by the department or the State
Department of Public Health, not associated with a skilled nursing
facility, to assist with development, collection, analysis, and
reporting of the performance data pursuant to subdivision (i), and
with demonstrated expertise in long-term care quality, data
collection or analysis, and accountability performance measurement
models pursuant to subdivision (i). This subdivision establishes
an accelerated process for issuing any contract pursuant to this
section. Any contract entered into pursuant to this subdivision begin delete shall
be end delete begin insert is end insert exempt from the requirements of the Public Contract Code,
through December 31, 2020.

(q) Notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
the following begin delete shall end delete apply:

(1) The director shall implement this section, in whole or in
part, by means of provider bulletins, or other similar instructions
without taking regulatory action.

(2) The State Public Health Officer may implement this section
by means of begin delete all facility end delete begin insert all-facility end insert letters, or other similar
instructions without taking regulatory action.

(r) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of subdivision (n), if a final
judicial determination is made by any state or federal court that is
not appealed, in any action by any party, or a final determination
is made by the administrator of the federal Centers for Medicare
and Medicaid Services, that any payments pursuant to subdivisions
(a) and (n), are invalid, unlawful, or contrary to any provision of
federal law or regulations, or of state law, these subdivisions shall
become inoperative, and for the 2011-12 rate year, the rate increase
provided under subparagraph (A) of paragraph (4) of subdivision
(c) of Section 14126.033 shall be reduced by the amounts described
in subdivision (j). For the 2013-14 and 2014-15 rate years, any
rate increase shall be reduced by the amounts described in
subdivisions (j) to (l), inclusive.

SEC. 319.  

Section 14126.027 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

14126.027.  

(a) (1) The Director of Health Care Services, or
his or her designee, shall administer this article.

(2) The regulations and other similar instructions adopted
pursuant to this article shall be developed in consultation with
representatives of the long-term care industry, organized labor,
seniors, and consumers.

(b) (1) The director may adopt regulations as are necessary to
implement this article. The adoption, amendment, repeal, or
readoption of a regulation authorized by this section is deemed to
be necessary for the immediate preservation of the public peace,
health and safety, or general begin delete welfare, end delete begin insert welfare end insert for purposes of
Sections 11346.1 and 11349.6 of the Government Code, and the
department is hereby exempted from the requirement that it
describe specific facts showing the need for immediate action.

(2) The regulations adopted pursuant to this section may include,
but need not be limited to, any regulations necessary for any of
the following purposes:

(A) The administration of this article, including the specific
analytical process for the proper determination of long-term care
rates.

(B) The development of any forms necessary to obtain required
cost data and other information from facilities subject to the
ratesetting methodology.

(C) To provide details, definitions, formulas, and other
requirements.

(c) As an alternative to the adoption of regulations pursuant to
subdivision (b), and notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing
with Section 11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the
Government Code, the director may implement this article, in
whole or in part, by means of a provider bulletin or other similar
instructions, without taking regulatory action, provided that no
such bulletin or other similar instructions shall remain in effect
after July 31, 2020. It is the intent of the Legislature that regulations
adopted pursuant to subdivision (b) shall be in place on or before
July 31, 2020.

SEC. 320.  

Section 14132.06 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

14132.06.  

(a) Services specified in this section that are
provided by a local educational agency are covered Medi-Cal
benefits, to the extent federal financial participation is available,
and subject to utilization controls and standards adopted by the
department, and consistent with Medi-Cal requirements for
physician prescription, order, and supervision.

(b) Any provider enrolled on or after January 1, 1993, to provide
services pursuant to this section may bill for those services
provided on or after January 1, 1993.

(c)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section shall begin insert not end insert be interpreted to expand
the current category of professional health care practitioners
permitted to directly bill the Medi-Cal program.

(d)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section is begin insert not end insert intended to increase the
scope of practice of any health professional providing services
under this section or Medi-Cal requirements for physician
prescription, order, and supervision.

(e) (1) For the purposes of this section, the local educational
agency, as a condition of enrollment to provide services under this
section, shall be considered the provider of services. A local
educational agency provider, as a condition of enrollment to
provide services under this section, shall enter into, and maintain,
a contract with the department in accordance with guidelines
contained in regulations adopted by the director and published in
Title 22 of the California Code of Regulations.

(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a local educational agency
providing services pursuant to this section shall utilize current
safety net and traditional health care providers, when those
providers are accessible to specific schoolsites identified by the
local educational agency to participate in this program, rather than
adding duplicate capacity.

(f) For the purposes of this section, covered services may include
all of the following local educational agency services:

(1) Health and mental health evaluations and health and mental
health education.

(2) Medical transportation.

(A) The following provisions shall not apply to medical
transportation eligible to be billed under this section:

(i) Section 51323(a)(2)(A) of Title 22 of the California Code
of Regulations.

(ii) Section 51323(a)(3)(B) of Title 22 of the California Code
of Regulations.

(iii) For students whose medical or physical condition does not
require the use of a gurney, Section 51231.1(f) of Title 22 of the
California Code of Regulations.

(iv) For students whose medical or physical condition does not
require the use of a wheelchair, Section 51231.2(e) of Title 22 of
the California Code of Regulations.

(B) (i) Subparagraph (A) shall become inoperative on January
1, 2018, or on the date the director executes a declaration stating
that the regulations implementing subparagraph (A) and Section
begin delete 14118.5 end delete begin insert 14115.8 end insert have been updated, whichever is later.

(ii) The department shall post the declaration executed under
clause (i) on its Internet Web site and transmit a copy of the
declaration to the Assembly Committee on Budget and the Senate
Committee on Budget and Fiscal Review and the LEA Ad Hoc
Workgroup.

(iii) If subparagraph (A) becomes inoperative on January 1,
2018, subparagraph (A) and this subparagraph shall be inoperative
on January 1, 2018, unless a later enacted statute enacted before
that date, deletes or extends that date.

(iv) If subparagraph (A) becomes inoperative on the date the
director executes a declaration as described in clause (i),
subparagraph (A) and this subparagraph shall be inoperative on
the January 1 immediately following the date subparagraph (A)
becomes inoperative, unless a later enacted statute enacted before
that date, deletes or extends that date.

(3) Nursing services.

(4) Occupational therapy.

(5) Physical therapy.

(6) Physician services.

(7) Mental health and counseling services.

(8) School health aide services.

(9) Speech pathology services. These services may be provided
by either of the following:

(A) A licensed speech pathologist.

(B) A credentialed speech-language pathologist, to the extent
authorized by Chapter 5.3 (commencing with Section 2530) of
Division 2 of the Business and Professions Code.

(10) Audiology services.

(11) Targeted case management services for children regardless
of whether the child has an individualized education plan (IEP) or
an individualized family service plan (IFSP).

(g) Local educational agencies may, but need not, provide any
or all of the services specified in subdivision (f).

(h) For the purposes of this section, “local educational agency”
means the governing body of any school district or community
college district, the county office of education, a charter school, a
state special school, a California State University campus, or a
University of California campus.

(i) Notwithstanding any other law, a community college district,
a California State University campus, or a University of California
campus, consistent with the requirements of this section, may bill
for services provided to any student, regardless of age, who is a
Medi-Cal recipient.

(j) No later than July 1, 2013, and every year thereafter, the
department shall make publicly accessible an annual accounting
of all funds collected by the department from federal Medicaid
payments allocable to local educational agencies, including, but
not limited to, the funds withheld pursuant to subdivision (g) of
Section 14115.8. The accounting shall detail amounts withheld
from federal Medicaid payments to each participating local
educational agency for that year. One-time costs for the
development of this accounting shall not exceed two hundred fifty
thousand dollars ($250,000).

(k) (1) If the requirements in paragraphs (2) and (4) are
satisfied, the department shall seek federal financial participation
for covered services that are provided by a local educational agency
pursuant to subdivision (a) to a child who is an eligible Medi-Cal
beneficiary, regardless of either of the following:

(A) Whether the child has an IEP or an IFSP.

(B) Whether those same services are provided at no charge to
the beneficiary or to the community at large.

(2) The local educational agency shall take all reasonable
measures to ascertain and pursue claims for payment of covered
services specified in this section against legally liable third parties
pursuant to Section 1902(a)(25) of the federal Social Security Act
(42 U.S.C. Sec. 1396a(a)(25)).

(3) If a legally liable third party receives a claim submitted by
a local educational agency pursuant to paragraph (2), the legally
liable third party shall either reimburse the claim or issue a notice
of denial of noncoverage of services or benefits. If there is no
response to a claim submitted to a legally liable third party by a
local educational agency within 45 days, the local educational
agency may bill the Medi-Cal program pursuant to subdivision
(b). The local educational agency shall retain a copy of the claim
submitted to the legally liable third party for a period of three
years.

(4) This subdivision shall not be implemented until the
department obtains any necessary federal approvals.

SEC. 321.  

Section 14132.275 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code, as amended by Section 1 of Chapter 199 of the Statutes of
2015, is amended to read:

14132.275.  

(a) The department shall seek federal approval to
establish the demonstration project described in this section
pursuant to a Medicare or a Medicaid demonstration project or
waiver, or a combination begin delete thereof. end delete begin insert of those. end insert Under a Medicare
demonstration, the department may contract with the federal
Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) and
demonstration sites to operate the Medicare and Medicaid benefits
in a demonstration project that is overseen by the state as a
delegated Medicare benefit administrator, and may enter into
financing arrangements with CMS to share in any Medicare
begin delete program end delete begin insert Program end insert savings generated by the demonstration project.

(b) After federal approval is obtained, the department shall
establish the demonstration project that enables dual eligible
beneficiaries to receive a continuum of services that maximizes
access to, and coordination of, benefits between the Medi-Cal and
Medicare programs and access to the continuum of long-term
services and supports and behavioral health services, including
mental health and substance use disorder treatment services. The
purpose of the demonstration project is to integrate services
authorized under the federal Medicaid Program (Title XIX of the
federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1396 et seq.)) and the
federal Medicare Program (Title XVIII of the federal Social
Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395 et seq.)). The demonstration
project may also include additional services as approved through
a demonstration project or waiver, or a combination begin delete thereof. end delete begin insert of
those. end insert

(c) For purposes of this section, the following definitions begin delete shall end delete
apply:

(1) “Behavioral health” means Medi-Cal services provided
pursuant to Section 51341 of Title 22 of the California Code of
Regulations and Drug Medi-Cal substance abuse services provided
pursuant to Section 51341.1 of Title 22 of the California Code of
Regulations, and any mental health benefits available under the
Medicare Program.

(2) “Capitated payment model” means an agreement entered
into between CMS, the state, and a managed care health plan, in
which the managed care health plan receives a capitation payment
for the comprehensive, coordinated provision of Medi-Cal services
and benefits under Medicare Part C (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395w-21 et
seq.) and Medicare Part D (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395w-101 et seq.),
and CMS shares the savings with the state from improved provision
of Medi-Cal and Medicare services that reduces the cost of those
services. Medi-Cal services include long-term services and supports
as defined in Section 14186.1, behavioral health services, and any
additional services offered by the demonstration site.

(3) “Demonstration site” means a managed care health plan that
is selected to participate in the demonstration project under the
capitated payment model.

(4) “Dual eligible beneficiary” means an individual 21 years of
age or older who is enrolled for benefits under Medicare Part A
(42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395c et seq.) and Medicare Part B (42 U.S.C.
Sec. 1395j et seq.) and is eligible for medical assistance under the
Medi-Cal State Plan.

(d) No sooner than March 1, 2011, the department shall identify
health care models that may be included in the demonstration
project, shall develop a timeline and process for selecting,
financing, monitoring, and evaluating the demonstration sites, and
shall provide this timeline and process to the appropriate fiscal
and policy committees of the Legislature. The department may
implement these demonstration sites in phases.

(e) The department shall provide the fiscal and appropriate
policy committees of the Legislature with a copy of any report
submitted to CMS to meet the requirements under the
demonstration project.

(f) Goals for the demonstration project shall include all of the
following:

(1) Coordinate Medi-Cal and Medicare benefits across health
care settings and improve the continuity of care across acute care,
long-term care, behavioral health, including mental health and
substance use disorder services, and home- and community-based
services settings using a person-centered approach.

(2) Coordinate access to acute and long-term care services for
dual eligible beneficiaries.

(3) Maximize the ability of dual eligible beneficiaries to remain
in their homes and communities with appropriate services and
supports in lieu of institutional care.

(4) Increase the availability of and access to home- and
community-based services.

(5) Coordinate access to necessary and appropriate behavioral
health services, including mental health and substance use disorder
services.

(6) Improve the quality of care for dual eligible beneficiaries.

(7) Promote a system that is both sustainable and person and
family centered by providing dual eligible beneficiaries with timely
access to appropriate, coordinated health care services and
community resources that enable them to attain or maintain
personal health goals.

(g) No sooner than March 1, 2013, demonstration sites shall be
established in up to eight counties, and shall include at least one
county that provides Medi-Cal services begin delete via end delete begin insert through end insert a two-plan
model pursuant to Article 2.7 (commencing with Section 14087.3)
and at least one county that provides Medi-Cal services under a
county organized health system pursuant to Article 2.8
(commencing with Section 14087.5). The director shall consult
with the Legislature, CMS, and stakeholders when determining
the implementation date for this section. In determining the
counties in which to establish a demonstration site, the director
shall consider begin insert both of end insert the following:

(1) Local support for integrating medical care, long-term care,
and home- and community-based services networks.

(2) A local stakeholder process that includes health plans,
providers, mental health representatives, community programs,
consumers, designated representatives of in-home supportive
services personnel, and other interested stakeholders in the
development, implementation, and continued operation of the
demonstration site.

(h) In developing the process for selecting, financing,
monitoring, and evaluating the health care models for the
demonstration project, the department shall enter into a
memorandum of understanding with CMS. Upon completion, the
memorandum of understanding shall be provided to the fiscal and
appropriate policy committees of the Legislature and posted on
the department’s Internet Web site.

(i) The department shall negotiate the terms and conditions of
the memorandum of understanding, which shall address, but are
not limited to, the following:

(1) Reimbursement methods for a capitated payment model.
Under the capitated payment model, the demonstration sites shall
meet all of the following requirements:

(A) Have Medi-Cal managed care health plan and Medicare
dual eligible-special needs plan contract experience, or evidence
of the ability to meet these contracting requirements.

(B) Be in good financial standing and meet licensure
requirements under the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act
of 1975 (Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of Division
2 of the Health and Safety Code), except for county organized
health system plans that are exempt from licensure pursuant to
Section 14087.95.

(C) Meet quality measures, which may include Medi-Cal and
Medicare Healthcare Effectiveness Data and Information Set
measures and other quality measures determined or developed by
the department or CMS.

(D) Demonstrate a local stakeholder process that includes dual
eligible beneficiaries, managed care health plans, providers, mental
health representatives, county health and human services agencies,
designated representatives of in-home supportive services
personnel, and other interested stakeholders that advise and consult
with the demonstration site in the development, implementation,
and continued operation of the demonstration project.

(E) Pay providers reimbursement rates sufficient to maintain
an adequate provider network and ensure access to care for
beneficiaries.

(F) Follow final policy guidance determined by CMS and the
department with regard to reimbursement rates for providers
pursuant to paragraphs (4) to (7), inclusive, of subdivision (o).

(G) To the extent permitted under the demonstration, pay
noncontracted hospitals prevailing Medicare fee-for-service rates
for traditionally Medicare covered benefits and prevailing Medi-Cal
fee-for-service rates for traditionally Medi-Cal covered benefits.

(2) Encounter data reporting requirements for both Medi-Cal
and Medicare services provided to beneficiaries enrolling in the
demonstration project.

(3) Quality assurance withholding from the demonstration site
payment, to be paid only if quality measures developed as part of
the memorandum of understanding and plan contracts are met.

(4) Provider network adequacy standards developed by the
department and CMS, in consultation with the Department of
Managed Health Care, the demonstration site, and stakeholders.

(5) Medicare and Medi-Cal appeals and hearing process.

(6) Unified marketing requirements and combined review
process by the department and CMS.

(7) Combined quality management and consolidated reporting
process by the department and CMS.

(8) Procedures related to combined federal and state contract
management to ensure access, quality, program integrity, and
financial solvency of the demonstration site.

(9) To the extent permissible under federal requirements,
implementation of the provisions of Sections 14182.16 and
14182.17 that are applicable to beneficiaries simultaneously eligible
for full-scope benefits under Medi-Cal and the Medicare Program.

(10) (A) In consultation with the hospital industry, CMS
approval to ensure that Medicare supplemental payments for direct
graduate medical education and Medicare add-on payments,
including indirect medical education and disproportionate share
hospital adjustments continue to be made available to hospitals
for services provided under the demonstration.

(B) The department shall seek CMS approval for CMS to
continue these payments either outside the capitation rates or, if
contained within the capitation rates, and to the extent permitted
under the demonstration project, shall require demonstration sites
to provide this reimbursement to hospitals.

(11) To the extent permitted under the demonstration project,
the default rate for noncontracting providers of physician services
shall be the prevailing Medicare fee schedule for services covered
by the Medicare begin delete program end delete begin insert Program end insert and the prevailing Medi-Cal
fee schedule for services covered by the Medi-Cal program.

(j) (1) The department shall comply with and enforce the terms
and conditions of the memorandum of understanding with CMS,
as specified in subdivision (i). To the extent that the terms and
conditions do not address the specific selection, financing,
monitoring, and evaluation criteria listed in subdivision (i), the
department:

(A) Shall require the demonstration site to do all of the
following:

(i) Comply with additional site readiness criteria specified by
the department.

(ii) Comply with long-term services and supports requirements
in accordance with Article 5.7 (commencing with Section 14186).

(iii) To the extent permissible under federal requirements,
comply with the provisions of Sections 14182.16 and 14182.17
that are applicable to beneficiaries simultaneously eligible for
full-scope benefits under both Medi-Cal and the Medicare Program.

(iv) Comply with all transition of care requirements for Medicare
Part D benefits as described in Chapters 6 and 14 of the Medicare
Managed Care Manual, published by CMS, including transition
timeframes, notices, and emergency supplies.

(B) May require the demonstration site to forgo charging
premiums, coinsurance, copayments, and deductibles for Medicare
Part C and Medicare Part D services.

(2) The department shall notify the Legislature within 30 days
of the implementation of each provision in paragraph (1).

(k) The director may enter into exclusive or nonexclusive
contracts on a bid or negotiated basis and may amend existing
managed care contracts to provide or arrange for services provided
under this section. Contracts entered into or amended pursuant to
this section shall be exempt from the provisions of Chapter 2
(commencing with Section 10290) of Part 2 of Division 2 of the
Public Contract Code and Chapter 6 (commencing with Section
14825) of Part 5.5 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government
Code.

(l) (1) (A) Except for the exemptions provided for in this
section and in Section 14132.277, the department shall enroll dual
eligible beneficiaries into a demonstration site unless the
beneficiary makes an affirmative choice to opt out of enrollment
or is already enrolled on or before June 1, 2013, in a managed care
organization licensed under the Knox-Keene Health Care Service
Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340)
of Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code) that has previously
contracted with the department as a primary care case management
plan pursuant to Article 2.9 (commencing with Section 14088) to
provide services to beneficiaries who are HIV positive or who
have been diagnosed with AIDS or in any entity with a contract
with the department pursuant to Chapter 8.75 (commencing with
Section 14591).

(B) Dual eligible beneficiaries who opt out of enrollment into
a demonstration site may choose to remain enrolled in
fee-for-service Medicare or a Medicare Advantage plan for their
Medicare benefits, but shall be mandatorily enrolled into a
Medi-Cal managed care health plan pursuant to Section 14182.16,
except as exempted under subdivision (c) of Section 14182.16.

(C) (i) Persons meeting requirements for the Program of
All-Inclusive Care for the Elderly (PACE) pursuant to Chapter
8.75 (commencing with Section 14591) or a managed care
organization licensed under the Knox-Keene Health Care Service
Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340)
of Division 2 of the Health and Safety Code) that has previously
contracted with the department as a primary care case management
plan pursuant to Article 2.9 (commencing with Section 14088) of
Chapter 7 to provide services to beneficiaries who are HIV positive
or who have been diagnosed with AIDS may select either of these
managed care health plans for their Medicare and Medi-Cal benefits
if one is available in that county.

(ii) In areas where a PACE plan is available, the PACE plan
shall be presented as an enrollment option, included in all
enrollment materials, enrollment assistance programs, and outreach
programs related to the demonstration project, and made available
to beneficiaries whenever enrollment choices and options are
presented. Persons meeting the age qualifications for PACE and
who choose PACE shall remain in the fee-for-service Medi-Cal
and Medicare programs, and shall not be assigned to a managed
care health plan for the lesser of 60 days or until they are assessed
for eligibility for PACE and determined not to be eligible for a
PACE plan. Persons enrolled in a PACE plan shall receive all
Medicare and Medi-Cal services from the PACE program pursuant
to the three-way agreement between the PACE program, the
department, and the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.

(2) To the extent that federal approval is obtained, the
department may require that any beneficiary, upon enrollment in
a demonstration site, remain enrolled in the Medicare portion of
the demonstration project on a mandatory basis for six months
from the date of initial enrollment. After the sixth month, a dual
eligible beneficiary may elect to enroll in a different demonstration
site, a different Medicare Advantage plan, fee-for-service Medicare,
PACE, or a managed care organization licensed under the
Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975 (Chapter 2.2
(commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of the Health and
Safety Code) that has previously contracted with the department
as a primary care case management plan pursuant to Article 2.9
(commencing with Section 14088) to provide services to
beneficiaries who are HIV positive or who have been diagnosed
with AIDS, for his or her Medicare benefits.

(A) During the six-month mandatory enrollment in a
demonstration site, a beneficiary may continue receiving services
from an out-of-network Medicare provider for primary and
specialty care services only if all of the following criteria are met:

(i) The dual eligible beneficiary demonstrates an existing
relationship with the provider prior to enrollment in a
demonstration site.

(ii) The provider is willing to accept payment from the
demonstration site based on the current Medicare fee schedule.

(iii) The demonstration site would not otherwise exclude the
provider from its provider network due to documented quality of
care concerns.

(B) The department shall develop a process to inform providers
and beneficiaries of the availability of continuity of services from
an existing provider and ensure that the beneficiary continues to
receive services without interruption.

(3) (A) Notwithstanding subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1), a
dual eligible beneficiary shall be excluded from enrollment in the
demonstration project if the beneficiary meets any of the following:

(i) The beneficiary has a prior diagnosis of end-stage renal
disease. This clause begin delete shall end delete begin insert does end insert not apply to beneficiaries diagnosed
with end-stage renal disease subsequent to enrollment in the
demonstration project. The director may, with stakeholder input
and federal approval, authorize beneficiaries with a prior diagnosis
of end-stage renal disease in specified counties to voluntarily enroll
in the demonstration project.

(ii) The beneficiary has other health coverage, as defined in
paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) of Section 14182.16.

(iii) The beneficiary is enrolled in a home- and community-based
waiver that is a Medi-Cal benefit under Section 1915(c) of the
federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 1396n et seq.), except
for persons enrolled in Multipurpose Senior Services Program
services or beneficiaries receiving services through a regional
center who resides in the County of San Mateo.

(iv) The beneficiary is receiving services through a regional
center or state developmental center. However, a beneficiary
receiving services through a regional center who resides in the
County of San Mateo, by making an affirmative choice to opt in,
may voluntarily enroll in the demonstration project, upon receipt
of all legal notifications required pursuant to this section and
applicable federal requirements.

(v) The beneficiary resides in a geographic area or ZIP Code
not included in managed care, as determined by the department
and CMS.

(vi) The beneficiary resides in one of the Veterans’ Homes of
California, as described in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section
1010) of Division 5 of the Military and Veterans Code.

(B) (i) Beneficiaries who have been diagnosed with HIV/AIDS
may opt out of the demonstration project at the beginning of any
month. The State Department of Public Health may share relevant
data relating to a beneficiary’s enrollment in the AIDS Drug
Assistance Program with the department, and the department may
share relevant data relating to HIV-positive beneficiaries with the
State Department of Public Health.

(ii) The information provided by the State Department of Public
Health pursuant to this subparagraph shall not be further disclosed
by the State Department of Health Care Services, and shall be
subject to the confidentiality protections of subdivisions (d) and
(e) of Section 121025 of the Health and Safety Code, except this
information may be further disclosed as follows:

(I) To the person to whom the information pertains or the
designated representative of that person.

(II) To the Office of AIDS within the State Department of Public
Health.

(C) Beneficiaries who are Indians receiving Medi-Cal services
in accordance with Section 55110 of Title 22 of the California
Code of Regulations may opt out of the demonstration project at
the beginning of any month.

(D) The department, with stakeholder input, may exempt specific
categories of dual eligible beneficiaries from enrollment
requirements in this section based on extraordinary medical needs
of specific patient groups or to meet federal requirements.

(4) For the 2013 calendar year, the department shall offer federal
Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008
(Public Law 110-275) compliant contracts to existing Medicare
Advantage Dual Special Needs Plans begin delete (D-SNP plans) end delete begin insert (D-SNP) end insert to
continue to provide Medicare benefits to their enrollees in their
service areas as approved on January 1, 2012. In the 2013 calendar
year, beneficiaries in Medicare Advantage and D-SNP plans shall
be exempt from the enrollment provisions of subparagraph (A) of
paragraph (1), but may voluntarily choose to enroll in the
demonstration project. Enrollment into the demonstration project’s
managed care health plans shall be reassessed in 2014 depending
on federal reauthorization of the D-SNP model and the
department’s assessment of the demonstration plans.

(5) For the 2013 calendar year, demonstration sites shall not
offer to enroll dual eligible beneficiaries eligible for the
demonstration project into the demonstration site’s D-SNP.

(6) The department shall not terminate contracts in a
demonstration site with a managed care organization licensed
under the Knox-Keene Health Care Service Plan Act of 1975
(Chapter 2.2 (commencing with Section 1340) of Division 2 of
the Health and Safety Code) that has previously contracted with
the department as a primary care case management plan pursuant
to Article 2.9 (commencing with Section 14088) to provide services
to beneficiaries who are HIV positive beneficiaries or who have
been diagnosed with AIDS and with any entity with a contract
pursuant to Chapter 8.75 (commencing with Section 14591), except
as provided in the contract or pursuant to state or federal law.

(m) Notwithstanding Section 10231.5 of the Government Code,
the department shall conduct an evaluation, in partnership with
CMS, to assess outcomes and the experience of dual eligibles in
these demonstration sites and shall provide a report to the
Legislature after the first full year of demonstration operation, and
annually thereafter. A report submitted to the Legislature pursuant
to this subdivision shall be submitted in compliance with Section
9795 of the Government Code. The department shall consult with
stakeholders regarding the scope and structure of the evaluation.

(n) This section shall be implemented only if and to the extent
that federal financial participation or funding is available.

(o) It is the intent of the Legislature that:

(1) In order to maintain adequate provider networks,
demonstration sites shall reimburse providers at rates sufficient to
ensure access to care for beneficiaries.

(2) Savings under the demonstration project are intended to be
achieved through shifts in utilization, and not through reduced
reimbursement rates to providers.

(3) Reimbursement policies shall not prevent demonstration
sites and providers from entering into payment arrangements that
allow for the alignment of financial incentives and provide
opportunities for shared risk and shared savings in order to promote
appropriate utilization shifts, which encourage the use of home-
and community-based services and quality of care for dual eligible
beneficiaries enrolled in the demonstration sites.

(4) To the extent permitted under the demonstration project,
and to the extent that a public entity voluntarily provides an
intergovernmental transfer for this purpose, both of the following
shall apply:

(A) The department shall work with CMS in ensuring that the
capitation rates under the demonstration project are inclusive of
funding currently provided through certified public expenditures
supplemental payment programs that would otherwise be impacted
by the demonstration project.

(B) Demonstration sites shall pay to a public entity voluntarily
providing intergovernmental transfers that previously received
reimbursement under a certified public expenditures supplemental
payment program, rates that include the additional funding under
the capitation rates that are funded by the public entity’s
intergovernmental transfer.

(5) The department shall work with CMS in developing other
reimbursement policies and shall inform demonstration sites,
providers, and the Legislature of the final policy guidance.

(6) The department shall seek approval from CMS to permit
the provider payment requirements contained in subparagraph (G)
of paragraph (1) and paragraphs (10) and (11) of subdivision (i),
and Section 14132.276.

(7) Demonstration sites that contract with hospitals for hospital
services on a fee-for-service basis that otherwise would have been
traditionally Medicare services will achieve savings through
utilization changes and not by paying hospitals at rates lower than
prevailing Medicare fee-for-service rates.

(p) The department shall enter into an interagency agreement
with the Department of Managed Health Care to perform some or
all of the department’s oversight and readiness review activities
specified in this section. These activities may include providing
consumer assistance to beneficiaries affected by this section and
conducting financial audits, medical surveys, and a review of the
adequacy of provider networks of the managed care health plans
participating in this section. The interagency agreement shall be
updated, as necessary, on an annual basis in order to maintain
functional clarity regarding the roles and responsibilities of the
Department of Managed Health Care and the department. The
department shall not delegate its authority under this section as
the single state Medicaid agency to the Department of Managed
Health Care.

(q) (1) Beginning with the May Revision to the 2013-14
Governor’s Budget, and annually thereafter, the department shall
report to the Legislature on the enrollment status, quality measures,
and state costs of the actions taken pursuant to this section.

(2) (A) By January 1, 2013, or as soon thereafter as practicable,
the department shall develop, in consultation with CMS and
stakeholders, quality and fiscal measures for health plans to reflect
the short- and long-term results of the implementation of this
section. The department shall also develop quality thresholds and
milestones for these measures. The department shall update these
measures periodically to reflect changes in this program due to
implementation factors and the structure and design of the benefits
and services being coordinated by managed care health plans.

(B) The department shall require health plans to submit
Medicare and Medi-Cal data to determine the results of these
measures. If the department finds that a health plan is not in
compliance with one or more of the measures set forth in this
section, the health plan shall, within 60 days, submit a corrective
action plan to the department for approval. The corrective action
plan shall, at a minimum, include steps that the health plan shall
take to improve its performance based on the standard or standards
with which the health plan is out of compliance. The plan shall
establish interim benchmarks for improvement that shall be
expected to be met by the health plan in order to avoid a sanction
pursuant to Section 14304. begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert subparagraph is
begin insert not end insert intended to limit Section 14304.

(C) The department shall publish the results of these measures,
including begin delete via end delete begin insert by end insert posting on the department’s Internet Web site, on
a quarterly basis.

(r) Notwithstanding Chapter 3.5 (commencing with Section
11340) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
the department may implement, interpret, or make specific this
section and any applicable federal waivers and state plan
amendments by means of all-county letters, plan letters, plan or
provider bulletins, or similar instructions, without taking regulatory
action. Prior to issuing any letter or similar instrument authorized
pursuant to this section, the department shall notify and consult
with stakeholders, including advocates, providers, and
beneficiaries. The department shall notify the appropriate policy
and fiscal committees of the Legislature of its intent to issue
instructions under this section at least five days in advance of the
issuance.

(s) This section shall be inoperative if the Coordinated Care
Initiative becomes inoperative pursuant to Section 34 of the act
that added this subdivision.

SEC. 322.  

Section 14138.21 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

14138.21.  

begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert (a) end insert begin insert   end insert begin insert This end insert article shall begin insert not end insert be deemed
to affect the amounts paid or the reimbursement methodology
applicable to FQHCs for dental services that are provided outside
the scope of a contract between the department and an applicable
principal health plan that is in effect as of July 1, 2015.

begin delete

(a)

end delete

begin insert (b) end insert  The department shall contract with an independent entity to
perform an evaluation of the APM pilot project authorized pursuant
to this article. To the extent practicable, the evaluation shall be
completed and provided to the appropriate fiscal and policy
committees of the Legislature within six months of the conclusion
of the pilot project in those counties that are included in the initial
pilot project implementation authorized pursuant to paragraph (2)
of subdivision (a) of Section 14138.12. The department shall carry
out the duty imposed pursuant to this subdivision only if there are
sufficient private foundation or nonprofit foundation funds
available for this purpose. A report submitted pursuant to this
subdivision shall be submitted in compliance with Section 9795
of the Government Code.

begin delete

(b)

end delete

begin insert (c) end insert  The evaluation by the independent entity shall assess and
report on whether the APM pilot project produced improvements
in access to primary care services, care quality, patient experience,
and overall health outcomes for APM enrollees. The evaluation
shall include existing FQHC required quality metrics and an
assessment of how the changes in financing allowed for alternative
types of primary care visits and alternative encounters between
the participating FQHC and the patient and how those changes
affected volume of same-day visits for mental and physical health
conditions. The evaluation shall also assess whether the APM pilot
project’s efforts to improve primary care resulted in changes to
patient service utilization patterns, including the reduced utilization
of avoidable high-cost services and services provided outside the
FQHC. The evaluation shall also identify any administrative and
financial implementation issues for FQHCs that may arise if
subsequent legislation makes the pilot program operative statewide.

SEC. 323.  

Section 15657.03 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code, as added by Section 8.5 of Chapter 411 of the Statutes of
2015, is amended to read:

15657.03.  

(a) (1) An elder or dependent adult who has suffered
abuse, as defined in Section 15610.07, may seek protective orders
as provided in this section.

(2) A petition may be brought on behalf of an abused elder or
dependent adult by a conservator or a trustee of the elder or
dependent adult, an attorney-in-fact of an elder or dependent adult
who acts within the authority of a power of attorney, a person
appointed as a guardian ad litem for the elder or dependent adult,
or other person legally authorized to seek the relief.

(3) (A) A petition under this section may be brought on behalf
of an elder or dependent adult by a county adult protective services
agency in either of the following circumstances:

(i) If the elder or dependent adult has suffered abuse as defined
in subdivision (b) and has an impaired ability to appreciate and
understand the circumstances that place him or her at risk of harm.

(ii) If the elder or dependent adult has provided written
authorization to a county adult protective services agency to act
on his or her behalf.

(B) In the case of a petition filed pursuant to clause (i) of
subparagraph (A) by a county adult protective services agency, a
referral shall be made to the public guardian consistent with Section
2920 of the Probate Code prior to or concurrent with the filing of
the petition, unless a petition for appointment of a conservator has
already been filed with the probate court by the public guardian
or another party.

(C) A county adult protective services agency shall be subject
to any confidentiality restrictions that otherwise apply to its
activities under law and shall disclose only those facts as necessary
to establish reasonable cause for the filing of the petition, including,
in the case of a petition filed pursuant to clause (i) of subparagraph
(A), to establish the agency’s belief that the elder or dependent
adult has suffered abuse and has an impaired ability to appreciate
and understand the circumstances that place him or her at risk, and
as may be requested by the court in determining whether to issue
an order under this section.

(b) For purposes of this section:

(1) “Abuse” has the meaning set forth in Section 15610.07.

(2) “Conservator” means the legally appointed conservator of
the person or estate of the petitioner, or both.

(3) “Petitioner” means the elder or dependent adult to be
protected by the protective orders and, if the court grants the
petition, the protected person.

(4) “Protective order” means an order that includes any of the
following restraining orders, whether issued ex parte, after notice
and hearing, or in a judgment:

(A) An order enjoining a party from abusing, intimidating,
molesting, attacking, striking, stalking, threatening, sexually
assaulting, battering, harassing, telephoning, including, but not
limited to, making annoying telephone calls as described in Section
653m of the Penal Code, destroying personal property, contacting,
either directly or indirectly, by mail or otherwise, or coming within
a specified distance of, or disturbing the peace of, the petitioner,
and, in the discretion of the court, on a showing of good cause, of
other named family or household members or a conservator, if
any, of the petitioner. On a showing of good cause, in an order
issued pursuant to this subparagraph in connection with an animal
owned, possessed, leased, kept, or held by the petitioner, or residing
in the residence or household of the petitioner, the court may do
either or both of the following:

(i) Grant the petitioner exclusive care, possession, or control of
the animal.

(ii) Order the respondent to stay away from the animal and
refrain from taking, transferring, encumbering, concealing,
molesting, attacking, striking, threatening, harming, or otherwise
disposing of the animal.

(B) An order excluding a party from the petitioner’s residence
or dwelling, except that this order shall not be issued if legal or
equitable title to, or lease of, the residence or dwelling is in the
sole name of the party to be excluded, or is in the name of the party
to be excluded and any other party besides the petitioner.

(C) An order enjoining a party from specified behavior that the
court determines is necessary to effectuate orders described in
subparagraph (A) or (B).

(5) “Respondent” means the person against whom the protective
orders are sought and, if the petition is granted, the restrained
person.

(c) An order may be issued under this section, with or without
notice, to restrain any person for the purpose of preventing a
recurrence of abuse, if a declaration shows, to the satisfaction of
the court, reasonable proof of a past act or acts of abuse of the
petitioning elder or dependent adult.

(d) Upon filing a petition for protective orders under this section,
the petitioner may obtain a temporary restraining order in
accordance with Section 527 of the Code of Civil Procedure, except
to the extent this section provides a rule that is inconsistent. The
temporary restraining order may include any of the protective
orders described in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b). However, the
court may issue an ex parte order excluding a party from the
petitioner’s residence or dwelling only on a showing of all of the
following:

(1) Facts sufficient for the court to ascertain that the party who
will stay in the dwelling has a right under color of law to possession
of the premises.

(2) That the party to be excluded has assaulted or threatens to
assault the petitioner, other named family or household member
of the petitioner, or a conservator of the petitioner.

(3) That physical or emotional harm would otherwise result to
the petitioner, other named family or household member of the
petitioner, or a conservator of the petitioner.

(e) A request for the issuance of a temporary restraining order
without notice under this section shall be granted or denied on the
same day that the petition is submitted to the court, unless the
petition is filed too late in the day to permit effective review, in
which case the order shall be granted or denied on the next day of
judicial business in sufficient time for the order to be filed that day
with the clerk of the court.

(f) Within 21 days, or, if good cause appears to the court, 25
days, from the date that a request for a temporary restraining order
is granted or denied, a hearing shall be held on the petition. If no
request for temporary orders is made, the hearing shall be held
within 21 days, or, if good cause appears to the court, 25 days,
from the date that the petition is filed.

(g) The respondent may file a response that explains or denies
the alleged abuse.

(h) The court may issue, upon notice and a hearing, any of the
orders set forth in paragraph (4) of subdivision (b). The court may
issue, after notice and hearing, an order excluding a person from
a residence or dwelling if the court finds that physical or emotional
harm would otherwise result to the petitioner, other named family
or household member of the petitioner, or conservator of the
petitioner.

(i) (1) In the discretion of the court, an order issued after notice
and a hearing under this section may have a duration of not more
than five years, subject to termination or modification by further
order of the court either on written stipulation filed with the court
or on the motion of a party. These orders may be renewed upon
the request of a party, either for five years or permanently, without
a showing of any further abuse since the issuance of the original
order, subject to termination or modification by further order of
the court either on written stipulation filed with the court or on the
motion of a party. The request for renewal may be brought at any
time within the three months before the expiration of the order.

(2) The failure to state the expiration date on the face of the
form creates an order with a duration of three years from the date
of issuance.

(3) If an action is filed for the purpose of terminating or
modifying a protective order prior to the expiration date specified
in the order by a party other than the protected party, the party
who is protected by the order shall be given notice, pursuant to
subdivision (b) of Section 1005 of the Code of Civil Procedure,
of the proceeding by personal service or, if the protected party has
satisfied the requirements of Chapter 3.1 (commencing with
Section 6205) of Division 7 of Title 1 of the Government Code,
by service on the Secretary of State. If the party who is protected
by the order cannot be notified prior to the hearing for modification
or termination of the protective order, the court shall deny the
motion to modify or terminate the order without prejudice or
continue the hearing until the party who is protected can be
properly noticed and may, upon a showing of good cause, specify
another method for service of process that is reasonably designed
to afford actual notice to the protected party. The protected party
may waive his or her right to notice if he or she is physically
present in court and does not challenge the sufficiency of the notice.

(j) In a proceeding under this section, a support person may
accompany a party in court and, if the party is not represented by
an attorney, may sit with the party at the table that is generally
reserved for the party and the party’s attorney. The support person
is present to provide moral and emotional support for a person
who alleges he or she is a victim of abuse. The support person is
not present as a legal adviser and may not provide legal advice.
The support person may assist the person who alleges he or she is
a victim of abuse in feeling more confident that he or she will not
be injured or threatened by the other party during the proceedings
if the person who alleges he or she is a victim of abuse and the
other party are required to be present in close proximity. This
subdivision does not preclude the court from exercising its
discretion to remove the support person from the courtroom if the
court believes the support person is prompting, swaying, or
influencing the party assisted by the support person.

(k) Upon the filing of a petition for protective orders under this
section, the respondent shall be personally served with a copy of
the petition, notice of the hearing or order to show cause, temporary
restraining order, if any, and any declarations in support of the
petition. Service shall be made at least five days before the hearing.
The court may, on motion of the petitioner or on its own motion,
shorten the time for service on the respondent.

(l) A notice of hearing under this section shall notify the
respondent that if he or she does not attend the hearing, the court
may make orders against him or her that could last up to five years.

(m) The respondent shall be entitled, as a matter of course, to
one continuance, for a reasonable period, to respond to the petition.

(n) (1) Either party may request a continuance of the hearing,
which the court shall grant on a showing of good cause. The request
may be made in writing before or at the hearing or orally at the
hearing. The court may also grant a continuance on its own motion.

(2) If the court grants a continuance, any temporary restraining
order that has been granted shall remain in effect until the end of
the continued hearing, unless otherwise ordered by the court. In
granting a continuance, the court may modify or terminate a
temporary restraining order.

(o) (1) If a respondent, named in an order issued under this
section after a hearing, has not been served personally with the
order but has received actual notice of the existence and substance
of the order through personal appearance in court to hear the terms
of the order from the court, no additional proof of service is
required for enforcement of the order.

(2) If the respondent named in a temporary restraining order is
personally served with the order and notice of hearing with respect
to a restraining order or protective order based on the temporary
restraining order, but the respondent does not appear at the hearing,
either personally or by an attorney, and the terms and conditions
of the restraining order or protective order issued at the hearing
are identical to the temporary restraining order, except for the
duration of the order, then the restraining order or protective order
issued at the hearing may be served on the respondent by first-class
mail sent to the respondent at the most current address for the
respondent that is available to the court.

(3) The Judicial Council form for temporary orders issued
pursuant to this subdivision shall contain a statement in
substantially the following form:

begin insert end insert

“If you have been personally served with a temporary restraining
order and notice of hearing, but you do not appear at the hearing
either in person or by a lawyer, and a restraining order that is the
same as this temporary restraining order except for the expiration
date is issued at the hearing, a copy of the order will be served on
you by mail at the following address:

If that address is not correct or you wish to verify that the
temporary restraining order was converted to a restraining order
at the hearing without substantive change and to find out the
duration of that order, contact the clerk of the court.”

begin insert end insert

(p) (1) Information on a protective order relating to elder or
dependent adult abuse issued by a court pursuant to this section
shall be transmitted to the Department of Justice in accordance
with either paragraph (2) or (3).

(2) The court shall order the petitioner or the attorney for the
petitioner to deliver a copy of an order issued under this section,
or a reissuance, extension, modification, or termination of the
order, and any subsequent proof of service, by the close of the
business day on which the order, reissuance, extension,
modification, or termination was made, to each law enforcement
agency having jurisdiction over the residence of the petitioner, and
to any additional law enforcement agencies within the court’s
discretion as are requested by the petitioner.

(3) Alternatively, the court or its designee shall transmit, within
one business day, to law enforcement personnel all information
required under subdivision (b) of Section 6380 of the Family Code
regarding any order issued under this section, or a reissuance,
extension, modification, or termination of the order, and any
subsequent proof of service, by either one of the following
methods:

(A) Transmitting a physical copy of the order or proof of service
to a local law enforcement agency authorized by the Department
of Justice to enter orders into the California Law Enforcement
Telecommunications System (CLETS).

(B) With the approval of the Department of Justice, entering
the order or proof of service into CLETS directly.

(4) Each appropriate law enforcement agency shall make
available information as to the existence and current status of these
orders to law enforcement officers responding to the scene of
reported abuse.

(5) An order issued under this section shall, on request of the
petitioner, be served on the respondent, whether or not the
respondent has been taken into custody, by any law enforcement
officer who is present at the scene of reported abuse involving the
parties to the proceeding. The petitioner shall provide the officer
with an endorsed copy of the order and a proof of service, which
the officer shall complete and send to the issuing court.

(6) Upon receiving information at the scene of an incident of
abuse that a protective order has been issued under this section,
or that a person who has been taken into custody is the respondent
to that order, if the protected person cannot produce an endorsed
copy of the order, a law enforcement officer shall immediately
attempt to verify the existence of the order.

(7) If the law enforcement officer determines that a protective
order has been issued but not served, the officer shall immediately
notify the respondent of the terms of the order and where a written
copy of the order can be obtained, and the officer shall at that time
also enforce the order. The law enforcement officer’s begin delete verbal end delete begin insert oral end insert
notice of the terms of the order shall constitute service of the order
and is sufficient notice for the purposes of this section and for the
purposes of Section 273.6 of the Penal Code.

(q)  begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does not end insert preclude either
party from representation by private counsel or from appearing on
the party’s own behalf.

(r) There begin delete is no end delete begin insert shall not be a end insert filing fee for a petition, response,
or paper seeking the reissuance, modification, or enforcement of
a protective order filed in a proceeding brought pursuant to this
section.

(s) Pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision (b) of Section
6103.2 of the Government Code, a petitioner shall not be required
to pay a fee for law enforcement to serve an order issued under
this section.

(t) The prevailing party in an action brought under this section
may be awarded court costs and attorney’s fees, if any.

(u) (1) A person subject to a protective order under this section
shall not own, possess, purchase, receive, or attempt to receive a
firearm or ammunition while the protective order is in effect.

(2) The court shall order a person subject to a protective order
issued under this section to relinquish any firearms he or she owns
or possesses pursuant to Section 527.9 of the Code of Civil
Procedure.

(3) Every person who owns, possesses, purchases, or receives,
or attempts to purchase or receive a firearm or ammunition while
subject to a protective order issued under this section is punishable
pursuant to Section 29825 of the Penal Code.

(4) This subdivision does not apply in a case in which a
protective order issued under this section was made solely on the
basis of financial abuse unaccompanied by force, threat,
harassment, intimidation, or any other form of abuse.

(v) In a proceeding brought under paragraph (3) of subdivision
(a), all of the following apply:

(1) Upon the filing of a petition for a protective order, the elder
or dependent adult on whose behalf the petition has been filed
shall receive a copy of the petition, a notice of the hearing, and
any declarations submitted in support of the petition. The elder or
dependent adult shall receive this information at least five days
before the hearing. The court may, on motion of the petitioner or
on its own motion, shorten the time for provision of this
information to the elder or dependent adult.

(2) The adult protective services agency shall make reasonable
efforts to assist the elder or dependent adult to attend the hearing
and provide testimony to the court, if he or she wishes to do so. If
the elder or dependent adult does not attend the hearing, the agency
shall provide information to the court at the hearing regarding the
reasons why the elder or dependent adult is not in attendance.

(3) Upon the filing of a petition for a protective order and upon
issuance of an order granting the petition, the county adult
protective services agency shall take all reasonable steps to provide
for the safety of the elder or dependent adult, pursuant to Chapter
13 (commencing with Section 15750), which may include, but are
not limited to, facilitating the location of alternative
accommodations for the elder or dependent adult, if needed.

(w) Any willful disobedience of any temporary restraining order
or restraining order after hearing granted under this section is
punishable pursuant to Section 273.6 of the Penal Code.

(x) This section does not apply to any action or proceeding
governed by Title 1.6C (commencing with Section 1788) of Part
4 of Division 3 of the Civil Code, Chapter 3 (commencing with
Section 525) of Title 7 of Part 2 of the Code of Civil Procedure,
or Division 10 (commencing with Section 6200) of the Family
Code. begin delete Nothing in this end delete begin insert This end insert section begin delete shall end delete begin insert does not end insert preclude a
petitioner’s right to use other existing civil remedies.

(y) The Judicial Council shall develop forms, instructions, and
rules relating to matters governed by this section. The petition and
response forms shall be simple and concise, and shall be used by
parties in actions brought pursuant to this section.

(z) This section shall become operative on July 1, 2016.

SEC. 324.  

Section 16501.1 of the Welfare and Institutions
Code is amended to read:

16501.1.  

(a) (1) The Legislature finds and declares that the
foundation and central unifying tool in child welfare services is
the case plan.

(2) The Legislature further finds and declares that a case plan
ensures that the child receives protection and safe and proper care
and case management, and that services are provided to the child
and parents or other caretakers, as appropriate, in order to improve
conditions in the parent’s home, to facilitate the safe return of the
child to a safe home or the permanent placement of the child, and
to address the needs of the child while in foster care.

(3) The agency shall consider the recommendations of the child
and family team, as defined in paragraph (4) of subdivision (a) of
Section 16501, if any are available. The agency shall document
the rationale for any inconsistencies between the case plan and the
child and family team recommendations.

(b) (1) A case plan shall be based upon the principles of this
section and the input from the child and family team.

(2) The case plan shall document that a preplacement assessment
of the service needs of the child and family, and preplacement
preventive services, have been provided, and that reasonable efforts
to prevent out-of-home placement have been made. Preplacement
services may include intensive mental health services in the home
or a community setting and the reasonable efforts made to prevent
out-of-home placement.

(3) In determining the reasonable services to be offered or
provided, the child’s health and safety shall be the paramount
concerns.

(4) Upon a determination pursuant to paragraph (1) of
subdivision (e) of Section 361.5 that reasonable services will be
offered to a parent who is incarcerated in a county jail or state
prison, detained by the United States Department of Homeland
Security, or deported to his or her country of origin, the case plan
shall include information, to the extent possible, about a parent’s
incarceration in a county jail or the state prison, detention by the
United States Department of Homeland Security, or deportation
during the time that a minor child of that parent is involved in
dependency care.

(5) Reasonable services shall be offered or provided to make it
possible for a child to return to a safe home environment, unless,
pursuant to subdivisions (b) and (e) of Section 361.5, the court
determines that reunification services shall not be provided.

(6) If reasonable services are not ordered, or are terminated,
reasonable efforts shall be made to place the child in a timely
manner in accordance with the permanent plan and to complete
all steps necessary to finalize the permanent placement of the child.

(c) If out-of-home placement is used to attain case plan goals,
the case plan shall consider the recommendations of the child and
family team.

(d) (1) The case plan shall include a description of the type of
home or institution in which the child is to be placed, and the
reasons for that placement decision. The decision regarding choice
of placement shall be based upon selection of a safe setting that is
the least restrictive family setting that promotes normal childhood
experiences and the most appropriate setting that meets the child’s
individual needs and is available, in proximity to the parent’s home,
in proximity to the child’s school, and consistent with the selection
of the environment best suited to meet the child’s special needs
and best interests. The selection shall consider, in order of priority,
placement with relatives, nonrelated extended family members,
and tribal members; foster family homes, resource families, and
nontreatment certified homes of foster family agencies; followed
by treatment and intensive treatment certified homes of foster
family agencies; or multidimensional treatment foster care homes
or therapeutic foster care homes; group care placements in the
order of short-term residential treatment centers, group homes,
community treatment facilities, and out-of-state residential
treatment pursuant to Part 5 (commencing with Section 7900) of
Division 12 of the Family Code.

(2) If a short-term intensive treatment center placement is
selected for a child, the case plan shall indicate the needs of the
child that necessitate this placement, the plan for transitioning the
child to a less restrictive environment, and the projected timeline
by which the child will be transitioned to a less restrictive
environment. This section of the case plan shall be reviewed and
updated at least semiannually.

(A) The case plan for placements in a group home, or
commencing January 1, 2017, in a short-term residential treatment
center, shall indicate that the county has taken into consideration
Section 16010.8.

(B) After January 1, 2017, a child and family team meeting as
begin delete defined end delete begin insert described end insert in Section 16501 shall be convened by the county
placing agency for the purpose of identifying the supports and
services needed to achieve permanency and enable the child or
youth to be placed in the least restrictive family setting that
promotes normal childhood experiences.

(3) On or after January 1, 2012, for a nonminor dependent, as
defined in subdivision (v) of Section 11400, who is receiving
AFDC-FC benefits up to 21 years of age pursuant to Section 11403,
in addition to the above requirements, the selection of the
placement, including a supervised independent living placement,
as described in subdivision (w) of Section 11400, shall also be
based upon the developmental needs of young adults by providing
opportunities to have incremental responsibilities that prepare a
nonminor dependent to transition to successful adulthood. If
admission to, or continuation in, a group home or short-term
residential treatment center placement is being considered for a
nonminor dependent, the group home or short-term residential
treatment center placement approval decision shall include a
youth-driven, team-based case planning process, as defined by the
department, in consultation with stakeholders. The case plan shall
consider the full range of placement options, and shall specify why
admission to, or continuation in, a group home placement is the
best alternative available at the time to meet the special needs or
well-being of the nonminor dependent, and how the placement
will contribute to the nonminor dependent’s transition to successful
adulthood. The case plan shall specify the treatment strategies that
will be used to prepare the nonminor dependent for discharge to
a less restrictive family setting that promotes normal childhood
experiences, including a target date for discharge from the group
home placement. The placement shall be reviewed and updated
on a regular, periodic basis to ensure that continuation in the group
home placement remains in the best interests of the nonminor
dependent and that progress is being made in achieving case plan
goals leading to successful adulthood. The group home placement
planning process shall begin as soon as it becomes clear to the
county welfare department or probation office that a foster child
in group home placement is likely to remain in group home
placement on his or her 18th birthday, in order to expedite the
transition to a less restrictive family setting that promotes normal
childhood experiences, if he or she becomes a nonminor dependent.
The case planning process shall include informing the youth of all
of his or her options, including, but not limited to, admission to
or continuation in a group home placement. Consideration for
continuation of existing group home placement for a nonminor
dependent under 19 years of age may include the need to stay in
the same placement in order to complete high school. After a
nonminor dependent either completes high school or attains his or
her 19th birthday, whichever is earlier, continuation in or admission
to a group home placement is prohibited unless the nonminor
dependent satisfies the conditions of paragraph (5) of subdivision
(b) of Section 11403, and group home placement functions as a
short-term transition to the appropriate system of care. Treatment
services provided by the group home placement to the nonminor
dependent to alleviate or ameliorate the medical condition, as
described in paragraph (5) of subdivision (b) of Section 11403,
shall not constitute the sole basis to disqualify a nonminor
dependent from the group home placement.

(4) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (1) to (3),
inclusive, and taking into account other statutory considerations
regarding placement, the selection of the most appropriate home
that will meet the child’s special needs and best interests shall also
promote educational stability by taking into consideration
proximity to the child’s school of origin, and school attendance
area, the number of school transfers the child has previously
experienced, and the child’s school matriculation schedule, in
addition to other indicators of educational stability that the
Legislature hereby encourages the State Department of Social
Services and the State Department of Education to develop.

(e) A written case plan shall be completed within a maximum
of 60 days of the initial removal of the child or of the in-person
response required under subdivision (f) of Section 16501 if the
child has not been removed from his or her home, or by the date
of the dispositional hearing pursuant to Section 358, whichever
occurs first. The case plan shall be updated, as the service needs
of the child and family dictate. At a minimum, the case plan shall
be updated in conjunction with each status review hearing
conducted pursuant to Sections 364, 366, 366.3, and 366.31, and
the hearing conducted pursuant to Section 366.26, but no less
frequently than once every six months. Each updated case plan
shall include a description of the services that have been provided
to the child under the plan and an evaluation of the appropriateness
and effectiveness of those services.

(1) It is the intent of the Legislature that extending the maximum
time available for preparing a written case plan from 30 to 60 days
will afford caseworkers time to actively engage families, and to
solicit and integrate into the case plan the input of the child and
the child’s family, as well as the input of relatives and other
interested parties.

(2) The extension of the maximum time available for preparing
a written case plan from the 30 to 60 days shall be effective 90
days after the date that the department gives counties written notice
that necessary changes have been made to the Child Welfare
Services/Case Management System (CWS/CMS) to account for
the 60-day timeframe for preparing a written case plan.

(f) The child welfare services case plan shall be comprehensive
enough to meet the juvenile court dependency proceedings
requirements pursuant to Article 6 (commencing with Section 300)
of Chapter 2 of Part 1 of Division 2.

(g) The case plan shall be developed considering the
recommendations of the child and family team, as follows:

(1) The case plan shall be based upon an assessment of the
circumstances that required child welfare services intervention.
The child shall be involved in developing the case plan as age and
developmentally appropriate.

(2) The case plan shall identify specific goals and the
appropriateness of the planned services in meeting those goals.

(3) The case plan shall identify the original allegations of abuse
or neglect, as defined in Article 2.5 (commencing with Section
11164) of Chapter 2 of Title 1 of Part 4 of the Penal Code, or the
conditions cited as the basis for declaring the child a dependent of
the court pursuant to Section 300, or all of these, and the other
precipitating incidents that led to child welfare services
intervention.

(4) The case plan shall include a description of the schedule of
the placement agency contacts with the child and the family or
other caretakers. The frequency of these contacts shall be in
accordance with regulations adopted by the State Department of
Social Services. If the child has been placed in foster care out of
state, the county social worker or probation officer, or a social
worker or probation officer on the staff of the agency in the state
in which the child has been placed, shall visit the child in a foster
family home or the home of a relative, consistent with federal law
and in accordance with the department’s approved state plan. For
children in out-of-state group home facilities, visits shall be
conducted at least monthly, pursuant to Section 16516.5. At least
once every six months, at the time of a regularly scheduled
placement agency contact with the foster child, the child’s social
worker or probation officer shall inform the child of his or her
rights as a foster child, as specified in Section 16001.9. The social
worker or probation officer shall provide the information to the
child in a manner appropriate to the age or developmental level of
the child.

(5) (A) When out-of-home services are used, the frequency of
contact between the natural parents or legal guardians and the child
shall be specified in the case plan. The frequency of those contacts
shall reflect overall case goals, and consider other principles
outlined in this section.

(B) Information regarding any court-ordered visitation between
the child and the natural parents or legal guardians, and the terms
and conditions needed to facilitate the visits while protecting the
safety of the child, shall be provided to the child’s out-of-home
caregiver as soon as possible after the court order is made.

(6) When out-of-home placement is made, the case plan shall
include provisions for the development and maintenance of sibling
relationships as specified in subdivisions (b), (c), and (d) of Section
16002. If appropriate, when siblings who are dependents of the
juvenile court are not placed together, the social worker for each
child, if different, shall communicate with each of the other social
workers and ensure that the child’s siblings are informed of
significant life events that occur within their extended family.
Unless it has been determined that it is inappropriate in a particular
case to keep siblings informed of significant life events that occur
within the extended family, the social worker shall determine the
appropriate means and setting for disclosure of this information
to the child commensurate with the child’s age and emotional
well-being. These significant life events shall include, but shall
not be limited to, the following:

(A) The death of an immediate relative.

(B) The birth of a sibling.

(C) Significant changes regarding a dependent child, unless the
child objects to the sharing of the information with his or her
siblings, including changes in placement, major medical or mental
health diagnoses, treatments, or hospitalizations, arrests, and
changes in the permanent plan.

(7) If out-of-home placement is made in a foster family home,
group home, or other child care institution that is either a
substantial distance from the home of the child’s parent or out of
state, the case plan shall specify the reasons why that placement
is in the best interest of the child. When an out-of-state group home
placement is recommended or made, the case plan shall, in
addition, specify compliance with Section 7911.1 of the Family
Code.

(8) A case plan shall ensure the educational stability of the child
while in foster care and shall include both of the following:

(A) An assurance that the placement takes into account the
appropriateness of the current educational setting and the proximity
to the school in which the child is enrolled at the time of placement.

(B) An assurance that the placement agency has coordinated
with the person holding the right to make educational decisions
for the child and appropriate local educational agencies to ensure
that the child remains in the school in which the child is enrolled
at the time of placement or, if remaining in that school is not in
the best interests of the child, assurances by the placement agency
and the local educational agency to provide immediate and
appropriate enrollment in a new school and to provide all of the
child’s educational records to the new school.

(9) (A) If out-of-home services are used, or if parental rights
have been terminated and the case plan is placement for adoption,
the case plan shall include a recommendation regarding the
appropriateness of unsupervised visitation between the child and
any of the child’s siblings. This recommendation shall include a
statement regarding the child’s and the siblings’ willingness to
participate in unsupervised visitation. If the case plan includes a
recommendation for unsupervised sibling visitation, the plan shall
also note that information necessary to accomplish this visitation
has been provided to the child or to the child’s siblings.

(B) Information regarding the schedule and frequency of the
visits between the child and siblings, as well as any court-ordered
terms and conditions needed to facilitate the visits while protecting
the safety of the child, shall be provided to the child’s out-of-home
caregiver as soon as possible after the court order is made.

(10) If out-of-home services are used and the goal is
reunification, the case plan shall describe the services to be
provided to assist in reunification and the services to be provided
concurrently to achieve legal permanency if efforts to reunify fail.
The plan shall also consider in-state and out-of-state placements,
the importance of developing and maintaining sibling relationships
pursuant to Section 16002, and the desire and willingness of the
caregiver to provide legal permanency for the child if reunification
is unsuccessful.

(11) If out-of-home services are used, the child has been in care
for at least 12 months, and the goal is not adoptive placement, the
case plan shall include documentation of the compelling reason
or reasons why termination of parental rights is not in the child’s
best interest. A determination completed or updated within the
past 12 months by the department when it is acting as an adoption
agency or by a licensed adoption agency that it is unlikely that the
child will be adopted, or that one of the conditions described in
paragraph (1) of subdivision (c) of Section 366.26 applies, shall
be deemed a compelling reason.

(12) (A) Parents and legal guardians shall have an opportunity
to review the case plan, and to sign it whenever possible, and then
shall receive a copy of the plan. In a voluntary service or placement
agreement, the parents or legal guardians shall be required to
review and sign the case plan. Whenever possible, parents and
legal guardians shall participate in the development of the case
plan. Commencing January 1, 2012, for nonminor dependents, as
defined in subdivision (v) of Section 11400, who are receiving
AFDC-FC or CalWORKs assistance up to 21 years of age pursuant
to Section 11403, the transitional independent living case plan, as
set forth in subdivision (y) of Section 11400, shall be developed
with, and signed by, the nonminor.

(B) Parents and legal guardians shall be advised that, pursuant
to Section 1228.1 of the Evidence Code, neither their signature on
the child welfare services case plan nor their acceptance of any
services prescribed in the child welfare services case plan shall
constitute an admission of guilt or be used as evidence against the
parent or legal guardian in a court of law. However, they shall also
be advised that the parent’s or guardian’s failure to cooperate,
except for good cause, in the provision of services specified in the
child welfare services case plan may be used in any hearing held
pursuant to Section 366.21, 366.22, or 366.25 of this code as
evidence.

(13) A child shall be given a meaningful opportunity to
participate in the development of the case plan and state his or her
preference for foster care placement. A child who is 12 years of
age or older and in a permanent placement shall also be given the
opportunity to review the case plan, sign the case plan, and receive
a copy of the case plan.

(14) The case plan shall be included in the court report and shall
be considered by the court at the initial hearing and each review
hearing. Modifications to the case plan made during the period
between review hearings need not be approved by the court if the
casework supervisor for that case determines that the modifications
further the goals of the plan. If out-of-home services are used with
the goal of family reunification, the case plan shall consider and
describe the application of subdivision (b) of Section 11203.

(15) (A) If the case plan has as its goal for the child a permanent
plan of adoption or legal guardianship, it shall include a statement
of the child’s wishes regarding their permanent placement plan
and an assessment of those stated wishes. The agency shall also
include documentation of the steps the agency is taking to find an
adoptive family or other permanent living arrangements for the
child; to place the child with an adoptive family, an appropriate
and willing relative, or a legal guardian, and to finalize the adoption
or legal guardianship. At a minimum, the documentation shall
include child-specific recruitment efforts, such as the use of state,
regional, and national adoption exchanges, including electronic
exchange systems, when the child has been freed for adoption.
Regardless of whether the child has been freed for adoption,
documentation shall include a description of any barriers to
achieving legal permanence and the steps the agency will take to
address those barriers. If the plan is for kinship guardianship, the
case plan shall document how the child meets the kinship
guardianship eligibility requirements.

(B) When the child is 16 years of age or older and is in another
planned permanent living arrangement, the case plan shall identify
the intensive and ongoing efforts to return the child to the home
of the parent, place the child for adoption, place the child for tribal
customary adoption in the case of an Indian child, establish a legal
guardianship, or place the child nonminor dependent with a fit and
willing relative, as appropriate. Efforts shall include the use of
technology, including social media, to find biological family
members of the child.

(16) (A) (i) For a child who is 14 or 15 years of age, the case
plan shall include a written description of the programs and services
that will help the child, consistent with the child’s best interests,
to prepare for the transition from foster care to successful
adulthood. The description may be included in the document
described in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (18).

(ii) When appropriate, for a child who is 16 years of age or older
and, commencing January 1, 2012, for a nonminor dependent, the
case plan shall include the transitional independent living plan
(TILP), a written description of the programs and services that
will help the child, consistent with the child’s best interests, to
prepare for the transition from foster care to successful adulthood,
and, in addition, whether the youth has an in-progress application
pending for Title XVI Supplemental Security Income benefits or
for Special Immigrant Juvenile Status or other applicable
application for legal residency and an active dependency case is
required for that application. When appropriate, for a nonminor
dependent, the transitional independent living case plan, as
described in subdivision (v) of Section 11400, shall include the
TILP, a written description of the programs and services that will
help the nonminor dependent, consistent with his or her best
interests, to prepare for transition from foster care and assist the
youth in meeting the eligibility criteria set forth in paragraphs (1)
to (5), inclusive, of subdivision (b) of Section 11403. If applicable,
the case plan shall describe the individualized supervision provided
in the supervised independent living placement as defined in
subdivision (w) of Section 11400. The case plan shall be developed
with the child or nonminor dependent and individuals identified
as important to the child or nonminor dependent, and shall include
steps the agency is taking to ensure that the child or nonminor
dependent achieves permanence, including maintaining or
obtaining permanent connections to caring and committed adults.

(B) During the 90-day period prior to the participant attaining
18 years of age or older as the state may elect under Section
475(8)(B)(iii) of the federal Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec.
675(8)(B)(iii)), whether during that period foster care maintenance
payments are being made on the child’s behalf or the child is
receiving benefits or services under Section 477 of the federal
Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 677), a caseworker or other
appropriate agency staff or probation officer and other
representatives of the participant, as appropriate, shall provide the
youth or nonminor dependent with assistance and support in
developing the written 90-day transition plan, that is personalized
at the direction of the child, information as detailed as the
participant elects that shall include, but not be limited to, options
regarding housing, health insurance, education, local opportunities
for mentors and continuing support services, and workforce
supports and employment services, a power of attorney for health
care, and information regarding the advance health care directive
form.

(C) For youth 14 years of age or older, the case plan shall
include documentation that a consumer credit report was requested
annually from each of the three major credit reporting agencies at
no charge to the youth and that any results were provided to the
youth. For nonminor dependents, the case plan shall include
documentation that the county assisted the nonminor dependent
in obtaining his or her reports. The case plan shall include
documentation of barriers, if any, to obtaining the credit reports.
If the consumer credit report reveals any accounts, the case plan
shall detail how the county ensured the youth received assistance
with interpreting the credit report and resolving any inaccuracies,
including any referrals made for the assistance.

(17) For youth 14 years of age or older and nonminor
dependents, the case plan shall be developed in consultation with
the youth. At the youth’s option, the consultation may include up
to two members of the case planning team who are chosen by the
youth and who are not foster parents of, or caseworkers for, the
youth. The agency, at any time, may reject an individual selected
by the youth to be a member of the case planning team if the
agency has good cause to believe that the individual would not act
in the youth’s best interest. One individual selected by the youth
to be a member of the case planning team may be designated to
be the youth’s adviser and advocate with respect to the application
of the reasonable and prudent parent standard to the youth, as
necessary.

(18) For youth in foster care 14 years of age and older and
nonminor dependents, the case plan shall include both of the
following:

(A) A document that describes the youth’s rights with respect
to education, health, visitation, and court participation, the right
to be annually provided with copies of his or her credit reports at
no cost while in foster care pursuant to Section 10618.6, and the
right to stay safe and avoid exploitation.

(B) A signed acknowledgment by the youth that he or she has
been provided a copy of the document and that the rights described
in the document have been explained to the youth in an
age-appropriate manner.

(19) The case plan for a child or nonminor dependent who is,
or who is at risk of becoming, the victim of commercial sexual
exploitation, shall document the services provided to address that
issue.

(h) If the court finds, after considering the case plan, that
unsupervised sibling visitation is appropriate and has been
consented to, the court shall order that the child or the child’s
siblings, the child’s current caregiver, and the child’s prospective
adoptive parents, if applicable, be provided with information
necessary to accomplish this visitation. This section does not
require or prohibit the social worker’s facilitation, transportation,
or supervision of visits between the child and his or her siblings.

(i) The case plan documentation on sibling placements required
under this section shall not require modification of existing case
plan forms until the Child Welfare begin delete Service/Case end delete begin insert Services/Case end insert
Management System (CWS/CMS) is implemented on a statewide
basis.

(j) When a child is 10 years of age or older and has been in
out-of-home placement for six months or longer, the case plan
shall include an identification of individuals, other than the child’s
siblings, who are important to the child and actions necessary to
maintain the child’s relationship with those individuals, provided
that those relationships are in the best interest of the child. The
social worker or probation officer shall ask every child who is 10
years of age or older and who has been in out-of-home placement
for six months or longer to identify individuals other than the
child’s siblings who are important to the child, and may ask any
other child to provide that information, or may seek that
information from the child and family team, as appropriate. The
social worker or probation officer shall make efforts to identify
other individuals who are important to the child, consistent with
the child’s best interests.

(k) The child’s caregiver shall be provided a copy of a plan
outlining the child’s needs and services. The nonminor dependent’s
caregiver shall be provided with a copy of the nonminor’s TILP.

(l) Each county shall ensure that the total number of visits made
by caseworkers on a monthly basis to children in foster care during
a federal fiscal year is not less than 95 percent of the total number
of those visits that would occur if each child were visited once
every month while in care and that the majority of the visits occur
in the residence of the child. The county child welfare and
probation departments shall comply with data reporting
requirements that the department deems necessary to comply with
the federal Child and Family Services Improvement Act of 2006
(Public Law 109-288) and the federal Child and Family Services
Improvement and Innovation Act of 2011 (Public Law 112-34).

begin delete

(l)

end delete

begin insert (m) end insert  The implementation and operation of the amendments to
subdivision (i) enacted at the 2005-06 Regular Session shall be
subject to appropriation through the budget process and by phase,
as provided in Section 366.35.

SEC. 325.  

Section 17603 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

17603.  

(a) This subdivision only applies until the end of the
2012-13 fiscal year. On or before the 27th day of each month, the
Controller shall allocate to the local health and welfare trust fund
health accounts the amounts deposited and remaining unexpended
and unreserved on the 15th day of the month in the Health
Subaccount of the Sales Tax Account of the Local Revenue Fund,
in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2):

(1) For the 1991-92 fiscal year, allocations shall be made in
accordance with the following schedule:

 

Jurisdiction	Allocation Percentage
Alameda	4.5046
Alpine	0.0137
Amador	0.1512
Butte	0.8131
Calaveras	0.1367
Colusa	0.1195
Contra Costa	2.2386
Del Norte	0.1340
El Dorado	0.5228
Fresno	2.3531
Glenn	0.1391
Humboldt	0.8929
Imperial	0.8237
Inyo	0.1869
Kern	1.6362
Kings	0.4084
Lake	0.1752
Lassen	0.1525
Los Angeles	37.2606
Madera	0.3656
Marin	1.0785
Mariposa	0.0815
Mendocino	0.2586
Merced	0.4094
Modoc	0.0923
Mono	0.1342
Monterey	0.8975
Napa	0.4466
Nevada	0.2734
Orange	5.4304
Placer	0.2806
Plumas	0.1145
Riverside	2.7867
Sacramento	2.7497
San Benito	0.1701
San Bernardino	2.4709
San Diego	4.7771
San Francisco	7.1450
San Joaquin	1.0810
San Luis Obispo	0.4811
San Mateo	1.5937
Santa Barbara	0.9418
Santa Clara	3.6238
Santa Cruz	0.6714
Shasta	0.6732
Sierra	0.0340
Siskiyou	0.2246
Solano	0.9377
Sonoma	1.6687
Stanislaus	1.0509
Sutter	0.4460
Tehama	0.2986
Trinity	0.1388
Tulare	0.7485
Tuolumne	0.2357
Ventura	1.3658
Yolo	0.3522
Yuba	0.3076
Berkeley	0.0692
Long Beach	0.2918
Pasadena	0.1385

 

(2) For the 1992-93 fiscal year and fiscal years thereafter until
the commencement of the 2013-14 fiscal year, the allocations to
each county and city and county shall equal the amounts received
in the prior fiscal year by each county, city, and city and county
from the Sales Tax Account and the Sales Tax Growth Account
of the Local Revenue Fund into the health and welfare trust fund.

(b) (1) For the 2013-14 fiscal year, on the 27th day of each
month, the Controller shall allocate, in the same proportion as
funds in paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) were allocated, to each
county’s and city and county’s local health and welfare trust fund
health accounts, the amounts deposited and remaining unexpended
and unreserved on the 15th day of the month in the Health
Subaccount of the Sales Tax Account of the Local Revenue Fund.

(2) (A) Beginning January 2014 and for the remainder of the
2013-14 fiscal year, on or before the 27th begin insert day end insert of each month, the
Controller shall transfer to the Family Support Subaccount from
the Health Subaccount amounts determined pursuant to a schedule
prepared by the Department of Finance in consultation with the
California State Association of Counties. Cumulatively, no more
than three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000) shall be
transferred.

(B) Every month, after the transfers in subparagraph (A) have
occurred, the remainder shall be allocated to the counties and cities
and counties in the same proportions as funds in paragraph (2) of
subdivision (a) were allocated.

(C) For counties participating in the County Medical Services
Program, transfers from each county shall not be greater than the
monthly amount the county would otherwise pay pursuant to
paragraph (2) of subdivision (j) of Section 16809 for participation
in the County Medical Services Program. Any difference between
the amount paid by these counties and the proportional share of
the three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000) calculated as
payable by these counties and the County Medical Services
Program shall be paid from the funds available for allocation to
the County Medical Services Program in accordance with begin delete the
Welfare and Institutions Code. end delete begin insert this code. end insert

(3) For the 2013-14 fiscal year, the Controller, using the same
timing and criteria used in paragraph (1), shall allocate to each
city, not to include a city and county, funds that shall equal the
amounts received in the prior fiscal year by each city from the
Sales Tax Account and the Sales Tax Growth Account of the Local
Revenue Fund into the health and welfare trust fund.

(c) (1) For the 2014-15 fiscal year and for every fiscal year
thereafter, the Department of Finance, in consultation with the
California State Association of Counties, shall calculate the amount
each county or city and county shall contribute to the Family
Support Subaccount in accordance with Section 17600.50.

(2) On or before the 27th begin insert day end insert of each month, the Controller
shall transfer, based on a schedule prepared by the Department of
Finance in consultation with the California State Association of
Counties, from the funds deposited and remaining unexpended
and unreserved on the 15th day of the month in the Health
Subaccount of the Sales Tax Account of the Local Revenue Fund
to the Family Support Subaccount, funds that equal, over the course
of the year, the amount determined in paragraph (1) pursuant to a
schedule provided by the Department of Finance.

(3) After the transfer in paragraph (2) has occurred, the
Controller shall allocate on or before the 27th begin insert day end insert of each month
to begin delete health account end delete begin insert the Health Account end insert in the local health and welfare
trust fund of every county and city and county from a schedule
prepared by the Department of Finance, in consultation with the
California State Association of Counties, any funds remaining in
the Health Account from the funds deposited and remaining
unexpended and unreserved on the 15th day of the month in the
Health Subaccount of the Sales Tax Account of the Local Revenue
Fund. The schedule shall be prepared as the allocations would
have been distributed pursuant to paragraph (2) of subdivision (a).

(4) For the 2014-15 fiscal year and for every fiscal year
thereafter, the Controller, using the same timing and criteria as
had been used in paragraph (2) of subdivision (a), shall allocate
to each city, not to include a city and county, funds that equal the
amounts received in the prior fiscal year by each city from the
Sales Tax Account and the Sales Tax Growth Account of the Local
Revenue Fund into the health and welfare trust fund.

SEC. 326.  

Section 24005 of the Welfare and Institutions Code
is amended to read:

24005.  

(a) This section begin delete shall apply end delete begin insert applies end insert to the Family
Planning, Access, Care, and Treatment Program identified in
subdivision (aa) of Section 14132 and this program.

(b) Only licensed medical personnel with family planning skills,
knowledge, and competency may provide the full range of family
planning medical services covered in this program.

(c) Medi-Cal enrolled providers, as determined by the
department, shall be eligible to provide family planning services
under the program when these services are within their scope of
practice and licensure. Those clinical providers electing to
participate in the program and approved by the department shall
provide the full scope of family planning education, counseling,
and medical services specified for the program, either directly or
by referral, consistent with standards of care issued by the
department.

(d) The department shall require providers to enter into clinical
agreements with the department to ensure compliance with
standards and requirements to maintain the fiscal integrity of the
program. Provider applicants, providers, and persons with an
ownership or control interest, as defined in federal Medicaid
regulations, shall be required to submit to the department their
social security numbers to the full extent allowed under federal
law. All state and federal statutes and regulations pertaining to the
audit or examination of Medi-Cal providers begin delete shall end delete apply to this
program.

(e) Clinical provider agreements shall be signed by the provider
under penalty of perjury. The department may screen applicants
at the initial application and at any reapplication pursuant to
requirements developed by the department to determine provider
suitability for the program.

(f) The department may complete a background check on clinical
provider applicants for the purpose of verifying the accuracy of
information provided to the department for purposes of enrolling
in the program and in order to prevent fraud and abuse. The
background check may include, but not be limited to, unannounced
onsite inspection prior to enrollment, review of business records,
and data searches. If discrepancies are found to exist during the
preenrollment period, the department may conduct additional
inspections prior to enrollment. Failure to remediate significant
discrepancies as prescribed by the director may result in denial of
the application for enrollment. Providers that do not provide
services consistent with the standards of care or that do not comply
with the department’s rules related to the fiscal integrity of the
program may be disenrolled as a provider from the program at the
sole discretion of the department.

(g) The department shall not enroll any applicant who, within
the previous 10 years:

(1) Has been convicted of any felony or misdemeanor that
involves fraud or abuse in any government program, that relates
to neglect or abuse of a patient in connection with the delivery of
a health care item or service, or that is in connection with the
interference with, or obstruction of, any investigation into health
care related fraud or abuse.

(2) Has been found liable for fraud or abuse in any civil
proceeding, or that has entered into a settlement in lieu of
conviction for fraud or abuse in any government program.

(h) In addition, the department may deny enrollment to any
applicant that, at the time of application, is under investigation by
the department or any local, state, or federal government law
enforcement agency for fraud or abuse. The department shall not
deny enrollment to an otherwise qualified applicant whose felony
or misdemeanor charges did not result in a conviction solely on
the basis of the prior charges. If it is discovered that a provider is
under investigation by the department or any local, state, or federal
government law enforcement agency for fraud or abuse, that
provider shall be subject to immediate disenrollment from the
program.

(i) (1) The program shall disenroll as a program provider any
individual who, or any entity that, has a license, certificate, or other
approval to provide health begin delete care, which end delete begin insert care that end insert is revoked or
suspended by a federal, California, or other state’s licensing,
certification, or other approval authority, has otherwise lost that
license, certificate, or approval, or has surrendered that license,
certificate, or approval while a disciplinary hearing on the license,
certificate, or approval was pending. The disenrollment shall be
effective on the date the license, certificate, or approval is revoked,
lost, or surrendered.

(2) A provider shall be subject to disenrollment if the provider
submits claims for payment for the services, goods, supplies, or
merchandise provided, directly or indirectly, to a program
beneficiary, by an individual or entity that has been previously
suspended, excluded, or otherwise made ineligible to receive,
directly or indirectly, reimbursement from the program or from
the Medi-Cal program and the individual has previously been listed
on either the Suspended and Ineligible Provider List, which is
published by the department, to identify suspended and otherwise
ineligible providers or any list published by the federal Office of
the Inspector General regarding the suspension or exclusion of
individuals or entities from the federal Medicare and Medicaid
programs, to identify suspended, excluded, or otherwise ineligible
providers.

(3) The department shall deactivate, immediately and without
prior notice, the provider numbers used by a provider to obtain
reimbursement from the program when warrants or documents
mailed to a provider’s mailing address, its pay to address, or its
service address, if any, are returned by the United States Postal
Service as not deliverable or when a provider has not submitted a
claim for reimbursement from the program for one year. Prior to
taking this action, the department shall use due diligence in
attempting to contact the provider at its last known telephone
number and to ascertain if the return by the United States Postal
Service is by mistake and shall use due diligence in attempting to
contact the provider by telephone or in writing to ascertain whether
the provider wishes to continue to participate in the Medi-Cal
program. If deactivation pursuant to this section occurs, the
provider shall meet the requirements for reapplication as specified
in regulation.

(4) For purposes of this subdivision:

(A) “Mailing address” means the address that the provider has
identified to the department in its application for enrollment as the
address at which it wishes to receive general program
correspondence.

(B) “Pay to address” means the address that the provider has
identified to the department in its application for enrollment as the
address at which it wishes to receive warrants.

(C) “Service address” means the address that the provider has
identified to the department in its application for enrollment as the
address at which the provider will provide services to program
beneficiaries.

(j) Subject to Article 4 (commencing with Section 19130) of
Chapter 5 of Part 2 of Division 5 of Title 2 of the Government
Code, the department may enter into contracts to secure consultant
services or information technology including, but not limited to,
software, data, or analytical techniques or methodologies for the
purpose of fraud or abuse detection and prevention. Contracts
under this section shall be exempt from the Public Contract Code.

(k) Enrolled providers shall attend specific orientation approved
by the department in comprehensive family planning services.
Enrolled providers who insert IUDs or contraceptive implants shall
have received prior clinical training specific to these procedures.

(l) Upon receipt of reliable evidence that would be admissible
under the administrative adjudication provisions of Chapter 5
(commencing with Section 11500) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title
2 of the Government Code, of fraud or willful misrepresentation
by a provider under the program or commencement of a suspension
under Section 14123, the department may do any of the following:

(1) Collect any State-Only Family Planning program or Family
Planning, Access, Care, and Treatment Program overpayment
identified through an audit or examination, or any portion thereof
from any provider. Notwithstanding Section 100171 of the Health
and Safety Code, a provider may appeal the collection of
overpayments under this section pursuant to procedures established
in Article 5.3 (commencing with Section 14170) of Chapter 7 of
Part 3 of Division 9. Overpayments collected under this section
shall not be returned to the provider during the pendency of any
appeal and may be offset to satisfy audit or appeal findings, if the
findings are against the provider. Overpayments shall be returned
to a provider with interest if findings are in favor of the provider.

(2) Withhold payment for any goods or services, or any portion
thereof, from any State-Only Family Planning program or Family
Planning, Access, Care, and Treatment Program provider. The
department shall notify the provider within five days of any
withholding of payment under this section. The notice shall do all
of the following:

(A) State that payments are being withheld in accordance with
this paragraph and that the withholding is for a temporary period
and will not continue after it is determined that the evidence of
fraud or willful misrepresentation is insufficient or when legal
proceedings relating to the alleged fraud or willful
misrepresentation are completed.

(B) Cite the circumstances under which the withholding of the
payments will be terminated.

(C) Specify, when appropriate, the type or types of claimed
payments being withheld.

(D) Inform the provider of the right to submit written evidence
that is evidence that would be admissible under the administrative
adjudication provisions of Chapter 5 (commencing with Section
11500) of Part 1 of Division 3 of Title 2 of the Government Code,
for consideration by the department.

(3) Notwithstanding Section 100171 of the Health and Safety
Code, a provider may appeal a withholding of payment under this
section pursuant to Section 14043.65. Payments withheld under
this section shall not be returned to the provider during the
pendency of any appeal and may be offset to satisfy audit or appeal
findings.

(m) As used in this section:

(1) “Abuse” means either of the following:

(A) Practices that are inconsistent with sound fiscal or business
practices and result in unnecessary cost to the Medicaid program,
the Medicare program, the Medi-Cal program, including the Family
Planning, Access, Care, and Treatment Program, identified in
subdivision (aa) of Section 14132, another state’s Medicaid
program, or the State-Only Family Planning program, or other
health care programs operated, or financed in whole or in part, by
the federal government or any state or local agency in this state or
any other state.

(B) Practices that are inconsistent with sound medical practices
and result in reimbursement, by any of the programs referred to
in subparagraph (A) or other health care programs operated, or
financed in whole or in part, by the federal government or any
state or local agency in this state or any other state, for services
that are unnecessary or for substandard items or services that fail
to meet professionally recognized standards for health care.

(2) “Fraud” means an intentional deception or misrepresentation
made by a person with the knowledge that the deception could
result in some unauthorized benefit to himself or herself or some
other person. It includes any act that constitutes fraud under
applicable federal or state law.

(3) “Provider” means any individual, partnership, group,
association, corporation, institution, or begin insert other end insert entity, and the
officers, directors, owners, managing employees, or agents of any
partnership, group, association, corporation, institution, or begin insert other end insert
entity, that provides services, goods, supplies, or merchandise,
directly or indirectly, to a beneficiary and begin delete that end delete has been enrolled
in the program.

(4) “Convicted” means any of the following:

(A) A judgment of conviction has been entered against an
individual or entity by a federal, state, or local court, regardless
of whether there is a post-trial motion or an appeal pending or the
judgment of conviction or other record relating to the criminal
conduct has been expunged or otherwise removed.

(B) A federal, state, or local court has made a finding of guilt
against an individual or entity.

(C) A federal, state, or local court has accepted a plea of guilty
or nolo contendere by an individual or entity.

(D) An individual or entity has entered into participation in a
first offender, deferred adjudication, or other program or
arrangement begin delete where end delete begin insert in which end insert judgment of conviction has been
withheld.

(5) “Professionally recognized standards of health care” means
statewide or national standards of care, whether in writing or not,
that professional peers of the individual or entity whose provision
of care is an issue, recognize as applying to those peers practicing
or providing care within a state. When the United States
Department of Health and Human Services has declared a treatment
modality not to be safe and effective, practitioners that employ
that treatment modality shall be deemed not to meet professionally
recognized standards of health care. This definition shall not be
construed to mean that all other treatments meet professionally
recognized standards of care.

(6) “Unnecessary or substandard items or services” means those
that are either of the following:

(A) Substantially in excess of the provider’s usual charges or
costs for the items or services.

(B) Furnished, or caused to be furnished, to patients, whether
or not covered by Medicare, Medicaid, or any of the state health
care programs to which the definitions of applicant and provider
apply, and which are substantially in excess of the patient’s needs,
or of a quality that fails to meet professionally recognized standards
of health care. The department’s determination that the items or
services furnished were excessive or of unacceptable quality shall
be made on the basis of information, including sanction reports,
from the following sources:

(i) The professional review organization for the area served by
the individual or entity.

(ii) State or local licensing or certification authorities.

(iii) Fiscal agents or contractors, or private insurance companies.

(iv) State or local professional societies.

(v) Any other sources deemed appropriate by the department.

(7) “Enrolled or enrollment in the program” means authorized
under any and all processes by the department or its agents or
contractors to receive, directly or indirectly, reimbursement for
the provision of services, goods, supplies, or merchandise to a
program beneficiary.

(n) In lieu of, or in addition to, the imposition of any other
sanctions available, including the imposition of a civil penalty
under begin delete Sections end delete begin insert Section end insert 14123.2 or 14171.6, the program may
impose on providers any or all of the penalties pursuant to Section
14123.25, in accordance with the provisions of that section. In
addition, program providers shall be subject to the penalties
contained in Section 14107.

(o) (1) Notwithstanding any other begin delete provision of end delete law, every
primary supplier of pharmaceuticals, medical equipment, or
supplies shall maintain accounting records to demonstrate the
manufacture, assembly, purchase, or acquisition and subsequent
sale, of any pharmaceuticals, medical equipment, or supplies, to
providers. Accounting records shall include, but not be limited to,
inventory records, general ledgers, financial statements, purchase
and sales journals, and invoices, prescription records, bills of
lading, and delivery records.

(2) For purposes of this subdivision, the term “primary supplier”
means any manufacturer, principal labeler, assembler, wholesaler,
or retailer.

(3) Accounting records maintained pursuant to paragraph (1)
begin delete shall be end delete begin insert are end insert subject to audit or examination by the department or
its agents. The audit or examination may include, but is not limited
to, verification of what was claimed by the provider. These
accounting records shall be maintained for three years from the
date of sale or the date of service.

(p) Each provider of health care services rendered to any
program beneficiary shall keep and maintain records of each service
rendered, the beneficiary to whom rendered, the date, and begin delete such end delete
begin insert any end insert additional information begin delete as end delete begin insert that end insert the department may by
regulation require. Records required to be kept and maintained
pursuant to this subdivision shall be retained by the provider for
a period of three years from the date the service was rendered.

(q) A program provider applicant or a program provider shall
furnish information or copies of records and documentation
requested by the department. Failure to comply with the
department’s request shall be grounds for denial of the application
or automatic disenrollment of the provider.

(r) A program provider may assign signature authority for
transmission of claims to a billing agent subject to Sections 14040,
14040.1, and 14040.5.

(s) Moneys payable or rights existing under this division shall
be subject to any claim, lien, or offset of the State of California,
and any claim of the United States of America made pursuant to
federal statute, but shall not otherwise be subject to enforcement
of a money judgment or other legal process, and no transfer or
assignment, at law or in equity, of any right of a provider of health
care to any payment shall be enforceable against the state, a fiscal
intermediary, or carrier.

(t) (1) Notwithstanding any other law, within 30 calendar days
of receiving a complete application for enrollment into the Family
PACT Program from an affiliate primary care clinic licensed under
Section 1218.1 of the Health and Safety Code, the department shall
do one of the following:

(A) Approve the provider’s Family PACT Program application,
provided the applicant meets the Family PACT Program provider
enrollment requirements set forth in this section.

(B) If the provider is an enrolled Medi-Cal provider in good
standing, notify the applicant in writing of any discrepancies in
the Family PACT Program enrollment application. The applicant
shall have 30 days from the date of written notice to correct any
identified discrepancies. Upon receipt of all requested corrections,
the department shall approve the application within 30 calendar
days.

(C) If the provider is not an enrolled Medi-Cal provider in good
standing, the department shall not proceed with the actions
described in this subdivision until the department receives
confirmation of good standing and enrollment as a Medi-Cal
provider.

(2) The effective date of enrollment into the Family PACT
Program shall be the later of the date the department receives
confirmation of enrollment as a Medi-Cal provider, or the date the
applicant meets all Family PACT Program provider enrollment
requirements set forth in this section.

(u) Providers, or the enrolling entity, shall make available to all
applicants and beneficiaries prior to, or concurrent with,
enrollment, information on the manner in which to apply for
insurance affordability programs, in a manner determined by the
State Department of Health Care Services. The information
provided shall include the manner in which applications can be
submitted for insurance affordability programs, information about
the open enrollment periods for the California Health Benefit
Exchange, and the continuous enrollment aspect of the Medi-Cal
program.

SEC. 327.  

Section 325 of Chapter 303 of the Statutes of 2015
is amended to read:

Sec. 325.  

Section 44525.7 of the Health and Safety Code, as
begin delete amended by Section 11 of Chapter 643 of the Statutes of 2009, end delete
begin insert added by Section 7 of Chapter 915 of the Statutes of 2000, end insert is
repealed.

SEC. 328.  

Section 330 of Chapter 303 of the Statutes of 2015
is amended to read:

Sec. 330.  

The heading of Chapter 4 (commencing with begin insert former end insert
Section begin delete 101325) end delete begin insert 101500) end insert of Part 3 of Division 101 of the Health
and Safety Code, as added by Section 3 of Chapter 415 of the
Statutes of 1995, begin insert second text, end insert is repealed.

SEC. 329.  

Section 8 of Chapter 590 of the Statutes of 2015 is
amended to read:

Sec. 8.  

Section 913.8 is added to the Public begin delete Resources end delete begin insert Utilities end insert
Code, to read:

913.8.  

In the report prepared pursuant Section 913.7, the
commission shall include an assessment of each electrical
corporation’s and each gas corporation’s implementation of the
program developed pursuant to Section 25943 of the Public
Resources Code.

SEC. 330.  

Any section of any act enacted by the Legislature
during the 2016 calendar year that takes effect on or before January
1, 2017, and that amends, amends and renumbers, adds, repeals
and adds, or repeals a section that is amended, amended and
renumbered, added, repealed and added, or repealed by this act,
shall prevail over this act, whether that act is enacted prior to, or
subsequent to, the enactment of this act. The repeal, or repeal and
addition, of any article, chapter, part, title, or division of any code
by this act shall not become operative if any section of any other
act that is enacted by the Legislature during the 2016 calendar year
and takes effect on or before January 1, 2017, amends, amends
and renumbers, adds, repeals and adds, or repeals any section
contained in that article, chapter, part, title, or division.